NEWHOLLAND T7030.40.50.60 Repair Mannual

REPAIR MANUAL
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007

Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FAULT CODES
POWER PRODUCTION
ENGINE
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM
POWER TRAIN
TRANSMISSION Powershift
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
REAR PTO Mechanical
REAR PTO Hydraulic
TRAVELLING
FRONT AXLE
REAR AXLE
A
A.10.A
A.10.B
A.10.C
A.12.A
A.14.A
A.20.A
A.30.A
A.50.A
A.50.A
B
B.10.A
B.20.A
B.30.A
B.40.A
B.50.A
B.60.A
B.80.A
C
C.20.E
C.30.C
C.30.D
C.40.B
C.40.C
D
D.10.A
D.12.A
2 3/5/2007

STEERING Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
BODY AND STRUCTURE
FRAME Primary frame
USER PLATFORM
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
WORKING ARM
HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Rear hitch
HITCH Electronic draft control
D.20.C
D.30.B
D.30.C
D.30.E
D.32.B
D.34.C
D.40.C
D.50.C
E
E.10.B
E.34.A
E.40.D
H
H.10.B
H.10.C
H.10.D
2 3/5/2007

2 3/5/2007

INTRODUCTION
87628084 2 3/5/2007
1

Contents
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules 3
87628084 2 3/5/2007
2

INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
IMPORTANT NOTICE
All maintenance and repair operations described in this manual should be carried out exclusively by authorised workshops.
All instructions should be carefully observed and special equipment where indicated should be used.
Anyone who carries out service operations described without carefully observing these instructions will be directly
responsible for any damage caused.
NOTES FOR EQUIPMENT
Equipment shown in this manual is:
• designed expressly for use on these tractors;
• necessary to make a reliable repair;
• accurately built and strictly tested to offer efficient and long­lasting working life.
NOTICES
The words “front”, “rear”, “right hand”, and “left hand” refer to the different parts as seen from the operator’s seat
oriented to the normal direction of movement of the tractor.
SAFETY RULES
PAY ATTENTION TO THIS SYMBOL
TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS
This warning symbol points out important messages
involving personal safety. Carefully read the safety
rules contained herein and follow advised precautions
to avoid potential hazards and safeguard your safety.
In this manual you will find this symbol
together with the following key­words:
WARNING ­it gives warning about improper repair operations and
potential consequences affecting the service technician’s personal safety.
DANGER ­ it gives specific warning about potential dangers for personal
safety of the operator or other persons directly or indirectly involved
in the operation.
Most accidents and personal injuries taking place in workshops are due from non­observance of some essential rules
and safety precautions.
The possibility that an accident might occur with any type of machines should not be disregarded, no matter how well
the machine in question was designed and built.
A wise and careful service technician is the best precautions against accidents.
Careful observance of this basic precaution would be enough to avoid many severe accidents.
DANGER
Never carry out any cleaning, lubrication or maintenance operations when the engine is running. B013
SAFETY RULES
Generalities
• Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
3

INTRODUCTION
• Do not wear rings, wristwatches, jewels, unbuttoned or flapping clothing such as ties, torn clothes, scarves,
open jackets or shirts with open zips which could get caught on moving parts. Use approved safety clothing
such as anti­slipping footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Wear safety glasses with side guards when cleaning parts using compressed air.
• Damaged or frayed wires and chains are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing.
• Wear suitable protection such as approved eye protection, helmets, special clothing, gloves and footwear whenever
welding. All persons standing in the vicinity of the welding process should wear approved eye protection.
NEVER LOOK AT THE WELDING ARC IF YOUR EYES ARE NOT SUITABLY PROTECTED.
• Never carry out any repair on the machine if someone is sitting on the operator’s seat, except if they are qualified
operators assisting in the operation to be carried out.
• Never operate the machine or use attachments from a place other than sitting at the operator’s seat or at the
side of the machine when operating the fender switches.
• Never carry out any operation on the machine when the engine is running, except when specifically indicated.
Stop the engine and ensure that all pressure is relieved from hydraulic circuits before removing caps, covers,
valves, etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations should be carried out with the greatest care and attention.
• Disconnect the batteries and label all controls to warn that the tractor is being serviced. Block the machine and
all equipment which should be raised.
• Never check or fill fuel tanks or batteries, nor use starting liquid if you are smoking or near open flames as such
fluids are flammable.
• The fuel filling gun should always remain in contact with the filler neck. Maintain this contact until the fuel stops
flowing into the tank to avoid possible sparks due to static electricity build­up.
• To transfer a failed tractor, use a trailer or a low loading platform trolley if available.
• To load and unload the machine from the transportation means, select a flat area providing a firm support to the
trailer or truck wheels. Firmly tie the machine to the truck or trailer platform and block wheels as required by the
transporter.
• Always use lifting equipment of appropriate capacity to lift or move heavy components.
• Chains should always be safely fastened. Ensure that fastening device is strong enough to hold the load foreseen.
No persons should stand near the fastening point.
• The working area should be always kept CLEAN and DRY. Immediately clean any spillage of water or oil.
• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other flammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non­flammable non­toxic
proprietary solvents.
• Do not pile up grease or oil soaked rags, as they constitute a great fire hazard. Always place them into a metal
container.
START UP
• Never run the engine in confined spaces which are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas
extraction.
• Never bring your head, body, arms, legs, feet, hands, fingers near fans or rotating belts.
ENGINE
• Always loosen the radiator cap very slowly before removing it to allow pressure in the system to dissipate.
Coolant should be topped up only when the engine is stopped.
• Do not fill up fuel tank when the engine is running.
• Never adjust the fuel injection pump when the tractor is moving.
• Never lubricate the tractor when the engine is running.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
• If it is necessary to use auxiliary batteries, cables must be connected at both sides as follows: (+) to (+) and
(­) to (­). Avoid short­circuiting the terminals. GAS RELEASED FROM BATTERIES IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
4

INTRODUCTION
During charging, leave the battery compartment uncovered to improve ventilation. Avoid sparks or flames near
the battery area. Do no smoke.
• Do not charge batteries in confined spaces.
• Always disconnect the batteries before performing any type of service on the electrical system.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
• Some fluid coming out from a very small port can be almost invisible and be strong enough to penetrate the skin.
For this reason, NEVER USE YOUR HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS, but use a piece of cardboard or a piece
of wood for this purpose. If any fluid is injected into the skin, seek medical aid immediately. Lack of immediate
medical attention may result in serious infections or dermatitis.
• Always take system pressure readings using the appropriate gauges.
WHEELS AND TYRES
• Check that the tyres are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check for
possible damage to the rims and tyres.
• Stay at the tyre side when inflating.
• Check the pressure only when the tractor is unloaded and tyres are cold to avoid wrong readings due to overpressure.
• Never cut, nor weld a rim with the inflated tyre assembled.
• To remove the wheels, block both front and rear tractor wheels. Raise the tractor and install safe and stable
supports under the tractor in accordance with regulations in force.
• Deflate the tyre before removing any object caught into the tyre tread.
• Never inflate tyres using flammable gases as they may generate explosions and cause injuries to bystanders.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
• Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of adequate capacity. Ensure that parts are supported
by appropriate slings and hooks. Use lifting eyes provided to this purpose. Take care of the persons
near the loads to be lifted.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONTENT
Section Description Page
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACIDS AND ALKALIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ADHESIVES AND SEALERS ­ see Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ANTIFREEZE ­ see Fire, Solvents e.g. Isopropanol, Ethylene Glycol, Methanol. . . . . . 5
ARC WELDING ­ see Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BATTERY ACIDS ­ see Acids and Alkalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDS (Polyalkylene Glycols) ­ see Fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
BRAZING ­ see Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CHEMICAL MATERIALS ­ GENERAL ­ see Legal Aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DO’S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DO NOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CORROSION PROTECTION MATERIALS ­ see Solvents, Fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DUSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ELECTRIC SHOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
EXHAUST FUMES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIBRE INSULATION ­ see Dusts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIRE ­ see Welding, Foams, Legal Aspects.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIRST AID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FOAMS ­ Polyurethane ­ see Fire.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
87628084 2 3/5/2007
5

INTRODUCTION
FUELS ­ see Fire, Legal Aspects, Chemicals ­ General, Solvents.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
GAS CYLINDERS ­ see Fire.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
GENERAL WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LEGAL ASPECTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LUBRICANTS AND GREASES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PAINTS ­ see Solvents and Chemical Materials ­ General.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SOLDER ­ see Welding.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SOLVENTS ­ see Chemical Materials ­ General Fuels (Kerosene), Fire.. . . . . . . . . .. 10
SUSPENDED LOADS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
WELDING ­ see Fire, Electric Shock, Gas Cylinders.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Many of the procedures associated with vehicle maintenance and repair involve physical hazards or other risks to
health. This section lists, alphabetically, some of these hazardous operations and the materials and equipment associated
with them. The precautions necessary to avoid these hazards are identified.
The list is not exhaustive and all operations and procedures and the handling of materials, should be carried out with
health and safety in mind.
ACIDS AND ALKALIS
see Battery acids, e.g. caustic soda, sulphuric acid.
Used in batteries and cleaning materials.
Irritant and corrosive to the skin, eyes, nose and throat. Causes burns.
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear suitable protective gloves and goggles. Can destroy ordinary
protective clothing. Do not breathe mists.
Ensure access to water and soap is readily available for splashing accidents.
ADHESIVES AND SEALERS
see Fire
Highly Flammable, Flammable, combustible.
Generally should be stored in “No Smoking” areas; cleanliness and tidiness in use should be observed, e.g. disposable
paper covering benches; should be dispensed from applicators where possible; containers, including secondary
containers, should be labelled.
Solvent based Adhesives/Sealers
See Solvents.
Follow manufacturers instructions.
Water based Adhesives/Sealers
Those based on polymer emulsions and rubber lattices may contain small amounts of volatile toxic and harmful chemicals.
Skin and eye contact should be avoided and adequate ventilation provided during use.
Follow manufacturers instructions.
Resin based Adhesives/Sealers
e.g. epoxide and formaldehyde resin based.
Mixing should only be carried out in well ventilated areas as harmful or toxic volatile chemicals may be released.
Skin contact with uncured resins and hardeners can result in irritation; dermatitis and absorption of toxic or harmful
chemicals through the skin. Splashes can damage the eyes.
Provide adequate ventilation and avoid skin and eye contact. Follow manufacturers instructions.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
6

INTRODUCTION
Anaerobic, Cyanoacrylate and other Acrylic Adhesives
Many are irritant, sensitizing or harmful to the skin. Some are eye irritants.
Skin and eye contact should be avoided and the manufacturers instructions followed.
Cyanoacrylate adhesives (super­glues) must not contact the skin or eyes. If skin or eye tissue is bonded cover with a
clean moist pad and get medical attention. do not attempt to pull tissue apart. Use in well ventilated areas as vapours
can cause irritation of the nose and eyes.
For two­pack systems see Resin based adhesives/sealers.
Isocyanate (Polyurethane) Adhesives/ Sealers
see Resin based Adhesives.
Individuals suffering from asthma or respiratory allergies should not work with or near these materials as sensitivity
reactions can occur.
Any spraying should preferably be carried out in exhaust ventilated booths removing vapours and spray droplets from
the breathing zone. Individuals working with spray applications should wear supplied air respirators.
ANTIFREEZE
see Fire, Solvents e.g. Isopropanol, Ethylene Glycol, Methanol.
Highly Flammable, Flammable, Combustible.
Used in vehicle coolant systems, brake air pressure systems, screenwash solutions.
Vapours given off from coolant antifreeze (glycol) arise only when heated.
Antifreeze may be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities. Antifreeze if swallowed is fatal and medical
attention must be found immediately.
ARC WELDING
see Welding.
BATTERY ACIDS
see Acids and Alkalis.
Gases released during charging are explosive.
Never use naked flames or allow sparks near charging or recently charged batteries.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDS (Polyalkylene Glycols)
see Fire.
Combustible.
Splashes to the skin and eyes are slightly irritating.
Avoid skin and eye contact as far as possible.
Inhalation of vapour hazards do not arise at ambient temperatures because of the very low vapour pressure.
BRAZING
see Welding.
CHEMICAL MATERIALS ­ GENERAL
see Legal Aspects.
Chemical materials such as solvents, sealers, adhesives, paints, resin foams, battery acids, antifreeze, brake fluids,
oils and grease should always be used with caution and stored and handled with care. They may be toxic, harmful,
corrosive, irritant or highly inflammable and give rise to hazardous fumes and dusts.
The effects of excessive exposure to chemicals may be immediate or delayed; briefly experienced or permanent;
cumulative; superficial; life threatening; or may reduce life­expectancy.
DO’S
Do remove chemical materials from the skin and clothing as soon as practicable after soiling. Change heavily soiled
clothing and have it cleaned.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
7

INTRODUCTION
Do carefully read and observe hazard and precaution warnings given on material containers (labels) and in any
accompanying leaflets, poster or other instructions. Material health and safety data sheets can be obtained from
Manufacturers.
Do organise work practices and protective clothing to avoid soiling of the skin and eyes; breathing vapours/aerosols/
dusts/fumes; inadequate container labelling; fire and explosion hazards.
Do wash before job breaks; before eating, smoking, drinking or using toilet facilities when handling chemical materials.
Do keep work areas clean, uncluttered and free of spills.
Do store according to national and local regulations.
Do keep chemical materials out of reach of children.
DO NOTS
Do Not mix chemical materials except under the manufacturers instructions; some chemicals can form other toxic or
harmful chemicals; give off toxic or harmful fumes; be explosive when mixed together.
Do Not spray chemical materials, particularly those based on solvents, in confined spaces e.g. when people are
inside a vehicle.
Do Not apply heat or flame to chemical materials except under the manufacturers’ instructions. Some are highly
inflammable and some may release toxic or harmful fumes.
Do Not leave containers open. Fumes given off can build up to toxic, harmful or explosive concentrations. Some
fumes are heavier than air and will accumulate in confined areas, pits etc.
Do Not transfer chemical materials to unlabeled containers.
Do Not clean hands or clothing with chemical materials. Chemicals, particularly solvents and fuels will dry the skin
and may cause irritation with dermatitis. Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Do Not use emptied containers for other materials, except when they have been cleaned under supervised conditions.
Do Not sniff or smell chemical materials. Brief exposure to high concentrations of fumes can be toxic or harmful.
Clutch Fluids
see Brake and Clutch Fluids.
Clutch Linings and Pads
see Brake and Clutch Linings and Pads.
CORROSION PROTECTION MATERIALS
see Solvents, Fire.
Highly flammable, flammable.
These materials are varied and the manufacturers instructions should be followed. They may contain solvents, resins,
petroleum products etc. Skin and eye contact should be avoided. They should only be sprayed in conditions of
adequate ventilation and not in confined spaces.
Cutting
see Welding.
De­Waxing
see Solvents and Fuels (Kerosene).
DUSTS
Powder, dusts or clouds may be irritant, harmful or toxic. Avoid breathing dusts from powdery chemical materials or
those arising from dry abrasion operations. Wear respiratory protection if ventilation is inadequate.
ELECTRIC SHOCK
Electric shocks can result from the use of faulty electrical equipment or from the misuse of equipment even in good
condition.
Ensure that electrical equipment is maintained in good condition and frequently tested.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
8

INTRODUCTION
Ensure that flexes, cables, plugs and sockets are not frayed, kinked, cut, cracked or otherwise damaged.
Ensure that electric equipment is protected by the correct rated fuse.
Never misuse electrical equipment and never use equipment which is in any way faulty. The results could be fatal.
Use reduced voltage equipment (110 volt) for inspection and working lights where possible.
Ensure that the cables of mobile electrical equipment cannot get trapped and damaged, such as in a vehicle hoist.
Use air operated mobile equipment where possible in preference to electrical equipment.
In cases of electrocution:­
• switch off electricity before approaching victim
• if this is not possible, push or drag victim from source of electricity using dry non­conductive material
• commence resuscitation if trained to do so
• SUMMON MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
EXHAUST FUMES
These contain asphyxiating, harmful and toxic chemicals and particles such as carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides, aldehydes,
lead and aromatic hydrocarbons. Engines should only be run under conditions of adequate extraction or
general ventilation and not in confined spaces.
Gasolene (Petrol) Engine
There may not be adequate warning properties of odour or irritation before immediate and delayed toxic or harmful
effects arise.
Diesel Engine
Soot, discomfort and irritation usually give adequate warning of hazardous fume concentrations.
FIBRE INSULATION
see Dusts.
Used in noise and sound insulation.
The fibrous nature of surfaces and cut edges can cause skin irritation. This is usually a physical and not a chemical
effect.
Precautions should be taken to avoid excessive skin contact through careful organisation of work practices and the
use of gloves.
FIRE
see Welding, Foams, Legal Aspects.
Many of the materials found on or associated with the repair of vehicles are highly flammable. Some give off toxic or
harmful fumes if burnt.
Observe strict fire safety when storing and handling flammable materials or solvents, particularly near electrical equipment
or welding processes.
Ensure before using electrical or welding equipment but that there is no fire hazard present.
Have a suitable fire extinguisher available when using welding or heating equipment.
FIRST AID
Apart from meeting any legal requirements it is desirable for someone in the workshop to be trained in first aid procedures.
Splashes in the eye should be flushed with clean water for at least ten minutes.
Soiled skin should be washed with soap and water.
Inhalation affected individuals should be removed to fresh air immediately.
If swallowed or if effects persist consult a doctor with information (label) on material used.
Do not induce vomiting (unless indicated by manufacturer).
87628084 2 3/5/2007
9

INTRODUCTION
FOAMS ­ Polyurethane
see Fire.
Used in sound and noise insulation. Cured foams used in seat and trim cushioning.
Follow manufacturers instructions.
Unreacted components are irritating and may be harmful to the skin and eyes. Wear gloves and goggles.
Individuals with chronic respiratory diseases, asthma, bronchial medical problems or histories of allergic diseases
should not work with or near uncured materials.
The components, vapours, spray mists can cause direct irritation, sensitivity reactions and may be toxic or harmful.
Vapours and spray mists must not be breathed. These materials must be applied with adequate ventilation and respiratory
protection. Do not remove respirator immediately after spraying, wait until vapour/ mists have cleared.
Burning of the uncured components and the cured foams can generate toxic and harmful fumes.
Smoking, open flames or the use of electrical equipment during foaming operations and until vapours/mists have
cleared should not be allowed.
Any heat cutting of cured foams or partially cured foams should be conducted with extraction ventilation (see Body
Section 44 Legal and Safety Aspects).
FUELS
see Fire, Legal Aspects, Chemicals ­ General, Solvents.
Used as fuels and cleaning agents.
Gasolene (Petrol).
Highly flammable.
Swallowing can result in mouth and throat irritation and absorption from the stomach can result in drowsiness and
unconsciousness. Small amounts can be fatal to children. Aspiration of liquid into the lungs, e.g. through vomiting,
is a very serious hazard.
Gasolene dries the skin and can cause irritation and dermatitis on prolonged or repeated contact. Liquid in the eye
causes severe smarting.
Motor gasolene may contain appreciable quantities of benzene, which is toxic upon inhalation and the concentrations
of gasolene vapours must be kept very low. High concentrations will cause eye, nose and throat irritation, nausea,
headache, depression and symptoms of drunkenness. Very high concentrations will result in rapid loss of consciousness.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation when handling and using gasolene. Great care must be taken to avoid the serious
consequences of inhalation in the event of vapour build up arising from spillages in confined spaces.
Special precautions apply to cleaning and maintenance operations on gasolene storage tanks.
Gasolene should not be used as a cleaning agent. It must not be siphoned by mouth.
Kerosene (Paraffin)
Used also as heating fuel, solvent and cleaning agent.
Flammable.
Irritation of the mouth and throat may result from swallowing. The main hazard from swallowing arises if liquid aspiration
into the lungs occurs. Liquid contact dries the skin and can cause irritation or dermatitis. Splashes in the eye
may be slightly irritating.
In normal circumstances the low volatility does not give rise to harmful vapours. Exposure to mists and vapours from
kerosene at elevated temperatures should be avoided (mists may arise in de­waxing).
Avoid skin and eye contact and ensure there is adequate ventilation.
Gas­Oil (Diesel Fuel)
see Fuels (Kerosene).
Combustible.
Gross or prolonged skin contact with high boiling gas oils may also cause serious skin disorders including skin cancer.
GAS CYLINDERS
see Fire.
Gases such as oxygen, acetylene, carbon dioxide, argon and propane are normally stored in cylinders at pressures of
up to 140 bar(2000 lb/in2) and great care should be taken in handling these cylinders to avoid mechanical damage to
them or to the valve gear attached. The contents of each cylinder should be clearly identified by appropriate markings.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
10

INTRODUCTION
Cylinders should be stored in well ventilated enclosures, and protected from ice and snow, or direct sunlight. Fuel
gases (e.g. acetylene and propane) should not be stored in close proximity to oxygen cylinders.
Care should be exercised to prevent leaks from gas cylinders and lines, and to avoid sources of ignition.
Only trained personnel should undertake work involving gas cylinders.
Gases
see Gas Cylinders.
Gas Shielded Welding
see Welding.
Gas Welding
see Welding.
GENERAL WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
It is essential that all tools and equipment are maintained in good condition and the correct safety equipment used
where required.
Never use tools or equipment for any purpose other than that for which they were designed.
Never overload equipment such as hoists, jacks, axle and chassis stands or lifting slings. Damage caused by overloading
is not always immediately apparent and may result in a fatal failure the next time that the equipment is used.
Do not use damaged or defective tools or equipment, particularly high speed equipment such as grinding wheels. A
damaged grinding wheel can disintegrate without warning and cause serious injury.
Wear suitable eye protection when using grinding, chiselling or sand blasting equipment.
Wear a suitable breathing mask when using sand blasting equipment, working with asbestos based materials or using
spraying equipment.
Glues
see Adhesives and Sealers.
High Pressure Air, Lubrication and Oil Test Equipment accordance with local regulations
see Lubricants and Greases.
Always keep high pressure equipment in good condition and regularly maintained, particularly at joints and unions.
Never direct a high pressure nozzle at the skin as the fluid may penetrate to the underlying tissue etc. and cause
serious injury.
LEGAL ASPECTS
Many laws and regulations make requirements relating to health and safety in the use of materials and equipment in
workshops. Always conform to the laws and regulations applicable to the country in which you are working.
Workshops should be familiar, in detail, with the associated laws and regulations. Consult the local factory inspectorate
or appropriate authority if in any doubt.
LUBRICANTS AND GREASES
Avoid all prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oils, especially used oils. Used oils contaminated during service
(e.g. routine service change sump oils) are more irritating and more likely to cause serious effects including skin
cancer in the event of gross and prolonged skin contact.
Wash skin thoroughly after work involving oil. Proprietary hand cleaners may be of value provided they can be removed
from the skin with water. Do not use petrol, paraffin or other solvents to remove oil from the skin.
Lubricants and greases may be slightly irritating to the eyes.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact should be avoided by wearing protective clothing if necessary. Particular care
should be taken with used oils and greases containing lead. Do not allow work clothing to be contaminated with oil.
Dry clean or launder such clothing at regular intervals. Discard oil soaked shoes.
Do not employ used engine oils as lubricants or for any application where appreciable skin contact is likely to occur.
Used oils may only be disposed of in accordance with local regulations.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
11

INTRODUCTION
Noise Insulation Materials
see Foams, Fibre Insulation.
PAINTS
see Solvents and Chemical Materials ­ General.
Highly Flammable, Flammable.
One Pack. Can contain harmful or toxic pigments, driers and other components as well as solvents. Spraying should
only be carried out with adequate ventilation.
Two Pack. Can also contain harmful and toxic unreacted resins and resin hardening agents. The manufacturers
instructions should be followed and the section of page 5 on resin based adhesives, isocyanate containing Adhesives
and Foams should be consulted.
Spraying should preferably be carried out in exhausted ventilated booths removing vapour and spray mists from the
breathing zone. Individuals working in booths should wear respiratory protection. Those doing small scale repair work
in the open shop should wear supplied air respirators.
Paint Thinners
see Solvents.
Petrol
see Fuels (Gasolene).
Pressurised Equipment
see High Pressure Air, Lubrication and Oil Test Equipment.
Resistance Welding
see Welding.
Sealers
see Adhesives and Sealers.
SOLDER
see Welding.
Solders are mixtures of metals such that the melting point of the mixture is below that of the constituent metals (normally
lead and tin). Solder application does not normally give rise to toxic lead fumes, provided a gas/air flame is
used. Oxy­acetylene flames should not be used, as they are much hotter and will cause lead fumes to be evolved.
Some fumes may be produced by the application of any flame to surfaces coated with grease etc. and inhalation of
these should be avoided.
Removal of excess solder should be undertaken with care, to ensure that fine lead dust is not produced, which can
give toxic effects if inhaled. Respiratory protection may be necessary.
Solder spillage and filing should be collected and removed promptly to prevent general air contamination by lead.
High standards of personal hygiene are necessary in order to avoid indigestion of lead or inhalation of solder dust
from clothing.
SOLVENTS
see Chemical Materials ­ General Fuels (Kerosene), Fire.
e.g. Acetone, white spirit, toluene, xylene, trichlorethane.
Used in cleaning materials, de­waxing, paints, plastics, resins, thinners etc.
Highly Inflammable, Flammable.
Skin contact will degrease the skin and may result in irritation and dermatitis following repeated or prolonged contact.
Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Splashes in the eye may cause severe irritation and could lead to loss of vision.
Brief exposure to high concentrations of vapours or mists will cause eye and throat irritation, drowsiness, dizziness,
87628084 2 3/5/2007
12

INTRODUCTION
headaches and in the worst circumstances, unconsciousness.
Repeated or prolonged exposures to excessive but lower concentrations of vapours or mists, for which there might
not be adequate warning indications, can cause more serious toxic or harmful effects.
Aspiration into the lungs (e.g. through vomiting) is the most serious consequence of swallowing.
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear protective gloves, goggles and clothing if necessary.
Ensure good ventilation when in use, avoid breathing fumes, vapours and spray mists and keep containers tightly
sealed. Do not use in confined spaces.
When the spraying material contains solvents, e.g. paints, adhesives, coatings, use extraction ventilation or personal
respiratory protection in the absence of adequate general ventilation.
Do not apply heat or flame except under specific and detailed manufacturers instructions.
Sound Insulation
see Fibre Insulation, Foams.
Spot Welding
see Welding.
SUSPENDED LOADS
There is always a danger when loads are lifted or suspended. Never work under an unsupported suspended or raised
load, e.g. jacked up vehicle, suspended engine, etc.
Always ensure that lifting equipment such as jacks, hoists, axle stands, slings, etc. are adequate and suitable for the
job, in good condition and regularly maintained.
Never improvise lifting tackle.
Underseal
see Corrosion Protection.
WELDING
see Fire, Electric Shock, Gas Cylinders.
Welding processes include Resistance Welding (Spot Welding), Arc Welding and Gas Welding.
Resistance Welding
This process may cause particles of molten metal to be emitted at high velocity and the eyes and skin must be protected.
Arc Welding
This process emits a high level of ultraviolet radiation which may cause eye and skin burns to the welder and to other
persons nearby. Gas­shielded welding processes are particularly hazardous in this respect. Personal protection must
be worn, and screens used to shield other people.
Metal spatter will also occur and appropriate eye and skin protection is necessary.
The heat of the welding arc will produce fumes and gases from the metals being welded and from any applied coatings
or contamination on the surfaces being worked on. These gases and fumes may be toxic and inhalation should
always be avoided. The use of extraction ventilation to remove the fumes from the working area may be necessary,
particularly in cases where the general ventilation is poor, or where considerable welding work is anticipated. In
extreme cases where adequate ventilation cannot be provided, supplied air respirators may be necessary.
Gas Welding
Oxy­acetylene torches may be used for welding and cutting and special care must be taken to prevent leakage of
these gases, with consequent risk of fire and explosion.
The process will produce metal spatter and eye and skin protection is necessary.
The flame is bright and eye protection should be used, but the ultra­violet emission is much less than that from arc
welding, and lighter filters may be used.
The process itself produces few toxic fumes, but such fumes and gases may be produced from coatings on the work,
87628084 2 3/5/2007
13

INTRODUCTION
particularly during cutting away of damaged body parts and inhalation of the fumes should be avoided.
In brazing, toxic fumes may be evolved from the metals in the brazing rod, and a severe hazard may arise if brazing
rods containing cadmium are used. In this event particular care must be taken to avoid inhalation of fumes and expert
advice may be required.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN BEFORE ANY WELDING OR CUTTING TAKES PLACE ON VESSELS
WHICH HAVE CONTAINED COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS, E.G. BOILING OR STEAMING OUT OF FUEL TANKS.
White Spirit
see Solvents.
ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti freeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these
substances. Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
1. Avoid filling tanks using unsuitable containers or inappropriate pressurised fuel delivery systems which may
cause considerable spillage.
2. In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which
can be harmful to your health.
3. Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
4. Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in
a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
5. Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of safely.
6. Do not open the air­conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the atmosphere.
Your dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to
recharge the system anyway.
7. Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
8. Do not increase the pressure in a pressurised circuit as this may lead to the components exploding.
9. Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
87628084 2 3/5/2007
14

REPAIR MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
FAULT CODES
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
A.10.A
A.10.B
A.10.C
A.12.A
A.14.A
A.20.A
A.30.A
A.50.A
A.50.A
2 3/5/2007
A

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Special tools 4
Power beyond
Torque 5
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump ­ General specification 6
Variable displacement pump ­ Torque 6
Charge pump
General specification 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Static description 9
Static description 22
Hydraulic schema 24
Power beyond
Static description 27
Hydraulic pump
Static description 28
Overview 32
Charge pump
Exploded view 34
Compensator
Exploded view 35
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Pressure test 36
Signal valve
Pressure test 39
Power beyond
Remove 40
Install 41
Assemble 42
Hydraulic pump
Pressure test 43
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 2

Variable displacement pump ­ Remove 46
Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul 51
Variable displacement pump ­ Assemble 55
Variable displacement pump ­ Install 59
Charge pump
Overhaul 63
Compensator
Overhaul 65
Filter
Replace 67
DIAGNOSTIC
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Troubleshooting 68
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Special tools
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
Tee adaptor 11/16 ORFS female x 11/16 ORFS male x 297600*
7/16 UNF female
Tee adaptor 7/16 JIC female x 7/16 JIC male x 7/16 UNF 297601*
female
Adaptor M10 banjo x 7/16 UNF female 297602*
Tee adaptor 9/16 ORFS female x 9/16 ORFS male x 297603*
7/16 UNF female
Blanking Cap 9/16 ORFS 297604*
Blanking Cap 7/16 ORFS 297605*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x 1/2 BSP male 297606*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x M12 x 1.5p male 297607*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x M14 x 1.5p male 297608*
Adaptor M14 banjo x M14 x 1.5p female 297609*
Tee adaptor 7/16 UNF female x 1/4 BSP hose tail x 1/2 297610*
hose
7/16 UNF male Quick release adaptor 297240*
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 UNF female 297404*
Tee adaptor 1” ORFS female x 1” ORFS male x 7/16 380000517
UNF female
Blanking Cap 11/16 ORFS 297671*
Pressure Gauge 0–10 bar 293241#
Pressure Gauge 0–40 bar (5 off) 293242#
Pressure Gauge 0–250 bar 293244#
Remote valve coupling 5101741
or 293449#
Quick release adaptor 291924
Pressure gauge hose 292246#
1/8 NPT fitting to attach hose 292246 to gauge 291927#
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 JIC male (enables use of 297417
gauges with 7/16 JIC hoses if used)
diagnostic switch 295041
Bypass connector 295044
Trailer brake fitting 293190#
Flow Meter 120 ltr/min minimum (procure locally)
* Part of hydraulic adaptor kit 297611
# Part of hydraulic pressure test kit 292870
Remote Valve check valve removal tool 380002720
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM056ASA 1
Power Beyond Torque Sequence
Refer to : Power beyond ­ Install (A.10.A)
BAIL06CCM180ASA 2
Power Beyond Coupler Torques
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ General specification
Load Sensed Variable Displacement Piston Pump (120/150 Ltr/Min)
Type
Variable Flow Piston Pump
(Swash Plate Controlled)
Clockwise
2662 rpm
Rotation
Pump Speed@2200 erpm
Output @ 2200 erpm Standard Flow 120 Ltr/min
26.4 Imp Galls/min
31.7 US Galls/min
Output @ 2200 erpm Hi­ Flow 150 Ltr/min
32.9 Imp Galls/min
39.6 US Galls/min
Standby Pressure (Low Pressure
Standby)
Maximum System Pressure (High
Pressure Standby)
Charge Pressure Filter Relief Valve
Charge System Pressure
26±1 bar (377±15 lbf.in2)
210±5 bar (3046±73 lbf/in2)
6 bar
3 bar
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM041GSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Charge pump ­ General specification
Charge Pump (106 Ltr/Min )
Type
Gear Type Pump
Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve
Crack open @ 6.9 bar (100 lbf/in2)
Fully Open @ 12.4 bar (180 lbf/in2)
Charge Pressure
Minimum 1.6 ­ 3.4 bar (23 ­ 50 lbf/in2)
@ 2100 rev/min and variable flow
piston pump ‘On Load’
Charge Pressure Switch Close @ 0.55 ­ 0.82
bar (8 ­ 12 lbf/in2)
Making charge pressure warning
light flash
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description
The hydraulic systems can be separated into the following circuits:­
High Pressure Circuit
Rear Hydraulic Lift Assembly
Remote Control Valves
Trailer Brake (Where Fitted)
Suspended Front Axle (Where Fitted)
Steering Circuit
Steering Motor and Cylinders
Fast Steer Valve (Where fitted)
Low Pressure Circuit
Independent Power Take Off (PTO)
Differential Lock
Front Wheel Drive engagement
Transmission clutch and synchroniser engagement
Front axle brake booster unit
Creeper engagement
Power Boosted Master cylinder
Front P.T.O (Where Fitted)
Lubrication Circuit
PTO Clutch Plates
Transmission Clutch Plates
Transmission Shaft Pressure Lube
Pump Drive Gear Bearing
Hydraulic Lift Cross Shaft
The high pressure circuit is a Closed Centre Load Sensing design and is dependent on tractor model options.
The steering, low pressure and lubrication circuits are of the ‘Open Centre’ design, however on models with Supersteer
axles, the steering circuit has dynamic load sensing.
TRACTOR HYDRAULIC BUILD OPTIONS
Transmission High Pressure
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Lift Remote Control
Valves
Power Command Closed Centre 120 L/min Variable
Flow CCLS
150 L/min "Hi Flow"
PFC Pump
Electronic Draft
Control
Closed Centre
Closed centre load sensing variable displacement piston pump (1) .
Figure 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM104ASA 1
Closed centre load sensing high pressure hydraulic pumps can be identified from the serial no. plates on top of the
pump:­
Figure 2 shows the 150 l/min (39.6 US gpm) pump identification plate.
BAIL06CCM082ASA 2
Figure 3 shows the 120 l/min (31.7 US gpm) pump identification plate.
BAIL06CCM083ASA 3
Closed centre remote valves and Electronic draft control (1).
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM057ASA 4
Tractors installed with the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly use a unique operator control panel.
(1). Draft sensitivity control knob
(2). Drop rate control knob
(3). Height limit control knob
(4). Slip limit control knob
BSE2884A 5
The lift arm position control (2), in cab fast raise/lower switch (4) and draft loading controls (3) are used to facilitate
electronic draft control.
BAIL06CCM152ASA 6
The raise and lowering functions of the electronic draft control lift system can also be operated from the transmission
control lever(1).
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM154ASA 7
The tractors can also have electronic remote valves (1).
BAIL06CCM085ASA 8
Also optional are mechanical remote valves with configurable detents (2) and flow control adjusters (1) .
BAIL06CCM086ASA 9
For implements or attachments requiring a continuous oil flow from the tractor hydraulic system, provision is made for
connection with a power beyond slice attached to the remote valve stack using couplers (1), (2) and (3).
BAIL06CCM054ASA 10
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
CLOSED CENTRE LOAD SENSING HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
BAIL06CCM010GSA 11
1 Electro­Hydraulic Remote (EHR) valves 2 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve
3 Return line to tank 4 Low pressure feed
5 To lift cylinders 6 Pump feed to EDC and EHR
7 Flow compensating valve 8 Variable displacement pump
9 Trailer brake valve 10 Pressure reducing priority valve
11 To lift cylinders 12 Load sense line from EDC and EHR valves
The principal of operation of the closed centre load sensing high pressure hydraulic circuit with variable flow piston
pump is to supply oil flow on demand. It also enables simultaneous operation of the trailer brakes, hydraulic lift,
remote control valve assemblies and front axle suspension where fitted. The load sensing variable flow piston pump
offers significant benefits in reducing the engine power loss that occurs in open centre systems where a high volume
of oil, often far in excess of demand, is continuously pumped round the hydraulic circuit even when they are not being
operated.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM011GSA 12
1 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve 2 Low pressure feed
3 Return line to tank 4 Flow compensating valve
5 Steering pump pressure 6 Variable displacement pump
7 Load sense line to Pressure reducing priority valve 8 Pressure reducing priority valve
9 Trailer brake valve 10 Pump feed to EDC and EHR
11 To Trailer Brake coupler 12 Pressure to Lift cylinders
13Load sensing line from EDC and EHR valves
The high pressure circuit is illustrated in PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
identifies The following components.
Hydraulic pump assembly.
Integral with the high pressure variable displacement pump is the load sensing valve, containing the pressure and
flow compensating valves, the steering pump and steering priority valve, the charge pressure and main system filters
and various electrical switches.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Figure 13 shows the main pump assembly.
NOTE: The steering pump is separate from the main pump assembly.
BSD2182A_559 13
Load sensing valve assembly,(1) consists of a high pressure control valve, and a flow compensating valve, . The load sensing
valve receives hydraulic signals from operated components and relays this to the pump which will adjust to satisfy the system
demands.
Figure 14 shows the load sense valve assembly.
BSD2167A_561 14
Priority Valve
The priority valve (1) located on the top of the main pump diverts high pressure oil to the remote valve stack and
the trailer brake valve (Where fitted). It also supplies low pressure oil to the low pressure distribution valve. If front
suspension is fitted then a load levelling valve (2) is attached to the priority valve and this supplies oil to the suspension
control valve Figure 23 and cylinder.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 15
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Steering pump
Figure 16 shows the steering pump.
The steering pump is a separate unit but still driven from the same drive gear as the main pump.
1. Steering Pump
2. Connection to steering motor
3. Tube to oil cooler
BAIL06CCM084ASA 16
Fast Steer Valve (Where fitted)
The optional Fast Steer system is designed to provide fast steering response when required i.e. when operating with
a front loader.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer will provide full right or left hand steering lock with plus or minus 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 17
Trailer Brake Valve
The trailer brake valve is located beneath the cab and is mounted onto the priority valve on top of the main pump
assembly. The valve diverts oil pressure to the trailer brakes whenever both tractor brake pedals are depressed.
Figure 18 shows the trailer brake valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM087ASA 18
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control Valve (1) is a stack type design mounted together with the Remote Control
Valves at the rear below the cab, and incorporates the safety valve for the lift cylinders
The lift cylinder safety valve protects the lift cylinder from shock loadings and limits the pressure in the cylinder to 230
bar (3335.0 psi).
The hydraulic lift control valve is a proportional solenoid operated valve, controlled by a microprocessor, to raise and
lower the hydraulic lift.
Closed centre load sensing remote control valves
BAIL06CCM057ASA 19
There are two types of remote valves available for the closed centre system. Standard fitment are the mechanical
remote valves, (1), Figure 20 operated via a cable from within the cab and optional on all models are electrically
operated valves, (1), Figure 21, which are operated by electrical switches and have their own in­built processor to
control oil flow via a solenoid valve.
Up to four mechanical type valves can be installed, with the electronic type having the option of a fifth valve.
BAIL06CCM086ASA 20
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic Lift Cylinders
BAIL06CCM085ASA 21
There are two external lift cylinders, one per lift arm, anchored to points cast into the rear axle centre housing, Figure
22 . These are available in three sizes/lift capacities 80 mm., 90 mm and 100 mm .
Suspended front axle control valve
BSD2169A 22
Located on the left hand side of the tractor and attached to the suspension cylinder. The suspension control valve
receives high pressure oil, via the pressure reducing priority valve and the load levelling valve , and with the use of
processor controlled PWM valves (1) controls oil to a cylinder, attached between the front axle and front support, to
provide a hydraulically controlled suspended front axle.
BAIL06CCM039ASA 23
Hydraulic system filters
There are two different types of hydraulic filters used on all models.
(1), Charge pressure filter
(2), Main system filter
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
(1), Charge pressure filter
BSD2182B 24
(3), Main system filter
Mid­Mount Remote Valves
BAIL06CCM090ASA 25
Optional additional remote valves mounted under the cab. Tee’d into the high pressure oil line supplied from the CCLS
pump after the trailer brake valve and operated via a joystick control in the cab.
BAIL06CCM088ASA 26
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BSD2181A 27
High Pressure Hydraulic System, ­ Electrical Switches
1. Intake Filter restriction (vacuum) Switch
2. Low Oil Temperature Switch
3. Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch
Steering Motor
There are two types of steering motors fitted depending on whether the tractor is with or less supersteer. The less
Supersteer models use a fixed displacement motor. The with Supersteer models are of a Dynamic load sensing type
with a variable displacement, depending on the speed the steering wheel is rotated.
Steering Cylinders
BSD2178A 28
Receives high pressure oil directly from the steering motor.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Load Sensing Shuttle Valve
BSD2172A 29
Located in each remote valve slice, the Electronic Draft Control valve and between the trailer brake valve, front suspension
valve and mid­mounted valves, where fitted. Allows the function with the highest pressure demand to send
sensing pressure to the load sensing valve on the CCLS pump.
BAIL06CCM089ASA 30
Operation of the closed centre high pressure hydraulic circuit is as follows:­
The components in the high pressure hydraulic circuit are connected by their load sensing lines to the hydraulic load
sensing valve which controls the output of the hydraulic pump.
When the trailer brakes, remote control valves, hydraulic lift or front axle suspension (where fitted) are operating, the
load sensing valve on variable flow piston pump, compares the pressure in the component load sense line with the
output pressure of the hydraulic pump.
If pump output pressure is less than the combined pressure of the load sense line and spring force of the flow control
valve, then pump output continues to increase. When circuit demand is satisfied pump pressure overcomes the
combined pressure of the load sense line and flow compensating valve spring. This moves the spool in the flow compensating
valve to the right, allowing control pressure oil to be directed to the variable flow swash plate servo piston,
which de­strokes the pump to adjust output to circuit demand.
For a detailed explanation on the load sensing operating principle of the variable flow piston pump refer to Hydraulic
pump ­ Static description (A.10.A).
Closed Centre Load Sensing High Pressure Hydraulic Circuit
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description
Pressure test kit 297611 has been developed for pressure testing and contains adaptors specifically designed for
access to test ports.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Pressure test (A.10.A) which describes the procedure for performing
the following pressure tests using this kit and other standard fittings already available through CNH Logistics.
High Pressure System
High Pressure Standby
Sensing Line Pressure
Low Pressure Standby
Pump Charge Pressure
Steering
Lift Ram Pressure
Low Pressure System
Lubrication
Brake Boost Valve
Trailer Brake Valve
Before commencing hydraulic pressure testing perform the fault finding checks in PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM ­ Troubleshooting (A.10.A) followed by the fault finding procedure for the type of concern identified. Following
these checks may identify an obvious cause for the concern and prevent unnecessary component disassembly.
The hydraulic pump is the heart of the hydraulic system and the chapter describes in detail the tests necessary to
confirm that pump output is to specification. Once specified pump output has been confirmed attention can be focused
on the appropriate pressure testing of individual components in the hydraulic circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema
1.Steering Motor (For Fast Steer Schematic refer to : 2.Front Lift Cylinders
Fast steer system ­ Hydraulic schema (D.20.C)
3.Oil Cooler
4.Front Lift Valve
5.Accumulator
6.Transmission Control Valve Assembly
7.Mid Mount Remote Valves
8.Variable Displacement Pump
9.Pressure Reducing Priority Valve
10.Steering Pump
11.Low pressure Distribution Valve
12.Trailer Brake Valve
13.Load Levelling Valve
14.Italian Trailer Brake Valve
15.Electro Hydraulic Remote Valves (For Mechanical 16.Hydraulic Lift Cylinders
Remote Valves with Power Beyond refer to : PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center
mechanical remote valve ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.B)
17.Diverter Valve for Hydraulically Adjustable Top and 18.Electronic Draft Control Valve
Right hand Links
19.PTO Clutch and Brake
20.Four Wheel Drive Clutch
21.19th Gear Clutch
22.Dump Valve
23.Parking Brake
24.Creeper Assembly
25.Right Hand Brake
26.Left Hand Brake
27.Steering Cylinders
28.Suspension Cylinder
29.Brake Booster Accumulator
30.Suspension Control Valve
31.Front PTO
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL07CCM269JSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 25

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond ­ Static description
BAIL06CCM050FSA 1
Power Beyond Component Layout
1. Power Beyond Slice 2. Load Sensing Line
3. Pressure Feed Hose 4. Priority Valve
For implements or attachments requiring a continuous oil flow from the tractor hydraulic system, provision is made to
connect directly into the main hydraulic circuit at the rear of the tractor.
High pressure oil is fed from the main pump via hose (3) (Figure 1) to the remote valve central manifold and through
the pressure gallery to the power beyond slice (1). Pressure is fed through the slice to the coupler and then to the
implement or attachment, and is returned to the return coupler. The return oil is fed through the remote valve stack
and back to tank.
The power beyond slice incorporates a load sensing port or coupler which allows the pressure compensating valve
on the pump to detect the load pressure from the implement and adjust the pump output accordingly.
BAIL06CCM054ASA 2
1.Return Coupler
3.Load Sensing Coupler
2.Pressure Coupler
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ Static description
The variable flow closed centre load sensing hydraulic pump assembly is mounted on the right hand side of the rear
axle centre housing and contains within its body two hydraulic pumps.
• A charge pump of the gear type to supply oil at a charge pressure of 3 bar (44 lbf/in2) to a variable flow closed
centre load sensing hydraulic piston pump.
• A variable flow closed centre load sensing piston type hydraulic pump supplying oil to the high pressure circuits
for operation of:­
Trailer Brake
Hydraulic Lift Assembly
Remote Control Valves
Front Axle Suspension
Front Lift
Mid Mount remote valves
Principal of Operation
Both pumping elements are driven by a ‘live’ drive gear train directly connected to the PTO clutch input drive shaft
and driven by the engine flywheel.
The operating principal of the fixed displacement gear pump is to provide a constant oil flow directly related to the
rotation speed of the pump.
The operating principal of a variable flow piston pump is to provide oil flow on demand and minimises the engine
power absorbed in driving the hydraulic pump when the hydraulic circuits do not require maximum pump flow.
The variable flow piston pump in hydraulic systems therefore has distinct power loss advantages over fixed displacement
gear type pumps, which continually provide oil flow and absorb engine power even when the hydraulic circuits
do not require the total pump output.
Variable Displacement Piston Pump
The major components of the variable flow piston pump with closed centre load sensing are:­
• A nine element pumping head.
• A plate mechanism (swash plate) to adjust piston stroke and corresponding pump output.
• A load sensing valve which monitors the requirements of the hydraulic circuits and signals the pump to increase
or decrease hydraulic oil flow accordingly.
The nine element pumping head is cylindrical in shape and has nine barrels, into each of which, is installed a piston.
On the end of each piston is pressed a slipper which always remains in contact with the face of the swash plate located
at the front of the pumping head.
The drive shaft, which is driven by the pump drive gear, rotates the pumping head. As the pumping head rotates, the
pistons move in and out of their barrels, following the contour of the swash plate. For every revolution of the drive
shaft each piston completes one pumping cycle.
The swash plate, which does not rotate but pivots about the front of the pumping head, is the control mechanism that
limits the stroke of each piston and works in conjunction with the pressure and flow compensating valves in the load
sensing line.
As the pumping head rotates each barrel passes over the inlet and then the outlet ports of the pump. During the inlet
cycle for each piston and barrel, oil is pumped into the barrel pushing the piston forward so that it always remains in
contact with the swash plate. The stroke of each piston and volume of oil charged into its barrel is therefore dependent
on the angle of the swash plate.
After a piston and barrel has completed the inlet stroke, further rotation of the head aligns the barrel with the outlet
port. Oil within the barrel is then forcibly ejected by the piston through the exhaust port to the hydraulic circuits.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 28

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM193FSA 1
Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump Installation
1 Trailer Brake Valve Assembly 2 Pressure Reducing Priority Valve
3 Load Levelling Valve (Where fitted) 4 Variable Displacement Pump
5 Filter Restriction Switch 6 Load Sensing Valve
7 Steering / Lube Priority Valve 8 Steering / lube Supply Pump
9 Supplementary Lube Valve 10 Main Intake Filter
11 Low Oil Temperature Switch 12 Charge Pressure Filter
13 Charge Pump
The location of the principal components in the hydraulic pump assembly are identified above. These items are shown
on the hydraulic circuit diagrams which describe the operating modes of the pump. The principal function of the valves
and switches is as follows:­
Intake Filter and Restriction Switch
Oil for both the charge and steering pump is drawn from the rear axle centre housing via the intake filter. The filter
incorporates a by­pass valve, which is an integral part of the replaceable filter and it is therefore essential that the
correct filter is installed at every filter change.
When the filter is blocked the oil filter restriction vacuum switch is activated and illuminates the oil filter restriction
warning light on the instrument panel.
Because oil is more viscous (thicker) when cold and can falsely indicate that the filter requires servicing a low temperature
oil switch is also used in the filter restriction circuit. This switch ensures that the warning light will not operate
if the oil temperature is less than 40 °C.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BSE3587A 2
Charge Pump Components
1 EndPlate 2 Seal
3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve (245 Bar) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
Low Charge Pressure Switch
The low charge pressure switch will cause a light to ‘Flash’ on the instrument cluster whenever the charge pressure
is less than 0.75 bar (11 lbf/in2)
Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve
The charge pressure filter dump valve is a safety relief valve for relieving excess pressure on the charge pump should
the filter be restricted. This valve will start to operate if the charge pressure exceeds 6 bar (87 lbf/in2).
Charge Pressure Valve
The charge pressure valve diverts excess oil supplied by the charge pump and not required by the variable flow piston
pump to the inlet port of the steering and lubrication circuit pump.
This valve starts to operate at a pressure of 1 bar (14.5 lbf/in2) and when fully open limits the charge pressure circuit
oil to 3 bar (44 lbf/in2) .
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
BSE3586A 3
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
1 Plug 2 Seal
3 Disc 4 Spring
5 Spring 6 Seat
7 Housing 8 Screw
9 Spool 10 Snap­ring
11 Plug 12 Plug
13 Seal 14 Seal
15 Damper Screw 16 Nozzle
17 Seat 18 Spring
19 Spring 20 Disc
21 Seal 22 Plug
23 Nut 24 Screw
25 Locknut
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
Output from the variable flow piston pump is determined by adjusting the angle of the swash plate in the pump. The
flow compensating valve senses the circuit operating pressure and adjusts the swash plate angle to control pump
output.
If pump output and circuit pressure rises to 205 bar (2973 lbf/in2) the pressure compensating valve overrides the
flow compensating valve and adjusts the swash plate angle to limit maximum system pressure.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ Overview
BAIL06CCM042HSA 1
Hydraulic Pump Assembly With Variable Displacement Closed Centre Load Sensing
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
1 Load Sensing Valve assembly 2 Steering Pump
3 Supplementary Lube valve 4 Main Intake Filter restriction (vacuum) Switch
5 Main Filter 6 Low Oil Temperature Switch
7 Variable Displacement Pump and Charge Pump 8 Charge Pump Filter
9 Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch 10 Main System Relief Valve (245 bar)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Charge pump ­ Exploded view
BSE3587A_457 1
Charge Pump Components
1 End Plate 2 Seal
3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve (245 bar (3552.5 psi)) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Check Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Compensator ­ Exploded view
BSD2030A_184 1
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
1 Housing 2 Seat
3 Adjuster and ‘O‘ Ring seal 4 Locknut
5 Spring 6 Spring
7 Locknut 8 Adjuster and ‘O‘ Ring seal
9 Seat 10 Spring
11 Seat 12 Pressure Compensator Spool
13 Plug and ‘O’ Ring 14 Plug and ‘O’ Ring
15 Flow Compensating Spool 16 Seat
17 Spring 18 ‘O‘ Ring Seal
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 35

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
Charge Pressure Test
1. Remove the charge pressure switch.
NOTE: Make sure the adapter located between the pressure
switch and the filter housing is also removed to allow
the pressure test equipment to be installed.
2. Install the quick release coupler (1) 297404 and the
quick release fitting (2) 297240 .
3. Install a 180 ltr/min flow meter between remote control
valves 1 and 2. Ensure the inlet hose of the flow
meter is installed into the extend port of valve No. 1.
Fully open the load valve on the flow meter.
Set the remote control valve flow control to 100 %
flow.
BAIS06CCM442AVA 1
4. Set the remote control valve lever No. 2 to the ‘Float’
position.
Set the remote control valve lever No. 1 to the ‘Extend’
position.
Start tractor and set engine speed to 1500 rev/min.
BAIS06CCM106AVA 2
BVE0159A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic Pump Leak Test
10. The hydraulic pump leak test should be performed
whenever operation of the hydraulic system is erratic
or the pump is extremely noisy.
The purpose of the test is to, ascertain if the malfunction
of the system is due to an internal pump leak or
alternatively the ingress of air due to a leak through
a component in the system.
Disconnect the breather tube from the top of the hydraulic
lift cover.
BAIS06CCM122AVA 7
11. Attach approximately 1.5 metres of clear plastic tubing
to the breather connection on top of the transmission
and position the tubing so that it forms a ‘U’
(Similar to a manometer).
Fill the tube with sufficient oil to prevent the ingress
of air through the tube.
Set tractor engine speed to 1000 rev/min and pull
and hold the remote control valve lever
If external air ingress is identified, oil in the clear plastic
tube will be pushed towards the open end by the
air being drawn into the driveline through the inlet
system of the hydraulic oil pump.
WARNING
If the leak is excessively large it is possible for the oil
to be projected out of the tube. Take care to position
the tube so not to cause injury or project oil into the
work area. B027
BAIS06CCM121AVA 8
12. If the air ingress is identified, possible air ingress
through the hydraulic oil pump filter(s), intake tube
joints, and remote control valve tube joints.
If internal air ingress is identified, possible hydraulic
oil pump shaft seal damaged or worn.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond ­ Remove
1. Undo the three retaining nuts (1) .
BAIL06CCM051ASA 1
2. Undo the load sensing connection (1), and remove
power beyond slice (2).
BAIL06CCM242ASA 2
Next operation:
Power beyond ­ Install (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond ­ Install
Prior operation:
Power beyond ­ Remove (A.10.A)
1. Locate the power beyond slice (2) onto the three tie
rods protruding from the remote valve and connect
the load sensing hose (1).
BAIL06CCM242ASA 1
2. Replace the retaining nuts (1) and torque in the
sequence as specified. Refer to Power beyond ­
Torque (A.10.A)
BAIL06CCM051ASA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond ­ Assemble
BAIL06CCM170FSA 1
Power Beyond Slice Components
1. Load Sensing Coupler 2. Power Beyond Manifold
3. Load Sensing Shuttle Valve 4. Spring
5. Support Ring 6. ’O’ Ring
7. Return Coupler 8. Pressure Coupler
1. Screw the couplers onto the power beyond slice and
tighten to the required torque. Refer to Power beyond
­ Torque (A.10.A)
2. Insert load sensing shuttle valve along with the ’O’
ring and support ring as shown.
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm from
the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge of the
inserted shuttle valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 2
3. Insert new ’O’ rings into the rest of the ports.
Next operation:
Power beyond ­ Install (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
8. If reading is not to specification adjust the pressure
compensating valve.
NOTE: One full rotation will adjust the pressure by approximately
50 bar (725 lbf.in2).
BAIS06CCM101AVC 8
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove
1. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 1
2. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear righthand
wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right­hand
wheel.
WARNING
Tractor wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and
ensure, when stored, that they cannot fall and cause
injury. Never operate the tractor with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
and at the recommended intervals. B105
BTB0282A 2
3. Remove the hydraulic oil pump vent cap.
NOTE: Leave for one minute to allow oil in the filters to
drain into the sump.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
4. Remove the return filter element (1) and the pressure
filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 4
5. Disconnect the transmission control cover return
hose (1), steering pump return hose (2) and the mid
mount valves return hose (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 5
6. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 6
7. Detach the retaining clips (1) and disconnect the return
pipe (2). Detach the return pipe clips (3).
BAIS06CCM057AVB 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
8. Remove the transmission/hydraulic return filter housing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 8
9. Disconnect the load sensing line (1), trailer brake
valve supply pipe (2) and the left and right trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 9
10. Disconnect the mid mount valves load sensing line
(1) and supply hose (2) (If equipped). Disconnect
the main supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 10
11. Disconnect the remote valve pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
12. Remove the variable displacement hydraulic pump.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM061AVA 12
13. Make a note of pump spacer position for correct reassembly.
BSD2161A 13
Steering Pump
14. Disconnect the steering pump return pipe (1) and detach
the steering pump supply pipe housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 14
15. Disconnect the steering motor supply pipe (1), and
the electrical connectors (2). Remove the steering
pump (3).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 15
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul
This procedure describes the overhaul of the Load Sensed Variable Displacement pump assembly when removed
from the tractor. Refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove (A.10.A) The following items
however can be serviced with the pump installed on the tractor.
1. Blocked Filter Dump Valve
2. Pressure and Flow Compensating Valves
3. Steering Pump Assembly
4. Steering Flow Control Valve (Priority Valve)
5. Remove hydraulic pump assembly from tractor as
described in .Hydraulic pump Variable displacement
pump ­ Remove (A.10.A)
6. Remove pressure and flow compensating valves assembly.
BAIS06CCM061AVA 1
7. Undo the 4 retaining bolts and remove circlip from
opposite end of pump.Gently remove charge Pump
from main pump assembly.
BSD2023A 2
BSD2051A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
8. When replacing the input shaft seal, make sure the
pump housings mounting flange is clean. Use circlip
pliers to remove the input shaft seal retaining ring.
1b0o2004061061 4
9. With the retaining ring removed, use a punch or similar
tool, and carefully pierce the top of the lip seal.
Using the punch, pry the seal from its bore.
70­421­485 5
10. Examine valve plate(1). Check to see if it is scored,
nicked, warped or damaged by cavitation. Look for
score marks or damage around the bearing surface
area. Check the inlet and discharge port area for
signs of contamination. This contamination may
show as grooves starting in the feathering notch,
BSD2025A 6
11. Remove bearing cone(1) and splined connector.
70­421­491 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
12. Remove preload spacer from driveshaft. Remove
pumping head and piston from housing. Using a suitable
marker identify each piston and slipper to their
corresponding barrel in the pumping head.
TIA35167 8
13. Separate pumping head and slipper assembly and
inspect for damage. Where damage is identified the
pumping element must be replaced.
Pumping Head and Slipper Assembly
1. Pistons and Slippers
2. Cone
3. Washer
4. Pumping Head
5. Pins (3 off)
TIA35168 9
14. If necessary disassemble pumping head spring assembly
by compressing the collar against the spring.
Pumping Head Spring Assembly
1. Pumping Head
2. Washer
3. Spring
4. Collar
5. Retaining Ring
IMPORTANT: Due to high spring pressure take care when
removing retaining ring.
TIA35169 10
15. Remove swash plate (1) assembly.
Inspect components for wear and replace if damaged.
70­421­461 11
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Assemble (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Assemble
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
Pump Reassembly
1. Before reassembling the load sensed variable displacement
pump, replace all worn and damaged
parts and assemblies and all seals and O rings.
Lubricate the seals and O rings with petroleum jelly
to retain them during reassembly and provide lubrication
to the dust and shaft seals. Also lubricate all
part surfaces freely with clean hydraulic fluid.
Install a new input shaft bearing cup, (1) , and swash
plate bearings (2).
70­421­973 1
2. Install input shaft into housing.
70­421­456 2
3. Install swash plate control spring and swash plate
bearings.
70­421­462 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
4. Reassemble the swash plate, 1, into the housing by
tilting the swash plate with the push rod socket up
slightly and installing.
NOTE: Caution must be used when installing the complete
swash plate so as not to dislodge the swash plate spring
or the saddle bearings.
70­421­461_460 4
5. Insert the push rod, 1, through the stroke piston bore
and reengage the end of the tube into the swash
plate socket.
70­421­476 5
6. Tilt the swash plate up and insert the push rod, 1,
down and into the socket. Make sure the push rod is
engaged in the socket correctly.
1b0o2004061062 6
7. Install the stroke control piston, 2, in the bore. Screw
the plug, 1, back on.
70­421­473 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
8. Pumping Head and Piston Assembly
Install the guide pins, (1), in the block splines.
70­421­972 8
9. Lubricate and install the bearing, (1), spider and piston
assemblies, (2), on the pivot and into the block
assembly.
70­421­468 9
10. Check bearing preload before installing the rotating
group. Install bearing, 1, and spacer, 2, on the shaft.
70­421­492 10
11. Protect the inner lip of the new shaft seal, 1, lubricate
and install the seal over the input shaft, 2, and into
the pump housing.
70­421­528 11
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
12. Tap the shaft seal into the pump housing until it is just
slightly below flush of the counterbore face. DO NOT
SEAT THE SEAL AT THIS TIME.
70­421­482 12
13. Use a seal driver, 1, such as a 1­1/4 in ID 1­1/2 in OD
x 2­1/2 in long pipe as shown here, to press both the
retaining ring and shaft seal into the pump housing.
NOTE: Press the retaining ring in just far enough that
it snaps into the retaining ring groove machined into
the pump housing.
70­421­482_456 13
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Install (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Install
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove (A.10.A), Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump
­ Overhaul (A.10.A).
1. When installing the pump make sure the spacer is
mounted correctly in the housing.
2. Install the variable displacement hydraulic pump.
Tighten to 135 Nm 99.5 lb ft.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BSD2161A 1
3. Connect the remote valve pipes (2) and (1).
BAIS06CCM061AVA 2
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 59

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
4. Connect the main supply pipe (3), the mid mount
valves load sensing line (1) and supply hose (2) (If
equipped).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 4
5. Connect the load sensing line (1), the trailer brake
valve supply pipe (2) and the left and right trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 5
6. Install the transmission/hydraulic return filter housing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 6
7. Install the return pipe (1) and retaining clips (2). Install
the return pipe clips (3).
BAIS06CCM057AVC 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
8. Connect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 8
9. Connect the transmission control cover return hose
(1), steering pump return hose (2) and the mid mount
valves return hose (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 9
10. Install a new return filter element (1) and a new pressure
filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 10
11. Install the hydraulic oil pump vent cap.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 11
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 61

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Steering Pump
12. Install the steering pump (3). Connect the steering
motor supply pipe (1), and the electrical connectors
(2).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 12
13. Connect the steering pump return pipe (1) and the
steering pump supply pipe housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 13
14. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right
hand wheel to a hoist and install the rear right­hand
wheel. For correct torque refer to Rear wheel ­
Torque (D.50.C).
WARNING
Tractor wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and
ensure, when stored, that they cannot fall and cause
injury. Never operate the tractor with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
and at the recommended intervals. B105
BTB0282A 14
15. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1).
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 15
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Charge pump ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove (A.10.A)
1. Remove pump from pump housing.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BAIS06CCM061AVA 1
2. Remove 4 bolts securing charge pump housing. Refer
to Charge pump ­ Exploded view (A.10.A) Carefully
separate charge pump housing from main pump
body.Use circlip pliers to remove the input shaft seal
retaining ring(1).
70­421­484 2
3. Remove pump rotor, housing and rotor shaft. Inspect
for wear or damage.
NOTE: Ensure when reassembling the pump that the
punched dot markings on the rotor and rotor housing face
to the outside of the pump housing, as illustrated.
BSD2049A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 63

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
4. Inspect seal in end cover and replace if required.
Tighten housing retaining bolts to a torque of 50 ­ 62
Nm (36.9 ­ 45.7 lbft).
BSD2051A 4
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 64

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Compensator ­ Overhaul
1. Disconnect load sense line connection and remove
pressure and flow compensating valve assembly.
Remove the tamper proof caps, carefully unscrew
each adjuster and remove the component parts.
Refer to Compensator ­ Exploded view (A.10.A)
To ensure correct reassembly keep the component
parts for each valve separate.
IMPORTANT: Due to extreme spring pressure within
valves DO NOT remove rear plugs until the adjusters have
been removed.
BSD2023A 1
2. Reassembly of the valves follows the removal procedure
in reverse. On reassembly observe the following
:­
Wash all components in a suitable solvent.
Examine all components for wear or damage. If the
spools are damaged it is necessary to replace the
complete valve assembly.
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
To aid reassembly of pressure and flow compensating
valves, the spools should be inserted into the rear
of the housing.
Tighten all plugs and locknuts to the correct torque
as detailed in Specifications.
TIA35166 2
3. When installing valve on pump ensure all ’O’ ring
seals are correctly installed.
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure and
flow compensating valves to the correct specification
as detailed Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test
(A.10.A).
TIA35007 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 65

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
NOTE: If the damper screw (1) is removed for any reason it
should be reinstalled in alignment with the three ports and
should be fixed into position using a suitable threadlock and
seal.product. Failure to adjust this screw correctly could
reduce the efficiency of the system.
BSF4760A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 66

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Filter ­ Replace
NOTE: There are two types of filter assembly fitted to these models as shown in figures 1 and 2.
1. There are two filters , the main filter (2) which has a
replaceable cartridge, and the charge filter (1), which
has a disposable type.
ATTENTION: Before changing the disposable charge filter
clean the area around the mounting plate and filter .
BSD2182B 1
2. Unscrew the charge filter (1) and discard in an appropriate
container.
3. Clean the inlet channel and the face of the filter
mounting. Smear clean oil around the rubber seal
of the new filter and install into the filter housing.
Screw up until the faces just meet, then tighten a
further 3/4 of a turn. Do not overtighten.
4. To remove the main filter undo the three retaining
nuts and remove filter cover.
5. Remove old filter cartridge and install a replacement,
ensuring the cover is clean prior to fitting.
6. Lightly oil the sealing ring before reassembling to the
pump housing. Do not overtighten the retaining nuts.
7. Before changing the main filter cartridge in housing
(3) Figure 2 , release the air bleed valve (2) by unscrewing
fully. This will allow air into the filter so that
most of the oil can drain back to the reservoir. Wait
a few moments and then remove the 19 mm plug (5)
from the filter casing and allow the oil to drain out into
a suitable container.
BAIL06CCM090ASA 2
8. Using as 41 mm socket or ring spanner, remove the
filter support plate by turning approximately 45 ° to
the left. Remove filter and plate.
9. Ensure support plate is clean before installing the
new cartridge. Lightly oil the sealing ring and refit
the assembly to the filter housing, making sure that
plate locks into place and the lug (4) aligns correctly
with the arrow on the filter casing.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 67

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Error code identified by microprocessor
Component malfunction
Initial Fault Finding
Checks To be Performed
Before Proceeding to
General Diagnostic
Procedure
Transmission
Low Pressure
Warning Light ‘ON’.
Charge Pressure Light
Flashing
Rear Axle oil level incorrect
Oil level not checked and adjusted at appropriate
service interval
Oil contaminated with dirt, water, or antifreeze
Filters not replaced at correct service interval
Warning light displayed on instrument cluster
Component not functioning correctly
High pressure system components do not
operate, i.e., hydraulic lift, remote valves
and trailer brakes
High pressure pump malfunction
Low pressure systems components do not
operate, i.e., transmission, PTO, FWD and
Diff Locks
Low pressure regulating valve sticking,
broken components or relief valve may be
stuck open
Low pressure systems components do not
operate, i.e., transmission, PTO, FWD and
Diff Locks
If the pressure is 23±1 bar (333.5±15 psi)
there may be an electrical fault
Low pressure systems components do operate,
Oil pressure switch not functioning correctly
or faulty wiring
Rear axle oil level incorrect
Oil level not checked and adjusted at appropriate
service interval
If charge pressure is correct 1.6 ­ 3.4 bar
(23.20 ­ 49.30 psi) disconnect wiring to low
charge pressure switch. If the light is not
extinguished
Short circuit to chassis in R/N/B colour wire
from instrument console connector and
charge pressure switch C173
As above, but light is extinguished
Blocked/contaminated filters
If filters have been replaced and pressure
is correct
Faulty low charge pressure switch
Filters changed but still pressure is incorrect
Charge pressure filter dump valve and
charge pressure valves sticking open
Filters changed but still pressure is incorrect
Worn charge pump
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 68
Refer to Error code fault finding ELEC­
TRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description
(A.50.A)
Add oil to rear axle
Replace all filters on pump. Refer to Filter
­ Replace (A.10.A)
Identify function not operating correctly and
refer to the appropriate fault finding chart
Perform tests for high pressure pump. Refer
to Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test
(A.10.A).
Pressure test the low pressure circuit. If the
pressure is not 23±1 bar (333.5±15 psi) ,
inspect the low pressure regulating valve or
relief valve.
If this does not clear the fault check for a
large leak in one of the low pressure system
component circuits.
Check for an electrical fault which may affect
the operation of all low pressure components,
i.e., disconnected harness to low
pressure block
If the warning lamp does not remain on inspect
the switch. It should be open , replace
if faulty.
If the lamp remains on repair wiring fault between
C036 and C081 Pin 12 of the instrument
cluster
Add oil to rear axle
Locate and repair short circuit
Replace charge pump and inlet filters Refer
to Filter ­ Replace (A.10.A)
Replace low charge pressure switch
Replace valves
Replace pump. Refer to Charge pump ­
Overhaul (A.10.A)

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Intake Filter Restriction
Warning Light On
Rear axle oil level incorrect
Oil level not checked and adjusted at appropriate
service interval
Add oil to rear axle
Power Steering Not
Working or Working
Incorrectly
Trailer Brakes Not
Working
Hydraulic Lift Not Working
Correctly
Inlet and charge pressure filters not functioning
Filters contaminated
If wiring to filter restriction switch is disconnected
and light is not extinguished
Short circuit to chassis in B/N colour wire
from instrument console connector Pin 16
and intake filter restriction switch C175
If wiring to filter restriction switch is disconnected
and light is extinguished
Intake filter restriction switch faulty
Steering pressure warning light is illuminated
Incorrect pressure in the steering system
Steering pressure warning light is illuminated
Steering pump faulty
Pressure is correct up to the steering cylinders
Mechanical fault in the steering components
Trailer brakes not working correctly
Air in system
Trailer brakes not working correctly
Pressure incorrect in system
Pressure test confirms fault
Hydraulic lift not working satisfactorily
Pressure test confirms fault
If pressure not correct
If pressure test confirms correct pressure
Trailer brake valve faulty
Replace filters. Refer to Filter ­ Replace
(A.10.A)
Locate and repair short circuit
Replace intake filter restriction switch
Pressure test the steering system as described
in STEERING Hydraulic ­ Pressure
test (D.20.C) .
Remove steering pump and examine the
drive to the pump, if O.K. repair or replace
the steering pump assembly (refer to Hydraulic
pump ­ Remove (A.12.A))
If pump output is good but pressure to
the cylinders is low or zero, suspect a
faulty steering motor. SeeControl valve
­ Remove (D.20.C) and Control valve ­
Overhaul (D.20.C)for steering motor removal
and overhaul.
Bleed the trailer brakes
Pressure test the Trailer brakes
Test maximum system pressure at remote
valve coupler. Pressure 2900 ­ 3000 lbf/
in2 (200 ­ 207 bar)
Adjust flow/pressure compensating valve.
If this does not clear the fault examine
flow/compensating valve for sticking component
Check the variable flow pump swash
plate to ensure it is not sticking Refer
toHydraulic pump Variable displacement
pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
Operate and hold remote valve to generate
maximum system pressure and at the
same time operate the trailer brakes. If the
trailer brake valve does not function correctly
overhaul trailer brake valve
Move switch to work position
In cab fast raise /work switch not in correct
position
Is hitch enabled symbol illuminated Capture hitch
Check position of controls on control panel
Charge pressure light flashing
Charge pump system problem
refer to charge pressure light flashing fault
finding chart Charge pump ­ Incorrect
work (A.10.A)
Electronic draft control error code identified Refer to Electronic draft control fault codes
in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description
(A.50.A)
Trailer brakes (if fitted) not working correctly.
(Install a pressure gauge in the
trailer brake coupler)
Fault in the variable displacement pump
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 69
Pressure test the pump to determine the
fault Refer to Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure
test (A.10.A)

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Inspect the low pressure regulating valve
assembly for sticking spool. dirt contamination
or broken components. Rectify as
required Refer to Priority valve ­ Disas­
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Remote valves not operating correctly. (Install
a pressure gauge in the remote valve
coupler)
Contaminated components in low pressure
regulating valve assembly
semble (A.14.A)
Remote Control
Valves Not Working ­
Mechanically Operated
Type
Remote Control
Valves Not Working ­
Electro­Hydraulic (EHR)
Type
Hydraulic lift working erratically
Circuit leak
Lift arms locked in either fully raised or lowered
position
Sticking plunger in EDC valve raise or lower
solenoid
Perform standby pressure test . If pressure
is not 300 ­ 350 lbf/in2 (21 ­ 24 bar)
Flow compensating valve requires examination
or adjustment
Perform standby pressure test . If pressure
is not 300 ­ 350 lbf/in2 (21 ­ 24 bar)
Variable displacement pump swash plate
sticking
Standby pressure is correct and whilst operating
remotes at high pressure standby
hydraulic lift operates correctly
Fault in load sensing line from EDC valve
If the hydraulic lift does not operate correctly
Sticking spools in EDC valve or leaking lift
cylinder safety valve
If the hydraulic lift does not operate correctly
Lift arms leak down under pressure if heavy
weight is placed on them
If hydraulic lift is not working
Various causes
If hydraulic lift is working
Remote control valve fault
One of the remote valves does not reach
the correct pressure
Defective remote valve does reach the required
pressure
Faulty Load sensing valve
When the key start is switched on the EHR
control lever solenoids cannot be heard to
activate
Faulty fuses (39 or 41)
The EHR control lever solenoids can be
heard to activate
Hydraulic stop button not in the operating
position
Hydraulic stop button is in operating position
Hydraulic lift not working
Perform pump leak test to determine if fault
relates to either internal leak or hydraulic
circuit leak
Check EDC valve raise or lower solenoid
for sticking plungers and rectify accordingly.
Refer to Control valve ­ Disassemble
(H.10.D)
Adjust/examine flow compensating valve
. Refer to Compensator ­ Overhaul
(A.10.A)
Disassemble variable displacement and
check swash plate piston for sticking.
Refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement
pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
Investigate and rectify fault in load sensing
line
Examine EDC valve for sticking spool and
rectify or if lift cylinder safety valve is leaking
replace.
Overhaul lift cylinder
Refer to fault finding chart for hydraulic lift
not working HITCH Electronic draft control
­ Not function (H.10.D)
Test maximum system pressure at each remote
valve coupler. If they reach correct
pressure (2900 ­ 3000 lbf/in2 ­ 200 ­ 207
bar) examine flow/pressure compensating
valve for sticking
Operate all remote valve levers simultaneously.
If the defective remote valve does
not reach correct pressure, overhaul as required
Examine load sensing valve between remote
valve sections
Replace fuses if faulty. (Refer to Fuse
and relay box ­ General specification
(A.30.A)
Activate switch to the operating position
Refer to ‘Hydraulic lift not working’ HITCH
Electronic draft control ­ Not function
(H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 70

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Hydraulic stop button is in operating position
Replace the relay
EHR enable relay faulty
Hydraulic stop button is in operating position
EHR fault codes may be stored in the controller
memory
Hydraulic stop button is in operating position
Components in low pressure system may
not be operating correctly
Hydraulic lift and remote valve are operated
simultaneously and pressure is registered
from the remote coupler
Fault in the load sense circuit or the compensating
valve in the variable displacement
pump
Hydraulic lift and remote valve are operated
simultaneously and pressure is NOT registered
from the remote coupler
Fault in the electrical system
Refer to the fault code chapter in the electrical
section ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Static description (A.50.A)
Low pressure supply to remotes not available.
Fault find the low­pressure system
as described in ‘Transmission warning light
ON ’SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM ­ Constant on (A.12.A)
Identify and remedy fault
Perform the EHR valve renumbering procedure
Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A). If the valves are still inoperative
check the CANBUS wiring between
the remotes and the central controller. If
the fault still persists re­load the software
into the central controller and if still inoperative
replace the processor
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 71

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 10.A
Charge pump ­ Exploded view 34
Charge pump ­ General specification 8
Charge pump ­ Overhaul 63
Compensator ­ Exploded view 35
Compensator ­ Overhaul 65
Filter ­ Replace 67
Hydraulic pump ­ Overview 32
Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test 43
Hydraulic pump ­ Static description 28
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Assemble 55
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ General specification 6
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Install 59
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Overhaul 51
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove 46
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Torque 6
Power beyond ­ Assemble 42
Power beyond ­ Install 41
Power beyond ­ Remove 40
Power beyond ­ Static description 27
Power beyond ­ Torque 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema 24
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Pressure test 36
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Special tools 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description 22
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Troubleshooting 68
Signal valve ­ Pressure test 39
2 3/5/2007
A.10.A / 72

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve ­ 10.B
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve
Dynamic description 3
Static description 31
Hydraulic schema 36
Exploded view With Power Beyond 40
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve
Disassemble 41
Remove 47
Assemble 49
Install 55
Command
Configurable detent ­ Remove 57
Configurable detent ­ Install 58
Stack valve
Remove 59
Install 61
DIAGNOSTIC
Remote control valve
Troubleshooting 63
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Dynamic description
OIL FLOW IN NEUTRAL
When the remote valves are in neutral the control valve spool is held in the central position by the centering spring.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool.
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D) are vented to reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin on the lock valve is positioned in the waisted section of the spool allowing the valve to be spring loaded into
the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load should there be a slight leakage in the main
spool.
See Figure 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Neutral
1. Flow Control Adjuster 2. Metering Land
3. Flow Control Spool 4. Load Hold Check Valve
5. Main Control Spool 6. Pin
7. Lock Valve 8. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
9. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port 10. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
11. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Pump Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Trapped Oil
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM012GSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)
When the remote valve lever is moved to the raise position the control spool moves to the left and the spring loaded
detent balls engage with the left hand groove in the detent mechanism (10). See Figure 2
Moving the spool to the raise position causes the pin (6) on the lock valve to ride up the ramp of the spool and hold
the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F).
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (4) until pressure in the gallery is sufficient to lift the
ball of its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E).
Oil can flow from:­
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve into Gallery (E).
Across the flat on the main control spool to Gallery (F).
Through the lock valve (7).
Out through the raise port (8) of the remote valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port and gallery (H), around the land on the main
control spool and back to reservoir via the common gallery (G).
If the load hold check valve (4) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port when the remote valve is moved from neutral to raise condition. Under this situation
the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is adjusted by the manual flow control knob (1), which manually
changes the size of restriction (11).
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A) the
flow control spool senses the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (11) between
galleries (A) and (B).
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the manual flow
control restriction (11) irrespective of pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to circuit demand.
Figure 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Raising (Cylinder Extend)
1. Flow Control Adjuster 2. Metering Land
3. Flow Control Spool 4. Load Hold Check Valve
5. Main Control Spool 6. Pin
7. Lock Valve 8. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
9. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port 10. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
11. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Pump Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM014GSA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT)
When the remote valve lever is moved to the lower position the control spool moves to the right and the spring loaded
detent balls engage with the middle groove in the detent mechanism. See Figure 3
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote valve the position of the spool causes the pin on the lock valve
to hold the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H).
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control valve spool and restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D).
The load hold check valve (4) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery (E). When the load hold check valve lifts off the seat, oil flows into gallery (H), round the control valve spool
to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port of the remote valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the Retracting cylinder returns to reservoir gallery (G) though the raising port and lock valve (7).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remotes is controlled in exactly the same manner as described in the ‘Oil Flow In Raising’ section
by sensing differential pressure across manually flow control restriction (11).
Figure 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Lowering (Cylinder Retract)
1. Flow Control Adjuster 2. Metering Land
3. Flow Control Spool 4. Load Hold Check Valve
5. Main Control Spool 6. Pin
7. Lock Valve 8. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
9. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port 10. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
11. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Pump Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM013GSA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT
The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote valve permitting the
cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades to
‘float’ or follow the ground contour. See Figure 4
When the remote valve lever is pushed fully forward to the float position the spool is moved fully to the right and the
spring loaded detent balls (10) engage with the right hand groove in the detent mechanism.
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the spool.
The position of the spool causes the pin (7) on the lock valve to hold the valve in the open position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote valve are open to reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil from one port
of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
Figure 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Float
1. Flow Control Adjuster 2. Metering Land
3. Flow Control Spool 4. Load Hold Check Valve
5. Main Control Spool 6. Pin
7. Lock Valve 8. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
9. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port 10. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
11. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Pump Pressure
Return to Reservoir
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM015GSA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
OPERATION OF DETENT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
Under normal operating conditions excessive pressures in the remote circuits are protected by the detent pressure
regulating valve which returns the control valve spool to neutral when the operating pressure of the cylinder exceeds
the factory preset value. See Figure 5
If the remote valve control lever is physically held by the operator to prevent the spool returning to neutral the maximum
operating pressure is restricted to a maximum of 160 bar by the pressure compensating valve in the closed centre
load sensing (CCLS) hydraulic pump.
Operation of the detent regulating valve is as follows:­
When the control valve spool is moved to the raise or lower position the detent balls of the spool centering and detent
mechanism (1) are held in detents by the tapered face of the spring loaded plunger .
In the raise or lower condition the operating pressure of the remote valve circuit is also sensed in the centre drilling
of the spool through the small radial drillings (2). As pressure increases a force is applied to the small ball (4) in the
end of the spool (3) which pushes the detent regulating valve piston (5) and spring loaded plunger (6) to the left. The
detent balls in the centering mechanism are no longer held in the detent by the tapered face of the spring loaded
plunger and the centering spring moves the spool to neutral.
Figure 5
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Operation of Detent Pressure Regulating Valve
1. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism 2. Radial Drillings
3. Main Control Spool 4. Ball
5. Detent Piston 6. Spring Loaded Plunger
7. Detent Balls
Remote Valve Pressure @
160 bar
Return to Reservoir
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM016GSA 5
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY
Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency.
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure. See 6
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the remote valve is set by turning the manual flow control knob. This action adjusts the size of
restriction (3).
The pressure differential across the restriction (3) is sensed on each end of the flow control valve spool and causes
the spool to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (4).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (4) produces a constant flow across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) and through the remote valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Single Remote Valve Operating
1 Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
2 Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
3 Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction 4 Spool Metering Lands
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Load Sense Line Check Valve
A Remote Valve in Operation
Pump Pressure
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
B Remote Valves in Neutral
Return to Reservoir
Trapped Oil
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM017GSA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 25

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Two Remote Valves Operating
It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressure is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure.
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) is sensed by the flow compensating spool.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressures the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (4) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the manually adjusted
flow control restriction in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other
hydraulic circuits.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Two Remote Valves Operating
1 Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
2 Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
3 Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction 4 Spool Metering Lands
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Pump Pressure
High Pressure Remote
Valve Operation
Lower Pressure Remote
Valve Operation
Return To Reservoir
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 28

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM018GSA 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Static description
Closed centre remote control valves (1) are installed on all tractors with a closed centre load sensing variable displacement
hydraulic pump.
NOTE: On closed centre remote installations the upper port of the valve is the cylinder retract port and the lower port
is the cylinder extend port.
Up to four remote control valves may be installed and each operating lever is colour coded for identification:
BRB0213B 1
Green
Blue
Ginger
Black
Lever Colour
Valve Position/No.
Right–hand outer – I
Right–hand inner – II
Left–hand inner – III
Left–hand outer – IIII
Each remote valve has four operating positions.
Raise (R) ­ Pull a lever toward you to extend the cylinder to which it is connected.
Neutral (N) ­ Push the lever forward to select neutral and de­activate the connected cylinder.
Lower (L) ­ Push the lever forward, past neutral, to retract the cylinder.
Float (F) ­ Push the lever fully forward, beyond the ‘lower’ position, to select ‘float’. This will permit the cylinder to
extend or retract freely, allowing equipment such as scraper blades to ‘float’ or follow the ground contour.
BAIL06CCM166ASA 2
The remote valves (1) are a stack type design with configurable detents (where fitted) (2) clamped together with the
hydraulic lift electronic draft control valve .
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM086ASA 3
BAIL06CCM248FSA 4
Electronic Draft Control and Mechanical Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Stack
1 Remote Control Valve No I 2 Remote Control Valve No II
3 Electronic Draft Control Valve 4 Remote Control Valve No III
5 Remote Control Valve No IIII 6 Inlet Port
7 To Hydraulic Lift 8 Load Sensing Line Connection
9 End Cover
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM192FSA 5
Remote Control Valve and EDC Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
Pump Pressure
Return To Reservoir
Load Sensing
1 Parallel Supply Gallery 2 Load sensing Gallery
3 Return to Reservoir
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
’O’ ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control output of the hydraulic pump.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BSB0388A 6
The principal hydraulic components within each remote control valve section are:­
Flow Control Adjuster
The flow control adjuster is manually operated and adjusts oil flow through the remote valve. Turning the adjuster
changes the size of the restriction in the path of oil flowing through the flow control spool.
Flow Control Spool
The flow control valve spool senses pressure differential across the restriction set by the flow control adjuster and regulates
flow through the remote valve. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure differential in
the remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve
The check valve prevents a backflow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the control spool is operated and
pump system pressure is less than the back pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:­
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the control valve spool is moved from the neutral to raise position,
the pump system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote valve circuit. When this occurs the
back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop before pump system
pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents this situation from
occurring.
Lock Valve
The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote valve and is closed whenever the remote valve is in neutral.
The lock valve prevents leakdown of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the spool when
in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the control spool is moved from the neutral
position.
Control Valve Spool
The control valve spool is spring centred to a neutral position and when moved directs oil flow to the raise or lower
ports of the control valve.
Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
The spool centering mechanism spring loads the control valve spool to the neutral position. When the spool is moved
to the Raise, Lower or Float positions the mechanism holds the spool in position using ball bearings which engage in
grooves within a detent cage.
A factory set detent regulating valve in the mechanism automatically releases the balls and returns the spool to neutral
whenever operating pressure exceeds the preset value.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM165FSA 7
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool
3 Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Load Holding Check Valve 6 Spool Centering Mechanism
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 35

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Hydraulic schema
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A) for main hydraulic schematic.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 37

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Hydraulic Schematic for Mechanical Remote Valves With Power Beyond
1.Remote Valve Slices
3.Electronic Draft Control Valve
2.Manifold Block
4.Power Beyond Slice
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL06CCM214CSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 39

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Exploded view With Power Beyond
BAIL06CCM239GSA 1
Closed Centre Mechanical Remote Valves with Power Beyond
1. Retaining Nuts 2. Power Beyond Slice
3. Couplers 4. End Slice
5. Remote Valve 6. Manifold
7. Electronic Draft Control Valve 8. Remote Valve
9. Tie Rod 10. Remote Valve
11. Return Coupler 12. Pressure Coupler
13. Load Sensing Coupler
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Disassemble
BAIL06CCM165FSA 1
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool
3 Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Load Holding Check Valve 6 Spool Centring Mechanism
1. Disassemble using following instructions and illustrations.
Remove ‘O’ ring (1) and load sense check valve (2).
Remove flow control adjuster knob and unscrew flow
control adjuster from valve body
BSB0388A_191 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BSB0395A 3
Remote Valve and Coupler Housing
1 Valve Section 2 ‘O’ Ring
3 Coupler 4 Coupler Housing
5 Seat 6 ‘O’ Ring
2. The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
Remove spool.
NOTE: Prior to removing spool ensure flats(1) on end of
spool are in vertical position as shown. If it is necessary to
rotate spool Do not use force otherwise damage to spool
and load check valve pin will occur.
BSB0394A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
3. Remove load holding valve from raise port as fol­
lows:­
Using small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
keeper (2) and turn keeper through 90 deg.
Remove spring seat (3) from housing
Remove load check valve and plunger
BSB0385A 5
BSB0386A 6
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve
3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 43

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
4. Carefully remove flow control valve plug.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take extreme
care when removing plugs. B041
BSB0393A 7
BAIL06CCM211FSA 8
Flow Control Spool and Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Retainer
3 Spring 4 Spring Guide
5 Plug and ’O’ Ring 6 Plastic Cap
7 Retainer 8 Plug
9 Back­up Ring 10 ’O’ Ring
11 Spring 12 Check Valve Cone
Lift Check Valve Removal
5. Remove the plastic cap (6) and the snap ring (7) Figure
8 , taking care not to scratch the bore.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 44

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
6. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto
the retainer (1) by tightening the nut on the tool (2).
7. Pull out the tool and retainer.
8. Remove the check valve and spring.
BAIL06CCM222ASA 9
BSB0498A 10
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 ‘O’ Ring
3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back­Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
9. Remove control valve spool by unscrewing the spool
centring mechanism. It is not recommended that the
mechanism is disassembled.
Housed within the centre of the spool is the detent
release orifice. This is factory preset and servicing
should be restricted to washing in an approved
degreasing agent without removing the orifice from
within the spool.
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Assemble (A.10.B)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Remove
1. Lower hydraulic links and thoroughly clean remote
valve stack.
Disconnect control cables at rear of remotes.
2. To aid reassembly draw a diagonal line across the
valve stack.
BAIL06CCM258ASA 1
3. Undo and remove tie rod nuts. Remove end plate
and valve assemblies from the tie rods.
BAIL06CCM259ASA 2
BSB0387A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
4. Remote valves 3 and 4 Removal
Undo tie rod nuts and remove end plate and valve
assemblies .
NOTE: Small shims (1) are positioned between the manifold
(2) and remote valve number (3). Take care not to
damage the shims.
BSB0390A 4
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.B)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Assemble
BSB0498A 1
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 ‘O’ Ring
3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back­Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
1. Prior to inserting control valve spool in housing ensure
flats (1) on end of spool are in vertical position as
shown, then install the load holding check valve, as
described below.. Do Not rotate spool after installing
load holding valve otherwise damage to spool and
load holding valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur. B004
2. Install Control Valve spool. Retain by screwing on
the spool centreing mechanism.
BSB0508A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BSB0386A 3
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve
3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
3. Load check valve installation
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter (4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position
there must be a gap (X) 0.2 ­ 0.3 mm (0.008 ­ 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Calculating Gap (X)
4. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in)) in position with the control valve in neutral.
5. Measure dimension ‘Z‘ from the top of the plunger to
the top face of the remote valve body (e.g.36.43 mm
(1.43 in) ).
6. Remove the plunger.
7. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated
8. Measure dimension ‘Y‘ from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in))
BAIL06CCM195ASA 5
BAIL06CCM196ASA 6
Load Check Valve Installation
9. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
10. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pliers.
11. Install the lock valve , pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 3)
12. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (figure
6) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
13. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly anti clockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 7
Flow Control Valve Installation
14. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring(2) , guide(3) and retaining plug(4) .
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 8
Flow Control Regulator Installation
15. Assemble the flow control regulator (1) with ‘O‘ rings
(7), (8), and (9).
16. Screw the flow control regulator into the valve body.
BAIL06CCM199ASA 9
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
17. Using a screwdriver, turn the restrictor clockwise as
far as it will go, and then turn back 60 °(minimum flow
position).
18. Install the clamp, rotary knob (2) , washer and the nut
to the restrictor stem. Ensure that the rotary knob lug
is located to the left of the stop pin (1) .
19. Tighten the nut to a torque of 3 Nm (2.213 lbft) without
rotating the restrictor.
20. Install the cap with the groove facing the knob lug.
21. Check the minimum and maximum flow available
from the remote valve using a flow meter.
If the rotary knob has been installed as described
above the minimum flow should be approximately 10
l/min (2.64 US gpm) and the maximum flow should
be approximately 80 l/min (21.13 US gpm).
BAIL06CCM200ASA 10
Lift Check Valve Installation
22. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary
23. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
24. Fit the back up ring (6) and the ’O’ ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
25. Locate the snap ring (4) , retainer and spring assembly
onto the installation tool 380002720 (5) .Install the
assembly into the remote valve bore and push until
the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
26. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring .
Install a new plastic cap.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 11
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Load Sense Check Valve Installation
27. Install new ’O’ Ring seal and back up ring
NOTE: Clearance ’X’ should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 12
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Install
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Assemble (A.10.B)
1. Installation
Apply petroleum jelly to the shims (1) and position on
each tie rod.
Ensure load sense check valve (2), spring (3) and ’O’
rings (4) are located in manifold block.
2. Install remote valves and end cap
BSB0389A 1
3. To prevent shims from moving out of position use
hand pressure to clamp valve stack together while
tightening the tie rod nuts.
BSB0503A 2
BSB0391A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
4. Tighten tie rod nuts to 30 Nm (22.1 lbft) in sequence
(1),(2) , and(3).
BSB0505A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Command Configurable detent ­ Remove
1. Before removing the detent housing ensure the remote
spool is in the neutral position and the detent
configuration knob (1) is in position III.
2. Unscrew the two hexagon headed screws (1) which
retain the cap to the valve slice.
BAIL06CCM175ASA 1
3. Carefully remove the cap. Do not push or pull the
spool whilst removing the cap. Ensure that the ’O’
ring (1) is not damaged during the removal process.
NOTE: Inside the cap there are shims between the spring
seat and the cap. These shims are unique to the detent
unit and should be removed from the cap and kept safe for
installation.
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
BAIL06CCM177ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Command Configurable detent ­ Install
Prior operation:
Command Configurable detent ­ Remove (A.10.B)
1. Ensure the detent configuration knob is in position III
on the cap. Place the shims inside the cap making
sure they are correctly positioned.
2. Fit the cap over the detent section making sure rotary
shaft (1) of the adjustable detent fits onto the configuration
knob.
3. Place the hexagon headed screws (1) into cap and
tighten both screws evenly to a torque of 5.5 Nm
(4.06 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM178ASA 1
4. Move the spool from neutral to lower, raise, and back
to neutral to ensure smooth operation.
5. To assemble the plastic knob to the alloy knob (1)
use the screws that are supplied with the new knob
. These screws are coated with micro encapsulated
adhesive and can only be used once . Torque to 1.5
Nm (1.11 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
BAIL06CCM179ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Stack valve ­ Remove
1. Removal ­ Complete Valve Stack
Steam clean remote control valve assembly prior to
removal.
Lower hydraulic links.
Remove covers on remote valve couplers.
2. Remove trailer socket (Where fitted)
Disconnect electrical connections to each electronic
draft control solenoid (1) .
Disconnect hydraulic pipes (2) and (3) .
BSB0504A 1
3. Disconnect remote valve control linkage.
BAIL06CCM260ASA 2
4. Remove load sense line (1)
BTB0051B_189 3
BAIL06CCM249ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 59

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
5. Using suitable lifting equipment support remote valve
assembly, remove base securing bolts and lift valve
stack from tractor.
Retrieve ’O’ ring (1)
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BTB0072B 5
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Remove (A.10.B)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Stack valve ­ Install
Prior operation:
Stack valve ­ Remove (A.10.B)
1. Install ’O’ ring (1) . Using suitable lifting equipment
support remote valve assembly and locate on rear
axle. Secure with retaining bolts .
Tighten retaining bolts to torque of 43 Nm (31.7 lbft).
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
2. Reconnect the load sense hose (1) .
BTB0072B 1
3. Reconnect the remote valve control linkage
BAIL06CCM249ASA 2
BTB0051B_189 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 61

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
4. Reconnect electronic draft control electrical connections
(1) and connect the hydraulic pipes.(2) and (3)
.
Refit trailer socket (Where fitted).
5. Install the remote valve coupler covers (1) and (2) .
BAIL06CCM260ASA 4
BAIL06CCM162ASA 5
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Remote control valve ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
No spool movement Valve spool sticking Check that the spool moves into both end
detent positions
Operating cable incorrectly adjusted or Readjust cable or replace if worn or faulty
worn
Oil leakage from detent or mechanical
seizure
Lift check valve spring faulty or broken
Load holding check valve plunger worn,
broken, or incorrectly adjusted
If oil is present disassemble the detent cap
and replace the ’O’ rings and if necessary
any damaged parts.
Remove and replace lift check valve assembly.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
Replace load holding check valve and
plunger. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
Remote Valve Slice faulty Replace complete valve section. Refer
toPRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve ­ Remove (A.10.B)
No oil flow Valve slices may be faulty Check oil flow of valve slices. Refer to PRI­
MARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­
Pressure test (A.10.A)
Control valve sticking
Flow regulator not adjusted correctly
Check that the control valve moves into
both end detent positions.
Adjust flow regulator. Refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed
center mechanical remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
Flow control valve spool sticking Remove flow control valve spool and replace
Valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice. Refer to
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve ­ Remove (A.10.B)
Oil leakage Lift check valve bore plug leaking Remove lift check valve and install new
valve assembly. Refer to PRIMARY HY­
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center
mechanical remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
’O’ ring failure between valve slices
Oil ingress through detent cap
Replace ’O’ rings. Refer to PRIMARY HY­
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center
mechanical remote valve ­ Remove
(A.10.B)
Disassemble detent cap and replace ’O’
rings. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
Oil flow regulator leaking
Remove and replace flow control regulator.
Oil leakage between coupler manifold and Separate the coupler manifold from the
remote valve slice.
valve slice and replace the ’O’ rings.
Couplers seals worn or damaged Replace seals. Refer to Coupler ­ Overhaul
(A.10.C)
Remote valve slice faulty
Replace complete valve slice and torque
retaining nuts in correct sequence. Torque
30 Nm (22.13 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 63

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Problem Possible Cause Correction
High oil operating
temperature
Flow control regulator incorrectly adjusted Adjust the flow control regulator for the
required flow at operational engine r.p.m.
NOTE : DO NOT USE AN EXTERNAL RE­
STRICTOR FOR OIL FLOW CONTROL.
Implement creeps down
with the remote valve in
the ’neutral’ position
Implement dips initially
when the operating
linkage is in the ’Raise’
position
Feed hose incorrectly connected to coupler.
Load check valve faulty or incorrectly adjusted
Lift check valve worn or damaged
Connect feed hose to ’raise coupler.
Replace valve or ensure correct adjustment.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical
remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.B)
Remove and replace lift check valve. Refer
to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve ­ Assemble (A.10.B)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 64

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve ­ 10.B
Command Configurable detent ­ Install 58
Command Configurable detent ­ Remove 57
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Assemble 49
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­
41
Disassemble
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Dynamic
3
description
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Exploded
40
view With Power Beyond
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Hydraulic
36
schema
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Install 55
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Remove 47
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve ­ Static
31
description
Remote control valve ­ Troubleshooting 63
Stack valve ­ Install 61
Stack valve ­ Remove 59
2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 65

2 3/5/2007
A.10.B / 66

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ 10.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Torque 3
Special tools 3
Mid­mount remote control valve
Torque 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Dynamic description 5
Sectional view 29
Mid­mount remote control valve
Static description 30
Exploded view 34
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Disassemble 35
Remove 39
Assemble 43
Install 48
Calibration 49
Coupler
Overhaul 52
Mid­mount remote control valve
Remove 53
Install 55
Disassemble 57
Assemble 58
DIAGNOSTIC
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Troubleshooting 62
Remote control valve
Troubleshooting 63
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM032FSA 1
Remote Valve Assembly Torques
IMPORTANT: Apply torque to retaining nuts in the correct sequence as shown in figure 2
BAIL06CCM159FSA 2
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Special tools
380002720 Check valve removing and refitting tool
Procure Locally
Flowmeter 0 ­ 200 l/min (0.0 ­ 52.8 US gpm)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM141ASA 1
Mid Mount Valve Assembly Torques showing tightening sequence
Refer to Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Assemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Dynamic description
When the remote valves are in neutral the control valve spool is held in the central position by the centering spring
(5) See .Figure 1
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool (4).
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D)’ are vented to reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin on the lock valve is positioned in the waisted section of the spool allowing the valve to be spring loaded into
the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load should there be a slight leakage in the main
spool.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Neutral
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land
3. Load Hold Check Valve 4. Main Control Spool
5. Spool Centering Spring 6. Control Spool Operating Piston
7. Position Sensor 8. Micro Processor
9. Solenoid Valve 10. Pin
11. Lock Valve 12. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
13. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
Pump Pressure
Trapped Oil
Return to Reservoir
Pilot Line Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM019GSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the raise position the control spool is moved to the left via
pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from Gallery (I). See Figure 2
Moving the spool to the raise position causes the pin (6) on the lock valve to ride up the ramp of the spool and hold
the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F).
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (3) until pressure in the gallery is sufficient to lift the
valve off its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E).
Oil can flow from:­
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve into Gallery (E).
Across the flat on the main control spool to Gallery (F).
Through the lock valve (7).
Out through the raise port (8) of the remote valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port and gallery (H), around the land on the main
control spool and back to reservoir via the common gallery (G).
If the load hold check valve (3) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port when the remote valve is moved from neutral to raise condition. Under this situation
the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is controlled electronically by the control unit solenoid, again based
on the setting of the flow potentiometer within the cab.
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A)
the flow control spool senses the pressure and the spool adjusts to provide the required flow at each operating remote.
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the flow control
restriction irrespective of pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to circuit demand.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Raising (Cylinder Extend)
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land
3. Load Hold Check Valve 4. Main Control Spool
5. Spool Centering Spring 6. Control Spool Operating Piston
7. Position Sensor 8. Micro Processor
9. Solenoid Valve 10. Pin
11. Lock Valve 12. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
13. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
Pump Pressure
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Pilot Line Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM020GSA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT)
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the lower position the control spool is moved to the right
via pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from gallery (I).See Figure 3
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote valve the position of the spool causes the pin on the lock valve
to hold the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H).
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control valve spool and restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D).
The load hold check valve (3) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery (E). When the load hold check valve lifts of the seat oil flows into gallery (H), round the control valve spool
to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port of the remote valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the Retracting cylinder returns to reservoir gallery (G) though the raising port and lock valve (7).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remotes is controlled in exactly the same manner as described in the ‘Oil Flow In Raising’ section
by sensing differential pressure across the flow control spool.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Lowering (Cylinder Retract)
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land
3. Load Hold Check Valve 4. Main Control Spool
5. Spool Centering Spring 6. Control Spool Operating Piston
7. Position Sensor 8. Micro Processor
9. Solenoid Valve 10. Pin
11. Lock Valve 12. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
13. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
Pump Pressure
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Pilot Line Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM021GSA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT
The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote valve permitting the
cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades to
‘float’ or follow the ground contour. See Figure 4
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the float position the control spool is moved fully to the
right via pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from gallery (I).
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the land of the spool end.
The position of the spool causes the pin (7) on the lock valve to hold the valve in the open position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote valve are open to reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil from one port
of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Single Remote Control Valve Operation­Float
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land
3. Load Hold Check Valve 4. Main Control Spool
5. Spool Centering Spring 6. Control Spool Operating Piston
7. Position Sensor 8. Micro Processor
9. Solenoid Valve 10. Pin
11. Lock Valve 12. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
13. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
Pump Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Pilot Line Pressure
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM022GSA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY
Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency. See Figure5
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure.
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the electro­hydraulic remote valve is set by turning the operator controlled potentiometer in the
cab. The flow is then determined by the control valve spool which is electrically controlled by the control unit solenoid.
The pressure differential in combination with the spring acting on the ends of the flow control spool causes the spool
to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (3).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (3) produces a constant flow through the remote valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Single Remote Valve Operating
A Remote Valve in Operation
B Remote Valves in Neutral
1 Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 2 Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
Sections)
3 Spool Metering Lands 4 Flow Control Spool
5 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Pump Pressure
Remote Valve Operating
Pressure
Return to Reservoir
Trapped Oil
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM023GSA 5
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressures is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure. See Figure 6
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the flow control spool is
sensed and flow adjusted accordingly.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressure the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (3) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the flow control restriction
in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other hydraulic
circuits.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 25

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Two Remote Valves Operating
A Remote Valve operating at high pressure
B Remote Valve operating at lower pressure
1 Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 2 Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections)
Sections)
3 Spool Metering Lands 4 Flow Control Spool
5 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Pump Pressure
High Pressure Remote
Valve Operation
Lower Pressure Remote
Valve Operation
Return To Reservoir
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM025GSA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 28

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Sectional view
BAIL06CCM034FSA 1
1 Micro processor Unit 2 Solenoid valve
3 Load Holding Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Lift check Valve
7 Centering Spring Guide
Refer to : PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Static description
BAIL06CCM065FSA 1
Mid Mount Valve Hydraulic Connections
1. Pilot Return Line 2. Loader Hose Pressure Port
3. Return Hose 4. Loader Hose Return Port
5. Load Sensing Hose 6. Pilot Line Pressure Hose
7. High Pressure Supply Hose
Tractors equipped with the Mid Mount Valve option are fitted with a seat mounted joystick, a mid mount valve assembly,
plumbing and loader mounting brackets ready for attaching the loader arms.
The Mid Mount Valve is located underneath the cab on the right hand side. The base version has a two spool valve
for raising and lowering the boom and tipping and curling the bucket when used with a loader.
BAIL06CCM088ASA 2
The valves are operated by means of a joystick control. mounted on the right hand side of the seat.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM052ASA 3
On tractors equipped with both mid and rear mounted valves, the joystick can be used to control either valve pack.
At key­on, the joystick indicator lamps will not illuminate and the joystick remains disabled. To activate the joystick,
momentarily depress the button (1). The mid­mount valve indicator lamp (3) will illuminate to confirm activation. A
selector switch on the cab ’C’ pillar allows the operator to switch joystick control between the rear (2) and mid­mount
remote valve (1).
BAIL06CCM053ASA 4
European loader ready options come complete with a “Multi­Quick" coupler. This allows the couplers to be connected
and disconnected at once with the minimum of leakage.
BRE1536B 5
1. Lock Button 2. Protective Cover
3. Alignment Holes 4. Clamp Handle
The mid mount valves are fed high pressure oil via a hose from the priority valve block (1) located on the rear axle
housing on the right hand side..
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM091ASA 6
The high pressure oil is fed into the inlet manifold through hose (3) and is returned through hose (2) to the oil filter
housing. Pilot line return oil from the electronically operated solenoids is fed to hose (1).
BAIL06CCM061ASA 7
Oil from the mid mount valves is returned from the outlet port via a hose (3) and an elbow to the hydraulic pump filter
housing . A load sensing connection is made into a "T" connector (2) which is attached to the pressure compensating
valve on the hydraulic pump. The high pressure hose is connected to the Load levelling valve by another "T" connection
(1).
BAIL06CCM118ASA 8
Pilot line pressure oil to operate the electronic solenoids is fed from the low pressure system from hose (1) to the inlet
manifold . The load sensing hose (2) is also connected at the inlet manifold and feeds back to a ’T’ connector on the
priority valve block.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM062ASA 9
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Exploded view
BAIL06CCM125FSA 1
Mid Mount Valve Components
1. Spool Control Unit 2. Valve slice
3. Plug 4. Spool Valve
5. Load Sensing Valve 6. Check Valve
7. End Cap 8. Connection port
9. ’O’ Ring 10. Nut
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Remove (A.10.C)
1. Disassemble with reference to following.
BSD1903A 1
1 Load Sense Check Valve 2 Back up Ring
3 ‘O’ Ring 4 ‘O’ Ring
5 Back up Ring 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 ‘O’ Ring
9 Remote Valve Housing
BSD1912A 2
Remote Valve and Coupler Housing
1 Spool Control Unit 2 Remote Valve Body
3 Cap 4 ‘O’ Ring
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 35

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5 Coupler Housing 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 Seat
2. The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Sectional view
(A.10.C)
NOTE: DO NOT attempt to remove the spool until the load
holding valve(3) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Sectional view
(A.10.C)has been removed, otherwise damage to the spool
will occur.
3. Remove load holding valve from raise port as fol­
lows:­
Using small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
keeper (2).
Turn spring seat (3) through 90 ° and remove from
housing.
Remove load check valve components.
BSB0385A 3
BSB0386A 4
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve
3 Ball 4 Spring
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
4. Carefully remove flow control valve plug.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take extreme
care when removing plugs. B041
BSB0393A 5
BAIL06CCM033FSA 6
Flow Control Spool and Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Spring
3 Spring Guide 4 Plug and ‘O’ Ring
5 Plastic Cap 6 Retainer
7 Plug 8 Back­up Ring
9 ‘O’ Ring 10 Spring
11 Check Valve Cone
Load Check Valve Removal
5. Remove the plastic cap (5) and the snap ring (6) Figure
, taking care not to scratch the bore.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 37

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
6. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto
the retainer by tightening the nut on the tool.
7. Pull out the tool and retainer.
8. Remove the check valve and spring.
9. Withdraw control valve spool from housing.
The spring centring mechanism is factory set. DO
NOT disassemble the spool.
BSD1905A 7
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Assemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
NOTE: Individual remote valve assemblies can be removed from the tractor without the need to remove the complete
valve stack.
1. Lower hydraulic links and thoroughly clean remote
valve stack.
To aid reassembly draw a diagonal line across the
valve stack.
2. Identify and disconnect the connectors to each remote
valve solenoid.
Disconnect hydraulic pipework.
BSD1908B 1
BSD1901A_192 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 39

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
BAIL06CCM031FSA 3
Electronic Draft Control and Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Stack
1. Remote Control Valve 2. Electronic Draft Control Valve
3. Manifold Block 4. Remote Control Valve
5. Remote Control Valve 6. Pilot Line Pressure
7. Return To Tank 8. Pressure Feed
9. To Hydraulic Lift Cylinders 10. Load Sensing Line connection
11. Remote Couplers 12. End Plate
13. Remote Control Valve
3. Remove dust caps (1) and (2) and oil drain collector
bottles.
BAIL06CCM162ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
4. Remove load sensing hose connection. (1) .
5. Undo and remove the tie rod nuts (1),(2), and (3).
BAIL06CCM249ASA 5
6. Remove end cap.
BAIL06CCM159FSA 6
7. Remove remote valves 1 and 2.
BAIL06CCM209ASA 7
BAIL06CCM210ASA 8
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
8. Identify and disconnect the connectors to electronic
draft control valve solenoids (2). Disconnect Lift
cylinder supply pipe (3) and remove valve from tie
rods.
9. Repeat procedure to remote valves on opposite side
of manifold. Note that a spacer (1) is fitted between
remote valves 4 and 5.
BAIL06CCM215ASA 9
10. When removing remote valve No 3 be careful not to
lose the spring (2) which sits in the load sense check
valve (1) located in the manifold. The check valve is
held in position by ‘O’ ring (3).
BSD1947A 10
BSD1946A 11
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Assemble
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. Prior to inserting control valve spool in housing ensure
flats (1) on end of spool are in vertical position as
shown, then install the load holding check valve, as
described below. Do Not rotate spool after installing
load holding valve otherwise damage to spool and
load holding valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur. B004
BSB0508A 1
BSB0386A 2
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve
3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 43

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Load Holding Check Valve installation
2.
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter (4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position
there must be a gap (X) 0.2 ­ 0.3 mm (0.008 ­ 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 3
Calculating Gap (X)
3. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in)) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 4
4. Measure dimension ‘Z‘ from the top of the plunger to
the top face of the remote valve body (e.g.36.43 mm
(1.43 in) ).
5. Remove the plunger.
6. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated
7. Measure dimension ‘Y‘ from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in))
BAIL06CCM196ASA 5
Load Check Valve Installation
8. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
9. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pliers.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 44

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
10. Install the lock valve , pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 2)
11. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (figure
5) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
12. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly anti clockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 6
Flow Control Valve Installation
13. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring(2) , guide(3) and retaining plug(4) .
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 7
Lift Check Valve Installation
14. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary
15. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
16. Fit the back up ring (6) and the ’O’ ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 8
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
17. Locate the snap ring (4) , retainer and spring assembly
onto the installation tool 380002720 (5) .Install the
assembly into the remote valve bore and push until
the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
18. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring .
Install a new plastic cap.
Load Sense Check Valve Installation
19. Install new ’O’ Ring seal and back up ring
NOTE: Clearance ’X’ should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
20. Assemble Spool control unit , coupler housing and
spool cap to the assembled valve slice . Refer to .10 .
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Torque (A.10.C)
BAIL06CCM139ASA 9
BSD1912A 10
Remote Valve and Coupler Housing
1 Spool Control Unit 2 Remote Valve Body
3 Cap 4 ‘O’ Ring
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5 Coupler Housing 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 Seat
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Install
1. Installation follows removal procedure in reverse.
Refer to Remote control valve ­ Remove (A.10.C)
Install end caps and tighten bolts to specified torque
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve ­ Torque (A.10.C) in
sequence 1,2,3.
BAIL06CCM159FSA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
2. Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.
3. Make sure all EHR program switches are in the OFF
position.
4. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the rear EHR symbol on the RC controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5. Depress the program switch for lever No.1 three
times.
6. The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for
EHR 1 will be illuminated and the lower central display
will show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".
BAIL06CCM627AVA 3
7. While 2 is displayed move the lever to the raise position,
the program light will illuminate.
When movement is detected the program lamp for
EHR 1 is turned off. After the raise position is established
the lower central display will change to 3, the
program light will switch off.
BAIL06CCM628AVA 4
8. While 3 is displayed move the lever to the full flow
lower position, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the full flow lower position of
the lever is seen it is recorded with the minimum flow
rate value, the lower central display will change to 4,
the program light will switch off.
BAIL06CCM629AVA 5
BAIL06CCM630AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
9. While 4 is displayed move the lever to the float position,
the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the float position of the lever
is seen and recorded the lower central display will
change to "CAL" to indicate the calibration procedure
is complete.
10. To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat
the steps 5 to 9.
11. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is
switched on regardless of the program switch state.
BAIL06CCM631AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Coupler ­ Overhaul
1. Remove the ’O’ ring and back up ring using a suitable
hooked tool.
Ensure the groove is clean
2. Install the new back up ring ensuring that it is fully
seated in the groove.
BAIL06CCM206ASA 1
3. Lubricate the new ’O’ ring with clean transmission oil
and insert into the groove.
BAIL06CCM207ASA 2
BAIL06CCM208ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery
and insulate. Refer to Battery ­ Disconnect
(A.30.A)
2. Disconnect the mid mount valve pilot return hose(1),
return hose (2)and supply hose (3) .
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
3. Disconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and the
load sensing hose (2)
NOTE: Drain all hoses into a suitable receptacle
BAIL06CCM061ASA 2
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) .
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
BAIL06CCM063ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5. Undo the mid mount valve stack retaining bolts.(1) .
Remove valve stack from support.
WARNING
The remote valve assembly is heavy and must be removed
under the complete control of the technician to
prevent bodily injury. M484
BAIL06CCM064ASA 5
Next operation:
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Install
Prior operation:
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Remove (A.10.C)Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. Place the remote valve assembly onto the support.
WARNING
The valve stack is very heavy DO NOT attempt to install
without the use of lifting equipment. B037
2. Tighten retaining bolts (1) to 24 Nm 18 Foot pounds.
3. Connect the harness connectors (1) to the remote
valve solenoids.
BAIL06CCM064ASA 1
4. Reconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and load
sensing hose (2) .
BAIL06CCM063ASA 2
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
5. Reconnect pilot return hose (1) , main return hose
(2), and pressure hose (3).
6. If a new valve slice has been replaced or added it
will be necessary to reprogram the number of the
valve within the valve assembly. Refer to Mid­mount
remote control valve ­ Configure (A.10.C) .
BAIL06CCM061ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Remove (A.10.C)
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1. Inlet Manifold 2. Electronic Remote Valves
3. Tie Rod Nuts 4. End Plate
5. Tie Rod
1. Loosen and remove the tie rod nuts (3) from the end
plate (4) .
2. Remove the end plate .
3. Remove the remote valve slices (2) taking care not to
dislodge the load sensing valves and ’O’ rings seated
in the valve face.
4. Unscrew the tie rod bolts from inlet manifold
5. Refer to Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Exploded
view (A.10.C) to view valve components
and Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.C) for reassembly.
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Assemble
1.Inlet Manifold
3.Tie Rod Nuts
5.Tie Rod
1. Insert the tie rods into the inlet manifold and screw in
by hand as far as they will go.
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
2.Electronic Remote Valves
4.End Plate
BAIL06CCM128ASA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
2. Push a shim onto the tie rods if any adhesive shims
have been used previously.
3. Insert load sensing shuttle valve along with the ’O’
ring and support ring as shown in Figure 4 in port ’Y’.
Figure 5
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm from
the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge of the
inserted shuttle valve.
BAIL06CCM129ASA 3
4. Insert new ’O’ Rings (3) into the pressure and return
ports and also the load sense ’O Ring and support
ring (4).
BAIL06CCM139ASA 4
5. Insert new ’O’ Rings (5) into pilot line oil holes
BAIL06CCM131ASA 5
BAIL06CCM132ASA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 59

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
6. Place the first valve slice onto the tie rods and insert
new ’O’ rings (6) into the relevant ports.
7. If the flange face has corrugations that have been
smoothed with a dressing stone, one spacer (7) must
be threaded onto each tie rod. Insert the load sense
valve (8) and support ring as shown.
BAILCCM133ASA 7
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm from
the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge of the
inserted shuttle valve.
8. Insert the ’O’ rings (9) into the control oil holes.
BAIL06CCM134ASA 8
9. Push the last slice (10) onto the tie rods and insert
the ’O’ rings.
BAIL06CCM135ASA 9
BAIL06CCM136ASA 10
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
10. Fit the end plate (12).
11. Push the end plate onto the tie rods and screw on
the nuts (13) by hand
BAIL06CCM138ASA 11
12. Place the now assembled valve stack onto a level
surface to correctly align the sections.
13. Tighten the nuts in the specified order and to the
correct torque. See figure13
BAIL06CCM140ASA 12
BAIL06CCM141ASA 13
Next operation:
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Install (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 61

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Isolator switch not activated
Press the switch to activate
All of the EHR valves are
inoperative
One or more EHR valves
do not operate
Faulty switch
Check operation of the switch using a suitable
multi­meter and if faulty replace the
switch
EHR relay not operating
Replace the relay (Refer to Fuse and relay
box ­ General specification (A.30.A)
EHR CAN BUS wiring faulty
Disconnect one of the EHR‘s and using a
suitable multi­meter check the resistance of
the CAN wiring between terminals 2 and 3
(green and yellow). If the resistance is NOT
approximately 120 Ω Trace the fault in the
wiring and repair
If the resistance is approximately 120 Ω
reload the software into the XCM processor
­ RC Module
If the EHR‘s are still inoperative replace the
processor with one of known performance
Error code 4*** displayed on instrument Refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Fault
cluster
code index (A.50.A)
If hydraulic lift is not working this may indicate
a high pressure system fault Not function (H.10.D)
Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control ­
If hydraulic lift is working flow compensating
valve could be faulty
imum system pressure at each remote
Operate and hold control lever to test max­
valve coupler. If pressure at each valve
coupler is below 195 ­ 205 bar (2828 ­
2973 lbf/in2) examine flow/pressure compensating
valve for sticking
Repair or replace the flow compensating
valve
Load Sensing valve between valve sections
requires check
ously and check if the pressure at the de­
Operate all remote valve levers simultanefective
remote valve is 195­205 bar (2828­
2973 lbf/in2)
Faulty remote valve
Operate all remote valve levers simultaneously
and check if the pressure at the
defective remote valve is NOT 195 ­ 205
bar (2828 ­ 2973 lbf/in2) overhaul remote
valve which failed the pressure test ­ Refer
to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
Disassemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Remote control valve ­ Troubleshooting
Load holding check valve plunger worn,
broken, or incorrectly adjusted
Problem Possible Cause Correction
No spool movement Valve spool sticking Remove the end cap and operate the
valve and observe the spool. If the spool
operates correctly refer to PRIMARY HY­
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve ­ Troubleshooting
(A.10.C) for diagnosis.
Lift check valve spring faulty or broken Remove and replace lift check valve assembly.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Assemble (A.10.C)
Replace load holding check valve and
plunger. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Assemble (A.10.C)
Remote Valve Slice faulty Replace complete valve section. Refer
to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
Remove (A.10.C)
No oil flow Valve slices may be faulty Check oil flow of valve slices. Refer to PRI­
MARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­
Pressure test (A.10.A)
Control valve sticking
Check that the control valve moves into
both end detent positions.
Valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice. Refer to
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
Remove (A.10.C)
Oil leakage Lift check valve bore plug leaking Remove lift check valve and install new
valve assembly. Refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve ­ Assemble
(A.10.C)
Implement creeps down
with the remote valve in
the ’neutral’ position
Implement dips initially
when the operating
linkage is in the ’Raise’
position
’O’ ring failure between valve slices
Replace ’O’ rings. Refer to PRIMARY HY­
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve ­ Remove (A.10.C)
Oil leakage between coupler manifold and Separate the coupler manifold from the
remote valve slice.
valve slice and replace the ’O’ rings.
Couplers seals worn or damaged Replace seals. Refer to Coupler ­ Overhaul
(A.10.C)
Remote valve slice faulty
Replace complete valve slice and torque
retaining nuts in correct sequence. Torque
30 Nm (22.13 lbft)
Feed hose incorrectly connected to coupler.
Load check valve faulty or incorrectly adjusted
Lift check valve worn or damaged
Connect feed hose to ’raise’ coupler.
Replace valve or ensure correct adjustment.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote
valve ­ Assemble (A.10.C)
Remove and replace lift check valve. Refer
to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS­
TEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
Assemble (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 63

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­
10.C
Coupler ­ Overhaul 52
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Assemble 58
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Disassemble 57
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Exploded view 34
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Install 55
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Remove 53
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Static description 30
Mid­mount remote control valve ­ Torque 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Assemble 43
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Calibration 49
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Disassemble 35
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Dynamic description 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Install 48
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Remove 39
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Sectional view 29
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Special tools 3
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Torque 3
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Troubleshooting 62
Remote control valve ­ Troubleshooting 63
2 3/5/2007
A.10.C / 64

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 12.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic pump
General specification 3
SERVICE
Regulator and lubrication valve
Pressure test 4
Priority valve
Pressure test 5
Hydraulic pump
Pressure test 7
Remove Steering Pump 8
Overhaul 9
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ General specification
Steering/Low Pressure Circuit Pump
Type
Minimum Output @ 2200 erpm
Flow to Steering Motor
Steering Pressure
Gear Type Pump
61.5 Ltr/min
13 Imp Galls/min
16 US Galls/min
22 ­ 28 ltr/min
4.8 ­ 6.2 Imp Galls/min
5.8 ­ 7.4 US Galls/min
190 bar (2750 lbf/in2) max
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Regulator and lubrication valve ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature 65 °C (145 °F).
1. The following test checks the operation of the cooler
by–pass valve and lubrication valve and should
be performed if insufficient lubrication pressure is
suspected.
Install special tool 380200006 into the lubrication
tube on the oil cooler.
2. Install 27 bar (300 lbf.in2) gauge, 297167 using
hose 292246 .
BAIS06CCM568AVA 1
3. The following pressures should be observed at the
different engine rev/min.
3.0 bar @ 1000 rev/min
3.5 bar @ 1500 rev/min
7.5 bar @ 2000 rev/min
BAIS06CCM598AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Priority valve ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
Low Pressure System Test
1. The low pressure circuit can be checked by removing
the low pressure warning switch, located in the
top cover of the transmission, and inserting fitting
297607 with a quick release fitting 297240 .
Attach a 40 bar (600 lbf.in2 ) gauge 293242 using
quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. The gauge
should read 23±1 bar (334±15 lbf.in2) .
NOTE: A pressure reading of approximately 28 bar (406
lbf.in2) would indicate the priority valve may be sticking.
BAIS06CCM109AVA 1
Low Pressure Component Tests
2. The components of the low pressure system, i.e., the
PTO, PTO brake, Four Wheel Drive and Differential
lock which are supplied from a common manifold can
be tested from ports located in the manifold body.
1. PTO Brake
2. Four Wheel Drive
3. PTO Clutch (Quick release adapter installed)
4. Differential Lock
5. PTO Lubrication
3. Remove the test port plug and install adaptor,
297404 and quick release fitting 297240 .
NOTE: On tractors with cab suspension the panhard rod
may obstruct the installation of the pressure test equipment
in the PTO brake and PTO lubrication test ports. The use
of additional adapter 297602 may be required.
4. Attach a 40 bar (600 lbf.in2) gauge (1) 293242 using
quick release coupler (3) 291924 and hose (2)
292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. Operate
the component to be tested, the gauge should read
23±1 bar (334±15 lbf.in2).
NOTE: The PTO lubrication test port will give a different
pressure than quoted and is covered in another test. For
additional information, refer to PTO clutch ­ Pressure test
(C.40.C).
BAIS06CCM165AVA 2
BAIS06CCM166AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
5. If there is no change in pressure when the component
is operated, but low pressure system oil has already
been established, then the fault could be either
with the solenoid or wiring. Check for voltage at the
respective connector. If +12 v is available suspect
the solenoid, if no voltage is seen suspect the wiring.
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
Steering Pump Test
1. There is no relief valve in the steering pump. The
following practical test will determine if steering pump
output is sufficient to allow satisfactory operation of
the steering system.
2. Set engine speed to 1100 rev/min.
Turn steering quickly from lock to lock.
If steering is operating correctly the reaction should
be immediate with no time delay between turning the
steering wheel and movement of the wheels.
3. At full lock the relief valve in the steering motor
should be heard to blow and the engine speed drop
to approximately 1050 rev/min.
NOTE: The hydraulic pump can get very hot during this test
which is another indication the steering pump is faulty, this
may occur after approximately 30 ­ 60 seconds of being
held on full lock.
BVE0400A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ Remove Steering Pump
1. Remove the steering pump return pipe (1) and undo
Jubilee Clip from hose and remove suction tube
housing (2) from steering pump.
.
BAIS06CCM062AVA 1
2. Disconnect the steering motor supply pipe (1)and the
electrical connectors (2) .Undo retaining bolts (3) and
remove steering pump.
Refer to :
Hydraulic pump ­ Exploded view (A.12.A)
Hydraulic pump ­ Overhaul (A.12.A)
Priority valve ­ Overhaul (A.12.A)
BAIS06CCM063AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump ­ Overhaul
IMPORTANT: When servicing the pump gears, particular attention must be paid to the following points:
1. • The width of each gear set must be within 0.0002
in. (0.005 mm) of each other to ensure satisfactory
pump efficiency.
• Journals must be within 0.0005 in. (0.013 mm) of
each other.
• Gear faces must be flat. This feature may be
checked by blueing a bearing face and rotating
against the gear. This check will also reveal any
sharp edges on the teeth.
Install new seals and ‘O’ rings. When installing seals
in the bearing block ensure that the plastic back­up
seal (1) is correctly positioned in the rubber seal (2).
TIA35012 1
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 9

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ 12.A
Hydraulic pump ­ General specification 3
Hydraulic pump ­ Overhaul 9
Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test 7
Hydraulic pump ­ Remove Steering Pump 8
Priority valve ­ Pressure test 5
Regulator and lubrication valve ­ Pressure test 4
2 3/5/2007
A.12.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM ­ 14.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM ­ 14.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Static description 3
Priority/Regulator valve
Exploded view 8
Static description 9
Dynamic description 10
Hydraulic schema 12
SERVICE
Priority/Regulator valve
Remove 13
Disassemble 15
Overhaul 18
Assemble 19
Priority valve
Remove 21
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM ­ Static description
The low pressure hydraulic circuit for tractors with Power Command transmissions is shown on PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
The function of the principal components in the circuit are described as follows:
High pressure oil from the CCLS variable displacement pump, via the trailer brake valve if fitted, is supplied to a flow
dividing and low pressure regulating valve,(1) located directly on top of the variable displacement pump.
The oil is divided in the valve, depending on system demands and the oil destined for the low pressure system is
regulated to 23 bar, this oil is also the pilot line supply for the electronic remote valves, excess oil is returned to sump.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 1
The brake booster supply valve and accumulator assembly is located under the hood on the left hand side. The
assembly is supplied with oil directly from the low pressure regulating valve outlet.
BAIL06CCM107ASA 2
The valve allows low pressure oil to supply the brake pedal booster units (1) when the tractor is producing sufficient
oil pressure. If the oil pressure is lost the valve will close the brake system off from the low pressure system and the
accumulator will provide sufficient pressure for several brake applications.
BAIL06CCM106ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
The low pressure distributor valve block is located under the cab to the rear of the rear axle centre housing. The block
is fed oil directly from the low pressure regulating valve outlet. Located in the valve block are the solenoid valves for
the 4WD, differential lock, P.T.O and P.T.O. brake.
NOTE: The four wheel drive is spring applied and the solenoid is energised whenever disengagement of the drive is
required.
C034 Four Wheel Drive
C033 PTO Brake
C042 PTO Engagement
C041 Differential Lock
BSD2177A 4
The transmission top cover contains all the transmission control solenoids. The range solenoids for engagement of
the transmission range clutches and clutch engagement solenoids A, B, C, D and E. The low pressure oil is again
supplied direct from the regulating valve outlet and is distributed by galleries within the top cover.
Solenoid Function
C040 Reverse Clutch
C039 High Range Clutch
C032 Low Range Clutch
C031 Medium Range Clutch
C268 19th Gear Solenoid (50 km/h (31.1 mph) Models)
C024 A Clutch
BSD2150B 5
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
C025 B Clutch
C026 C Clutch
C027 D Clutch
C028 E Clutch
NOTE: The ’C’ number prefix before each solenoid description is the electrical connector reference.
Transmission Creeper
BSD2150C 6
The creeper actuating solenoid valve is located on the left hand side of the the rear axle centre housing. The solenoid
is supplied with low pressure oil from the distributor block.
Lubrication Oil
BRI4100B 7
Lubrication oil can be supplied from three sources. The steering priority valve (1) located on the end of the steering
pump supplies oil to the lube circuit when the unit does not require oil for steering purposes. Lubrication oil is also
supplied from the return side of the steering motor and from the charge pressure circuit via a supplementary lube
valve.
A. Steering Pump
B. Connection to steering motor
C. Connection to oil cooler
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
BAIL06CCM084ASA 8
The supplementary lube valve is located in a three way elbow in the inlet tube to the steering pump. The valve is
rated at 0.8 bar (11.60 psi) and will only operate when there is a drop in the lube pressure circuit below the combined
pressure of the charge pressure circuit and the 0.8 barof the valve.
BSD2290A 9
The steering pump / steering return oil is directed through the oil cooler at the front of the tractor and is limited to
a maximum pressure of 5 bar (73 lbf/in2) by the lubrication relief valve (2) located in the transmission top cover.
Components lubricated by this oil are transmission shafts and clutches, hydraulic pump drive gear and PTO clutch.
BSD21452A 10
When the oil is cold and pressure differential across the oil cooler is higher than 6 bar (87 lbf/in2) the cooler by­pass
valve (1) located in the transmission top cover will operate to ensure that adequate flow to the lubrication circuit is
maintained. This feature of diverting oil from the cooler assists in aiding a rapid warm up of oil in cold weather conditions.
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
BSD21452A 11
BRI4152B 12
Transmission Top Cover
1. From steering pump flow divider (lube oil) 2. Return from steering motor
3. To oil cooler 4. Return from oil cooler
5. Supplementary lube oil from charge circuit 6. To lube circuit
7. Low pressure feed for transmission 8. Feed to 19th gear dump solenoid
9. Low pressure supply to brake booster circuit 10. Low pressure oil ­ low pressure warning switch
11. Transmission oil temperature sensor 12. Pressure sensors
B. Transmission Clutch B solenoid A. Transmission Clutch A solenoid
D. Transmission Clutch D solenoid C. Transmission Clutch C solenoid
M Medium Range clutch solenoid
E. Transmission Clutch E solenoid
S Low range clutch solenoid
F High range clutch solenoid
19 19th gear clutch solenoid R Reverse range clutch solenoid
Low Pressure Hydraulic Circuit
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Exploded view
BAIL06CCM224FSA 1
Priority Valve Components
1. Spring 2. Cup
3. Spool 4. Plug
5. Plug 6. Priority Valve Manifold
7. Relief Valve Spool 8. Spring
9. Plug 10. Cap
Refer to : Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Static description
The pressure reducing priority valve (1) is bolted directly on to the top of the variable displacement pump . Internal
galleries supply oil to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), and load levelling valve (2) , if front suspension is fitted.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 1
High pressure oil is fed out of the hydraulic pump and into the priority valve manifold. The oil is divided in the valve
depending on the system demands. Within the manifold the oil is regulated to 23 bar (333.50 psi) ± 1.5 bar (21.75
psi) by the valve spool. This low pressure oil is directed through a port on top of the valve and then flows via a
T­connector rearwards to the low pressure distribution valve block and forwards to the transmission top cover The oil
which flows to the low pressure distribution valve block is also used as pilot pressure for the electro­hydraulic remote
valves (Where fitted), see Figure 13 PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description (A.10.A) . To
prevent any damage occurring due to excessive pressures in the low pressure circuit, the low pressure relief valve
will operate whenever the pressure increases to 28 bar (406.00 psi) ± 2.5 bar (36.25 psi)
Because high pressure pump output is directed through the trailer brake valve (Where fitted) the system ensures that
the trailer brakes have priority over other circuits.
Further high pressure oil is directed through a pressure compensator valve and out to the high pressure components.
Load sensing oil galleries allow the load sensing circuit to access the trailer brake valve (Where fitted) and the Electrohydraulic
remote valves and mid mount valves (Where fitted).
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Dynamic description
BAIL07CCM317FSA 1
Pressure Reducing Priority Valve
The regulated flow of oil discharged from the variable displacement piston pump is directed to the low and high pressure
hydraulic circuits via the trailer brake valve (where fitted) and the pressure regulating valve.
Because pump output is initially directed through the trailer brake valve (where fitted), the system ensures that the
trailer brakes have priority over other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure regulating valve is located on the top of the variable displacement pump and controls the maximum
pressure of oil in the low pressure hydraulic circuit while at the same time directing high pressure system oil to the
hydraulic power lift and remote control valves.
The low pressure hydraulic circuit, which is regulated at a pressure of 23 bar (333.50 psi)) operates the electronic
remote valve spools (where fitted), P.T.O., differential lock, four wheel drive engagement system and transmission
control circuits.
When the pressure in the system is below 23 bar (333.50 psi)the low­Pressure regulating valve (3) is held to the left
by the spring allowing system pressure oil (Gallery (D)) from the variable displacement piston pump to flow to the low
pressure hydraulic circuits through gallery (A) to give flow priority to the low­pressure circuit..
The resulting pressure in gallery (A) is sensed in the pressure sensing gallery (B) drilled through the centre of the
spool. As the pressure in gallery (A) increases, the spool moves against the spring restricting the flow of oil into gallery
(A) to maintain the pressure of oil in the low pressure hydraulic circuit at 23 bar (333.50 psi)), while at the same time
allowing system pressure oil to flow into gallery (C) .
It can now be seen that the spool moves back and forth to maintain the low pressure circuit oil at 23 bar (333.50 psi)),
while at the same time allowing system pressure oil to be directed to the high pressure hydraulic circuit for operation
of the hydraulic lift and remote control valves.
When the high pressure hydraulic circuits are not in operation the priority valve (1) ensures an adequate supply is fed
to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), and low pressure circuits to maintain circuit pressure of 23 bar (333.50 psi)),
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
To prevent any damage occurring due to excessive pressures in the low pressure hydraulic circuit, the low pressure
circuit safety valve (2) will operate whenever the pressure increases to 28 bar (406.00 psi). Should this occur the
safety valve poppet will lift off its seat and vent the circuit to reservoir through gallery (E).
Refer to Priority/Regulator valve ­ Hydraulic schema (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Hydraulic schema
BAIL07CCM308FSA 1
Pressure Reducing Priority Valve Manifold
1. Return from Trailer Brake Valve 2. High Pressure to Trailer Brake Valve
3. Trailer Brake Valve Load Sensing 4. Priority Valve
5. Load Sensing to Pump 6. Regulated Pressure for Transmission supply
7. To High Pressure Circuits (Remote Valves) 8. Pressure Reducing Valve Spool
9. High Pressure input from Variable displacement pump 10. Low Pressure Relief Valve
11. Return to Tank 12. Load Sensing from Remote Valve or Mid Mount
Remote Valve (where fitted) (LSR)
For complete Hydraulic Schematic Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
For description refer to Priority/Regulator valve ­ Dynamic description (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the load sensing line (1) , trailer brake
valve supply pipe (2) and the left and right trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 1
2. Disconnect the mid mount valves load sensing line
(1) and supply hose (2) (Where fitted). Disconnect
the main supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 2
3. Disconnect the remote valve pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
4. Remove load levelling control valve (2) (Where fitted).
Refer to Control valve ­ Remove (D.40.C)
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
5. Undo and remove the four hexagon socket headed
bolts (1) from the top of the priority valve. Lift priority
valve away from the hydraulic pump assembly.
BAIL06CCM169ASA 5
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Remove (A.14.A)
1. Remove the hexagon socket headed plug (1) .
BAIL06CCM160ASA 1
2. Remove spool spring retaining cap (1) from housing.
The cap is under spring pressure so take care when
releasing the cap.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take extreme
care when removing plugs. B041
BAIL06CCM218ASA 2
3. Remove the spring (1) from the housing.
BAIL06CCM219ASA 3
4. Remove the spring retaining cup (1) and pull out the
spool valve (2) .
BAIL06CCM220ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
5. Inspect spool for wear or damage. If damaged it is
necessary to replace both spool and housing.
Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to re­assembly.
6. Undo relief valve plug (1) and remove plug and
spring..
BAIL06CCM221ASA 5
7. Remove spring (1) .
BAIL06CCM240ASA 6
8. Remove relief valve spool.(1) .
BAIL06CCM223ASA 7
9. Undo high pressure feed pipe elbow (1) by loosening
the retaining nut and unscrewing the elbow.
BAIL06CCM216ASA 8
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
10. Using a hexagon socket key undo the plug (1) .
BAIL06CCM217ASA 9
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Overhaul (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble (A.14.A)
1. Inspect spool and components for wear or damage.
If spool is damaged it is necessary to replace both
spool and housing.
2. Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to reassembly.
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Assemble (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Assemble
Prior operation:
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble (A.14.A)
1. Install the high pressure feed pipe elbow (1) by
screwing into the valve housing,. Then tighten the
retaining nut to 50 ­ 55 Nm (36.9 ­ 40.6 lbft)
BAIL06CCM254ASA 1
2. Install the relief valve spool(1) into the housing.
BAIL06CCM223ASA 2
3. Insert spring (1)
BAIL06CCM240ASA 3
4. Insert relief valve plug and tighten to 25 Nm (18.4
lbft)
BAIL06CCM221ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
5. Insert the spool (2) and spring retaining cup (1) .
BAIL06CCM220ASA 5
6. Insert the spring (1)into the housing
BAIL06CCM219ASA 6
7. Refit the spring retaining cap
BAIL06CCM218ASA 7
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority valve ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the load sensing line (1), trailer brake
valve supply pipe (2) and the left and right trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 1
2. Disconnect the mid mount valves load sensing line
(1) and supply hose (2) (Where fitted). Disconnect
the main supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 2
3. Disconnect the remote valve pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
4. Remove load levelling control valve (2) (Where fitted).
Refer to Control valve ­ Remove (D.40.C)
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
5. Undo and remove the four allen headed bolts from
the top of the priority valve. Lift priority valve away
from the hydraulic pump assembly.
BAIL06CCM169ASA 5
Next operation:
Priority valve ­ Disassemble (A.14.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 22

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM ­ 14.A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM ­ Static description 3
Priority valve ­ Remove 21
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Assemble 19
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Disassemble 15
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Dynamic description 10
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Exploded view 8
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Hydraulic schema 12
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Overhaul 18
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Remove 13
Priority/Regulator valve ­ Static description 9
2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 23

2 3/5/2007
A.14.A / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM ­ 20.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM ­ 20.A
SERVICE
Relief valve
Remove 3
Install 5
Air tank
Remove 6
Install 9
Air compressor
Remove 11
Install 13
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Relief valve ­ Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
2. Disconnect the pressure feed tube from the compressor
and the outlet hose to the air tank.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
3. Remove the relief valve bracket retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM565AVA 2
BAIS06CCM566AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
4. Remove the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Relief valve ­ Install
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Install the relief valve.
2. Install the relief valve bracket retaining bolts.
Tighten to 300 Nm (221 lb ft)
BAIS06CCM567AVA 1
3. Connect the compressor feed tube and the air outlet
hose to the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM566AVA 2
BAIS06CCM565AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air tank ­ Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
3. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
4. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and remove the rear wheel.
NOTE: Repeat for the left hand wheel.
BTB0281A 1
BTB0282A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Both air tanks
5. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 3
Left­hand air tank
6. Disconnect the air tank supply pipes.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 4
Right­hand air tank
7. Disconnect the electrical connector and the supply
pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 5
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Both air tanks
8. Disconnect the balance pipe from the air tanks (1)
loosen the air tank retaining nuts (2) and remove air
tanks.
BAIS06CCM648AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air tank ­ Install
Both Air Tanks
1. Install the air tanks and tighten the retaining nuts (2).
Connect the balance pipe to the air tanks (1).
BAIS06CCM648AVA 1
Right­hand air tank
2. Connect the electrical connector and the supply pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 2
Left­hand air tank
3. Connect the supply pipes to the air tank.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
4. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and install the rear wheel.
For correct torques, refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque
(D.50.C)
NOTE: Repeat for the left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air compressor ­ Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
2. Remove the engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
3. Rotate the tensioner clockwise and remove the accessory
drive belt.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 2
BAIS06CCM562AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
4. Disconnect the air cleaner to compressor supply pipe
and the compressor outlet pipe.
BAIS06CCM600AVA 4
5. Disconnect the oil supply pipe (1) and the oil outlet
pipe (2) from the compressor.
BAIS06CCM563AVA 5
6. Remove the compressor.
BAIS06CCM564AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air compressor ­ Install
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Install the compressor.
Tighten to 20­25 Nm (15­18 lb ft).
2. Connect the oil supply pipe (1) and the oil outlet pipe
(2).
Tighten (1) to 13­17 Nm (10­13 lb ft).
Tighten (2) to 42­62 Nm (31­46 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM564AVA 1
3. Connect the air cleaner to compressor supply pipe
and the compressor outlet pipe.
Tighten compressor outlet pipe to 42­62 Nm (31­46
lb ft).
BAIS06CCM563AVA 2
BAIS06CCM600AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
4. Rotate the accessory drive belt tensioner clockwise
and install the accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM562AVA 4
5. Install the engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 5
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 14

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM ­ 20.A
Air compressor ­ Install 13
Air compressor ­ Remove 11
Air tank ­ Install 9
Air tank ­ Remove 6
Relief valve ­ Install 5
Relief valve ­ Remove 3
2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 15

2 3/5/2007
A.20.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ 30.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ 30.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
General specification 6
Fuse and relay box
General specification 7
Alternator
Torque 13
General specification 13
Battery
General specification 14
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING
Fuse and relay box
Static description 16
Alternator
Static description 18
Battery
Static description 19
Wiring harness
Static description 20
Electrical symbol 22
Component identification 23
Overview 36
Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and Charging System 56
Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1) 58
Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2) 60
Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3) 62
Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4) 64
Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission Systems (1) 66
Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission Systems (2) 68
Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission Systems (3) 70
Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission Systems (4) 72
Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm 74
15
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 2

Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic Systems (1) 76
Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (2) 78
Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (3) 80
Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1) 82
Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2) 84
Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (3) 86
Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4) 88
Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive and Differential Lock 90
Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off Systems (1) 92
Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off Systems (2) 94
Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension 96
Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System 98
Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1) 100
Electrical schematic frame 24 Cab Accessories (2) 102
Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3) 104
Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and Indicators (1) 106
Electrical schematic frame 27 Main Lamps and Indicators (2) 108
Electrical schematic frame 28 Main Lamps and Indicators (3) 110
Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps 112
Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes 114
Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors 116
Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers 118
Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1) 120
Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2) 122
Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen (1) 124
Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen (2) 126
Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1) 128
Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2) 130
Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1) 132
Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2) ­ Automatic Temperature Control 134
Electrical schematic frame 41 Air Conditioning (3) ­ Manual Temperature Control 136
Component Diagram 00 Connectors 00­09 138
Component diagram 01 Connectors 10­19 144
Component diagram 02 Connectors 20­29 152
Component diagram 03 Connectors 30­39 162
Component diagram 04 Connectors 40­49 171
Component diagram 05 Connectors 50­59 179
Component diagram 06 Connectors 60­69 187
Component diagram 07 Connectors 70­79 197
Component diagram 08 Connectors 80­89 205
Component diagram 09 Connectors 90­99 213
Component diagram 10 Connectors 100­109 224
Component diagram 11 Connectors 110­119 235
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 3

Component diagram 12 Connectors 120­129 245
Component diagram 13 Connectors 130­139 253
Component diagram 14 Connectors 140­149 261
Component diagram 17 Connectors 170­179 266
Component diagram 18 Connectors 180­189 271
Component diagram 19 Connectors 190­199 275
Component diagram 21 Connectors 210­219 279
Component diagram 22 Connectors 220­229 283
Component diagram 23 Connectors230­239 285
Component diagram 24 Connectors 240­249 289
Component diagram 25 Connectors 250­259 300
Component diagram 26 Connectors 260­269 309
Component diagram 27 Connectors 270­279 317
Component diagram 28 Connectors 280­289 322
Component diagram 29 Connectors 290­299 331
Component diagram 30 Connectors 300­309 338
Component diagram 31 Connectors 310­319 342
Component diagram 32 Connectors 320­329 346
Component diagram 33 Connectors 330­339 356
Component diagram 34 Connectors 340­349 361
Component diagram 35 Connectors 350­359 365
Component diagram 36 Connectors 360­369 371
Component diagram 37 Connectors 370­379 378
Component diagram 38 Connectors 380­389 389
Component diagram 39 Connectors 390­399 400
Component diagram 40 Connectors 400­409 411
Component diagram 41 Connectors 410­419 418
Component diagram 42 Connectors 420­429 425
Component diagram 43 Connectors 430­439 432
Component diagram 44 Connectors 440­449 443
Component diagram 46 Connectors 460­469 450
Component diagram 50 Connectors 500­509 453
Component diagram 51 Connectors 510­519 458
Component diagram 53 Connectors 530­539 466
Component diagram 54 Connectors 540­549 470
Component diagram 55 Connectors 550­559 477
Component diagram 56 Connectors 560­569 488
Component diagram 57 Connectors 570­579 495
Component diagram 58 Connectors 580­589 506
Component diagram 59 Connectors 590­599 517
Component diagram 60 Connectors 600­609 528
Component diagram 61 Connectors 610­619 539
Component diagram 62 Connectors 620­629 548
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 4

Component diagram 63 Connectors 630­639 558
SERVICE
Alternator
Remove 563
Install 564
Preliminary test 565
Electrical test 568
Battery
Remove 573
Install 574
Electrical test 575
Connect 583
Disconnect 584
Wiring harness
Repair 585
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ General specification
Description
All Models
Alternator
Battery
Starting motor
Cold starting aid
12 volt, 150 amp
Minimum maintenance 12 volt 176 Ah (1300 cca)
Positive engagement, solenoid operated
4.2 kw ­ geared reduction
Optional Inlet manifold grid heater (80A) and fuel heater
Bulb rating and type
­ headlights 60/55W ­ H4
­ parking lights (front) 5W ­ R5W
­ parking lights (rear) 5W ­ P21/5W
­ work lights (hi­mount rear and intermediate front) 50/55/60W ­ GE866/H3
­ work lights (auxiliary) 50/55/60W ­ GE866/H3/HB3
­ turn indicators (front) 21W ­ PY21W
­ turn indicators (rear) 21W ­ P21W or PY21W
­ stop lights 21W ­ P21/5W
­ licence plate lights 5W ­ R5W
­ rotating beacon 55W ­ H1
­ SMV (slow moving vehicle) lights (N. America only) 21W­P21W
and extremity lights
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Fuse and relay box ­ General specification
Relay Descriptions
Relay
R1 / R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
Function
Front windscreen wiper module and rear window wiper
module
Ignition Relay
Side tail lights and illumination
Starter
Blower Motor
Dipped beam headlamps
Stoplamps
Main beam headlamps
Pneumatic trailer brake supply
Hydraulic trailer brake supply
Stoplamps switch feed and trailer brake pneumatic
(Not Applicable)
Reverse alarm and engine ECU power
BRI4190C 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Relays 15 to 21
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
R21
Function
Front lower worklamps (hood)
Rear lower worklamps
Electrical supply
Electronic battery isolator
Air conditioner compressor clutch
Electronic remote valve power
Heated mirror relay (located outside of fuse box)
BRI4191C 2
Main Fuses
No. Amps Circuit
1 10 Interior and puddle lights and parking
brake lamp
2 25 Cigar lighter and power studs
3 10 Air conditioning compressor Clutch
4 10 Accessory sockets
5 30 Blower motor
6 10 Radio KAM and worklamp ECU
7 20 Main Lights + Hazard Switch
8 20 Starter Switch
9 25 Loader
10 30 Rear implement socket
11 10 Front and rear windscreen wiper
12 10 Wiper switch and rear wiper park
13 15 Stoplamps
14 15 Main light switch and flasher unit
15 20 Stoplamp switch and pedal latch
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
16 15 Trailer brake
17 25 Accessory sockets
18 15 Blower motor and seat
19 15 Heated Mirrors
20 10 Radar socket / ADIC keypad / radar
21 15 Grid Heater / Water In Fuel Sensor
22 15 Sidelamps RH
23 15 Sidelamps LH
24 10 Illumination
25 15 Dip Beam Headlamps
26 15 Main Beam Headlamps
27 15 Front Worklamps
28 15 Worklamp ECU
29 30 Worklamp ECU
30 15 Rear Lower Worklamps
31 15 Beacon
32 30 Flasher Unit
33 25 Diagnostic Connector and Engine
ECU
34 10 Instrument Cluster
35 10 DC Mem / Small Control Module /
Auxiliary Control Module
36 10 Instrument Cluster Ignition
37 15 Transmission Ignition
38 10 Rear PTO switch / rear PTO lamp /
HPL / Small control module / ground
speed PTO / Display of Gears
connector
39 10 HPL / Seat / Armrest / EDC / EHR
levers
40 10 Radio
41 15 Front suspension / PTO / EHR levers
42 10 Front Suspension
43 10 Starter Switch (Run Position)
44 25 Front Implement Power Socket
45 25 Front ignition and 8 Amp socket
46 15 Electronic engine ECU
47 10 Electronic engine ECU
48 Not Used
49 15 Electronic engine ECU
50 Not Used
51 Not Used
52 Not Used
53 Not Used
54 Not Used
55 Not Used
56 Not Used
57 Not Used
58 Not Used
59 Not Used
60 10 Battery isolator control
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BRI4191C 3
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Protected Components
MF1 80 Engine, Ignition Relay
MF2 30 Lighting , Ignition Switch, Main
Lighting Switch, Radio, Worklamp
ECU, fender worklamps, front
worklamps, roof worklamps
MF3 80 B+ KAM ADIC, Engine ECU,
Transmission ECU, Fender
worklamps, roof worklamps,
front worklamps
MF4 80 Implement Socket Rear, hood
worklamps, grab rail worklamps
MF5 80 Lighting
MF6 80 Accessories Cab
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BRI4191C 4
All Models
Power Fuses
Fuse No. Amps Protected Supply
PF1 250 Power B and Main Supply
PF2 30 Power E, Electronic System Supply
PF3 30 Power B and Front Implement Socket
BRI4193B 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ISO BUS Power Fuses (where fitted)
Fuse No. Amps Protected Supply
PF4 30 Implement ISO BUS Circuit
PF5 30 Implement ISO BUS Circuit
BRI4192B 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Torque
lbf.ft
Nm
Pulley Retaining Nut 59 80
Terminal Nut ­ B+ 8 12
Terminal Nut ­ D+ 2.5 3.5
Mounting Bolts 18 25
Alternator ­ General specification
Polarity
Negative Ground
Nominal Voltage
14.0 v
Maximum Rev/Min. ­ Permanent/Intermittent 15,000/18,000
Nominal Output
150 Amps
Regulator Controlled Voltage 14.1 V +/­ 0.15
Rotor Field Winding Resistance 2.7 Ohm +/­ 0.27 @ 23 °C +/­ 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ General specification
Temperature
Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery
25.0 °C (77.0 °F) 100 %.
­4.5 °C (23.9 °F) 82 %
­24.0 °C (­11.2 °F) 64 %
­27.5 °C (­17.5 °F) 58 %
­31.0 °C (­23.8 °F) 50 %
­34.5 °C (­30.1 °F) 40 %
­37.5 °C (­35.5 °F) 33 %
176 Ah (1300 cca)
Slow Charge Programs
46 hrs at 5 A
23 hrs at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 13 hrs at 18 A.
Use the following table to determine the state of charge
State of Charge
Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C
@ 25 °C
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :
1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 ­ 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 ­ 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 ­ 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description
Battery Specification
Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal
Negative
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description PROTECTING
THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 volts nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive and
negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on any
implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from
the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with a battery
charger.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid. In case of contact with skin, flush the affected area with water for five minutes.
Seek medical attention immediately. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Wear eye protection
when working near batteries. B040
IMPORTANT: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connections at the battery prior to charging the batteries or
welding on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to the electronic and electrical systems.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Fuse and relay box ­ Static description
Fuses and Relays
IMPORTANT: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box is located behind a panel on the top of the right hand control console.
To check or change fuses, remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional ’Maxi’ fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and electrical
circuit.
BSE2778A 1
There is provision for 60 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded
Refer to Fuse and relay box ­ General specification (A.30.A) for fuse positions and descriptions.
More relays are located behind the front of the right hand control console.
Refer to Fuse and relay box ­ General specification (A.30.A) for relay functions.
BRI4212A 2
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim under the transmission control levers, along with the
’See­U­Home’ (2) and ’Heated Mirrors’ (3), relays.
BAIS06CCM618AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Grid Heater relay, (1), located to the rear of the left hand side of the engine.
BSE3115A 4
Grid Heater Fuse (250 Amp), (1), located on the right hand side of the engine near the starter motor.
BRI4561B 5
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the battery tray. A 250 Amp
’MEGA’ fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and three 30 Amp fuses (2) which protect the front lift
electrical system, supply to the electronics system and implement ISO BUS circuit (where fitted).
BRI3784E 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Static description
ISKRA 150 Amp alternators are fitted to all models. They incorporate internal cooling fans and integral regulators.
The alternator is mounted at the front on the left hand side of the engine and is driven from a crankshaft pulley via a
‘poly vee’ drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 1
Alternator Operation
Refer to Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)for charging circuit schematic.
When the key start switch is turned on a small current flows from the battery through the rotor field wiring. The circuit
is made via the charge indicator warning lamp, alternator terminal ‘D+’ the rotor field winding, the alternator regulator
and ground.
At this stage the warning light is illuminated and the rotor partially magnetised.
When the engine is started and the partially magnetised rotor revolves within the stator windings a 3­phase alternating
current is generated. A constant portion of the generated current is converted to direct current by the three field
diodes incorporated in the rectifier pack.
This direct current is fed back to supplement the current flowing through the rotor field winding.
This action results in an ever increasing magnetic influence of the rotor along with an associated rapid rise in generated
output current and voltage.
During the rise in generated output voltage (reflected at the ‘D+’ terminal) the brilliance of the warning lamp is reduced
and when the voltage at the ‘D+’ terminal equates to that at the battery side of the warning light the lamp is extinguished.
The voltage continues to rise until the predetermined regulated voltage level is reached.
In the event of drive belt breakage the voltage will not build up within the alternator and so the charge indicator light
will remain on to indicate failure.
BAIS06CCM691AVA 2
Alternator
1 Output Connection (B+ Terminal) 2 Warning Lamp (D+ terminal)
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Static description
All models use a single “low maintenance ­ hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of
water from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 volts where
gassing occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery charging
equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.
• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non­conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus­bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus­bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Static description
The wiring diagrams have been drawn in a linear style. This means that the complete wiring diagram has been drawn
over a number of pages but if joined together would make a complete diagram.
There are a number of guides to help assist in reading and understanding the wiring diagrams.
1. The wiring diagrams (1) are designed to be read in a landscape format. The titles and diagram keys (2) are
located on the opposite pages along with the wire colour code table, (3) which is located below the key.
The title and key details the frame number and frame decription. The key then details all the components used
within that particular page.
BSE3937A 1
2. Every component and connector has its own unique reference number.
3. Every wire has a code assigned to it, this code refers to its function, the code is also physically marked on the
actual wire. A key of all wire codes can be found at the rear of this section. Letters after the number indicate
the wire colour. For example, ’57 B’ has a wire reference of 57, which is an earth wire and the letter B indicates
its a solid black wire.
4. Each component and connector pin appears only once in the electrical drawings and has its own location point
on the page.
5. The wiring diagrams are drawn in sections. However where a single component is used in a number of circuits
such as a processor or multi function switch, it is drawn either on its own or on the circuit which it influences the
most.
6. The wiring is drawn between three lines, two across the top of the page and one at the bottom of the page.
The upper line is the constant live line, a direct +12 Volt feed from the battery. Below the +12 Volt line is the
IGN line which is the ignition key on live line. The lowest line is the ground/earth line. On the lower part of the
page a line is marked with numbers increasing by ten (10­20­30, etc.). This is the line used to reference wires
and components.
Example
Figures 2 and 3 show a basic circuit drawn over two pages.
Power comes in from the ignition on live line +15 (IGN) through fuse A, which is located at point 230.
BSA0052A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Power comes to switch S10. If the switch is operated, power continues up and stops with an arrow (1) and a number.
The arrow indicates the wire continuing to another page. The Number 780 refers to the line reference where it appears
on a new page. Note the line reference directly below the wire being traced ie. 260. Following the line reference until
780 is found. Using either the index or following the page reference line. When 780 is located on the reference line
the number 260 will be observed at the top of the page. Note the arrow points back to the previous part of the circuit.
From this point follow the wire down to solenoid EV6. The diagram now indicates that power goes to ground.
BSA0053A 3
Where a circuit originates or terminates at a processor, ie, Transmission processor, EDC processor, Electronic Management
Unit or Instrument cluster, the wire in the diagram is ended with a small circle and a connector reference
number. A white circle (1) indicates a processor, a black circle (2) indicates an instrument cluster.
The diagrams have been constructed to ensure the minimum number of pin­outs, detailed above, are used. Due to
this, many diagrams have been spread across 2 sheets and it will be necessary to follow from one page across to the
next to complete a circuit.
BSA0054A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical symbol
Symbols
Fuse
Horn
Relay
Diode
Motor
Switch
Earth/ground point
Resistor
Sensor
Electro­Valve/solenoid
Potentiometer
Temperature Switch
Lamp
Pressure Switch
Speaker
Processor
Connector pin
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component identification
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 320 K13 RELAY ­ COLD
ADVANCE
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 380 S4 C376 FOOT THROTTLE ­
ELECTRONIC
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 430 S5 C401 CONSTANT ENGINE
SPEED PROG
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 450 S6 C309 CERPM CRUISE
AUTO SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 550 S7 C301 ENGINE INC/DEC
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 580 S8 C009 VACUUM SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 600 S9 C353 DE­GAS BOTTLE
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 25

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S21 C176 HYDRAULIC TEMP
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S22 C175 HYDRAULIC
BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3040 S23 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3110 B18 C113 FRONT HITCH POT
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3160 F42 ­ 10A FUSE ­ FRONT
SUSPENSION
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3300 X4 C510 HI­FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR ­
CIRCUIT 5830
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3320 S24 C146 LIFT­O­MATIC
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3345 S25 C134 HPL EXTERNAL
RIGHT HAND
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3365 S26 C135 HPL EXTERNAL LEFT
HAND SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3390 F39 ­ 10A FUSE ­ HPL, SEAT,
ARMREST, EDC, EHR
LEVERS
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3490 X5 C549 FRINT HITCH
DETECT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3510 A19 C631 JOYSTICK CAN
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3530 H37 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ FRONT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3540 H38 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ REAR
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4530 S30 C548 EHR SELECT
SWITCH
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4570 K20 RELAY ­ EHR POWER
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4600 S31 C313 HYDRALIC STOP
(EHR STOP SWITCH)
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4720 H1 C391 LAMP 1
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4735 H2 C396 LAMP 2
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4750 H3 C397 LAMP 3
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4765 H4 C398 LAMP 4
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4780 H5 C399 MASTER LAMP
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
21 6010­6300 FRONT
6020 B24 C611 ACCELEROMETER
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
6060 B25 C253 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
SUSPENSION POT
6130 Y43 C250 SUSPENSION
LOWER LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
6170 S47 C247 FRONT
SUSPENSION
SWITCH
6220 Y44 C249 SUSPENSION
LOWER SOLENOID
6250 Y45 C251 SUSPENSION RAISE
SOLENOID
6280 Y46 C252 SUSPENSION
RAISE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
6610 B28 C385 SPEAKER ­ REAR LH
6620 F6 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADIO KAM &
WORKLAMP ECU
6630 B29 C110 RIGHT HAND
SPEAKER
6645 A4 C106/C107 RADIO A + RADIO B
6660 B30 C386 SPEAKER ­ REAR RH
6670 F40 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADIO
6680 B31 C111 LEFT HAND
SPEAKER
6700 H8 C387 CONSOLE LAMP RH
6710 S49 C090 LEFT HAND DOOR
SWITCH
6725 H9 C388 PUDDLE LAMP LH
6730 S50 C091 RIGHT HAND DOOR
SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 28

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
6755 H10 C389 PUDDLE LAMP RH
6760 H11 C099 INTERIOR LAMP
6790 F1 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INTERIOR,
PUDDLE LIGHTS,
HANDBRAKE,
HEATED MIRRORS
6800 F4 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ACCESSORY
SOCKETS
6800 X8 C417 8 AMP RING
TERMINALS ­ 2 OFF
6820 F2 ­ 25A FUSE ­ CIGAR
LIGHTER, POWER
STUDS
6830 X9 C416 20 AMP SOCKET ­ 3
PIN
6840 F17 ­ 25A FUSE ­ ACCESSORY
SOCKETS
6870 R5 C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
6915 M2 C607 ELEC MIRROR LH
6950 S51 C609 MIRROR CONTROL
SWITCH
6985 M3 C608 ELEC MIRROR RH
6990 F19 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ELECTRIC
MIRRORS
7010 S52 C551 HEATED MIRROR
SWITCH
7015 K21 RELAY ­ HEATED
MIRRORS
7050 MF4 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
REAR
7050 X10 C143 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
7060 F10 ­ 30A FUSE ­ REAR
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
7070 F45 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT
IGNITION, 8 AMP
SOCKET
7070 X11 C365 8 AMP SOCKET
7130 K24 C587 RELAY ­ ISO 1
7140 PF4 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ ISO
RELAY 1
7155 X12 C591 BREAKAWAY
7170 K25 C588 RELAY ­ ISO 2
7180 PF5 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ ISO
RELAY 2
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7590 F22 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
RH
7590 H15 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7600 F24 ­ 10A FUSE ­
ILLUMINATION
7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7620 F23 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
LH
7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
PTO SWITCH
7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
FENDER PTO
SWITCH
7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND FENDER
7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND FENDER
7810 K7 RELAY ­ DIP BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7820 F25 ­ 15A FUSE ­ DIP BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7830 K26 C632 RELAY ­ SEE U HOME
....
7910 H21 C059 RIGHT HAND
HEADLAMP
7930 H22 C060 LEFT HAND
HEADLAMP
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
7950 F26 ­ 15A FUSE ­ MAIN BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7950 K9 RELAY ­ MAIN BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7990 K4 RELAY ­ LIGHTS
(SIDE AND
ILLUMINATION)
8030 F7 ­ 20A FUSE ­ MAIN LIGHTS
AND HAZARD
SWITCH
8040 S56 C190 MAIN LAMPS
SWITCH
8070 F14 ­ 15A FUSE ­ MAIN LIGHT
SWITCH AND
FLASHER UNIT
8090 S57 C425 AUX HEADLAMP
SWITCH
8130 S58 C083 HAZARD SWITCH
8150 H23 C066 RIGHT HAND SIDE
LAMP
8170 F32 ­ 30A FUSE ­ FLASHER
UNIT
8180 H24 C067 LEFT HAND SIDE
LAMP
8230 A6 C260 INDICATOR
FLASHER UNIT
CONNECTOR
8240 H25 C297 RIGHT HAND
EXTREMITY
8260 H26 C298 LEFT HAND
EXTREMITY
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8415 H27 C084 LEFT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8430 H28 C085 RIGHT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 F29 ­ 30A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 H29 C383 WORKLAMP ­ REAR
LH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8460 H30 C384 WORKLAMP ­ REAR
RH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 F28 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 H31 C064 RIGHT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8480 H32 C065 LEFT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8490 A7 C105 WORKLAMP
MODULE
CONNECTOR
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8505 E3 C097 LEFT HAND BEACON
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 F31 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 MF5 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8525 E4 C098 RIGHT HAND
BEACON
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8545 K15 RELAY ­ WORKLAMP
LOWER FRONT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8550 F27 ­ 15A FUSE ­ FRONT
WORKLAMPS
(FRONT HOOD)
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8575 K16 RELAY ­ WORKLAMP
LOWER REAR
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8580 F30 ­ 15A FUSE ­ REAR/LOWER
WORKLAMPS
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8615 H33 C613 CORNER LAMP LH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8630 H34 C058 LEFT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8650 H35 C061 RIGHT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8665 H36 C614 CORNER LAMP RH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8710 K10 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
PNEUMATIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8740 K11 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
HYDRAULIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8750 S59 C136 HANDBRAKE
SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8800 X15 C050 TRAILER BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8815 Y48 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S60 C409 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S61 C410 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ LINE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8835 Y49 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8890 S62 C407 AIR BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8920 X16 C055 TRAILER SOCKET
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8940 X17 C144 AIR BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8945 Y50 C406 AIR BRAKE
SOLENOID
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8970 Y51 C576 BRAKE DE­ICER
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8990 Y52 C577 PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9340 M5 C088 FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9400 S65 C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9410 F11 ­ 10A FUSE ­ FRONT +
REAR WINDSHIELD
WIPER
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9450 M6 C140 REAR WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9480 M7 C139 FRONT WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9510 K1/K2 RELAY ­ FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER
MODULE
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9540 F12 ­ 10A FUSE ­ WIPER
SWITCH + REAR
WIPER PARK
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9590 M8 C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9620 X19 C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9660 F33 ­ 25A FUSE ­ DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR +
ENGINE ECU
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9680 X20 C445 SELECT CAN DIAG
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9700 X21 C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9770 X22 C553 ISO BUS CAN
EXTENSION
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9810 X23 C620 SPARE 1
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9830 X24 C621 SPARE 2
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9870 X25 C556 TECU CAN SPARE
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
35 10210­ SWCD / VT SCREEN 10220 X28 C594 REAR VIEW CAMERA
10500
35 10210­ SWCD / VT SCREEN 10340 A8 C595 SWCD / VT UNIT
10500
35 10210­ SWCD / VT SCREEN 10475 X29 C600 BREAK AWAY 2
10500 1
36 10510­ SWCD / VT SCREEN 10535 X30 C552 NON TECU POWER 2
10800 2
36 10510­ SWCD / VT SCREEN 10555 X31 C555 NON TECU POWER 1
10800 2
37 10810­ PROCESSORS 1 10845 A10 C100 TCM CON 1
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
PROCESSORS 1 10845 A9 C324 XCM CN1A
(CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
PROCESSORS 1 10890 MF3 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ B+ KAM
ADIC, ENGINE ECU,
TRANSMISSION ECU
PROCESSORS 1 10920 F35 ­ 10A FUSE ­ DC MEM +
BCM + OCM
PROCESSORS 1 10975 K17 RELAY ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
PROCESSORS 1 11025 F41 ­ 15A FUSE ­ FRONT
SUSPENSION / PTO
(+ EHR LEVERS)
PROCESSORS 1 11035 F37 ­ 15A FUSE ­
TRANSMISSION
IGNITION
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
PROCESSORS 1 11045 F38 ­ 10A FUSE ­ REAR PTO
SWITCH/LAMP, HPL,
BCM, GROUND
SPEED PTO, DOG
CONN.
PROCESSORS 1 11055 F36 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER IGNITION
PROCESSORS 1 11070 F34 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
PROCESSORS 1 11095 A11 C079 INST PANEL A
PROCESSORS 2 11120 A12 C554 TECU ­CN1
PROCESSORS 2 11120 A16 C081 INST PANEL C
PROCESSORS 2 11160 A13 C560 AIR CON EARTH
PROCESSORS 2 11260 A14 C593 ENCODER AND
SWITCHES
PROCESSORS 2 11390 A15 C239 FPS 3RD
PROCESSOR
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11780 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S70 C627 LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S71 C627 LOW TEMPERATURE
(FREEZE) SAFETY
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 35

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Overview
Wire Colour Codes
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
Wire Code References
CIRC COLOUR DESCRIPTION
1 R BATTERY SUPPLY
10 G STOPLAMP SWITCH FEED
11 G IGNITION SUPPLY (2ND)
12 U MAIN BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
13 U DIP BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
15 U LIGHTING SWITCH SUPPLY
28 Y WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
29 G MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
31 Y ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER SIGNAL
39 G TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
44 L FLASHER UNIT (49A)
49 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
50 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
56 W WIPER MOTOR­HIGH
57 B EARTH (ALL)
58 R WIPER MOTOR­LOW
60 B SENSOR GROUND
61 B CASE GROUND
63 U WIPER MOTOR­PARK FEED
65 W DUAL POWER/4 WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH FEED
71 W IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
84 G WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH FEED
90 G DUAL POWER / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
97 L WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
137 W RADIO FEED
138 P RADIO KAM
150 N BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
155 G BATTERY FEED (FUSED)
160 U BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
170 K/ BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
171 W BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
172 W BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
181 G BLOWER MOTOR FEED
182 P THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
249 LG SMV LAMPS RH
250 LG SMV LAMPS LH
252 N ALTERNATOR FIELD
349 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
350 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
365 G LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY ON)
366 O LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY SWITCH)
376 P HORN FEED
587 LG W1NDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
649 O COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
650 TQ COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
666 P DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
787 G AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
810 G STOPLAMPS
820 R STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
830 U STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
840 G R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
976 W LICENCE PLATE LAMP / WORKLAMP DIODE
978 W LICENCE PLATE LAMP
979 S BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (4th)
980 N THERMOSTAT SWITCH SUPPLY
981 G A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
982 G BLOWER MOTOR FEED
984 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. INPUT
986 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. OUTPUT
989 P BLOWER MOTOR MEDIUM SPEED (2nd)
996 P BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (3RD)
997 G WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (OUTER)
998 G WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
999 G BLOWER MOTOR LOW SPEED (1st)
1000 W SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
1001 W STARTER SOLENOID FEED
1002 P IMPLEMENT LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY
1003 G SUPPLY TO GAUGES
1004 G SUPPLY TO HORN AND HEADLAMP FLASH
1005 S AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
1006 N ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1007 W ETHER START BUTTON SUPPLY
1008 N ETHER START SOLENOID SUPPLY
1009 N ALTERNATOR FIELD
1010 G IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
1011 Y SUPPLY TO FUSES
1012 R ILLUMINATION
1013 R RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1014 R LEFT HAND LAMPS
1015 P DOME LAMP SWITCH FEED
1016 P HORN FEED
1017 LG AIR CON. THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
1018 LG AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
1019 G WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1020 G HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
1021 P HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1022 N THERMOSTART
1023 N LIGHT SWITCH FEED
1024 R RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
1025 G HZD SWITCH IGN FEED
1026 U HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
1027 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
1028 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM FUSE
1029 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM FUSE
1030 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
1031 R INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
1032 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C)
1033 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
1034 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
1035 W ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 37

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
1036 N IGNITION SWITCH (BATTERY)
1037 LG FLASHER UNIT (TERM 49A)
1038 LN WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED­REAR
1040 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY­RHS CUT OUT
1041 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY­LHS CUT OUT
1042 U RELAY FEED ELECTRONICS
1043 U RELAY FEED TO FUSES
1044 W GRID HEATER FEEDBACK
1050 G ACCESSORY FEED
1051 Y SIDE LIGHTS RELAY COIL FEED
1052 Y GET YOU HOME LIGHTS RELAY
1070 R FRONT WORKLAMP SWITCH FEED
1071 P WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1072 P WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
1073 P WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1090 R REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1091 R FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
1092 R FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1093 R FENDER WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1096 R WORKLAMP FENDER MOUNTED
1097 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
1098 W FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
1099 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
1119 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
1120 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
1121 G RR WINDSHIELD WASH
1130 N ENGINE HEATER CONTROL TO IGN SWITCH
1135 G THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
1140 K THERMOSTART INITIATE SIGNAL TO RELAY
1141 N GRID HEATER +
1142 N GRID HEATER FUSE TO PWR. RELAY
1143 N POWER RELAY TO GRID HEATER
1150 N CAL/SEL SWITCH
1160 R REVERSE ALARM
2001 N BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2002 N BATTERY TEMP SENSOR (ALT OUTPUT)
2003 W STARTER SOLENOID FEED
2005 O AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
2006 U DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
2007 Y AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
2008 N LIFT PUMP SUPPLY
2009 G FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
2010 LG AIRCON PLUG TO DE­ICING SWITCH
2011 P HORN RETURN
2012 Y TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2013 Y PTO OVERSPEED WARNING LAMP
2014 G ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
2015 W TACHOMETER SENSOR­SIGNAL
2016 Y REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR­SIGNAL
2017 P BULB TEST (EIC)
2018 R RADAR PRESENT
2019 K ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2020 Y ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2021 Y AXLE GROUND SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2022 Y PTO 540/1000 RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2023 S TPM TO EIC (AXLE SPEED DRIVE)
2024 S RADAR SIGNAL DRIVE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2025 S AUDIO ALARM CONTROL
2026 S IMPLEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
2027 R RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
2028 G RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
2029 P INSTRUMENT MEMORY SUPPLY
2030 N ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL
2031 Y RADAR PRESENT
2040 LG WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2041 P FUEL SHUT OFF
2042 O PTO SOLENOID­REAR
2043 O PTO SOLENOID­FRONT
2044 O PTO SOLENOID­FRONT RETURN(­)
2045 O PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
2046 O PTO SWITCH (VCC)
2047 O PTO SWITCH (VCCO)
2048 O PTO SWITCH (VCCS)
2049 OP PTO SWITCH 1000RPM WARNING LAMP
2050 G PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2051 O PTO SOLENOID RETURN (­)
2052 W PTO LUBE SOL
2053 P PTO LUBE SOL RETURN
2055 W PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
2056 W PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
2057 W PTO FENDER SWITCH LH ­ RH LINK
2059 W FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
2060 O PTO 540/1000 SWITCH
2062 W PTO TWIST SENSOR
2065 N PTO ENGAGED
2068 N PTO SOFT START
2069 U PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2070 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY +12V
2080 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY
2087 O EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
2090 W STARTER RELAY TO START INHIBIT SWITCH
2095 G INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2100 G A/C CONDENSER MOTOR FEED
2120 LN PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2130 N PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
2140 O PTO SPEED SENSOR
2150 P PTO EXT. SWITCH OFF
2200 G SERVICE MODE INITIATE
2245 K PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
2248 K PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH (VCCS)
2250 K PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
2260 O PTO FRONT ­ SPEED SIGNAL
2270 O PTO FRONT ­ WARNING LAMP
2300 P THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
2310 P IN/OUT OF WORK­HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
2320 P TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2330 P PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
2500 N FRONT HITCH SOLENOID
2510 N FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
2520 N FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
2530 N FRONT HITCH V REF
2540 N FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2550 N FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
2556 N FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 39

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2560 N FRONT HITCH 0v REF
2570 R FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
2571 S FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID RETURN(­)
2580 R FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID
2581 S FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID RETURN (­)
2582 LG STEYR ­ EXT SWITCHES
2583 LN STEYR ­ EXT SWITCHES.
2584 W OILMOTOR MODE
2585 LN EFH RAISE SWITCH
2586 LN EFH WORK SWITCH
2587 N EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH +
2588 P EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2589 R EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
2590 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
2591 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
2592 N EFH VALVE DOWN +
2593 N EFH VALVE DOWN ­
2594 O EFH POSITION SENSOR +
2595 P EFH POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
2596 R EFH POSITION SENSOR ­
2597 LN EFH PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2598 S EFH ACCUMULATOR 14 BAR
2599 N EFH ACCUMULATOR 40 BAR
2600 Y REAR AXLE SPEED MONITOR
3000 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3001 G LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3002 G RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3003 W RADIO FEED
3004 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3005 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3006 G AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SENDER
3007 G FUEL GAUGE FEED
3008 U WORKLAMP WARNING LIGHT
3009 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
3010 R FOGLAMP FEED
3011 R FOGLAMP FEED
3012 G HANDBRAKE WARNING FEED
3013 LG AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SIGNAL
3014 R HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3015 P ACCESSORY SOCKET (POWER)
3016 S NOT KNOWN
3018 G FLASHER UNIT BUZZER FEED
3020 Y DUAL POWER SOLENOID SUPPLY
3022 Y DUAL POWER (HIGH) WARNING LAMP
3024 Y NOT KNOWN
3025 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3026 Y NOT KNOWN
3027 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
3028 Y BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH LEFT
3030 W ACCESSORY RELAY SIGNAL
3045 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
3050 P AUXILIARY FEED CONNECTOR SUPPLY
3051 P CIGAR LIGHTER SUPPLY
3052 P DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
3053 S SPEAKER RIGHT HAND
3054 S SPEAKER NEGATIVE RH
3055 S SPEAKER LEFT HAND
3056 N SPEAKER NEGATIVE LH
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
3060 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
3061 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET
3062 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
3070 P ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3075 O TRAILER SOCKET (ACCESSORY FEED)
3076 O ACCESSORY SWITCH FEED
3077 Y RADIO +12VB
3078 O RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
3079 R RADIO +12V IGNITION
3080 P CONSOLE LAMP
3090 Y SEAT PUMP SUPPLY
3091 P SPEAKER RR­RHS +
3092 P SPEAKER RR­RHS ­
3093 S SPEAKER FRT­RHS +
3094 S SPEAKER FRT­RHS ­
3095 W SPEAKER FRT­LHS +
3096 S SPEAKER FRT­LHS ­
3097 G SPEAKER RR­LHS +
3098 G SPEAKER RR­LHS ­
3100 G STEERING SENSOR +5v
3120 K STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3140 LG STEERING SENSOR GROUND
3150 W HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
3155 W HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
3160 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
3161 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
3163 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
3164 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
3165 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
3166 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERINGSOLENOID VLV L RETURN
3167 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR +5V REF
3168 O AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
3169 O AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
3170 O FAST STEER SYSTEM (FSS)­ ENABLE
3171 O FSS ­ LAMP
3172 L FSS ­ STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3173 R FSS ­ HYD. VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
3174 G FSS ­ HYD. VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
3175 W FSS ­ POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3176 B FSS ­ POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
3177 U FSS ­ POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
3178 G FSS ­ POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
3179 N FSS ­ POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
3180 B FSS ­ SAFETY SWITCH
3181 S AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
3185 N AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
3187 N AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
3200 O SUSPENSION SWITCH FEED
3210 U SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
3215 U SUSPENSION LAMP
3220 O AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
3230 U AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3235 O ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
3240 O RAISE SOLENOID PWR
3250 O RAISE SOLENOID RET
3260 O LOWER SOLENOID PWR
3270 O LOWER SOLENOID RET
3271 U LOADER RELAY FEED
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
3272 O LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
3273 O LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3274 R LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3275 R LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
3276 G LOADER VALVE
3277 U LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
3278 U LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
3280 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
3281 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (­)
3285 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
3286 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (­)
3290 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
3295 LN FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
3300 O SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID
3310 U RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
3500 W POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
4001 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP (TEMP)
4002 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP SWITCH
4010 N RETURN TO DIG
4011 P ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
4012 P ROTATING BEACON FEED
4013 U TRANS CONTROL FEED
4014 U FORWARD CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4015 U REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4016 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK­UP RELAY FEED
4017 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK­UP LAMP
4018 S TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK­UP SOLENOID FEED
4019 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY­PASS SWITCH FEED
4020 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY­PASS LAMP
4021 S BACK­UP ALARM RELAY FEED
4022 S BACK­UP ALARM FEED
4025 Y 4 IN 1 BUCKET FEED
4040 G LINK LEVEL SWITCH SUPPLY
4050 W LINK LEVEL RAISE
4051 W LINK LEVEL LOWER
4052 W LINK LEVEL EXTEND SIDE
4053 W LINK LEVEL RETRACT SIDE
4054 W LINK LEVEL SAFETY VALVE (DUMP)
4055 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
4056 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
4057 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
4058 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
4060 W HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
4061 W HYDARAULIC SELECT REAR
4100 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE SWITCH SUPPLY
4101 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE
4120 P BEACON RELAY COIL
5000 P EDC MEMORY POWER
5005 N EDC KEY SWITCH FEED
5010 B/W EDC EARTH
5011 B EDC EARTH CASE RFI
5015 R EDC CONTROLS BACKLIGHTING
5020 LN EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5021 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT (+5V) ROCKSHAFT
5022 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V QUADRANT
5023 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V HEIGHT LIMIT
5025 LN EDC LOWER SIGNAL
5030 LN EDC RAISE SIGNAL
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
5035 LN EDC RETURN REF. VOLTAGE EARTH
5040 LN EDC DRAFT POSITION
5045 LN EDC DROP RATE
5050 LN EDC QUADRANT
5055 LN EDC CLOCK LINE TO DISPLAY
5060 LN SERIAL DATA TO CLUSTER
5065 LN EDC RIGHT PIN
5070 LN EDC LEFT PIN
5075 K EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
5080 K EDC ROCKSHAFT
5085 K EDC VALVE UP
5087 K EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5090 K EDC VALVE DOWN
5095 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5097 K EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
5100 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
5105 S EDC IMPLEMENT STATUS SWITCH
5110 K EDC LAMP SIGNAL
5115 K EDC SLIP SIGNAL
5120 K EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
5125 TQ EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK SWITCH
5130 TQ EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK SWITCH
5132 TQ EDC FLOAT
5133 TQ EDC STOP
5135 TQ EDC +WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5140 TQ EDC ­WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5145 TQ EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
5150 G EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH SUPPLY
5155 U EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
5160 TQ EDC HEIGHT LIMIT POT FEED
5170 LN SERIAL DATA FROM CLUSTER
5175 R ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
5180 TQ EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
5190 R HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT­O­MATIC
5200 N EDC VALVE SUPPLY
5210 N EDC VALVE ENABLE
5220 Y EDC RAISE LAMP
5230 Y EDC LOWER LAMP
5240 O EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5250 O EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5260 LN HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #1
5265 LN HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #2
5300 K ECU FLASH PROGRAM SIGNAL
5400 Y CAN H
5420 G CAN L
5500 Y EHR CAN HIGH
5510 G EHR CAN LOW
5515 S EHR +12V IGN.
5520 LG EHR 5V Ref
5521 LG EHR Motor #1
5522 LG EHR Motor #2
5523 LG EHR Motor #3
5524 LG EHR Motor #4
5531 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
5532 G EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #2
5533 K EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
5534 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #4
5535 LG EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 43

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
5536 LN EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
5537 N EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
5538 O EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
5541 O EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
5542 P EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
5543 S EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
5544 TQ EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
5551 O EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5552 U EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5553 W EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5554 U EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
5561 O EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
5562 O EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #2
5563 O EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #3
5564 P EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
5591 P EHR WARNING LAMP#1
5592 P EHR WARNING LAMP#2
5593 P EHR WARNING LAMP#3
5594 P EHR WARNING LAMP#4
5595 S EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
5596 S EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5597 S EHR MASTER ENABLE
5600 R HTS LIVE SIGNAL
5610 R HTS PROGRAM
5620 R HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
5625 R LIFT­O­MATIC SWITCH
5630 R HTS MANUAL SWITCH
5640 R HTS AUTO SWITCH
5700 W EHR J­STICK X+
5710 W EHR J­STICK X ACTIVE SWITCH
5720 W EHR J­STICK X FULL FLOW SWITCH
5730 W EHR J­STICK X FLOAT SWITCH
5740 W EHR J­STICK Y+
5750 W EHR J­STICK Y ACTIVE SWITCH
5760 W EHR J­STICK Y FULL FLOW SWITCH
5770 W EHR J­STICK Y FLOAT SWITCH
5820 S EDC ROCKSHAFT POT
5830 S HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5835 S HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5900 G ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5910 Y ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5915 B ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5920 R ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5955 B/LN RS232 INPUT T.E.C.U.
5960 W/LN RS232 OUTPUT T.E.C.U.
5970 O ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
5980 U ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
6000 K ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
6001 B ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #1
6002 W ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #2
6003 R ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #3
6004 G ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #4
6057 Y ENGINE STARTER RELAY GROUND
6010 TQ THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
6100 U ENGINE COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
6200 R MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
6300 N FAN SPEED
6310 N FAN SOLENOID
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 44

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
6320 N FAN 5V REF.
6355 N +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6400 LN ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6401 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.+5V
6402 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6403 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.­
6404 G THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
6405 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. SWITCH
6407 O ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
6408 G FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
6409 G FUSED B+ TO ECU (2)
6410 G FUSED B+ TO ECU (3)
6411 G FUSED B+ TO ECU (4)
6414 G FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
6415 G ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(HI)
6416 G ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(LO)
6417 NOT REQD. SCREEN BRAID FOR 6415 & 6416
6418 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
6419 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO L
6420 K ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6421 K ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6422 K ENGINE MOUNTED B­ TO ECU (1)
6423 K ENGINE MOUNTED B­ TO ECU (2)
6424 K ENGINE MOUNTED B­ TO ECU (3)
6425 K ENGINE MOUNTED B­ TO ECU (4)
6427 K ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6428 K ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6431 K ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH (DIG 15)
6432 K ECU SWITCHED BATT OUTPUT TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH
6440 S HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
6450 S HAND THROTTLE POSITION 2
6460 S HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
6500 N CONSTANT ERPM ON/OFF
6510 N CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
6520 N CONSTANT ERPM SET 2
6530 N CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
6540 N CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6550 N CONSTANT ERPM SET LAMP
6560 U ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
6570 G ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
6580 K/ ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#1
6585 O ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#2
6586 P ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
6590 LG ECU DIGITAL GROUND
6600 LN ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6610 N ECU IGNITION SUPPLY
6620 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
6630 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. GROUND
6640 O ECU AC PRESSURE NOT HIGH SWITCH
6650 O ECU BOOST GROUND
6660 O ECU BOOST TEMP.
6670 O ECU 5V BOOST
6680 O ECU BOOST PRESSURE
6690 O ECU SOLENOID VALVE SHUT OFF
6700 O ECU CRANK SHAFT OUTPUT SHAFT
6710 O ECU ENGINE SPEED
7000 U TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
7001 U TRANS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION
7002 U TRANS MAIN CLUTCH SOL (C3/C4)
7003 U TRANS DUMP SOL
7004 UB TRANS FRONT CLUTCH SOL (C1/C2)
7005 U TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
7007 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
7008 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
7009 W TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
7010 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 1­4)
7020 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 5­8)
7025 R TRANS DISPLAY ENABLE
7030 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH COMMON
7035 N TRANS DUMP SOLEN0ID FEED
7040 N TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7050 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY ­ RUN
7060 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY ­ START
7068 U TRANS CVT POWER SUPPLY (CVT)
7070 R TRANS FEED (IGN +)
7071 N FEED HYD FILTER RESTRICTION IND LAMP
7080 LG DIFF­LOCK SOLENOID FEED
7090 LG DIFF­LOCK SWITCH TO BRAKE SWITCH
7100 N DIFF­LOCK RELAY TO BRAKE SWITCH
7110 R PTO INHIBITOR SWITCH TO TRANS
7120 Y DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
7125 LG DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
7126 LG DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
7130 N HYD FILTER WNG LP
7140 OB DIFF­LOCK OFF SOLENOID
7150 S LOW OIL PRESSURE WRN FEED
7160 R HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
7170 W DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7175 Y DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
7180 U CREEPER SWITCH MOM SIGNAL
7190 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY
7195 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
7196 Y TRANS FR/REV LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7197 Y TRANS RANGE LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7198 U TRANS HYROSTATIC LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT
7200 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
7210 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
7220 S TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
7225 W TRANS HI RANGE SOL ­ RET
7230 S TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
7235 Y TRANS LOW RANGE SOL ­ RET
7240 S TRANSMISSION DISPLAY SWITCH
7245 LN DEADMAN
7250 S TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
7260 S TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
7265 K TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH TO PROCESSOR (GR.SW 1)
7267 LG TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH 2 TO PROCESSOR
7270 R TCM SERIAL DATA IN­DISPLY DATA OUT
7275 W TCM SERIAL DATA OUT­DISPLY DATA IN
7280 W LIMP HOME SWITCH 18x18 TRANS.
7290 W DIRECTIONAL INTERRUPT RELAY TO SOLENOID
7300 W SOLENOID 1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7301 Y SOLENOID 1 18x9 RETURN
7320 W SOLENOID 2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
7321 P SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
7330 W SOLENOID 3 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7331 Y SOLENOID 3 18x9 RETURN
7340 W SOLENOID F1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7341 Y SOLENOID F1 18x9 RETURN
7350 W SOLENOID F2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7351 S SOLENOID F2 18x9 RETURN
7355 S SOLENOID R 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7356 U SOLENOID R 18x9 RETURN
7360 W SOLENOID A 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7361 P SOLENOID A 18x9 RETURN
7370 Y SOLENOID B 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7371 P SOLENOID B 18x9 RETURN
7380 Y SOLENOID C 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7381 P SOLENOID C 18x9 RETURN
7390 Y SOLENOID PMW (F1) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7391 P SOLENIOD PWM (F1) 18x9 RETURN
7392 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7393 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 RETURN
7395 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7396 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 RETURN
7400 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
7401 P TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
7402 Y TRANS WHLSP FORWARD (CVT)
7403 Y TRANS WHLSP REVERSE (CVT)
7404 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT FORWARD (CVT)
7405 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT REVERSE (CVT)
7406 LG TRANS BI­DI SPEED SENSOR RET (CVT)
7410 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM OUTPUT
7411 Y TRANS HYDROSTATINPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
7420 Y TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
7430 Y CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
7431 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SUPPY
7440 Y TCM TO TRACTOR EIC­AXLE OUTPUT
7450 W TRANS CREEPER INTERLOCK SUPPLY
7460 W TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH ENGAGED
7470 S TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH DISENGAGED
7475 R TRANS AUTO OFF
7476 R TRANS AUTO ON
7480 G TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 1
7482 G TRANS AUTO ON/INCREASE
7485 K TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 1
7490 G TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 2
7492 G TRANS AUTO OFF/DECREASE
7495 K TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 2
7500 G TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
7520 G TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 8v
7525 G TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
7560 G TRANS WARNING LAMP
7570 B/W SIGNAL GROUND
7580 U CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
7581 O CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
7582 U CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
7586 U PARKLOCK SOLENOID
7590 O TRANS CREEPER GEAR STATUS LAMP
7600 N TRANS FEATHERING SOLENOID
7620 N TRANS FEATHERING SOL. MONITOR
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
7630 N TRANS MAIN CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
7640 LN DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
7650 W DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
7655 Y RS232 GROUND
7660 R TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
7670 R TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
7700 LN TRANS SHUTTLE DUMP SWITCH
7710 LN TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
7735 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL +
7740 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL ­
7750 R TCM TO DOG 30/40 KPH SELECT
7755 P DOG ENABLE
7760 W TORQUE SENSOR
7770 U TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7780 U TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7790 TQ TRANS RANGE INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7800 TQ TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7810 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
7815 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1 RETURN
7820 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C2
7825 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C2 RETURN
7830 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C3
7835 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C3 RETURN
7840 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C4
7845 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C4 RETURN
7846 TQ TRANS BRAKE SOLENOID (CVT)
7847 TQ TRANS HYROSTATIC ­ POSITIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7848 TQ TRANS HYROSTATIC ­ NEGATIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7850 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM VOLTAGE
7855 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC EA
7860 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RCV
7865 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC XMT
7870 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RTS
7875 K TRANS DIAGNOSTIC CTS
7880 B/W T C M SIGNAL GROUND
7890 TQ TRANS L­LINE DIAGNOSTIC (CVT)
7900 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
7910 TQ CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
7915 P TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
7920 TQ CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
7925 P TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7930 TQ CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
7935 P TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
7940 TQ CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
7945 P TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
7950 TQ CLUTCH SUPPLY
7960 P TRANS SLOW/FAST
7965 P HI/LO SYNCHRO SIGNAL
7970 P TRANS MED/REV
7980 K TRANS MED RANGE
7982 W TRANS MED RANGE RET
7985 G TRANS REVERSE RANGE
7990 K TRANS BRAKE
7995 K BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
7996 R BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
8000 N TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
8010 LN TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
8020 LN TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
8030 LG TRANS FWD SOLENIOD
8035 P TRANS FWD SOL RET
8040 LG TRANS REV SOLENIOD
8045 P TRANS REV SOL RET
8050 R TRANS REV PRESSURE
8060 U TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
8070 P TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
9000 LN DIVERTER VALVE
9010 LN DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
9020 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SOL
9025 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SWITCH
9026 W NOT USED
9027 W NOT USED
9028 W NOT USED
9029 W NOT USED
9030 W NOT USED
9031 P NOT USED
9032 Y IGN.+ TO POWER SKT.
9033 LN 50KPH SOLENOID+
9034 LN 50KPH SOLENOID­
9035 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
9036 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
Index to Wiring Harnesses
Transmission Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C019
EXTENSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
C020
EXTENSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
C022
FUEL TANK SENDER
C023
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C024
CLUTCH E SOLENOID
C025
CLUTCH D SOLENOID
C026
CLUTCH C SOLENOID
C027
CLUTCH B SOLENOID
C028
CLUTCH A SOLENOID
C031
MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID
C032
LOW RANGE SOLENOID
C033
PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
C034
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
C035 4WD SWITCH 1
C036 PRESSURE SWITCH 1 & 2
TRANSMISSION OIL
C037
MIS SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT
SPEED P.U.
C039
HIGH RANGE SOLENOID
C040
REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID
C041
PTO SOLENOID
C042
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
C043
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OP SWITCH
C047
LEFT HAND DRAFT PIN
C048
RIGHT HAND DRAFT PIN
C050
TRAILER BRAKE CONNECTOR
C052
ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C054
C055
C144
C173
C174
C175
C176
C217
C218
C243
C244
C245
C246
C248
C255
PRO SPEED SENSOR
TRAILER SOCKET
AIR BRAKE CONNECTOR
LOW CHARGE PRESSURE
SWITCH S2
PAS PRESSURE SWITCH
HYDRAULIC BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER
EDC RAISE SOLENOID
EDC DOWN SOLENOID
HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE
SWITCH
LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
REVERSELOW RANGE PRESSURE
SWITCH
FRONT SUSPENSION
CONNECTOR
ENGINE SPEED / P.U.TORQUE
SENSOR
C279 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 1
C280 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 2
C281 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 3
C282 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 4
C283 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 5
C284
C286
C288
C289
C510
C539
C602
LINK LEVEL (EXTERNAL
CONNECTION)
CREEPER
PTO TWIST SENSOR
19TH GEAR DUMP SOLENOID
HIGH FLOW PUMP
FAST STEER ­ HARNESS
CONNECTOR
PARK LOCK SOLENOID
Cab Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C001
MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR E1
(ENGINE TO CAB)
C019
EXTENSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
C020
EXTENSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
C062
RIGHT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
C063
LEFT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
C072
KEY START SWITCH
C073
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH
C075
SHUTTLED LEVER SWITCH
C076
CLUTCH SWITCH
C077
CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER
C079
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’A’
C080
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’B’
C081
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’C’
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C100
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN1a)
C101
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN1b)
C103
GEAR SHIFT CONNECTOR
C104
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR ­ DOG
CONNECTOR
C113
FRONT HITCH IN CAB CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER
C114
FRONT PTO ENGAGED LAMP
C115
FRONT PTO SWITCH
C116
REAR PTO SWITCH
C117
REAR PTO LAMP
C118
REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH
C119
HEATER / AIR CONDITIONING
CONNECTOR
C127
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN3a)
C128
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN3b)
C136
HANDBRAKE
C138
SEAT AIR PUMP
C139
FRONT WASHER MOTOR
C140
RIGHT REAR WASHER MOTOR
C143
REAR IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR
C146
LIFT­O­MATIC
C184
RADAR
C190
MAIN LAMPS SWITCH
C193
CIGAR LIGHTER
C235
30 AP POWER SCOKER AND
STUDS
C239
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN2)
C260
INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT
C269
CAB TO ENGINE MAIN
CONNECTOR E2
C278
ECM DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
C293 RIGHT HAND FENDER 1
C294 RIGHT HAND FENDER 2
C295 LEFT HAND FENDER 1
C296 LEFT HAND FENDER 2
C297
RIGHT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
C298
LEFT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
C314
HAND THROTTLE
C324
XCM CN1A (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C325
XCM CN1B (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C326
XCM CN2 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C327
XCM CN3A (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C328
XCM CN3B (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C329
XCM CN4 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C350 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 1
C351 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C352 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 3
C362
HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
C365
8 AMP POWER SOCKET
C366
RADAR SOCKET HARNESS
CONNECTOR
C367
GRID HEATER
C368
DIODE CONNECTOR
C369
JOYSTICK
C370
COMMAND ARM
C373
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEYPAD
C374
HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS
CONNECTOR
C375
ADIC DIAGNOSITIC CONNECTOR
C376
FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONIC
C378
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH
GROUP CONNECTOR
C392
EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR
1
C424
LOADER POWER
C425
AUXILLARY HEADLAMP SWITCH
C441 LOADER VALVE 1
C442 LOADER VALVE 2
C443
EHR SELECT CAN
C444
TRANS CAN
C445
SELECT CAN DIAGNOSTIC
C500 BATTERY ISOLATOR 1
C504
BATTERY ISOLATOR DIODE
C532
ROOF TO CAB HARNESS ­ ROOF
C544 VT CONNECTOR 1
C545 VT CONNECTOR 2
C546
SIDE LINK SWITCH
C547
TOP LINK SWITCH
C548
EHR SELECT SWITCH
C549
FRONT HITCH DETECT
C550
DIVERTER SWITCH
C552 NON TECU POWER 2
C553
ISO BUS CAN EXTENSION
C554
TECU PROCESSOR
C555 NON TECU POWER 1
C556
TECU CAN SPARE
C557
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
C559
AIR CONDITIONING POWER
Fender Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C093
STOP/TAIL LIGHT LEFT HAND
C094
STOP/TAIL LIGHT RIGHT HAND
C129
WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
C130
WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
C131
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
C134
HPL SWITCH RIGHT HAND
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C135
HPL SWITCH LEFT HAND
C257
PTO SWITCH LEFT HAND
C258
PTO SWITCH RIGHT HAND
C293 RIGHT HAND FENDER 1
C294 RIGHT HAND FENDER 2
C295 LEFT HAND FENDER 1
C296 LEFT HAND FENDER 2
Switch Panel Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C182
4WD SWITCH
C183
DIFF LOCK SWITCH
C192
CREEPER GEAR SWITCH
C247
SUSPENSION LOCK SWITCH
C262
AUTO TRANS SWITCH & CAL SEL
C301
ENGINE INC/DEC SWITCH
C302
HTS SWITCH
C309
CERPM CRUISE AUTO SWITCH
C378
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH
GROUP CONNECTOR
C401
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED PROG
SWITCH (SET ERPM)
C422
PTO MANAGEMENT SWITCH
Engine Harness ­ Electrical
Connectors
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C315
ECU­A
C427
OIL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (EDC 7)
C428
BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
C429 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
C430
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
C431
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C432
CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
C433 CAM SPEED SENSOR ­ EDC 7
C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 (EDC 7)
C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 (EDC 7)
C436 CYL INJECTOR3 (EDC 7)
C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 (EDC 7)
C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 (EDC 7)
C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 (EDC 7)
C440
FUEL METERING UNIT
Engine Harness ­ 6 Cylinder
Connectors
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C001
C006
C007
C009
C010
C011
C013
C014
C017
C056
C068
C242
C253
C254
C269
MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR E1
(ENGINE TO CAB)
START SOLENOID
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
AIR CLEANER VACUUM SWITCH
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRES­
SOR CONNECTOR
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE
SWITCH
ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
STEERING SENSOR
WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
ENGINE TO LIGHTING HARNESS
SOCKET
RADAR GUN
MAIN PROCESSOR CONNECTOR
AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR
FRONT HITCH / FRONT PTO
CONNECTOR
CAB TO ENGINE MAIN
CONNECTOR E2
VISTRONIC FAN
DE­GAS BOTTLE
C276
C353
C413 LOADER VALVE 1
C414 LOADER VALVE 2
C501 BATTERY ISOLATOR 2
C605
SUSPENSION ACCELOROMETER
Electronic Remotes Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C313
HYDRAULIC STOP (EHR STOP
SWITCH)
C390
EHR ­ 1­2 LEVER ASSEMBLY
C391 LAMP 1
C392
EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR
1
C394
EHR ­ SWITCH 1/2 TIME/FLOW
C395
EHR ­ SWITCH 3/4 TIME/FLOW
C396 LAMP 2
C397 LAMP 3
C398 LAMP 4
C399
MASTER LAMP
C400
3­4 LEVER ASSEMBLY
Roof Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C064
GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND
C065
GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND
C066
GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP RIGHT
HAND
C067
GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP LEFT HAND
C084
UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C085
UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND
C088
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
C090
DOOR SWITCH LEFT HAND
C091
DOOR SWITCH RIGHT HAND
C092
CONSOLE LAMP LEFT HAND
C095
REAR LICENCE PLATE
WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
C096
REAR LICENCE PLATE
WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
C097
BEACON LEFT HAND
C098
BEACON RIGHT HAND
C099
INTERIOR LAMP
C105
WORKLAMP ECU
C106 RADIO CONNECTOR 1
C107 RADIO CONNECTOR 2
C109
REAR WIPER MOTOR
C110
FRONT RIGHT HAND SPEAKER
C111
FRONT LEFT HAND SPEAKER
C377
DIODE
C379
SMV LAMP LEFT FRONT
C380
SMV LAMP LEFT REAR
C381
SMV LAMP RIGHT FRONT
C382
SMV LAMP RIGHT REAR
C383
WORKLAMP LEFT REAR
C384
WORKLAMP RIGHT REAR
C385
SPEAKER ­ REAR LEFT HAND
C386
SPEAKER ­ REAR RIGHT HAND
C387
CONSOLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
C388
PUDDLE LAMP LEFT HAND
C389
PUDDLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
C532
ROOF TO CAB HARNESS ­ ROOF
C551
HEATED MIRROR SWITCH
C608
ELECTRIC MIRROR RIGHT HAND
C609
MIRROR CONTROL
Hood Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C057
HORN
C058
LEFT HAND WORKLAMP
C059
RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
C060
LEFT HAND HEADLAMP
C061
RIGHT HAND WORKLAMP
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and
Charging System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 1A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 320 K13 ENGINE RELAY
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 380 S4 C376 FOOT THROTTLE ­
ELECTRONIC
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 430 S5 C401 CONSTANT ENGINE
SPEED PROG
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 450 S6 C309 CERPM CRUISE
AUTO SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 550 S7 C301 ENGINE INC/DEC
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 580 S8 C009 VACUUM SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 600 S9 C353 DE­GAS BOTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C127, C128, C239, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
CCMLWBT3_FR2 ­ 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 59

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 61

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 63

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 64

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 65

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 66

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 67

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 68

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 69

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 70

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 71

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 72

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 73

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 74

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 75

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S21 C176 HYDRAULIC TEMP
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S22 C175 HYDRAULIC
BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3040 S23 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3110 B18 C113 FRONT HITCH POT
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3160 F42 ­ 10A FUSE ­ FRONT
SUSPENSION
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3300 X4 C510 HI­FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR ­
CIRCUIT 5830
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C079, C100, C127, C269, C324, C325, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 76

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 11A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 77

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3320 S24 C146 LIFT­O­MATIC
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3345 S25 C134 HPL EXTERNAL
RIGHT HAND
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3365 S26 C135 HPL EXTERNAL LEFT
HAND SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3390 F39 ­ 10A FUSE ­ HPL, SEAT,
ARMREST, EDC, EHR
LEVERS
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3490 X5 C549 FRINT HITCH
DETECT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3510 A19 C631 JOYSTICK CAN
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3530 H37 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ FRONT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3540 H38 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ REAR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C081, C100, C101, C294, C296, C324, C329, C369.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 78

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 12A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 79

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 80

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 81

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 82

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 83

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 84

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 85

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4530 S30 C548 EHR SELECT
SWITCH
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4570 K20 RELAY ­ EHR POWER
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4600 S31 C313 HYDRALIC STOP
(EHR STOP SWITCH)
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4720 H1 C391 LAMP 1
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4735 H2 C396 LAMP 2
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4750 H3 C397 LAMP 3
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4765 H4 C398 LAMP 4
16 4510­4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4780 H5 C399 MASTER LAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127, C239, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 86

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 16A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 87

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 88

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 89

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive
and Differential Lock
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 90

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 18A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 91

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 92

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 93

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C002, C019, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325, C326, C327, C328, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 94

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 20A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 95

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
21 6010­6300 FRONT
SUSPENSION
6020 B24 C611 ACCELEROMETER
6060 B25 C253 FRONT
SUSPENSION POT
6130 Y43 C250 SUSPENSION
LOWER LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
6170 S47 C247 FRONT
SUSPENSION
SWITCH
6220 Y44 C249 SUSPENSION
LOWER SOLENOID
6250 Y45 C251 SUSPENSION RAISE
SOLENOID
6280 Y46 C252 SUSPENSION
RAISE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C002, C020, C248, C269, C324, C325, C326, C378, C605.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 96

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 21A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 97

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 98

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 99

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
23 6610­6900 CAB ACCESSORIES
1
6610 B28 C385 SPEAKER ­ REAR LH
6620 F6 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADIO KAM &
WORKLAMP ECU
6630 B29 C110 RIGHT HAND
SPEAKER
6645 A4 C106 / C107 RADIO A + RADIO B
6660 B30 C386 SPEAKER ­ REAR RH
6670 F40 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADIO
6680 B31 C111 LEFT HAND
SPEAKER
6700 H8 C387 CONSOLE LAMP RH
6710 S49 C090 LEFT HAND DOOR
SWITCH
6725 H9 C388 PUDDLE LAMP LH
6730 S50 C091 RIGHT HAND DOOR
SWITCH
6755 H10 C389 PUDDLE LAMP RH
6760 H11 C099 INTERIOR LAMP
6790 F1 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INTERIOR,
PUDDLE LIGHTS,
HANDBRAKE,
HEATED MIRRORS
6800 F4 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ACCESSORY
SOCKETS
6800 X8 C417 8 AMP RING
TERMINALS ­ 2 OFF
6820 F2 ­ 25A FUSE ­ CIGAR
LIGHTER, POWER
STUDS
6830 X9 C416 20 AMP SOCKET ­ 3
PIN
6840 F17 ­ 25A FUSE ­ ACCESSORY
SOCKETS
6870 R5 C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C079, C235, C269, C415, C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 100

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 23A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 101

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 24 Cab Accessories (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
24 6910­7200 CAB ACCESSORIES
2
6915 M2 C607 ELEC MIRROR LH
6950 S51 C609 MIRROR CONTROL
SWITCH
6985 M3 C608 ELEC MIRROR RH
6990 F19 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ELECTRIC
MIRRORS
7010 S52 C551 HEATED MIRROR
SWITCH
7015 K21 RELAY ­ HEATED
MIRRORS
7050 MF4 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
REAR
7050 X10 C143 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
7060 F10 ­ 30A FUSE ­ REAR
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
7070 F45 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT
IGNITION, 8 AMP
SOCKET
7070 X11 C365 8 AMP SOCKET
7130 K24 C587 RELAY ­ ISO 1
7140 PF4 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ ISO
RELAY 1
7155 X12 C591 BREAKAWAY
7170 K25 C588 RELAY ­ ISO 2
7180 PF5 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ ISO
RELAY 2
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C532, C601.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 102

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 24A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 103

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C081, C269, C329, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 104

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 25A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 105

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and
Indicators (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7590 F22 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
RH
7590 H15 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7600 F24 ­ 10A FUSE ­
ILLUMINATION
7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7620 F23 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
LH
7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
PTO SWITCH
7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
FENDER PTO
SWITCH
7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND FENDER
7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND FENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C127, C293, C294, C295, C296.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 106

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 26A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 107

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 27 Main Lamps and
Indicators (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
27 7810­8100 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 2
7810 K7 RELAY ­ DIP BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7820 F25 ­ 15A FUSE ­ DIP BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7830 K26 C632 RELAY ­ SEE U HOME
....
7910 H21 C059 RIGHT HAND
HEADLAMP
7930 H22 C060 LEFT HAND
HEADLAMP
7950 F26 ­ 15A FUSE ­ MAIN BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7950 K9 RELAY ­ MAIN BEAM
HEADLAMPS
7990 K4 RELAY ­ LIGHTS
(SIDE AND
ILLUMINATION)
8030 F7 ­ 20A FUSE ­ MAIN LIGHTS
AND HAZARD
SWITCH
8040 S56 C190 MAIN LAMPS
SWITCH
8070 F14 ­ 15A FUSE ­ MAIN LIGHT
SWITCH AND
FLASHER UNIT
8090 S57 C425 AUX HEADLAMP
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C079, C081, C374.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 108

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 27A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 109

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 28 Main Lamps and
Indicators (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
28 8110­8400 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 3
8130 S58 C083 HAZARD SWITCH
8150 H23 C066 RIGHT HAND SIDE
LAMP
8170 F32 ­ 30A FUSE ­ FLASHER
UNIT
8180 H24 C067 LEFT HAND SIDE
LAMP
8230 A6 C260 INDICATOR
FLASHER UNIT
CONNECTOR
8240 H25 C297 RIGHT HAND
EXTREMITY
8260 H26 C298 LEFT HAND
EXTREMITY
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C079, C081, C127, C374, C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 110

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 28A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 111

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8415 H27 C084 LEFT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8430 H28 C085 RIGHT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 F29 ­ 30A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 H29 C383 WORKLAMP ­ REAR
LH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8460 H30 C384 WORKLAMP ­ REAR
RH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 F28 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 H31 C064 RIGHT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8480 H32 C065 LEFT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8490 A7 C105 WORKLAMP
MODULE
CONNECTOR
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8505 E3 C097 LEFT HAND BEACON
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 F31 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 MF5 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8525 E4 C098 RIGHT HAND
BEACON
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8545 K15 RELAY ­ WORKLAMP
LOWER FRONT
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8550 F27 ­ 15A FUSE ­ FRONT
WORKLAMPS
(FRONT HOOD)
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8575 K16 RELAY ­ WORKLAMP
LOWER REAR
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8580 F30 ­ 15A FUSE ­ REAR/LOWER
WORKLAMPS
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8615 H33 C613 CORNER LAMP LH
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8630 H34 C058 LEFT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8650 H35 C061 RIGHT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410­8700 WORK LAMPS 8665 H36 C614 CORNER LAMP RH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 112

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 29A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 113

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8710 K10 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
PNEUMATIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8740 K11 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
HYDRAULIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8750 S59 C136 HANDBRAKE
SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8800 X15 C050 TRAILER BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8815 Y48 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S60 C409 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S61 C410 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ LINE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8835 Y49 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8890 S62 C407 AIR BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8920 X16 C055 TRAILER SOCKET
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8940 X17 C144 AIR BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8945 Y50 C406 AIR BRAKE
SOLENOID
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8970 Y51 C576 BRAKE DE­ICER
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8990 Y52 C577 PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C055, C081, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 114

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 30A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 115

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 116

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 117

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9340 M5 C088 FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9400 S65 C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9410 F11 ­ 10A FUSE ­ FRONT +
REAR WINDSHIELD
WIPER
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9450 M6 C140 REAR WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9480 M7 C139 FRONT WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9510 K1/K2 RELAY ­ FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER
MODULE
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9540 F12 ­ 10A FUSE ­ WIPER
SWITCH + REAR
WIPER PARK
32 9310­9600 WIPERS 9590 M8 C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 118

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 32A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 119

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9620 X19 C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9660 F33 ­ 25A FUSE ­ DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR +
ENGINE ECU
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9680 X20 C445 SELECT CAN DIAG
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9700 X21 C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9770 X22 C553 ISO BUS CAN
EXTENSION
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9810 X23 C620 SPARE 1
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9830 X24 C621 SPARE 2
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9870 X25 C556 TECU CAN SPARE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001C079, C081, C242, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 120

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 33A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 121

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 122

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 123

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen
(1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
35 10210­
10500
35 10210­
10500
35 10210­
10500
SWCD / VT SCREEN 10220 X28 C594 REAR VIEW CAMERA
SWCD / VT SCREEN 10340 A8 C595 SWCD / VT UNIT
SWCD / VT SCREEN
1
10475 X29 C600 BREAK AWAY 2
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C544, C545, C593, C596, C598, C599.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 124

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 35A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 125

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen
(2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
36 10510­
10800
36 10510­
10800
SWCD / VT SCREEN
2
SWCD / VT SCREEN
2
10535 X30 C552 NON TECU POWER 2
10555 X31 C555 NON TECU POWER 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 126

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 36A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 127

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
37 10810­
11100
PROCESSORS 1 10845 A10 C100 TCM CON 1
PROCESSORS 1 10845 A9 C324 XCM CN1A
(CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
PROCESSORS 1 10890 MF3 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ B+ KAM
ADIC, ENGINE ECU,
TRANSMISSION ECU
PROCESSORS 1 10920 F35 ­ 10A FUSE ­ DC MEM +
BCM + OCM
PROCESSORS 1 10975 K17 RELAY ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
PROCESSORS 1 11025 F41 ­ 15A FUSE ­ FRONT
SUSPENSION / PTO
(+ EHR LEVERS)
PROCESSORS 1 11035 F37 ­ 15A FUSE ­
TRANSMISSION
IGNITION
PROCESSORS 1 11045 F38 ­ 10A FUSE ­ REAR PTO
SWITCH/LAMP, HPL,
BCM, GROUND
SPEED PTO, DOG
CONN.
PROCESSORS 1 11055 F36 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER IGNITION
PROCESSORS 1 11070 F34 ­ 10A FUSE ­ INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
PROCESSORS 1 11095 A11 C079 INST PANEL A
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C554, C619.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 128

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 37A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 129

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
38 11110­
11400
PROCESSORS 2 11120 A12 C554 TECU ­CN1
PROCESSORS 2 11120 A16 C081 INST PANEL C
PROCESSORS 2 11160 A13 C560 AIR CON EARTH
PROCESSORS 2 11260 A14 C593 ENCODER AND
SWITCHES
PROCESSORS 2 11390 A15 C239 FPS 3RD
PROCESSOR
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 130

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 38A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 131

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 132

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 39A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 133

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 134

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 135

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 41 Air Conditioning (3)
­ Manual Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
41 11710­
12000
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11780 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S70 C627 LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S71 C627 LOW TEMPERATURE
(FREEZE) SAFETY
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 3 ­ MANUAL 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 136

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRAME 41A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 137

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component Diagram 00 Connectors 00­09
C001 MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR ­ E1 ­ ENGINE TO CAB
CONNECTOR C001
MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR ­ E1 ­ ENGINE TO CAB
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5400D (Y) CAN H
2 5420D (G) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
10 2556 (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
13 6407 (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
14 6408D (O) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
/6408D (G)
15 6408A (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
16 6408B (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
17 6408C (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
18 1135 (G) THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
19 650 (TQ) COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
20 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2
CONNECTOR ISO K
21 6414 (G) FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
22 2040 (LTG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
23 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID
24 3016 (S) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
25 10J (G) / IGNITION SUPPLY
10H (G)
26 1030B (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
27 1030A (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
29 1073A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
30 376 (L) HORN FEED
31 57AH (B) EARTH (ALL)
32 57AJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
33 57AK (B) EARTH (ALL)
34 39B (G) TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
35 57AM (B) EARTH (ALL)
36 1027B (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
37 1027A (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
38 2095A (G) / INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2095 (G)
39 31 (Y) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER
SIGNAL
40 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5
VOLT)
41 1006A (N) / ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1006 (N)
42 1035 (W) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
43 71C (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
44 1005 (S) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
45 1001S (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
46 1001T (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
47 2050AF (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
48 6300 (N) FAN SPEED
49 5020H (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
50 2019 (K) ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 138

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BRI4400B­01 1
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ CAB FLOOR
BRI4400B 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 139

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C006 STARTER SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C006
STARTER SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
0 150B (B) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
1 1001 (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4401B 3
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C006­BRI4401A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 140

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C007 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3016 (S) /
10H (G)
CONNECTOR C007
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL / IGNITION
SUPPLY
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­03 5
TOP LEFT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C007­BRI4402A­1 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 141

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C009 AIR CLEANER VACUUM SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 1005 (S) /
57JB (B)
CONNECTOR C009
AIR CLEANER VACUUM SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP / EARTH
(ALL)
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­03 7
TOP RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C009­BRI4523A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 142

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 143

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 01 Connectors 10­19
C010 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C010
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 39 (A.30.A)
2 57JC (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C010­BRJ4643A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 144

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C011 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C011
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2006A (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 39 (A.30.A)
2 2006B (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
3 2007 (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
4 5200AA (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 3
FRONT TOP RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C011­BRI4524A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 145

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C013 ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
0 1006 (N) /
150 (N)
CONNECTOR C013
ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP /
BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4430B 5
FRONT LEFT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C013­BRI4528A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 146

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C014 STEERING SENSOR
CONNECTOR C014
STEERING SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2530B (N) FRONT HITCH V REF Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
2 3120 (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3 2095 (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4406B­01 7
BOTTOM FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C014­BRI4526A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 147

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C017 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
CONNECTOR C017
WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2040 (LTG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408K (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
3 57JE (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B 9
BOTTOM REAR LEFT HAND SIDE ­ ENGINE
C017­BRI4443A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 148

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C019 EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
CONNECTOR C019
EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3024 (Y) /
3025 (Y)
2WD SOLENOID / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE
SOLENOID (MANUAL)
2 7005 (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
3 7080 (LTG) DIFF­LOCK SOLENOID FEED
4 2130 (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
5 2051 (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (­)
6 2042 (O) PTO SOLENOID­REAR
7 2140 (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR
8 2062 (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
9 7910 (TQ) CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
10 7935 (L) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
11 7401 (L) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
12 7400 (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM
INPUT
13 8050 (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE
14 7930 (TQ) CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
15 7940 (TQ) CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
16 7960 (W) TRANS SLOW/FAST
17 7431 (TQ) SUPPLY
18 7915 (L) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
19 7000P (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
20 7945 (L) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
21 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
22 7225 (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL ­ RET
23 8045 (L) TRANS REV SOL RET
24 7985 (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE
25 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE
SWITCH SIGNAL
26 7235 (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL ­ RET
27 7581 (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
28 7760 (W) TORQUE SENSOR
29 9035 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
30 7586 (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID
31 7500 (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
32 5097 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
33 5090 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
34 5087 (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
35 5085 (K) EDC VALVE UP
36 5070 (TN) EDC LEFT PIN
37 5075 (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
38 5065 (TN) EDC RIGHT PIN
39 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
40 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID­
41 7580 (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
42 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
43 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
44 7900 (TQ) CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
45 7770 (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
46 5080 (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 149

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
47 5020A (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
48 7920 (TQ) CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
49 2050L (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
50 7126 (LTG) DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4400B­02 11
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ CAB FLOOR
C019­BRI4405A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 150

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 151

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 02 Connectors 20­29
C020 EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
CONNECTOR C020
EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 29 (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
2 1013D (N) / RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1013D (R)
3 1014E (B) / LEFT HAND LAMPS
1014E (R)
4 810A (R) / STOPLAMPS
810A (G)
5 349 (TN) / TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
349 (G)
6 350 (TN) / TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
350 (Y)
7 7925 (L) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
8 3286 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER RETURN (­)
9 7160 (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
10 3281(TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER RETURN (­)
11 2055A (W) PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED
ENGAGED
12 2095B (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
13 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
14 3250 (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
15 7980 (K) TRANS MED. RANGE
16 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR
17 3045 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
18 3260 (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
19 7982 (W) TRANS MED. RANGE RET
20 8010A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
21 8000A (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
22 8000X (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
23 3280 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER
24 8010 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
25 60A (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
26 8020 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
27 8060D (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
28 2012 (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
29 3285 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER
30 5515 (S) EHR +12V IGN.
31 5500L (R) EHR CAN HIGH
/5500A (R)
32 5510L (U) / EHR CAN LOW
5510A (U)
33 4055 (W) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
34 4056 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT
SOLENOID
35 4057 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE
SOLENOID
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 152

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
36 4058 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER
SOLENOID
37 9000 (TN) DIVERTER VALVE
38 4054 (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
39 5830 (U) / HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5830 (R)
40 5900B (Y) / ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5900 (Y)
41 5910B (G) / ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5910 (G)
42 5915B (B) / ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5915(B)
43 5920B (R) / ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5920 (R)
44 5970A (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
45 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
46 7411 (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED
SENSOR (CVT)
47 7970 (L) TRANS MED/REV
48 7130 (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
49 8070 (L) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
50 2250N (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4400B­03 1
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ CAB FLOOR
C020­BRI4413A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 153

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
CONNECTOR C022
FUEL TANK SENDER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 29 (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
2 2095D (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
LEFT HAND SIDE BEHIND CAB STEPS
C022­BRI4598A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 154

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C023 TRANSMISSSION OIL TEMP SENSOR
CONNECTOR C023
TRANSMISSSION OIL TEMP SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A 7500 (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
B 60AT (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4444B 5
C023­BRI4597A 6
RIGHT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 155

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C024 CLUTCH E SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C024
CLUTCH E SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7940 (TQ) CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7945 (L) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 7
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C024­BRI4600A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 156

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C025 CLUTCH D SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C025
CLUTCH D SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7930 (TQ) CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7935 (L) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 9
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C025­BRI4601A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 157

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C026 CLUTCH C SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C026
CLUTCH C SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7920 (TQ) CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7925 (L) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 11
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C026­BRI4602A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 158

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C027 CLUTCH B SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C027
CLUTCH B SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7910 (TQ) CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7915 (L) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 13
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C027­BRI4603A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 159

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C028 CLUTCH A SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C028
CLUTCH A SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7431 (TQ) SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7900 (TQ) CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 15
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C028­BRI4604A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 160

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 161

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 03 Connectors 30­39
C031 MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C031
MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7980 (K) TRANS MED. RANGE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7982 (W) TRANS MED. RANGE RET
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C031­BRI4620A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 162

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C032 LOW RANGE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C032
LOW RANGE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7235 (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL ­ RET
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C032­BRI4618A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 163

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C033 PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C033
PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2130 (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
2 57ET (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 5
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ TRANSMISSION
C033­BRI4606A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 164

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C034 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C034
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3024 (Y) 2WD SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 57EX (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 7
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE ­ TRANSMISSION
C034­BRI4607A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 165

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C035 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH 1
CONNECTOR C035
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3045 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4490B 9
C035­BRJ4638A 10
RIGHT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION, IN FRONT OF REAR AXLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 166

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C036 TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 1 AND 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 2012A (Y) /
57EM (B)
CONNECTOR C036
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 1 AND 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
/ EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
BRI4490B 11
C036­BRI4596A 12
RIGHT HAND SIDE TOP COVER­ TRANSMISSION
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 167

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C037 MID SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED P.U.
CONNECTOR C037
MID SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED P.U.
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050AR PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
(G)
2 7400 (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM
INPUT
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 60BE
(B/W)
SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B 13
TRANSMISSION TOP
C037­BRI4611A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 168

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C039 HIGH RANGE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C039
HIGH RANGE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7225 (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL ­ RET
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 15
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C039­BRI4619A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 169

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 170

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 04 Connectors 40­49
C040 REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C040
REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7985 (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 8045 (L) TRANS REV SOL RET
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
TRANSMISSION ­ TOP COVER
C040­BRI4617A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 171

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C041 PTO SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C041
PTO SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2042 (O) PTO SOLENOID­REAR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
2 2051 (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (­)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
TOP REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C041­BRJ4646A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 172

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C042 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C042
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7080 (LTG) DIFF­LOCK SOLENOID FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 57ES (B) EARTH ­ ALL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 5
TOP REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C042­BRJ4645A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 173

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C043 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OP SWITCH
CONNECTOR C043
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OP SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7126 (LTG) DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 57 (B) EARTH ­ ALL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4490B­02 7
TOP ­ TRANSMISSION
C043­BRJ4647A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 174

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C046 AXLE SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR C046
AXLE SPEED SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050AH PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
(G)
2 7401 (L) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 60BC
(B/W)
SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B­01 9
FUEL TANK
C046­BRI4599A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 175

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C047 LEFT HAND DRAFT PIN
CONNECTOR C047
LEFT HAND DRAFT PIN
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 60BA SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
2 5070 (TN) EDC LEFT PIN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 5075B (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B­01 11
REAR RIGHT ­ TRANSMISSION
C047­BRI4609A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 176

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C048 RIGHT HAND DRAFT PIN
CONNECTOR C048
RIGHT HAND DRAFT PIN
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 60H (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
2 5065 (TN) EDC RIGHT PIN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 5075A (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B­01 13
REAR RIGHT ­ TRANSMISSION
C048­BRI4610A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 177

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 178

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 05 Connectors 50­59
C050 TRAILER BRAKE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C050
TRAILER BRAKE CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8000A (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 8010A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 8020A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
4 57FA (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 8060E (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4408B­04 1
RIGHT REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C050­BRJ4648A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 179

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C052 ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER
CONNECTOR C052
ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 60L (B/W) SENSOR GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 5080 (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
3 5020V (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4425B­02 3
RIGHT REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C052­BRI4605A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 180

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR C054
PTO SPEED SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2140 (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
2 60AS
(B/W)
SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4491B 5
RIGHT REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C054­BRI4606A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 181

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C055 TRAILER SOCKET
CONNECTOR C055
TRAILER SOCKET
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1013D (N) / RIGHT HAND LAMPS / EARTH (ALL)
57EG (B)
2 810A (R) STOPLAMPS
3 1014E (B) LEFT HAND LAMPS Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
4 349 (G) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
6 350 (Y) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4480B 7
RIGHT REAR ­ TRANSMISSION
C055­BRJ4641A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 182

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C056 ENGINE TO LIGHTING HARNESS SOCKET
CONNECTOR C056
ENGINE TO LIGHTING HARNESS SOCKET
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57A (B) / EARTH (ALL)
57JF (B)
2 376 (L) HORN FEED
3 1030B (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
4 1027B (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
5 1073 (L) / WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1073A (L)
6 57B (B) / EARTH (ALL)
57JG (B)
7 1030A (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
8 1027A (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4429B 9
TOP REAR ­ ENGINE
C056­BRJ4642A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 183

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C057 HORN
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 57E (B) /
376 (L)
CONNECTOR C057
HORN
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EARTH (ALL) / HORN FEED
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4445B 11
FRONT HOOD
C057­BRJ4644A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 184

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C058 LEFT HAND WORKLAMP
CONNECTOR C058
LEFT HAND WORKLAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1073D (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4458B­01 13
FRONT HOOD
C058­BRI4447A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 185

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C059 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
CONNECTOR C059
RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57D (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 1027C (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
4 1030C (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4479B­01 15
FRONT HOOD
C059­BRI4448A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 186

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 06 Connectors 60­69
C060 LEFT HAND HEADLAMP
CONNECTOR C060
LEFT HAND HEADLAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 1027D (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
4 1030D (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4479B­01 1
FRONT ENGINE HOOD
C060­BRI4451A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 187

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C061 RIGHT HAND WORKLAMP
CONNECTOR C061
RIGHT HAND WORKLAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1073C (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4458B­01 3
FRONT ENGINE HOOD
C061­BRI4450A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 188

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C062 RIGHT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
CONNECTOR C062
RIGHT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 10C (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
2 10D (G) IGNITION SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 840 (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 830 (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4407B 5
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
C062­BRI4407 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 189

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C063 LEFT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
CONNECTOR C063
LEFT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 10B (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
2 10A (G) IGNITION SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 840A (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 820 (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4407B 7
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
C063­BRI4408 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 190

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C064 GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C064
GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1097B (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57L (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 9
RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB ROOF
C064­BRI4456A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 191

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C065 GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C065
GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1097A (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57V (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 11
LEFT HAND SIDE CAB ROOF
C065­BRI4405A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 192

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C066 GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C066
GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 249 (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 1013C (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
4 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 13
RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB ROOF
C066­BRI4457A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 193

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C067 GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C067
GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 250 (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 1014C (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
4 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 15
LEFT HAND SIDE CAB ROOF
C067­BRI4450A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 194

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C068 RADAR GUN
CONNECTOR C068
RADAR GUN
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57JD (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 2028B (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
3 2031 (Y) RADAR PRESENT
4 2027 (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4406B 17
RIGHT HAND SIDE REAR ENGINE
C068­BRI4406A 18
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 195

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 196

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 07 Connectors 70­79
C072 KEY START SWITCH
CONNECTOR C072
KEY START SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 150A (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 137 (W) RADIO FEED
3 71 (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
4 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
6 1000 (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4409B 1
STEERING CONSOLE
C072­BRI4409A­1 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 197

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH
CONNECTOR C073
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1038A (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED­REAR
2 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 587 (LTG) WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT
DELAY
5 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR­LOW
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR­HIGH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 32 (A.30.A)
7 1121 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH
8 1119 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
9 97 (LTG) WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
10 63 (U) WIPER MOTOR­PARK FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4410B 3
STEERING CONSOLE
C073­BRI4410A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 198

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C075 SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
CONNECTOR C075
SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7525C (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
3 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
4 7730 (TN) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
5 7000B (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
6 1001X (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
7 7420A (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
8 57SS (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B 5
STEERING CONSOLE
C075­BRI4411A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 199

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR C076
CLUTCH SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7420B (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
2 7420C (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 7660 (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
4 1000 (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4407B 7
STEERING CONSOLE
C076­BRI4415A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 200

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C077 CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER
CONNECTOR C077
CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7525A (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 7430 (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 60B (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4414B 9
STEERING CONSOLE
C077­BRI4414A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 201

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C079 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’A’
CONNECTOR C079
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’A’
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
3 2019 (K) ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
4 3016 (S) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
5 3005 (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
LAMP
6 3004 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
LAMP
7 9027 (W) CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
8 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
9 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
10 1135 (G) THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
11 1005 (S) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
12 7130 (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
13 2040 (LTG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 37 (A.30.A)
14 1052 (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
15 1012E (R) ILLUMINATION
16 1001P (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
17 650 (TQ) COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
19 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5
VOLT)
21 2020 (Y) ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE
TO TPM)
22 2095 (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
23 57BE (B) EARTH (ALL)
24 160R (Y) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
25 1006A (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
26 9031A (L) ADIC MEMORY B+
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­01 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 202

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C079­BRI4416A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 203

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 204

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 08 Connectors 80­89
C080 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’B’
CONNECTOR C080
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’B’
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
11 3062 (L) IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
14 2330 (L) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
15 2320 (L) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786
SKT.PIN#1
16 2300 (L) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO
11786 SKT.PIN#2
17 2310 (L) IN/OUT OF WORK­HPL MODE ISO11786
SKT.PIN#4
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­01 1
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C080­BRI4417A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 205

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C081 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’C’
CONNECTOR C081
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’C’
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5190 (R) HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT­O­MATIC
2 7160 (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
5 1035 (W) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
6 8020 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
7 3014A (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
8 1056 (O)
10 1055 (U)
11 3052 (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
12 2012 (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
13 1034 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM
C3)
14 29 (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
15 8010 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
16 1033 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM
C2)
18 1026 (U) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
19 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
20 39B (G) TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
22 3120 (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
23 31 (Y) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER
SIGNAL
25 5420G (G) CAN L
26 5400G (Y) CAN H
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4416B­01 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 206

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C081­BRI4418A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 207

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C083 HAZARD SWITCH
CONNECTOR C083
HAZARD SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
2 1021 (P) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
3 1020A HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
(G/W)
7 57BF (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 1020 (G/S) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4438A 5
BEHIND STEERING WHEEL
C083­BRJ4649A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 208

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C084 UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C084
UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A 1098A (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
B 57AB (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4458B 7
FRONT LEFT ­ CAB ROOF
C084­BRI4458A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 209

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C085 UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C085
UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A 1098B (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
B 57AA (B) EARTH (ALL) / EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4458B 9
FRONT RIGHT ­ CAB ROOF
C085­BRI4457A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 210

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C088 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
CONNECTOR C088
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
2 57M (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR­LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 32 (A.30.A)
4 1019 (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR­HIGH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4408B 11
FRONT ­ CAB ROOF
C088­BRI4446A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 211

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 212

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 09 Connectors 90­99
C090 DOOR SWITCH LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C090
DOOR SWITCH LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3052B (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4437B 1
REAR TOP LEFT ­ CAB DOOR
C090­BRI4444A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 213

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C091 DOOR SWITCH RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C091
DOOR SWITCH RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3052A (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4437B 3
REAR TOP RIGHT ­ CAB DOOR
C091­BRI4445A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 214

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C092 CONSOLE LAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C092
CONSOLE LAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57W (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 1014D (R) /
1014 (R)
LEFT HAND LAMPS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B­01 5
LEFT ­ CAB ROOF
C092­BRI4561A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 215

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C093 STOP/TAIL LIGHT LEFT HAND
POSITION
CONNECTOR C093
STOP/TAIL LIGHT LEFT HAND
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
WIRE
NUMBER
1 57AX (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3004 (G/W) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
LAMP
3 1013A (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
4 810 (G/L) STOPLAMPS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4479B 7
LEFT ­ REAR FENDER
C093­BRI4479A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 216

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C094 STOP/TAIL LIGHT RIGHT HAND
POSITION
CONNECTOR C094
STOP/TAIL LIGHT RIGHT HAND
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
WIRE
NUMBER
1 57AX (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3004 (G/W) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
LAMP
3 1013A (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
4 810 (G/L) STOPLAMPS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4479B 9
RIGHT ­ REAR FENDER
C094­BRI4478A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 217

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C095 REAR LICENCE PLATE WORKLAMP LH
CONNECTOR C095
REAR LICENCE PLATE WORKLAMP LH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1014B (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
2 978B (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4488B 11
LEFT REAR ­ CAB ROOF
C095­BRI4566A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 218

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C096 REAR LICENCE PLATE /WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C096
REAR LICENCE PLATE WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1014A (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
2 978A (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4488B 13
RIGHT REAR ­ CAB ROOF
C096­BRI4567A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 219

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C097 ROTATING BEACON LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C097
BEACON LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4012A (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57Z (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B­01 15
LEFT ­ CAB ROOF
C097­BRI4571A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 220

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C098 ROTATING BEACON RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C098
BEACON RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4012B (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57Y (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B­01 17
RIGHT ­ CAB ROOF
C098­BRI4562A 18
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 221

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C099 INTERIOR LAMP
WIRE
NUMBER
1 666A (L) /
3052A (L)
/ 3052B (L)
/ 3057 (L)/
3057A (L)
POSITION
2 57R (B) EARTH (ALL)
CONNECTOR C099
INTERIOR LAMP
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED / DOME
LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH /
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4460B 19
CAB ROOF
C099­BRI4460A 20
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 222

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 223

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 10 Connectors 100­109
C100 TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN1a)
CONNECTOR C100
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN1a)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7000C (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
2 7000D (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 7000E (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
4 7431 (TQ) SUPPLY
6 7920 (TQ) CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
7 7930 (TQ) CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
8 7660 (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
9 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
10 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
11 7910 (TQ) CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
12 5090 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
13 7980 (K) TRANS MED. RANGE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 37 (A.30.A)
14 5000A (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
15 5400T (Y) CAN H
16 5420T (G) CAN L
19 61 (O) CASE GROUND
20 5200A (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
21 5500H (R) EHR CAN HIGH
22 5510H (U) EHR CAN LOW
23 60 (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
25 57Y (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57Z (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­01 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 224

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
REAR OF CAB BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C100­BRI4419A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 225

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C101 TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN1b)
CONNECTOR C101
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN1b)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6402 (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
2 5080 (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
3 5050 (TN) EDC QUADRANT
4 5045 (TN) EDC DROP RATE
5 5120 (K) /
5085 (K)
EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL / EDC VALVE
UP
6 5040 (TN) EDC DRAFT POSITION
7 5145 (TQ) EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
8 5155 (U) EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
9 5065 (TN) EDC RIGHT PIN
10 5070 (TN) EDC LEFT PIN
11 2050K (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
12 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
13 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
14 7500 (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
16 5020 (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
17 7525 (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
18 5130 (TQ) EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH
19 2031 (Y) RADAR PRESENT
20 5125 (TQ) EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH
21 1001 (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
22 820B (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
23 830B (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
25 5075 (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
26 3045 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
27 7420D (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
29 5100 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
30 5095 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
33 2028B (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
34 7401 (L) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4420B 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 226

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
REAR OF CAB BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C101­BRI4420A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 227

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C103 GEAR SHIFT CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C103
GEAR SHIFT CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7525D (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 7210A (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
3 7200A (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
4 7525E (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
5 4101A (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4478B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C103­BRJ4688A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 228

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C104 GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR­ DOG CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C104
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR ­ DOG CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A1 2050D (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
A2 1013 (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
C1 57AB (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
C3 5400F (Y) CAN H
C4 5420F (G) CAN L
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4428B 7
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C104­BRI4428A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 229

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C105 WORKLAMP ECU
CONNECTOR C105
WORKLAMP ECU
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
B1 4011 (L) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B2 138B (L RADIO KAM
B3 57X (B) EARTH (ALL)
B4 1098A (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B5 1098B (W FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B6 1090 (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B7 1097A (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
B8 1097B (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 29
(A.30.A)
C1 997 (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (OUTER)
C2 4012 (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED
C3 998A (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
C4 998B (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
C5 1013AH RIGHT HAND LAMPS
(R)
C6 1092 (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
C7 1071A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C8 1071B (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4453B 9
CAB ROOF
C105­BRI4453A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 230

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C106 RADIO CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR C106
RADIO CONNECTOR 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
4 3077 (Y) RADIO +12VB
6 3078 (O) RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
7 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
8 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4454B 11
CAB ROOF
C106­BRI4454A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 231

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C107 RADIO CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR C107
RADIO CONNECTOR 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3091 (L) SPEAKER RR­RHS +
2 3092 (L) SPEAKER RR­RHS ­
3 3093 (S) SPEAKER FRT­RHS +
4 3094 (S) SPEAKER FRT­RHS ­ SPEAKER FRT­RHS
­
5 3095 (W) SPEAKER FRT­LHS + Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
6 3096 (W) SPEAKER FRT­LHS ­
7 3097 (G) SPEAKER RR­LHS +
8 3098 (G) SPEAKER RR­LHS ­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4454B 13
CAB ROOF
C107­BRI4455A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 232

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
CONNECTOR C109
REAR WIPER MOTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1120 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN /
RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
2 57D (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 32 (A.30.A)
3 1038 (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED­REAR
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4485B 15
CAB ROOF
C109­BRI4456A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 233

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 234

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 11 Connectors 110­119
C110 FRONT RIGHT HAND SPEAKER
CONNECTOR C110
FRONT RIGHT HAND SPEAKER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3093 (S) SPEAKER FRT­RHS + Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 3094 (S) SPEAKER FRT­RHS ­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B­01 1
CAB ROOF ­ RIGHT HAND
C110­BRI4458A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 235

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C111 FRONT LEFT HAND SPEAKER
CONNECTOR C111
FRONT LEFT HAND SPEAKER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3095 (W) SPEAKER FRT­LHS + Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 3096 (W) SPEAKER FRT­LHS ­ ­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B­01 3
CAB ROOF ­ LEFT HAND
C111­BRI4451A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 236

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C113 FRONT HITCH IN CAB CONTROL POTENTIOMETER
CONNECTOR C113
FRONT HITCH IN CAB CONTROL POTENTIOMETER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 60AB SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
2 2520 (N) FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
3 2530A (N) FRONT HITCH V REF Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
4 2540E (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
5 2550 (N) FRONT HITCH OVERRIDE SWITCH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4408B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C113­BRJ4649A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 237

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGED LAMP
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 2250E (K) /
2270 (O)
CONNECTOR C114
FRONT PTO ENGAGED LAMP
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY / PTO FRONT ­
WARNING LAMP
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ Electrical standard (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­01 7
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C114­BRI4429A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 238

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
CONNECTOR C115
FRONT PTO SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2250D (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
2 2248 (K) PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH (VCCS) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2245 (K) PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH TO MODULE
(MOM)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 9
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C115­BRI4424A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 239

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
CONNECTOR C116
REAR PTO SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050H (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2046 (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 11
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C116­BRI4425A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 240

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C117 REAR PTO LAMP
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 2065A (N) /
2050G (G)
CONNECTOR C117
REAR PTO LAMP
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
PTO ENGAGED / PTO SUPPLY / DOG
SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B 13
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C117­BRI4430A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 241

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C118 REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C118
REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2120 (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2 2050J (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
6 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 15
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C118­BRI4475A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 242

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C119 HEATER/AIR CONDITIONING CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C119
HEATER/AIR CONDITIONING CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 (R)
3 (B)
4 (U/R) Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 40
(A.30.A)
6 (O/B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 41 (A.30.A)
7 (R/B)
8 (B)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4467B 17
CAB REAR ­ LEFT HAND
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 243

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 244

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 12 Connectors 120­129
C120 EDC CONTROL PANEL 1
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C120
EDC CONTROL PANEL 1
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C120­BRJ4672A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 245

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C121 EDC CONTROL PANEL 2
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C121
EDC CONTROL PANEL 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C121­BRJ4673A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 246

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C127 TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN3a)
CONNECTOR C127
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN3a)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6440 (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
3 2059 (W) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
4 6530 (N) CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
5 6540 (N) CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6 5133 (TQ) EDC STOP
7 5240 (O) EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH No.2
8 7040 (N) TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
9 7581 (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
10 7210 (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
11 7200 (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
12 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
13 2046 (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
14 2007 (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
15 1039 (LTG)
16 5595 (S) EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
17 6460A (S) HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
18 2056 (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
19 7126 (LTG) DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
21 5610 (R) HTS PROGRAM
22 5630 (R) HTS MANUAL SWITCH
23 5620 (R) HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
24 3027 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
25 3025 (Y) /
7000J (U)
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
(MANUAL) / TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
26 5250 (O) EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH No.2
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­03 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 247

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C127­BRI4422A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 248

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C128 TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN3b)
CONNECTOR C128
TCM ­ TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN3b)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7945 (L) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
2 7580 (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
3 7235 (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL ­ RET
4 8045 (L) TRANS REV SOL RET
5 7005 (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
6 9035 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
7 7985 (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE
8 2130 (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
9 7080 (LTG) DIFF­LOCK SOLENOID FEED
10 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
11 6510 (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
12 7586 (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID
13 7940 (TQ) CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
14 2042 (O) PTO SOLENOID­REAR
15 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
16 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID
17 3025 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
(MANUAL)
18 2051 (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (­)
19 7411 (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED
SENSOR (CVT)
20 7400 (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM
INPUT
21 6300 (N) FAN SPEED
22 7760 (W) TORQUE SENSOR
23 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
24 2120 (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
27 2065A (N) PTO ENGAGED
28 7120 (Y) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
29 7125 (LTG) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
30 7175 (Y) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
31 7170 (W) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
32 6404 (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
33 2055A (W) PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED
ENGAGED
34 7000K (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 249

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BRI4420B 5
BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C128­BRI4423A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 250

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C129
WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 998
(G/TN/B)
WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
4 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4422B 7
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C129­BRI4548A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 251

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 252

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 13 Connectors 130­139
C130 WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C130
WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 998
(G/TN/B)
WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
4 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4422B 1
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C130­BRI4547A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 253

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C131 LICENCE PLATE LAMP
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 1013B (R) /
57AW (B)
CONNECTOR C131
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
RIGHT HAND LAMPS / EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4449B 3
REAR FENDERS
C131­BRI4549A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 254

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C134 HPL SWITCH RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C134
HPL SWITCH RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5100 (K/W) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2 5200
(N/R/B)
EDC VALVE SUPPLY
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 5095 (K/G) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 5
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C134­BRI4438A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 255

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C135 HPL SWITCH LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C135
HPL SWITCH LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5100 (K/W) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2 5200
(N/R/B)
EDC VALVE SUPPLY
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 5095 (K/G) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 7
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C135­BRI4439A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 256

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C136 HANDBRAKE
CONNECTOR C136
HANDBRAKE
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3014B (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
3 9031B (L) ADIC MEMORY B+
4 3150 (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT)
OFF SIG
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4469B 9
C136­BRI4469A 10
IN CAB ­ LEFT HAND SIDE OF OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 257

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C138 SEAT AIR PUMP
CONNECTOR C138
SEAT AIR PUMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6355A (R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
2 2069 (O) PTO MANAGEMENT ON Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 181K (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
4 57CN (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4426B 11
C138­BRJ4667A 12
IN CAB ­ RIGHT HAND SIDE OF OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 258

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C139 FRONT WASHER MOTOR
CONNECTOR C139
FRONT WASHER MOTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 97 (LTG) WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 32 (A.30.A)
2 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4481B 13
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
C139­BRI4481A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 259

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 260

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 14 Connectors 140­149
C140 RIGHT REAR WASHER MOTOR
CONNECTOR C140
RIGHT REAR WASHER MOTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1121A (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 32 (A.30.A)
2 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4481B 1
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
C140­BRI4482A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 261

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C143 REAR IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C143
REAR IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A 150Y (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
B 57CR (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
D 3070D (L) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4452B 3
OUTSIDE REAR CAB
C143­BRJ4660B 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 262

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C144 AIR BRAKE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C144
AIR BRAKE CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2095D (G) / INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2095C (G)
2 8000X (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
3 8010 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
4 8020B (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
5 57EH (B) EARTH (ALL)
6 8070 (L) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
8 8060F (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4439B 5
TRANSMISSION ­ RIGHT HAND
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 263

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C146 LIFT­O­MATIC
CONNECTOR C146
LIFT­O­MATIC
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050N (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 5190 (R) HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT­O­MATIC
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4487B 6
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C146­BRI4487A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 264

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 265

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 17 Connectors 170­179
C173 LOW CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH S2
CONNECTOR C173
LOW CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH S2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7160 (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4465B 1
TOP TRANSMISSION
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 266

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C174 PAS PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3500 (Y) /
57NZ (B)
CONNECTOR C174
PAS PRESSURE SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
/ EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4490B­03 2
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C174­BRJ4814A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 267

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C175 HYDRAULIC BLOCKED FILTER SWITCH
CONNECTOR C175
HYDRAULIC BLOCKED FILTER SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7130A (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 57EV (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4488B­01 4
TRANSMISSION ­ RIGHT HAND
C175­BRJ4639A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 268

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C176 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER
CONNECTOR C176
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7130 (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 7130A (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 6
TRANSMISSION ­ RIGHT HAND
C176­BRJ4640A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 269

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 270

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 18 Connectors 180­189
C182 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C182
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3025 (Y) /
57EN (B)
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
(MANUAL) / EARTH (ALL)
2 2050B (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
3 3027 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
7 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 1
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
C182­BRI4584A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 271

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
WIRE
NUMBER
1 7175 (Y) /
7126 (LTG)
/ 57FH (B)
POSITION
CONNECTOR C183
DIFF LOCK SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON) / DIFF
LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH / EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
2 7000A (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
6 7170 (W) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7 7125 (G) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (AUTO) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
8 7000M (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
9 7120 (Y) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
10 7000L (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
C183­BRI4585A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 272

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C184 RADAR
CONNECTOR C184 RADAR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 2320 TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786
(P/K/Y) SKT.PIN#1
2 2300 THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO
(P/B/Y) 11786 SKT.PIN#2
3 2330 PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
(P/LG/Y)
4 2310 IN/OUT OF WORK­HPL MODE ISO11786
(P/G/Y) SKT.PIN#4
5 1050 (G/W) ACCESSORY FEED
6 61 (B) CASE GROUND
7 5190B HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT­O­MATIC
(R/W/B)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 273

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 274

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 19 Connectors 190­199
C190 MAIN LAMPS SWITCH
CONNECTOR C190
MAIN LAMPS SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 150AA (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 1024A (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
3 1027D (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
4 1030C (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
5 3000 (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
6 376 (L) HORN FEED
7 3001 (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
8 3002 (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4439B 1
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
C190­BRI4483A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 275

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C192 CREEPER GEAR SWITCH
CONNECTOR C192
CREEPER GEAR SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 2050A (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
3 7040 (N) TRANS CREEPER SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
7 57H (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ SWITCH PANEL
C192­BRI4586A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 276

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
CONNECTOR C193
CIGAR LIGHTER
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1012G (R) ILLUMINATION / ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
/ 3070B (L)
2 57CV (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4417B 5
LEFT HAND C PILLAR REAR
C193­BRJ4650A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 277

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 278

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 21 Connectors 210­219
C216 TEMPERATURE SWITCH
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C216
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 279

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C217
EDC UP SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5085 (K) EDC VALVE UP Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 5087 (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4491B­01 1
REAR OF TRACTOR ­ EDC VALVE
C217­BRI4699A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 280

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C218 EDC DOWN SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C218
EDC DOWN SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5090 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
2 5097 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4491B­01 3
REAR OF TRACTOR ­ EDC VALVE
C218­BRI4698A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 281

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 282

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 22 Connectors 220­229
C222 CREEPER SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 7005
(U/L/B)
2 7580
(U/K/B)
CONNECTOR C222
CREEPER SOLENOID
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
C222­BRJ4815A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 283

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 284

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 23 Connectors230­239
C235 30AMP POWER SOCKET AND STUDS
CONNECTOR C235
30AMP POWER SOCKET AND STUDS
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3070 (P/W) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
/ 3070A (L)
2 9032 (Y/G) EARTH (ALL)
/ 57CX (B)
3 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 3070C (P) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
A 3070C (L) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
B 57CY (B) EARTH (ALL)
C 9032A (Y) 50KPH SOLENOID+ / EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4455B 1
CAB ­ RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C235­BRJ4676A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 285

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C239 TCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN2)
CONNECTOR C239
TCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (CN2)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7915 (L) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
2 7225 (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL ­ RET
3 7935 (L) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
4 5087 (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5 5097 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
6 7925 (L) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7 7982 (W) TRANS MED. RANGE RET
8 7900 (TQ) CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
11 5220 (Y) EDC RAISE LAMP
13 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID­ Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
14 2062 (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
16 3168 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID
FEED (HSD)
19 5180 (TQ) EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
20 2140 (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR
21 57W (B) EARTH (ALL)
22 5596 (S) EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
23 6355 R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
24 5110 (K) EDC LAMP SIGNAL
25 5230 (Y) EDC LOWER LAMP
26 57X (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­01 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 286

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C239­BRI4421A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 287

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 288

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 24 Connectors 240­249
C240 EDC MOUSE CONNECTOR
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C240
EDC MOUSE CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C240­BRJ4671A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 289

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C242 MAIN PROCESSOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C242
MAIN PROCESSOR CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6408A (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
2 57FC (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 57FE (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 6408F (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
6 57FD (B) EARTH (ALL)
24 6320 (N) FAN 5V REF.
25 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2
CONNECTOR ISO K
28 71C (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
53 6305 (O)
61 5420D (G) CAN L
62 5400D (Y) CAN H
68 6570 (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
72 6407 (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
75 6300 (N) FAN SPEED
79 2040 (LTG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
90 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID
91 6586 (L) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4472B 2
TOP OF ENGINE
C242­BRI4530A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 290

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C243 HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C243
HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7770A (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7000BE (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4405B 4
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C243­BRI4622A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 291

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C244 MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C244
MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7770B (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7000BF (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4405B 6
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C244­BRI4621A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 292

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C245 LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C245
LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7770C (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7000BD
(U)
TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4405B 8
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C245­BRI4623A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 293

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C246 REVERSE RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C246
REVERSE RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8050 (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7000BC
(U)
TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4405B 10
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C246­BRI4624A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 294

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C247 SUSPENSION LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR C247
SUSPENSION LOCK SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 7000F (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 3210 (U) SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
7 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR
SOLENOID RET)
8 7000G (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 12
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ SWITCH PANEL
C247­BRI4589A 13
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 295

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C248 FRONT SUSPENSION CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C248
FRONT SUSPENSION CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR/
/3240
(O/B/S/)
2 3250 (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
/3250
(O/G/S/)
3 3260 (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
/ 3260
(O/N/S)
4 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
/ 3270
(O/P/S)
5 3280 (O)
/ 3280
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER
(O/U/S)
6 3281 (TN)
/3290
(O/Y/S)
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER RETURN (­) /SUSPENSION
LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
7 3285 (TN) /
3300 (O)
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER / SENSE LINE CONTROL
SOLENOID
8 3286 (TN) /
/ 3310 (O)
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER RETURN (­) / RAISE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
12 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE
SWITCH SIGNAL
13 57FX (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B­03 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 296

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C248­BRI4614A 15
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 297

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C249 SUSPENSION LOWER SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3260
(O/N/S) /
3240 (O)
2 3270
(O/P/S) /
3250 (O)
CONNECTOR C249
SUSPENSION LOWER SOLENOID
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
LOWER SOLENOID PWR / RAISE
SOLENOID PWR
LOWER SOLENOID RET / RAISE
SOLENOID RET
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 298

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 299

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 25 Connectors 250­259
C250 SUSPENSION LOWER LOCKOUT SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3300 (O) /
3285 (TN)
2 3310 (O) /
3286 (TN)
CONNECTOR C250
SUSPENSION LOWER LOCKOUT SOLENOID
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID /
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER
RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID /
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER RETURN (­)
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­1 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 300

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C251 SUSPENSION RAISE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3240
(O/B/S) /
3260 (O)
2 3250
(O/G/S) /
3270 (O)
CONNECTOR C251
SUSPENSION RAISE SOLENOID
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
RAISE SOLENOID PWR / LOWER
SOLENOID PWR
RAISE SOLENOID RET / LOWER
SOLENOID RET
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­1 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 301

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C252 SUSPENSION RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3280
(O/U/S) /
3280 (O)
2 3290
(O/Y/S) /
3281 (TN)
CONNECTOR C252
SUSPENSION RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER / SUSPENSION LOCKOUT
SOLENOID UPPER
SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR
SOLENOID RET) / SUSPENSION
LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN
(­)
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­1 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 302

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C253 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR
CONNECTOR C253
AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5520C EHR 5V Ref.
(LTG)
2 3230 (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 60AF (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B­01 4
FRONT OF ENGINE ­ RIGHT HAND
C253­BRI4527A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 303

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C254 FRONT HITCH / FRONT PTO CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C254
FRONT HITCH / FRONT PTO CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2044 (O) PTO SOLENOID­FRONT RETURN(­)
2 2043 (O) PTO SOLENOID­FRONT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 2260 (O) PTO FRONT ­ SPEED SIGNAL
4 60AE SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
5 2570 (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
7 2510 (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
8 57JT (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 2250 (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
10 2556 (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
11 2590 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
12 2591 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B­02 6
TOP OF ENGINE
C254­BRI4532A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 304

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C255 ENGINE SPEED / P.U. TORQUE SENSOR
CONNECTOR C255
ENGINE SPEED / P.U. TORQUE SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050AB PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
(G)
2 7760 (W) TORQUE SENSOR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
3 60AV (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B­02 8
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C255­BRJ4816A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 305

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C257 PTO SWITCH LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C257
PTO SWITCH LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050 (G/R) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 2059 (W/U) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 2056
(W/R/Y/)
PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 10
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C257­BRI4441A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 306

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C258 PTO SWITCH RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C258
PTO SWITCH RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2050 (G/R) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 2059 (W/U) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 2056
(W/R/Y/)
PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4425B 12
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C258­BRI4440A 13
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 307

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 308

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 26 Connectors 260­269
C260 INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT
CONNECTOR C260
INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A1 3009A (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
A2 249 (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
A3 349 (TN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
A4 250 (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
A5 350 (TN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
A6 1020G HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
A7 1034 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM
C3)
A8 3000B (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B1 3009B (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+ Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
B2 3002 (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B3 3001 (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B4 1020A (G) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
B5 1033 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM
C2)
B6 50 (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B7 49 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B8 57BG (B) EARTH (ALL)
C1 49A (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C2 50A (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C3 1039 (LTG)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4486B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 309

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
CAB ­ RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C260­BRJ4665A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 310

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C262 AUTO TRANS SWITCH & CAL SEL
CONNECTOR C262
AUTO TRANS SWITCH & CAL SEL
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 57L (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 9027 (W) CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
4 7476 (R) TRANS AUTO ON
5 7000K (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ ­SWITCH PANEL
C262­BRI4581A­1 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 311

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C265 BUZZER UNIT
CONNECTOR C265
BUZZER UNIT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1055 (U) 50KPH SOLENOID+ Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 1056 (O) 50KPH SOLENOID­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4405B 5
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 312

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C268 FPS 19TH GEAR SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C268
FPS 19TH GEAR SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
C1 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+ Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
C2 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 6
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C268­BRI4616A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 313

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C269 CAB TO ENGINE MAIN CONNECTOR E2
CONNECTOR C269
CAB TO ENGINE MAIN CONNECTOR E2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3272 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 3273 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3 3235 (O) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
4 2590 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
5 2591 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
12 2027 (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
13 3120 (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
14 2044 (O) PTO SOLENOID­FRONT RETURN(­)
19 2570 (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
20 60AC SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
21 2510 (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
22 2530B (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
23 2031 (Y) RADAR PRESENT
24 2028B (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
25 3230 (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
26 5520A EHR 5V Ref.
(LTG)
31 2043 (O) PTO SOLENOID­REAR
32 2260 (O) PTO FRONT ­ SPEED SIGNAL
33 57JY (R) EARTH (ALL)
34 1010C (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
35 3274 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
36 3275 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
37 57JZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
38 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
39 2006B (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
40 2006A (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
42 5200AA (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
44 2007 (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
46 2250L (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
48 9032B (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
47 3070D (L) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
49 172 (W) / BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
172A (W)
50 171B (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 314

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
BRI4400B­04 8
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C269­BRI4403A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 315

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 316

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 27 Connectors 270­279
C275 VISTRONIC FAN INTO HARNESS
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 6300 FAN SPEED
(N/U/S/)
2 57U (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 57V (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 6330
(N/W/S)
5 6320
(N/Y/S)
FAN 5V REF
CONNECTOR C275
VISTRONIC FAN INTO HARNESS
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4408B­03 1
TOP OF ENGINE
C275­BRI4531A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 317

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C276 VISTRONIC FAN
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 6300
(N/U/S/)
/6300 (N)
2 57U (B) /
6305 (O)
3 57V (B) /
6408G (G)
4 6330
(N/W/S)
/6310 (N)
5 6320
(N/Y/S) /
6320 (N)
CONNECTOR C276
VISTRONIC FAN
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
FAN SPEED
EARTH (ALL) /
EARTH (ALL) / FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
/ FAN SOLENOID
FAN 5V REF
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4473B 3
FRONT OF ENGINE
C276­BRJ4668A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 318

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C278
ECM DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A 57AL (B) EARTH (ALL)
B 6408 (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
C 5400L (Y) CAN H Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
D 5420L (G) CAN L
E 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2
CONNECTOR ISO K
G 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
H 5910B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
J 5900B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4484B 5
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C278­BRI4484A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 319

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C279 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR C279
EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515A (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510K (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 5500K (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FD (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 7
REAR OF TRACTOR
C279­BRI4591A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 320

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 321

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 28 Connectors 280­289
C280 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR C280
EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515B (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510H (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 5500H (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FE (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 1
REAR OF TRACTOR
C280­BRI4595A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 322

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C281 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 3
CONNECTOR C281
EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 3
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515C (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510F (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 5500F (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FF (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 3
REAR OF TRACTOR
C281­BRI4594A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 323

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C282 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 4
CONNECTOR C282
EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 4
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515D (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510D (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500D (R) EHR CAN HIGH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
4 57FG (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 5
REAR OF TRACTOR
C282­BRI4593A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 324

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C283 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 5
CONNECTOR C283
EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 5
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515E (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510B (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 5500B (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FK (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4434B 7
REAR OF TRACTOR
C283­BRI4592A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 325

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C284 LINK LEVEL (EXTERNAL CONNECTION)
WIRE
NUMBER
1 57EY (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 4055 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND
SOLENOID
3 4056 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT
SOLENOID
4 4057 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE
SOLENOID
POSITION
5 4058 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER
SOLENOID
6 4054 (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C284
LINK LEVEL (EXTERNAL CONNECTION)
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
BRI4408B­04 9
TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
C284­BRI4608A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 326

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C286 CREEPER
CONNECTOR C286
CREEPER
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 7005 (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
/ 7005
(U/L/B)
2 7580 (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
/ 7580
(U/K/B)
3 5020J (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
/ 5020A POSN/RATE
(TN)
4 7581 (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
/ 7581
(O/L/B)
5 60BB EARTH (ALL)
(B/W) /
7570G (B)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4478B­1 11
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C286­BRI4590A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 327

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C288 PTO TWIST SENSOR
CONNECTOR C288
PTO TWIST SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 2050AN PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
(G)
2 2062 (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
3 60N (B/W) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4443B­03 13
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C288­BRI4612A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 328

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C289 19TH GEAR DUMP SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C289
19TH GEAR DUMP SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 9035 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 15
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C289­BRI4613A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 329

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 330

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 29 Connectors 290­299
C293 RIGHT HAND FENDER 1
CONNECTOR C293
RIGHT HAND FENDER 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1013C (R) / RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1013 (R)
2 810C (R) / STOPLAMPS
810C (G/L)
3 3004B (G) / RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
3004 (G/W) LAMP
4 57AV (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 998B (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
/ 998B
(G/TN/B)
6 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4436B 1
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C293­BRI4435A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 331

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C294 RIGHT HAND FENDER 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5100B (K) /
5100 (K/W)
2 5200B (N)
/ 5200
(N/R/B)
3 5095A (K) /
5095 (K/G)
4 2057 (W) /
2050 (G/R)
5 2050E (G) /
2059 (W/U)
6 2056A (W)
/ 2056
(W/R/Y/)
CONNECTOR C294
RIGHT HAND FENDER 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
EDC VALVE SUPPLY
EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
PTO FENDER SWITCH LH ­ RH LINK /
PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY / FENDER
PTO SWITCH INPUT
PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4436B 3
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C294­BRI4434A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 332

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C295 LEFT HAND FENDER 1
CONNECTOR C295
LEFT HAND FENDER 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1014C (R) / LEFT HAND LAMPS / RIGHT HAND
1013 (R) LAMPS
2 810B (G) / STOPLAMPS
810 (G/L)
3 3005B (G) / LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING
3004 (G/W) LAMP / RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
WARNING LAMP
4 57AW (B) / EARTH (ALL)
57AV (B)
5 998A (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
/ 998
(G/TN/B))
6 57AN (B) / EARTH (ALL)
57AP (B)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4436B 5
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C295­BRI4436A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 333

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C296 LEFT HAND FENDER 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5100A (K) /
5100 (K/W)
2 5200C (N)
/ 5200
(N/R/B)
3 5095B (K) /
5095 (K/G)
4 2059 (W) /
2050 (G/R)
5 2059 (W/U)
/ 2057 (W)
6 2056B (W)
/ 2056
(W/R/Y)
CONNECTOR C296
LEFT HAND FENDER 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
EDC VALVE SUPPLY
EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT / PTO
SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT / FENDER
PTO FENDER SWITCH LH ­ RH LINK
PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4436B 7
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C296­BRI4437A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 334

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C297 RIGHT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
CONNECTOR C297
RIGHT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 49A (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 57CX (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4415B 9
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
C297­BRJ4678A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 335

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C298 LEFT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
CONNECTOR C298
LEFT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 50A (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 57CY (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4415B 11
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
C298­BRJ4679A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 336

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 337

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 30 Connectors 300­309
C301 ENGINE INC/DEC SWITCH
CONNECTOR C301
ENGINE INC/DEC SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6540 (N) CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
2 7000D (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 6530 (N) CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 1
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
C301­BRI4587A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 338

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C302 HTS SWITCH
CONNECTOR C302
HTS SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5610 (R) HTS PROGRAM Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
2 7000H (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
C302­BRI4583A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 339

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C309 CERPM CRUISE AUTO SWITCH
CONNECTOR C309
CERPM CRUISE AUTO SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5640 (R) HTS AUTO SWITCH
2 7000AJ (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 5630 (R) HTS MANUAL SWITCH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
C309­BRI4582A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 340

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 341

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 31 Connectors 310­319
C313 HYDRALIC STOP (EHR STOP SWITCH)
CONNECTOR C313
HYDRALIC STOP (EHR STOP SWITCH)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5597 (S) EHR MASTER ENABLE
2 7000M (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
5 5200J (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
6 5595 (S) EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
9 5835 (S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH
FLOW PUMP LINK
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 1
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C313­BRI4577A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 342

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C314 HAND THROTTLE
CONNECTOR C314
HAND THROTTLE
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5200F (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
2 6440A (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
4 6460A (S) HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
5 5020D (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
6 60J (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4427B 3
CAB ­ RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C314­BRJ4675A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 343

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C315 ECU­A
POSITION
1
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C315
ECU­A
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4470B 5
TOP OF ENGINE
C315­BRI4529A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 344

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 345

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 32 Connectors 320­329
C321 D.I.A. HEADLAMP
CONNECTOR C321
D.I.A. HEADLAMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57H (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
TOP OF ENGINE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 346

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C324 XCM CN1A (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C324
XCM CN1A (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2540S (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2 2540T (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
3 2540W (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
6 3280 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER
7 3285 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER
8 2250K (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
10 3260 (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
11 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 37 (A.30.A)
12 2570 (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
13 2043 (O) PTO SOLENOID­FRONT
14 5000B (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
15 5400S (Y) CAN H
16 5420S (G) CAN L
19 61G (B) CASE GROUND
20 5200M (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
21 5500G (R) EHR CAN HIGH
22 5510G (U) EHR CAN LOW
23 60AA SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
25 57BR (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57BS (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­05 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 347

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C324­BRI4462A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 348

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C325 XCM CN1B (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C325
XCM CN1B (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 2510 (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 2520 (N) FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
5 3235 (O) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
6 3230 (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
11 2248 (K) PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH (VCCS)
12 2245 (K) PTO FRONT ­ SWITCH TO MODULE
(MOM)
16 2530 (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
17 5520 (LTG) EHR 5V Ref.
18 2550 (N) FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
19 2591 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
21 1001Z (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
22 2556 (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
23 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE
SWITCH SIGNAL
26 2590 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
29 3210 (U) SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
30 5561 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4420B 4
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C325­BRI4461A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 349

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C326 XCM CN2 (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C326
XCM CN2 (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
3 3250 (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
6 3281 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
UPPER RETURN (­)
7 2044 (O) PTO SOLENOID­FRONT RETURN(­)
13 3286 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID
LOWER RETURN (­)
18 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR
SOLENOID RET)
19 2270 (O) PTO FRONT ­ WARNING LAMP
21 57BN (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57BP (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­07 6
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C326­BRI4463A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 350

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C327 XCM CN3A (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C327
XCM CN3A (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5551 (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
3 5552 (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5 5553 (W) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
7 5554 (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
8 2067 (R)
14 5572 (L)
15 5564 (L) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
16 5521 (LTG) EHR Motor #1
17 5522 (LTG) EHR Motor #2
18 5523 (LTG) EHR Motor #3
19 5524 (LTG) EHR Motor #4
20 5570 (L)
22 4051 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH ­ LOWER
24 4052 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
25 4053 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­08 8
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C327­BRI4465A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 351

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C328 XCM CN3B (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C328
XCM CN3B (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
5 4054 (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
6 4056 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT
SOLENOID
7 4058 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER
SOLENOID
11 4060 (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
14 4055 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND
SOLENOID
15 4057 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE
SOLENOID
22 2260 (O) PTO FRONT ­ SPEED SIGNAL
25 2250C (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
26 5591 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#1
27 5594 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#2
28 5592 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#2
29 5593 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#3
30 5562 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #2
31 4061 (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
32 5563 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #3
33 4050 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH ­ RAISE
33 2250B (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4420B 10
C328­BRI4466A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 352

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 353

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C329 XCM CN4 (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR C329
XCM CN4 (CENTRAL CONTROLLER)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4101 (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE
2 5580 (U)
3 5585 (Y)
5 5640 (R) HTS AUTO SWITCH
6 3169 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID
RETURN (CURSEN)
8 7970 (L) TRANS MED/REV
9 2069 (O) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
10 3014C (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
11 7770 (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
12 6620 (N) ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
14 7960 (W) TRANS SLOW/FAST
16 7730 (TN)
17 8050 (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE
20 7430 (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
21 5830 (R) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
23 7476 (R) TRANS AUTO ON
24 5835 (S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH
FLOW PUMP LINK
25 5840 (W)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­10 12
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C329­BRI4464A 13
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 354

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 355

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 33 Connectors 330­339
C334 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 1
CONNECTOR C334
LINK LEVELLING VALVE 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4054 (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57MJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
REAR AXLE
C334­BRJ4818A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 356

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C335 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 2
CONNECTOR C335
LINK LEVELLING VALVE 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4055 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND
SOLENOID
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57MK (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
REAR AXLE
C335­BRJ4819A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 357

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C336 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 3
CONNECTOR C336
LINK LEVELLING VALVE 3
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4056 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT
SOLENOID
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57ML (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 5
REAR AXLE
C336­BRJ4820A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 358

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C337 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 4
CONNECTOR C337
LINK LEVELLING VALVE 4
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4057 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE
SOLENOID
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57MM (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 7
REAR AXLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 359

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C338 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 5
CONNECTOR C338
LINK LEVELLING VALVE 5
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4058 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER
SOLENOID
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57MN (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 8
REAR AXLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 360

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 34 Connectors 340­349
C344 TERMINATING RESISTOR 1A FPS SWB
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C344
TERMINATING RESISTOR 1A FPS SWB
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 361

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C346 GROUND SPEED PTO LINK CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 45 (W)
2 45 (W)
CONNECTOR C346
GROUND SPEED PTO LINK CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 362

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C347 CREEPER POTENTIOMETER
CONNECTOR C347
CREEPER POTENTIOMETER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5020A (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
2 7581
(O/L/B)
CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 7570G (B) SIGNAL GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
C347­BRJ4817A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 363

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 364

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 35 Connectors 350­359
C350 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 1 POWER B+
CONNECTOR C350
MAIN POWER (FUSE) 1 POWER B+
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4431B 1
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C350­BRI4431A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 365

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C351 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 2 POWER E
CONNECTOR C351
MAIN POWER (FUSE) 2 POWER E
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
2 1C(R) BATTERY SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4432B 3
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C351­BRI4432A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 366

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C352 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 3 POWER B­
CONNECTOR C352
MAIN POWER (FUSE) 3 POWER B­
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4431B 5
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C352­BRI4433A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 367

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C353 DE­GAS BOTTLE
CONNECTOR C353
DE­GAS BOTTLE
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 650 (TQ) COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
2 57JA (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 7
TOP OF ENGINE
C353­BRI4489A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 368

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C354 FUEL HEATER
CONNECTOR C354
FUEL HEATER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6570 (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408J (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4402B 9
REAR OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C354­BRJ4656A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 369

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 370

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 36 Connectors 360­369
C362 HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
CONNECTOR C362
HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 9032C (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT. Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 40 (A.30.A)
2 57CT (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 41 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4461B 1
CAB ­ LEFT HAND C PILLAR
C362­BRJ4661A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 371

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C365 8 AMP POWER SOCKET
CONNECTOR C365
8 AMP POWER SOCKET
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 9032C (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT. Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 57CT (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B 3
CAB ­ LEFT HAND C PILLAR
C365­BRJ4651A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 372

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C366 RADAR SOCKET HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C366
RADAR SOCKET HARNESS CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 2320
(P/K/Y) /
TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786
SKT.PIN#1
2320 (L)
2 2300
(P/B/Y) /
THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO
11786 SKT.PIN#2
2300 (L)
3 2330 PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
(P/LG/Y) /
2330 (L)
4 2310
(P/G/Y) /
IN/OUT OF WORK­HPL MODE ISO11786
SKT.PIN#4
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 31 (A.30.A)
2310 (L)
5 3062 (L) /
1050 (G/W)
IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH /
ACCESSORY FEED
6 1050A (G) / ACCESSORY FEED / CASE GROUND
61 (B)
7 61B (B/O)
/ 5190B
(R/W/B)
CASE GROUND / HPL INTERLOCK /
LIFT­O­MATIC
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4422B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C366­BRJ4683A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 373

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C367 GRID HEATER
CONNECTOR C367
GRID HEATER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6586 (L) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408H (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 7
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C367­BRI4477A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 374

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 830A (R) /
820A (R)
2 825B (Y) /
825A (Y)
CONNECTOR C368
DIODE CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
STOPLAMP SWITCH RH / STOPLAMP
SWITCH LH
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4402B­1 9
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C368­BRI4474A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 375

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C369 JOYSTICK
CONNECTOR C369
JOYSTICK
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5200H (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
2 5500C (R) EHR CAN HIGH
3 5510C (U) EHR CAN LOW
4 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 5580 (U)
6 5585 (Y)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4451B 11
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 376

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 377

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 37 Connectors 370­379
C370 COMMAND ARM
CONNECTOR C370
COMMAND ARM
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A1 6440B (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
A2 5125 (TQ) EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH
A3 5130 (TQ) EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH
A4 5200E (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
A5 5020C (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP
POSN/RATE
A6 5050 (TN) EDC QUADRANT
A7 5155 (U) EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
A8 7200B (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
B1 7210B (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
B2 5120 (K) EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
B3 5145 (TQ) EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
B4 5045 (TN) EDC DROP RATE
B5 5040 (TN) EDC DRAFT POSITION
B6 60D (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
B7 4101B (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE
B8 7525F (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
C1 5240 (O) EDC RAISE SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH No.2
C2 5220 (Y) EDC RAISE LAMP
C3 5230 (Y) EDC LOWER LAMP
C4 5110 (K) EDC LAMP SIGNAL
C5 5180 (TQ) EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
C6 5620 (R) HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
C7 5133 (TQ) EDC STOP
C8 5250 (O) EDC WORK SIGNAL­RAISE WORK
SWITCH No.2
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4453B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 378

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
RIGHT CAB FLOOR NEXT TO DRIVER’S SEAT
C370­BRJ4666A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 379

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C373 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEYPAD
CONNECTOR C373
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEYPAD
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1050F (G) ACCESSORY FEED
2 5420H (G) CAN L Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 5400H (Y) CAN H
4 61H (B/O) CASE GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4471B 3
STEERING CONSOLE
C373­BRI4471A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 380

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C374 HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C374
HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1021 (P) / HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1021 (L)
2 1020A HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
(G/W) /
1020A (G)
3 57BF (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 1020 (G/S)
/ 1020 (G)
HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4412B­01 5
STEERING CONSOLE
C374­BRI4412A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 381

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C375
ADIC DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
2 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 57BT (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4485B 7
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C375­BRI4485A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 382

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C376 FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONIC
CONNECTOR C376
FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONIC
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 6402 (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
3 7000L (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
4 6355B (R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
6 6404 (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
7 60BL (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
8 60BM
(B/W)
SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
STEERING CONSOLE
C376­BRI4472A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 383

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C377 DIODE
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 978 (W) /
10P (G)
2 170A
(K/N/B) /
997C (G)
CONNECTOR C377
DIODE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
LICENCE PLATE LAMP / IGNITION
SUPPLY
BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
/ WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (OUTER)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4402B 10
REAR CAB ROOF ­ RIGHT HAND
C377­BRI4568A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 384

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C378 RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH GROUP CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C378
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH GROUP CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A1 7000 (U) / TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7000A (U)
A2 5640 (R) HTS AUTO SWITCH
A3 7476 (R) TRANS AUTO ON
A4 3025 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
(MANUAL)
A5 3027 (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
A6 7120 (Y) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
A7 7125 (LTG) DIFF­LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
/ 7125 (G)
A8 7170 (W) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
B1 7175 (Y) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
B2 5630 (R) HTS MANUAL SWITCH
B3 6620 (N) ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
B4 6530 (N) CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
B5 6540 (N) CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
B6 7040 (N) TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
B7 2067 (R) / / PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2069 (U)
B8 57AD (B) / EARTH (ALL)
57 (B)
C1 2050A (G) / PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2050 (G)
C2 3210 (U) SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
C3 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR
SOLENOID RET)
C5 5610 (R) HTS PROGRAM
C7 6510 (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
C8 9027 (W) CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4468B 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 385

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C378­BRI4468A 13
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 386

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C379 SMV LAMP LEFT FRONT
CONNECTOR C379
SMV LAMP LEFT FRONT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 250A (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 57T (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 14
FRONT CAB ROOF ­ LEFT HAND
C379­BRI4452A 15
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 387

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 388

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 38 Connectors 380­389
C380 SMV LAMP LEFT REAR
CONNECTOR C380
SMV LAMP LEFT REAR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 250B (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 57Q (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­01 1
CAB ROOF REAR­ LEFT HAND
C380­BRI4572A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 389

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C381 SMV LAMP RIGHT FRONT
CONNECTOR C381
SMV LAMP RIGHT FRONT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 249A (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 57K (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­01 3
CAB ROOF FRONT ­ RIGHT HAND
C381­BRI4459A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 390

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C382 SMV LAMP RIGHT REAR
CONNECTOR C382
SMV LAMP RIGHT REAR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 249B (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B­01 5
CAB ROOF REAR ­ RIGHT HAND
C382­BRI4563A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 391

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C383 WORKLAMP LEFT REAR
CONNECTOR C383
WORKLAMP LEFT REAR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 997A (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (OUTER) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57P (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 7
CAB ROOF REAR ­ LEFT HAND
C383­BRI4565A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 392

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C384 WORKLAMP RIGHT REAR
CONNECTOR C384
WORKLAMP RIGHT REAR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 997B (G) WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (OUTER) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4441B 9
CAB ROOF REAR ­ RIGHT HAND
C384­BRI4569A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 393

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C385 SPEAKER ­ REAR LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C385
SPEAKER ­ REAR LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3091 (L) SPEAKER RR­RHS + Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 3092 (L) SPEAKER RR­RHS ­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B 11
CAB ROOF REAR ­ LEFT HAND
C385­BRI4570A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 394

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C386 SPEAKER ­ REAR RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C386
SPEAKER ­ REAR RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3097 (G) SPEAKER RR­LHS + Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 3098 (G) SPEAKER RR­LHS ­
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B 13
CAB ROOF REAR ­ RIGHT HAND
C386­BRI4564A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 395

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C387 CONSOLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C387
CONSOLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57H (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 1013B (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4459B 15
INSIDE CAB ROOF ­ RIGHT HAND
C387­BRI4459A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 396

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C388 PUDDLE LAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C388
PUDDLE LAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3057A (L) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 666C (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4488B 17
CAB ROOF FRONT­ LEFT HAND
C388­BRI4453A 18
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 397

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C389 PUDDLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C389
PUDDLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3057 (L) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 666B (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4488B 19
CAB ROOF FRONT­ RIGHT HAND
C389­BRI4455A 20
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 398

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 399

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 39 Connectors 390­399
C390 EHR ­ 1­2 LEVER ASSEMBLY.
CONNECTOR C390
EHR ­ 1­2 LEVER ASSEMBLY
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5521 (LTG) EHR Motor #1
2 5520A (G) EHR 5V Ref.
3 5520B (G) EHR 5V Ref.
4 5551 (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5 60A (B/W) SENSOR GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5522 (G) EHR Motor #2
8 5520G (G) EHR 5V Ref.
9 5520H (G) EHR 5V Ref.
10 5552 (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
11 60C (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B­01 1
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C390­BRI4495A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 400

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C391 LAMP 1.
WIRE
NUMBER
1 5591 (LTG)
/ 5200A (N)
POSITION
CONNECTOR C391
LAMP 1
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EHR WARNING LAMP#1 / EDC VALVE
SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­02 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C391­BRI4497A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 401

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C392 EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR C392
EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A1 5520 (G) EHR 5V Ref.
A2 5521 (LTG) EHR Motor #1
A3 5522 (G) / EHR Motor #2
5522 (LTG)
A4 5523 (LTG) EHR Motor #3
A5 5524 (LTG) EHR Motor #4
A6 5591 (LTG) EHR WARNING LAMP#1
/ 5591 (L)
A7 5551 (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
A8 5552 (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
B1 5553 (O) / EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5553 (W)
B2 5554 (O) / EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
5554 (U)
B3 5570 (L)
B4 5572 (L)
B5 5592 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#2
B6 5593 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#3
B7 5594 (L) EHR WARNING LAMP#4
B8 5200 (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
C1 5561 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
C2 5562 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #2
C3 5563 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #3
C4 5564 (L) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
C5 5596 (L) / EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5596 (S)
C6 60 (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4468B 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 402

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C392­BRI4494A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 403

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C394 EHR ­ SWITCH 1/2 TIME/FLOW
CONNECTOR C394
EHR ­ SWITCH 1/2 TIME/FLOW
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5561 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
5 5520C (G) EHR 5V Ref. Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5562 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #2
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 7
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C394­BRI4498A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 404

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C395 EHR ­ SWITCH 3/4 TIME/FLOW
CONNECTOR C395
EHR ­ SWITCH 3/4 TIME/FLOW
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5563 (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #3
5 5520D (G) EHR 5V Ref. Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5564 (L) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 9
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C395­BRI4520A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 405

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C396 LAMP 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5200B (N) /
5592 (L)
CONNECTOR C396
LAMP 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC VALVE SUPPLY / EHR WARNING
LAMP#2
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­02 11
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C396­BRI4496A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 406

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C397 LAMP 3
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5200C (N) /
5593 (L)
CONNECTOR C397
LAMP 3
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC VALVE SUPPLY / EHR WARNING
LAMP#3
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­02 13
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C397­BRI4521A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 407

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C398 LAMP 4
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5200D (N) /
5594 (L)
CONNECTOR C398
LAMP 4
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC VALVE SUPPLY / EHR WARNING
LAMP#4
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­02 15
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C398­BRI4522A 16
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 408

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C399 MASTER LAMP
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5200E (N) /
5596 (L)
CONNECTOR C399
MASTER LAMP
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EDC VALVE SUPPLY / EHR MASTER
STOP LAMP
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4445B­02 17
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ EHR PANEL
C399­BRI4492A 18
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 409

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 410

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 40 Connectors 400­409
C400 EHR ­ 3­4 LEVER ASSEMBLY.
CONNECTOR C400
3­4 LEVER ASSEMBLY.
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5523 (LTG) EHR Motor #3
2 5520E (G) EHR 5V Ref.
3 5520F (G) EHR 5V Ref.
4 5553 (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5 60B (B/W) SENSOR GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5524 (LTG) EHR Motor #4
8 5520J (G) EHR 5V Ref.
9 5520K (G) EHR 5V Ref.
10 5554 (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
11 60D (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B­01 1
C400­BRI4490A 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ REMOTE LEVERS PANEL
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 411

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C401 CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED PROG SWITCH (SET ERPM)
CONNECTOR C401
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED PROG SWITCH (SET ERPM).
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 6620 (N) ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
2 7000E (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
5 7000AE (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
6 6510 (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 1 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
7 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE ­ SWITCH PANEL
C401­BRI4588A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 412

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C406 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C406
TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8000X (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 57EK (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 413

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C407 AIR BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C407
AIR BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8010 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
2 8020B (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
3 2095D (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
C407­BRJ4821A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 414

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C408 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 8000B (N) /
8000C (N)
CONNECTOR C408
TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID 1
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 415

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C409 ITALIAN TRAILER PUMP PRESSURE SWITCH
WIRE
NUMBER
1 8010A (TN)
/ 8060E (U)
POSITION
CONNECTOR C409
ITALIAN TRAILER PUMP PRESSURE SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE / TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 416

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 417

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 41 Connectors 410­419
C410 ITALIAN TRAILER LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 8020A (TN)
/ 57FA (B)
CONNECTOR C410
ITALIAN TRAILER LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE / EARTH
(ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 418

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C413 LOADER VALVE 1
CONNECTOR C413
LOADER VALVE 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3272 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 3273 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 1
BEHIND STEPS ­ RIGHT HAND
C413­BRI4579A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 419

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C414 LOADER VALVE 2
CONNECTOR C414
LOADER VALVE 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3274 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
2 3275 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
BEHIND STEPS ­ RIGHT HAND
C414­BRI4580A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 420

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C415 8 AMP STUD / 439 STUD 8A
CONNECTOR C415
8 AMP STUD / 439 STUD 8A
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 57D (B) / EARTH (ALL) / ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3070 (P/W)
2 57 (B) / EARTH (ALL) / ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3070 (P/W)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 421

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C416 20 AMP MULTI B+
CONNECTOR C416
20 AMP MULTI B+
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3070C (P) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 9032 (Y/G) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 422

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C417 8 AMP RING TERMINALS (2 OFF)
CONNECTOR C417
8 AMP RING TERMINALS (2 OFF)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 3070 (P/W) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 423

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 424

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 42 Connectors 420­429
C422 PTO MANAGEMENT
CONNECTOR C422
PTO MANAGEMENT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 2050C (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 425

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR C424
LOADER POWER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3271A (O) LOADER RELAY FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 57FP (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4487B 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 426

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C425 AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 1030A (U) /
1027A (U)
CONNECTOR C425
AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
HEADLAMP DIP BEAM / HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B 3
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C425­BRI4480A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 427

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C427 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C427
BOOST PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
1
2 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
3
4
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4446B 5
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 428

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C428 OIL PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C428
OIL PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
1
2 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
3
4
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4446B 6
ENGINE ­ RIGHT HAND
C428­BRI4536A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 429

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C429 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C429
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
1
2 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
3
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4447B 8
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C429­BRI4540A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 430

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 431

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 43 Connectors 430­439
C430 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR C430
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4448B 1
ENGINE ­ FRONT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 432

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C431 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR C431
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4448B 2
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C431­BRI4538A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 433

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C432 CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C432
CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
1
2 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
3
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4447B 4
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C432­BRI4615A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 434

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C433 CAM SPEED SENSOR (EDC 7)
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C433
CAM SPEED SENSOR (EDC 7)
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4447B 6
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C433­BRI4535B 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 435

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C434 CYLINDER INJECTOR 1 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C434
CYLINDER INJECTOR 1 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
3 1100 (N/W) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 1100 (S/Y)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 8
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C434­BRI4542A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 436

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C435 CYLINDER INJECTOR 2 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C435
CYLINDER INJECTOR 2 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1100 (N/B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 1100 (S/R)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 10
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C435­BRI4541A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 437

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C436 CYLINDER INJECTOR 3 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C436
CYLINDER INJECTOR 3 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
3 910 (S/B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 910 (N/G)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 12
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C436­BRI4543A 13
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 438

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C437 CYLINDER INJECTOR 4 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C437
CYLINDER INJECTOR 4 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 910 (G/W) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 910 (O/B)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 14
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C437­BRI4544A 15
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 439

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C438 CYLINDER INJECTOR 5 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C438
CYLINDER INJECTOR 5 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
3 880 (O/U) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 880 (G/Y)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 16
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C438­BRI4545A 17
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 440

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C439 CYLINDER INJECTOR 6 (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C439
CYLINDER INJECTOR 6 (EDC 7)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 880 (G/B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 880 (O/W)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4440B 18
TOP OF ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C439­BRI4546A 19
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 441

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 442

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 44 Connectors 440­449
C440 FUEL METERING UNIT (EDC 7)
CONNECTOR C440
FUEL METERING UNIT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4448B 1
ENGINE ­ LEFT HAND
C440­BRI4539A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 443

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C441 LOADER VALVE 1
CONNECTOR C441
LOADER VALVE 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3272 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 3273 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 444

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C442 LOADER VALVE 2
CONNECTOR C442
LOADER VALVE 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3274 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 3275 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 445

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C443 EHR SELECT CAN
CONNECTOR C443
EHR SELECT CAN
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5500E (R) EHR CAN HIGH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 34 (A.30.A)
2 5510E (U) EHR CAN LOW
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4487B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C443­BRJ4680A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 446

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C444 TRANS CAN
CONNECTOR C444
TRANS CAN
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5400E (Y) CAN H Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 34 (A.30.A)
2 5420E (G) CAN L
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4487B 7
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C444­BRJ4681A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 447

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C445 SELECT CAN DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR C445
SELECT CAN DIAGNOSTIC
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5400L (Y) CAN H Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
2 5420L (G) CAN L
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4418B 9
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C445­BRJ4682A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 448

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 449

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 46 Connectors 460­469
C460 BATTERY POS A
CONNECTOR C460
BATTERY POS A
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 150AM (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4437B 1
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C460­BRJ4690A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 450

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C461 BATTERY POS B
CONNECTOR C461
BATTERY POS B
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4437B 3
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND
C461­BRI4688A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 451

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 452

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 50 Connectors 500­509
C500 BATTERY ISOLATOR 1
CONNECTOR C500
BATTERY ISOLATOR 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1H (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
2 10P (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
3 171 (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
4 10W (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
5 172 (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4408B­02 1
RIGHT HAND SIDE C PILLAR
C500­BRI4560A­1 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 453

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C501 BATTERY ISOLATOR 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 1H (R) /
172A (W)
2 10P (G) /
57HA (B)
3 171A
(W/TQ/B)
/ 57HA (B)
4 170B
(K/N/B) /
171B (W)
CONNECTOR C501
BATTERY ISOLATOR 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
BATTERY SUPPLY / BATTERY ISOLATOR
RELAY COIL (OFF)
IGNITION SUPPLY / EARTH (ALL)
BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL /
EARTH (ALL)
BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
/ BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4433B 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 454

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C503 ROCKER SWITCH (RELAY SWITCH)
CONNECTOR C503
ROCKER SWITCH (RELAY SWITCH)
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1H (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
3 170 (K/N/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
4 171A
(W/TQ/B)
BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A­1 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 455

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C504 BATTERY ISOLATOR DIODE
CONNECTOR C504
BATTERY ISOLATOR DIODE
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1001AD
(W)
STARTER SOLENOID FEED
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 171A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4402B 5
C504­BRI4693A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 456

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 457

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 51 Connectors 510­519
C510 HIGH FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR C510
HIGH FLOW PUMP
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5830 (U) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4437B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 458

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C511 FAST STEER ­ LUDT COILS
POSITION
CONNECTOR C511
FAST STEER ­ LUDT COILS
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
WIRE
NUMBER
1 3179 (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
NEGATIVE
2 3175 (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY
POSITIVE
3 3177 (U) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
COMMON
4 3176 (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY
NEGATIVE
5 3178 (G/Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
POSITIVE
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
REAR OF ENGINE
C511­BRJ4685A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 459

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C512 SOLENOID VALVE
CONNECTOR C512
SOLENOID VALVE
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3173 (R/G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE
DRIVER
2 3174 (G/B) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE
DRIVER
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4491B 3
REAR OF ENGINE
C512­BRJ4684A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 460

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C513 PROXIMITY SENSOR
CONNECTOR C513
PROXIMITY SENSOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
2 3172 (L) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR
POSITION
3 10C (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 461

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C514 CONTROL SWITCH
CONNECTOR C514
CONTROL SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 10B (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
3 3170 (O) FSS – ENABLE
4 3180 (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
5 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
7 3171 (O/R) FSS – LAMP
8 10E (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438B 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 462

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C515 CONTROL UNIT
CONNECTOR C515
CONTROL UNIT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A1 3170 (O) FSS – ENABLE
A2 3173 (R/G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE
DRIVER
A4 5400 (Y) CAN H
A5 5420 (G) CAN L
A6 3174 (G/B) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE
DRIVER
A7 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
A8 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
B1 3171 (O/R) FSS – LAMP
B4 3172 (L) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR
POSITION
B5 3178 (G/Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
POSITIVE
B6 3179 (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
NEGATIVE
B8 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
C1 3175 (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY
POSITIVE
C2 3176 (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY
NEGATIVE
C3 3177 (U) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY
COMMON
C4 3180 (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
C8 10D (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4486B 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 463

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
FRONT CAB FLOOR RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C515­BRI4486A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 464

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 465

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 53 Connectors 530­539
C532 ROOF TO CAB HARNESS ­ ROOF
CONNECTOR C532
ROOF TO CAB HARNESS ­ ROOF
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
A1 998 (G) / WORK LAMP­REAR FEED (INNER)
998D (G)
A2 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
A3 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR­HIGH
A4 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR­LOW
A5 1019 (G) / WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1019A (G)
A6 1038B (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED­REAR
/ 1038 (TN)
A7 1120 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
A8 4011 (L) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B1 1013 (R) / RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1013B (R)
B2 249 (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
B3 666 (L) / DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
666A (L)
B4 1090 (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B5 1092 (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B6 1925C (R) /
1925 (R)
B7 1071B (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B8 1071A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C1 1014 (R) / LEFT HAND LAMPS
1014D (R)
C2 250 (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
C3 138 (L) / RADIO KAM
138A (L)
C4 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
C5 1927 (R) /
1927A (R)
C6 3052 (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
C7 1013AH
(R)
RIGHT HAND LAMPS
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4442B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 466

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C532­BRI4476A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 467

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C539 FAST STEER ­ HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C539
FAST STEER ­ HARNESS CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5000D (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
2 5200AB (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 57CZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 5400V (Y) CAN H
5 5420V (G) CAN L
6 1001AC STARTER SOLENOID FEED
(W)
12 3169 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID
RETURN (CURSEN)
13 3168 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID
FEED (HSD)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4411B 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C539­BRI4691A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 468

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 469

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 54 Connectors 540­549
C544 VT CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR C544
VT CONNECTOR 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5910 (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
2 5900 (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
3 5915 (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5920 (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500A (R) EHR CAN HIGH
7 5510A (U) EHR CAN LOW
8 5000D (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
11 7000R (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
11 57W (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4419B 1
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 470

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C545 VT CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR C545
VT CONNECTOR 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5900A (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910A (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915A (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5920A (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500B (R) EHR CAN HIGH
7 5510B (U) EHR CAN LOW
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4421B 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 471

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
CONNECTOR C546
SIDE LINK SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4053 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
2 2050B (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
6 4052 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 3
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C546­BRI4576A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 472

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C547 TOPLINK SWITCH
CONNECTOR C547
TOP LINK SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4050 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH ­ RAISE
2 2050C (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
6 4051 (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH ­ LOWER
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 5
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C547­BRI4575A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 473

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C548 EHR SELECT SWITCH
CONNECTOR C548
EHR SELECT SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 4060 (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
2 5200N (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 4061 (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 7
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C548­BRI4578A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 474

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C549 FRONT HITCH DETECT
CONNECTOR C549
FRONT HITCH DETECT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5200L (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 5840 (W)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 9
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C549­BRI4694A 10
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 475

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 476

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 55 Connectors 550­559
C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
CONNECTOR C550
DIVERTER SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5200K (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 9000 (TN) DIVERTER VALVE
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4402B­01 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 477

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C551 HEATED MIRROR SWITCH
CONNECTOR C551
HEATED MIRROR SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1925A (R)
3 1928 (R) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
7 57MS (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 1927B (R)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 2
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C551­BRI4574A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 478

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C552 NON TECU POWER 2
CONNECTOR C552
NON TECU POWER 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
2 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 36 (A.30.A)
3 7000AR
(U)
TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4423B 4
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 479

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C553 ISO BUS CAN EXTENSION
CONNECTOR C553
ISO BUS CAN EXTENSION
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5920E (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5900E (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 5915E (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5910E (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4413B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C553­BRI4470A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 480

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C554 TECU PROCESSOR
CONNECTOR C554
TECU PROCESSOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5910D (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
2 5900D (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
4 5400P (Y) CAN H
5 5420P (G) CAN L Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
10 5000C (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
11 57TA (B) EARTH (ALL)
14 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
15 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
16 7000AR TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
(U)
21 61T (B/O) CASE GROUND
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4416B­10 7
REAR OF CAB ­ BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
C554­BRI4473A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 481

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C555 NON TECU POWER 1
CONNECTOR C555
NON TECU POWER 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
2 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 36 (A.30.A)
3 7000AR
(U)
TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4450B 9
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 482

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C556 TECU CAN SPARE
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5920D (R) /
5915D (B)
CONNECTOR C556
TECU CAN SPARE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE / ISO
BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 483

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C557 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
CONNECTOR C557
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5420M (G) CAN L
2 5400M (Y) CAN H
4 2006A (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
5 2006B (U) DE­ICING SWITCH ­ AIR CONDITIONER
6 2005 (O) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4408B­01 10
REAR OF TRACTOR ­ LEFT HAND SIDE BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 484

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY OPTION
CONNECTOR C558
FRONT BREAK AWAY OPTION
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5980B (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
2 5970C (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2250P (K) PTO FRONT ­ SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4485B 11
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C558­BRI4692A 12
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 485

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C559 AIR CONDITIONING POWER
CONNECTOR C559
AIR CONDITIONING POWER
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 982B (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
2 982C (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 57NZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 57PA (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4424B 13
C559­BRI4467A 14
REAR OF TRACTOR ­ LEFT HAND SIDE BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 486

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 487

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 56 Connectors 560­569
C560 AIR CONDITIONING EARTH
CONNECTOR C560
AIR CONDITIONING EARTH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
4 57CF (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 488

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C563 RELAY 8130 ­ BLOWER MOTOR
CONNECTOR C563
RELAY 8130 ­ BLOWER MOTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
B1 2005 (O) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
B2 57CK (B) EARTH (ALL)
B3 981 (G) A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
B5 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 489

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C564 CONNECTOR 2
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 57 (B) / 57A
(B)
CONNECTOR C564
CONNECTOR 2
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 490

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C565 CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR C565
CONNECTOR 1
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
31 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
34 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
58L 3060A (L) IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
58R 3060B (L) IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 491

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C566 CONNECTOR 3
CONNECTOR C566
CONNECTOR 3
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3060 (L) IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 492

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C569 5TH REMOTE SWITCH
CONNECTOR C569
5TH REMOTE SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
3 5570 (L)
4 5572 (L) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
5 5200F (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 493

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 494

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 57 Connectors 570­579
C570 MAIN EXTENSION
CONNECTOR C570
MAIN EXTENSION
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5515G (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510M (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500M (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5 57MA (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to,Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 495

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C571 EHR 7
CONNECTOR C571
EHR 7
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515J (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510N (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500N (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5 57MC (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
BRI4434B 1
BY RIGHT HAND CAB STEPS
C571­BRJ4652A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 496

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C572 EHR 8
CONNECTOR C572
EHR 8
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515K (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510Q (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500Q (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5 57MD (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
BRI4434B 3
BY RIGHT HAND CAB STEPS
C572­BRJ4653A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 497

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C573 EHR 9
CONNECTOR C573
EHR 9
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515L (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510S (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500S (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5 57ME (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
BRI4434B 5
BY RIGHT HAND CAB STEPS
C573­BRJ4654A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 498

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C574 EHR 10
CONNECTOR C574
EHR 10
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5515M (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510U (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500U (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5 57MF (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
BRI4434B 7
BY RIGHT HAND CAB STEPS
C574­BRJ4655A 8
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 499

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C575 TERMINATING RESISTOR
CONNECTOR C575
TERMINATING RESISTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
2 5510V (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500V (R) EHR CAN HIGH
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 500

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C576 BRAKE DE­ICER
CONNECTOR C576
BRAKE DE­ICER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8060F (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 57FN (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 501

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C577 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C577
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 8070 (L) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 57EL (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 502

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C578 30 SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C578
30 SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1AA (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 503

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C579 466 BATTERY SW SOL
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 171B
(W/TQ/B)
CONNECTOR C579
466 BATTERY SW SOL
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
2 57NN (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
3 57NP (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 172A
(W/TQ/Y)
BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 504

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 505

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 58 Connectors 580­589
C580 238 TO ENGINE HARNESS
CONNECTOR C580
238 TO ENGINE HARNESS
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 171B BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
(W/TQ/B)
2 57HA (B) EARTH (ALL).
3 172A BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
(W/TQ/Y)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 506

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C581 BATTERY +VE (RING)
CONNECTOR C581
BATTERY +VE (RING)
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1B (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 507

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C582 CONNECTOR BLUE
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 1C (R) /
160 (U)
CONNECTOR C582
CONNECTOR BLUE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
BATTERY SUPPLY / BATTERY SUPPLY
ELECTRONICS
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 508

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C583 CONNECTOR BLACK
CONNECTOR C583
CONNECTOR BLACK
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 509

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C584 M3 BATTERY ­VE ­( WAS +VE)
CONNECTOR C584
M3 BATTERY ­VE ­( WAS +VE)
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 510

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C585 INPUT CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 (R)
2 (B)
3 (R)
4 (Y)
5 (G)
CONNECTOR C585
INPUT CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 511

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C586 606 FUSE 30A
CONNECTOR C586
606 FUSE 30A
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 150AW (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
/ 150AT (N)
150AX (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
/ 150AV (N)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 512

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C587 RELAY ­ ISO RELAY 1
CONNECTOR C587
RELAY ­ ISO RELAY 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
30 150AW (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
85 5080 (U) EDC ROCKSHAFT Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
86 57MX (B) EARTH (ALL)
87 5985 (U)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 513

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C588 RELAY ­ ISO RELAY 2
CONNECTOR C588
RELAY ­ ISO RELAY 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
30 150AX (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
85 5070A (O) EDC LEFT PIN Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
86 57MY (B) EARTH (ALL)
87 5975 (O)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 514

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C589 658 CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR C589
658 CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5070A (O) EDC LEFT PIN
2 5080 (U) EDC ROCKSHAFT
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A) .
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 515

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 516

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 59 Connectors 590­599
C590 BREAKAWAY 3
CONNECTOR C590
BREAKAWAY 3
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5985 (U)
2 57NN (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 517

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C591 BREAKAWAY
CONNECTOR C591
BREAKAWAY
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 57MT (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 57MV (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 5975 (O)
4 5985 (U)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 518

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C592 6MM RING TERM
POSITION
CONNECTOR C592
6MM RING TERM
WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
NUMBER
57MZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
150AS (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 519

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C593 ENCODER AND SWITCHES
CONNECTOR C593
ENCODER AND SWITCHES
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5520A EHR 5V Ref.
(LTG)
2 5935 (Y)
3 5940 (Y)
4 5945 (Y)
5 5950 (Y) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
6 5990 (Y)
7 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 57D (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
10 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4419B 1
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C593­BRJ4686A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 520

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C594 REAR VIEW CAMERA
CONNECTOR C594
REAR VIEW CAMERA
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5520B EHR 5V Ref.
(LTG)
2 57B (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 35 (A.30.A)
3 5960A (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4423B 3
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C594­BRJ4687A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 521

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C595 SWCD / VT UNIT
CONNECTOR C595
SWCD / VT UNIT
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5500J (R) EHR CAN HIGH
2 5510J (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5945 (Y)
4 5950 (Y)
5 5910F (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
6 5900F (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
9 5960 (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
10 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TECU
13 5000 (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
14 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
15 7000 (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
17 5935 (Y) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 35 (A.30.A)
18 5940 (Y)
19 5990 (Y)
20 5520 (LTG) EHR 5V Ref.
21 5964 (R)
22 5962 (G)
23 5966 (Y)
24 5968 (B)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 522

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C596 SWCD INPUT
CONNECTOR C596
SWCD INPUT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5900C (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910C (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915C (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5920C (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500A (R) EHR CAN HIGH
7 5510A (U) EHR CAN LOW
8 5000 (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
9 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TECU
10 5960B (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
11 7000 (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
13 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4462B 5
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 523

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C597 SWCD OUTPUT
CONNECTOR C597
SWCD OUTPUT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5900G (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910G (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915G (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5920G (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500K (R) EHR CAN HIGH
7 5510K (U) EHR CAN LOW
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4462B 6
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 524

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C598 TECU SPARE SQ CUT ENDS
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5915F (B) /
5920F (R)
CONNECTOR C598
TECU SPARE SQ CUT ENDS
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND / ISO
BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 525

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C599 USB CONNECTOR
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 5962 (G)
2 5966 (Y)
3 5964 (R)
4 5968 (B)
CONNECTOR C599
USB CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
TOP RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
C599­BRJ4657A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 526

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 527

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 60 Connectors 600­609
C600 BREAK AWAY 2
CONNECTOR C600
BREAK AWAY 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5910B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 35 (A.30.A)
3 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5900B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4413B­01 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 528

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C601 ISO IMP SOCKET
CONNECTOR C601
ISO IMP SOCKET
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5970A (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
2 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4489B 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 529

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C602 PARK LOCK SOLENOID
CONNECTOR C602
PARK LOCK SOLENOID
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 7586 (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID
2 57EE (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)...
BRI4491B­02 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 530

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C603 BUS TERMINATION
CONNECTOR C603
BUS TERMINATION
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 5515F (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510A (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500A (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FM (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ Electrical standard (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 531

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C604 BUS TERMINATOR RESISTOR
CONNECTOR C604
BUS TERMINATOR RESISTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 5510 (U) EHR CAN LOW Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500 (R) EHR CAN HIGH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 532

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C605 SUSPENSION ACCELEROMETER
CONNECTOR C605
SUSPENSION ACCELEROMETER
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
2 60AG SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
3 5520D
(LTG)
EHR 5V Ref.
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4423B­01 4
FRONT OF ENGINE ­ RIGHT HAND
C605­BRI4525A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 533

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C606 BUS TERMINATING RESISTOR
CONNECTOR C606
BUS TERMINATING RESISTOR
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 5510 (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500 (R) EHR CAN HIGH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 534

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C607 ELECTRIC MIRROR LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C607
ELECTRIC MIRROR LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1922A (G)
2 1920 (O)
3 1921 (Y) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 1927A (R)
5 57AC (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4469B 6
FRONT CAB ROOF ­ LEFT HAND
C607­BRI4454A 7
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 535

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C608 ELECTRIC MIRROR RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C608
ELECTRIC MIRROR RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1922B (G)
2 1923 (O) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 1927B (R)
5 57AD (B) EARTH (ALL)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4469B 8
FRONT CAB ROOF ­ RIGHT HAND
C608­BRI4460A 9
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 536

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C609 MIRROR CONTROL
CONNECTOR C609
MIRROR CONTROL
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1920 (O)
2 1923 (O)
4 57AE B) EARTH (ALL)
5 1924 (Y) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
6 1921 (Y)
7 1922 (G)
8 1925 (R)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A)..
BRI4457B 10
CAB ROOF
C609­BRI4572A 11
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 537

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 538

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 61 Connectors 610­619
C610 MAIN FRONT
CONNECTOR C610
MAIN FRONT
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
2 60AG SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
3 5520D (G) EHR 5V Ref.
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 539

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C611 ACCELEROMETER
CONNECTOR C611
ACCELEROMETER
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
2 60AG SENSOR GROUND
(B/W)
3 5520D (G) EHR 5V Ref.
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
ENGINE ­ FRONT, BEHIND RADIATOR
C611­BRJ4659B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 540

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C612 SUSPENSION NOT PRESSURE
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
1 3295 (O) /
57FX (B)
CONNECTOR C612
SUSPENSION NOT PRESSURE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE
SWITCH SIGNAL / EARTH (ALL)\
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 541

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C613 DIA WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
CONNECTOR C613
DIA WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1073A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)_
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4458B­01 2
FRONT HOOD
C613­BRI4452A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 542

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C614 DIA WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
CONNECTOR C614
DIA WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 1073B (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A)
2 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)_
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4458B­01 4
FRONT HOOD
C614­BRI4449A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 543

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C616 CONNECTOR RED
CONNECTOR C616
CONNECTOR RED
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 544

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C617 M8 ­ RING TERMINAL
CONNECTOR C617
M8 ­ RING TERMINAL
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 545

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C619 MEMORY +
CONNECTOR C619
MEMORY +
POSITION WIRE
NUMBER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 150AG (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
CAB FLOOR ­ RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C619­BRJ4689A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 546

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 547

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 62 Connectors 620­629
C620 SPARE 1
CONNECTOR C620
SPARE 1
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 548

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C621 SPARE 2
CONNECTOR C621
SPARE 2
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 549

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C623 HAND THROTTLE ­ COMMAND ARM
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C623
HAND THROTTLE ­ COMMAND ARM
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C623­BRJ4670A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 550

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C624 TRANSMISSION CONTROL ­ COMMAND ARM
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C624
TRANSMISSION CONTROL ­ COMMAND ARM
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C624­BRJ4669A 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 551

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C625 RELAY ­ FUEL HEATER
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C625
RELAY ­ FUEL HEATER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 552

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C626 FUEL HEATER
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C626
FUEL HEATER
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 553

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C627 TEMPERATURE CONTROL
CONNECTOR C627
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 (LG/R) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 40 (A.30.A)
2 (B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 41 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4489B 3
CAB ­ LEFT HAND C PILLAR
C627­BRJ4663A 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 554

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C628 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
CONNECTOR C628
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 (G)
2 (Y)
3 (Y/R)
4 (W/R)
5 (R)
6 (U/R)
15 (P/R)
16 (O/R)
17 (R)
18 (B)
21 (R/B)
22 (Y/B)
23 (P/B) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 40 (A.30.A)
24 (O/B)
25 (N/R)
26 (S/R)
27 (G/S)
28 (G/Y)
29 (LG/R)
30 (K/G)
31 (K/O)
33 (W)
34 (W/U)
35 (U)
36 (U/W)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 555

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C629 AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
CONNECTOR C629
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 (N/R)
2 (R) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 40 (A.30.A)
3 (S/R) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 41 (A.30.A)
7 (B)
9 (B)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4438A 5
CAB ­ LEFT HAND C PILLAR
C629­BRJ4662A 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 556

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 557

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 63 Connectors 630­639
C630 HVAC UNIT
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C630
HVAC UNIT
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 40 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 558

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C631 JOYSTICK CAN
POSITION
WIRE
NUMBER
CONNECTOR C631
JOYSTICK CAN
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
COMMAND ARM
C631­BRJ4664A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 559

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C632 RELAY ­ SEE U HOME
CONNECTOR C632
RELAY ­ SEE U HOME
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1024 (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
4 1052 (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
6 1030AC HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
(N)
8 1030AB (N) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4464B 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C632­BRJ4673A 3
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 560

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
C633 RELAY ­ HEATED MIRRORS
CONNECTOR C633
RELAY ­ HEATED MIRRORS
POSITION WIRE
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
2 1927(R)
4 57HM (B) EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
5 1925B (R)
6 1928 (R)
8 666C (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness ­ Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4463B 4
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
C633­BRJ4674A 5
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 561

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 562

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Ensure the battery is disconnected prior to removing the alternator, refer to,Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A).
1. With reference to Figure 1
Disconnect the two cables from the rear of the alternator.
Remove the alternator drive belt in the following manner.
Place a bar with a 15mm socket attachment,
onto the tensioner arm pulley retaining bolt and gently
rotate the tensioner, refer to Alternator ­ Static
description (A.30.A). Remove the fan belt from the
pulley, and allow the tensioner to return to its untensioned
position once the belt has been removed.
2. Remove the alternator upper and lower mounting
bolts, and remove the alternator from the engine
bracket .
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 563

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Install
NOTE: Ensure the battery ground (negative) cable is disconnected from the battery when installing the alternator.
1. Install the alternator to the engine mounting bracket
and tighten the bolts to the specified torque of, 25
Nm (18.4 lbft).
2. Rotate the tensioner arm and install the drive belt
over the pulley, release the tensioner arm to allow
the correct tension to be applied to the belt, refer to,
Alternator ­ Preliminary test (A.30.A).
3. Reconnect the two electrical cables to the alternator.
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
BAIS06CCM690AVA 2
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery, refer to, Battery ­ Connect (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 564

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Preliminary test
CAUTION ­ Service Precautions
1. To avoid damage to the components of the alternator
charging system, service precautions must be observed
as follows:
­ NEVER make or break any of the charging circuit
connections, including the battery, when the engine
is running.
­ NEVER short any of the charging components to
ground.
­ ALWAYS disconnect the battery ground cable (negative)
when charging the battery on the tractor using
a battery charger.
­ ALWAYS observe correct polarity when installing
the battery or using a slave battery to start the engine.
CONNECT POSITIVE TO POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TO NEGATIVE
Preliminary Checks
2. Prior to electrical testing thoroughly inspect the
charging and electrical system.
Check all leads and connections for continuity and
tightness.
1. Check the battery
Using a hydrometer check the individual battery
cells. The battery should be at least 70 %charged
and in good condition.
2. Check the drive belt
Inspect the alternator drive belt and pulley, ensuring
that both are clean, free from oil and grease and in
good condition.
The alternator drive belt is automatically tensioned
by a spring tensioner mounted at the front of the
engine, refer to Alternator ­ Static description
(A.30.A). If the belt tension is suspect, check the
tensioner assembly as follows:
Fan Belt Tensioner Removal
The fan belt should be removed in the following manner.
Place a bar with a 15 mm socket attachment
onto the bolt of the tensioner arm and rotate the
lever clockwise. Remove the fan belt from the pulley
and allow the tensioner to return to its untensioned
position once the belt has been removed.
Remove the tensioner from the pump by loosening
and removing the centre attaching bolt.
.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 565

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Inspection and Repair
3. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still attached
to the front of the engine. To check the spring
load, place a “breakback" torque bar preset to, 52 ­
63 lbf.ft (70 ­ 85 Nm) (7.1 ­ 8.7 kgf.m), onto the pulley
arm 15 mm socket. Raise the lever up through
an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the torque bar does not
“break" within the range a new tensioner assembly is
required.
Ensure the tensioner pulley rotates freely by hand. If
not replace with new parts.
4. Re­Assembly
Fit a new pulley to the assembly, if required, and
torque the attaching bolt, refer to, Fan and drive Belt
tensioner ­ Torque (B.50.A).
To reassemble the arm assembly, position the tensioner
on to the front of the engine, fit the mounting
bolt through the assembly, and torque the bolt, refer
to, Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Torque (B.50.A).
Refitment of the fan belt is the reverse of the removal
procedure, but ensure the “Poly V” belt, is positioned
correctly onto all of the pulleys.
Check the Warning Lamp
5. Turn on the key start switch and check that the warning
lamp is fully illuminated.
If the warning lamp is not fully illuminated check the
bulb. If the bulb is not the cause of the fault carry out
the Alternator wiring connections test as detailed under
‘initial tests’ in this section.
If the warning lamp is illuminated start the engine and
run above idling speed. The lamp should go out.
If the lamp does not go out, stop the engine and remove
the wire from the D+ terminal. If the lamp now
goes out a faulty alternator component is indicated.
If the warning lamp remains illuminated, check for a
short circuit to earth (ground) between the ‘D+’ cable
end and the warning lamp.
INITIAL TESTS
6. The initial tests may be performed without removing
any of the charging circuit components from the tractor
and enable the following items to be checked:
­ Alternator wire connections
­ Alternator charging current and controlled voltage
­ Alternator charging circuit volt drops
­ Alternator maximum output performance
Test equipment required:
7. ­ Voltmeter (0 ­ 30 volts moving coil type
­ Millivoltmeter (0 ­ 1 volt)
­ Ammeter (0 ­ 200 Amperes moving coil type)
­ 1.5 Ohm 200 Amperes variable load resistor
NOTE: Most commercial test equipment incorporates several
testing devices within a single unit . Use such equipment
in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 566

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
8. Refer to Alternator ­ Electrical test (A.30.A) for
testing procedures.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 567

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Alternator ­ Electrical test
Alternator Wiring Connections Test
1. With reference to 1
1. Disconnect the battery
2. Disconnect the D+ (2) and B+ (3) terminals from
the alternator.
3. Reconnect the battery and turn the key start on
but do not start the engine. Connect a voltmeter
(4) between each terminal and earth (ground), (1).
Battery voltage should be registered.
If battery voltage is not registered a continuity fault
in the external cable circuitry must be traced and
remedied, refer to the circuit diagram (refer to Wiring
harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)).
BAIS06CCM694AVA 1
4. Connect the D+ terminal, warning lamp (thin
brown) wire, to earth (ground). The warning lamp
should illuminate.
5. Disconnect the battery and reconnect the removed
alternator cable connections to the alternator.
NOTE: If the warning lamp fails to illuminate when the cable
is reconnected to the alternator, a fault is indicated in the
alternator regulator or rotor circuits. Ensure that the D+
terminal is clean.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 568

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Charging Current And Controlled Voltage Tests
2. With reference to Figure 2
The following test should be performed at 20 °C, a
lower temperature will create a higher voltage and a
higher temperature will create a lower voltage.
1. Ensure all tractor electrical components are
switched off and the key start switch is in the ‘off’
position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and
disconnect the B+ terminal (4) of the alternator.
3. Connect an ammeter (1), between the removed
(thick brown) cable (3) and the B+ alternator terminal.
4. Connect a voltmeter (2) between the alternator
B+ terminal and earth (ground)
5. Reconnect the battery. Start and run the engine
at 2000 rev/min. and observe the ammeter and
voltmeter readings.
BAIS06CCM695AVA 2
The voltmeter should register in excess of battery
voltage and when the ammeter reading falls to 5
Amperes the voltmeter reading should stabilise at
14.1 V +/­ 0.15.
If the voltmeter reading exceeds the above value the
alternator regulator is faulty.
If the voltmeter reading is below the specified value
a faulty alternator component or a high resistance
fault in the external connections of the charging
system is indicated.
If the ammeter registers zero amperes a faulty alternator
component is indicated.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 569

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Charging Circuit Volt Drop Tests
(a) Insulated­Side Volt Drop Tests
3. With reference to Figure 3
Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and disconnect
the B+ cable (1) from the alternator
2. Connect a millivoltmeter (4) between the battery
positive terminal and the B+ cable (5). (Positive side
to cable).
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable)
4. Reconnect the battery negative cable and connect
a variable load resistor (3), with the slider in the minimum
current draw position (maximum resistance),
across the battery terminals.
5. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 Amperes.
7. Observe the millivoltmeter reading which should
not exceed 400 millivolts.
BAIS06CCM696AVA 3
If the reading is in excess of 400 millivolts, a high
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 400 millivolts,
then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
8. Stop the engine.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 570

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
(b) Ground­Side Volt Drop Test
4. With reference to 4
1. Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.
2. The circuit is the same as that used in the previous
test except for the millivoltmeter (4) which is
now connected between the battery negative terminal
and the alternator frame (negative side to frame).
3. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
rev/min.
4. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter (2) registers
150 Amperes
5. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
exceed 200 millivolts.
BAIS06CCM697AVA 4
If the reading is in excess of 200 millivolts a high
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 200 millivolts
then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
6. Stop the engine.
NOTE: Ensure the variable load resistor (3) is in the minimum
current draw position (maximum resistance).
Alternator Maximum Output Performance Test
5.
With reference to 5.
1. Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable and disconnect
the B+ cable (5) from the alternator.
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal(1) of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable).
4. Connect a voltmeter (4) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery, start and increase the engine
speed to 2000 rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor(3)
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 Amperes.
7. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
fall below 13 volts.
BAIS06CCM698AVA 5
If the reading falls below 13 volts a faulty alternator
component is indicated..
Regulator and rotor field circuit test
6. Test equipment required:
­ 12 volt battery
­ Multimeter
­2.2 Watt Test Lamp
IMPORTANT: Prior to removal of the alternator cables from
the alternator ensure that the key start switch is in the ‘off’
position and the battery negative cable is disconnected.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 571

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
7. With reference to 6
1. Disconnect all of the alternator cables.
2. Connect a 12 volt battery and a 2.2 Watt test
lamp(2) in series between the D+ (1) and the alternator
frame (negative side to frame).
3. The test lamp should illuminate.
If the test lamp is not illuminated a fault is indicated in
the rotor circuit. Check brushes, slip rings and continuity
of rotor field windings.
If examination indicates these parts to be satisfactory
the regulator may be suspect. BAIS06CCM699AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 572

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
1. Disconnect the Negative lead from the battery terminal
(Refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)) and
secure out of the way.
Disconnect the positive lead from the battery terminal
and secure out of the way.
Loosen the top bolts securing both battery clamps
and remove clamps .
2. Using the flexible handles at each end of the battery,
lift the battery from the tractor.
Next operation:
Battery ­ Connect (A.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 573

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Install
1. Installation of the battery is the removal procedure
in reverse, (Battery ­ Remove (A.30.A))observing
the following points:
Ensure that the battery is clean and dry and that the
vent caps are fully installed. Smear the terminals
with petroleum jelly, do not use conventional lubricating
greases as these can promote electrolytic
corrosion.
Ensure the battery tray and clamps are clean and
free from stones or small objects which may puncture
the battery casing.
Ensure that the battery terminal polarity is correct
and that the terminal connections are sufficiently
tight, but not overtightened.
2. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information and
will require reprogramming. It should be noted that
on models with electronic instrument panel and microprocessors,
that these components will not lose
their memories, i.e, electronic draft control and transmission
calibrations will not be affected.
BSE3634A_598 1
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 574

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Electrical test
Specific Gravity
1. The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte indicates
the state of charge. Fully charged the specific
gravity of the electrolyte is 1.280 minimum at 25 °C.
Alternatively the approximate state of charge can
be measured by using an accurate digital volt meter
(+/­ 0.01V) as follows:­
Less than 10.5 V Battery un­serviceable*
Less than 11.8 V Battery discharged
Less than 12.3 V Battery 1/2 charged
Better than 12.6 V Battery fully charged
* See note under tests for possible recovery of a
mildly sulphated battery.
Battery voltage to be taken with the battery unloaded
and:­
A. After the battery has rested unloaded for at least
4 hours.
B. If the vehicle has recently run or battery has
recently been charged, switch on headlamps for 2
minutes.
When a battery discharges, sulphuric acid in the
electrolyte combines chemically with the plates and
this action lowers the specific gravity of the solution.
A battery hydrometer will determine the specific
gravity of the electrolyte in a cell and the amount of
unused sulphuric acid in the solution is a measure
of the degree of charge of that cell.
The lower the temperature at which a battery is
required to operate, the more necessary it is that the
battery is maintained in a fully charged condition.
For example a battery with a low specific gravity of
1.225 at 27 °C (80 °F) will operate the starting motor
at warm ambient temperatures but may not, due to
lower battery efficiency at a low temperature.
Table 1 shows the effect of temperature on the efficiency
of a typical battery.
Maximum battery life will be obtained if the correct
care and periodic inspection is given. It is important
that output capacity should not be exceeded by constant
and excessive overloading and that charging
requirements are maintained.
Table 1: refer to Battery ­ General specification
(A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 575

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Servicing The Battery
2. When servicing a battery the following steps should
be observed:
1. Maintain the electrolyte to the recommended level
of 17 mm (0.67 in.) above the plates. If this is not
observed the acid will reach a high concentration
that will damage the separators and impair the performance
of the plates.
2. Use only distilled or de­mineralised water, do not
overfill and never use tap water or water from a rain
barrel or other source
3. Always keep the battery at least 75 % charged
otherwise the plates will become sulphated and loss
of efficiency will result with possible damage from
freezing at low temperatures.
4. Avoid overcharging the battery as excessive
charging will create high internal heat that will cause
plate grid deterioration and produce water loss.
5. When fast charging ensure the battery temperature
does not exceed 50 °C.
6. Do not add sulphuric acid to a cell unless the
electrolyte has been lost through spilling. Before
replenishing ensure the solution is at the correct
specific gravity. A slow charge is the only method to
be employed to fully charge a battery. A high rate
charger can be used to quickly boost the battery
capacity but this must be followed by a slow charge
rate to bring the battery to full capacity.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid and during charging
generate a highly explosive mixture of hydrogen and
oxygen gases.­ Never use equipment that generates
flames or sparks in order to control electrolyte level­
Do not remove the battery cover plugs without protection
for eyes and hands. B039
Dry Charged Batteries
3. Dry charged batteries must be prepared for service
as follows:
1. Remove the battery cell vent plugs.
2. Fill each cell to the recommended level with electrolyte
of 1.260 specific gravity.
3. After filling, allow the battery to stand for 15 minutes
then re­check the electrolyte level and top up if
necessary.
4. Charge the battery for 4 hours at a rate of 5 ­ 8
amperes and check that all cells are gassing freely.
5. Install the battery cell vent plugs.
NOTE: The electrolyte must be diluted sulphuric acid
preferably at a temperature of 21 °­32 °C (70 °­90 °F).
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 576

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Charging The Battery
4. Before charging a battery:
1. Thoroughly clean the battery casing and cell covers
with dilute ammonia or hot water and clean the
terminals.
2. Check the level of the electrolyte in each cell and,
if below plates, add distilled water to bring above
plate level.
Normal (Top­up) Charging
5. 1. With a slow charger use a rate of 3 ­ 6 amperes
for the time necessary to bring the battery to full
charge. This may take 36 hours or more if the battery
is heavily discharged. A severely sulphated battery
might not accept a charge. When the battery is
fully charged the cells will gas freely and the specific
gravity will remain constant. Remove the charger after
three consecutive hydrometer readings taken at
hourly intervals indicate that the specific gravity has
stopped rising.
2. When using a fast or high rate of charge carefully
follow the manufacturers instructions. High rate
charging raises the temperature of the electrolyte
and unless the charger is equipped with an automatic
time or temperature device, the electrolyte temperature
could exceed 50 °C , which may cause violent
battery gassing and damage to internal components.
3. Re­check the level of electrolyte in each cell and
add distilled water as necessary.
WARNING
When a battery is being charged an explosive gas is
produced. Do not smoke or use an exposed flame
when checking the electrolyte level and ensure the
charger is switched off before connecting or disconnecting
to avoid sparks which could ignite the gas.
B038
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 577

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Recharging Deeply Discharged Batteries
6. The recommended method to recharge a low maintenance
battery is to use a constant voltage charger.
For deeply discharged batteries a 48 hours charging
period at 16 volts is recommended, with current limitation,
(88 A for 176 Ah batteries).
Tests
This system is self regulating: high current is delivered
at the beginning (when battery voltage is low),
lower and lower current is then absorbed when battery
reaches full charge (and its voltage is high).
If only constant current chargers are available it is
recommended to use the current levels and times
shown Table 2 below. The figures are intended for
deeply discharged batteries. If the battery is only
50% discharged use one half of the time listed (slow
charge programs). For other states of discharge reduce
proportionally the time of charge. Whenever
possible use the slowest charge program to increase
the battery’s life.
If when charging the battery, violent gassing or spewing
of electrolyte occurs, or the battery case feels hot
(50 °C or greater), reduce or temporarily halt charging
to avoid damaging the battery.
Table 2: refer to Battery ­ General specification
(A.30.A).
7. Before commencing battery tests check the battery
for clogged vents, corrosion, raised vent plugs or a
cracked case.
Test equipment required:
­ Hydrometer
­ Battery starter tester (High rate discharge tester)
­ Thermometer
­ Battery Charger
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 578

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Specific Gravity:
8. This test will determine the state of battery charge.
1. With the float in the vertical position take the reading.
2. Adjust the hydrometer reading for electrolyte temperature
variations by subtracting 4 points (0.004
specific gravity) for every 5.5 °C (10 °F) below the
temperature at which the hydrometer is calibrated
and by adding 4 points (0.004 specific gravity) for every
5.5 °C (10 °F) above this temperature.
The following examples are calculated using a hydrometer
calibrated at 30 °C (86 °F).
Example 1:
Temperature below 30 °C (86 °F)
Electrolyte temperature 19 °C (66 °F)
Hydrometer reading 1.270
Subtract 11.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.008
Corrected specific gravity = 1.262
Example 2:
Temperature above 30 °C (86 °F)
Electrolyte temperature 40 °C (104 °F)
Hydrometer reading 1.220
Subtract 10.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.007
Corrected specific gravity = 1.227
3. If the specific gravity is 1.280 or more the battery
is fully charged and in good operating condition.
4. Should the corrected specific gravity be below
1.280, charge the battery and inspect the charging
system to determine the cause of the low battery
charge.
If the battery has been charged under static conditions,
denser electrolyte will accumulate at the bottom
of the cells. The battery should be shaken periodically
to mix the electrolyte, this will improve the
charge rate and provide a more accurate hydrometer
reading when tested.
Refer to Battery ­ General specification (A.30.A).
NOTE: Specific gravity should not vary more than 0.025
points between cells.
NOTE: If distilled water has recently been added the battery
should be recharged for a short period otherwise accurate
hydrometer readings will not be obtained.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 579

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Performance Test:
9. The performance test is to determine if the battery
has adequate capacity to turn the engine. The
voltage reading obtained is used to determine the
battery condition. Prior to testing, ensure the electrolyte
level is correct and the open circuit voltage is
12.5 V or more. The battery may be tested on or off
the tractor.
1. Set the current control switch of the battery starter
tester (high rate discharge tester) to the ‘off’ position
and the voltage selector switch equal to, or slightly
higher than, the rated battery voltage. Connect the
tester positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the negative battery terminal.
2. Turn the current control knob until the ammeter
reading is half the CCA rating of the battery and take
the voltage reading.
­ If the reading is 9.6 volts or more after 15 seconds,
the battery has an acceptable output capacity
and will readily accept a normal charge.
­ If however the reading is below 9.6 volts, the
battery is considered unsatisfactory for service and
should be test charged as described below.
CAUTION
Do not leave the high discharge load on the battery for
periods longer than 15 seconds. B003
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 580

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Test Charging:
10. This test is designed only for batteries that have
failed the previous capacity test.
1. Attach the battery starter (high rate discharge
tester) positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the battery negative terminal.
2. Connect the battery charger positive lead to the
battery positive terminal and the negative lead to the
battery negative terminal.
3. Turn the charger timer past a ‘3 minutes’ charge
indication and then back to the ‘3 minutes’ mark.
4. Set the charging rate as close as possible to 40
amperes
5. After 3 minutes at this fast charge take the voltmeter
reading.
­ If the total voltage is over 15.5 volts the battery is
unsatisfactory and is probably sulphated or worn out
and should be replaced.
­ If the total voltage is under 15.5 volts, test the specific
gravity of each cell and re­charge the battery to
the following scale:
Refer to Battery ­ General specification (A.30.A).
NOTE: A mildly sulphated battery can be recovered by using
a multiple battery type charger, with an open circuit upper
voltage limit of 50 volts. Owing to the high resistance
of a sulphated battery, it will primarily require a high voltage
setting to overcome the resistance of the sulphation.
initially there may be no visible acceptance of the charge.
After a few minutes of inactivity a small charge will be apparent,
followed by a rapid increase in the charge rate. The
charge rate must not exceed 14.0 amperes or the electrolyte
temperature 50 °C. When the ampere rate has stabilised,
reset the volts until the charge rate is a steady 5
amperes. Continue at this rate until the electrolyte specific
gravity stops rising at approximately 1.275­1.280 at 20 °C
(68 °F), this can take up to 48 hours of charging. Stand
the battery for 24 hours and then conduct the capacity test
detailed previously.
NOTE: When battery problems are experienced the alternator
drive belt tension and the complete charging system
should be checked.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 581

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Common Causes of Battery Failures
11. 1. Internal open circuit.
2. Internal short circuit.
3. Loss of electrolyte.
4. Separation of active materials from grids.
5. Accumulation of sulphate crystals too large to
disperse.
These failures are normally caused by the following:
1. Failure of inter cell components.
2. Excessive crystal growth may puncture the separators
and cause short circuits.
3. Excessive over charging (charging system
malfunction, boost/recovery techniques with high
voltage, operation in very high temperatures.
4. Freezing of electrolyte.
A fully charged battery does not freeze until ­65 °C.
A 50 % charged battery freezes between ­17 ­ ­27
°C. Fully discharged electrolyte freezes at ­3 ­ ­11
°C.
Excessively high boost charging and gassing will
also cause separation of active materials from the
grids. Separation destroys the chemical function of
the battery.
5. Crystal growth occurs whenever batteries are
left discharged. High temperatures and extended
discharged periods increase this condition. At room
temperature after one week the battery is unlikely
to recover on the vehicle. Recharge will require a
higher constant voltage. After 3 weeks the battery
will have suffered permanent degradation and the
procedure detailed previously for charging a ‘Deeply
Discharged’ battery should be followed.
When fully charged, batteries have a long shelf life.
The lead calcium type battery self discharges at 3 %
per month. This means that it will take 16 months to
drop to 50 % charged. On the tractor the quiescent
load is about 50 mA. To predict run­down on a static
vehicle this should be added as approximately 8 Ah
per week.
It is worth stressing that when cranking, if a battery
starts to fade, it is beneficial to stop and allow two
minutes for the battery to recover. The recovery time
should be increased as the temperature decreases.
With a dual battery set up, an old battery should not
be used with a new one. One battery will always
fail first. If the battery has given the service life
expected, change both batteries. If one has failed
early, i.e, through manufacturing defect, then it is
acceptable to replace just one battery.
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 582

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Connect
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A) Battery ­ Remove (A.30.A)
1. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the
battery cover.
NOTE: If the battery has been fully removed from the tractor
(or a new battery is being installed) ensure the positive
cable is also connected correctly.
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
2. Swing the step into the upright position and secure
with the retaining bolts, nuts and washers (1).
BAIL07CCM262ASA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 583

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Battery ­ Disconnect
1. Undo the step retaining bolts (1) and swing the step
away from the battery cover. Undo the battery cover
knob and remove the battery cover
BAIL07CCM262ASA 1
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable (1).
BAIL06CCM151ASA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 584

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
4. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey
cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber
compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired
section up to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must
be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
1b0o2004061136 3
5. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with
insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches(50 mm)
of tape at each end is necessary, Figure 4.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged
cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
1b0o2004061137 4
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 586

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ 30.A
Alternator ­ Electrical test 568
Alternator ­ General specification 13
Alternator ­ Install 564
Alternator ­ Preliminary test 565
Alternator ­ Remove 563
Alternator ­ Static description 18
Alternator ­ Torque 13
Battery ­ Connect 583
Battery ­ Disconnect 584
Battery ­ Electrical test 575
Battery ­ General specification 14
Battery ­ Install 574
Battery ­ Remove 573
Battery ­ Static description 19
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ General specification 6
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM ­ Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND
15
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING
Fuse and relay box ­ General specification 7
Fuse and relay box ­ Static description 16
Wiring harness ­ Component Diagram 00 Connectors 00­09 138
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 01 Connectors 10­19 144
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 02 Connectors 20­29 152
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 03 Connectors 30­39 162
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 04 Connectors 40­49 171
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 05 Connectors 50­59 179
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 06 Connectors 60­69 187
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 07 Connectors 70­79 197
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 08 Connectors 80­89 205
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 09 Connectors 90­99 213
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 10 Connectors 100­109 224
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 11 Connectors 110­119 235
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 12 Connectors 120­129 245
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 13 Connectors 130­139 253
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 14 Connectors 140­149 261
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 17 Connectors 170­179 266
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 18 Connectors 180­189 271
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 19 Connectors 190­199 275
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 21 Connectors 210­219 279
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 22 Connectors 220­229 283
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 23 Connectors230­239 285
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 24 Connectors 240­249 289
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 25 Connectors 250­259 300
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 26 Connectors 260­269 309
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 27 Connectors 270­279 317
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 587

Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 28 Connectors 280­289 322
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 29 Connectors 290­299 331
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 30 Connectors 300­309 338
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 31 Connectors 310­319 342
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 32 Connectors 320­329 346
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 33 Connectors 330­339 356
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 34 Connectors 340­349 361
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 35 Connectors 350­359 365
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 36 Connectors 360­369 371
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 37 Connectors 370­379 378
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 38 Connectors 380­389 389
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 39 Connectors 390­399 400
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 40 Connectors 400­409 411
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 41 Connectors 410­419 418
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 42 Connectors 420­429 425
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 43 Connectors 430­439 432
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 44 Connectors 440­449 443
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 46 Connectors 460­469 450
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 50 Connectors 500­509 453
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 51 Connectors 510­519 458
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 53 Connectors 530­539 466
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 54 Connectors 540­549 470
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 55 Connectors 550­559 477
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 56 Connectors 560­569 488
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 57 Connectors 570­579 495
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 58 Connectors 580­589 506
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 59 Connectors 590­599 517
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 60 Connectors 600­609 528
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 61 Connectors 610­619 539
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 62 Connectors 620­629 548
Wiring harness ­ Component diagram 63 Connectors 630­639 558
Wiring harness ­ Component identification 23
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and Charging System 56
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1) 58
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2) 60
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3) 62
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4) 64
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission Systems (1) 66
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission Systems (2) 68
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission Systems (3) 70
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission Systems (4) 72
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm 74
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic Systems (1) 76
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (2) 78
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (3) 80
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1) 82
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2) 84
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems
86
(3)
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4) 88
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive and Differential Lock 90
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off Systems (1) 92
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off Systems (2) 94
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension 96
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 588

Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System 98
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1) 100
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 24 Cab Accessories (2) 102
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3) 104
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and Indicators (1) 106
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 27 Main Lamps and Indicators (2) 108
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 28 Main Lamps and Indicators (3) 110
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps 112
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes 114
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors 116
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers 118
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1) 120
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2) 122
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen (1) 124
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen (2) 126
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1) 128
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2) 130
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1) 132
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2) ­ Automatic Temperature
134
Control
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 41 Air Conditioning (3) ­ Manual Temperature Control 136
Wiring harness ­ Electrical symbol 22
Wiring harness ­ Overview 36
Wiring harness ­ Repair 585
Wiring harness ­ Static description 20
2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 589

2 3/5/2007
A.30.A / 590

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ 50.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Calibration 3
Calibration Calibration Error Codes 3
Control module
Configure 5
Configure 43
Configure 48
Configure 71
Configure 134
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Static description 155
Fault code index 178
Diagnostic connector
Static description 222
Control module
Static description 223
Electronic schema Instrument Cluster 232
Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control Unit (RD module) 236
Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module) 238
Electronic schema Climate Controller 240
Electronic schema NEW HOLLAND^^B^^Fast Steer System . 242
Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display 244
Electronic schema TECU Module 246
Electronic schema Engine Control Unit (EDC 16) 248
Electronic schema Electro­Hydraulic Remotes 250
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 2

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Calibration
Calibration Set Up Procedures
Prior to any installation of programme download or any Calibration Set Up Procedure, ensure that the H8, memory
reset, of the selected system has been performed.
Required When :
• A calibration Fault code is Present.
NOTE: The Fault code will not be displayed on the screen, but can be viewed in H­menu mode HB
• The non volatile memory has been reset (H8) in the controller.
NOTE: After a full memory reset, in H8, it will be necessary to perform the tractor configuration procedure. Refer
to H3 in the H­Menu Chapter of the Electrical Systems Section Control module ­ Static description (A.50.A).
• The microprocessor has been replaced.
• A PWM solenoid valve has been replaced.
• A potentiometer has been replaced.
• A mechanical repair has been effected.
• TRANSMISSION ONLY ­ The shift quality or clutch featherability has noticeably deteriorated.
• EDC ONLY ­ A new lift arm potentiometer is fitted, in which case error code 1024 will have to be induced by
disconnecting the potentiometer with the key switch in the "ON" position and then re­connecting it.Electronic
control ­ Bad calibration (H.10.D).
Set Up Procedure:
Prior to conducting a clutch and synchroniser calibration, the following points should be checked:
• The transmission oil is at the correct temperature ­ this can be checked in mode H1. All transmissions should
be calibrated between 60 ­ 105 °C
• The parking brake is applied.
• The air conditioning (if fitted) is switched off.
• All electrical and hydraulic services are deselected.
• Electronic Lift only ­ A weight of approximately 200 Kg is placed on the lift arms ( to overcome any resistance
of the lift linkage).
• Electronic lift only ­ All EDC controls are turned fully clockwise.
• Electronic lift only ­ The raise / work switch is positioned in the WORK position.
NOTE: If the set up procedure has not been followed correctly a “U" Fault Code will be displayed.
Refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description (A.50.A).
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Calibration Calibration Error Codes
U Code
Err
U01
U02
U03
U04
U05
U07
U08
U09
U10
U11
Calibration Procedure ­ U Fault Codes
An Error has occurred during calibration. Key OFF and retry
Front axle potentiometer open circuit ­ ACP will not work
Front axle potentiometer threshold is higher than set limit
Front axle potentiometer short circuit ­ ACP will not work
Front axle potentiometer threshold is lower than set limit
Suspension is not reaching it’s minimum/maximum position during ACP procedure
Suspension is stationary during the raise command in the ACP procedure
Suspension unable to reach maximum height within 20 seconds
Suspension is stationary during the lowering command in the ACP procedure
Suspension unable to reach minimum height within 25 seconds
Unable to calibrate suspension
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 3

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary
U13 Front suspension option not activated
U14 Insufficient potentiometer range for optimal suspension performance
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch calibration
U17 Seat switch not activated
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C
U20 Handbrake is not set
U21 ERPM is below 1150, increase throttle
U22 ERPM is above 1350, reduce throttle
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to forward
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release the clutch pedal
U31 Wheel speed sensed
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value exceeded
U47 19th gear solenoid not found
U48 No mid/reverse range synchroniser movement sensed
U49 No low/high range synchroniser movement sensed
U50 Synchronsier potentiometer connectors swapped
U51 Engine speed error
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected
U55 PTO started
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit
U61 Lever No. 1 not in neutral
U62 Lever No. 2 not in neutral
U63 Lever No. 3 not in neutral
U64 Reverse and high synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped
U68 Creeper not engaged
U69 Creeper stuck
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibration
U71 Calibration attempted while enable switch is off
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range ­ open
U73 Proximity sensor input is out of range ­ closed
U74 LVDT calibration has been unsuccessful (out of range after 4th attempt)
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high
U76 quick fill calibration value too low
U77 Damper calibration value too high
U78 Damper calibration value too low
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped
U86 Mid/reverse range synchroniser calibration values out of tolerance
U87 Low/high range synchroniser neutral error
U88 Mid/reverse range synchroniser calibration values out of tolerance
U89 Low/high range synchroniser calibration values out of tolerance
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 4

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Configure
RC ­ Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
HH Service Menu Figure
Number
H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Configurations 9
H4 View software revision level 26
H5 Switch operation test 29
H6 Not used ­
H7 Not used ­
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) 33
H9 Voltmeter 37
HA Demonstration mode 41
HB Display stored fault codes 45
HC Clear all stored fault codes 50
HD Not used ­
HE Display frequency inputs 54
HF View controller hardware information 57
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve set­up 60
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 5

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H1 ­ CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibrate:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remote levers. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C).
2. Front axle suspension. Refer to Control valve ­ Calibration (D.40.C).
3. Front hitch. Refer to HITCH Front hitch ­ Calibration (H.10.B).
H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM516FVA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H2 ­ VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES
This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controllers for:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remote levers
2. Front axle suspension
3. Front hitch
H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM517FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 7

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE LEVER VALUES
Select the electronic hydraulic remote sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM515AVA 3
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 4
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the code followed by the calibration value for each code in
that channel. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel Description Code Value Range
Ch 1 Lever 1 ­ Neutral position n 250 ­ 350
Lever 1 ­ Float position F 450 ­ 555
Lever 1 ­ Lower (retract) position L 350 ­ 450
Lever 1 ­ Raise (extend) position R 150 ­ 250
Ch 2 Lever 2 ­ Neutral position n 250 ­ 350
Lever 2 ­ Float position F 450 ­ 550
Lever 2 ­ Lower (retract) position L 350 ­ 450
Lever 2 ­ Raise (extend) position R 150 ­ 250
Ch 3 Lever 3 ­ Neutral position n 250 ­ 350
Lever 3 ­ Float position F 450 ­ 550
Lever 3 ­ Lower (retract) position L 350 ­ 450
Lever 3 ­ Raise (extend) position R 150 ­ 250
Ch 4 Lever 4 ­ Neutral position n 250 ­ 350
Lever 4 ­ Float position F 450 ­ 550
Lever 4 ­ Lower (retract) position L 350 ­ 450
Lever 4 ­ Raise (extend) position R 150 ­ 250
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 8

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION VALUES
Select the front axle suspension sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM518AVA 5
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 6
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the code followed by the calibration value for each code in
that channel. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel Description Code Value Range
Ch 1 Front axle upper limit u 512 ­ 975
Front axle lower limit d 150 ­ 512
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT HITCH VALUES
Select the front hitch sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM519AVA 7
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 8
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the code followed by the calibration value for each code in
that channel. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel Description Code Value Range
Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit u 700 ­ 963
Front hitch lower limit d 41 ­ 400
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 10

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H3 ­ CONFIGURATIONS
Used to display the configurations available for:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remotes (EHR)
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable EHR
• Ch.4 Number of EHR’s present ­ setup
• Ch.5 Enable / Disable top and side link control
2. Front Axle Suspension
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
3. Front Hitch
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front hitch
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
4. Front PTO
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front PTO
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable front PTO management
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM520FVA 9
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 11

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTES (EHR) OPTIONS
Select the EHR sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM521AVA 10
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 11
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Ch 5
Description
Enable / Disable rear EHR
Not Used
Not Used
Number of EHR’s present ­ setup
Enable / Disable top and side link control
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 12

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Enable / Disable Rear EHR
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable Rear EHR
• NO ­ Disable Rear EHR
BAIL06CCM500AVA 12
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ Not Used
This channel is not used.
Channel 3 ­ Not Used
This channel is not used.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 13

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 4­ Number of EHR’s Present ­ Setup
When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, automatic detection for the number of remotes is
used. If at any time the number of fitted remotes needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 13
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 14

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 5­ Enable / Disable Top and Side Link Control
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable top/side link control
• NO ­ Disable top/side link control
BAIL06CCM581AVA 14
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 15

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS
Select the front axle suspension sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM522AVA 15
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 16
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Description
Enable / Disable front axle suspension
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Enable / Disable Front Axle Suspension
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable front axle suspension
• NO ­ Disable front axle suspension
BAIL06CCM506AVA 17
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT HITCH OPTIONS
Select the front hitch sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM523AVA 18
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 19
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Description
Enable / Disable front hitch
Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Enable / Disable Front Hitch
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable front hitch
• NO ­ Disable front hitch
BAIL06CCM506AVA 20
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ Enable / Disable Front Hitch Fender Switches
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable front hitch fender switches
• NO ­ Disable front hitch fender switches
BAIL06CCM582AVA 21
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT PTO OPTIONS
Select the front PTO sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM524AVA 22
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 23
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Description
Enable / Disable front PTO
Enable / Disable front PTO management
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1­ Enable / Disable Front PTO
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable front PTO
• NO ­ Disable front PTO
BAIL06CCM506AVA 24
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel 2­ Enable / Disable Front PTO Management
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable front PTO management
• NO ­ Disable front PTO management
BAIL06CCM582AVA 25
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H4 ­ VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
Common to all sub­systems.
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM525FVA 26
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM526AVA 27
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM527AVA 28
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H5 ­ SWITCH OPERATION TEST
This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
Common to all sub­systems.
H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM528FVA 29
Select the H menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM529AVA 30
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Identifier
Controller
Connector
Pin
Number
Switch / Input
Special Requirements
d92 CN1B 18 Front HPL enable switch ­
d95 CN3A 16 EHR No. 1 motor mode switch ­
d96 CN3A 17 EHR No. 2 motor mode switch ­
d97 CN3A 18 EHR No. 3 motor mode switch ­
d98 CN3A 19 EHR No. 4 motor mode switch ­
d106 CN3B 11 Front joystick selection switch ­
d108 CN3B 14 Top link extend switch ­
d109 CN3B 8 Top link retract switch ­
d115 CN3B 31 Rear joystick selection switch ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H8 ­ CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM530FVA 33
IMPORTANT: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RC" displayed will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub­systems.
If only a specific sub­system EEPROM requires to be reset, select the sub­system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL06CCM531AVA 34
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H9 ­ VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
Common to all sub­systems.
H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM532FVA 37
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM533AVA 38
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­"
BAIL06CCM534AVA 39
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any components.
BAIL06CCM535AVA 40
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
5 +5 Volts sensor supply 49
7 +12 Volt VF input (See explanation) 45
8 +12 Volt VD input (See explanation) 45 Tractor will drive if
the engine is running
9 +12 Volt VH input (See explanation) 45
10 +12 Volt VT input (See explanation) 45
14 Front PTO solenoid current ­
15 SFA upper lockout solenoid current ­
16 SFA lower lockout solenoid current ­
17 SFA accelerometer 40 when vehicle is stationary
26 Front axle position 120 Lowest
950 Highest
27 Front hitch height control 0 Lowest
99 Highest
28 Front hitch position 10 Lowest
90 Highest
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
101 EHR No. 1 lever 10 lift
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
102 EHR No. 2 lever 10 lift
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
103 EHR No. 3 lever 10 lift
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
104 EHR No. 4 lever 10 lift
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to suspended front axle components, i.e. Front axle lower and
lockout solenoids.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to suspended front axle raise solenoid.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to front PTO and front hitch components, i.e. Front PTO solenoid
and front hitch height solenoid.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HA ­ DEMONSTRATION MENU
Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM536FVA 41
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM537AVA 42
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­"
BAIL06CCM534AVA 43
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Front Axle Suspension demonstration
Description
Channel 1 ­ Front Axle Suspension Demonstration
This demonstration mode allows the suspension to be locked at speeds above the normal 12 Km/h automatic engagement
parameter.
The lower central display will display "FSd" (Front Axle Suspension demonstration).
Start the engine and operate the vehicle to demonstrate front axle suspension.
Use the lockout switch to lock the suspension as normal. The light in the switch will be illuminated to indicate the front
axle suspension had been locked.
NOTE: Front axle suspension demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
BAIL06CCM538AVA 44
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HB ­ DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all subsystems.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM539FVA 45
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM540AVA 46
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HC ­ CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM542FVA 50
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM543AVA 51
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HE ­ DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS
Common to all sub­systems.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM544FVA 54
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM545AVA 55
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch ­ ­".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 56
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 39

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HF ­ VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub­systems.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM546FVA 57
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM547AVA 58
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
517 Hardware identification
1000 Hardware version
0301 Hardware version
1234 Serial number
5678 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM548AVA 59
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HJ ­ ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE SET­UP
This menu allows the Electronic Hydraulic Remote (EHR) control valve numbers to be reset.
The EHR valve stores a number to indicate its position in the remote control valve stack, i.e. valve number 1,2, 3, 4
or 5.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM549FVA 60
Select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM550AVA 61
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HH Service Menu Figure
Number
H1 Not used ­
H2 Not used ­
H3 Not used ­
H4 View software revision level 1
H5 Not used ­
H6 Not used ­
H7 Not used ­
H8 Not used ­
H9 Not used ­
HA Not used ­
HB Not used ­
HC Not used ­
HD Not used ­
HE Not used ­
HF View controller hardware information 4
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 44

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H4 ­ VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
Common to all sub­systems.
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM525FVB 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM526AVB 2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM527AVB 3
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HF ­ VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM546FVB 4
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM547AVB 5
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
0502 Hardware identification.
0200 Hardware version.
0000 Hardware version.
0622 Serial number.
0437 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM548AVB 6
Control module ­ Configure
HF ­ Enhanced ADIC
HG ­ Basic ADIC
NOTE: HF Enhanced ADIC is shown in the screen displays.
HH Service Menu Figure Number
H1 Not used ­
H2 Not used ­
H3 Configurations 1
H4 View software revision level 14
H5 Switch operation test 17
H6 Not used ­
H7 Not used ­
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
21
Memory (EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 25
HA Not used ­
HB Display stored fault codes 29
HC Clear all stored fault codes 33
HD Not used ­
HE Display frequency inputs 37
HF View controller hardware information 40
HH Return to main menu ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H3 ­ CONFIGURATIONS
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Error code reduction
Electronic engine selection
Intelliview II
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM405FVA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
Select the engine shutdown sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM406AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown options table below.
BAIL06CCM407AVA 3
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Common Rail Fuel Injection Engine Shutdown Options
NO
YES1
YES2
Options
No engine
shutdown
Always
shutdown
engine
Stationary
engine
shutdown
CONDITIONS REQUIRED
FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Operating Condition
CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operator
Present
Operator
Not
Present
Vehicle
Stationary
Vehicle
Moving
The engine will not shut down unless ­ ­ ­ ­
a critical engine fault is detected,
which will override this option and
shutdown the engine
Engine oil pressure ­ Low * * * *
Engine coolant temperature ­ High * * * *
Driveline oil temperature ­ High * *
Driveline oil pressure ­ Low * *
Engine oil pressure ­ Low * *
Engine coolant temperature ­ High * *
Driveline oil temperature ­ High * *
Driveline oil pressure ­ Low * *
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
INTELLIVIEW II OPTIONS
Select the Intelliview II sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without Intelliview II.
BAIL06CCM410AVA 4
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
BAIL06CCM411AVA 5
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ERROR CODE REDUCTION OPTIONS
Select the error code reduction sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM416AVA 6
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
"Factory" ­ factory error mode, displays all error codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduction
(ECR).
"ECR" ­ error code reduction mode, only displays critical errors.
"Live" ­ live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 7
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC ENGINE OPTIONS
Select the electronic engine sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM414AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is “Yes" with electronic engine.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
BAIL06CCM415AVA 9
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
STEERING SENSOR SELECTION OPTIONS
Select the steering sensor sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM412AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
BAIL06CCM413AVA 11
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
AIR BRAKE OPTIONS
Select the air brake sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.
BAIL06CCM408AVA 12
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
BAIL06CCM409AVA 13
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H4 ­ VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
This menu displays the software release of the unit.
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM418FVA 14
Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM419AVA 15
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM420AVA 16
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H5 ­ SWITCH OPERATION TEST
This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM421FVA 17
Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM422AVA 18
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H8 ­ CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM424FVA 21
Select the H8 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
Select "clear settings" by depressing the “menu" key
BAIL06CCM425AVA 22
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H9 ­ VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM426FVA 25
Select the H9 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM427AVA 26
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HB ­ DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM429FVA 29
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM430AVA 30
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 64

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code is stored.
BAIL06CCM431AVA 31
The lower central display will then automatically cycle through as the example:
14100 Fault code
01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM432AVA 32
Depress the “h" or “m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of the list.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 65

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HC ­ CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM433FVA 33
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM434AVA 34
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 66

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HE ­ DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS
This menu is used to verify the operation of various frequency inputs.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM435FVA 37
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM436AVA 38
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 68

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM437AVA 39
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
18 Engine speed 0 ­ 3000 rev/min.
19 Wheel speed 0 ­ 50 Km/h.
20 Radar 0 ­ 50 Km/h.
96 Rear PTO speed 0 ­ 1200 rev/min.
97 Front PTO speed 0 ­ 1200 rev/min.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 69

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HF ­ VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM438FVA 40
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" key
BAIL06CCM439AVA 41
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 70

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
0564 Hardware identification
0100 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0619 Serial number
0018 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM440AVA 42
Control module ­ Configure
RD ­ Full Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Front
Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine.
HH Service Menu Figure Number
H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Configurations 13
H4 View software revision level 47
H5 Switch operation test 50
H6 Vehicle information view 54
H7 Vehicle test modes 57
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
70
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 74
HA Demonstration mode 77
HB Display stored fault codes 81
HC Clear all stored fault codes 86
HD Shortcuts for transmission setups (not available using the service
­
switch)
HE Display frequency inputs 90
HF View controller hardware information 93
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve set­up 96
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 71

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H1 ­ CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibrate:
1. Electronic Draft Control Valve. Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Calibration (H.10.D).
2. Transmission Clutches, determining the current required to turn the input / output shaft at the required speed.
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor). Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Calibration (C.40.C).
4. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor). Refer to FRONT AXLE ­ Calibration (D.10.A).
H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM443FVA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 72

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H2 ­ VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES
This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controllers for:
1. Transmission clutches and synchronisers
2. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor)
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor)
4. Electronic draft control valve
5. Rear PTO clutch
H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM444FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 73

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION VALUES
Select the transmission sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM445AVA 3
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch letter, calibration value and calibration transmission temperature
value will be displayed (refer to the table below for a description of each channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
Channel Description Code Value Range
Ch 1 Clutch A calibration current and temperature A ­
Ch 2 Clutch B calibration current and temperature B ­
Ch 3 Clutch C calibration current and temperature C ­
Ch 4 Clutch D calibration current and temperature D ­
Ch 5 Clutch E calibration current and temperature E ­
Ch 6 Clutch F1 calibration current and temperature F1 ­
Ch 7 Clutch F2 calibration current and temperature F2 ­
Ch 8 Clutch F3 calibration current and temperature F3 ­
Ch 9 Clutch F4 calibration current and temperature
F4 ­
(50 km/h transmission)
Ch 9 Clutch R calibration current and temperature
R ­
(all other transmission speeds)
Ch 10 Clutch R calibration current and temperature
(50 km/h transmission only)
R ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 74

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (FOR STEERING ANGLE SENSOR) VALUES
Select the differential lock sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM447AVA 5
NOTE: The default calibration value is 12287 for the steering angle sensor.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6
Channel Description Value Range
Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 1000 ­ 8000
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 75

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ENGINE (FOR PTO TORQUE SENSOR) VALUES
Select the engine sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _ ".
BAIL06CCM448AVA 7
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 8
Channel Description Value Range
Ch 1 PTO torque sensor 500 ­ 8000
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 76

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL VALVE VALUES
Select the Electronic Draft Control sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM450AVA 9
NOTE: The default calibration value is 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the code followed by the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of
each channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10
Channel Description Code Value Range
Ch 1 Raise solenoid R 20 ­ 80
Ch 2 Lower solenoid L 20 ­ 80
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 77

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
PTO VALUES
Select the PTO sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM449AVA 11
NOTE: The default calibration value is 212 for the PTO solenoid.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12
Channel Description Value Range
Ch 1 PTO oil temperature 10 ­ 120
Ch 2 PTO solenoid 100 ­ 350
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 78

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H3 ­ CONFIGURATIONS
This menu is used to display the configurations available for:
1. Electronic Draft Control
• Ch.1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control
• Ch.3 Enable / Disable Slip Control
2. Transmission
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable Creeper (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable Park Lock (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction (Yes = Restricted)
• Ch.4 A clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.5 B clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.6 C clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.7 D clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.8 E clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.9 F1 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.10 F2 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.11 F3 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.12 F4 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 km/h transmission)
• Ch.12 R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (all other transmission speeds)
• Ch.13 R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 km/h transmission only)
3. Electronic engine
• Ch.1 PTO dynamometer test with maximum power boost (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Foot throttle type selection (Yes = Hella foot throttle fitted)
• Ch.3 Grid heater selection (Yes = fitted)
4. Front EHR
• Ch.1 Front EHR option selection (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Front Loader / Front Hitch selection
• Ch.3 not used
• Ch.4 Number of EHR setup
• Ch.5 High flow pump selection (Yes = Enabled)
5. Rear PTO
• Ch.1 PTO management selection
• Ch.2 PTO fender switches selection
• Ch.3 PTO clutch calibration adjustment
• Ch.4 PTO quickfill time adjustment
6. Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive
• Ch.1 Axle type
• Ch.2 Four wheel drive selection (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 Front axle angles (Terralock)
• Ch.4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 79

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM451FVA 13
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 80

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION OPTIONS
Select the transmission sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM452AVA 14
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 15
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Ch 5
Ch 6
Ch 7
Ch 8
Ch 9
Ch 10
Ch 11
Ch 12
Ch 12
Ch 13
Description
Enable / Disable Creeper
Enable / Disable Park Lock
40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
A clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
B clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
C clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
D clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
E clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F1 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F2 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F3 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F4 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 Km/h transmission)
R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (all other transmission speeds)
R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 Km/h transmission only)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 81

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Enable / Disable Creeper
This channel is used to select whether the Creeper option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 16
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the Creeper option is enabled (Yes)
or disabled (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the navigation "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating
that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ Enable / Disable Park Lock
This channel is used to select whether the Park Lock option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 17
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the Park Lock option is enabled (Yes)
or disabled (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 82

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
This channel is used to select whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM502AVA 18
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
option is restricted to 40 Km/h (Yes) or unrestricted (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 4 to 13 ­ Clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
These channels are used to adjust the quick fill value for the transmission solenoids.
Scroll through the available channels using the "h" and "m" keys. (see the table below for the description of each
channel)
Channel
Ch 4
Ch 5
Ch 6
Ch 7
Ch 8
Ch 9
Ch 10
Ch 11
Ch 12
Ch 12
Ch 13
Description
A clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
B clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
C clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
D clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
E clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F1 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F2 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F3 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
F4 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 Km/h transmission)
R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (all other transmission speeds)
R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (50 Km/h transmission only)
After a delay the clutch solenoid code then current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM503AVA 19
Use the "h" and "m" keys to change the quick fill value between "0" and "255".
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 83

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
To save the desired value, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 84

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPTIONS
Select the Electronic Draft Control sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM453AVA 20
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 21
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Description
Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control
Enable / Disable Slip Control
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 85

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Diameter Of The External Hydraulic Lift Rams
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are in (mm):
• 80
• 90
• 100
BAIL06CCM504AVA 22
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable Electronic Draft Control
• NO ­ Disable Electronic Draft Control
BAIL06CCM501AVA 23
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 86

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ Enable / Disable Slip Control
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable Slip Control
• NO ­ Disable Slip Control
BAIL06CCM505AVA 24
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 87

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC ENGINE OPTIONS
Select the electronic engine sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM454AVA 25
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 26
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Dynamometer power boost test
Foot throttle selection
Grid heater selection
Description
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 88

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Dynamometer Power Boost Test
This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer tested with maximum powerboost.
NOTE: The powerboost is only active for 45 minutes.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable powerboost test
• NO ­ Disable powerboost test
BAIL06CCM506AVA 27
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ Foot throttle selection
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Hella foot throttle fitted (default)
• NO ­ Another type fitted
BAIL06CCM501AVA 28
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 89

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ Grid heater selection
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Grid heater fitted
• NO ­ Grid heater not fitted
BAIL06CCM505AVA 29
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 90

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
REAR PTO OPTIONS
Select the PTO sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM455AVA 30
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 31
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
PTO management selection
PTO fender switches selection
PTO drop out speed selection
Description
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 91

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ PTO Management Selection
This channel is used to disable/enable the PTO management for the PTO control system.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable PTO management
• NO ­ Disable PTO management
BAIL06CCM506AVA 32
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 2 ­ PTO Fender Switches Selection
This channel is used to disable/enable the rear PTO fender switch.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• YES ­ Enable rear PTO fender switches
• NO ­ Disable rear PTO fender switches
BAIL06CCM501AVA 33
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 92

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ PTO Drop Out Speed Selection
This channel is used to adjust the engine speed below which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 34
Use the “"h" or "m" key to increase or decrease the setting in 10 RPM increments between 0 ­ 550 RPM.
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 93

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK AND FOUR WHEEL DRIVE OPTIONS
Select the four wheel drive sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM456AVA 35
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 36
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Description
Axle type
Four wheel drive selection
Front axle angles (Terralock)
Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 94

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Axle Type
This channel is used to select the front axle type.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key
The options available are:
• 0 ­ Standard front axle
• 1 ­ Super Steer front axle
BAIL06CCM507AVA 37
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 2­ Four Wheel Drive Selection
This channel is used to enable / disable four wheel drive.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• Yes ­ Enable four wheel drive
• No ­ Disable four wheel drive
BAIL06CCM501AVA 38
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 95

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ Front Axle Angles (Terralock)
This channel is used to select the steering angle at which the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions
engage and disengage.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The available options (0, 1, 2 or 3) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Standard Axle
0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 10­15Km/h 10­15Km/h 10­20Km/h10­20Km/h
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Four
Wheel
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Drive
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Option 0 25º 21.25º 15º 13.5º 5º 4.5º 20º 17.5º
Option 1 40º 32.5º 15º 13.5º 5º 4.5º 35º 29º
Option 2 15º 13.5º 10º 9.25º 5º 4.5º 10º 9.25º
Option 3 10º 9.25º 5º 4.5º 5º 4.5º 10º 9.25º
SuperSteer Axle
0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 0­10Km/h 10­15Km/h 10­15Km/h 10­20Km/h10­20Km/h
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Difflock
Auto
Four
Wheel
Auto Four
Wheel
Drive
Drive
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Degrees
Right
Degrees
Left
Option 0 16º 13.4º 9º 7.7º 2º 1.6º 12.5º 10.5º
Option 1 26.5º 20.25º 9º 7.7º 2º 1.6º 23º 18º
Option 2 9º 7.75º 5.5º 4.75º 2º 1.6º 5.5º 4.75º
Option 3 5.5º 4.75º 2º 2.6º 2º 1.6º 5.5º 4.75º
BAIL06CCM508AVA 39
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 96

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 4 ­ Four Wheel Drive Brake Engagement Speed Selection
This channel is used to select the ground speed below which four wheel drive braking will not occur.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The available options (0, 1, 2, 3 or 4) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is
greater than or equal to:
Option 4 Option 3 Option 2 Option 1 Option 0
Default 4.8 Km/h. 3.2 Km/h. 1.6 Km/h. 0 Km/h.
6.4 Km/h.
BAIL06CCM509AVA 40
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 97

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
FRONT EHR OPTIONS
Select the Front EHR sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM457AVA 41
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 42
The required channel can be selected by using the navigation “up" and “down" keys (see the table below for the
description of each channel).
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Ch 5
Front EHR option selection
Front Loader / Front Hitch selection
not used
Number of EHR setup
High flow pump selection
Description
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 98

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Front EHR Option Selection
This channel is used to disable/enable the front EHR.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• Yes ­ Enable front EHR
• No ­ Disable front EHR
BAIL06CCM500AVA 43
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 99

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 2 ­ Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection
This channel is used to select if the front EHRs are used in conjunction with the front hitch or the front loader.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• None ­ Neither selected
• Hitch ­ Front hitch selected
• Load ­ Front loader selected
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then the Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation.
If Front Loader is selected then the front EHR valves 1­3 will be reserved for front loader operation.
If None is selected then all the front EHR valves will be available for use.
BAIL06CCM510AVA 44
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 3
This channel is not used.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 100

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 4 ­ Number of EHR Setup
When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, automatic detection for the number of remotes is
used. If at any time the number of fitted remotes needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 45
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 5 ­ High Flow Pump Selection
This channel is used to disable/enable the high flow pump.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:
• Yes ­ Enable high flow pump
• No ­ Disable high flow pump
BAIL06CCM512AVA 46
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the
instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 101

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H4 ­ VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
Common to all sub­systems.
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM458FVA 47
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM459AVA 48
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 102

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM460AVA 49
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 103

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H5 ­ SWITCH OPERATION TEST
This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
Common to all sub­systems.
H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM461FVA 50
Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM462AVA 51
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 104

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel Controller Pin Number
Connector
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch
d28 CN4 16 Park lock switch
d29 CN3A 6 Internal EDC work fault switch (mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auto ON­OFF / increase switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d37 CN3A 19 Differential lock pressure switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch ­ manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch ­ automatic
d40 CN1B 26 Four wheel drive pressure switch
d41 CN3A 25 Four wheel drive switch ­ manual
d42 CN3A 24 Four wheel drive switch ­ automatic
d43 CN4 21 High flow pump chassis link
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch ­ normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch ­ normally closed
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Rear PTO ground speed switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO switch ­ automatic
d50 CN3A 21 Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) switch ­ program mode
d52 CN1A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d53 CN1B 24 Transmission oil pressure switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on/off switch
d55 CN3A 5 Engine speed switch ­ decrease
d56 CN3A 4 Engine speed switch ­ increase
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Rear PTO fender switch ­ normally open
d64 CN3A 3 Rear PTO fender switch ­ normally closed
d80 CN4 5 HTS auto switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link
d94 CN3A 16 EHR stop switch
d100 Via CAN Joystick xy to yz switch
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 106

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H6 ­ VEHICLE INFORMATION VIEW
H6 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM464FVA 54
Select the H6 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM465AVA 55
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 107

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
19 number of gears
50 Transmission speed
210 Engine power (Hp)
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM466AVA 56
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 108

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H7 ­ TEST MODES
This menu is used to check the clutch disconnect switch adjustment and to test the transmission synchronisers.
H7 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM467FVA 57
Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM468AVA 58
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 109

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 59
Channel
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Clutch disconnect switch test
Manual clutch adjustment
Manual quick fill adjustment
Clutch pressure test
Description
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 110

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 1 ­ Clutch Disconnect Switch Test
This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and status. In addition it also displays the oil temperature.
The clutch position is shown as a percentage of travel between (99­0):
• 99 = Clutch pedal is fully up
• 0 = Clutch pedal is fully down
The clutch position is also shown as in it’s switch state:
• O = Clutch pedal switch is open
• C = Clutch pedal switch is closed
BAIL06CCM469AVA 60
If the clutch pedal has been left in the fully up position for more than 5 seconds,
the oil temperature will be displayed in the upper section of the display.
BAIL06CCM470AVA 61
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 111

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 2 ­ Manual Clutch Adjustment
This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F4.
Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
BAIL06CCM471AVA 62
After a delay when the required clutch is selected, the current stored value will be shown in the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 63
The calibration values can be adjusted using the upshift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches will be
applied at low pressure to provide a torque path through the transmission, then the clutch that is being adjusted will
be applied at it’s bite point pressure so that it should just begin to engage.
To test the same clutch, depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it again.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 112

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 3 ­ Manual Quick Fill Adjustment
This channel is used to adjust and test the quick fill settings for each clutch.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three methods.
The quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to provide the torque path through the transmission after the clutch
being adjusted will be applied at it’s CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then a second will be applied at low pressure together with the one to
be adjusted at it’s CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure and at the same time the clutch being calibrated will be applied at
it’s CAL_P_NOM pressure.
To select the test method, depress the clutch pedal and press the upshift switch to cycle through the options.
BAIL06CCM473AVA 64
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F4.
Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
BAIL06CCM471AVA 65
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 113

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
After a delay the clutch solenoid code then current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM474AVA 66
To adjust the setting, release the clutch pedal and press the upshift or downshift to reach the required setting.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 114

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel 4 ­ Clutch Pressure Test
This channel is used to test the pressure for each clutch.
Place the shuttle lever in the forward position.
The upper display will show the following:
• U24 = Neutral
• A24 = Forward
The handbrake must be ON, If the handbrake is in the OFF position the code ’U20’ will be shown on the display.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 67
Select the clutch to be tested by depressing the upshift button.
BAIL06CCM476AVA 68
When the clutch pedal is depressed from the fully raised position the lower central display will show ’A24’ then ’A20’
decreasing to ’A0’.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 69
If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % then the pressure is set to zero.
At 30 % pedal position the clutch pressure is set at 1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the clutch pedal is lifted
to 75 %.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 115

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
Depress and hold the down shift button to energise the clutch solenoid.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 116

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H8 ­ CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM478FVA 70
IMPORTANT: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RD" displayed will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub­systems.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 117

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H9 ­ VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
Common to all sub­systems.
H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM480FVA 74
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM481AVA 75
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 119

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
BAIL06CCM446AVA 76
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any components.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
1 Clutch pedal position 72 Released 26 Depressed
2 Transmission temperature sender 75 % at 40 °C.
3 Fuse 38 sense 96
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 48
6 +8 Volt sensor supply 79
7 +12 Volt VF input ( See explanation ) 45
8 +12 Volt VD input ( See explanation ) 45 Shuttle lever in
forward
9 +12 Volt VH input ( See explanation ) 45
10 +12 Volt VT input ( See explanation ) 45
29 Creeper position potentiometer ­
30 Electronic Draft Control valve raise solenoid 0 Off ­ 66 On
31 Electronic Draft Control valve lower solenoid 0 Off ­ 66 On
32 Lift arm position potentiometer 6 Lowered 79 Raised
33 Lift control potentiometer 10 Lowered 88 Raised
34 Drop rate control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
35 Height limit control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
36 Sensitivity control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
37 Slip limit control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
38 Right hand load sensing pin 46 With no implement
39 Left hand load sensing pin 46 With no implement
40 Draft load control potentiometer 88 Clockwise 10 Counter
clockwise
41 Electronic Draft Control raise switch (bone) 30 Released 68 Depressed
42 Electronic Draft Control work switch (bone) 30 Released 68 Depressed
43 Clutch A solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
44 Clutch B solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 120

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
45 Clutch C solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
46 Clutch D solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
47 Clutch E solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
48 Electronic Draft Control raise / work fault line 0 Released 99 Depressed
49 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 Off ­ 99 On
52 Creeper solenoid current 0 Off ­ 99 On
58 Low range solenoid current 0 Off ­ 70 On
59 Mid range solenoid current 0 Off ­ 70 On
60 High range solenoid current 0 Off ­ 70 On
61 19th gear solenoid current
62 19th gear dump solenoid current
66 Reverse synchroniser solenoid current 0 Off ­ 70 On
76 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
77 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
80 Shuttle lever park lock switch 30 Park lock on 68 Park lock off
81 Upshift switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
82 Downshift switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
83 Hand throttle low idle input 0 at low idle 99 not at low idle
84 Engine inlet boost pressure via CAN
85 Engine inlet boost pressure sensor via CAN
86 Oil temperature sensor via CAN
87 Rail pressure sensor via CAN
88 Fuel temperature sensor via CAN
89 Hand throttle potentiometer 2 4 Low idle 36 High idle
90 Hand throttle potentiometer 1 6 Low idle 73 High idle
91 Foot throttle potentiometer 010 Low idle 85 High idle
97 EHR joystick (X)
98 EHR joystick (Y)
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components not directly affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. forward and reverse synchroniser solenoids, creeper solenoid and four wheel drive solenoid.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components which are affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. PWM solenoids.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to electronic draft control components, i.e. raise and lower
solenoids.
VT Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to rear PTO and Differential lock, i.e. rear PTO clutch,
Rear PTO brake, and differential lock solenoids.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 121

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HA ­ DEMONSTRATION MENU
Used to demonstrate engine power boost.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM482FVA 77
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM483AVA 78
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 122

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 79
Channel
Ch 1
Engine power boost demonstration
Description
Channel 1 ­ Engine Power Boost Demonstration
Power boost will only be active under the following conditions:
• No PTO torque sensor or calibration fault codes
• PTO is fully engaged
• Wheel speed is greater than 0.5 Km/h.
• Engine speed is greater than 1300 rev/min.
• Coolant temperature is below 105 °C.
• PTO has at least 250 Nm torque applied
The lower central display will display “Pbd" (Power boost demonstration).
Start the engine and operate the vehicle to activate engine power boost. The power boost lamp on the ADIC will be
illuminated when power boost is enabled.
Engine power boost will work as normal, but using the CRPM adjustment switch will turn the powerboost on and off.
CRPM increase switch (1) to turn power boost ON
CRPM decrease switch (2) to turn power boost OFF
NOTE: Power boost demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
BAIL06CCM484AVA 80
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 123

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HB ­ DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub­system can be stored.
Common to all sub­systems.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM485FVA 81
Select the required sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL06CCM486AVA 82
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 124

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HC ­ CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM489FVA 86
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM490AVA 87
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 126

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HD ­ TRANSMISSION SETUP SHORTCUTS
This menu is used as a shortcut to access a number of setups and options for the transmission.
NOTE: This menu is not accessible using the service switch.
Enter the mode by placing the shuttle lever in the forward position and pressing the auto function switch at key ON
with the clutch pedal released.
The instrument cluster central display will show ’OPT_’. Use the ’h’ and ’m’ keys to scroll through the available options.
When the desired option is displayed the display will change after a couple of seconds and the procedure for the
selected option can be performed.
Option
1 GAC (Gear Adjustment Criterion)
2 LAG (Lowest default Auto Gear)
Description
GAC (Gear Adjustment Criterion)
This mode is used to adjust the forward/reverse shuttle programmable offset.
Use the ’upshift’ and ’downshift’ switches to increase or decrease the offset value between ­3 and +3.
LAC (Lowest default Auto Gear)
This mode is used to select the lowest default gear available in the transport auto mode.
Use the ’h’ and ’m’ keys to scroll through the available ranges of values between 7 and 12.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 128

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HE ­ DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS
This menu is used to verify the operation of various frequency inputs.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
Common to all sub­systems.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM491FVA 90
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM492AVA 91
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 129

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 92
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
1 Wheel speed
2 Radar
3 Not used
4 Rear PTO speed
5 Not used
6 Mid speed sensor
7 PTO twist speed sensor
8 Engine flywheel speed
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 130

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HF ­ VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub­systems.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM494FVA 93
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM495AVA 94
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 131

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
560 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
2000 Serial number
48 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM496AVA 95
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 132

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HJ ­ ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE SET­UP
This menu allows the Electronic Hydraulic Remote (EHR) control valve numbers to be reset.
The EHR valve stores a number to indicate its position in the remote control valve stack, i.e. valve number 1,2, 3, 4
or 5.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM549FVB 96
Select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM498AVA 97
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 133

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Configure
KA ­ Steering Control
HH Service Menu Figure Number
H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Not used ­
H4 View software revision level 5
H5 Switch operation test 8
H6 Not used ­
H7 Not used ­
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
12
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 15
HA Not used ­
HB Display stored fault codes 18
HC Clear all stored fault codes 23
HD Not used ­
HE Display frequency inputs 27
HF View controller hardware information 30
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 135

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H1 ­ CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibration the steering controller. Refer to Fast steer system ­ Calibration (D.20.C).
H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM601FVB 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 136

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H2 ­ VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES
This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the steering controller.
H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM653FVB 2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 137

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Select the steering sub­system by depressing the “dimming" key.
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM654AVB 3
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Default Value Range
Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 138

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H4 ­ VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
Common to all sub­systems.
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM657FVA 5
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM658AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 139

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM460AVB 7
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 140

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H5 ­ SWITCH OPERATION TEST
This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
Common to all sub­systems.
H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM659FVA 8
Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM660AVA 9
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 141

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H8 ­ CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM670FVA 12
CAUTION
H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes. B006
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Select the H8 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM671AVA 13
Depress and hold the “m" key to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 143

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
Turn the keystart OFF.
BVE0121A 14
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 144

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H9 ­ VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
Common to all sub­systems.
H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM672FVA 15
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM673AVA 16
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 145

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
BAIL06CCM446AVA 17
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any components.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
1 LVDT secondary winding 1 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve 350 to 500 mA
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 146

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HB ­ DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub­system can be stored.
Common to all sub­systems.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM674FVA 18
Select the steering sub­system by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL06CCM680AVA 19
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 147

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HC ­ CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM681FVA 23
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM682AVA 24
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 149

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HE ­ DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS
This menu is used to verify the operation of various frequency inputs.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
Common to all sub­systems.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM683FVA 27
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM684AVA 28
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 151

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will display "ch _"
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 29
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes
1
2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 152

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
HF ­ VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub­systems.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM685FVA 30
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM686AVA 31
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 153

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
0525 Hardware identification
0100 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM687AVA 32
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 154

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description
Fault Codes and Fault Finding
The tractors have an inbuilt self diagnostic facility. This facility utilises the digital display of the Instrument cluster to
indicate, in coded format, malfunctions in the electrical and electronic circuitry and in the micro­processor. It should
be noted that the self diagnostic capability is generally limited to diagnosis of the electrical and electronic circuitry
and related components, however, there are some codes, which can be generated if pressure switch circuits are not
closed because of an actual lack of hydraulic pressure. Any malfunction of the mechanical and hydraulic components
must be diagnosed using conventional techniques, performance characteristics and tooling, such as pressure testing
equipment.
Trouble­shooting and fault finding should always be carried out in a logical and planned sequence, many apparent
faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the replacement of expensive
components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more positive and cost effective repair.
With the use of micro­processors it is often that this item is blamed for any malfunction but the real truth is that this
item is usually sound and that the fault is due to poor contacts in the associated connectors.
Each electrical connector illustrated and identified in the wiring diagrams and referred to in the following fault finding
procedures, has the same identification reference. For example, one of the processor connectors is referred to as
Connector C100 in the illustration and also referred to as C100 the fault finding procedure. In the faultfinding procedure
the connector, pin and wire colour are shown as, C100 pin 21 in(GY). If all the wires are the same colour, the
circuit number is also included to aid in wire identification. For example, C100 pin 21 (694­GY). This is broken down
as follows:
C100 Connector number
694 Circuit number
GY Wire colour
All tests are carried out on the harness side of the connector, unless otherwise stated.
Refer to the relevant chapter for complete wiring diagrams and how to use them Wiring harness ­ Static description
(A.30.A).
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting tests to ensure that obvious ‘mechanical’ damage has not occurred to the harness or the connectors.
A good quality multi­meter is an essential item to perform fault finding. It should be capable of measuring resistance
of at least 20,000 ohms and measuring voltage and current. When using the multi­meter it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging the instrument. Refer to the ’Basic Multi­Meter use’ section of
this chapter for further details.
IMPORTANT: Care should be used when using the multi­meter, only use the instrument as instructed to avoid damage
to the internal elements of the micro­processor. When checking the continuity of wiring, sensors or switches it is
necessary to isolate the electronic micro­processor and ensure the keystart is turned off to prevent possible further
damage. The keystart should only be switched on and the processor connected where specifically instructed in the
fault finding procedure.
If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER METHOD
FOR CLEANING TERMINALS. Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro­ethylene, this solvent will damage the
plastic body of the connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a Freon T.F. base.
SPECIAL TOOLS
Description
Tool No.
Electrical Repair Tool Kit (North America Only) FNH 01000 / 380040089
Harness Repair Kit (Except North America) 294070
Test Probe Kit (Except North America) 297448
WIRING HARNESS REPAIRS
Temporary Wiring Harness Repair
NOTE: It is acceptable to use the following repair procedure on the CAN BUS wiring. It is important though to ensure
that the wire lengths are not altered from the original as this will affect the performance of the CAN BUS system.
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as possible.
Do not attempt to repair the wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and should only be replaced with a new
component.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 155

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
2. Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent ingress
of water or chemicals.
1b0o2004061091 4
Harness Wire Replacement
If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond repair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed as a temporary
repair until such time when a new harness assembly can be installed. Use the following procedure to install an
additional wire:
1. Locate the faulty wire using the procedures described in the fault code charts.
2. Disconnect the affected connectors.
3. If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the connector and harness outer covering.
4. Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the affected wire using the appropriate removal tool found in the
harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure correct pin removal.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 157

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for the
connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross­sectional
size wire and measure out the length required by
following the harness routing.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the existing
harness outer covering, if this is not possible run the wire
along the harness, securing regularly with suitable ties.
With the wire correctly routed instal the second terminal
into its connector block. Replace the connector seal
if removed.
1b0o2004061092 5
Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
connector.
To ensure that the repair has been effective check for
continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi­meter.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent ingress
of water or chemicals.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 158

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
1b0o2004061093 6
THE DIGITAL MULTI­METER
NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multimeter. Always refer to the manufactures
operators manual for correct operation
A multimeter is an electronic measuring device. The different types of measurement that can be made depend upon
the make and model of the multimeter. Most types of multimeter have the capacity to measure:
• Current (A) ac or dc
• Resistance (Ω)
• Voltage (V) ac or dc
• Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multimeters have other functions, such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and test diodes.
1b0o2004061094 7
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 159

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
1b0o2004061097 10
Measuring Current (Amps):
Set the range dial to either ac or dc current. When measuring current up to 2 amps, connect the Red test probe to
the "A" terminal. When measuring current up to 10 amps, connect the Red test probe to the 10 "A" terminal. Always
connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal. When taking measurement of current, always break the circuit
and connect the multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at 1OA.
1b0o2004061098 11
Measuring Resistance (Ohms):
Set the range dial to the desired Q position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. If the resistance being measured is connected in a circuit, then turn off the power to the
circuit. Connect the test probes to the measuring point and read off the display value.
1b0o2004061099 12
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 161

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Continuity (Buzzer) test:
Set the range dial to the “Buzz" position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. Connect the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if the resistance is less than
50 ohm then the buzzer will sound, indicating continuity.
1b0o2004061100 13
Note: Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at different ohmic values, depending on the quality of the meter.
This can often be misleading. For example, when checking a corroded earth point. A poor quality multi meter may
buzz at 150 ohm, indicating continuity and no problem. When using a higher quality multi meter for the same test,
it would not buzz due to the high resistance. When carrying out such tests, we should always check the value of
resistance as well as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.
1b0o2004061101 14
SUMMARY:
When measuring ­
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ω):
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance as well!!)
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURES
Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the vehicle.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 162

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
1. Continuity Test, Short to ground
2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts.
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, Open circuits
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST ­ SHORT TO GROUND
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, Keyswitch OFF, (sometimes battery disconnected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit disconnected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact with
a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is not
corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case
of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. 3 ­ 4 ohms indicates a
direct short to chassis ground and must be located and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate circuit
paths through modules, and that an additional connector needs to be disconnected to perform the test. More
than 100K ohms indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to ground.
5.
1b0o2004061102 15
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to
perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to touch
the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black lead
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 163

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
to make contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface
of the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines specified in the procedure.
5.
1b0o2004061103 16
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect tractor part by unplugging electrical connectors to expose the part assembly connector for testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms and insert test probes into connector terminals specified in
procedure. When checking potentiometers, measure from wiper terminal to each of the other terminals while
TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This will ensure no open spots escape detection. When checking rocker or rotary
switches, actuate the switch while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent of
range tolerance for all measurements.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 164

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
4.
1b0o2004061104 17
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST ­ CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or pull fuses).
2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter lead
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the
black lead to make contact with the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other pins
in the connector and the connector case, if it is metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no more
than 3 ­ 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous. More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals in
connectors, and 100K ohms indicates an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 165

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must be
investigated.
BSE2778A 20
FUSE LINKS
A fuse link is a wire that acts like a fuse, breaking down and causing an open circuit when the current that passes
through it exceeds a certain amperage. For primary fuse protection the main supplies from the starter solenoid are
fitted with fuse links.
1b0o2004061107 21
CIRCUIT CONTROL DEVICES
Some of the components in a circuit are used to interrupt and direct current flow either through an action of the operator
or automatically. The current interrupters you are probably most familiar with are switches.
1b0o2004061108 22
SWITCHES
Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch can
control a number of different circuits at the same time. This is achieved by having several separate connections
and/or multi­connector switches (several switch ’positions’).
There are several types of switch, and they may incorporate a warning light.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 167

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
RESISTANCE DEVICES
A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters are
examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters make
use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.
1b0o2004061112 26
POTENTIOMETERS
Potentiometers are variable resistors which are dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float movement, to
vary the resistance of the component and therefore alter the output voltage.
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentiometer, the resistance should be measured at the minimum and
maximum positions and a smooth and continuous change of resistance should be observed between. As the resistance
varies with temperature, the test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.
1b0o2004061113 27
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing current to move metal parts within the components.
RELAYS
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay’s control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place (see Fig. 28).
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When
the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual
switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:
• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated,
i.e., bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches, used to operate the relay.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 169

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro­magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
1b0o2004061114 28
A switch­relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:
• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimise voltage drop.
There are several types of relays. They can be normally open or normally closed. They may have internal electronic
circuits to give special operating features. For example, they can turn the switch on/off at timed intervals (flasher
relay), be sensitive to current, temperature, etc. The relay cover usually gives information about the features of the
relay.
On the relay cover there are usually 4 or 5 terminal markings :
• 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.
• 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 86: winding input terminal.
• 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
Brown relays are normally open relays, blue ones are normally closed.
1b0o2004061115 29
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids (30) work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place.
As a result, the windings in the control cause the iron core to move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of this core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter
motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro­magnetic force is produced
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 170

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse
(see Fig. 32). The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage
of one complete cycle.
With reference to Fig. 32, diagrams 1 to 3 show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram 4 shows
the initial 12 V programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the
valve, whereas column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column C the reading on a voltmeter connected to
the solenoid valve.
Diagram 1 shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve at
all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram 2), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram 3 shows the maximum signal that is used during
the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of its run
and in an indication of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
1b0o2004061118 32
SENSORS
A sensor is the primary component of a measurement chain that converts the input variable (temperature, capacitance,
reluctance) into a signal suitable for measurement. The relationship between the input variable and the measured
signal is a characteristic of the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use. It consists
of three elements: the sensor itself; the converter, which converts the output signal from the sensor (in most of the
cases into an electric signal); and the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from the converter in the most
suitable form. Generally the term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.
TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance according
to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature Coefficient).
In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in fluids,
such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant temperature sender. The changes in its resistance (which varies
with temperature) are relayed to the Instrument Cluster, which operates the bargraph and the warning indicators
accordingly.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 172

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
1b0o2004061122 36
ELECTRONIC MODULES
The electronic modules are the "black boxes" that provide control on many of the functions of the tractor. These
functions may vary according to the options that are fitted on the tractor.
Inside these "black boxes" there is a processor, the "thinking part" of the module, and inside some of them there is
one or more memories, which may allow the module to store calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle (which
optional tools or devices have been installed) and the error codes.
BSE3118B_516 37
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical contacts (see Fig. 38). There are three main types of pins: for
the inputs of the signals, for the outputs and for the processor supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.
Then some software is needed, to handle the communication between the processor and the memories and to manage
the various signals going into and out of the processor. The software is designed to operate in a different way for
every module, and is called functional code.
1b0o2004061123 38
A serial data link is a kind of communication where data is sent along a single wire, so the information regarding
different functions of the same processor are sent to the Instrument Cluster in different moments.
To provide a continuous control on components, the processor continuously scans all the inputs in a time­sharing
mode, with a cycle lasting 1O ms. This means that all the components controlled by the processor are checked one
by one, and that every component is checked 100 times per second.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 174

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The electronic modules are often blamed as responsible for most of the problems of the modern tractors, while they
are for certain among the most protected parts of the tractor. In fact, the pins of the module are protected against
spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input and in output
to give the best handling of information.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) SYSTEM
BRJ4637B 39
CAN BUS Architecture
1. CAN BUS 1 4. CAN BUS Select
2. CAN BUS 2 (EHR’s) 5. Diagnostic Connector
3. CAN BUS 2 Terminating Resistor 6. Implement BUS
The tractor utilises a CAN (Controller Area Network) in addition to the standard wiring harnesses. The CAN is a
2­wire system which uses a series of numeric values sent at very high speed to transmit data between controllers and
components. A CAN system has the advantage of being able to use one component for many applications without
the need for hard wiring to each application, as in a conventional system.
Depending on the model specification, controllers are used to control a number of systems on the tractor. Refer to
Figure 39 for details of processors and CAN BUS connections.
FAULT CODE DISPLAYS
All fault codes are displayed on the analog digital instrument cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (DMD). Only disabling
errors will be displayed on the DMD and will be visible to the operator. Less serious errors are stored and can be
retrieved via the H­Menus, refer to Control module ­ Static description (A.50.A) for more detailed information.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 175

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRE1568B 40
Fault Code Symbols
1. Engine 7. P.T.O. system
2. Transmission 8. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 9. Front suspension
4. CAN malfunction 10. Four wheel drive
5. Electronic draft control 11. Instrument panel electrical
fault
6. Front hitch 12. Fast steer system
The ADIC will display a symbol accompanied by a four or five digit code to indicate a fault has occured. The symbol
represents the system in which the fault is detected and the code specifies the cause of the detected fault.
The fault codes are grouped by system using the following numbered ranges:
• 1001­2000 (Electronic Draft Control)
• 2001­3000 (Transmission)
• 3001­4000 (Engine)
• 4100­4400 (Rear Electro ­ Hydraulic Remotes)
• 4500­4600 (Front Electro ­ Hydraulic Remotes)
• 5001­6000 (Rear Power Take Off )
• 6001­7000 (Four wheel drive)
• 7001­8000 (Differential lock)
• 8001­9000 (Front PTO)
• 9001­10000 (Front hitch)
• 10001­11000 (Front suspension)
• 14001­15000 (Instrument cluster)
• 15001­16000 (Steering controller )
• 16001­17000 (Air conditioning )
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 176

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H­MENU DIAGNOSTIC MODE
The H­menu diagnostic mode can be used to access and clear the fault codes which may be stored in the various
controllers. The H­menu diagnostic mode also contains many other useful functions which may be used to assist with
diagnostics.
Refer to the Diagnostic H Routines chapter in Control module ­ Static description (A.50.A).
BVE0006A 41
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 177

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Fault code index
Transmission Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch
calibration
1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch 1) Open circuit for the seat switch
input to the transmission module
2) Faulty seat switch
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if seat switch is
connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the handbrake
feed into the transmission module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to
see if the temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake
feed into the transmission module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1150, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor to the cluster
3) Instrument cluster is not powered
4) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the
engine speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1350, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23
U26
Shuttle lever is in the neutral, shift it
to forward
Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch
pedal
1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle
2) Open circuit between the shuttle
lever and the transmission module
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the
switch is connected
1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
2) The clutch potentiometer linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle
forward slightly and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value
exceeded
1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
Possible PWM valve faulty or low hydraulic pressure fault
U68 Creeper not engaged ­
U69 Creeper stuck ­
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high ­
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low ­
U77 Damper calibration value too high ­
U78 Damper calibration value too low ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 178

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Electronic Draft Control Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
Note: There are no ’U’ error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 179

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
PTO Torque Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U51 Engine speed sensor 1) Check engine speed sensor is fitted
2) Check engine speed sensor to the cluster
3) Instrument cluster is not powered
4) Broken CAN link
Note: Use the HE menu function in the
transmission module to see if the engine speed is being detected
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected 1) CRPM switch operated greater than 3 times, repeat procedure
U55 PTO started 1) PTO turned on while completing Calibration procedure.
Repeat the calibration
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit ­
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit ­
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 180

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Front Suspension Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit ­
ACP will not work
1) Check the wiring harness
2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading
during calibration. If less than 51 then replace the potentiometer
U02
Front axle potentiometer threshold is
higher than set limit
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit ­
ACP will not work
U04
U05
U07
U08
U09
U10
Front axle potentiometer threshold is
lower than set limit
Suspension is not reaching its
minimum/maximum position during
ACP procedure
Suspension is stationary during the
raise command in the ACP procedure
Suspension unable to reach maximum
height within 20 seconds
Suspension is stationary during
the lowering command in the ACP
procedure
Suspension unable to reach minimum
height within 25 seconds
1) Check the potentiometer installation
2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading. If
greater than 970 then replace the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness
1) Check the wiring harness
2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
1) Change the potentiometer
1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
if the range of the potentiometer is less than 1509
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
1) Check the raise solenoid harness
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the pressure of the accumulators
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
1) Check the raise valve installation
2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
1) Check the unload solenoid harness
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the hydraulic pressure
4) Disconnect implement
1) Check unload solenoid installation
2) Check the hydraulic pressure
3) Disconnect implement
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more
than 3 times to initiate calibration
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the hydraulic pressure
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U13 Front suspension option not activated 1) Use H3 to enable the front suspension option
U14 Insufficient potentiometer range for
optimal suspension performance
­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 181

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Rear Hydraulic Electronic Remote Valves Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral ­
U62 Lever No.2 not in neutral ­
U63 Lever No.3 not in neutral ­
U64 Lever No.4 not in neutral ­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 182

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Front Hitch Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U110 Position potentiometer value too high ­
or the hitch is not lowered
U111 Position potentiometer value too low
or the hitch is not raised
­
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 183

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Steering Calibration ’U’ Error Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U21 ERPM is below 1300, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) COpen circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster
3) Instrument cluster is not powered
4) Broken CAN line
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U71 Calibration attempted while enable
switch is off
1) The enable switch is in the off position
2) The enable switch is in the off position at start up
but needs to be cycled through off then on to enable
U72
Proximity sensor input is out of range
­ open
U73 Proximity sensor input is out range ­
closed
U74
Error Code Lists
LVDT calibration has been
unsuccessful (out of range after
4th attempt)
1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
1) Faulty LVDT sensor
2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
Code Description Reference
1002 1002 ­ POOR OR NO SIGNAL FROM
TRACTOR PERFORMANCE MONI­
TOR RADAR
1003 1003 ­ Radar signal higher than
groundspeed signal
1004 1004 ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Sensing system , High signal
, Wheel Speed Sensor ­ signal too
high
1006 1006 ­ SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE
LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1007 1007 ­ SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE
HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOME­
TER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
Sensing system ­ Disconnection
(H.10.D)
Sensing system ­ Out of range
(H.10.D)
Sensing system ­ High signal
(H.10.D)
Electronic control Slip control ­
Undervoltage (H.10.D)
Electronic control Slip control ­
Overvoltage (H.10.D)
1008 1008 ­ RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAIL­
URE
Command ­ Malfunction (H.10.D)
1009 1009 ­ BOTH EXTERNAL HPL
FENDER SWITCHES ARE BEING
OPERATED SIMULTANEOUSLY
1010 1010 ­ HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
Command ­ Switch conflict
(H.10.D)
Electronic control Height control ­
Undervoltage (H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 184

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
1011 1011 ­ HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL
VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED PO­
TENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE
VOLTAGE)
1012 1012 ­ DROP RATE CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1013 1013 ­ DROP RATE CONTROL
VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED PO­
TENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE
VOLTAGE)
1014 1014 ­ RIGHT HAND LOAD SENS­
ING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW
1015 1015 ­ RIGHT HAND LOAD SENS­
ING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1016 1016 ­ LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING
PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW
1017 1017 ­ LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING
PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1018 1018 ­ BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS
DISCONNECTED
1019 1019 ­ LOAD SENSING PIN VOLT­
AGE LESS THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT
OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1020 1020 ­ LOAD SENSING PIN VOLT­
AGE GREATER THAN 8 VOLTS
(SHORT TO +12 VOLTS)
1021 1021 ­ DRAFT SENSITIVITY CON­
TROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR
OPEN CIRCUIT)
1022 1022 ­ DRAFT SENSITIVITY CON­
TROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO
+VE VOLTAGE)
1023 1023 ­ CONTROL PANEL DISCON­
NECTED
1024 1024 ­ PERFORM THE HYDRAULIC
LIFT AUTCALIBRATION
1025 1025 ­ POSITION CONTROL PO­
TENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLT­
AGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIR­
CUIT)
Electronic control Height control ­
Overvoltage (H.10.D)
Electronic control Drop rate
control ­ Undervoltage (H.10.D)
Electronic control Drop rate
control ­ Overvoltage (H.10.D)
Sensing system RH draft pin
sensor ­ Low signal (H.10.D)
Sensing system RH draft pin
sensor ­ High signal (H.10.D)
Sensing system LH draft pin
sensor ­ Low signal (H.10.D)
Sensing system LH draft pin
sensor ­ High signal (H.10.D)
Sensing system RH draft pin
sensor ­ Disconnection (H.10.D)
Sensing system RH draft pin
sensor ­ Undervoltage (H.10.D)
Sensing system RH draft pin
sensor ­ Overvoltage (H.10.D)
Sensing system Draft sensitivity
potentiometer ­ Undervoltage
(H.10.D)
Sensing system Draft sensitivity
potentiometer ­ Overvoltage
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Disconnection
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Bad calibration
(H.10.D)
Electronic control Position control
­ Undervoltage (H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 185

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
1026 1026 ­ POSITION CONTROL PO­
TENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLT­
AGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTEN­
TIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE
VOLTAGE)
1027 1027 ­ LIFT ARM POSITION SENS­
ING CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW
(SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1028 1028 ­ LIFT ARM POSITION SENS­
ING CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1029 1029 ­ HYDRAULIC CONTROL
VALVE DISCONNECTED
1030 1030 ­ SIGNAL GROUND OPEN
CIRCUIT
1031 1031 ­ CHASSIS HARNESS DIS­
CONNECTED
1032 1032 ­ DRAFT CONTROL PO­
TENTIOMETER VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1033 1033 ­ DRAFT CONTROL PO­
TENTIOMETER VOLTAGE LOW
(SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1049 1049 ­ WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
1053 1053 ­ CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REF­
ERENCE SHORTED TO +VE VOLT­
AGE
1054 1054 ­ CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REF­
ERENCE SHORT TO GROUND
1059 1059 ­ CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REF­
ERENCE OPEN CIRCUIT
1059 1059 ­ WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic
draft control Electronic control
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical
Open circuit , 8 Volt
reference error (Draft Load Pins)
1063 1063 ­ EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE
LOWER SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
1064 1064 ­ EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE
RAISE SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
Electronic control Position control
­ Overvoltage (H.10.D)
Sensing system Lift arm position
potentiometer ­ Undervoltage
(H.10.D)
Sensing system Lift arm position
potentiometer ­ Overvoltage
(H.10.D)
Control valve ­ Disconnection
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Open circuit
(H.10.D)
Electrical control ­ Disconnection
(H.10.D)
Electronic control Draft control ­
Overvoltage (H.10.D)
Electronic control Draft control ­
Undervoltage (H.10.D)
Sensing system ­ Open circuit
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Short circuit to
B+ (H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Short circuit to
ground (H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Open circuit
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Open circuit
(H.10.D)
Electrical control Lower solenoid ­
Open circuit (H.10.D)
Electrical control Raise solenoid ­
Open circuit (H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 186

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
1065 1065 ­ EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE
LOWER SOLENOID SHORT CIR­
CUIT
1066 1066 ­ EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE
RAISE SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
1067 1067 ­ EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE
SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW
1068 1068 ­ HEIGHT LIMIT CALIBRATION
ERROR
1069 1069 ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
, Malfunction , Raise/Work
switch failure (transmission bone)
2001 2001 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Disabled , Shuttle Too Fast (N)
2002 2002 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Disabled , Flash "N" Error
Electrical control Lower solenoid ­
Short circuit (H.10.D)
Electrical control Raise solenoid ­
Short circuit (H.10.D)
Control valve ­ Undervoltage
(H.10.D)
Sensing system ­ Bad calibration
(H.10.D)
Electronic control ­ Malfunction
(H.10.D)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­
Disabled (C.20.E)
Electronic control ­ Incorrect work
(C.20.E)
2003 2003 ­ CP ­ clutch pedal required TRANSMISSION Powershift ­
Disabled (C.20.E)
2005 2005 ­ Creeper selection error ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ Out of range (C.30.C)
2009 2009 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Undervoltage , Seat Switch Input ­
Voltage too Low
2010 2010 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
, Overvoltage , Seat Switch Input ­
Voltage too high
2011 2011 ­ CLUTCH PEDAL POTEN­
TIOMETER SIGNAL LOW
2012 2012 ­ CLUTCH PEDAL POTEN­
TIOMETER SIGNAL HIGH
2016 2016 ­ Creeper solenoid solenoid
error
2021 2021 ­ CHASSIS HARNESS DIS­
CONNECTED
2021 2021 ­ CHASSIS HARNESS DIS­
CONNECTED
2024 2024 ­ ALL CLUTCHES AND SYN­
CHRONISERS REQUIRE CALIBRA­
TION
2024 2024 ­ ALL CLUTCHES AND SYN­
CHRONISERS REQUIRE CALIBRA­
TION
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(C.20.E)
Sensing system Master clutch
pedal potentiometer ­ Undervoltage
(C.20.E)
Sensing system Master clutch
pedal potentiometer ­ Overvoltage
(C.20.E)
Command ­ Malfunction (C.30.C)
Electrical control ­ Disconnection
(C.20.E)
Wiring harness ­ Disconnection
(A.30.A)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear ­ Not calibrated
(C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 187

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2026 2026 ­ Engine speed too high Sensing system ­ High signal
(C.20.E)
2027 2027 ­ Engine speed no signal Sensing system ­ No signal
(C.20.E)
2037 2037 ­ CLUTCH PEDAL DISCON­
NECT SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
Sensing system Bottom of clutch
switch ­ Open circuit (C.20.E)
2046 2046 ­ FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT Electrical control ­ Open circuit
(C.20.E)
2046 2046 ­ FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT Fuse and relay box Fuse ­ Open
circuit (A.30.A)
2047 2047 ­ CLUTCH DISCONNECT
SWITCH SET TOO HIGH
2048 2048 ­ CLUTCH DISCONNECT
SWITCH SET TOO LOW
2049 2049 ­ WHEEL SPEED SEN­
SOR OPEN CIRCUIT, SHORT TO
GROUND OR HIGH VOLTAGE
2049 2049 ­ WHEEL SPEED SEN­
SOR OPEN CIRCUIT, SHORT TO
GROUND OR HIGH VOLTAGE
2050 2050 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Short circuit
2051 2051 ­ OIL TEMPERATURE SEN­
SOR OPEN CIRCUIT
2052 2052 ­ OIL TEMPERATURE SEN­
SOR SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH
VOLTAGE
2053 2053 ­ +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLT­
AGE TOO HIGH
Sensing system Bottom of clutch
switch ­ Out of range (C.20.E)
Sensing system Bottom of clutch
switch ­ Short circuit (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Bad connection (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Open circuit (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Short circuit to ground (C.20.E)
Sensing system Temperature
sensor ­ Open circuit (C.20.E)
Sensing system Temperature
sensor ­ Short circuit to ground
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(C.20.E)
2053 2053 ­ +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLT­
AGE TOO HIGH
Control box ­ Overvoltage (A.50.A)
2054 2054 ­ +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLT­
AGE TOO LOW
2054 2054 ­ +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLT­
AGE TOO LOW
2055 2055 ­ Output speed sensor ­ no
signal
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(C.20.E)
Control box ­ Undervoltage
(A.50.A)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Open circuit (C.20.E)
2058 2058 ­ Seat switch closed Sensing system ­ Out of range
(C.20.E)
2059 2059 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
DISAGREEMENT
Command ­ Switch conflict (C.20.E)
2059 2059 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
DISAGREEMENT
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 188
Sensing system Forward Neutral
Reverse Park switch ­ Switch
conflict (C.20.E)

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2070 2070 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
Command ­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
2071 2071 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
2072 2072 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
2073 2073 ­ SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
Command ­ Undervoltage (C.20.E)
Command ­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Command ­ Undervoltage (C.20.E)
2075 2075 ­ No signal or faulty signal
from flywheel torque sensor
2076 2076 ­ FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
2077 2077 ­ Flywheel speed sensor ­
short circuit
2124 2124 ­ Calibrate flywheel torque
sensor
2300 2300 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , 19th gear solenoid
2302 2302 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , 19th Gear Dump Solenoid
2303 2303 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Under limit value , Damper Calibration
2304 2304 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Over limit value , Damper Calibration
2305 2305 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
19th Gear Clutch Solenoid
2306 2306 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
19th Gear Dump Solenoid
2308 2308 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Not engaging , Reverse
Sensing system ­ No signal
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Open circuit
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Not calibrated
(C.20.E)
Electrical control ­ Open or short
circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control ­ Open or short
circuit (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­
Incorrect value (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­
Incorrect value (C.20.E)
Electrical control ­ Overvoltage
(C.20.E)
Electrical control ­ Overvoltage
(C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Out
of range (C.20.E)
2308 2308 ­ Reverse not allowed Clutch and gear ­ Not engaging
(C.20.E)
2310 2310 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Command , Undervoltage , Upshift
Switch
Command ­ Undervoltage (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 189

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2311 2311 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Command , Overvoltage , Upshift
Switch
Command ­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
2312 2312 ­ Downshift switch voltage too
low
2313 2313 ­ Downshift switch voltage too
high
Command ­ Undervoltage (C.20.E)
Command ­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
2314 2314 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Pressure transducer
, Open or short circuit , Forward
Clutch
2315 2315 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Pressure transducer
, Open or short circuit , Reverse
Clutch
2323 2323 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Open circuit , Mid Speed Sensor
2324 2324 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Short circuit to ground , Mid Speed
Sensor
2325 2325 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Bad connection , Mid and output
speed sensors swapped
2326 2326 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Bad connection , Engine torque
/RPM sensor swapped with either
mid or output speed sensors
2328 2328 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Sensing system Speed sensor , No
signal , Mid Speed Sensor
2330 2330 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Over limit value , Transmission output
RPM too high for selected gear
Sensing system Pressure
transducer ­ Open or short circuit
(C.20.E)
Sensing system Pressure
transducer ­ Open or short circuit
(C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Open circuit (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Short circuit to ground (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Bad connection (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Bad connection (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­ No
signal (C.20.E)
Sensing system Speed sensor ­
Over limit value (C.20.E)
2331 2331 ­ Clutch Slipping fault Clutch and gear ­ Out of range
(C.20.E)
2334 2334 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
, Incorrect value , Pressure indicated
on the forward clutch pressure
Clutch and gear ­ Out of range
(C.20.E)
switches when the clutch
solenoids are off
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 190

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2335 2335 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Incorrect value , Pressure indicated
on the reverse clutch pressure
switch when the clutch solenoids
are off
2336 2336 ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper , Not engaging
2337 2337 ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper , Not disengaging
2338 2338 ­ Creeper potentiometer ­
short circuit to +8V or +12V
2339 2339 ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper Sensing system Position
potentiometer , Open or short circuit
2342 2342 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , TRANSMISSION
Powershift Clutch and gear , Open
or short circuit , Clutch A
2343 2343 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch B Solenoid
2344 2344 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch C Solenoid
2345 2345 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch D solenoid
2346 2346 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch E solenoid
2347 2347 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Low range Clutch Solenoid
2348 2348 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Medium Range Clutch Solenoid
2349 2349 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , High Range Clutch Solenoid
2350 2350 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Reverse Clutch Solenoid
Clutch and gear ­ Out of range
(C.20.E)
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ No detects (C.30.C)
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ No detects (C.30.C)
Sensing system Position
potentiometer ­ Short circuit
to B+ (C.30.C)
Sensing system Position
potentiometer ­ Open or short
circuit (C.30.C)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Low solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Medium solenoid
­ Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control High solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Reverse solenoid
­ Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 191

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2351 2351 ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper , Open or short circuit ,
Creeper Solenoid
2352 2352 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch A Solenoid
2353 2353 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch B Solenoid
2354 2354 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch C Solenoid
2355 2355 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch D Solenoid
2356 2356 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch E Solenoid
2357 2357 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Low Range Clutch Solenoid
2358 2358 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Medium Range Clutch Solenoid
2359 2359 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
High Range Clutch Solenoid
2360 2360 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Reverse Clutch Solenoid
2361 2361 ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper , Overvoltage , Creeper
Solenoid
2362 2362 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Clutch A
2363 2363 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Clutch B
2364 2364 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Clutch C
2365 2365 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Clutch D
Electrical control Creep solenoid ­
Open or short circuit (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Speed solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Low solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Medium solenoid
­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control High solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Reverse solenoid
­ Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Electrical control Creep solenoid ­
Overvoltage (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Speed clutch ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Speed clutch ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Speed clutch ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Speed clutch ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 192

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
2366 2366 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Clutch E
2367 2367 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Low Range Clutch
2368 2368 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Medium Range Clutch
2369 2369 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
High Range Clutch
2370 2370 ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Reverse Clutch
2371 2371 ­ Creeper Position Out of
Range
Clutch and gear Speed clutch ­ Not
calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Low range clutch
­ Not calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Medium range
clutch ­ Not calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear High range clutch
­ Not calibrated (C.20.E)
Clutch and gear Reverse clutch ­
Not calibrated (C.20.E)
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ Out of range (C.30.C)
2372 2372 ­ Creeper Not Calibrated ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ Not calibrated (C.30.C)
2373 2373 ­ Clutch 19 Not Calibrated Clutch and gear ­ Not calibrated
(C.20.E)
2374 2374 ­ Creeper Calibration Error ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ Bad calibration (C.30.C)
2375 2375 ­ Creeper ­ Cold Oil ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
­ Underheating (C.30.C)
2376 2376 ­ Fault on 19th Gear Valve Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(C.20.E)
2377 2377 ­ Fault on 19th Gear Dump
Valve
3007 3007 ­ Coolant Temperature Sensor
­ Signal Above Range
3008 3008 ­ Coolant Temperature Sensor
­ Signal Below Range Minimum
3010 3010 ­ Air Intake Temperature Sensor
­ Signal Above Range Maximum
3011 3011 ­ Air Intake Temperature Sensor
­ Signal Below Range Minimum
3015 3015 ­ Fuel Temperature Sensor ­
Signal Above Maximum
3016 3016 ­ Fuel Temperature Sensor ­
Signal Below Range Minimum
3019 3019 ­ Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal
Above Range Maximum
Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(C.20.E)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.50.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.50.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.30.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.30.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 193

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3022 3022 ­ Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal
not Plausible
3023 3023 ­ Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
­ Signal not Plausible
3024 3024 ­ Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
­ Signal Above Range Maximum
3025 3025 ­ Atmosperic Pressure Sensor
­ Signal Below Range Minimum
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.30.A)
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.30.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.30.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.30.A)
3028 3028 ­ Oil Pressure too low Sensing system ­ Malfunction
(B.60.A)
3029 3029 ­ Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short
Circuit to Battery
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (B.60.A)
3030 3030 ­ Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short
Circuit to Ground
3031 3031 ­ Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Hardware
Error
3032 3032 ­ Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Value
too High
3033 3033 ­ Oil Temperature Sensor ­
Signal not Plausible (Compared
with Coolant Temperature)
3034 3034 ­ Oil Temperature Sensor ­
Signal Above Range Maximum
3035 3035 ­ Oil Temperature Sensor ­
Signal Below Range Minimum
3037 3037 ­ Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal
Low
3047 3047 ­ High Pressure Pump Relay ­
Short Circuit to Battery
3048 3048 ­ High Pressure Pump Relay ­
Short Circuit to Ground
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Malfunction
(B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.60.A)
Sensing system ­ Low signal
(B.30.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Short circuit
to B+ (B.20.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Short circuit
to ground (B.20.A)
3049 3049 ­ BATTERY VOLTAGE SIGNAL
HIGH VALUE
3050 3050 ­ BATTERY VOLTAGE SIGNAL
LOW VALUE
3051 3051 ­ BATTERY VOLTAGE SIGNAL
HIGH VOLTAGE
Battery ­ Over limit value (A.30.A)
Battery ­ Under limit value (A.30.A)
Battery ­ Overvoltage (A.30.A)
3051 3051 ­ Battery Voltage to Engine
Controller ­ Voltage too High
Electronic control ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 194

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3052 3052 ­ BATTERY VOLTAGE SIGNAL
LOW VOLTAGE
Battery ­ Undervoltage (A.30.A)
3052 3052 ­ Battery Voltage to Engine
Controller ­ Voltage too Low
3060 3060 ­ Cylinder 1 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3061 3061 ­ Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
3063 3063 ­ Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3064 3064 ­ Cylinder 5 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3065 3065 ­ Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
3067 3067 ­ Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3068 3068 ­ Cylinder 3 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3069 3069 ­ Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
3071 3071 ­ Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3072 3072 ­ Cylinder 6 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3073 3073 ­ Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
3075 3075 ­ Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3076 3076 ­ Cylinder 2 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3077 3077 ­ Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (low side to Battery)
3079 3079 ­ Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3080 3080 ­ Cylinder 4 ­ Unclassifiable
Error in Injector
3081 3081 ­ Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
Electronic control ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 195

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3083 3083 ­ Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable
Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
3088 3088 ­ Crankshaft Sensor ­ No Signal
3089 3089 ­ Crankshaft Sensor ­ Invalid
Signal
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ No signal
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.10.A)
3090 3090 ­ Camshaft Sensor ­ No Signal Sensing system ­ No signal
(B.10.A)
3091 3091 ­ Camshaft Sensor ­ Invalid
Signal
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.10.A)
3093 3093 ­ Offset Between Camshaft
and Crankshaft ­ Outside Boundaries
3095 3095 ­ Operating with Camshaft
Sensor Only ­ Backup Mode
Sensing system ­ Incorrect value
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ No signal
(B.10.A)
3096 3096 ­ CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL Data bus ­ No signal (A.50.A)
3096 3096 ­ CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL Electronic control ­ Lost
communication (B.10.A)
3097 3097 ­ CAN B LINE NO SIGNAL Data bus ­ No signal (A.50.A)
3098 3098 ­ CAN TE CONTROL SOURCE
LOW
3099 3099 ­ CAN TE CONTROL NO SIG­
NAL
3100 3100 ­ CAN AE CONTROL SOURCE
LOW
3101 3101 ­ CAN AE CONTROL NO SIG­
NAL
Data bus ­ Low signal (A.50.A)
Data bus ­ No signal (A.50.A)
Data bus ­ Low signal (A.50.A)
Data bus ­ No signal (A.50.A)
3102 3102 ­ Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­
Signal Below Range minimum
3104 3104 ­ Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­
Open
3105 3105 ­ Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­
Pressure Shock Requested
3106 3106 ­ Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­
Did Not Open After Pressure Shock
3107 3107 ­ FUEL METERING UNIT
SHORT TO VCC
3108 3108 ­ FUEL METERING UNIT
SHORT TO GROUND
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Open circuit
(B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Unidentified
failure (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Incorrect work
(B.20.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Short circuit
to B+ (B.20.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Short circuit
to ground (B.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 196

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3110 3110 ­ Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring
­ Signal Above Range Maximum
3111 3111 ­ Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring
­ Signal Below Range Minimum
3112 3112 ­ Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­
Signal Above Maximum Range
3131 3131 ­ Grid Heater Always Switched
On
Fuel transfer pump ­ Over limit
value (B.20.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Under limit
value (B.20.A)
Fuel transfer pump ­ Over limit
value (B.20.A)
Fuel heater ­ Not disengaging
(B.20.A)
3137 3137 ­ Metering Unit ­ Open Load Injection control ­ Open circuit
(B.20.A)
3138 3138 ­ Metering Unit ­ Temperature
too High
Injection control ­ Over limit value
(B.20.A)
3141 3141 ­ Fuel Flow Setpoint too Low Injection control ­ Under limit value
(B.20.A)
3142 3142 ­ High Pressure Test ­ Test Active
Injection control ­ Unidentified
failure (B.20.A)
3145 3145 ­ Terminal 15 ­ No Signal Electronic control ­ No signal
(B.10.A)
3147 3147 ­ Oil Temperature too High Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(B.60.A)
3148 3148 ­ Coolant Temperature Sensor
Dynamic Test ­ Failure
3154 3154 ­ Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit
to Battery
3155 3155 ­ Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit
to Ground
Sensing system ­ Unidentified
failure (B.50.A)
Fuel heater ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A)
Fuel heater ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
3156 3156 ­ Grid Heater Relay ­ No Load Fuel heater ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
3160 3160 ­ Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit
to Battery
Fan and drive ­ Short circuit to B+
(B.50.A)
3161 3161 ­ Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit
to Ground
3161 3161 ­ Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit
to Ground
Fan and drive ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.50.A)
Fan and drive ­ Over limit value
(B.50.A)
3163 3163 ­ Fan Actuator ­ No Load Fan and drive ­ Malfunction
(B.50.A)
3176 3176 ­ Setpoint of Metering Unit Not
Plausible in Overrun
Injection control ­ Overrun (B.20.A)
3177 3177 ­ Engine Overspeed Detected Sensing system ­ Overrun (B.10.A)
3179 3179 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
BC2EDC2
Electronic control ­ Special
instruction (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 197

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3180 3180 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
VM2EDC
Electronic control ­ Special
instruction (B.10.A)
3182 3182 ­ Timeout of CAN Message Rx­
CCVS
Electronic control ­ Special
instruction (B.10.A)
3185 3185 ­ Timeout of CAN Message TF Electronic control ­ Special
instruction (B.10.A)
3188 3188 ­ Cylinder 1 Warning ­ Open
Load
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
3192 3192 ­ Cylinder 2 warning ­ Open
Load
3196 3196 ­ Cylinder 3 Warning ­ Open
Load
3200 3200 ­ Cylinder 4 Warning ­ Open
Load
3204 3204 ­ Cylinder 5 Warning ­ Open
Load
3208 3208 ­ Cylinder 6 Warning ­ Open
Load
3210 3210 ­ Bank 1 ­ General Short Circuit
to Injector Cable
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Open circuit (B.20.A)
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit (B.20.A)
3211 3211 ­ Bank 1 ­ Injector cable Short
Circuit Low Side to Ground
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
3213 3213 ­ Bank 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
3218 3218 ­ Bank 2 ­ General Short Circuit
on Injector Cable
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit (B.20.A)
3219 3219 ­ Bank 2 ­ Injector Cable Short
Circuit Low Side to Ground
Fuel injector ­ Short circuit to
ground (B.20.A)
3221 3221 ­ Bank 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error Fuel injector ­ Unidentified failure
(B.20.A)
3227 3227 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage
too Low
Injection control ­ Undervoltage
(B.20.A)
3228 3228 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Unlocked/Initialisation Error
3229 3229 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Injections Limited by Software
3230 3230 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
SPI Communication Failure
3231 3231 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage
too Low
Injection control ­ Self­test failed
(B.20.A)
Injection control ­ Degraded
(B.20.A)
Injection control ­ Lost
communication (B.20.A)
Injection control ­ Undervoltage
(B.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 198

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3232 3232 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Unlocked/Initialisation Failure
Injection control ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
3233 3233 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
Test Mode
3234 3234 ­ Injection Processor Error ­
SPI Communication Failure
3238 3238 ­ Engine Controller Internal
SPI Communication Error
3239 3239 ­ Engine Controller EEPROM ­
Read Operation Error
3240 3240 ­ Engine Controller EEPROM ­
Write Operation Failure
3241 3241 ­ Engine Controller EEPROM ­
Default Value Used
3242 3242 ­ Engine Controller (Locked)
Recovery Ocurred
3243 3243 ­ Engine Controller Recovery
(Suppressed) ­ Recovery Occured
3244 3244 ­ Engine Controller Recovery
(Visible) ­ Recovery Occurred
3245 3245 ­ Engine Controller ­ Watchdog
not Plausible
3246 3246 ­ Shutoff Paths During Initialisation
­ Watchdog
3247 3247 ­ Shutoff Paths Failed during
Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too
High
3248 3248 ­ Shutoff Paths During Initialisation
­ Supply Voltage too Low
3249 3249 ­ TPU Monitoring ­ Time Deviation
Between TPU and System Not
Plausible
Injection control ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Injection control ­ Lost
communication (B.20.A)
Electronic control ­ Invalid
message (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Memory error
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Memory error
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Memory error
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Malfunction
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Malfunction
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Malfunction
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Invalid
message (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ incomplete
"Power down" test (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ incomplete
"Power down" test (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ incomplete
"Power down" test (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Unstable
readings (B.10.A)
3250 3250 ­ Dataset ­ Variant Defect Electronic control ­ Corrupted
(B.10.A)
3251 3251 ­ Dataset ­ Requested Variant
Could Not be Set
Electronic control ­ Corrupted
(B.10.A)
3252 3252 ­ Controller Watchdog ­ SPI
Comunication Failure
3253 3253 ­ ADC Monitoring ­ Reference
Voltage too Low
Electronic control ­ Lost
communication (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 199

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3254 3254 ­ ADC Monitoring ­ Reference
Voltage too High
Electronic control ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
3263 3263 ­ CAN C Line No Signal Electronic control ­ Lost
communication (B.10.A)
3265 3265 ­ Overrun Monitoring Electronic control ­ Overrun
(B.10.A)
3266 3266 ­ Redundant Engine Speed in
Overrun Monitoring
3278 3278 ­ Engine Controller Supply
Voltage too High
3279 3279 ­ Engine Controller Internal
Supply Voltage too Low
3280 3280 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­
High
3281 3281 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­
Low
3283 3283 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­
High
3284 3284 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­
Low
3285 3285 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­
High
3286 3286 ­ Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­
Low
3297 3297 ­ Rail Pressure Poistive Deviation
High and High Fuel Flow Setpoint
Value
3301 3301 ­ Rail Pressure Negative Deviation
too High on Minimum Metering
3305 3305 ­ Rail Pressure Below Minimum
Limit in Controller Mode
3309 3309 ­ Rail Pressure Above Maximum
Limit in Controlled Mode
3313 3313 ­ Rail Pressure Drop Rate too
High
3316 3316 ­ Minimum Number of Injections
Not Reached ­ Stop Engine
3334 3334 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
TCS1­PE Torque ­ When Active
Electronic control ­ Overrun
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Sensing system ­ Special
instruction (B.20.A)
Electronic control ­ Unstable
readings (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 200

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
3335 3335 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
TSC1­PE Torque ­ When Inactive
3338 3338 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Inactive
3339 3339 ­ Timeout of CAN Message
TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Active
3367 3367 ­ Coolant Temperature Test
Failure
3368 3368 ­ Torque Limitation Due to
OBD Performance Limiter by Legislation
3369 3369 ­ Torque Reduction Due to
Smoke Reduction
3370 3370 ­ Torque Limitation Due to
Engine Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed
and Overheat)
3371 3371 ­ Torque Limitation Due to
Fuel Quantity Limitation Because
of Injector System Errors
4100 4100 ­ REMOTE NO.1 NO CONTROL
MESSAGE RECEIVED
4101 4101 ­ REMOTE NO.1 CONTROL
MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
4102 4102 ­ REMOTE NO.1 EEPROM ER­
ROR
4103 4103 ­ REMOTE NO.1 SWITCHED
TO FAILSAFE
4104 4104 ­ REMOTE NO.1 UNDER VOLT­
AGE
4105 4105 ­ REMOTE NO.1 OVER VOLT­
AGE
4106 4106 ­ REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO LOW
4107 4107 ­ REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
4108 4108 ­ REMOTE NO.1 FLOAT POSI­
TION NOT REACHED
4109 4109 ­ Remote No. 1 Manually operated
Electronic control ­ Unstable
readings (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Unstable
readings (B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Unstable
readings (B.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Malfunction
(B.50.A)
Electronic control ­ Degraded
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Degraded
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Degraded
(B.10.A)
Electronic control ­ Degraded
(B.10.A)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Switched to "Failsafe
mode" (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Under limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Over limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Self­engage (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 201

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4110 4110 ­ REMOTE NO.1 DRIVER
FAULTY
4111 4111 ­ REMOTE NO.1 POTEN­
TIOMETER FAULTY
4112 4112 ­ REMOTE NO.1 UNABLE TO
REACH NEUTRAL
4113 4113 ­ REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL NOT
IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
4114 4114 ­ REMOTE NO.2 NO CONTROL
MESSAGE RECEIVED
4115 4115 ­ REMOTE NO.2 CONTROL
MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
4116 4116 ­ REMOTE NO.2 EEPROM ER­
ROR
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
4117 4117 ­ REMOTE NO.2 SWITCHED
TO FAILSAFE
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Switched to "Failsafe
mode" (A.10.C)
4118 4118 ­ Remote No. 2 Undervoltage Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Undervoltage (A.10.C)
4119 4119 ­ REMOTE NO.2 OVER VOLT­
AGE
4120 4120 ­ REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO LOW
4121 4121 ­ REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
4122 4122 ­ REMOTE NO.2 FLOAT POSI­
TION NOT REACHED
4123 4123 ­ REMOTE NO.2 MANUALLY
OPERATED
4124 4124 ­ REMOTE NO.2 DRIVER
FAULTY
4125 4125 ­ REMOTE NO.2 POTEN­
TIOMETER FAULTY
4126 4126 ­ REMOTE NO.2 UNABLE TO
REACH NEUTRAL
4127 4127 ­ REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL NOT
IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
4128 4128 ­ REMOTE NO.3 NO CONTROL
MESSAGE RECEIVED
4129 4129 ­ REMOTE NO.3 CONTROL
MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Under limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Over limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Self­engage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 202

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4130 4130 ­ REMOTE NO.3 EEPROM ER­
ROR
4131 4131 ­ REMOTE NO.3 SWITCHED
TO FAILSAFE
4132 4132 ­ REMOTE NO.3 UNDER VOLT­
AGE
4133 4133 ­ REMOTE NO.3 OVER VOLT­
AGE
4134 4134 ­ REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO LOW
4135 4135 ­ REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
4136 4136 ­ REMOTE NO.3 FLOAT POSI­
TION NOT REACHED
4137 4137 ­ REMOTE NO.3 MANUALLY
OPERATED
4138 4138 ­ REMOTE NO.3 DRIVER
FAULTY
4139 4139 ­ REMOTE NO.3 POTEN­
TIOMETER FAULTY
4140 4140 ­ REMOTE NO.3 UNABLE TO
REACH NEUTRAL
4141 4141 ­ REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL NOT
IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
4142 4142 ­ REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL
MESSAGE RECEIVED
4143 4143 ­ REMOTE NO.4 CONTROL
MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
4144 4144 ­ REMOTE NO.4 EEPROM ER­
ROR
4145 4145 ­ REMOTE NO.4 SWITCHED
TO FAILSAFE
4146 4146 ­ REMOTE NO.4 UNDER VOLT­
AGE
4147 4147 ­ REMOTE NO.4 OVER VOLT­
AGE
4148 4148 ­ REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO LOW
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Switched to "Failsafe
mode" (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Under limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Over limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Self­engage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Switched to "Failsafe
mode" (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Under limit value (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 203

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4149 4149 ­ REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL
MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
4150 4150 ­ REMOTE NO.4 FLOAT POSI­
TION NOT REACHED
4151 4151 ­ REMOTE NO.4 MANUALLY
OPERATED
4152 4152 ­ REMOTE NO.4 DRIVER
FAULTY
4153 4153 ­ REMOTE NO.4 POTEN­
TIOMETER FAULTY
4154 4154 ­ REMOTE NO.4 UNABLE TO
REACH NEUTRAL
4155 4155 ­ REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL NOT
IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
4156 4156 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , No signal , No
control message received
4157 4157 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Control Message
not plausible
4158 4158 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , EEP­
ROM error
4159 4159 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Switched to "Failsafe
mode"
4160 4160 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Undervoltage
4161 4161 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Overvoltage
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Over limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Self­engage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Switched to "Failsafe
mode" (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Overvoltage (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 204

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4162 4162 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Under limit value
, Spool movement too low
4163 4163 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Over limit value ,
Spool movement too high
4164 4164 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel
, Float position not reached
4165 4165 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Self­engage , Manually
operated
4166 4166 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Malfunction ,
Driver faulty
4167 4167 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , Potentiometer
faulty
4168 4168 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel
, Unable to reach neutral
4169 4169 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , Incorrect value ,
Spool not in neutral at key on
4170 4170 ­ EHR CONTROL NO.1 NOT
CALIBRATED
4171 4171 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1
OPEN CIRCUIT
4172 4172 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1
SHORT CIRCUIT
4173 4173 ­ EHR CONTROL NO.2 NOT
CALIBRATED
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Under limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Over limit value (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Self­engage (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Malfunction (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Not calibrated
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Not calibrated
(A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 205

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4174 4174 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2
OPEN CIRCUIT
4175 4175 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2
SHORT CIRCUIT
4176 4176 ­ TIMER SWITCH NO.1 / NO.2
DISCONNECTED
4177 4177 ­ EHR CONTROL NO.3 NOT
CALIBRATED
4178 4178 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3
OPEN CIRCUIT
4179 4179 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3
SHORT CIRCUIT
4180 4180 ­ EHR CONTROL NO.4 NOT
CALIBRATED
4181 4181 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4
OPEN CIRCUIT
4182 4182 ­ EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4
SHORT CIRCUIT
4183 4183 ­ TIMER SWITCH NO.3 / NO.4
DISCONNECTED
4184 4184 ­ EHR JOYSTICK POT X OPEN
CIRCUIT
4185 4185 ­ EHR JOYSTICK POT X
SHORT CIRCUIT
4186 4186 ­ EHR JOYSTICK POT Y OPEN
CIRCUIT
4187 4187 ­ EHR JOYSTICK POT Y
SHORT CIRCUIT
4190 4190 ­ NO COMMUNICATION FROM
EHR NO.1
4191 4191 ­ NO COMMUNICATIONS
FROM EHR NO.2
4192 4192 ­ NO COMMUNICATIONS
FROM EHR NO.3
4193 4193 ­ NO COMMUNICATION FROM
EHR NO.4
4194 4194 ­ MOTOR MODE NO.1 SWITCH
FAULTY
Command Lever ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ Disconnection
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Not calibrated
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Not calibrated
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Lever ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ Disconnection
(A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ Open circuit
(A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ Short circuit
(A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 1 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 2 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 3 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 4 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ Bad connection
(A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 206

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4195 4195 ­ MOTOR MODE NO.2 SWITCH
FAULTY
4196 4196 ­ MOTOR MODE NO.3 SWITCH
FAULTY
4197 4197 ­ MOTOR MODE NO.4 SWITCH
FAULTY
4198 4198 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve
Remote valve 5 , No signal
4199 4199 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Command , No detects
, Joystick detected but selection
switch NOT detected
4200 4200 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Command , No detects
, Selection switch detected
but joystick NOT detected
Command Switch ­ Bad connection
(A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ Bad connection
(A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ Bad connection
(A.10.C)
Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 ­ No signal (A.10.C)
Command Switch ­ No detects
(A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ No detects
(A.10.C)
4300 4300 ­ HITCH Rear hitch , No detects
, Top link switch not fitted
Top link ­ No detects (H.10.C)
4300 4300 ­ HITCH Rear hitch , No detects
, Top link switch not fitted
Command Switch ­ No detects
(A.10.C)
4301 4301 ­ HITCH Rear hitch , No detects
, Side link switch not fitted
Top link ­ No detects (H.10.C)
4301 4301 ­ HITCH Rear hitch , No detects
, Side link switch not fitted
4500 4500 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no.1 ­no control message
received
4501 4501 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ control message
not plausible
4502 4502 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ EEPROM error
Command Switch ­ No detects
(A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 207

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4503 4503 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Switched to "Failsafe
mode" , Front remote no.1
4504 4504 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Undervoltage , Front
remote no.1
4505 4505 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no.1
4506 4506 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement
too low
4507 4507 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement
too high
4508 4508 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.1 ­ float position
not reached
4509 4509 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no.1 ­ manually operated
4510 4510 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ driver faulty
4511 4511 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ potentiometer faulty
Mid­mount remote control valve
­ Switched to "Failsafe mode"
(A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Under limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Over limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Self­engage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 208

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4512 4512 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.1 ­ unable to reach
neutral
4513 4513 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool not in
neutral at key on
4514 4514 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no.2 ­ no control message
received
4515 4515 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ control message
not plausible
4516 4516 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.2 ­ EEPROM error
4517 4517 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Switched to "Failsafe
mode" , Front remote no. 2
4518 4518 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Undervoltage , Front
remote no.2
4519 4519 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no.2
4520 4520 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement
too low
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve
­ Switched to "Failsafe mode"
(A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Under limit value (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 209

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4521 4521 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement
too high
4522 4522 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.2 ­ float position
not reached
4523 4523 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no.2 ­ manually operated
4524 4524 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.2 ­ driver faulty
4525 4525 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 2 ­ potentiometer faulty
4526 4526 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.2 ­ unable to reach
neutral
4527 4527 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool not in
neutral at key on
4528 4528 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 3 ­ no control message
received
4529 4529 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ control message
not plausible
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Over limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Self­engage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 210

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4530 4530 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ EEPROM error
4531 4531 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Switched to "Failsafe
mode" , Front remote no. 3
4532 4532 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Undervoltage , Front
remote no. 3
4533 4533 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no. 3
4534 4534 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement
too low
4535 4535 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement
too high
4536 4536 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ float position
not reached
4537 4537 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no. 3 ­ manually operated
4538 4538 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ driver faulty
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve
­ Switched to "Failsafe mode"
(A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Overvoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Under limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Over limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Self­engage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 211

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4539 4539 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ potentiometer faulty
4540 4540 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel
, Front remote no. 3 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4541 4541 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.
neutral at key on
3 ­ spool not in
4542 4542 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 4 ­ no control message
received
4543 4543 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ control message
not plausible
4544 4544 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ EEPROM error
4545 4545 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Switched to "Failsafe
mode" , Front remote no. 4
4546 4546 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Undervoltage , Front
remote no. 4
4547 4547 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no. 4
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve
­ Switched to "Failsafe mode"
(A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Undervoltage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Overvoltage (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 212

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4548 4548 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement
too low
4549 4549 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement
too high
4550 4550 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ float position
not reached
4551 4551 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no. 4 ­ manually operated
4552 4552 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ driver faulty
4553 4553 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ potentiometer faulty
4554 4554 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Inadequate travel
, Front remote no. 4 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4555 4555 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.
neutral at key on
4 ­ spool not in
4560 4560 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 1 ­ no communications
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Under limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Over limit value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Self­engage (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Malfunction (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Inadequate travel (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
Incorrect value (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 213

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
4561 4561 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , front remote
no. 2 ­ no communications
4562 4562 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 3 ­ no communications
4563 4563 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote
control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 4 ­ no communications
4564 4564 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Command Joystick ,
No signal , Front Remotes
4565 4565 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM General Hydraulic
pump Variable displacement
pump , No detects , High
Flow pump connection error
4566 4566 ­ PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM General Hydraulic
pump Variable displacement
pump , Not set­up , High flow
pump configuration error
5001 5001 ­ REAR PTO BRAKE SOLE­
NOID STUCK OFF
5002 5002 ­ REAR PTO BRAKE SOLE­
NOID STUCK ON
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Mid­mount remote control valve ­
No signal (A.10.C)
Command Joystick ­ No signal
(A.10.C)
Hydraulic pump Variable
displacement pump ­ No detects
(A.10.A)
Hydraulic pump Variable
displacement pump ­ Not set­up
(A.10.A)
PTO brake ­ Solenoid stuck off
(C.40.C)
PTO brake ­ Solenoid stuck on
(C.40.C)
5003 5003 ­ REAR PTO BRAKE OUTPUT
OPEN CIRCUIT
5005 5005 ­ REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH
OPEN CIRCUIT
PTO brake ­ Open circuit (C.40.C)
PTO brake ­ Open circuit (C.40.C)
5007 5007 ­ REAR PTO SOLENOID
STUCK OFF
5008 5008 ­ REAR PTO SOLENOID
OVERCURRENT
5024 5024 ­ REAR PTO NOT CALI­
BRATED
5033 5033 ­ REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
Electrical control ­ Solenoid stuck
off (C.40.C)
Electrical control ­ High current
(C.40.C)
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Not
calibrated (C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Open circuit
(C.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 214

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
5034 5034 ­ FENDER MOUNTED REAR
PTO SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT OR
SHORT TO GROUND
5035 5035 ­ FENDER MOUNTED REAR
PTO SWITCH SHORT TO +VE
VOLTAGE
5036 5036 ­ REAR PTO FAILURE TO
START
5037 5037 ­ REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY
OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
5038 5038 ­ CAB AND FENDER REAR
PTO SWITCHES OPERATED
WITHIN 2 SECONDS OF EACH
OTHER
5039 5039 ­ INCORRECT VOLTAGE ON
FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO
SWITCH
5042 5042 ­ PTO Management Switch ­
Stuck Closed
5043 5043 ­ Rear PTO Fender Switch
Stuck On
5098 5098 ­ Rear PTO Fender Switch Option
Not Enabled
Clutch command ­ Open or short
circuit (C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Short circuit to
B+ (C.40.C)
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Not
engaging (C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Not disengaging
(C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Switch conflict
(C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Bad voltage
(C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Switch stuck on
(C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Switch stuck on
(C.40.C)
Clutch command ­ Not set­up
(C.40.C)
5099 5099 ­ Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled Clutch command ­ Not set­up
(C.40.C)
6020 6020 ­ FOUR WHEEL DRIVE Command ­ Malfunction (D.14.C)
SWITCH ERROR
6021 6021 ­ FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLE­
NOID STUCK ON
6022 6022 ­ FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLE­
NOID STUCK OFF
6023 6023 ­ FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLE­
NOID OPEN CIRCUIT
6025 6025 ­ No Four Wheel Drive Pressure
6026 6026 ­ Four Wheel Drive Pressure
Switch ­ Stuck On
7014 7014 ­ DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
SWITCH ERROR
7017 7017 ­ DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLE­
NOID OPEN CIRCUIT
Command valve ­ Solenoid stuck
on (D.14.C)
Command valve ­ Solenoid stuck
off (D.14.C)
Command valve ­ Open circuit
(D.14.C)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(D.14.C)
Sensing system ­ Switch stuck on
(D.14.C)
Differential lock command ­
Malfunction (D.10.A)
Differential lock command ­ Open
circuit (D.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 215

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
7024 7024 ­ STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
NOT CALIBRATED
7032 7032 ­ Steering Angle Sensor ­ Signal
Too High
7033 7033 ­ No Differential Lock Pressure
7034 7034 ­ Differential Lock Pressure
Switch ­ Stuck On
8007 8007 ­ Front PTO Solenoid ­ Stuck
On
8008 8008 ­ Front PTO Solenoid ­ Open
Circuit
8027 8027 ­ FRONT PTO SPEED SEN­
SOR OPEN CIRCUIT
8033 8033 ­ FRONT PTO CAB NOR­
MALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN
CIRCUIT
8036 8036 ­ FRONT PTO FAILURE TO
START
8037 8037 ­ FRONT PTO CAB NOR­
MALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK
CLOSED
Sensing system ­ Not calibrated
(D.10.A)
Sensing system ­ High signal
(D.10.A)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(D.10.A)
Differential lock command ­ Switch
stuck on (D.10.A)
Electrical control ­ Solenoid stuck
on (C.42.C)
Electrical control ­ Open circuit
(C.42.C)
Sensing system ­ Open circuit
(C.42.C)
Command ­ Open circuit (C.42.C)
FRONT PTO Hydraulic ­ Not
engaging (C.42.C)
Command ­ Switch stuck on
(C.42.C)
8042 8042 ­ Front PTO Management
Switch ­ Short Circuit
8099 8099 ­ Front PTO option not activated
Command ­ Short circuit (C.42.C)
Command ­ Not set­up (C.42.C)
9001 9001 ­ Front Hitch Position Sensor
­ Short Circuit to 12V
9002 9002 ­ Front Hitch Position Sensor
­ Open Circuit or Short to Ground
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (H.10.B)
Sensing system ­ Open or short
circuit (H.10.B)
9003 9003 ­ Front Hitch Fender Switch
Error
9004 9004 ­ Front Hitch Fender Down
Switch Error
9005 9005 ­ Front Hitch Fender Common
Switch Error
Command ­ Malfunction (H.10.B)
Command ­ Malfunction (H.10.B)
Command ­ Malfunction (H.10.B)
9006 9006 ­ Front Hitch Position Potentiometer
­ Not Calibrated
10001 10001 ­ UPPER LOCKOUT SOLE­
NOID ERROR
Sensing system ­ Not calibrated
(H.10.B)
Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(D.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 216

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
10002 10002 ­ RAISE SOLENOID ERROR Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(D.40.C)
10003 10003 ­ LOWER SOLENOID ERROR Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(D.40.C)
10004 10004 ­ FRONT AXLE POTEN­
TIOMETER THRESHOLD IS
HIGHER THAN THE SET LIMIT
10005 10005 ­ FRONT AXLE POTEN­
TIOMETER THRESHOLD IS
LOWER THAN THE SET LIMIT
10008 10008 ­ Go Down Error ­ Suspension
Unable to Return to Set Point
10009 10009 ­ LOWER LOCKOUT SOLE­
NOID ERROR
10010 10010 ­ Chassis Accelerometer ­
Voltage too Low (Short to Ground
or Open Circuit)
10011 10011 ­ Chassis Accelerometer ­
Voltage Too High (Short Circuit to
5V)
10024 10024 ­ THE FRONT SUSPENSION
IS NOT CALIBRATED
10099 10099 ­ Front Suspension Not Enabled
14013 14013 ­ Steering Angle Sensor ­
Short Circuit to VCC
14014 14014 ­ Steering Angle Sensor ­
Short Circuit to Ground or Open
Circuit
14015 14015 ­ 5V Supply Voltage ­ Too
High
14016 14016 ­ 5V Supply Voltage ­ Too
Low
14021 14021 ­ RADAR SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO HIGH
VOLTAGE
14021 14021 ­ Cranking Line ­ Shorted to
+12V
14022 14022 ­ RADAR SENSOR SHORT
TO GROUND
14022 14022 ­ Cranking Line ­ Shorted to
Ground
Sensing system ­ Over limit value
(D.40.C)
Sensing system ­ Under limit value
(D.40.C)
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­
Inadequate travel (D.40.C)
Electrical control ­ Malfunction
(D.40.C)
Sensing system ­ Undervoltage
(D.40.C)
Sensing system ­ Overvoltage
(D.40.C)
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Not
calibrated (D.40.C)
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Not
set­up (D.40.C)
Instrument panel ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Open or short
circuit (E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Overvoltage
(E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Undervoltage
(E.32.A)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (A.50.A)
Instrument panel ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.32.A)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (A.50.A)
Instrument panel ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.32.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 217

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
14051 14051 ­ FUEL TANK LEVEL
SENDER OPEN CIRCUIT OR
SHORT TO HIGH VOLTAGE
14052 14052 ­ FUEL TANK LEVEL
SENDER SHORT TO GROUND
14061 14061 ­ Air Brake Pressure Sensor
­ Short Circuit to VCC or Option Set
But Sensor Not Connected
14100 14100 ­ Airbrake system not configured
14102 14102 ­ SWCD Present but not configured
14900 14900 ­ CENTRAL CONTROLLER
NOT CONNECTED
14900 14900 ­ Transmission Controller
Missing (RD)
14901 14901 ­ Engine Controller Missing
(EDC16)
14902 14902 ­ AUXILIARY CONTROLLER
NOT CONNECTED
14902 14902 ­ Auxiliary Controller Missing
(RC)
Instrument panel ­ Open or short
circuit (E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Disconnection
(E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Not set­up
(E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
Control module ­ Disconnection
(A.50.A)
Instrument panel ­ Not set­up
(E.32.A)
Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
Control module ­ Disconnection
(A.50.A)
Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14905 14905 ­ Keypad Missing (JA) Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14906 14906 ­ Steering Controller Missing
(KA)
Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14908 14908 ­ TECU Missing (OA) Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14909 14909 ­ SWCD Missing (VA) Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14910 14910 ­ Climate Controller Missing Instrument panel ­ Lost
communication (E.32.A)
14911 14911 ­ Enhanced Cluster Without
Keypad
Instrument panel ­ Not set­up
(E.32.A)
14912 14912 ­ Basic Cluster With Keypad Instrument panel ­ Not set­up
(E.32.A)
14920 14920 ­ Configuration Error Instrument panel ­ Not set­up
(E.32.A)
15002 15002 ­ STEERING Hydraulic Electronic
steering system , Open circuit
, Steering wheel control proximity
sensor open circuit.
Fast steer system Processor ­
Open circuit (D.20.C)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 218

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
15003 15003 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical
Short circuit ,
Steering wheel control proximity
sensor
15006 15006 ­ STEERING Hydraulic Fast
steer system Processor ­ Spit Valve
LVDT _ Open circuit
15007 15007 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical
Short circuit ,
Split valve LVDT
15008 15008 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical
Open circuit ,
Change valve solenoid
15009 15009 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical
Short circuit ,
Change valve solenoid ­ short circuit
across itself
15010 15010 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
Function Malfunction , Safety
switch failure
15011 15011 ­ Maximum Engagement
Time Elapsed (5 Minutes)
15012 15012 ­ Split Valve Spool ­ Stuck
Open
15013 15013 ­ Change Valve or Split Valve
Spools ­ Stuck Closed
15014 15014 ­ Split Valve Spool Stuck in
Transition Zone ­ Unable to Identify
Steering Mode
15024 15024 ­ TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Calibration
Not calibrated , System not
calibrated
16111 16111 ­ Cab Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power
Fast steer system Processor ­
Short circuit (D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­
Open circuit (D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­
Short circuit (D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­
Open circuit (D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­
Short circuit (D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­
Malfunction (D.20.C)
Fast steer system ­ Over limit value
(D.20.C)
Fast steer system ­ Malfunction
(D.20.C)
Fast steer system ­ Malfunction
(D.20.C)
Fast steer system ­ Malfunction
(D.20.C)
Fast steer system Processor ­ Not
calibrated (D.20.C)
Sensing system ­ Open or short
circuit (E.40.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 219

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
16112 16112 ­ Cab Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 16113 ­ Outlet Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power
16114 16114 ­ Outlet Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16115 16115 ­ Evaporator Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power
16116 16116 ­ Evaporator Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16117 16117 ­ Outside Air Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power
16118 16118 ­ Outside Air Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16120 16120 ­ Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open or Shorted to Power
16121 16121 ­ Temperature Select Potentiometer
Open or Shorted to Power
16122 16122 ­ Mode Select Potentiometer
Open or Shorted to Power
16125 16125 ­ High Pressure Switch (+)
Input Shorted to Power
16126 16126 ­ High Pressure Switch (+)
Input Shorted to Ground
16127 16127 ­ High Pressure Switch (­) Input
Shorted to Power
16128 16128 ­ High Pressure Switch (­) Input
Shorted to Ground
16129 16129 ­ High Pressure Cycling Error
(2 in 1 Minute)
16130 16130 ­ Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted to Power
16131 16131 ­ Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted to Power
16132 16132 ­ Low Pressure Switch (­)
Shorted to Power
16133 16133 ­ Low Pressure Switch (­) Input
Shorted to Ground
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Open or short
circuit (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Open or short
circuit (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC control ­ Open or
short circuit (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC control ­ Open or
short circuit (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC control ­ Open or
short circuit (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Malfunction
(E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
B+ (E.40.D)
Sensing system ­ Short circuit to
ground (E.40.D)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 220

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description Reference
16134 16134 ­ Low Pressure Switch Open
For Greater Than 1 Minute
­ ­ ­ CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING
SYMBOL / LIGHT
2004 (P) 2004 ­ P ­ parking brake fault (active
while starting)
Sensing system ­ Malfunction
(E.40.D)
Charge pump ­ Incorrect work
(A.10.A)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­
Malfunction (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 221

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Diagnostic connector ­ Static description
A single diagnostic port, located on the rear right hand ’C’ pillar, is used to interrogate all of the controllers. With the
aid of special service tool 380000843, the port can be used to gain access to the on­board H­menu diagnostics, see
Control module ­ Static description (A.50.A) for full details, or to connect in more specialised diagnostic equipment
such as the E.S.T. (Electronic Service Tool), which provides greater diagnostic capability and software download facility.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 222

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Static description
Identifier
HF
HG
RD
RC
JA
KA
INTRODUCTION
Controller Functions
Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)
Basic ADIC
Full Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential
Lock, Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine
Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
Keypad
Steering
The “H" menu mode is part of the on­board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
To gain access to the diagnostic “H" menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 (1) in the tractor diagnostic panel connector C278, located in the cab on the right hand rear pillar.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (1) and the lower central display (2) are used to
indicate the information for the “H" menus.
BVE0006B_579 2
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 223

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H Menu Navigation Procedure
Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the “H" menu has been activated.
BVE0006A_580 3
To navigate the “H" menus use the “h" key and “m" key to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" key to select the
required controller or “H" menu.
Key “dimming"(1) ­ Select
Key “h"(2) ­ Scroll left
Key “m"(3) ­ Scroll right
BVE0006C 4
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 224

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Controller Identifier Code Table
The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HA ­ Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier
HA
HB
RD
RC
JA
KA
Controller Functions
Enhanced ADIC
Basic ADIC
Full Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential
Lock, Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine
Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
Keypad
Steering
Select the controller that requires diagnostics or configuration.
Depress the “h" key to show the first controller identifier code in the list.
The left arrow (1) and the right arrow (2) indicate there are other controllers available.
To navigate through the list of controllers use the “h" key to scroll left and the “m" key to scroll right.
BAIL06CCM387AVA 5
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, a symbol will be displayed to indicate that there is no communication
between the ADIC and the selected controller.
BAIL06CCM389AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 225

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
When the required controller is located in the list, depress the “dimming" key to select it.
BVE0010A 7
The display will change to show the “HH menu" select screen.
BAIL06CCM388AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 226

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
H Menu Common Features
The “H“ menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following “H" menus are available for all controllers.
HH
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
HJ
Service Menu
Calibration procedures
View stored calibration values
Configurations
View software revision level
Switch operation test
Vehicle information view
Vehicle test modes
Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM)
Voltmeter
Demonstration mode
Display stored fault codes
Clear all stored fault codes
Shortcuts for transmission setups (not available using the service switch)
Display frequency inputs
View controller hardware information
Electronic hydraulic remote control valve set­up
Dot Matrix Display Symbols
1. Engine 6. P.T.O. system
2. Transmission 7. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 8. Front suspension
4. Electronic draft control 9. Four wheel drive
5. Front hitch 10. Fast steer system
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 227

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
The left and right arrows indicate there are other “H" menus available.
To navigate through the list of “H" menus use the “h" key to scroll left and the “m" key to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub­system that uses the same menu (multi­functional “H"
menu).
Depress the “dimming" key to select the “H" menu required.
BAIL06CCM390AVA 9
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The “H" menu will be displayed in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL06CCM391AVA 10
The “H" menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub­systems, i.e. H5 ­ Switch test and H9
­ Voltmeter.
BAIL06CCM393AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 228

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
If the menu is specific to only one sub­system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA ­ Demonstration mode.
BAIL06CCM394AVA 12
When the sub­system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set­ups or values for the selected sub­system.
BAIL06CCM395AVA 13
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 229

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
NOTE: To return to the “H" menu select screen from H1 ­ Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the “H" menu select screen, depress the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM396AVA 14
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix
display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" key again.
BAIL06CCM397AVA 15
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 230

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 231

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Instrument Cluster
Component Identification
1. BATTERY AND FUSES CONNECTOR C079
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ­ TERMINALS
2. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ASSEMBLY 1.
3. INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT 2.
4. ENHANCED KEYPAD 3. NOT USED
5. TRAILER BRAKE RELAY 4. BRAKE BOOSTER ­ LOW PRESSURE WARNING
SWITCH
6. FOOT BRAKE PEDAL SWITCHES 5. INDICATOR LEFT TURN
7. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR 6. INDICATOR RIGHT TURN
8. SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD LEAD 7. CAN SELECT SWITCH
9. WORKLAMP CONTROL MODULE 8. RS232 DATA IN
10. SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 9. RS232 DATA OUT
11. CHASSIS GROUND 10. NOT USED
12. POWER GROUND 11. AIR FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH
12. TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH
13. NOT USED
14.’GET YOU HOME’ LAMPS
15. SIDELIGHTS (+12V)
16.ENGINE CRANKSHAFT SPEED DETECT
17.
18.
19. +5V REFERENCE
20.
21. NOT USED
22. SENSOR GROUND
23. POWER GROUND
24. +12V IGNITION FEED
25. ALTERNATOR CHARGE SIGNAL
26. +12V DIRECT FEED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ­ TERMINALS
CONNECTOR C081
CONNECTOR C080 1.
1. 2. LOW HYDRAULIC CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
2. 3.
3. 4.
4. 5. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
5. 6. TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
6. 7. HANDBRAKE SWITCH
7. 8. EXTERNAL BUZZER ­ OUT
8. 9.
9. 10. EXTERNAL BUZZER ­ IN
10. 11. DOOR SWITCH
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 232

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ­ TERMINALS
CONNECTOR C081
11. TRAILED IMPLEMENT SWITCH 12.
12. 13. FLASHER UNIT TRAILER 2
13. 14.
14. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR ­ PTO SPEED 15.
15. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR ­ TRUE GROUND 16. FLASHER UNIT TRAILER 1
SPEED
16. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR ­ THEORETICAL
GROUND SPEED
17. BRAKE PEDALS NOT LATCHED SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
17. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR ­ INPUT/OUTPUT, 18. HEADLAMPS MAIN BEAM
WORK
18. 19. SERVICE SWITCH
19. 20.
20. 21.
21. 22.
22. 23.
23. 24. TRAILED IMPLEMENT SWITCH
24. 25. CAN LO
25. 26. CAN HI
26.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 233

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 234

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4232B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 235

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control
Unit (RD module)
Component Identification
1. Electronic Draft Control
2. Engine Control
3. Transmission Control
4. System Auto Features
5. PTO (Rear) Control
6. Four wheel drive and differential lock control
7. Remote Valve Joystick Unit
8. CAN Display of Gears (DOG) Unit
9. Sensor Ground
10. Chassis Ground
11. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 236

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4236B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 237

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module)
Component Identification
1. Electro­Hydraulic Remotes (EHR’s)
2. Front Axle Suspension Control
3. PTO (front) Control
4. Top Link Lift Rod Control
5. Front Hydraulic Power Lift (HPL) Control
6. Sensor Signal Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 238

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4229B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 239

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Climate Controller
Component Identification
1. Climate Control System Processor
2. Air conditioning Compressor unit
3. Climate control ­ system pressure switches
4. Sensor Signal Ground
5. Chassis Ground
6. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 240

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4234B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 241

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema NEW HOLLAND^^B^^Fast Steer
System .
Component Identification
1. Fast Steer System Processor
2. Steering Wheel Proximity Sensor
3. Fast Steer Enable Switch
4. LVDT Sensor (Position sensor)
5. Hydraulic Solenoid Valve
6. Sensor Signal Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 242

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4235B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 243

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display
Component Identification
1. Small Wide Colour Display (SWCD) Screen
2. Rotary Encoder Assembly
3. Rear View Camera (optional)
4. Front ISOBUS implement Connector
5. Sensor Signal Ground
6. Chassis Ground
7. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 244

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4233B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 245

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema TECU Module
Component Identification
1. TECU module
2. Rear ISOBUS Implement Connector
3. Sensor Signal Ground
4. Chassis Ground
5. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 246

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4228B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 247

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Engine Control Unit (EDC 16)
Component Identification
1. Engine Control Unit (EDC16)
2. Diagnostic Connector
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 248

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4230B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 249

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module ­ Electronic schema Electro­Hydraulic Remotes
Component Identification
1. Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote (EHR) valves
2. Mid Mounted Electro Hydraulic Remote Valves
3. EHR Enable Relay
4. CAN BUS Terminating Resistor
5. Sensor Signal Ground
6. Chassis Ground
7. Power Ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 250

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
BRI4231B 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 251

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 252

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ 50.A
Control module ­ Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control Unit (RD module) 236
Control module ­ Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module) 238
Control module ­ Electronic schema Climate Controller 240
Control module ­ Electronic schema NEW HOLLAND^^B^^Fast Steer System . 242
Control module ­ Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display 244
Control module ­ Electronic schema TECU Module 246
Control module ­ Electronic schema Engine Control Unit (EDC 16) 248
Control module ­ Electronic schema Electro­Hydraulic Remotes 250
Control module ­ Configure 5
Control module ­ Configure 43
Control module ­ Configure 48
Control module ­ Configure 71
Control module ­ Configure 134
Control module ­ Electronic schema Instrument Cluster 232
Control module ­ Static description 223
Diagnostic connector ­ Static description 222
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Calibration 3
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Calibration Calibration Error Codes 3
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Fault code index 178
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description 155
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 253

2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 254

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
FAULT CODES ­ 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1

Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
FAULT CODES ­ 50.A
DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
­­CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING SYMBOL / LIGHT 17
1002­POOR OR NO SIGNAL FROM TRACTOR PERFORMANCE MONITOR RADAR 18
1003­Radar signal higher than groundspeed signal 22
1004­HITCH Electronic draft control Sensing system , High signal , Wheel Speed
Sensor ­ signal too high
1006­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 24
1007­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT
TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1008­RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAILURE 32
1009­BOTH EXTERNAL HPL FENDER SWITCHES ARE BEING OPERATED
SIMULTANEOUSLY
1010­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 40
1011­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER
OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1012­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 48
1013­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1014­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW 56
1015­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH 60
1016­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW 64
1017­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH 68
1018­BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS DISCONNECTED 72
1019­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE LESS THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1020­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT TO +12
VOLTS)
1021­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 84
1022­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1023­CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECTED 92
1024­PERFORM THE HYDRAULIC LIFT AUTCALIBRATION 93
1025­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT
OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1026­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
23
28
36
44
52
76
80
88
94
98
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 2

1027­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1028­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1029­HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE DISCONNECTED 110
1030­SIGNAL GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT 111
1031­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED 114
1032­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1033­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT 122
1053­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORTED TO +VE VOLTAGE 126
1054­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORT TO GROUND 130
1059­WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic draft control Electronic control , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical Open circuit , 8 Volt reference error (Draft Load Pins)
1063­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 138
1064­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 142
1065­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT 146
1066­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT 150
1067­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW 154
1068­HEIGHT LIMIT CALIBRATION ERROR 158
2001­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Shuttle Too Fast (N) 159
2002­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Flash "N" Error 160
2003­CP ­ clutch pedal required 161
14013­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC 162
14014­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground or Open Circuit 166
14021­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to +12V 170
14022­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to Ground 174
14051­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO HIGH VOLTAGE 178
14052­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER SHORT TO GROUND 182
14061­Air Brake Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC or Option Set But Sensor
Not Connected
14100­Airbrake system not configured 190
14102­SWCD Present but not configured 191
14900­Transmission Controller Missing (RD) 192
14901­Engine Controller Missing (EDC16) 196
14902­Auxiliary Controller Missing (RC) 200
14905­Keypad Missing (JA) 204
14906­Steering Controller Missing (KA) 208
14908­TECU Missing (OA) 212
14909­SWCD Missing (VA) 216
14910­Climate Controller Missing 220
14911­Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad 224
14912­Basic Cluster With Keypad 225
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 3
102
106
115
118
134
186

14920­Configuration Error 226
15002­STEERING Hydraulic Electronic steering system , Open circuit , Steering wheel
control proximity sensor open circuit.
15003­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Steering wheel control proximity sensor
15006­STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor ­ Spit Valve LVDT _ Open
circuit
15007­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Split valve LVDT
15008­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical Open circuit , Change valve solenoid
15009­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Change valve solenoid ­ short circuit across
itself
15024­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Calibration Not calibrated , System not calibrated
16111­Cab Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 251
16112­Cab Sensor Shorted to Ground 254
16113­Outlet Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 258
16114­Outlet Sensor Shorted to Ground 262
16115­Evaporator Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 266
16116­Evaporator Sensor Shorted to Ground 270
16117­Outside Air Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 274
16118­Outside Air Sensor Shorted to Ground 278
16120­Blower Speed Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 282
16121­Temperature Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 286
16122­Mode Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 290
16125­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 294
16126­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Ground 298
16127­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Power 302
16128­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground 306
16129­High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1 Minute) 310
16130­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 311
16131­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 314
16132­Low Pressure Switch (­) Shorted to Power 318
16133­Low Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground 322
16134­Low Pressure Switch Open For Greater Than 1 Minute 326
2004 (P)­HANDBRAKE ERROR 330
2005­Creeper selection error 331
2009­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Undervoltage , Seat Switch Input ­ Voltage too Low 334
2010­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Overvoltage , Seat Switch Input ­ Voltage too high 338
2011­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL LOW 342
2012­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL HIGH 346
2016­Creeper solenoid solenoid error 350
2021­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED 354
227
230
234
238
242
246
250
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 4

2024­ALL CLUTCHES AND SYNCHRONISERS REQUIRE CALIBRATION 355
2037­CLUTCH PEDAL DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 356
2046­FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT 360
2047­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO HIGH 364
2048­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO LOW 365
2049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH
VOLTAGE
2050­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Short circuit 370
2051­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT 374
2052­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH VOLTAGE 378
2053­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH 382
2054­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO LOW 386
2055­Output speed sensor ­ no signal 390
2058­Seat switch closed 394
2059­SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH DISAGREEMENT 398
2070­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH 402
2071­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW 406
2072­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH 410
2073­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW 414
2075­No signal or faulty signal from flywheel torque sensor 418
2076­FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT 422
2077­Flywheel speed sensor ­ short circuit 426
2124­Calibrate flywheel torque sensor 430
2300­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , 19th gear
solenoid
2302­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , 19th Gear
Dump Solenoid
2303­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Under limit value , Damper Calibration 438
2304­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Damper Calibration 439
2305­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th Gear Clutch
Solenoid
2306­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th Gear Dump
Solenoid
2308­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Not engaging , Reverse 448
2310­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Undervoltage , Upshift Switch 449
2311­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Overvoltage , Upshift Switch 452
2312­Downshift switch voltage too low 456
2313­Downshift switch voltage too high 460
2314­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure transducer , Open or short
circuit , Forward Clutch
2315­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure transducer , Open or short
circuit , Reverse Clutch
2323­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Open circuit , Mid
Speed Sensor
2324­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Short circuit to
ground , Mid Speed Sensor
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 5
366
431
434
440
444
464
468
472
476

2325­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Bad connection ,
Mid and output speed sensors swapped
2326­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Bad connection ,
Engine torque /RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors
2330­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Transmission output RPM too
high for selected gear
2331­Clutch Slipping fault 483
2334­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure indicated on the forward
clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure indicated on the reverse
clutch pressure switch when the clutch solenoids are off
2336­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not engaging 494
2337­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not disengaging 498
2338­Creeper potentiometer ­ short circuit to +8V or +12V 502
2339­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper Sensing system Position potentiometer ,
Open or short circuit
2342­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear , Open or short circuit , Clutch A
2343­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch B
Solenoid
2344­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch C
Solenoid
2345­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch D
solenoid
2346­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch E
solenoid
2347­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Low range
Clutch Solenoid
2348­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Medium
Range Clutch Solenoid
2349­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , High Range
Clutch Solenoid
2350­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Reverse
Clutch Solenoid
2351­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Open or short circuit , Creeper Solenoid 546
2352­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch A Solenoid 550
2353­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch B Solenoid 554
2354­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch C Solenoid 558
2355­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch D Solenoid 562
2356­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch E Solenoid 566
2357­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Low Range Clutch
Solenoid
2358­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Medium Range
Clutch Solenoid
2359­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , High Range Clutch
Solenoid
2360­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Reverse Clutch
Solenoid
2361­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Overvoltage , Creeper Solenoid 586
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 6
480
481
482
486
490
506
510
514
518
522
526
530
534
538
542
570
574
578
582

2362­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch A 590
2363­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch B 591
2364­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch C 592
2365­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch D 593
2366­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch E 594
2367­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Low Range Clutch 595
2368­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Medium Range
Clutch
2369­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , High Range Clutch 597
2370­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Reverse Clutch 598
2371­Creeper Position Out of Range 599
2372­Creeper Not Calibrated 600
2373­Clutch 19 Not Calibrated 601
2374­Creeper Calibration Error 602
2375­Creeper ­ Cold Oil 603
2376­Fault on 19th Gear Valve 604
2377­Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve 608
3006­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 612
3007­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range 613
3008­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 616
3010­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 620
3011­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 624
3015­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Maximum 628
3016­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 632
3019­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 636
3022­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 640
3023­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 644
3024­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 645
3025­Atmosperic Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 646
3028­Oil Pressure too low 647
3029­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Battery 650
3030­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground 654
3031­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Hardware Error 658
3032­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Value too High 659
3033­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible (Compared with Coolant
Temperature)
3034­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 661
3035­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 664
3037­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Low 668
3047­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Battery 672
3048­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Ground 676
3051­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too High 680
3052­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too Low 681
596
660
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 7

3060­Cylinder 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 684
3061­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 688
3063­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 692
3064­Cylinder 5 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 696
3065­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 700
3067­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 704
3068­Cylinder 3 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 708
3069­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 712
3071­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 716
3072­Cylinder 6 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 720
3073­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 724
3075­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 728
3076­Cylinder 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 732
3077­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (low side to Battery) 736
3079­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 740
3080­Cylinder 4 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 744
3081­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 748
3083­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 752
3088­Crankshaft Sensor ­ No Signal 756
3089­Crankshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal 760
3090­Camshaft Sensor ­ No Signal 764
3091­Camshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal 768
3093­Offset Between Camshaft and Crankshaft ­ Outside Boundaries 772
3095­Operating with Camshaft Sensor Only ­ Backup Mode 776
3096­CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL 780
3102­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Below Range minimum 784
3104­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Open 788
3105­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Pressure Shock Requested 789
3106­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Did Not Open After Pressure Shock 790
3107­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO VCC 791
3108­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO GROUND 794
3110­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 798
3111­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 802
3112­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Above Maximum Range 806
3131­Grid Heater Always Switched On 810
3137­Metering Unit ­ Open Load 814
3138­Metering Unit ­ Temperature too High 818
3141­Fuel Flow Setpoint too Low 822
3142­High Pressure Test ­ Test Active 823
3145­Terminal 15 ­ No Signal 824
3147­Oil Temperature too High 828
3148­Coolant Temperature Sensor Dynamic Test ­ Failure 829
3154­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Battery 830
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 8

3155­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Ground 834
3156­Grid Heater Relay ­ No Load 838
3160­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Battery 842
3161­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Ground 846
3162­Fan Actuator ­ Open Load 850
3163­Fan Actuator ­ No Load 854
3176­Setpoint of Metering Unit Not Plausible in Overrun 855
3177­Engine Overspeed Detected 856
3179­Timeout of CAN Message BC2EDC2 857
3180­Timeout of CAN Message VM2EDC 858
3182­Timeout of CAN Message RxCCVS 859
3185­Timeout of CAN Message TF 860
3188­Cylinder 1 Warning ­ Open Load 861
3192­Cylinder 2 warning ­ Open Load 864
3196­Cylinder 3 Warning ­ Open Load 868
3200­Cylinder 4 Warning ­ Open Load 872
3204­Cylinder 5 Warning ­ Open Load 876
3208­Cylinder 6 Warning ­ Open Load 880
3210­Bank 1 ­ General Short Circuit to Injector Cable 884
3211­Bank 1 ­ Injector cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground 888
3213­Bank 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error 892
3218­Bank 2 ­ General Short Circuit on Injector Cable 893
3219­Bank 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground 896
3221­Bank 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error 900
3227­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage too Low 901
3228­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Error 904
3229­Injection Processor Error ­ Injections Limited by Software 905
3230­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure 906
3231­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage too Low 907
3232­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Failure 908
3233­Injection Processor Error ­ Test Mode 909
3234­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure 910
3238­Engine Controller Internal SPI Communication Error 911
3239­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Read Operation Error 912
3240­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Write Operation Failure 913
3241­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Default Value Used 914
3242­Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery Ocurred 915
3243­Engine Controller Recovery (Suppressed) ­ Recovery Occured 916
3244­Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) ­ Recovery Occurred 917
3245­Engine Controller ­ Watchdog not Plausible 918
3246­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Watchdog 919
3247­Shutoff Paths Failed during Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too High 920
3248­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too Low 921
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 9

3249­TPU Monitoring ­ Time Deviation Between TPU and System Not Plausible 922
3250­Dataset ­ Variant Defect 923
3251­Dataset ­ Requested Variant Could Not be Set 924
3252­Controller Watchdog ­ SPI Comunication Failure 925
3253­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too Low 926
3254­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too High 927
3265­Overrun Monitoring 928
3266­Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun Monitoring 929
3278­Engine Controller Supply Voltage too High 930
3279­Engine Controller Internal Supply Voltage too Low 931
3280­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ High 934
3281­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ Low 935
3283­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ High 936
3284­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ Low 937
3285­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ High 938
3286­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ Low 939
3297­Rail Pressure Poistive Deviation High and High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value 940
3301­Rail Pressure Negative Deviation too High on Minimum Metering 941
3305­Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit in Controller Mode 946
3309­Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit in Controlled Mode 947
3313­Rail Pressure Drop Rate too High 950
3316­Minimum Number of Injections Not Reached ­ Stop Engine 951
3334­Timeout of CAN Message TCS1­PE Torque ­ When Active 952
3335­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­PE Torque ­ When Inactive 953
3338­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Inactive 954
3339­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Active 955
3367­Coolant Temperature Test Failure 956
3368­Torque Limitation Due to OBD Performance Limiter by Legislation 957
3369­Torque Reduction Due to Smoke Reduction 958
3370­Torque Limitation Due to Engine Protection (Against Excessive Torque, Engine
Overspeed and Overheat)
3371­Torque Limitation Due to Fuel Quantity Limitation Because of Injector System
Errors
4100­REMOTE NO.1 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 961
4101­REMOTE NO.1 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 964
4102­REMOTE NO.1 EEPROM ERROR 968
4103­REMOTE NO.1 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 969
4104­REMOTE NO.1 UNDER VOLTAGE 970
4105­REMOTE NO.1 OVER VOLTAGE 974
4106­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 975
4107­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 976
4108­REMOTE NO.1 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 977
4109­Remote No. 1 Manually operated 978
959
960
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 10

4110­REMOTE NO.1 DRIVER FAULTY 979
4111­REMOTE NO.1 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 980
4112­REMOTE NO.1 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 981
4113­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 982
4114­REMOTE NO.2 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 983
4115­REMOTE NO.2 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 986
4116­REMOTE NO.2 EEPROM ERROR 990
4117­REMOTE NO.2 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 991
4118­Remote No. 2 Undervoltage 992
4119­REMOTE NO.2 OVER VOLTAGE 996
4120­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 997
4121­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 998
4122­REMOTE NO.2 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 999
4123­REMOTE NO.2 MANUALLY OPERATED 1000
4124­REMOTE NO.2 DRIVER FAULTY 1001
4125­REMOTE NO.2 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1002
4126­REMOTE NO.2 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1003
4127­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1004
4128­REMOTE NO.3 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1005
4129­REMOTE NO.3 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 1008
4130­REMOTE NO.3 EEPROM ERROR 1012
4131­REMOTE NO.3 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 1013
4132­REMOTE NO.3 UNDER VOLTAGE 1014
4133­REMOTE NO.3 OVER VOLTAGE 1018
4134­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 1019
4135­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 1020
4136­REMOTE NO.3 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 1021
4137­REMOTE NO.3 MANUALLY OPERATED 1022
4138­REMOTE NO.3 DRIVER FAULTY 1023
4139­REMOTE NO.3 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1024
4140­REMOTE NO.3 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1025
4141­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1026
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1027
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1030
4143­REMOTE NO.4 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 1034
4144­REMOTE NO.4 EEPROM ERROR 1038
4145­REMOTE NO.4 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 1039
4146­REMOTE NO.4 UNDER VOLTAGE 1040
4147­REMOTE NO.4 OVER VOLTAGE 1044
4148­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 1045
4149­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 1046
4150­REMOTE NO.4 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 1047
4151­REMOTE NO.4 MANUALLY OPERATED 1048
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 11

4152­REMOTE NO.4 DRIVER FAULTY 1049
4153­REMOTE NO.4 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1050
4154­REMOTE NO.4 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1051
4155­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1052
4156­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , No signal , No control message received
4157­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Control Message not plausible
4158­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , EEPROM error
4159­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Switched to "Failsafe mode"
4160­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Undervoltage
4161­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Overvoltage
4162­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Under limit value , Spool movement too low
4163­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Over limit value , Spool movement too high
4164­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Float position not reached
4165­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Self­engage , Manually operated
4166­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , Driver faulty
4167­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , Potentiometer faulty
4168­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Unable to reach neutral
4169­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , Incorrect value , Spool not in neutral at key on
4170­EHR CONTROL NO.1 NOT CALIBRATED 1075
4171­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 OPEN CIRCUIT 1076
4172­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 SHORT CIRCUIT 1080
4173­EHR CONTROL NO.2 NOT CALIBRATED 1084
4174­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 OPEN CIRCUIT 1085
4175­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 SHORT CIRCUIT 1090
4176­TIMER SWITCH NO.1 / NO.2 DISCONNECTED 1094
4177­EHR CONTROL NO.3 NOT CALIBRATED 1098
4178­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 OPEN CIRCUIT 1099
4179­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 SHORT CIRCUIT 1104
4180­EHR CONTROL NO.4 NOT CALIBRATED 1108
4181­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 OPEN CIRCUIT 1109
4182­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 SHORT CIRCUIT 1114
4183­TIMER SWITCH NO.3 / NO.4 DISCONNECTED 1118
4190­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.1 1122
1053
1056
1060
1061
1062
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 12

4191­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.2 1126
4192­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.3 1130
4193­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.4 1134
4194­MOTOR MODE NO.1 SWITCH FAULTY 1138
4195­MOTOR MODE NO.2 SWITCH FAULTY 1142
4196­MOTOR MODE NO.3 SWITCH FAULTY 1146
4197­MOTOR MODE NO.4 SWITCH FAULTY 1150
4198­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote
control valve Remote valve 5 , No signal
4300­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Top link switch not fitted 1158
4301­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Side link switch not fitted 1162
4500­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no.1 ­no control message
received
4501­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.1 ­ control message
not plausible
4502­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ EEPROM error
4503­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no.1
4504­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no.1
4505­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no.1
4506­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool
movement too low
4507­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement
too high
4508­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.1 ­ float position
not reached
4509­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no.1 ­ manually operated
4510­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ driver faulty
4511­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ potentiometer faulty
4512­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.1 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4513­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool not in
neutral at key on
4514­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no.2 ­ no control message
received
4515­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ,
Incorrect value , Front remote no.2 ­ control message not plausible
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 13
1154
1166
1170
1174
1175
1176
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1192

4516­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.2 ­ EEPROM error
4517­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 2
4518­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no.2
4519­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no.2
4520­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool
movement too low
4521­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement
too high
4522­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.2 ­ float position
not reached
4523­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no.2 ­ manually operated
4524­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.2 ­ driver faulty
4525­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 2 ­ potentiometer faulty
4526­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.2 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4527­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool not in
neutral at key on
4528­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 3 ­ no control message
received
4529­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 3 ­ control message
not plausible
4530­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ EEPROM error
4531­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 3
4532­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no. 3
4533­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no. 3
4534­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool
movement too low
4535­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement
too high
4536­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 3 ­ float position
not reached
1196
1197
1198
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1214
1218
1219
1220
1224
1225
1226
1227
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 14

4537­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no. 3 ­ manually operated
4538­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ driver faulty
4539­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ potentiometer faulty
4540­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 3 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4541­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool not
in neutral at key on
4542­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 4 ­ no control message
received
4543­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 4 ­ control message
not plausible
4544­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ EEPROM error
4545­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 4
4546­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no. 4
4547­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no. 4
4548­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool
movement too low
4549­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement
too high
4550­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 4 ­ float position
not reached
4551­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no. 4 ­ manually operated
4552­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ driver faulty
4553­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ potentiometer faulty
4554­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 4 ­ unable to
reach neutral
4555­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool not
in neutral at key on
4560­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 1 ­ no communications
4561­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , front remote no. 2 ­ no communications
4562­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 3 ­ no communications
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1236
1240
1241
1242
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1258
1262
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 15

4563­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve
Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 4 ­ no communications
5003­REAR PTO BRAKE OUTPUT OPEN CIRCUIT 1270
5005­REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1274
5007­REAR PTO SOLENOID STUCK OFF 1278
5033­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1282
5034­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO
GROUND
5035­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE 1290
5037­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED 1294
5042­PTO Management Switch ­ Stuck Closed 1298
5043­Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On 1302
5098­Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not Enabled 1306
5099­Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled 1307
7014­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH ERROR 1308
7017­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 1312
7024­STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED 1316
7032­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Signal Too High 1317
7033­No Differential Lock Pressure 1320
7034­Differential Lock Pressure Switch ­ Stuck On 1324
8033­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1328
8037­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED 1332
8099­Front PTO option not activated 1336
1266
1286
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 16

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
­­CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING SYMBOL / LIGHT
NOTE: When the cause of the fault has been rectified, test the system for normal operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Inlet and charge pressure oil filters contaminated or blocked
2. Faulty charge pressure warning switch
3. Faulty electrical harness
4. Faulty charge pressure filter dump valve
5. Faulty charge pressure valve
6. Faulty charge pressure oil pump
Solution:
1. Pressure test the charge pressure system.
A. Continue to charge pressure test . Refer to :PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Pressure test
(A.10.A) . If the charge pressure is less than 1.6 bar (23 lbf/in² ), continue to step 3.
B. If the pressure is okay, continue to step 2.
2. Check the warning symbol / light operation.
A. Disconnect the charge pressure warning switch electrical connector C173. Turn the keystart ON. If the
warning symbol / light is displayed, repair the short to ground between C173 pin 1 (R) and the instrument
cluster electrical connector C081 pin 2 (R).
B. If the charge pressure warning symbol / light is not displayed, Turn the keystart OFF and replace the inlet
and charge pressure oil filters and continue to step 1.
3. Check the charge pressure filter dump valve and the charge pressure valve.
A. Remove and examine the charge pressure filter dump valve and the charge pressure valve, If they are
sticking open or damaged, replace the valve (s) as required, DO NOT re­adjust these valves.
B. If the charge pressure filter dump valve and the charge pressure valve are okay, repair or replace the
charge pressure oil pump. (Refer to Charge pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 17

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1002­POOR OR NO SIGNAL FROM TRACTOR PERFORMANCE
MONITOR RADAR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty radar
Solution:
1. Check the radar connector C068.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and the fit is tight.
Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between C068 pin 4 (R) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts.is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C068 pin 1 (B) and ground. If an open ground circuit is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If an open ground circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector:
C101 pin 19 (Y) and C068 pin 3 (Y)
C101 pin 33 (G) and C068 pin 2 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the radar assembly.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 18

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 19

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 20

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 21

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1003­Radar signal higher than groundspeed signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrect tractor performance monitor radar alignment
3. Faulty speed sensor
4. Faulty tractor performance radar
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty speed pickup gear
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the position of the radar.
A. If the radar is pointing at the tractor wheel or excessively vibrating, point the radar at the ground and tighten
the fixings.
B. If the radar mounting and position is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the speed sensor.
A. If the speed sensor is loose in the rear axle housing or damaged, re­tighten or remove and replace the
speed sensor as required.
B. If the speed sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the speed pickup gear.
A. Remove the speed sensor and check for damage to the speed pickup gear inside the rear axle. If any
damage is indicated, disassemble the rear axle and replace the speed pickup gear.
B. If the speed pickup gear is okay, remove and replace the speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 22

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1004­HITCH Electronic draft control Sensing system , High signal ,
Wheel Speed Sensor ­ signal too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Speed greater than 60 km/h detected.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty speed pickup gear
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the speed sensor.
A. If the speed sensor is loose in the rear axle housing or damaged, re­tighten or remove and replace the
speed sensor as required.
B. If the speed sensor is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the speed pickup gear.
A. Remove the speed sensor and check for damage to the speed pickup gear inside the rear axle. If ay
damage is indicated, disassemble the rear axle and replace the speed pickup gear.
B. If the speed pickup gear is okay, remove and replace the speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 23

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1006­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty slip control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the slip control potentiometer in H9 Channel 37. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the slip control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed are not
between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 37 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 37 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the slip control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the slip control knob
fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component side of
connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 6 (TQ)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 6 (TQ)
If the resistances indicated are not between 80 ­ 340 Ohms, replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
C121 pin 6 (TQ) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C101. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C100 pin 23 (B/W)
C121 pin 6 (TQ) and C101 pin 7 (TQ)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 24

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 25

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 26

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 27

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1007­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER
OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty slip control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the slip control potentiometer in H9 Channel 37. Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the slip control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed are not
between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 37 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121 the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101 to
check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 37 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated, repair
or replace as required.
2. Check the slip control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the slip control knob
fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component side of
connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 6 (TQ)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 6 (TQ)
If the resistances indicated are not between 80 ­ 340 Ohms, replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 6 (TQ) and ground.
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 28

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 29

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 30

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 31

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1008­RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAILURE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty raise/work switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the raise/work switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. The display will show d0. Move the fast raise/work switch between the raise and work positions several
times, and check the display. If the display does not change, continue to step 8
B. If the display changes between d0, d3 and d4 the switch and the circuit is okay. If the display shows d3
and d0, continue to step 2
C. If the display shows d4 and d0, continue to step 5
2. Check the raise/work switch.
A. Disconnect the raise/work switch connector C240. With the switch in the raise position, check between
the component side of connector C240 pin F and C240 pin E. If an open circuit is indicated, replace the
raise/work switch.
B. If the raise/work switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C240 pin E (TQ) and C101 pin 20
(TQ). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C240 pin E (TQ) and C240 pin F (N)
C240 pin E (TQ) and ground
C240 pin F (N) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
5. Check the raise/work switch.
A. With the switch in the work position, check between the component side of connector C240 pin G (TQ)
and C240 pin F (N). If an open circuit is indicated, replace the raise/work switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C240 pin G (TQ) and C101 pin 18
(TQ). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 32

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C240pin F (N) and C240 pin G (TQ)
C240 pin F (N) and ground
C240 pin G (TQ) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
8. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the raise/work switch connector C240. Check between connector C240
pin F (N) and fuse 39. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 9
9. Check the raise/work switch.
A. Check between the component side of connector:
C240 pin F and C240 pin E with the raise/work switch held in raise position
C240 pin F and C240 pin G with the raise/work switch held in lower position
If an open circuit is indicated in either of the tests, remove and replace the switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 10
10. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 18 (TQ) and C101 pin 20
(TQ). If a short circuit is indicated, repair the short circuit between connector C101 pin 18 and pin 20 to
the raise/work switch connector C240 or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short circuit is not indicated, continue to step 11
11. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector C240 pin E (TQ) and C101 pin 20 (TQ). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 12
12. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector C240 pin G (TQ) and C101 pin 18 (TQ). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 33

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 34

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 35

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1009­BOTH EXTERNAL HPL FENDER SWITCHES ARE BEING
OPERATED SIMULTANEOUSLY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. HPL fender switch(es) sticking
3. Faulty HPL fender switch
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the HPL fender switches are not sticking in the raise or lower position.
A. If the switches are sticking, clean, repair or replace as required.
B. If the fender switches are not sticking, continue to step 2
2. Check the HPL fender switches have not been operated simultaneously.
A. Clear the error codes. Test the system for normal operation. If error code 1009 is still displayed, continue
to step 3
3. Check the L/H HPL fender switch connector C134, the HPL fender R/H switch connector C135, the inline harness
connectors C294 and C296 and the controller connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect connectors C134 and C135. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C134 pin 1 (K/W) and ground
C134 pin 3 (K/G) and ground
C135 pin 1 (K/W) and ground
C135 pin 3 (K/G) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated continue to step 5
5. Check the L/H HPL fender switch for a short circuit.
A. While operating the L/H HPL fender switch in the raise and then lower position, check between the component
side of connector C134 pin 1 (K/W) and C134 pin 3 (K/G). If a short circuit is indicated, replace the
L/H HPL fender switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check the R/H HPL fender switch for a short circuit.
A. While operating the R/H HPL fender switch in the raise and then lower position, check between the component
side of connector C135 pin 1 (K/W) and C135 pin 3 (K/G). If a short circuit is indicated, replace the
R/H HPL fender switch.
B. If the switch is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 36

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3320 S24 C146 LIFT­O­MATIC
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3345 S25 C134 HPL EXTERNAL
RIGHT HAND
SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3365 S26 C135 HPL EXTERNAL LEFT
HAND SWITCH
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3390 F39 ­ 10A FUSE ­ HPL, SEAT,
ARMREST, EDC, EHR
LEVERS
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3490 X5 C549 FRINT HITCH
DETECT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3510 A19 C631 JOYSTICK CAN
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3530 H37 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ FRONT
12 3310­3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3540 H38 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
­ REAR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C081, C100, C101, C294, C296, C324, C329, C369.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 37

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 38

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 12A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 39

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1010­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty height limit control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the height limit control potentiometer in H9 Channel 35. Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the height limit control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 35 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 35 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the height limit control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the height limit control
knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 2 (K)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 2 (K)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
C121 pin 2 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100and C101. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C100 pin 23 (B/W)
C121 pin 2 (K) and C101 pin 5 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 40

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 41

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 42

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 43

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1011­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty height limit control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the height limit control potentiometer in H9 Channel 35. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the height limit control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 35 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 35 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the height limit control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the height limit control
knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 2 (K)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 2 (K)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C121pin 4 (TN) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage
A. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 2 (K) and ground.
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 44

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 45

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 46

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 47

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1012­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty drop rate control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the drop rate control potentiometer in H9 Channel 34. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the drop rate control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 34 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 34 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the drop rate control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the drop rate control
knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 1 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 1 (TN)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the EDC control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
C121 pin 1 (TN) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C101. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C100 pin 23 (B/W)
C121 pin 1 (TN) and C101 pin 4 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 48

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 49

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 50

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 51

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1013­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty drop rate control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the drop rate control potentiometer in H9 Channel 34. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the drop rate control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 34 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 34 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the drop rate control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the drop rate control
knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 1 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 1 (TN)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 1 (TN) and ground.
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 52

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 53

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 54

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 55

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1014­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the right hand side load sensing pin connector C048, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the load sensing pin in H9 channel 38. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Where possible, remove any implements to ensure the load sensing pins are not under any draft loading.
If the value displayed is approximately 48, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed in H9 channel 38 is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Replace the load sensing pin.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Remove and replace the load sensing pin. (If a new pin is not available interchange
the left and right hand load sensing pins). If the error is cleared, remove and replace the faulty sensing pin.
B. If the error re­occurs, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Check between connector:
C048 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C048 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C048 pin 1 (B/W) and ground.
C048 pin 2 (TN) and C101 pin 10 (TN)
C048 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 56

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 57

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 58

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 59

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1015­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the right hand side load sensing pin connector C048, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the load sensing pin in H9 channel 38. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Where possible, remove any implements to ensure the load sensing pins are not under any draft loading.
If the value displayed is approximately 48, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace controller.
B. If the value displayed in H9 channel 38 is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Replace the load sensing pin.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Remove and replace the load sensing pin. (If a new pin is not available interchange
the left and right hand load sensing pins). If the error is cleared, remove and replace the faulty sensing pin.
B. If the error re­occurs, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Turn the keystart ON.
Check between connector:
C048 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C048 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C048 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 60

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 61

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 62

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 63

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1016­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the left hand side load sensing pin connector C047, the inline harness connector C019and the controller
connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the load sensing pin in H9 channel 39. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Where possible, remove any implements to ensure the load sensing pins are not under any draft loading.
If the value displayed is approximately 48, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed in H9 channel 39 is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Replace the load sensing pin.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Remove and replace the load sensing pin. (If a new pin is not available interchange
the left and right hand load sensing pins). If the error is cleared, remove and replace the faulty sensing pin.
B. If the error re­occurs, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Check between connector:
C047 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C047 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C047 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C047 pin 2 (TN) and C101 pin 9 (TN)
C047 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 64

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 65

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 66

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 67

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1017­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the left hand side load sensing pin connector C047, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the load sensing pin in H9 channel 39. Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Where possible, remove any implements to ensure the load sensing pins are not under any draft loading.
If the value displayed is approximately 48, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace controller.
B. If the value displayed in H9 channel 39 is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Replace the load sensing pin.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Remove and replace the load sensing pin. (If a new pin is not available interchange
the left and right hand load sensing pins). If the error is cleared, remove and replace the faulty sensing pin.
B. If the error re­occurs, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Turn the keystart ON.
Check between connector:
C047 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C047 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C047 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 68

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 69

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 70

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 71

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1018­BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the inline harness connector C019, the controller connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors
C048 and C047.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Visually check the harness to both pins for any damage.
A. If the harness is damaged, repair or replace as required.
B. If no visible damage to the harness is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Check
between connector:
C048 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C048 pin 2 (TN) and C101 pin 10 (TN)
C048 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
C047 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C047 pin 2 (TN) and C101 pin 10 (TN)
C047 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 72

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 73

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 74

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 75

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1019­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE LESS THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT
OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty load sensing pin
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 8 Volts sensor supply in H9 channel 6.
A. If the value displayed is approximately 80, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed is not approximately 80, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect both load sensing pin connectors C048 and C047. Check between connector:
C048 pin 3 (K) and ground
C047 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector:
C048 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
C048 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C047 pin 3 (K) and C101 pin 25 (K)
C047 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 4
4. Replace the load sensing pin(s).
A. Remove and replace the load sensing pin(s).
B. If the error re­occurs, refit the old load sensing pins and download the correct level of software. If the fault
re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 76

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 77

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 78

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 79

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1020­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 8 VOLTS
(SHORT TO +12 VOLTS)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty load sensing pin
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 8 Volts sensor supply in H9 channel 6. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is approximately 80, check for an intermittent circuit to the load sensing pin, repair
or replace the harness as required. If the error re­occurs and no intermittent circuit is indicated, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed is not approximately 80, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101 and both load sensing pin connectors C047 and C048. Turn the
keystart ON. Check between connector:
C048 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C048 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C048 pin 3 (K) and ground
C047 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C047 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C047 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Replace the load sensing pin(s).
A. Remove and replace the load sensing pin(s).
B. If the error re­occurs, refit the old load sensing pins and download the correct level of software. If the fault
re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 80

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 81

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 82

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 83

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1021­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR
OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty draft sensitivity control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the draft sensitivity control potentiometer in H9 Channel 36. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
A. Turn the draft sensitivity control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 36 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 36 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the draft sensitivity control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the draft sensitivity
control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 5 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 5 (TN)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the EDC control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
C121 pin 5 (TN) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C101. Check between connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C100 pin 23 (B/W)
C121 pin 5 (TN) and C101 pin 6 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 84

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 85

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 86

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 87

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1022­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty draft sensitivity control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the draft sensitivity control potentiometer in H9 Channel 36. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
A. Turn the draft sensitivity control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise. If the values displayed
are not between 84 to 14, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 36 wiggle the harness and the EDC control
panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors C100 and C101
to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 36 values will change if an intermittent circuit is indicated,
repair or replace as required.
2. Check the drop rate control potentiometer.
A. Remove the EDC control panel and disconnect the connector C121. While turning the draft sensitivity
control knob fully clockwise and then fully counter clockwise, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 5 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 5 (TN)
If the resistances indicated are not between 90 ­ 360 Ohms (with slip control) and 170 ­ 520 Ohms (without
slip control), replace the control panel.
B. If the EDC control panel is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C121pin 4 (TN) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C121 pin 5 (TN) and ground.
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 88

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 89

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 90

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 91

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1023­CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EDC control panel
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the EDC control panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller connectors
C100and C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Visually check the harness to the control panel for any damage.
A. If the harness is damaged, repair or replace as required.
B. If the harness is not damaged, continue to step 3
3. Check all harness connectors are connected.
A. If any connectors are disconnected, connect the connectors as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the EDC control panel.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 92

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1024­PERFORM THE HYDRAULIC LIFT AUTCALIBRATION
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Hydraulic lift not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Perform the hydraulic lift calibration procedure.
A. Perform the hydraulic lift calibration procedure. Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Calibration
(H.10.D).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 93

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1025­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE
LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty position control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the position control potentiometer for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer is damaged, remove and replace the potentiometer.
B. If the potentiometer is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the position control potentiometer in H9 Channel 33. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Fully lower and then raise the position control potentiometer. If the values displayed are not between 10
to 88, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 33, wiggle the harness, the EDC control unit
connector C240, the EDC control panel C121 connector, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller
connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 33 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the position control potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C240. While moving the position control potentiometer from the minimum to maximum
position, measure the resistance between the component side of connector:
C240 pin A (TN) and C240 pin C
C240 pin A (TN) and C240 pin D
If the values indicated do not range between 100 ­ 600 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC control unit.
B. If the EDC control unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C121. Check between connector:
C240 pin A (TN) and ground
C240 pin C and ground
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check the EDC control panel for an open cicuit.
A. Check between the component side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 8
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 7
If an open circuit is indicated, remove and replace the EDC control panel.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 94

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector:
C240 pin A (TN) and C101 pin 3 (TN)
C240 pin C and C121 pin 8
C240 pin D and C121 pin 7
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 95

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 96

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 97

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1026­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE
HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty position control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the position control potentiometer for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer is damaged, remove and replace the potentiometer.
B. If the potentiometer is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the position control potentiometer in H9 Channel 33. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Fully lower and then raise the position control potentiometer. If the values displayed are not between 10
to 88, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 33, wiggle the harness, the EDC control unit
connector C240, the EDC control panel C121 connector, the inline harness connector C370and the controller
connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 33 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the position control potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C240. While moving the position control potentiometer from the minimum to maximum
position, measure the resistance between the component side of connector:
C240 pin A (TN) and C240 pin C
C240 pin A (TN) and C240 pin D
If the values indicated do not range between 100 ­ 600 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC control unit.
B. If the EDC control unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C240 pin C and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C240 pin A (TN) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, remove
and replace the EDC control panel.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 98

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 99

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 100

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 101

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1027­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW
(SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty lift arm position sensing control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer and its linkage for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer or linkage is damaged, repair or replace as required.
B. If the potentiometer and the linkage is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer in H9 Channel 32. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
A. Fully lower and then raise the hydraulic lift arms. (Ensure the pick up hitch lift rods do not restrict the
maximum movement of the arms). If the values displayed are not between 79 to 6, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 32, wiggle the harness, the lift arm position
potentiometer connector C052, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller connector C101 to
check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 32 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair
or replace as required.
3. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C052 and remove the potentiometer. While turning the potentiometer, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C052 pin 2 (K) and C052 pin 3 (TN)
C052 pin 2 (K) and C052 pin 1 (B/W)
If the resistances indicated do not range between approximately 1.0 ­ 4.0 K Ohms, replace the lift arm
position sensing potentiometer.
B. If the values are okay, refit the potentiometer and continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C052 pin 2 (K) and ground
C052 pin 3 (TN) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector:
C052 pin 1 (B/W) and ground
C052 pin 2 (K) and C101 pin 2 (K)
C052 pin 3 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 102

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 103

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 104

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 105

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1028­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty lift arm position sensing control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer and its linkage for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer or linkage is damaged, repair or replace as required.
B. If the potentiometer and the linkage is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer in H9 Channel 32. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
A. Fully lower and then raise the hydraulic lift arms. (Ensure the pick up hitch lift rods do not restrict the
maximum movement of the arms). If the values displayed are not between 79 to 6, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 32, wiggle the harness, the lift arm position
potentiometer connector C052, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller connector C101 to
check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 32 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair
or replace as required.
3. Check the lift arm position sensing potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C052 and remove the potentiometer. While turning the potentiometer, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C052 pin 2 (K) and C052 pin 3 (TN)
C052 pin 2 (K) and C052 pin 1 (B/W)
If the resistances indicated do not range between approximately 1.0 ­ 4.0 K Ohms, replace the lift arm
position sensing potentiometer.
B. If the values are okay, refit the potentiometer and continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C052 pin 3 (TN) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step .5
5. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C052 pin 2 (K) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 106

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 107

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 108

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 109

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1029­HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty hydraulic control valve solenoid
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic control valve solenoid connectors C217, C218 and the controller connectors C100 and
C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as necessary.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Visibly check the harness any damage.
A. Check the harness from the controller connectors C100 and C239 to the hydraulic control valve connectors
C217 and C218 for damage. If damage to the harness is indicated, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 110

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1030­SIGNAL GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the controller connector C100, the inline harness connector C370, the hand throttle connector C314 and
clutch pedal potentiometer C077.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged , the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the connectors C100, C370, C314 and C077. Check between connector:
C100 pin 23 (B/W) and C370 pin B6 (B/W)
C100 pin 23 (B/W) and C314 pin 6 (B/W)
C100 pin 23 (B/W) and C077 pin 3 (B/W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 111

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 112

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 113

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1031­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the chassis connectors C019 and C020.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and the fit is tight.
Repair or replace as required.
B. If the chassis harness connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Visually check the chassis harness for any damage.
A. If the harness is damaged, repair ore replace as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, download the correct level of software. If the faut re­occurs,
remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 114

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1032­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty draft control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the draft control potentiometer for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer is damaged, remove and replace the potentiometer.
B. If the potentiometer is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the draft control potentiometer in H9 Channel 40. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Move the draft control potentiometer from the maximum to the minimum position. If the values displayed
are not between 10 to 88, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 40, wiggle the harness, the EDC control unit
connector C240, the EDC control panel C121 connector, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller
connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 40 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the draft control potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C240. While moving the draft control potentiometer from the minimum to maximum
position, measure the resistance between the component side of connector:
C240 pin B (U) and C240 pin C
C240 pin B (U) and C240 pin D
If the values indicated do not range between 100 ­ 600 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC control unit.
B. If the EDC control unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C240 pin C and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C240 pin B (U) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, remove and
replace the EDC control panel.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 115

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 116

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 117

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1033­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT
OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty draft control potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the draft control potentiometer for any damage.
A. If the potentiometer is damaged, remove and replace the potentiometer.
B. If the potentiometer is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the draft control potentiometer in H9 Channel 40. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Move the draft control potentiometer from the maximum to the minimum position. If the values displayed
are not between 10 to 88, continue to step 3
B. If the values displayed are okay, while still in H9 Channel 40, wiggle the harness, the EDC control unit
connector C240, the EDC control panel C121 connector, the inline harness connector C370 and the controller
connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 40 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the draft control potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C240. While moving the draft control potentiometer from the minimum to maximum
position, measure the resistance between the component side of connector:
C240 pin B (U) and C240 pin C
C240 pin B (U) and C240 pin D
If the values indicated do not range between 100 ­ 600 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC control unit.
B. If the EDC control unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C121. Check between connector:
C240 pin B (U) and ground
C240 pin C and ground
C121 pin 4 (TN) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check the EDC control panel for an open cicuit.
A. Check between the component side of connector:
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C121 pin 8
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and C121 pin 7
If an open circuit is indicated, remove and replace the EDC control panel.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 118

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector:
C240 pin B (U) and C101 pin 8 (U)
C240 pin C and C121 pin 8
C240 pin D and C121 pin 7
C121 pin 4 (TN) and C101 pin 16 (TN)
C121 pin 3 (B/W) and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 119

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 120

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 121

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty axle speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the axle speed sensor connector C046 and the controller connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C046. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C046 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 34 (L) and connector
C046 pin 2 (L). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Connect connector C101. Check between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the axle speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 122

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 123

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 124

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 125

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1053­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORTED TO +VE
VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the +5 Volt sensor supply reference in H9 Channel 5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
B. If the value displayed is approximately 48, while still in H9 Channel 5, wiggle the harness, the EDC control
unit connector C240, the EDC control panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the
controller connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 5 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C101. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C101 pin 16
(T/N) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 126

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 127

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 128

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 129

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1054­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the +5 Volt sensor supply reference in H9 Channel 5. Refer to Electronic control ­ Short circuit to
ground (H.10.D).
A. If the value displayed is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
B. If the value displayed is approximately 48, while still in H9 Channel 5, wiggle the harness, the EDC control
unit connector C240, the EDC control panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the
controller connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 5 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 16 (TN) and ground. If a short to ground
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 130

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 131

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 132

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 133

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1059­WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic draft control Electronic
control , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Open circuit ,
8 Volt reference error (Draft Load Pins)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are being displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the +8 Volt sensor supply reference in H9 Channel 5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is not approximately 48, continue to step 3.
B. If the value displayed is approximately 48, while still in H9 Channel 5, wiggle the harness, the EDC control
unit connector C240, the EDC control panel connector C121, the inline harness connector C370 and the
controller connector C101 to check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 5 values will change if an intermittent
circuit is detected, repair or replace as required.
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C101 and C370. Check between connector C101 pin 16 (TN) and C370 pin A5
(TN). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 134

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 135

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 136

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 137

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1063­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EDC valve lower solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the EDC valve lower solenioid connector C218, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the EDC valve lower solenoid.
A. Disconnect the EDC valve lower solenoid connector C218. Measure the resistance between the solenoid
terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC valve
lower solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C218 pin 2 (K) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C239. Check between connector C218 pin 1 (K) and ground. If a
short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C100. Check between connector:
C218 pin 2 (K) and C100 pin 12 (K)
C218 pin 1 (K) and C239 pin 5 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 138

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 139

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 140

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 141

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1064­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EDC valve raise solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the EDC valve lower solenioid connector C217, the inline harness connector C019and the controller
connectors C100and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the EDC valve raise solenoid.
A. Disconnect the EDC valve raise solenoid connector C217. Measure the resistance between the solenoid
terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC valve
raise solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step .3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C217 pin 2 (K) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C239. Check between connector C217 pin 1 (K) and ground. If a
short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C100. Check between connector:
C217 pin 2 (K) and C101 pin 5 (K)
C217 pin 1 (K) and C239 pin 4 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 142

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 143

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 144

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 145

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1065­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EDC valve lower solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the EDC valve lower solenoid connector C218, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the EDC valve lower solenoid.
A. Disconnect the EDC valve lower solenoid connector C218. Measure the resistance between the solenoid
terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC valve
lower solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C218 pin 1 (K) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C100. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage
between connector C218 pin 2 (K). If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 146

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 147

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 148

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 149

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1066­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EDC valve raise solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the EDC valve raise solenoid connector C217, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step
2. Check the EDC valve raise solenoid.
A. Disconnect the EDC valve raise solenoid connector C217. Measure the resistance between the solenoid
terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2 Ohms, remove and replace the EDC valve
raise solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C217 pin 1 (K) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C100. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage
between connector C217 pin 2 (K). If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 150

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP ­ LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610­3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C081, C100, C101, C239, C284, C328.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 151

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 152

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 13A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 153

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1067­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the +12 Volt reference in H9 channel 9. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is approximately 45, continue to test for error codes 1063, 1064, 1065 and 1066.
B. If the value displayed is not approximately 45, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts at fuse 14.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage at fuse 14, If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts,
continue to step 3
B. If the voltage indicated is not okay, check the supply from the battery to fuse 14.
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the secondary controller connector C100. Check between connector
C100 pin 20 (N) and fuse 14. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 154

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft
Control / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S21 C176 HYDRAULIC TEMP
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S22 C175 HYDRAULIC
BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3040 S23 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3110 B18 C113 FRONT HITCH POT
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3160 F42 ­ 10A FUSE ­ FRONT
SUSPENSION
11 3010­3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3300 X4 C510 HI­FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR ­
CIRCUIT 5830
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C079, C100, C127, C269, C324, C325, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 155

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 156

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 11A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 157

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
1068­HEIGHT LIMIT CALIBRATION ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
NOTE: If the height limit control has not been turned fully clockwise to the maximum height position, this error code
will be displayed.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. The height limit control has not been turned fully clockwise to the maximum height position.
Solution:
1. make sure the height limit control is at the maximum height position when performing the hydraulic lift calibration
procedure.
A. Turn the height limit control to the maximum height position when performing the hydraulic lift calibration
procedure.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 158

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2001­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Shuttle Too Fast (N)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The shuttle lever was moved to F or R too fast.
Possible failure modes:
1. Shuttle lever moved into F or R too fast
Solution:
1. Shift to neutral to re­enable the transmission and shift back to F or R.
A. If N is not displayed, test the system for normal operation.
B. If N is still displayed, check for other error codes being displayed and continue to these test.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 159

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2002­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Flash "N" Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Shift to neutral to re–enable the transmission
Solution:
1. Shift to neutral to re–enable the transmission and shift back to F or R.
A. If N is not displayed, test the system for normal operation.
B. If N is still displayed, check for other error codes being displayed and continue to these test.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 160

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2003­CP ­ clutch pedal required
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Depress the clutch pedal or cycle the shuttle lever to re–enable the transmission.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Cycle the clutch pedal
Solution:
1. Depress the clutch pedal or cycle the shuttle lever to re­enable the transmission.
A. If CP is not displayed, test the system for normal operation.
B. If CP is still displayed, check for other error codes being displayed and continue to these test.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 161

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14013­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty steering sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty instrument cluster
Solution:
1. Check the steering sensor connector C014 and the instrument cluster connector C081.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C014. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C014 pin 1
(N) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C014 pin 3 (G) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C014 pin 2 (K) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the steering sensor. If the fault is still present, download the
correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 162

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 163

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 164

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 165

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14014­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground or Open
Circuit
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty steering sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty instrument cluster
Solution:
1. Check the steering sensor connector C014 and the instrument cluster connector C081.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C014. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C014 pin 1
(N) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C014 pin 3 (G) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C014 pin 2 (K) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the connector C081 Check between connector C014 pin 2 (K) and
C081 pin 22 (K). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the steering sensor. If the fault is still present, download the
correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 166

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 167

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 168

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 169

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14021­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to +12V
Cause:
A short to 12 has been detected at the instrument cluster connector C079 pin 16 (W) after cranking when the engine
is running.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty cluster
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the instrument cluster connector C079, the shuttle lever switch connector C075 and the starter crank
relay (K5)..
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage
A. Place the shuttle lever in Neutral. Remove the instrument cluster and leave it connected. Start the unit.
Using a suitable back probe pin check between the back of connector C079 pin 16 and ground. If a voltage
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 170

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and
Charging System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 171

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 172

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 1A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 173

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14022­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to Ground
Cause:
A short to ground has been detected during cranking at the instrument cluster connector C079 pin 16 (W).
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty cluster
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the instrument cluster connector C079, the shuttle lever switch connector C075 and the starter crank
relay (K5)..
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Place the shuttle lever in Neutral. Disconnect connector C079. Check between connector C079 pin 16
and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 174

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and
Charging System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 175

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 176

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 1A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 177

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14051­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO
HIGH VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel tank level sender
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty instrument cluster
Solution:
1. Check the fuel tank level sender potentiometer in H9 channel 25.
A. Remove the fuel tank sender. With the connector still connected move sender from the maximum to minimum
position. If the values do not change continuously between 50 and 400 steps continue to step 2
B. If values displayed are okay, while in H9 channel 25 wiggle the harness and connectors to check for a
intermittent circuit. Channel 25 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the fuel tank level sender connector C022, the instrument cluster connector C081 and the inline harness
connector C020.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel tank level sender operation.
A. Disconnect connector C022. Check between the component side of the connector C022 pin 1 and 2. If
the resistance indicated is not between 30 Ohms at full and 250 Ohms at empty, remove and replace the
sender.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C022 pin 2 (G) and ground
C022 pin 1 (G) and C081 pin 14 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to + Ve voltage.
A. Turn the key start ON. Check between C022 pin 1 (G) and ground. If a short to +Ve voltage is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 178

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 179

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 180

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 181

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14052­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER SHORT TO GROUND
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel tank level sender
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty instrument cluster
Solution:
1. Check the fuel tank level sender potentiometer in H9 channel 25.
A. Remove the the fuel tank sender. With the connector still connected move the sender from the maximum
to minimum positon. If the values do not change continuously between 50 and 400 steps continue to step
2
B. If values displayed are okay, while in H9 channel 25 wiggle the harness and connectors to check for a
intermittent circuit. Channel 25 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the fuel tank level sender connector C022, the instrument cluster connector C081 and the inline harness
connector C020.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the connectors C022 and C081. Check between connector C022 pin 1 (G) and ground. If a
short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 182

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 183

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 184

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 185

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14061­Air Brake Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC or Option
Set But Sensor Not Connected
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connectors
2. Faulty airbrake pressure sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Instrument cluster
Solution:
1. Check the airbrake pressure sensor in H9 channel 24.
A. Under normal operating conditions, check the air brake pressure values are between 40 and 500 steps. If
the values are not between 40 and 500 steps continue to step 2
B. If values displayed are okay, while in H9 channel 24 wiggle the harness and connectors to check for a
intermittent circuit. Channel 24 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the airbrake pressure connector C407, the instrument cluster connectors C079, C081, the inline harness
connector C020 and air brake connector C144.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C407. Check between connector:
C407 pin 1 (TN) and ground
C407 pin 2 (G) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connectors C079 and C081. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C407 pin 1 (TN) and ground
C407 pin 2 (TN) and ground
C407 pin 3 (G) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connectors:
C407 pin 1 (TN) and C081 pin 15 (TN)
C407 pin 2 (TN) and C081 pin 6 (TN)
C407 pin 3 (G) and C079 pin 22 (G/W/B)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the airbrake pressure sensor. If the fault is still present, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 186

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8710 K10 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
PNEUMATIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8740 K11 RELAY ­ TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY ­
HYDRAULIC
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8750 S59 C136 HANDBRAKE
SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8800 X15 C050 TRAILER BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8815 Y48 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S60 C409 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S61 C410 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ LINE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8835 Y49 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE ­ SOLENOIDS
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8890 S62 C407 AIR BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8920 X16 C055 TRAILER SOCKET
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8940 X17 C144 AIR BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8945 Y50 C406 AIR BRAKE
SOLENOID
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8970 Y51 C576 BRAKE DE­ICER
30 8710­9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8990 Y52 C577 PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C055, C081, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 187

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 188

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 30A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 189

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14100­Airbrake system not configured
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Airbrake option has not been set.
Solution:
1. Check the airbrake option has been set.
A. Using the H3 options menu, set the airbrake option to ’Yes’. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 190

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14102­SWCD Present but not configured
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Intelliview II option has not been set.
Solution:
1. Check the Intelliview II option has been set.
A. Using the H3 options menu, set the Intelliview II option to ’Yes’. Refer to Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 191

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14900­Transmission Controller Missing (RD)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty transmission controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the transmission controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the transmission controller connector C100.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C100. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C100 pin 15 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C100 pin 16 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C100 pin 15 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C100 pin 16 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the transmission controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 192

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 193

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 194

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 195

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14901­Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the engine controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the engine controller connector C242.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C242. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C242 pin 62 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C242 pin 61 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C242 pin 62 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C242 pin 61 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 196

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 197

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 198

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 199

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14902­Auxiliary Controller Missing (RC)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty auxiliary controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the auxiliary controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the auxiliary controller connector C324.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C324. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C324 pin 15 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C324 pin 16 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C324 pin 15 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C324 pin 16 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the auxiliary controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 200

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 201

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 202

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 203

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14905­Keypad Missing (JA)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty keypad
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the keypad.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the keypad connector C373.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C373. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C373 pin 3 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C373 pin 2 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C373 pin 3 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C373 pin 2 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the keypad.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 204

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C081, C269, C329, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 205

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 206

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 25A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 207

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14906­Steering Controller Missing (KA)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty steering controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the steering controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the steering controller connector C515.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C515. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C515 pin A4 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C515 pin A5 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C515 pin A4 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C515 pin A5 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the steering controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 208

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 209

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 210

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 211

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14908­TECU Missing (OA)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty TECU controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the TECU controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the steering controller connector C554.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C554. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C554 pin 4 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C554 pin 5 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C554 pin 4 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C554 pin 5 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the TECU controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 212

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 213

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 214

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 215

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14909­SWCD Missing (VA)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty Intelliview II .
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the Intelliview II .
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the TECU connector C554 and the Intelliview II connector C595.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C595. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin J (Y) and C595 pin 5 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin H (G) and C595 pin 6 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C554. Check between connector:
C554 (CAN High) pin 2 (Y) and C595 pin 5 (Y)
C554 (CAN Low) pin 1 (G) and C595 pin 6 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the Intelliview II .
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 216

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9620 X19 C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9660 F33 ­ 25A FUSE ­ DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR +
ENGINE ECU
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9680 X20 C445 SELECT CAN DIAG
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9700 X21 C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9770 X22 C553 ISO BUS CAN
EXTENSION
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9810 X23 C620 SPARE 1
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9830 X24 C621 SPARE 2
33 9610­9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9870 X25 C556 TECU CAN SPARE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001C079, C081, C242, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 217

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 218

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 33A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 219

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14910­Climate Controller Missing
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty climate controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the climate controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the climate controller connector C628.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C628. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C628 pin 2 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C628 pin 1 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C628 pin 2 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C628 pin 1 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, remove and replace the climate controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 220

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 221

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 222

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 223

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14911­Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad
Cause:
Enhanced instrument cluster detected but no keypad has been fitted.
Possible failure modes:
1. Keypad not fitted
2. Network configuration error
3. Faulty keypad
Solution:
1. Check if a keypad is fitted.
A. If a keypad is not fitted, install a keypad, clear the instrument cluster network configuration using H8 and
turn the keystart ON to re­configure the instrument cluster. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
B. If a keypad is installed, check for other keypad related error codes and continue to these tests. If no other
error codes are present, clear the instrument cluster network configuration using H8 and turn the keystart
ON to re­configure the instrument cluster. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is
still present, remove and replace the keypad.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 224

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14912­Basic Cluster With Keypad
Cause:
Basic instrument cluster detected but a keypad has been fitted.
Possible failure modes:
1. Keypad fitted
2. Network configuration error
3. Faulty cluster
Solution:
1. Check if a keypad is fitted.
A. If a keypad is fitted, remove the keypad, clear the instrument cluster network configuration using H8 and
turn the keystart ON to re­configure the instrument cluster. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
B. If a keypad is not installed, clear the instrument cluster network configuration using H8 and turn the keystart
ON to re­configure the instrument cluster. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is
still present, remove and replace the cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 225

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
14920­Configuration Error
Cause:
The instrument cluster has not detected the transmission control module (RD) during a network configuration at
keystart ON.
Possible failure modes:
1. Instrument cluster not configured correctly
2. Network configuration error
3. Faulty cluster
Solution:
1. Check if the instrument cluster has been configured.
A. Clear the instrument cluster network configuration using H8 and turn the keystart ON to re­configure the
instrument cluster. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
B. If the error is still present, check for other instrument cluster communication related error codes and continue
to these tests. If no other error codes are present and the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 226

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15002­STEERING Hydraulic Electronic steering system , Open
circuit , Steering wheel control proximity sensor open circuit.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect sensor position
2. Incorrect sensor calibration
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Perform proximity sensor calibration procedure. Refer to Fast steer system ­ Calibration (D.20.C).
A. Clear the error code and test the system for correct operation.
B. If the error re­occurs continue to step 2
2. Check the proximity sensor position adjustment.
A. If the sensor position is not correct adjust to obtain a 10 mm gap. Recalibrate the sensor and retest the
system.
B. If the sensor position is correct continue to step 3
3. Check the proximity sensor and harness.
A. Enter H­Menu mode, H9 channel 3. Typical readings should be between 50 (wheel depressed) and 800
(wheel released) If the reading is >800 (High) this will indicate a short circuit within the sensor. Remove
and replace the proximity sensor.
If the reading is >900 this will indicate a short to +12 V.
If the reading is

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 228

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 229

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15003­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Short
circuit , Steering wheel control proximity sensor
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect sensor position
2. Incorrect sensor calibration
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Perform proximity sensor calibration procedure. Refer to Fast steer system ­ Calibration (D.20.C).
A. Clear the error code and test the system for correct operation.
B. If the error re­occurs continue to step 2
2. Check the proximity sensor position adjustment.
A. If the sensor position is not correct adjust to obtain a 10 mm gap. Recalibrate the sensor and retest the
system.
B. If the sensor position is correct continue to step 3
3. Check the proximity sensor and harness.
A. Enter H­Menu mode, H9 channel 3. Typical readings should be between 50 (wheel depressed) and 800
(wheel released) If the reading is >800 (High) this will indicate a short circuit within the sensor. Remove
and replace the proximity sensor.
If the reading is >900 this will indicate a short to +12 V.
If the reading is

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 231

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 232

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 233

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15006­STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor ­ Spit
Valve LVDT _ Open circuit
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Fault within the Split Valve LVDT sensor
2. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the Split Valve LVDT sensor using H­­Menu Mode H9.
A. Enter H menu Mode H9 for the fast steer system processor. Select channnel 1 for coil winding 1 and
channel 2 for coil winding 2. Typical readings should be 450­750 for channel 1 and 450­750 for channel
2. If the readings are correct clear the error code and check for an intermittent poor connection. If the
readings are incorrect continue to step 2
2. Check the Split valve LVDT sensor
A. Disconnect the LVDT sensor C511. Using a multimeter check the resistances of the coils as follows:­
Between pins 2 and 4 approximately 180 Ω
Between pins 1 and 3 approximately 410 Ω
Between pins 3 and 5 approximately 410 Ω
Between pins 1 and 5 approximately 820 Ω
If any readings are incorrect replace the Split valve LVDT sensor.
If the readings are correct continue to step 3
3. Check the harness and connectors to the LVDT sensor and fast steer processor
A. With the keystart OFF disconnect the fast steer system processor, C515 and the LVDT sensor, C511.
Using a suitable multimeter check between the following sets of pins for continuity:­
C515 pin C1 and C511 pin 2
C515 pin C2 and C511 pin 4
C515 pin B6 and C511 pin 1
C515 pin C3 and C511 pin 3
C515 pin B5 and C511 pin 5
If an open circuit is indicated between any pair repair or replace the harness as required.
If no fault is indicated, suspect a faulty fast steer processor. Substitute the fast steer system processor
and test system.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 234

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 235

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 236

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 237

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15007­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Short
circuit , Split valve LVDT
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Fault within the Split Valve LVDT sensor
2. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the Split Valve LVDT sensor using H­­Menu Mode H9.
A. Enter H menu Mode H9 for the fast steer system processor. Select channnel 1 for coil winding 1 and
channel 2 for coil winding 2. Typical readings should be 450­750 for channel 1 and 450­750 for channel
2. If the readings are correct clear the error code and check for an intermittent poor connection. If the
readings are incorrect continue to step 2
2. Check the Split valve LVDT sensor
A. Disconnect the LVDT sensor C511. Using a multimeter check the resistances of the coils as follows:­
Between pins 2 and 4 approximately 180 Ω
Between pins 1 and 3 approximately 410 Ω
Between pins 3 and 5 approximately 410 Ω
Between pins 1 and 5 approximately 820 Ω
If any readings are incorrect replace the Split valve LVDT sensor.
If the readings are correct continue to step 3
3. Check the harness and connectors to the LVDT sensor and fast steer processor
A. With the keystart OFF disconnect the fast steer system processor, C515 and the LVDT sensor, C511.
Using a suitable multimeter check between the following sets of pins for continuity:­
C515 pin C1 and C511 pin 2
C515 pin C2 and C511 pin 4
C515 pin B6 and C511 pin 1
C515 pin C3 and C511 pin 3
C515 pin B5 and C511 pin 5
If an open circuit is indicated between any pair repair or replace the harness as required.
If no fault is indicated, suspect a faulty fast steer processor. Substitute the fast steer system processor
and test system.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 238

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 239

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 240

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 241

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15008­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Open
circuit , Change valve solenoid
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty change valve solenoid
2. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the change valve solenoid using H­Menu mode H9.
A. Enter H menu Mode H9 for the fast steer system processor. Select channel 4. Typical reading should
be 350 mA ­ 500 mA. If the reading is correct clear the error code and check for an intermittent poor
connection.
If the readings are incorrect continue to step 22
2. Check the change valve solenoid
A. Disconnect the change valve solenoid, C512. Using a multimeter check the resistances across the change
valve solenoid terminals. The resistance should be 5.3 Ω at 20 °C. If the resistance is incorrect replace
the change valve solenoid.
If the resistance is correct continue to step 3
3. Check the harness and connectors to the change valve solenoid and fast steer processor
A. With the keystart OFF disconnect the fast steer system processor, C515 and the change valve solenoid,
C512. Using a suitable multimeter check between the following sets of pins for continuity:­
C515 pin A2 and C512 pin 1
C515 pin A6 and C512 pin 2
If an open circuit is indicated between any pair repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no fault is indicated, suspect a faulty fast steer processor. Substitute the fast steer system processor
and test system.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 242

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 243

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 244

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 245

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15009­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Short
circuit , Change valve solenoid ­ short circuit across itself
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty change valve solenoid
2. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the change valve solenoid using H­Menu mode H9.
A. Enter H menu Mode H9 for the fast steer system processor. Select channel 4. Typical reading should
be 350 mA ­ 500 mA. If the reading is correct clear the error code and check for an intermittent poor
connection.
If the readings are incorrect continue to step 2
2. Check the change valve solenoid
A. Disconnect the change valve solenoid, C512. Using a multimeter check the resistances across the change
valve solenoid terminals. The resistance should be 5.3 Ω at 20 °C. If the resistance is incorrect or an open
or closed circuit is indicated, replace the change valve solenoid.
B. If the resistance is correct continue to step 3
3. Check the harness and connectors to the change valve solenoid and fast steer processor
A. With the keystart OFF disconnect the fast steer system processor, C515 and the change valve solenoid,
C512. Using a suitable multimeter check for a short circuit between the following pins:­
C512 pin 1 and C512 pin 2
With the Key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at the solenoid connector C512. If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no fault is indicated, suspect a faulty fast steer processor. Substitute the fast steer system processor
and test system.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 246

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
22 6310­6600 FAST STEER
SYSTEM
6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER ­ LVDT
COILS
6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SOLENOID VALVE
6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C239, C329, C515, C539.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 247

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 248

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 22A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 249

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
15024­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Calibration Not calibrated ,
System not calibrated
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. System not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Perform the calibration procedure.
A. Perform the calibration procedure. Refer to Fast steer system ­ Calibration (D.20.C).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 250

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16111­Cab Sensor Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty cab temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C119 pin 7 (R/B) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C628 pin 21 (R/B) and C119 pin 7 (R/B)
C119 pin 8 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the blower unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 251

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 252

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 253

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16112­Cab Sensor Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty cab temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119. Check between connector:
C628 pin 21 (R/B) and C119 pin 7 (R/B). If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the blower unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 254

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 255

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 256

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 257

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16113­Outlet Sensor Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty outlet sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C630 pin 1 (Y/B) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C628 pin 22 (Y/B) and C630 pin 1 (Y/B)
C630 pin 4 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 258

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 259

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 260

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 261

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16114­Outlet Sensor Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty outlet sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Check between connector:
C628 pin 22 (Y/B) and C630 pin 1 (Y/B). If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 262

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 263

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 264

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 265

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16115­Evaporator Sensor Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty evaporator sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C630 pin 2 (P/B) and ground.If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step .3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector:
C628 pin 23 (P/B) and C630 pin 2 (P/B)
C630 pin 4 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 266

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 267

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 268

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 269

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16116­Evaporator Sensor Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty evaporator sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Check between connector:
C628 pin 23 (P/B) and C630 pin 2 (P/B). If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 270

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 271

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 272

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 273

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16117­Outside Air Sensor Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty outside air sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C119 pin 6 (O/B) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C628 pin 24 (O/B) and C119 pin 6 (O/B)
C119 pin 8 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the blower unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 274

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 275

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 276

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 277

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16118­Outside Air Sensor Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty outside air sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119. Check between connector:
C628 pin 24 (O/B) and C119 pin 6 (O/B). If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the blower unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 278

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 279

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 280

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 281

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16120­Blower Speed Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to
Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty blower speed select potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the blower unit connector C119. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C119 pin 4 (U/R) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C628 pin 5 (U/R) and C119 pin 4 (U/R)
C119 pin 3 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the blower unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 282

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 283

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 284

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 285

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16121­Temperature Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty temperature select potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the temperature control unit connector C627.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the temperature control unit connector C627. Turn the
keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C627 pin 1 (LG/R) and ground. If a voltage is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C628 pin 29 (LG/R) and C627 pin 1 (LG/R)
C627 pin 2 (B) and ground.
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the temperature control unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 286

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 287

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 288

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 289

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16122­Mode Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty A/C mode select switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the A/C mode select switch connector C629.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C629. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C629 pin 2
(R) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C628. Check between connector:
C628 pin 25 (N/R) and C629 pin 1 (N/R).
C628 pin 26 (S/R) and C629 pin 3 (S/R).
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C629 pin 1 (N/R) and ground
C629 pin 3 (S/R) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the A/C mode select switch. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 290

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 291

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 292

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 293

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16125­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty a/c pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011. Turn the keystart ON. Measure
the voltage between connector C011 pin 1 (U) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the a/c pressure switch. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 294

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 295

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 296

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 39A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 297

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16126­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty a/c pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011. Turn the keystart ON. Check
between connector C011 pin 1 (U) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the a/c pressure switch. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 298

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 299

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 300

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 39A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 301

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16127­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty a/c pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011. Turn the keystart ON. Measure
the voltage between connector C011 pin 2 (U) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the a/c pressure switch. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 302

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 303

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 304

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 39A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 305

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16128­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty a/c pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the a/c pressure switch C011. Turn the keystart ON. Check
between connector C011 pin 2 (U) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the a/c pressure switch. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 306

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
39 11410­
11700
AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
COMPRESSOR
AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY ­
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
AIR CON 1 11460 F3 ­ 10A FUSE ­ A/C CLUTCH
AIR CON 1 11480 F5 ­ 30A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­
ACCESSORIES CAB
AIR CON 1 11500 F44 ­ 25A FUSE ­ FRONT B+
AIR CON 1 11520 F18 ­ 15A FUSE ­ BLOWER
MOTOR + SEAT
AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY ­ BLOWER
MOTOR
AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 307

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 308

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 39A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 309

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16129­High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1 Minute)
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Fault with HVAC system.
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes.
A. If any other error codes are displayed, continue to these test
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continuer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Troubleshooting (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 310

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16130­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty low pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C630 pin 3 (U) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 311

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 312

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 313

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16131­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty low pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Check between connector C630 pin 3 (U) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 314

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 315

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 316

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 317

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16132­Low Pressure Switch (­) Shorted to Power
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty low pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Measure the voltage between connector C630 pin 7 (U/W) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 318

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 319

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 320

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 321

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16133­Low Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty low pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Turn the keystart ON.
Check between connector C630 pin 7 (U/W) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 322

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 323

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 324

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 325

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
16134­Low Pressure Switch Open For Greater Than 1 Minute
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Low air conditioning system pressure
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty low pressure switch
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the air conditioning system.
A. Make sure the air conditioning system is fully charged with refrigerant. If the system is low on refrigerant,
charge the air conditioning system. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and airconditioning
­ Charging (E.40.D).
B. If the air conditioning system refrigerant level is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C628 and the HVAC unit connector C630. Check between connector
C630 pin 7 (U/W) and C628 pin 36 (U/W)
C630 pin 3 (U) and C628 pin 35 (U)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the HVAC unit. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 326

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2)
­ Automatic Temperature Control
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
40 11710­
12000
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11780 B37 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
CONNECTOR
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
CONTROL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11860 B39 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
SWITCH
AIR CON 2 ­ AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C557, C559.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 327

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 328

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 40A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 329

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2004 (P)­HANDBRAKE ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Forward or reverse is selected while the handbrake is on
Solution:
1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shuttle lever into neutral, and release the handbrake.
A. If P is not displayed, test the system for normal operation.
B. If P is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
Pay particular attention to the clutch pedal, shuttle switch error codes and handbrake electrical circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 330

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2005­Creeper selection error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty creeper soleniod
2. Faulty creeper gear switch
3. Faulty hydraulic circuit
4. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error codes are being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 2
2. Clear the error code and test the system for normal operation.
A. If the error code re­occurs, continue to step 3
3. Check the creeper solenoid.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
A. If the pressures indicated are correct, possible mechanical fault within the transmission. If the pressure is
low, continue to hydraulic troubleshooting procedures.
B. If no hydraulic or mechanical faults are indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check the creeper gear switch.
A. Disconnect the creeper gear connector C192. Remove the creeper gear switch. Check between the component
side of the connector:
C192 pin 2 and pin 3
C192 pin 2 and pin 7
Operate the switch, the readings should alternate between open and closed circuit.
If the reading are not as expected, replace the creeper gear switch.
B. If the readings are as expected, continue to step 6
6. Check for short to +Ve.
A. Check between:
C192 pin 2 (G) and ground
C192 pin 3 (N) and ground
If a short to +Ve is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to +Ve is not indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 331

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 332

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 333

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2009­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Undervoltage , Seat Switch Input
­ Voltage too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty seat switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the seat switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Sit in the seat, d40 should be displayed when seated. If the display changes to d40,
continue to step 2
B. If the display does not change to d40, continue to step 3
2. Check the harness connectors in H5.
A. While still seated and in H5, wiggle the harness, the controller connector C329 and the seat switch connector
C138 to check for a circuit fault. If d40 is not displayed at any time an intermittent fault is present,
repair or replace as required.
3. Check the seat switch.
A. Disconnect the seat switch connector C138. With the seat switch depressed, measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C138 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately
0.5K Ohms and approximately 2.0K Ohms with the switch released, remove and replace the seat switch.
B. If the seat switch is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C138 pin 1 (R) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately 5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately 5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C329. Check between connector C138 pin 2
(O) and C329 pin 9 (O). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C329 pin 9 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 334

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C081, C269, C329, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 335

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 336

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 25A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 337

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2010­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Overvoltage , Seat Switch Input
­ Voltage too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty seat switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the seat switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Sit in the seat, d40 should be displayed when seated. If the display changes to d40,
continue to step 2
B. If the display does not change to d40, continue to step 3
2. Check the harness connectors in H5.
A. Leave the seat and while not seated and in H5, wiggle the harness, the controller connector C329 and the
seat switch connector C138 to check for a circuit fault. If d40 is displayed at any time an intermittent fault
is present, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the seat switch.
A. Disconnect the seat switch connector C138. With the seat switch depressed, measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C138 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately
0.5K Ohms and approximately 2.0K Ohms with the switch released, remove and replace the seat switch.
B. If the seat switch is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C138 pin 1 (R) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C138 pin 2 (O) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 338

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C081, C269, C329, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 339

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 340

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 25A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 341

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2011­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty clutch pedal potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer in H9 Channel 1. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the clutch pedal. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 72 to 26, continue
to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 1 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. Channel 1 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace
as required.
2. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer connector C077 and the controller connector C329.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C077. While operating the clutch pedal, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C077 pin 1 (G) and C077 pin 3 (B/W) should indicate approximately 4.0K Ohms at all pedal positions
C077 pin 1 (G) and C077 pin 2 (Y) should indicate a steady resistance increase from between approximately
1.6K Ohms with the pedal released to 2.9K Ohms with the pedal depressed.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the clutch pedal potentiometer.
B. If the clutch pedal potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C077 pin 1 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately 5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately 5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C329. Check between connector:
C077 pin 2 (Y) and C329 pin 20 (Y)
C077 pin 3 (B/W) and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for short to ground.
A. Check between connector C077 pin 2 (Y) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 342

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 343

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 344

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 345

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2012­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty clutch pedal potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer in H9 Channel 1. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the clutch pedal. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 72 to 26, continue
to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 1 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. Channel 1 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace
as required.
2. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer connector C077 and the controller connector C329.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C077. While operating the clutch pedal, measure the resistance between the component
side of connector:
C077 pin 1 (G) and C077 pin 3 (B/W) should indicate approximately 4.0K Ohms at all pedal positions
C077 pin 1 (G) and C077 pin 2 (Y) should indicate a steady resistance increase from between approximately
1.6K Ohms with the pedal released to 2.9K Ohms with the pedal depressed.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the clutch pedal potentiometer.
B. If the clutch pedal potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C077 pin 1 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately 5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately 5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C329. Check between connector:C077 pin 3
(B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C077 pin 2 (Y) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 346

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 347

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 348

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 349

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2016­Creeper solenoid solenoid error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the creeper solenoid connector C222 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the creeper solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the creeper solenoid connector C222. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms, remove and
replace the creeper solenoid.
B. If the creeper solenoid is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for short to +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 5 (U) and ground
C128 pin 2 (U) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector:
C128 pin 5 (U) and ground
C128 pin 2 (U). and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C222 pin 1 (U/L/B) and C128 pin 5 (U)
C222 pin 2 (U/K/B) and C128 pin 2 (U)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 350

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 351

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 352

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 353

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2021­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the harness connectors C019 and C020.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch solenoid connectors C024, C025, C026, C027, C028, C031, C032, C039 and C040.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. repair or replace as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 354

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2024­ALL CLUTCHES AND SYNCHRONISERS REQUIRE
CALIBRATION
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Harsh gear changes.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Transmission not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the transmission was calibrated.
A. If the transmission was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8, clear the nonvolatile
memory (EEPROM). Perform the transmission calibration procedures, refer to TRANSMISSION
Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
B. If the transmission was calibrated, perform the transmission calibration procedures. If the error code
re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the calibration procedures. If the fault
re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 355

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2037­CLUTCH PEDAL DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Non start and transmission disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrect clutch disconnect switch adjustment
3. Faulty clutch disconnect switch
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch disconnect switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. With the shuttle lever out of neutral, depress the clutch pedal, d14 should be displayed as the switch is
operated, an audible click should be heard from the disconnect switch when the pedal is depressed. If
reading is not as expected, continue to step 2
B. If the readings are as expected while still in H5 and the clutch pedal depressed, wiggle the harness, the
clutch disconnect switch connector C076 and controller connectors C100 and C101 to check for an intermittent
circuit.
The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace the harness as required.
2. Check the clutch disconnect switch connector C076 and the controller connectors C100 and C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the clutch disconnect switch.
A. Disconnect connector C076. Check between the component side of connector:
C076 2 (Y) and C076 pin 3 (R) should indicate a closed circuit with the pedal released and an open circuit
with the pedal depressed.
C076 1 (Y) and C076 pin 4 (W) should indicate an open circuit with the pedal released and a closed circuit
with the pedal depressed.
If the switch is not okay, remove and replace the clutch disconnect switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between C076 pin 4 (W) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts.is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connectors C100 and C101. Check between connector:
C076 pin 3 (R) and C100 pin 8 (R)
C076 pin 2 (Y) and C101 pin 27 (Y)
C076 pin 1 (Y) and C101 pin 27 (Y)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 356

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 357

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 358

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 359

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2046­FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuse 38
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check fuse 38.
A. If a fault is indicated with fuse 38, replace with a correctly rated fuse and test the system for normal operation.
If the fuse fails again, continue to step 2
B. If the fuse is okay, continue to step 3
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101, and remove fuse 38. Check between connector C101 pin 11
(G) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the controller.
3. Check the controller connector C101..
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 Volts
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector
C101 pin 11 (G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 360

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 361

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 362

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 363

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2047­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect clutch disconnect switch adjustment
Solution:
1. Check the clutch disconnect switch adjustment in H7 Channel 1. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Place the shuttle lever in forward. Depress the clutch pedal. While in H7 Channel 1, check that the disconnect
switch operates between open and closed, indicated by “o” or “c” (the two digit number that also
appears is the clutch pedal position), when the pedal is being raised to approximately 10 % . Adjust the
disconnect switch adjustment bolt counterclockwise to lower the pedal switch setting position to approximately
10 % pedal travel as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 364

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2048­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect clutch disconnect switch adjustment
Solution:
1. Check the clutch disconnect switch adjustment in H7 Channel 1. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Place the shuttle lever in forward. Depress the clutch pedal. While in H7 Channel 1, check that the disconnect
switch operates between open and closed, indicated by “o” or “c” (the two digit number that also
appears is the clutch pedal position), when the pedal is being raised to approximately 10 % . Adjust the
disconnect switch adjustment bolt clockwise to raise the pedal switch setting position to approximately 10
% pedal travel as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 365

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND
OR HIGH VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty axle speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the axle speed sensor connector C046 and the controller connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C046. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C046 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 34 (L) and connector
C046 pin 2 (L). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Connect connector C101. Check between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the axle speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 366

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 367

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 368

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 369

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2050­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor
, Short circuit
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty axle speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the axle speed sensor connector C046 and the controller connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C046. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C046 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 34 (L) and connector
C046 pin 2 (L). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Connect connector C101. Check between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the axle speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 370

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 371

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 372

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 373

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2051­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Hot oil is assumed. If the oil is cold, sluggish shifting and a higher than normal clutch pedal bite point will be indicated.
Cause:
Open circuit or short to power on the transmission oil temperature sense line.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the transmission oil temperature sensor in H9 Channel 2, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. The value will change dependant on temperature, at 40 degrees centigrade 75 % is displayed, if reading
is incorrect, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 2 wiggle the harness, the transmission oil temperature
sensor connector C023, the controller connector C101 and the inline harness connector C019 to
check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 2 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair
or replace as required.
2. Check the temperature sensor connector C023, controller connector C101 and the inline harness connector
C019.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C023. Measure the resistance between the component side of connector:
If the resistance indicated is not between 460 Ohms ­ 540 Ohms at 25 degrees centigrade, remove and
replace the temperature sensor.
B. If the temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector:
C023 pin A (G) and C101 pin 14 (G)
C023 pin B (B/W) and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C101 pin 14 (G) and ground. If a voltage
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 374

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 375

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 376

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 377

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2052­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH
VOLTAGE
Context:
Hot oil is assumed. If the oil is cold, sluggish shifting and a higher than normal clutch pedal bite point will be indicated
Cause:
Short to ground on the transmission oil temperature sense line.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the transmission oil temperature sensor in H9 Channel 2, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. The value will change dependant on temperature, at 40 degrees centigrade 75 % is displayed, if reading
is incorrect, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 2 wiggle the harness, the transmission oil temperature
sensor connector C023, the controller connector C101 and the inline harness connector C019 to
check for an intermittent circuit. Channel 2 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair
or replace as required.
2. Check the temperature sensor connector C023, the controller connector C101 and the inline harness connector
C019.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the temperature sensor for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C023. Check between the component side of connector:
C023 pin A and ground
C023 pin B and ground
If short to ground is indicated, remove and replace the temperature sensor.
B. If the temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C023 pin A (G) and ground. If a short to ground
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 378

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 379

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 380

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 381

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2053­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Short to power detected at the controller connector C101 pin 17 (5V ref).
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty clutch pedal potentiometer
2. Faulty shuttle lever
3. Faulty gearshift lever
4. Faulty transmission control command arm
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes relating to the components above being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the 5 V sensor supply using H9 Channel 5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is approximately 48, clear the error code and download the correct level of software.
If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C101 pin 17
and ground. If a voltage is indicated, continue to step 4
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
4. Check the 5 V sensor supply using H9 Channel 5.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Connect the controller connector C101. Turn the keystart ON. While checking the
value displayed in the cluster, disconnect the following components one at a time.
Clutch pedal position sensor C077
Shuttle switch lever C075
Gearshift lever C103
Transmission control command arm C624
If the value in the cluster changes to the correct value of 48 when any of these components is disconnected,
remove and replace the component.
B. If the value in the cluster is still incorrect, a short to power is present in the harness, repair or replace as
required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 382

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 383

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 384

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 385

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2054­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Short to ground circuit detected at the controller connector C101 pin 17 (5V ref).
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty clutch pedal potentiometer
2. Faulty shuttle lever
3. Faulty gearshift lever
4. Faulty transmission control command arm
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes relating to the components above being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the 5 V sensor supply using H9 Channel 5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. If the value displayed is approximately 48, clear the error code and download the correct level of software.
If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
B. If the value displayed is not approximately 48, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 17 and ground. If a short
to ground is indicated, continue to step 4
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
4. Check the 5 V sensor supply using H9 Channel 5.
A. Connect the controller connector C101. While checking the value displayed in the cluster, disconnect the
following components one at a time.
Clutch pedal position sensor C077
Shuttle switch lever C075
Gearshift lever C103
Transmission control command arm C624
If the value in the cluster changes to the correct value of 48 when any of these components is disconnected,
remove and replace the component.
B. If the value in the cluster is still incorrect, a short to ground is present in the harness, repair or replace as
required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 386

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 387

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 388

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 389

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2055­Output speed sensor ­ no signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will only log if the unit is moving.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty axle speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the axle speed sensor connector C046 and the controller connector C101.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C046. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C046 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 34 (L) and connector
C046 pin 2 (L). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Connect connector C101. Check between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C046 pin 2 (L) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the axle speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 390

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 391

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 392

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 393

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2058­Seat switch closed
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty seat switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the seat switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Sit in the seat, d40 should be displayed when seated. If the display changes to d40,
continue to step 2
B. If the display does not change to d40, continue to step 3
2. Check the harness connectors in H5.
A. Leave the seat and while not seated and in H5, wiggle the harness, the controller connector C329 and the
seat switch connector C138 to check for a circuit fault. If d40 is displayed at any time an intermittent fault
is present, repair or replace as required.
3. Check the seat switch.
A. Disconnect the seat switch connector C138. With the seat switch depressed, measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C138 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately
0.5K Ohms and approximately 2.0K Ohms with the switch released, remove and replace the seat switch.
B. If the seat switch is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C138 pin 1 (R) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C138 pin 2 (O) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 394

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 25 Cab Accessories (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
25 7210­7500 CAB ACCESSORIES
3
7210 B32 C057 HORN
7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
7270 F20 ­ 10A FUSE ­ RADAR,
DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER KEYPAD
7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
(MOTOR)
7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
(SWITCH)
7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7440 D3 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C056, C081, C269, C329, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 395

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 396

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 25A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 397

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2059­SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH DISAGREEMENT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission is disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty shuttle lever switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Fault controller
Solution:
1. Check the shuttle lever switch.
A. Disconnect the shuttle lever switch connector C075. With the shuttle lever in neutral, measure the resistance
between the component side of connector:
C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 2 (S) should indicate approximately 2.7K Ohms
C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 3 (S) should indicate approximately 2.7K Ohms
C075 pin 4 (TN) and C075 pin 5 (U) should indicate an open circuit.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the shuttle lever switch.
B. If the shuttle lever switch is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short circuit.
A. Check between connector C075 pin 2 (S) and C075 pin 3 (S). If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If a short circuit is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure between connector.
C075 pin 2 (S) and ground
C075 pin 3 (S) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 398

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 399

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 400

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 401

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2070­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
There will be a short delay recognising that forward has been selected
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty shuttle lever forward switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the shuttle lever forward switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the clutch pedal and move the shuttle lever into forward. If the display does
not change to d15, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d15, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the shuttle lever forward switch.
A. Disconnect the shuttle lever connector C075. Move the shuttle lever to forward and measure the resistance
between the component side of connector C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 2 (S), if the resistance
indicated is not approximately 0.5K Ohms, and then in neutral approximately 2.7K Ohms, remove and
replace the shuttle lever switch.
B. If the shuttle lever switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C075 pin 1 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C075 pin 2 (S) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 402

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 403

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 404

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 405

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2071­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
There will be a short delay recognising that forward has been selected
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty shuttle lever forward switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the shuttle lever forward switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the clutch pedal and move the shuttle lever into forward. If the display does
not change to d15, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d15, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the shuttle lever forward switch.
A. Disconnect the shuttle lever connector C075. Move the shuttle lever to forward and measure the resistance
between the component side of connector C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 2 (S), if the resistance
indicated is not approximately 0.5K Ohms, and then in neutral approximately 2.7K Ohms, remove and
replace the shuttle lever switch.
B. If the shuttle lever forward switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 12
(S) and C075 pin 2 (S). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C101 pin 12 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 406

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 407

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 408

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 409

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2072­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
There will be a short delay recognising that forward has been selected
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty shuttle lever reverse switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the shuttle lever reverse switch in H5, refer to .Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the clutch pedal and move the shuttle lever into reverse. If the display does
not change to d16, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d16, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the shuttle lever reverse switch.
A. Disconnect the shuttle lever connector C075. Move the shuttle lever to reverse and measure the resistance
between the component side of connector C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 3 (S), if the resistance
indicated is not approximately 0.5K Ohms, and then in neutral approximately 2.7K Ohms, remove and
replace the shuttle lever switch.
B. If the shuttle lever reverse switch is okay, continue to step.3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C075 pin 1 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C075 pin 3 (S) and ground.
If a short to +Ve is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 410

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 411

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 412

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 413

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2073­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
There will be a short delay recognising that reverse has been selected
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty shuttle lever reverse switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the shuttle lever reverse switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the clutch pedal and move the shuttle lever into reverse. If the display does
not change to d16, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d16, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the shuttle lever switch.
A. Disconnect the shuttle lever connector C075. Move the shuttle lever to reverse and measure the resistance
between the component side of connector C075 pin 1 (G) and C075 pin 3 (S), if the resistance
indicated is not approximately 0.5K Ohms, and then in neutral approximately 2.7K Ohms, remove and
replace the shuttle lever switch.
If the shuttle lever reverse switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C101. Check between connector C101 pin 13
(S) and C075 pin 3 (S). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C101 pin 13 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 414

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510­1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER ­
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 415

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 416

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 6A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 417

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2075­No signal or faulty signal from flywheel torque sensor
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty flywheel speed sensor
3. Flywheel speed sensor not installed correctly
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the flywheel speed sensor in HE Channel 8.
A. Increase the engine speed to maximum and decrease to idle. If the values displayed do not change continuously,
continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in HE Channel 8 wiggle the harness, the flywheel speed sensor
connector C255 the controller connector C128 and the inline harness connector C019 to check for an
intermittent circuit. Channel 8 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the flywheel speed sensor is correctly installed.
A. Ensure the flywheel speed sensor is correctly installed, repair or replace as required.
B. If the flywheel speed sensor is installed correctly, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 volts.
A. Disconnect connector C255. Turn the keystart ON, measure the voltage between connector C255 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for other flywheel speed sensor error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue with these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, remove and replace the engine flywheel speed sensor.
If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 418

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 419

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 420

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 421

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2076­FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty engine speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the engine speed sensor connector C255 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C255. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C255 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C255 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C255 pin 2 (W) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector C128 pin 22 (W) and connector
C255 pin 2 (W). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, remove an replace the engine speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 422

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 423

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 424

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 425

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2077­Flywheel speed sensor ­ short circuit
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty engine speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the engine speed sensor connector C255 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C255. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C255 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C255 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C046 pin 2 (W) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the engine speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 426

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610­900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020C079, C100C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 427

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 428

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 3A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 429

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2124­Calibrate flywheel torque sensor
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the flywheel speed sensor was calibrated.
A. If the flywheel speed sensor was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8, clear the
non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Perform the transmission calibration procedures, refer to TRANSMIS­
SION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
B. If the flywheel speed sensor was calibrated, perform the flywheel speed sensor calibration procedure. If
the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the calibration procedures.
If the fault re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 430

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2300­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , 19th gear solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 19th gear clutch solenoid connector C268 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the 19th gear clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C268. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the 19th gear clutch solenoid.
B. If 19th gear clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C268 pin 1 (TN) and C100 pin 10 (TN)
C268 pin 2 (TN) and C239 pin 13 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C268 pin 1 (TN) and C268 pin 2 (TN)
C268 pin 1 (TN) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 431

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 432

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 433

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2302­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , 19th Gear Dump Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 19th gear clutch dump solenoid connector C289 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the 19th gear dump solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C289. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the 19th gear dump solenoid.
B. If the 19th gear dump solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C289 pin 1 (TN) and C128 pin 6 (TN)
C289 pin 2 (TN) and C128 pin 10 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C289 pin 1 (TN) and C289 pin 2 (TN)
C289 pin 1 (TN) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 434

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 435

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 436

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 437

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2303­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Under limit value , Damper
Calibration
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the flywheel speed sensor was calibrated.
A. If the flywheel speed sensor was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8, clear
the non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Perform the transmission calibration procedures and calibrate the
flywheel speed sensor, refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
B. If the transmission was calibrated, continue to step .2
2. Check for other error codes.
A. If any other error codes are displayed, continue to these test
B. If no other error codes are displayed, perform the transmission calibration procedures and calibrate the
flywheel speed sensor. If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform
the calibration procedures. If the fault re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 438

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2304­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Damper
Calibration
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the flywheel speed sensor was calibrated.
A. If the flywheel speed sensor was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8, clear
the non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Perform the transmission calibration procedures and calibrate the
flywheel speed sensor, refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
B. If the transmission was calibrated, continue to step .2
2. Check for other error codes.
A. If any other error codes are displayed, continue to these test
B. If no other error codes are displayed, perform the transmission calibration procedures and calibrate the
flywheel speed sensor. If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform
the calibration procedures. If the fault re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 439

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2305­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
19th Gear Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests. If no other error code is displayed,
continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the 19th gear solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the 19th gear clutch solenoid connector C268. Measure the resistance
between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms,
remove and replace the 19th gear solenoid.
B. If the 19th gear solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 10 (TN) and ground
C239 pin 13 (TN) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 10 (TN) and C239 pin 13 (TN). If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 440

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 441

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 442

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 443

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2306­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
19th Gear Dump Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the 19th gear solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the 19th gear clutch dump solenoid connector C289. Measure the
resistance between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8
Ohms, remove and replace the 19th gear dump solenoid.
B. If the 19th gear dump solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 6 (TN) and ground
C128 pin 10 (TN) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C128 pin 6 (TN) and C128 pin 10 (TN). If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 444

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 445

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 446

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 447

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2308­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Not engaging , Reverse
NOTE: This error code will be displayed in conjunction with code , 2049, 2050 or 2070.
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Reverse can not be selected from 12th gear or higher.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1.
Solution:
1. A. If reverse has been attempted when there was a speed sensor fault (2049, 2050 or 2077) reverse will not
be selected and this error code is raised.
B. The transmission will be disabled but can be recovered to forward drive by cycling the shuttle lever or clutch
pedal and waiting for 10 seconds . The controller then assumes that the tractor has slowed sufficient to
make the shift.
C. Rectifying the wheel speed sender fault will eliminate the reoccurrence of 2038.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 448

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2310­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Undervoltage ,
Upshift Switch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
NOTE: If required, keystart OFF and restart to select B1 or R1.
Context:
Upshift switch will not function. Higher gears cannot be selected.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty upshift switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the upshift switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the upshift switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d18, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d18, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the upshift switch.
A. Disconnect the transmission control command arm connector C624. Measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C624 pin 2 (G) and C624 pin 4 (S). If the resistances indicated are
not approximately 2.5K Ohms with the switch released and approximately 0.5K Ohms with the switch
depressed, remove and replace the upshift switch.
B. If the resistances indicated are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector C127 pin 10
(S) and C624 pin 4 (S). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C624 pin 4 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 449

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 450

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 451

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2311­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Overvoltage , Upshift
Switch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
NOTE: If required, keystart OFF and restart to select B1 or R1.
Context:
Upshift switch will not function. Higher gears cannot be selected.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty upshift switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the upshift switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the upshift switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d18, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d18, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the upshift switch.
A. Disconnect the transmission control command arm connector C624. Measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C624 pin 2 (G) and C624 pin 4 (S). If the resistances indicated are
not approximately 2.5K Ohms with the switch released and approximately 0.5K Ohms with the switch
depressed, remove and replace the upshift switch.
B. If the resistances indicated are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C624 pin 2 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C624 pin 4 (S) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 452

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 453

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 454

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 455

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2312­Downshift switch voltage too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
NOTE: If required, keystart OFF and restart to select B1 or R1.
Context:
Downshift switch will not function. Lower gears cannot be selected.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty downshift switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the downshift switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the downshift switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d17, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d17, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the downshift switch.
A. Disconnect the transmission control command arm connector C624. Measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C624 pin 2 (G) and C624 pin 3 (S). If the resistances indicated are
not approximately 2.5K Ohms with the switch released and approximately 0.5K Ohms with the switch
depressed, remove and replace the downshift switch.
B. If the resistances indicated are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector C127 pin 11
(S) and C624 pin 3 (S). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C624 pin 3 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 456

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 457

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 458

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 459

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2313­Downshift switch voltage too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
NOTE: If required, keystart OFF and restart to select B1 or R1.
Context:
Downshift switch will not function. Lower gears cannot be selected.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty downshift switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the downshift switch in H5, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the downshift switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d17, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d17, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the upshift switch.
A. Disconnect the transmission control command arm connector C624. Measure the resistance between
the component side of connector C624 pin 2 (G) and C624 pin 3 (S). If the resistances indicated are
not approximately 2.5K Ohms with the switch released and approximately 0.5K Ohms with the switch
depressed, remove and replace the downshift switch.
B. If the resistances indicated are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +8 or +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C624 pin 2 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C624 pin 3 (S) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 460

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL ­
COMMAND ARM
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2860 A3 C121 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 2
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710­3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE ­
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239,C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 461

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 462

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 10A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 463

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2314­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure
transducer , Open or short circuit , Forward Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
No effect to normal operation if a circuit failure. Loss of drive in a particular range if a faulty PWM valve.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty pressure switch
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the tractor drives in all forward and reverse ranges.
A. If all of the ranges can not be obtained, determine the faulty range and remove replace the faulty solenoid.
B. If all of the ranges can be obtained, continue to step 2
2. Check fuse 37.
A. If a fault is indicated with fuse 37, replace the fuse and re­check.
B. If the fuse is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the high range pressure switch connector C243, the medium range pressure switch connector C244 and
the low range pressure switch connector C245.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the pressure switches in H7 Channel 1 (transmission pressure testing). Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E)
A. Disconnect connectors C243, C244 and C245. Check for an open circuit between the pins of each switch
in turn, while selecting the appropriate clutch F1=Low, F2=Medium and F3=High. If an open circuit is
indicated when the clutch is pressurised, remove and replace the associated pressure switch.
B. If the switches are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C243 pin 2 (U) and ground
C244 pin 2 (U) and ground
C245 pin 2 (U) and ground
If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 464

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C329. Check between connector:
C243 pin 1 (U) and C329 pin 11 (U)
C244 pin 1 (U) and C329 pin 11 (U)
C245 pin 1 (U) and C329 pin 11 (U)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C329 pin 11 (U) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 465

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 466

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 467

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2315­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure
transducer , Open or short circuit , Reverse Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
No effect to normal operation if a circuit failure. Loss of drive in a particular range if a faulty PWM valve.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty pressure switch
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the tractor drives in all forward and reverse ranges.
A. If all of the ranges can not be obtained, determine the faulty range and remove replace the faulty solenoid.
B. If all of the ranges can be obtained, continue to step 2
2. Check fuse 37.
A. If a fault is indicated with fuse 37, replace the fuse and re­check.
B. If the fuse is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the reverse range pressure switch connector C246.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the pressure switch in H7 Channel 1 (transmission pressure testing). Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E)
A. Disconnect connectors C246. Check for an open circuit between the pins of the reverse range pressure
switch while selecting the reverse range clutch. If an open circuit is indicated when the clutch is pressurised,
remove and replace the reverse pressure switch.
B. If the switches are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C246 pin 2 (U) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is less than approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C329. Check between connector: C246 pin 1
(R) and C329 pin 17 (R) If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 468

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C329 pin 17 (R) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 469

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 470

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 471

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2323­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Open circuit , Mid Speed Sensor
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty transmission mid speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the transmission mid speed sensor connector C037 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C037. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C037 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C037 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector C128 pin 20 (Y) and connector
C037 pin 2 (Y). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the mid speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 472

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 473

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 474

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 475

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2324­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Short circuit to ground , Mid Speed Sensor
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty transmission mid speed sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the transmission mid speed sensor connector C037 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C037. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C037 pin 1
(G) and ground. If +12 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C037 pin 3 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C037 pin 2 (Y) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the mid speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 476

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 477

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 478

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 479

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2325­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Bad connection , Mid and output speed sensors swapped
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
After the error is detected the tractor will operate normally.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Mid and axle speed sensor connectors swapped
2. Faulty connector
Solution:
1. Check the transmission mid speed sensor connector C037 and the axle speed sensor connector C046.
A. If the speed sensor connectors have been swapped. Disconnect the connectors and re­connect correctly.
B. If the connectors are connected correctly, continue to step 2
2. Check the extension harness connector C019.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 480

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2326­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor ,
Bad connection , Engine torque /RPM sensor swapped with either
mid or output speed sensors
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Engine speed sensor connector swapped with the mid speed sensor.
2. Faulty connector
Solution:
1. Check the engine speed sensor connector C255 and the transmission mid speed sensor connector C037.
A. If the speed sensor connectors have been swapped. Disconnect the connectors and re­connect correctly.
B. If the connectors are connected correctly, continue to step 2
2. Check the extension harness connector C019.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 481

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2330­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Transmission
output RPM too high for selected gear
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1.
Solution:
1. A. This error code will self clear when the speed is correct for the gear selected.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 482

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2331­Clutch Slipping fault
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Output speed too low for the gear selected.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty clutch or range solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Faulty axle speed sensor
4. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check if the transmission clutches are slipping.
A. Operate the tractor in all gears. If there is any abnormal noise or clutch slipping, identify the slipping clutch
and continue to step 3
B. If there is no clutch slipping, remove and replace the axle speed sensor.
3. Check the identified faulty clutch solenoid connector.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check all the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Pressure test (C.20.E)
A. If the pressures indicated are approximately 23±1 bar, possible clutch friction discs worn. If the pressures
are low on all of the clutches, continue to hydraulic troubleshooting procedures.
B. If the pressures indicated are not approximately 23±1 bar on one or more of the clutches, continue to step
5
5. Check the identified faulty clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect the faulty clutch solenoid connector. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals.
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms at 20 degrees centigrade, remove and replace
the solenoid.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, check if the solenoid valve is sticking. If the solenoid is okay, possible
internal leakage within the transmission.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 483

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 484

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 485

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2334­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure
indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch
solenoids are off
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty pressure switch
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the pressure switches.
A. Disconnect the pressure switch connectors C243, C244 and C245. Check across the pins of each switch
in turn, if an open circuit is not indicated, remove and replace the faulty pressure switch.
B. If the switches are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to +Ve voltage
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C243 pin 1 (U) and ground
C244 pin 1 (U) and ground
C245 pin 1 (U) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Pressure test (C.20.E)
A. Connect connectors C243, C244 and C245. Start the engine. Shuttle lever in neutral. If a pressure is
indicated at any of the clutch packs. Remove and replace the faulty solenoid.
B. If no pressure is indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 486

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 487

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 488

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 489

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2335­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure
indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switch when the clutch
solenoids are off
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Transmission disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty pressure switch
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the reverse clutch pressure switch.
A. Disconnect the reverse clutch pressure switch connector C246. Check across the pins of the switch, if an
open circuit is not indicated, remove and replace the pressure switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C246 pin 1 (R) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the reverse clutch pack pressure.
A. Connect connector C246. Start the engine. Shuttle lever in neutral. If a pressure is indicated at the reverse
clutch pack. Remove and replace the faulty solenoid.
B. If no pressure is indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 490

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 491

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 492

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 493

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2336­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not engaging
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty creeper switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty hydraulic circuit
5. Mechanical fault
6. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for the creep speed symbol being displayed.
A. Start the engine. Operate the creeper switch. If the creep speed symbol is not displayed, continue to step
3
B. If the creep speed symbol is displayed flashing but does not cease to flash and become steady, continue
to step 8
3. Check the creeper switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A)
A. Turn the keystart ON. Operate the creeper switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d34, continue to step 4
B. If the display does change to d34, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
4. Check the creeper switch connector C192.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the creeper switch.
A. Disconnect connector C192. While operating the creeper switch, check between the component side of
connector C192 pin 2 (G) and C192 pin 3 (N). If an open circuit is indicated, remove and replace the
creeper switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector C192 pin 3 (N) and C127 pin 8 (N).
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 494

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C192 pin 3 (N) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
8. Check the hydraulic pressure of the creeper circuit.
A. Pressure test the creeper circuit. If the pressure indicated is not approximately 23±1 bar, continue to
hydraulic troubleshooting procedures.
B. If the pressures are okay, continue to step 9
9. Check for a mechanical fault.
A. Inspect the creeper synchroniser and its linkage. If the synchroniser or its linkage is damaged, repair or
replace as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 495

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 496

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 497

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2337­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not disengaging
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty creeper switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty hydraulic circuit
5. Mechanical fault
6. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the creeper switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Operate the creeper switch, and check the display. If the display does not change
to d34, continue to step 3
B. If the display does change to d34, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
3. Check the creeper switch.
A. Disconnect connector C192. While operating the creeper switch, check between the component side of
connector C192 pin 2 (G) and C192 pin 3 (N). If an open circuit is indicated, remove and replace the
creeper switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C192 and the controller connector C127. Check between connector C192 pin 3 (N)
and ground. If +12 Volts is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the hydraulic pressure of the creeper circuit.
A. Pressure test the creeper circuit. If the pressure indicated is not approximately 23±1 bar, continue to
hydraulic troubleshooting procedures.
B. If the pressures are okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a mechanical fault.
A. Inspect the creeper synchroniser and its linkage. If the synchroniser or its linkage is damaged, repair or
replace as required.
B. If no mechanical fault is found, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 498

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 09 Transmission
Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR ­ DOG
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410­2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 499

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 500

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 9A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 501

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2338­Creeper potentiometer ­ short circuit to +8V or +12V
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty creeper potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the creeper position sensor connector C347 and the controller connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C347. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C347 pin 1
(TN) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C347 pin 3 (B) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C347 pin 2 (O/L/B) and ground. If a voltage
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the creeper position sensor. If the fault is still present, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 502

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 503

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 504

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 505

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2339­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper Sensing system Position
potentiometer , Open or short circuit
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty creeper potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the creeper position sensor connector C347 and the controller connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C347. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C347 pin 1
(TN) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C347 pin 3 (B) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C347 pin 2 (O/L/B) and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If short to ground is not indicated, continue to step
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C127 Check between connector C347 pin 2 (O/L/B) and C127 pin 9
(O). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the creeper position sensor. If the fault is still present, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 506

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 507

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 508

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 509

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2342­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control ,
TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Open or short circuit
, Clutch A
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch A solenoid connector C028 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch A solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C028. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the clutch A solenoid.
B. If clutch A solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C028 pin 1 (TQ) and C100 pin 4 (TQ)
C028 pin 2 (TQ) and C239 pin 8 (TQ)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C028 pin 1 (TQ) and C028 pin 2 (TQ)
C028 pin 1 (TQ) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 510

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 511

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 512

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 513

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2343­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch B Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch B solenoid connector C027 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch B solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C027. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 1 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the clutch B solenoid
B. If clutch B solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C027 pin 1 (TQ) and C100 pin 11 (TQ)
C027 pin 2 (L) and C239 pin 1 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C027 pin 1 (TQ) and C027 pin 2 (L)
C027 pin 1 (TQ) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 514

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 515

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 516

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 517

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2344­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch C Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch C solenoid connector C026 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch C solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C026. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the clutch C solenoid.
B. If clutch C solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C026 pin 1 (TQ) and C100 pin 6 (TQ)
C026 pin 2 (L) and C239 pin 6 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C026 pin 1 (TQ) and C026 pin 2 (L)
C026 pin 1 (TQ) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 518

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 519

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 520

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 521

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2345­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch D solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch D solenoid connector C025 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch D solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C025. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the clutch D solenoid.
B. If clutch D solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C025 pin 1 (TQ) and C100 pin 7 (TQ)
C025 pin 2 (L) and C239 pin 3 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C025 pin 1 (TQ) and C025 pin 2 (L)
C025 pin 1 (TQ) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 522

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 523

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 524

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 525

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2346­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Clutch E solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the clutch E solenoid connector C024 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the clutch E solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C024. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the clutch E solenoid.
B. If clutch E solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C024 pin 1 (TQ) and C128 pin 13 (TQ)
C024 pin 2 (L) and C128 pin 1 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C024 pin 1 (TQ) and C024 pin 2 (L)
C024 pin 1 (L) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 526

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 527

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 528

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 529

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2347­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Low range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the low range clutch solenoid connector C032 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connector are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the low range clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C032. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the low range clutch solenoid.
B. If the low range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C032 pin 1 (S) and C128 pin 15 (S)
C032 pin 2 (Y) and C128 pin 3 (Y)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C032 pin 1 (S) and C032 pin 2 (Y)
C032 pin 1 (S) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 530

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 531

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 532

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 533

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2348­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Medium Range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the medium range clutch solenoid connector C031 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the medium range clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C031. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the medium range clutch solenoid.
B. If the medium range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C031 pin 1 (K) and C100 pin 13 (K)
C031 pin 2 (W) and C239 pin 7 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C031 pin 1 (K) and C031 pin 2 (W)
C031 pin 1 (K) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 534

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 535

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 536

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 537

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2349­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , High Range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the high range clutch solenoid connector C039 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the high range clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C039. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the high range clutch solenoid.
B. If the high range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C039 pin 1 (S) and C100 pin 9 (S)
C039 pin 2 (W) and C239 pin 2 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C039 pin 1 (S) and C039 pin 2 (W)
C039 pin 1 (S) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 538

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 539

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 540

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 541

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2350­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , Reverse Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the reverse clutch solenoid connector C040 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the reverse clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C040. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the reverse clutch solenoid.
B. If the reverse clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C040 pin 1 (G) and C128 pin 7 (G).
C040 pin 2 (L) and C128 pin 4 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C040 pin 1 (G) and C040 pin 2 (L)
C040 pin 1 (G) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 542

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 543

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 544

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 545

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2351­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Open or short circuit ,
Creeper Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty creeper solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the creeper solenoid connector C222 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the creeper solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C222. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the creeper solenoid..
B. If the creeper solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C222 pin 1 (U/L/B) and C128pin 5 (U)
C222 pin 2 (U/K/B) and C128pin 2 (U)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C222 pin 1 (U/L/B) and C222pin 2 (U/K/B)
C222 pin 1 (U/L/B) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 546

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 547

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 548

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 549

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2352­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch A Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect clutch A solenoid connector C028. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms, remove
and replace clutch A solenoid.
B. If clutch A solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 4 (TQ) and ground
C239 pin 8 (TQ) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 4 (TQ) and C239 pin 8 (TQ). If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 550

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 551

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 552

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 553

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2353­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch B Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step.4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect clutch B solenoid connector C027. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms, remove
and replace clutch B solenoid.
B. If clutch B solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 11 (TQ) and ground
C239 pin 1 (L) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 11 (TQ) and C239 pin 1 (L). If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 554

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 555

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 556

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 557

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2354­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch C Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect clutch C solenoid connector C026. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms, remove
and replace clutch C solenoid.
B. If clutch C solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 6 (TQ) and ground
C239 pin 6 (L) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 6 (TQ) and C239 pin 6 (L). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 558

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 559

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 560

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 561

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2355­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch D Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect clutch D solenoid connector C025. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal A and terminal B. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms, remove
and replace clutch D solenoid.
B. If clutch D solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 7 (TQ) and ground
C239 pin 3 (L) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 7 (TQ) and C239 pin 3 (L). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 562

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 563

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 564

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 565

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2356­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch E Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect clutch E solenoid connector C024. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms, remove
and replace clutch E solenoid.
B. If clutch E solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 13 (TQ) and ground
C128 pin 1 (L) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C128 pin 1 (L) and C128 pin 13 (TQ). If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 566

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 567

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 568

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 569

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2357­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Low Range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the low range clutch solenoid connector C032. Measure the resistance
between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms,
remove and replace the low range clutch solenoid.
B. If the low range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 15 (S) and ground
C128 pin 3 (Y) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C128 pin 15 (S) and C128 pin 3 (Y). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 570

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 571

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 572

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 573

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2358­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Medium Range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the medium range clutch solenoid connector C031. Measure the resistance
between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11
Ohms , remove and replace the medium range clutch solenoid.
B. If the medium range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 13 (K) and ground
C239 pin 7 (W) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 13 (K) and C239 pin 7 (W). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 574

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 575

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 576

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 577

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2359­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage
, High Range Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check clutch A solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the high range clutch solenoid connector C039. Measure the resistance
between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms,
remove and replace the high range clutch solenoid.
B. If the high range clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C100 and C239. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector:
C100 pin 9 (S) and ground
C239 pin 2 (W) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C100 pin 9 (S) and C239 pin 2 (W). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 578

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 579

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 580

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 581

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2360­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Reverse Clutch Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the reverse clutch solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the reverse clutch solenoid connector C040. Measure the resistance
between the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 8 ­ 11 Ohms,
remove and replace the reverse clutch solenoid.
B. If the reverse clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 7 (G) and ground
C128 pin 4 (L) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C128 pin 7 (G) and C128 pin 4 (L). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 582

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 583

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 584

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 585

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2361­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Overvoltage , Creeper
Solenoid
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty solenoid
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is greater than approximately 15 Volts,
continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the creeper solenoid.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the creeper solenoid connector C222. Measure the resistance between
the solenoid terminal 1 and terminal 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms, remove and
replace the creeper solenoid.
B. If the creeper solenoid is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for +Ve Voltage.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C128 pin 5 (U) and ground
C128 pin 2 (U) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C128 pin 5 (U) and C128 pin 2 (U). If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 586

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 587

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 588

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 589

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2362­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Clutch A
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 590

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2363­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Clutch B
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E).
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 591

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2364­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Clutch C
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 592

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2365­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Clutch D
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 593

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2366­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Clutch E
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 594

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2367­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Low Range Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 595

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2368­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated
, Medium Range Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 596

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2369­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
High Range Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 597

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2370­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated ,
Reverse Clutch
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
Poor clutch performance of the uncalibrated clutch.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty solenoid
2. Faulty hydraulic circuit
3. Mechanical fault
Solution:
1. Perform the transmission calibration procedure. TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration (C.20.E)
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the solenoid of the faulty clutch.
A. Remove the solenoid, clean or replace as required.
B. If the error code is still displayed, check the clutch pack pressures. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Pressure test (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 598

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2371­Creeper Position Out of Range
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty creeper adjustment
2. Faulty creeper potentiometer
3. Mechanical fault
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes being displayed.
A. If any other error code is being displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error code is displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the creeper adjustment.
A. Adjust the end of range bolts and re­perfom the creeper calibration procedure by engaging and disengaging
the creeper.
B. If the fault re­occurs, continue to step 3
3. Check for a mechanical fault.
A. Inspect the creeper synchroniser and its linkage. If the synchroniser or its linkage is damaged, repair or
replace as required.
B. If the creeper is okay, remove and replace the creeper potentiometer. If the fault is still present, download
the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 599

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2372­Creeper Not Calibrated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Creeper not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the creeper was calibrated.
A. If the creeper was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8 clear non­volatile memory
(EEPROM). Calibrate the creeper by engaging and disengaging it.
To engage creeper option:
Start the engine. Press and hold the clutch pedal and brake pedals down. Select Forward. Release the
hand brake. Press the creeper switch Slowly release the clutch pedal to start driving. The creeper icon
is displayed while driving in creeper. NOTE: The tractor may need to be moved slightly while engaging
the creeper to enable the gears mesh correctly. Press and hold the clutch and brake pedals down. Press
the creeper switch. The creeper is now disengaged. Apply the parking brake. Turn the key switch to the
OFF position. If the creeper was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Calibrate the creeper by engaging and disengaging it.
B. If the creeper was calibrated, perform the calibration procedure. If the error code re­occurs, download the
correct level of software and re­perform the calibration procedure. If the fault re­occurs again, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 600

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2373­Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. 19th gear clutch not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the 19th gear clutch was calibrated.
A. If the 19th gear clutch was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8 clear non­volatile
memory (EEPROM). Perform the calibration procedure.
B. If the 19th gear clutch was calibrated, perform the calibration procedure. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift
­ Calibration (C.20.E) If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and
re­perform the calibration procedure. If the fault re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 601

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2374­Creeper Calibration Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Creeper not calibrated correctly
Solution:
1. Check if the creeper was calibrated.
A. If the creeper was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8 clear non­volatile memory
(EEPROM). Calibrate the creeper by engaging and disengaging it.
To engage creeper option:
Start the engine. Press and hold the clutch pedal and brake pedals down. Select Forward. Release the
hand brake. Press the creeper switch Slowly release the clutch pedal to start driving. The creeper icon
is displayed while driving in creeper. NOTE: The tractor may need to be moved slightly while engaging
the creeper to enable the gears mesh correctly. Press and hold the clutch and brake pedals down. Press
the creeper switch. The creeper is now disengaged. Apply the parking brake. Turn the key switch to the
OFF position. If the creeper was not calibrated after a change of the controller or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Calibrate the creeper by engaging and disengaging it.
B. If the creeper was calibrated, perform the calibration procedure. If the error code re­occurs, download the
correct level of software and re­perform the calibration procedure. If the fault re­occurs again, check for
other creeper related error codes and continue to these tests.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 602

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2375­Creeper ­ Cold Oil
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Transmission oil temperature too cold.
Solution:
1. Raise the transmission oil temperature.
A. Drive the unit to raise the oil temperature and then engage and disengage the creeper.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 603

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2376­Fault on 19th Gear Valve
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 19th gear clutch solenoid connector C268 and the controller connectors C100 and C239.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the 19th gear clutch solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C268. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the 19th gear clutch solenoid.
B. If 19th gear clutch solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C100 and C239. Check between connector:
C268 pin 1 (TN) and C100 pin 10 (TN)
C268 pin 2 (TN) and C239 pin 13 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C268 pin 1 (TN) and C268 pin 2 (TN)
C268 pin 1 (TN) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 604

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810­2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 605

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 606

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 7A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 607

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2377­Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the 19th gear clutch dump solenoid connector C289 and the controller connector C128.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the 19th gear dump solenoid.
A. Disconnect connector C289. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals:
Terminal 1 and terminal 2
Terminal 1 and ground
Terminal 2 and ground
If the resistance indicated is not between 6 ­ 8 Ohms or a short to ground is indicated, remove and replace
the 19th gear dump solenoid.
B. If the 19th gear dump solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C128. Check between connector:
C289 pin 1 (TN) and C128 pin 6 (TN)
C289 pin 2 (TN) and C128 pin 10 (TN)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit or short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C289 pin 1 (TN) and C289 pin 2 (TN)
C289 pin 1 (TN) and ground
If a short circuit or short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 608

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 08 Transmission
Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110­2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C100, C128, C239, C286.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 609

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 610

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 8A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 611

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3006­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The oil temperature exceeds 89.96 °C and the coolant temperature does not exceed 54.96 °C.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
3. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
4. Faulty engine cooling system
5. Faulty engine lubrication system
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428, the coolant temperature sensor connector C430
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for other error codes.
A. Check for other engine coolant and engine oil temperature related error codes. If other error codes are
indicated, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine coolant or engine oil temperature related error codes are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature is okay. Run the machine under normal
conditions to test.
A. If a fault with the engine coolant temperature or engine oil temperature is indicated, repair the system as
required.
B. If the engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature is okay, remove and replace the engine
coolant temperature sensor. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature
sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 612

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3007­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step .2
2. Check the coolant temperature sensor connector C430 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step .3
3. Check the coolant temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C430. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C430 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the coolant temperature sensor.
If the coolant temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C430 pin 1 and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than 5 V, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 613

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 614

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 615

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3008­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the coolant temperature sensor connector C430 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the coolant temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C430. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C430 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the coolant temperature sensor.
If the coolant temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C430 pin 1 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 616

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 617

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 618

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 619

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3010­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range
Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty Boost pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor connector C427 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C427. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C427 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the boost pressure/temperature sensor.
If the boost pressure/temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C427 pin 2 and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than 5 V, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 620

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 621

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 622

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 623

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3011­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty Boost pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor connector C427 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C427. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C427 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the boost pressure/temperature sensor.
If the boost pressure/temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C427 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 624

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 625

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 626

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 627

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3015­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel temperature sensor connector C431 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C431. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C431 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel temperature sensor.
If the fuel temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C431 pin 1 and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than 5 V, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 628

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 629

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 630

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 631

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3016­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel temperature sensor connector C431 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C431. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C431 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel temperature sensor.
If the fuel temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C431 pin 1 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 632

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 633

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 634

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 635

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3019­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty Boost pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor connector C427 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C427. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C427 pin 4 and ground. If
a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C427 pin 4 and C315 pin
40. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the boost pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault is still
present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the engine
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 636

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 637

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 638

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 639

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3022­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Difference between boost pressure and ambient pressure readings are out of range.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty boost pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty ambient air pressure sensor (internal to engine module)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor connector C427 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +12 V.
A. Disconnect connector C427. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C427 pin 3
and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately 5 V, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately 5 V, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C427 pin 1 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C427 pin 3 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the boost pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault re­occurs,
remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 640

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 641

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 642

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 643

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3023­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty atmospheric pressure sensor (integrated in the engine controller)
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 644

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3024­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty atmospheric pressure sensor (integrated in the engine controller)
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 645

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3025­Atmosperic Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty atmospheric pressure sensor (integrated in the engine controller)
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 646

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3028­Oil Pressure too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Low engine oil pressure
3. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the engine mechanical operation is okay, and that the engine oil level is correct. Run the machine
under normal conditions to test the oil pressure.
A. If a fault with the engine oil pressure is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If the engine oil pressure is okay, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 647

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 648

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 649

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3029­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Battery
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C428. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C428 pin 4 and ground. If
a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C428 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open ground circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C428 pin 4 and C315 pin
54. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault is still present,
download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 650

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 651

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 652

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 653

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3030­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C428. Check between connector C428 pin 4 and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C428 pin 3 and ground. If approximately
5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault is still present,
download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 654

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 655

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 656

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 657

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3031­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Hardware Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault is still
present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the engine
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 658

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3032­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Value too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine oil temperature is above 79.96 °C and the engine oil pressure is above the limit for the current engine
speed.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. High engine oil pressure
3. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the engine mechanical operation is okay, and that the engine oil level is correct. Run the machine
under normal conditions to test the oil pressure.
A. If a fault with the engine oil pressure is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If the engine oil pressure is okay, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 659

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3033­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible (Compared with
Coolant Temperature)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The oil temperature exceeds 89.96 °C and the coolant temperature does not exceed 54.96 °C.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
3. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
4. Faulty engine cooling system
5. Faulty engine lubrication system
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428, the coolant temperature sensor connector C430
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for other error codes.
A. Check for other engine coolant and engine oil temperature related error codes. If other error codes are
indicated, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine coolant or engine oil temperature related error codes are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature is okay. Run the machine under normal
conditions to test.
A. If a fault with the engine coolant temperature or engine oil temperature is indicated, repair the system as
required.
B. If the engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature is okay, remove and replace the engine
coolant temperature sensor. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the oil pressure/temperature
sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 660

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3034­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C428. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C428 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
If the oil pressure/temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C428 pin 2 and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than 5 V, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 661

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 662

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 663

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3035­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect connector C428. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector
C428 pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 2.5K Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the oil pressure/temperature sensor.
If the oil pressure/temperature sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C428 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 664

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 665

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 666

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 667

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3037­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty boost pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the boost pressure/temperature sensor connector C427 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C427. Check between connector C427 pin 4 and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C427 pin 3 and ground. If approximately
5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the boost pressure/temperature sensor. If the fault is still
present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the engine
controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 668

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 669

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 670

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 671

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3047­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Battery
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The main relay is still on after Key Off. This may cause the battery to discharge if the machine is not used for a while.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty engine main relay K13 (stuck on)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the engine main relay connector K14.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the engine main relay K13.
A. Remove the engine main relay K13 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the engine main relay.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C242 pin 1 (G) and ground
C242 pin 5 (G) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C242 pin 72 (O) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 672

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 320 K13 ENGINE RELAY
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 380 S4 C376 FOOT THROTTLE ­
ELECTRONIC
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 430 S5 C401 CONSTANT ENGINE
SPEED PROG
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 450 S6 C309 CERPM CRUISE
AUTO SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 550 S7 C301 ENGINE INC/DEC
SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 580 S8 C009 VACUUM SWITCH
2 310­600 ENGINE 1 600 S9 C353 DE­GAS BOTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C127, C128, C239, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 673

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 674

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
CCMLWBT3_FR2 ­ 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 675

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3048­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller is switched off by main electrical switch instead of terminal 15 (C242 pin 28 (w)).
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty engine main relay K13 (sticking)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly and inform the operator of
the correct engine shut down procedure.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the engine main relay connector K14.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the engine main relay K13.
A. Remove the engine main relay K13 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the engine main relay.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 V.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Measure the voltage between connector C242 pin 28
(w) and ground with the Keystart ON and then OFF. If the voltage indicated is not approximately 12 V
with the keystart ON and 0 V with the keystart OFF, check fuse 43 or repair and replace the harness as
required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 676

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and
Charging System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 677

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 678

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 1A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 679

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3051­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the machine, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the machine, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is not between 12 ­ 15 V, continue to
test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 680

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3052­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This code may be induced during cold starting.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty battery
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty connector
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery condition and terminal connections.
A. If the battery or terminals are faulty, repair or replace as required.
B. If the battery and terminals are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is not between 12 ­ 15 V, continue to
test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the engine controller connector C242.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the engine controller fuses F46 and F47.
A. Ensure the fuses are not blown and that the fit is tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the fuses are okay, continue to step 6
6. Check all power supplies and grounds to the engine controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 681

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 682

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 683

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3060­Cylinder 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3060, 3068 and 3076. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 1, 2 or 3.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 1
4. Faulty fuel injector 2
5. Faulty fuel injector 3
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434, the fuel injector 2 connector C435, the fuel injector 3 connector C436
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1, 2 and 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 47 and ground
C315 pin 48 and ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 684

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
C315 pin 33 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 16 and ground
C315 pin 17 and ground
C315 pin 18 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 685

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 686

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 687

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3061­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 1
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 47 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 688

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 689

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 690

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 691

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3063­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 1
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 47 and C315 pin 16. If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 692

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 693

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 694

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 695

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3064­Cylinder 5 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3064, 3072 and 3080. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 4, 5 or 6.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 4
4. Faulty fuel injector 5
5. Faulty fuel injector 6
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437, the fuel injector 5 connector C438, the fuel injector 6 connector C439
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4, 5 and 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 46 and ground
C315 pin 31 and ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 696

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
C315 pin 32 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 1 and ground
C315 pin 2 and ground
C315 pin 3 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 697

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 698

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 699

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3065­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 5
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 5 connector C438 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 5 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 46 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 700

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 701

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 702

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 703

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3067­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 5
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 5 connector C438 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 5 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 46 and C315 pin 1. If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 704

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 705

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 706

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 707

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3068­Cylinder 3 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3060, 3068 and 3076. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 1, 2 or 3.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 1
4. Faulty fuel injector 2
5. Faulty fuel injector 3
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434, the fuel injector 2 connector C435, the fuel injector 3 connector C436
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1, 2 and 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 47 and ground
C315 pin 48 and ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 708

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
C315 pin 33 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 16 and ground
C315 pin 17 and ground
C315 pin 18 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 709

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 710

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 711

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3069­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 3
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 3 connector C436 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 33 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 712

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 713

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 714

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 715

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3071­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 3
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 3 connector C436 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 33 and C315 pin 17 . If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 716

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 717

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 718

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 719

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3072­Cylinder 6 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3064, 3072 and 3080. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 4, 5 or 6.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 4
4. Faulty fuel injector 5
5. Faulty fuel injector 6
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437, the fuel injector 5 connector C438, the fuel injector 6 connector C439
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4, 5 and 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 46 and ground
C315 pin 31 and ground
C315 pin 32 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 720

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 1 and ground
C315 pin 2 and ground
C315 pin 3 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 721

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 722

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 723

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3073­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 6
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 6 connector C439 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 31 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 724

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 725

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 726

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 727

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3075­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 6
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 6 connector C439 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 31 and C315 pin 2. If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 728

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 729

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 730

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 731

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3076­Cylinder 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3060, 3068 and 3076. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 1, 2 or 3.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 1
4. Faulty fuel injector 2
5. Faulty fuel injector 3
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434, the fuel injector 2 connector C435, the fuel injector 3 connector C436
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1, 2 and 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 47 and ground
C315 pin 48 and ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 732

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
C315 pin 33 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 16 and ground
C315 pin 17 and ground
C315 pin 18 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 733

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 734

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 735

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3077­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (low side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 2
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 2 connector C435 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 2 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 48 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 736

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 737

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 738

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 739

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3079­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 2
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 2 connector C435 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 2 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 48 and C315 pin 18 . If a short circuit
is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 740

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 741

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 742

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 743

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3080­Cylinder 4 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code will usually display in conjunction with codes 3064, 3072 and 3080. This can be caused but a fault
with either injector 4, 5 or 6.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
3. Faulty fuel injector 4
4. Faulty fuel injector 5
5. Faulty fuel injector 6
6. Faulty harness
7. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437, the fuel injector 5 connector C438, the fuel injector 6 connector C439
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4, 5 and 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 46 and ground
C315 pin 31 and ground
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 744

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
C315 pin 32 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C315 pin 1 and ground
C315 pin 2 and ground
C315 pin 3 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 745

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 746

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 747

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3081­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 4
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C315 pin 32 to ground. If a
voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 748

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 749

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 750

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 751

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3083­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 4
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C315 pin 32 and C315 pin 3 . If a short circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 752

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 753

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 754

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 755

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3088­Crankshaft Sensor ­ No Signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed crankshaft speed sensor
3. Faulty crankshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the crankshaft speed sensor connector C432 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the crankshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensor and ensure it is clean and
not damaged.
A. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensor is fitted correctly, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C432. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C432 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C432 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 756

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and C315 pin 27. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the crankshaft speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 757

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 758

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 759

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3089­Crankshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed crankshaft speed sensor
3. Faulty crankshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the crankshaft speed sensor connector C432 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the crankshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensor and ensure it is clean and
not damaged.
A. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensor is fitted correctly, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C432. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C432 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C432 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 760

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and C315 pin 27. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the crankshaft speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 761

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 762

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 763

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3090­Camshaft Sensor ­ No Signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed camshaft speed sensor
3. Faulty camshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the camshaft speed sensor connector C433 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the camshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensor and ensure it is clean and
not damaged.
A. If a fault with the camshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the camshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensor is fitted correctly, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C433. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C433 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C433 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 764

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and C315 pin 50. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the camshaft speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 765

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 766

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 767

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3091­Camshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed camshaft speed sensor
3. Faulty camshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the camshaft speed sensor connector C433 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the camshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensor and ensure it is clean and
not damaged.
A. If a fault with the camshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the camshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensor is fitted correctly, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C433. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C433 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C433 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 768

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C433 pin 2 and C315 pin 50. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the camshaft speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 769

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 770

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 771

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3093­Offset Between Camshaft and Crankshaft ­ Outside
Boundaries
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed crankshaft speed sensor
3. Incorrectly installed camshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty crankshaft speed sensor
5. Faulty camshaft speed sensor
6. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the crankshaft speed sensor connector C432, the camshaft speed sensor connector C433 and the engine
controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the crankshaft and camshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensors and ensure
they are clean and not damaged.
A. If a fault with the crankshaft or camshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the crankshaft or camshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensors are fitted correctly,
continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connectors C432 and C433. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C432 pin 3 and ground
C433 pin 3 and ground
If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C432 pin 1 and ground
C433 pin 1 and ground
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 772

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C432 pin 2 and ground
C433 pin 2 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector:
C432 pin 2 and ground
C433 pin 2 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C432 pin 2 and C315 pin 27
C433 pin 2 and C315 pin 50
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the crankshaft speed sensor. If the fault is still present, remove
and replace the camshaft sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 773

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 774

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 775

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3095­Operating with Camshaft Sensor Only ­ Backup Mode
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Incorrectly installed crankshaft speed sensor
3. Faulty crankshaft speed sensor
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the crankshaft speed sensor connector C432 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the crankshaft sensor mechanical operation is okay. Remove the sensor and ensure it is clean and
not damaged.
A. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the crankshaft sensor is not indicated, ensure the sensor is fitted correctly, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C432. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C432 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C432 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 8
8. Check for an open circuit.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 776

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C432 pin 2 and C315 pin 27. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the crankshaft speed sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 777

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 778

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 779

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3096­CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. CAN BUS interference
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the engine controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the instrument cluster connector C081 and the engine controller connector C242.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Make sure the CAN select connector C445 is connected to the transmission CAN connector C444. Disconnect
connector C242. Check between connector:
C278 (CAN High) pin C (Y) and C242 pin 62 (Y)
C278 (CAN Low) pin D (G) and C242 pin 61 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for open circuit on the CAN BUS.
A. Disconnect connector C081. Check between connector:
C081 (CAN High) pin 26 (Y) and C242 pin 62 (Y)
C081 (CAN Low) pin 25 (G) and C242 pin 61 (G)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit not indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and
replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 780

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910­10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C081, C100, C242, C324, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 781

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 782

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 34A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 783

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3102­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Below Range minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel rail pressure sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel rail pressure sensor connector C429 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C429. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C429 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C429 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and C315 pin 43. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 784

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 785

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 786

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 787

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3104­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Open
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Normally the fuel pressure in the rail is regulated by the metering unit of the high pressure pump. However, if this
component is malfunctioning the rail pressure can rise to critical levels. For this reason the common rail has a Pressure
Relief Valve (PRV) which is a mechanical safety valve (no electrical connectors) that opens at a certain pressure
level.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuel rail pressure sensor
2. Fuel system leak
3. Faulty injection component
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine error codes are indicated, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 788

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3105­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Pressure Shock Requested
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The common rail has a Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) which is a mechanical safety valve (no electrical connectors) that
opens at a certain pressure level. The PRV valve has not opened once the pressure limit is reached.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty rail pressure relief valve
2. Faulty injection component
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the rail pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 789

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3106­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Did Not Open After Pressure
Shock
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The common rail has a Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) which is a mechanical safety valve (no electrical connectors) that
opens at a certain pressure level. If the PRV does not open on its own after exceeding the pressure threshold it can
also be forced open by a so­called ’kickoff’ or pressure shock when the metering valve of the high pressure fuel pump
is set to maximum possible quantity. The PRV has not opened even after the pressure shock request.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty rail pressure relief valve (sticking)
2. Faulty injection component
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the rail pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 790

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3107­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO VCC
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel metering unit
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and ground
C440 pin 2 and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short circuit.
A. Check between connector C440 pin 1 and C440 pin 2. If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 791

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 792

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 793

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3108­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel metering unit
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and ground
C440 pin 2 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and C315 pin 19
C440 pin 2 and C315 pin 49
If an open circuit s indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short circuit.
A. Check between connector C440 pin 1 and C440 pin 2. If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 794

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 795

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 796

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 797

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3110­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Above Range
Maximum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel rail pressure sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel rail pressure sensor connector C429 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C429. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C429 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C429 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and C315 pin 43. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 798

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 799

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 800

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 801

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3111­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Below Range
Minimum
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel rail pressure sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel rail pressure sensor connector C429 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C429. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C429 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C429 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a short to ground is indicated,
repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and C315 pin 43. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 802

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 803

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 804

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 805

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3112­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Above Maximum Range
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel rail pressure sensor
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel rail pressure sensor connector C429 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 V.
A. Disconnect connector C429. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C429 pin 3
and ground. If approximately 5 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 5 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open ground circuit.
A. Check between connector C429 pin 1 and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C429 pin 2 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 806

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 807

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 808

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 809

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3131­Grid Heater Always Switched On
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty grid heater relay K23
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly and inform the operator of
the correct engine shut down procedure.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the grid heater relay K23 connector C354.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the grid heater relay K23.
A. Remove the grid heater relay K23 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the grid heater relay K23.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground..
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Check between connector C242 pin 93 (G) and ground.
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 810

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 811

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 812

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 813

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3137­Metering Unit ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel metering unit
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and C315 pin 19
C440 pin 2 and C315 pin 49
If an open circuit s indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 814

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 815

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 816

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 817

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3138­Metering Unit ­ Temperature too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel metering unit
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the fault
re­occurs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 818

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 819

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 820

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 821

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3141­Fuel Flow Setpoint too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty rail pressure sensor
3. Faulty metering unit (not opening correctly or stuck closed)
4. Fuel injection system leakage
5. Faulty high pressure pump (CP3)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440, the fuel rail pressure sensor connector C429 and the engine
controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 5
5. Ensure that the fuel metering unit is not sticking and is operating correctly.
A. If a fault with the fuel metering unit is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the rail pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 822

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3142­High Pressure Test ­ Test Active
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This error code is used for information purposes only to indicate the system is running a ’high pressure test’ as requested
by a diagnostic tester and will inhibit performance.
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code only indicating an high pressure system test is running
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, , wait for the ’high pressure system test’ to end.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 823

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3145­Terminal 15 ­ No Signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has been switched on without terminal 15 having been activated.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuse F43 (10A)
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check fuse F43 (10A).
A. If the fuse F43 (10A) is blown, replace the fuse and retest.
B. If the fuse F43 (10A) is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the keystart switch connector C072.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 V.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between
connector C242 pin 28 (W) and ground. If approximately 12 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If approximately 12 V is indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove
and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 824

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and
Charging System
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
1 0­300 STARTING /
CHARGING
10 PF1 ­ 250A POWER FUSE ­
ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
30 PF2 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­ MAIN
SUPPLY
50 PF3 ­ 30A POWER FUSE ­
IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
60 F60 ­ 10A FUSE ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR RELAY
80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
RELAY SWITCH
100 K18 RELAY ­ BATTERY
ISOLATOR
120 MF1 ­ 80A MAXI FUSE ­ ENGINE
IGNITION RELAY
130 D1 C504 DIODE
130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
140 K3 RELAY ­ IGNITION
170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
190 K5 RELAY ­ STARTER
CRANK
230 F8 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH
230 MF2 ­ 30A MAXI FUSE ­
LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
285 F43 ­ 10A FUSE ­ STARTER
SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
290 K14 RELAY ­ FUEL SHUT
OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 825

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 826

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 1A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 827

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3147­Oil Temperature too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine oil temperature exceeds 124.96 °C.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty oil pressure/temperature sensor
3. Faulty oil lubrication system (blocked, poor circulation)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other oil temperature related error codes.
A. Check for other engine oil temperature related error codes. If other error codes are indicated, continue to
these tests.
B. If no other engine oil temperature error codes are indicated, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the engine oil lubrication system is not blocked and the oil circulation is sufficient. Run the tractor
under normal conditions.
A. If a fault with the engine oil lubrication system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the engine oil lubrication system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the oil pressure/temperature sensor connector C428..
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, remove and replace the engine oil pressure/temperature sensor
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 828

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3148­Coolant Temperature Sensor Dynamic Test ­ Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The rise in coolant temperature is below the limit although the sensor does not exceed the signal range.
Possible failure modes:
1. Machine operating at extreme ambient conditions
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the machine is not being used under extreme ambient conditions.
A. If the machine is being used under extreme ambient conditions then ignore the error code.
B. If the machine is not being used under extreme ambient conditions, continue to step .3
3. Check for other error codes.
A. Check for other engine coolant related error codes. If other error codes are indicated, continue to these
tests.
B. If no other engine coolant related error codes are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the coolant temperature sensor connector C430 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, remove and replace the engine coolant temperature sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 829

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3154­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Battery
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty grid heater relay (K23)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the grid heater relay K23 connector C354.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the grid heater relay K23.
A. Remove the grid heater relay K23 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the grid heater relay K23.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C242
pin 93 (L) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 830

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 831

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 832

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 833

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3155­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty grid heater relay (K23)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the grid heater relay K23 connector C354.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the grid heater relay K23.
A. Remove the grid heater relay K23 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the grid heater relay K23.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Check between connector C242 pin 93 (L) and ground.
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 834

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 835

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 836

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 837

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3156­Grid Heater Relay ­ No Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty grid heater relay (K23)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the grid heater relay K23 connector C354.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the grid heater relay K23.
A. Remove the grid heater relay K23 and check the operation of the relay. If the relay does not operate
correctly, replace the grid heater relay K23.
B. If the relay is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C354 pin 2 (G) and ground. If approximately
12 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If approximately 12 V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the engine controller connector C242. Check between connector C242 pin 93 (L) and C354
pin 1 (L). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 838

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 839

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 840

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 841

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3160­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Battery
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty vistronic fan
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the vistronic fan connector C276.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the vistronic fan.
A. Disconnect connector C276. Measure the resistance between the component side of connector C276 pins
3 and 4. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 6.8 Ω, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
B. If the resistance indicated is approximately 6.8 Ω, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Check between connector C276 pin 3 and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair
or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 842

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 843

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 844

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 845

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3161­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty vistronic fan
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the vistronic fan connector C276.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the vistronic fan.
A. Disconnect connector C276. Measure the resistance between the component side of connector C276 pins
3 and 4. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 6.8 Ω, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
B. If the resistance indicated is approximately 6.8 Ω, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C242. Check between connector C276 pin 3 and ground. If a short to ground is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 846

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 847

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 848

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 849

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3162­Fan Actuator ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty vistronic fan
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the vistronic fan connector C276.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the vistronic fan.
A. Disconnect connector C276. Measure the resistance between the component side of connector C276 pins
3 and 4. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 6.8 Ω, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
B. If the resistance indicated is approximately 6.8 Ω, continue to step 4
4. Check for +12 V.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C276 pin 4 and ground. If a approximately
12 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a approximately 12. V is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C242. Check between connector C242 pin 90 and C276 pin
3. If an open is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 850

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 851

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 852

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 853

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3163­Fan Actuator ­ No Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty charging system
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty vistronic fan
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault clears within a very short time, no further action is required. If the error code is still indicated,
continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is not between 12 ­ 15 V, continue to
test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the vistronic fan connector C276.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the vistronic fan.
A. Disconnect connector C276. Measure the resistance between the component side of connector C276 pins
3 and 4. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 6.8 Ω, remove and replace the vistronic fan.
B. If the resistance indicated is approximately 6.8 Ω, continue to step 5
5. Check the vistronic fan for signs of mechanical damage or obstructions.
A. If the vistronic fan shows signs of mechanical damage or obstruction, repair as required.
B. If the vistronic fan is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 854

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3176­Setpoint of Metering Unit Not Plausible in Overrun
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected an excessive leakage of fuel by monitoring the value of the fuel volume flow
through the metering unit during overrun.
Possible failure modes:
1. High pressure fuel system leak
2. Faulty fuel injector (worn or stuck open)
3. Faulty high pressure pump (CP3) (worn or defective)
4. Faulty pressure relief valve (leaking)
5. Fuel metering unit (leaking)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation (injectors, fuel metering unit, high pressure pump CP3, pressure
relief valve) is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel pressure gauge check that the
pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the rail pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 855

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3177­Engine Overspeed Detected
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This fault code indicates an engine overspeed has occurred. An engine overspeed can occur both during certain
engine operating conditions without any defect in a component (e.g. downhill driving) but also if e.g. the engine
controller has an error. This fault code does not necessarily indicate an error status but is used more for information
purposes and inhibit handling.
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code indicating an engine overrun has been detected
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest. If the error code does not display again or displays very infrequently, no action is necessary
B. If the fault is still present check the driving conditions of the machine are not causing the error. If the
driving conditions of the machine seem okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs,
remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 856

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3179­Timeout of CAN Message BC2EDC2
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 857

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3180­Timeout of CAN Message VM2EDC
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 858

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3182­Timeout of CAN Message RxCCVS
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 859

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3185­Timeout of CAN Message TF
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 860

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3188­Cylinder 1 Warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 1
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C434. Check between the component side of connector:
C434 pin 3 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C434 pin 4 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C434 pin 3 and C315 pin 16
C434 pin 4 and C315 pin 47
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 861

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 862

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 863

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3192­Cylinder 2 warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 2
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 2 connector C435 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 2 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C435. Check between the component side of connector:
C435 pin 1 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C435 pin 2 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C435 pin 1 and C315 pin 18
C435 pin 2 and C315 pin 48
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 864

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 865

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 866

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 867

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3196­Cylinder 3 Warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 3
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 3 connector C436 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C436. Check between the component side of connector:
C436 pin 3 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C436 pin 4 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C436 pin 3 and C315 pin 17
C436 pin 4 and C315 pin 33
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 868

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 869

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 870

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 871

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3200­Cylinder 4 Warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 4
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C437. Check between the component side of connector:
C437 pin 1 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C437 pin 2 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C437 pin 1 and C315 pin 3
C437 pin 2 and C315 pin 32
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 872

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 873

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 874

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 875

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3204­Cylinder 5 Warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 5
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 5 connector C438 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 5 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C438. Check between the component side of connector:
C438 pin 3 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C438 pin 4 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C438 pin 3 and C315 pin 46
C438 pin 4 and C315 pin 1
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 876

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 877

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 878

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 879

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3208­Cylinder 6 Warning ­ Open Load
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Engine runs without one cylinder.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector solenoid 6
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the fuel injector 6 connector C439 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector solenoid.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector
solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C, remove and replace
the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit on the fuel injector flylead.
A. Disconnect connector C439. Check between the component side of connector:
C439 pin 1 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
C439 pin 2 and the appropriate fuel injector flylead terminal
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the flylead as required.
B. If the injector flylead is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C439 pin 1 and C315 pin 2
C439 pin 2 and C315 pin 31
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 880

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 881

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 882

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 883

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3210­Bank 1 ­ General Short Circuit to Injector Cable
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector 1
3. Faulty fuel injector 2
4. Faulty fuel injector 3
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434, the fuel injector 2 connector C435, the fuel injector 3 connector C436
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1, 2 and 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 17 and ground
C315 pin 18 and ground
C315 pin 19 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 884

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 885

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 886

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 887

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3211­Bank 1 ­ Injector cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector 1
3. Faulty fuel injector 2
4. Faulty fuel injector 3
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector 1 connector C434, the fuel injector 2 connector C435, the fuel injector 3 connector C436
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector solenoids 1, 2 and 3.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 1, 2 and 3 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 47 and ground
C315 pin 48 and ground
C315 pin 33 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 888

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 889

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 890

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 891

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3213­Bank 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs,
remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 892

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3218­Bank 2 ­ General Short Circuit on Injector Cable
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector 4
3. Faulty fuel injector 5
4. Faulty fuel injector 6
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437, the fuel injector 5 connector C438, the fuel injector 6 connector C439
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4, 5 and 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 1 and ground
C315 pin 2 and ground
C315 pin 3 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 893

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 894

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 895

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3219­Bank 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fuel injector 4
3. Faulty fuel injector 5
4. Faulty fuel injector 6
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injector 4 connector C437, the fuel injector 5 connector C438, the fuel injector 6 connector C439
and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required. Check the correct tightening torque value of 1.5 Nm for the flylead
fixing nuts on the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel injector solenoids 4, 5 and 6.
A. Disconnect the fuel injector solenoid 4, 5 and 6 flylead terminals. Measure the resistance between each
of the fuel injector solenoid terminals. If the resistance indicated is not approximately 0.23 Ω at 20 °C,
remove and replace the fuel injector solenoid.
B. If the fuel injector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C315 pin 32 and ground
C315 pin 46 and ground
C315 pin 31 and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re–occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 896

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 05 Engine Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR ­ EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1400 Y6 C435 CYL INJECTOR 2 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1430 Y7 C436 CYL INJECTOR 3 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1440 Y8 C437 CYL INJECTOR 4 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1470 Y9 C438 CYL INJECTOR 5 ­
EDC 7
5 1210­1500 ENGINE 4 1480 Y10 C439 CYL INJECTOR 6 ­
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 897

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 898

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 5A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 899

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3221­Bank 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuel injection system mechanical operation
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel
pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­ocurrs,
remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 900

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3227­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage
too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuse
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the engine controller connector C242 and the engine main relay connector K14.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the engine controller fuses F46 and F47.
A. Ensure the fuses are not blown and that the fit is tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the fuses are okay, continue to step 4
4. Check all power supplies and grounds to the engine controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 901

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 902

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 903

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3228­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 904

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3229­Injection Processor Error ­ Injections Limited by Software
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 905

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3230­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 906

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3231­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage
too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 907

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3232­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 908

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3233­Injection Processor Error ­ Test Mode
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 909

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3234­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 910

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3238­Engine Controller Internal SPI Communication Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 911

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3239­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Read Operation Error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect programming / flashing of the engine controller
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 912

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3240­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Write Operation Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect programming / flashing of the engine controller
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 913

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3241­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Default Value Used
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect programming / flashing of the engine controller
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 914

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3242­Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery Ocurred
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 915

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3243­Engine Controller Recovery (Suppressed) ­ Recovery Occured
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 916

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3244­Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) ­ Recovery Occurred
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 917

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3245­Engine Controller ­ Watchdog not Plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 918

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3246­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Watchdog
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 919

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3247­Shutoff Paths Failed during Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too
High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 920

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3248­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 921

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3249­TPU Monitoring ­ Time Deviation Between TPU and System
Not Plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 922

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3250­Dataset ­ Variant Defect
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 923

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3251­Dataset ­ Requested Variant Could Not be Set
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 924

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3252­Controller Watchdog ­ SPI Comunication Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 925

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3253­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This code monitors the analog­digital converter (ADC) of the microcontroller.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the fault
re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 926

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3254­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This code monitors the analog­digital converter (ADC) of the microcontroller.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the fault
re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 927

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3265­Overrun Monitoring
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 928

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3266­Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun Monitoring
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Check for the error code.
A. Clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal conditions
and retest.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 929

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3278­Engine Controller Supply Voltage too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the machine, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the machine, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is not between 12 ­ 15 V, continue to
test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 930

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3279­Engine Controller Internal Supply Voltage too Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This code may be induced during cold starting.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty battery
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty connector
4. Faulty harness
5. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery condition and terminal connections.
A. If the battery or terminals are faulty, repair or replace as required.
B. If the battery and terminals are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the battery voltage on the instrument cluster.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. If the voltage displayed is not between 12 ­ 15 V, continue to
test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the battery voltage is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check the engine controller connector C242.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the engine controller fuses F46 and F47.
A. Ensure the fuses are not blown and that the fit is tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the fuses are okay, continue to step 6
6. Check all power supplies and grounds to the engine controller.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If no faults are indicated, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 931

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 932

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 933

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3280­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 1: Oil pressure/temperature, deltaP of particulated filter, boost pressure/temperature, fuel low
pressure/temperature.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 934

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3281­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 1: Oil pressure/temperature, deltaP of particulated filter, boost pressure/temperature, fuel low
pressure/temperature.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 935

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3283­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 2: Fan speed, air humidity/temperature, blow by deltaP, exhaust gas pressure.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 936

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3284­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 2: Fan speed, air humidity/temperature, blow by deltaP, exhaust gas pressure.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 937

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3285­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 3: Rail pressure sensor.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 938

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3286­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ Low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller provides 3 independent 5V voltage supplies for the sensors. The following sensors are connected
to supply circuit 3: Rail pressure sensor.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty engine sensor
2. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine sensor related error codes.
A. If other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine sensor related error codes are displayed, download the correct level of software. If the
fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 939

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3297­Rail Pressure Poistive Deviation High and High Fuel Flow
Setpoint Value
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected high positive rail pressure in combination with a high fuel volume flow through the
metering unit.
Possible failure modes:
1. High pressure fuel system leak
2. Faulty fuel injector (worn or stuck open)
3. Faulty high pressure pump (CP3) (worn or defective)
4. Low pressure fuel system leak
5. Pressure before gear pump too low
6. Gear pump output too low (fuel filter blocked)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation (injectors, high pressure pump CP3, fuel filter) is okay. Run
the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the fuel filter.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 940

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3301­Rail Pressure Negative Deviation too High on Minimum
Metering
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected an excessive negative rail pressure governor deviation (too high rail pressure) at
zero delivery of fuel volume flow through the metering unit.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuel metering unit (stuck open)
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty fuel pressure relief valve
4. Pressure before gear pump too high
5. Zero delivery throttle blocked
6. Pressure after zero delivery throttle too high
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the machine under normal conditions. Using a
fuel pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and C315 pin 19
C440 pin 2 and C315 pin 49
If an open circuit s indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 941

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 942

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 943

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 944

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 945

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3305­Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit in Controller Mode
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected the rail pressure has fallen below a minimum pressure threshold.
Possible failure modes:
1. High pressure fuel system leak
2. Faulty fuel injector (worn or stuck open)
3. Faulty high pressure pump (CP3) (worn or defective)
4. Low pressure fuel system leak
5. Pressure before gear pump too low
6. Gear pump output too low (fuel filter blocked or leak on output side)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation (injectors, high pressure pump CP3, fuel filter) is okay. Run
the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the fuel filter.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 946

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3309­Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit in Controlled Mode
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected the rail pressure has exceeded a maximum pressure threshold.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty fuel metering unit (stuck open)
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty fuel pressure relief valve
4. Pressure before gear pump too high
5. Zero delivery throttle blocked
6. Pressure after zero delivery throttle too high
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation is okay. Run the machine under normal conditions. Using a
fuel pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the fuel metering unit connector C440 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 5
5. Check the fuel metering unit.
A. Disconnect connector C440. Measure the resistance between the component side of the connector C440
pins 1 and 2. If the resistance indicated is not between 2.60 ­ 3.15 Ω, remove and replace fuel metering
unit.
B. If the fuel metering unit is okay, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C315. Check between connector:
C440 pin 1 and C315 pin 19
C440 pin 2 and C315 pin 49
If an open circuit s indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, remove and replace the fuel pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 947

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 04 Engine Systems (3)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY ­ FUEL
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY ­ GRID
HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 ­ 15A FUSE ­ ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1040 F47 ­ 10A FUSE ­ ECU
BATTERY +
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 ­ 25A FUSE ­ LOADER
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1 ­
MAIN HARNESS
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y3 C441 LOADER VALVE 1
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR ­ EDC
7
4 910­1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT ­ EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001,C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 948

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 4A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 949

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3313­Rail Pressure Drop Rate too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The engine controller has detected the rail pressure decreases faster during overrun than expected.
Possible failure modes:
1. High pressure fuel system leak
2. Faulty fuel pressure relief valve
3. Faulty fuel injector (worn or stuck open)
4. Low pressure fuel system leak
5. Faulty high pressure pump (CP3) (worn or defective)
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other engine related error codes.
A. If other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other engine related error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check the fuel injection system for signs of fuel leakage.
A. If a leak in the fuel system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a leak in the fuel injection system is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Ensure that the fuel system mechanical operation (injectors, high pressure pump CP3, fuel pressure relief valve)
is okay. Run the tractor under normal conditions. Using a fuel pressure gauge check that the pressure is correct.
A. If a fault with the fuel injection system is indicated, repair as necessary.
B. If a fault with the fuel system is not indicated, remove and replace the fuel pressure relief valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 950

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3316­Minimum Number of Injections Not Reached ­ Stop Engine
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
The injector shut­off function can switch off a single injector valve or an entire injection bank if a defect has been
detected in this component. If too many cylinders are shut down by the shut­off function it is no longer possible to run
the engine securely and it has to be shut down entirely and this error code is raised.
Possible failure modes:
1. Fuel injector error(s) detected
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, check for other fuel injector related error codes and continue to these tests.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 951

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3334­Timeout of CAN Message TCS1­PE Torque ­ When Active
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 952

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3335­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­PE Torque ­ When Inactive
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 953

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3338­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Inactive
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 954

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3339­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Active
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty harness
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty engine controller
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the tractor under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check for other CAN related error codes displayed.
A. If other error codes are displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are displayed, continue to step 3
3. Check all power supplies and grounds to the controllers on the CAN BUS.
A. If a fault is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the power supplies and grounds are okay, download the correct level of engine controller software. If
the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace the engine controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 955

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3367­Coolant Temperature Test Failure
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Monitoring of the coolant temperature to reach a minimum threshold.
Possible failure modes:
1. Machine operating at extreme ambient conditions
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty coolant temperature sensor
Solution:
1. Before proceeding clear the error code with the approved diagnostic equipment. Run the machine under normal
conditions and retest.
A. If the error code is not indicated, check that the system is operating correctly.
B. If the error code is indicated, continue to step 2
2. Check the machine is not being used under extreme ambient conditions.
A. If the machine is being used under extreme ambient conditions then ignore the error code.
B. If the machine is not being used under extreme ambient conditions, continue to step .3
3. Check for other error codes.
A. Check for other engine coolant related error codes. If other error codes are indicated, continue to these
tests.
B. If no other engine coolant related error codes are indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check the coolant temperature sensor connector C430 and the engine controller connector C315.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, remove and replace the engine coolant temperature sensor.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 956

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3368­Torque Limitation Due to OBD Performance Limiter by
Legislation
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This fault code indicates a power reduction due to the OBD performance limiter because inhibited injection is currently
active which limits the engine torque. This fault code is not used as an actual error status indicating a real defect but
is used for information purposes for service personnel to determine the exact cause of the power limitation (in case a
real defect evokes a power reduction the triggering failure also has to be present in the failure memory).
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code indicating power limitation in effect due to possible other fault detected
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes.
A. If only error code 3368 is indicated, no action is necessary.
B. If error code 3368 is indicated along with another engine error code, continue to test for that error code to
determine the cause of the power limitation.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 957

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3369­Torque Reduction Due to Smoke Reduction
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This fault code indicates a power reduction due to smoke limitation is currently active which limits the engine torque.
This fault code is not used as an actual error status indicating a real defect but is used for information purposes for
service personnel to determine the exact cause of the power limitation (in case a real defect evokes a power reduction
the triggering failure also has to be present in the failure memory).
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code indicating power limitation in effect due to possible other fault detected
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes.
A. If only error code 3369 is indicated, no action is necessary.
B. If error code 3369 is indicated along with another engine error code, continue to test for that error code to
determine the cause of the power limitation.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 958

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3370­Torque Limitation Due to Engine Protection (Against
Excessive Torque, Engine Overspeed and Overheat)
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This fault code indicates a power reduction due to engine mechanics protection is currently active which limits the
engine torque. This fault code is not used as an actual error status indicating a real defect but is used for information
purposes for service personnel to determine the exact cause of the power limitation (in case a real defect evokes a
power reduction the triggering failure also has to be present in the failure memory).
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code indicating power limitation in effect due to possible other fault detected
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes.
A. If only error code 3370 is indicated, no action is necessary.
B. If error code 3370 is indicated along with another engine error code, continue to test for that error code to
determine the cause of the power limitation.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 959

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
3371­Torque Limitation Due to Fuel Quantity Limitation Because
of Injector System Errors
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
This fault code indicates a power reduction due to limiting fuel quantity is currently active which limits the engine
torque. This fault code is not used as an actual error status indicating a real defect but is used for information purposes
for service personnel to determine the exact cause of the power limitation (in case a real defect evokes a power
reduction the triggering failure also has to be present in the failure memory).
Possible failure modes:
1. Information code indicating power limitation in effect due to possible other fault detected
Solution:
1. Check for other error codes.
A. If only error code 3371 is indicated, no action is necessary.
B. If error code 3371 is indicated along with another engine error code, continue to test for that error code to
determine the cause of the power limitation.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 960

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4100­REMOTE NO.1 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C279.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C279. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C279 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C279 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C279 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C279 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and ground
C279 pin 2 (U) and ground
C279 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve. If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure
(A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 961

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 962

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 963

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4101­REMOTE NO.1 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C279.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required..
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C279. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C279 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C279 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C279 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C279 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and ground
C279 pin 2 (U) and ground
C279 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 964

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 965

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 966

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 967

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4102­REMOTE NO.1 EEPROM ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 968

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4103­REMOTE NO.1 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4103 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 969

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4104­REMOTE NO.1 UNDER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C279.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C279. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C279 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C279 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C279 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 970

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 971

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 972

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 973

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4105­REMOTE NO.1 OVER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 974

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4106­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section Hydraulic
pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A)).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 975

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4107­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 976

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4108­REMOTE NO.1 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 977

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4109­Remote No. 1 Manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 978

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4110­REMOTE NO.1 DRIVER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 979

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4111­REMOTE NO.1 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 980

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4112­REMOTE NO.1 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 981

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4113­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 982

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4114­REMOTE NO.2 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C280.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required..
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C280. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C280 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C280 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C280 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C280 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and ground
C280 pin 2 (U) and ground
C280 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 983

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 984

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 985

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4115­REMOTE NO.2 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C280.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C280. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C280 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C280 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C280 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C280 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and ground
C280 pin 2 (U) and ground
C280 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 986

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 987

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 988

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 989

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4116­REMOTE NO.2 EEPROM ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 990

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4117­REMOTE NO.2 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4117 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 991

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4118­Remote No. 2 Undervoltage
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C280.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C280. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C280 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C280 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C280 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 992

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 993

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 994

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 995

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4119­REMOTE NO.2 OVER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 996

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4120­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 997

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4121­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valveControl
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 998

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4122­REMOTE NO.2 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 999

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4123­REMOTE NO.2 MANUALLY OPERATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1000

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4124­REMOTE NO.2 DRIVER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1001

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4125­REMOTE NO.2 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1002

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4126­REMOTE NO.2 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1003

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4127­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1004

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4128­REMOTE NO.3 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C281.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C281. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C281 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C281 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C281 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C281 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and ground
C281 pin 2 (U) and ground
C281 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1005

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1006

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1007

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4129­REMOTE NO.3 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C281.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C281. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C281 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C281 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C281 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C281 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and ground
C281 pin 2 (U) and ground
C281 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1008

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1009

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1010

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1011

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4130­REMOTE NO.3 EEPROM ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1012

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4131­REMOTE NO.3 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4131 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1013

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4132­REMOTE NO.3 UNDER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C281.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
If the connector is okay, continue to step 2.
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C281. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C281 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3.
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C281 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4.
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C281 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1014

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1015

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1016

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1017

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4133­REMOTE NO.3 OVER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1018

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4134­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1019

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4135­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1020

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4136­REMOTE NO.3 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1021

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4137­REMOTE NO.3 MANUALLY OPERATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C).
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1022

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4138­REMOTE NO.3 DRIVER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1023

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4139­REMOTE NO.3 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1024

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4140­REMOTE NO.3 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1025

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4141­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1026

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C282 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and ground
C282 pin 2 (U) and ground
C282 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1027

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1028

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1029

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C282 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and ground
C282 pin 2 (U) and ground
C282 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1030

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1031

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1032

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1033

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4143­REMOTE NO.4 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C282 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and ground
C282 pin 2 (U) and ground
C282 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1034

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1035

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1036

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1037

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4144­REMOTE NO.4 EEPROM ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1038

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4145­REMOTE NO.4 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4145 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1039

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4146­REMOTE NO.4 UNDER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C282 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1040

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1041

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1042

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1043

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4147­REMOTE NO.4 OVER VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1044

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4148­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1045

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4149­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1046

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4150­REMOTE NO.4 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1047

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4151­REMOTE NO.4 MANUALLY OPERATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C).
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1048

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4152­REMOTE NO.4 DRIVER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1049

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4153­REMOTE NO.4 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1050

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4154­REMOTE NO.4 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1051

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4155­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1052

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4156­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , No signal , No
control message received
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C283.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C283. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C283 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C283 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C283 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C283 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C283 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C283 pin 1 (S) and ground
C283 pin 2 (U) and ground
C283 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1053

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1054

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1055

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4157­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Control
Message not plausible
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C283.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C283. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C283 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C283 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C283 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C283 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C283 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C283 pin 1 (S) and ground
C283 pin 2 (U) and ground
C283 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1056

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1057

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1058

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1059

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4158­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction ,
EEPROM error
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1060

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4159­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Switched to
"Failsafe mode"
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4145 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1061

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4160­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Undervoltage
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C283.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C283. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C283 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C283 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C283 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C283 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1062

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1063

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1064

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1065

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4161­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Overvoltage
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1066

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4162­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Under limit
value , Spool movement too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1067

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4163­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Over limit
value , Spool movement too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1068

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4164­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate
travel , Float position not reached
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1069

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4165­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Self­engage ,
Manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C).
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1070

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4166­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction
, Driver faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1071

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4167­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction ,
Potentiometer faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1072

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4168­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate
travel , Unable to reach neutral
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1073

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4169­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , Incorrect value
, Spool not in neutral at key on
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1074

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4170­EHR CONTROL NO.1 NOT CALIBRATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. EHR lever not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the EHR lever was calibrated.
A. If the EHR lever was not calibrated after a change of the controller, EHR control unit or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM), perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C).
B. If the EHR lever was calibrated, perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C). If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the
calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs again, remove
and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1075

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4171­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 101. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 101 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 101 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C390. While operating the EHR control lever 1 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C390 pin 4 (O) and C390 pin 3 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C390 pin 4 (O) and C390 pin 5 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 1/2.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 3 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is less than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C390 pin 5 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C327. Check between connector C327 pin 1 (O) and C390 pin 4 (O). If an open
circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1076

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C390 pin 4 (O) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1077

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1078

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1079

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4172­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 101. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A),
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 101 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 101 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C390. While operating the EHR control lever 1 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C390 pin 4 (O) and C390 pin 3 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C390 pin 4 (O) and C390 pin 5 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 1/2.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 3 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Check between connector:
C390 pin 5 (B/W) and ground
C390 pin 4 (O) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1080

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1081

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1082

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1083

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4173­EHR CONTROL NO.2 NOT CALIBRATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. EHR lever not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the EHR lever was calibrated.
A. If the EHR lever was not calibrated after a change of the controller, EHR control unit or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM), perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C).
B. If the EHR lever was calibrated, perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C). If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the
calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs again, remove
and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1084

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4174­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 102. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 102 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 102 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C390. While operating the EHR control lever 2 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C390 pin 10 (U) and C390 pin 9 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C390 pin 10 (U) and C390 pin 11 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 1/2.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 9 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is less than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C390 pin 11 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C327. Check between connector C327 pin 3 (U) and C390 pin 10 (U). If an open
circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1085

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C390 pin 10 (U) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1086

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1087

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1088

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1089

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4175­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 102. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 102 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 102 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C390. While operating the EHR control lever 2 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C390 pin 10 (U) and C390 pin 9 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C390 pin 10 (U) and C390 pin 11 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 1/2.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 9 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage..
A. Check between connector:
C390 pin 11 (B/W) and ground
C390 pin 10 (U) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1090

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1091

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1092

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1093

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4176­TIMER SWITCH NO.1 / NO.2 DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty No.1 / No.2 timer switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the No.1 / No.2 timer switch connector C394 and the inline connector C392.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the No.1 / No.2 timer switch.
A. Disconnect connector C394. Check between the component side of connector:
C394 pin 5 (G) and C394 pin 1 (O)
C394 pin 5 (G) and C394 pin 6 (O)
If an open circuit is indicated, replace the No.1 / No.2 timer switch.
B. If the No.1 / No.2 timer switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C394 pin 5 (G) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C325 and C328. Check between connector:
C394 pin 1 (O) and C325 pin 30 (O/S/Y)
C394 pin 6 (O) and C328 pin 30 (O)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C394 pin 1 (O) and ground
C394 pin 6 (O) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1094

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1095

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1096

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1097

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4177­EHR CONTROL NO.3 NOT CALIBRATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. EHR lever not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the EHR lever was calibrated.
A. If the EHR lever was not calibrated after a change of the controller, EHR control unit or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM), perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C).
B. If the EHR lever was calibrated, perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C). If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the
calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs again, remove
and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1098

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4178­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 103. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 22
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 103 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 103 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C400. While operating the EHR control lever 3 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C400 pin 4 (O) and C400 pin 3 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C400 pin 4 (O) and C400 pin 5 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 3/4.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 3 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is less than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C400 pin 5 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C327. Check between connector C327 pin 5 (W) and C400 pin 4 (O). If an open
circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1099

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C400 pin 4 (O) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1100

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1101

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1102

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1103

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4179­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 103. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 103 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 103 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C400. While operating the EHR control lever 3 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C400 pin 4 (O) and C400 pin 3 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C400 pin 4 (O) and C400 pin 5 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 3/4.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 3 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Check between connector:
C400 pin 5 (B/W) and ground
C400 pin 4 (O) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1104

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1105

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1106

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1107

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4180­EHR CONTROL NO.4 NOT CALIBRATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. EHR lever not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the EHR lever was calibrated.
A. If the EHR lever was not calibrated after a change of the controller, EHR control unit or after using H8 clear
non­volatile memory (EEPROM), perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C).
B. If the EHR lever was calibrated, perform the EHR lever calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­
Calibration (A.10.C). If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the
calibration procedure.Remote control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs again, remove
and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1108

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4181­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 104.
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 104 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 104 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C400. While operating the EHR control lever 4 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C400 pin 10 (O) and C400 pin 9 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C400 pin 10 (O) and C400 pin 11 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 3/4.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 9 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is less than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector C400 pin 11 (B/W) and ground. If an open circuit is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C327. Check between connector C327 pin 7 (U) and C400 pin 10 (O). If an open
circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 7
7. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1109

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector C400 pin 10 (O) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1110

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1111

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1112

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1113

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4182­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 SHORT CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty EHR control lever potentiometer
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the lever potentiometer in H9 Channel 104. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Operate the lever from float to extend. If the values displayed do not change continuously between 50
and 10, continue to step 2
B. If the values displayed are okay, while in H9 Channel 104 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check
for an intermittent circuit. Channel 104 values will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or
replace as required.
2. Check the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400, the inline connector C392 and the controller connector C327
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the lever potentiometer.
A. Disconnect connector C400. While operating the EHR control lever 4 from extend to float, measure the
resistance between the component side of connector:
C400 pin 10 (O) and C400 pin 9 (G) should indicate between 1.9 K Ohms ­ 3.5 K Ohms.
C400 pin 10 (O) and C400 pin 11 (B/W) should indicate between 0.5 K Ohms ­ 2.1 K Ohms.
If the resistances indicated are not okay, remove and replace the EHR control lever 3/4.
B. If the lever potentiometer is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 9 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is greater than +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Check between connector:
C400 pin 11 (B/W) and ground
C400 pin 10 (O) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1114

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1115

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1116

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1117

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4183­TIMER SWITCH NO.3 / NO.4 DISCONNECTED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty No.3 / No.4 timer switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the No.3 / No.4 timer switch connector C395 and the inline connector C392.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the No.3 / No.4 timer switch.
A. Disconnect connector C395. Check between the component side of connector:
C395 pin 5 (G) and C395 pin 1 (O)
C395 pin 5 (G) and C395 pin 6 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, replace the No.3 / No.4 timer switch.
B. If the No.3 / No.4 timer switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Measure the voltage between connector C395 pin 5 (G) and ground. If +5 Volts is not indicated, repair or
replace the harness as required
B. If +5 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C327 and C328. Check between connector:
C395 pin 1 (O) and C328 pin 32 (O)
C395 pin 6 (L) and C327 pin 15 (L)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C395 pin 1 (O) and ground.
C395 pin 6 (L) and ground.
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1118

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1119

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1120

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1121

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4190­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.1
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C279.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C279. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C279pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C279pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C279 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C279 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C279 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C279 pin 1 (S) and ground
C279 pin 2 (U) and ground
C279 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1122

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1123

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1124

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1125

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4191­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.2
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C280.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C280. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C280 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C280 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C280 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C280 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C280 pin 1 (S) and ground
C280 pin 2 (U) and ground
C280 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1126

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1127

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1128

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1129

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4192­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.3
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C281.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C281. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C281 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C281 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C281 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C281 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C281 pin 1 (S) and ground
C281 pin 2 (U) and ground
C281 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1130

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1131

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1132

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1133

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4193­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.4
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C282 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and ground
C282 pin 2 (U) and ground
C282 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1134

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1135

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1136

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1137

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4194­MOTOR MODE NO.1 SWITCH FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty motor mode switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the motor mode switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Move the rolling gate lever into position 1 to select motor mode. If the display does
not change to d95, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d95, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the motor mode switch.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390. Check between the component
side of connector C390 pin 1 (LTG) and C390 pin 2 (G) and select motor mode. An open circuit
should be indicated when not in motor mode and a closed circuit indicated when in motor mode. If the
motor mode switch does not operate as indicated, remove and replace the motor mode switch.
B. If the motor mode switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 2 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Check between connector C390 pin 1 (LTG) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C327. Check between connector C390 pin 1
(LTG) and C327 pin 16 (LTG). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C390 pin 1 (LTG) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1138

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1139

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1140

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1141

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4195­MOTOR MODE NO.2 SWITCH FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty motor mode switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the motor mode switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Move the rolling gate lever into position 1 to select motor mode. If the display does
not change to d96, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d96, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the motor mode switch.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the EHR control lever 1/2 connector C390. Check between the component
side of connector C390 pin 6 (G) and C390 pin 8 (G) and select motor mode. An open circuit should
be indicated when not in motor mode and a closed circuit indicated when in motor mode. If the motor
mode switch does not operate as indicated, remove and replace the motor mode switch.
B. If the motor mode switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C390 pin 8 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage..
A. Check between connector C390 pin 6 (G) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C327. Check between connector C390 pin 6
(G) and C327 pin 17 (LTG). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C390 pin 6 (G) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1142

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1143

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1144

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1145

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4196­MOTOR MODE NO.3 SWITCH FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty motor mode switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the motor mode switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Move the rolling gate lever into position 1 to select motor mode. If the display does
not change to d97, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d97, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the motor mode switch.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400. Check between the component
side of connector C400 pin 1 (LTG) and C400 pin 2 (G) and select motor mode. An open circuit
should be indicated when not in motor mode and a closed circuit indicated when in motor mode. If the
motor mode switch does not operate as indicated, remove and replace the motor mode switch.
B. If the motor mode switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 2 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage..
A. Check between connector C400 pin 1 (LTG) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C327. Check between connector C400 pin 1
(LTG) and C327 pin 18 (LTG). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C400 pin 1 (LTG) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1146

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1147

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1148

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1149

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4197­MOTOR MODE NO.4 SWITCH FAULTY
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty motor mode switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the motor mode switch in H5. Refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
A. Turn the keystart ON. Move the rolling gate lever into position 1 to select motor mode. If the display does
not change to d98, continue to step 2
B. If the display does change to d98, while still in H5 wiggle the harness and the connectors to check for
an intermittent circuit. The display will change if an intermittent circuit is detected, repair or replace as
required.
2. Check the motor mode switch.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the EHR control lever 3/4 connector C400. Check between the component
side of connector C400 pin 6 (LTG) and C400 pin 8 (G) and select motor mode. An open circuit
should be indicated when not in motor mode and a closed circuit indicated when in motor mode. If the
motor mode switch does not operate as indicated, remove and replace the motor mode switch.
B. If the motor mode switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +5 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C400 pin 8 (G) and ground. If the voltage
indicated is not approximately +5 Volts, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +5 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Check between connector C400 pin 6 (LTG) and ground. If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If a voltage is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C327. Check between connector C400 pin 6
(LTG) and C327 pin 19 (LTG). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 6
6. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C400 pin 6 (LTG) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. Perform the EHR calibration procedure.Remote
control valve ­ Calibration (A.10.C). If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1150

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 17 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (4)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3­4 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5050 S35 C390 EHR 1­2 LEVER ASSY
17 4810­5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 5085 S36 C394 EHR 1/2 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C325, C327, C328, C392.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1151

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1152

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 17A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1153

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4198­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Remote control valve Remote valve 5 , No signal
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C282.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C282. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C282 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C020. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and C020 pin 30 (S)
C282 pin 2 (U) and C020 pin 32 (U)
C282 pin 3 (R) and C020 pin 31 (R)
C282 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C282 pin 1 (S) and ground
C282 pin 2 (U) and ground
C282 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1154

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3980 Y31 C282 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 4
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4030 Y32 C281 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 3
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4080 Y33 C280 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 2
14 3910­4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 4130 Y34 C279 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1155

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1156

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 14A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1157

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4300­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Top link switch not fitted
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Top link switch not fitted
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty top link switch
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check a top link is fitted (connector C547).
A. If a top link switch is not installed, install a top link switch.
B. If a top link switch is installed, continue to step 2
2. Check the top link switch connector C547 and the controller connector C328.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 V.
A. Disconnect connector C547. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C547 pin 2
(G) and ground. If +12 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector:
C547 pin 1 (W) and ground
C547 pin 6 (W) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C328. Check between connector:
C547 pin 1 (W) and C328 pin 33 (W)
C547 pin 6 (W) and C328 pin 22 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, remove and replace the top link switch.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1158

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1159

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1160

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1161

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4301­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Side link switch not fitted
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Side link switch not fitted
2. Faulty connector
3. Faulty side link switch
4. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check a side link is fitted (connector C546).
A. If a side link switch is not installed, install a side link switch.
B. If a side link switch is installed, continue to step 2
2. Check the side link switch connector C546 and the controller connector C327.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 V.
A. Disconnect connector C546. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C546 pin 2
(G) and ground. If +12 V is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 V is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Check between connector:
C546 pin 1 (W) and ground
C546 pin 6 (W) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C327. Check between connector:
C546 pin 1 (W) and C327 pin 25 (W)
C546 pin 6 (W) and C327 pin 24 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, remove and replace the side link switch.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1162

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1163

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1164

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1165

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4500­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no.1 ­no control message received
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C571.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C571. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C571 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C571 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C571 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C571 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and ground
C571 pin 2 (U) and ground
C571 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve. If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve. Refer to Control module
­ Configure (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1166

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1167

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1168

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1169

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4501­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ control message not plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C571.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required..
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C571. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C571 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C571 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C571 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C571 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and ground
C571 pin 2 (U) and ground
C571 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1170

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1171

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1172

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1173

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4502­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ EEPROM error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1174

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4503­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to
"Failsafe mode" , Front remote no.1
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4503 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1175

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4504­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage ,
Front remote no.1
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C571.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C571. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C571 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C571 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C571 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1176

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1177

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1178

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1179

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4505­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no.1
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1180

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4506­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section Hydraulic
pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A)).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1181

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4507­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1182

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4508­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.1 ­ float position not reached
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1183

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4509­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no.1 ­ manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1184

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4510­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ driver faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1185

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4511­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.1 ­ potentiometer faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1186

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4512­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.1 ­ unable to reach neutral
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1187

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4513­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.1 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1188

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4514­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no.2 ­ no control message received
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C572.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C572. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C572 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C572 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C572 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C572 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and ground
C572 pin 2 (U) and ground
C572 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1189

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1190

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1191

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4515­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.2 ­ control message
not plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C572.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C572. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C572 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C572 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C572 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C572 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and ground
C572 pin 2 (U) and ground
C572 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1192

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1193

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1194

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1195

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4516­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.2 ­ EEPROM error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1196

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4517­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to
"Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 2
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4517 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1197

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4518­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage ,
Front remote no.2
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C572.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C572. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C572 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C572 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C572 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1198

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1199

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1200

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1201

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4519­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no.2
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1202

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4520­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section Hydraulic
pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A)).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1203

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4521­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1204

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4522­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.2 ­ float position not reached
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1205

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4523­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no.2 ­ manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1206

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4524­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no.2 ­ driver faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1207

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4525­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 2 ­ potentiometer faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1208

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4526­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no.2 ­ unable to reach neutral
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1209

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4527­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no.2 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1210

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4528­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 3 ­ no control message received
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C573.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C573. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C573 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C573 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C573 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C573 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and ground
C573 pin 2 (U) and ground
C573 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve. Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure
the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1211

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1212

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1213

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4529­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ control message not plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C573.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required..
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C573. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C573 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C573 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C573 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C573 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and ground
C573 pin 2 (U) and ground
C573 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1214

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1215

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1216

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1217

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4530­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ EEPROM error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1218

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4531­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to
"Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 3
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4531 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1219

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4532­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage ,
Front remote no. 3
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C573.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C573. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C573 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C573 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C573 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1220

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1221

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1222

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1223

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4533­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no. 3
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1224

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4534­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section Hydraulic
pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A)).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1225

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4535­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1226

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4536­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ float position not reached
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1227

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4537­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no. 3 ­ manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1228

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4538­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ driver faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1229

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4539­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 3 ­ potentiometer faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1230

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4540­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ unable to reach neutral
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1231

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4541­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 3 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1232

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4542­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 4 ­ no control message received
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C574.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C574. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C574 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C574 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C574 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C574 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and ground
C574 pin 2 (U) and ground
C574 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve. Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure
the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1233

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1234

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1235

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4543­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ control message not plausible
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. CAN BUS interference
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C574.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required..
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the CAN BUS wires (R) and (U).
A. If the CAN BUS wires are not twisted together or free from possible interference, repair, re­position or
replace the harness as required.
B. If the CAN BUS wires are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C574. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C574 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C574 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C574 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C574 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and ground
C574 pin 2 (U) and ground
C574 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1236

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1237

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1238

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1239

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4544­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ EEPROM error
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1240

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4545­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Switched to
"Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 4
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Other EHR error code(s) detected.
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation. If any
other error codes are still displayed, continue to these tests.
B. If only error code 4103 is still displayed, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1241

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4546­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Undervoltage ,
Front remote no. 4
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C574.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C574. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C574 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is less than approximately +8 Volts, repair or replace the harness
as required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C574 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector C574 pin 1 (S) and ground. If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace
the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1242

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1243

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1244

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1245

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4547­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front
remote no. 4
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. External power supply connected
2. Faulty charging system
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check that the tractor battery power supply has not been connected to an external power supply.
A. If an external power supply is connected to the tractor, disconnect and test the system for normal operation.
B. If an external power supply is not connected to the tractor, continue to step 2
2. Check the battery voltage.
A. Start the engine and run at 2000 rev/min. Measure the battery voltage. If the voltage indicated is greater
than approximately +15 Volts, continue to test for a fault in the charging system.
B. If the voltage indicated is between approximately +9 Volts and +15 Volts, download the correct level of
software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the
fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1246

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4548­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Under limit value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement too low
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section Hydraulic
pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A)).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1247

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4549­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Over limit value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement too high
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1248

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4550­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ float position not reached
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve.Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1249

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4551­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Self­engage , Front
remote no. 4 ­ manually operated
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Remote valve manually operated
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Calibrate the EHR lever.
A. Perform the EHR lever calibration procedure and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1250

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4552­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ driver faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures (refer to the pressure testing chapter of the hydraulic systems section).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re–occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1251

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4553­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Malfunction , Front
remote no. 4 ­ potentiometer faulty
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1252

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4554­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Inadequate travel ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ unable to reach neutral
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Driveline oil temperature too high
2. Driveline oil contamination
3. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
4. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the driveline oil temperature.
A. If the oil temperature is greater than 115 °C, clean the oil cooler and radiator fins and make sure there is
no air flow restriction. Allow the driveline oil temperature to cool.
B. If the oil temperature is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the driveline oil for contamination.
A. If the oil is contaminated, replace as required.
B. If the oil is not contaminated, continue to step 4
4. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1253

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4555­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , Incorrect value ,
Front remote no. 4 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Keystart switched off during EHR valve operation
2. Incorrect hydraulic pressure
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check for other EHR error code(s).
A. Make a note of the error code(s), clear the error code(s) and test the system for normal operation.
B. If the fault is still present, continue to step 2
2. Check the hydraulic pressures Hydraulic pump ­ Pressure test (A.10.A).
A. If the pressures are incorrect, repair or replace component(s) as required.
B. If the pressures are okay, download the correct level of software and configure the EHR valve. Control
module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault re­occurs, remove, replace, and configure the EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1254

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4560­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 1 ­ no communications
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C571.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C571. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C571 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C571 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C571 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C571 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C571 pin 1 (S) and ground
C571 pin 2 (U) and ground
C571 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1255

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1256

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1257

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4561­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , front
remote no. 2 ­ no communications
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C572.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C572. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C572 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C572 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C572 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C572 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C572 pin 1 (S) and ground
C572 pin 2 (U) and ground
C572 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1258

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1259

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1260

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1261

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4562­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 3 ­ no communications
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C573.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C573. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C573 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C573 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C573 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C573 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C573 pin 1 (S) and ground
C573 pin 2 (U) and ground
C573 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1262

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1263

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1264

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1265

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
4563­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic
remote valve Mid­mount remote control valve , No signal , Front
remote no. 4 ­ no communications
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty EHR valve
Solution:
1. Check the EHR valve connector C574.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Disconnect connector C574. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C574 pin 1
(S) and ground. If the voltage indicated is not approximately +12 Volts, repair or replace the harness as
required.
B. If the voltage indicated is approximately +12 Volts, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the inline harness connector C603. Measure the resistance between
connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and C603 pin 1 (S)
C574 pin 2 (U) and C603 pin 2 (U)
C574 pin 3 (R) and C603 pin 3 (R)
C574 pin 4 (B) and ground
If the resistance indicated is greater than 5 Ohms, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the resistance indicated is less than 5 Ohms, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C574 pin 1 (S) and ground
C574 pin 2 (U) and ground
C574 pin 3 (R) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software into the EHR valve and configure the EHR
valve.Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). If the fault is still present remove, replace, and configure the
EHR valve.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1266

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 15 Electro­Hydraulic
Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4350 Y36 C572 EHR 8
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4370 Y37 C573 EHR 9
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
15 4210­4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 Y38 C574 EHR 10
NOTE: Additional Connectors C269, C325, C327, C328, C603.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1267

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1268

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 15A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1269

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5003­REAR PTO BRAKE OUTPUT OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO brake solenoid connector C033 and the inline harness connector C019.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the solenoid for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connector C033. Check between the solenoid terminals. If an open circuit is indicated, remove
and replace the solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector C033 pin 2 (B) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Check between connector C128 pin 8 (N) and C033 pin 1 (N). If
an open circuit is indicated, disconnect the inline harness connector C019 and check between connector:
C019 pin 4 (N) and C128 pin 8 (N)
C019 pin 4 (N) and C033 pin 1 (N)
to determine which harness is at fault. Repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check connectors C128, C019 and C033.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1270

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C002, C019, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325, C326, C327, C328, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1271

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1272

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 20A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1273

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5005­REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty rear PTO brake switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO brake switch connector C118.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the PTO brake switch.
A. Disconnect connector C118. Check between the component side of connector:
C118 pin 1 (TN) and C118 pin 2 (G) should indicate a closed circuit with the switch released and an open
circuit with the switch depressed. If the switch does not operate correctly, replace the PTO brake switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C118 pin 2 (G) and ground. If +12 Volts is
not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Check between connector C128 pin 24
(TN) and C118 pin 1 (TN). If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1274

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1275

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1276

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1277

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5007­REAR PTO SOLENOID STUCK OFF
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty PTO solenoid
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO solenoid.
A. Disconnect the PTO solenoid connector C041. Measure the resistance between the solenoid terminals.
If the resistance indicated is not approximately 10 Ohms at 20 degrees centigrade, remove and replace
the solenoid.
B. If the resistance indicated is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the solenoid coil terminals to ground.
A. Check between each of the solenoid terminals and ground. If a short or partial short to ground is indicated,
remove and replace the solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Check between connector:
C041 pin 1 (O) and C128 pin 14 (O)
C041 pin 2 (O) and C128 pin 18 (O)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C041 pin 1 (O) and ground
C041 pin 2 (O) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1278

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off
Systems (2)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710­6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C002, C019, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325, C326, C327, C328, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1279

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1280

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 20A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1281

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5033­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty PTO switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO cab switch connector C116 and the controller connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the rear PTO cab switch.
A. Disconnect the rear PTO cab switch connector C116. while operating the switch, check between the component
side of connector:
C116 pin 1 (K) and C116 pin 2 (O). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, approximately 115
Ohms when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C116 pin 1 (K) and C116 pin 3 (O). Should indicate aproximately 115 Ohms when disengaged, an open
circuit when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C116 pin 2 (O) and C116 pin 3 (O). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, engaged or with the
yellow button only pressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the PTO switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C116 pin 1 (K) and ground. If +12 Volts is
not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector:
C116 pin 3 (O) and C127 pin 13 (O)
C116 pin 2 (O) and C127 pin 12 (O)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C127 pin 13 (O) and ground
C127 pin 12 (O) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1282

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1283

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1284

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1285

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5034­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT OR
SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fender mounted rear PTO switch(es)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the fender mounted rear PTO switch connectors C257, C258, inline harness connectors C296, C294,
and the controller connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the fender mounted rear PTO switches.
A. Disconnect both rear PTO switch connectors C257 and C258. While operating the PTO switches, measure
the resistance of the left hand and right hand PTO switches between the component side of connector
C257 and C258:
Pin 1 (G/R) and Pin 2 (W/U). Should indicate a closed circuit when released and an open circuit when
depressed.
Pin 1 (G/R) and Pin 3 (W/R/Y). Should indicate an open circuit when released and a closed circuit when
depressed.
Pin 2 (W/U) and Pin 3 (W/R/Y). Should indicate an open circuit when released or depressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the faulty fender PTO switch.
B. If the switches are okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C258 pin 2 (W/U) and ground. If +12 Volts
is not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect connector C127. Check between connector:
C258 pin 1 (G/R) and C257 pin 2 (W/U)
C257 pin 3 (W/R/Y) and C127 pin 18 (W)
C258 pin 3 (W/R/Y) and C127 pin 18 (W)
C257 pin 1 (G/R) and C127 pin 3 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1286

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
A. Check between connector:
C127 pin 3 (W) and ground
C127 pin 18 (W) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1287

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and
Indicators (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7590 F22 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
RH
7590 H15 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7600 F24 ­ 10A FUSE ­
ILLUMINATION
7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7620 F23 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
LH
7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
PTO SWITCH
7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
FENDER PTO
SWITCH
7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND FENDER
7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND FENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C127, C293, C294, C295, C296.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1288

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 26A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1289

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5035­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH SHORT TO +VE
VOLTAGE
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty fender mounted rear PTO switch(es)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the fender mounted rear PTO switches.
A. Disconnect both rear PTO switch connectors C257 and C258. While operating the PTO switches, measure
the resistance of the left hand and right hand PTO switches between the component side of connector
C257 and C258:
Pin 1 (G/R) and Pin 2 (W/U). Should indicate a closed circuit when released and an open circuit when
depressed.
Pin 1 (G/R) and Pin 3 (W/R/Y). Should indicate an open circuit when released and a closed circuit when
depressed.
Pin 2 (W/U) and Pin 3 (W/R/Y). Should indicate an open circuit when released or depressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the faulty fender PTO switch.
B. If the switches are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector C127 pin 3 (W) and C127 pin 18
(W). If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short circuit is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C127 pin 3 (W) and ground
C127 pin 18 (W) and ground
If a short to +Ve voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1290

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and
Indicators (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7590 F22 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
RH
7590 H15 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7600 F24 ­ 10A FUSE ­
ILLUMINATION
7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7620 F23 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
LH
7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
PTO SWITCH
7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
FENDER PTO
SWITCH
7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND FENDER
7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND FENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C127, C293, C294, C295, C296.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1291

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1292

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 26A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1293

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5037­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty PTO switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO cab switch.
A. Disconnect the rear PTO cab switch connector C116. While operating the switch, check between the
component side of connector:
C116 pin 1 (K) and C116 pin 2 (O). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, approximately 115
Ohms when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C116 pin 1 (K) and C116 pin 3 (O). Should indicate aproximately 115 Ohms when disengaged, an open
circuit when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C116 pin 2 (O/G) and C116 pin 3 (O). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, engaged or with
the yellow button only pressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the PTO switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C127. Check between connector C116 pin 2 (O) and C116 pin 3 (O).
If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short circuit is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C116 pin 2 (O) and ground
C116 pin 3 (O) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as reqiuired.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1294

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1295

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1296

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1297

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5042­PTO Management Switch ­ Stuck Closed
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty rear PTO management switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO management switch connector C118.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the PTO management switch.
A. Disconnect connector C118. Check between the component side of connector:
C118 pin 6 (U) and C118 pin 2 (G) should indicate an open circuit with the switch released and a closed
circuit with the switch depressed. If the switch does not operate correctly, replace the PTO management
switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C118 pin 6 (G) and ground. If a voltage is
indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1298

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1299

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1300

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1301

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5043­Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty PTO fender switch
2. Faulty connector
Solution:
1. Check the rear PTO fender switches for signs of sticking.
A. If the PTO fender switch(es) show signs of sticking, remove and replace the PTO fender switch(es).
B. If the PTO fender switch(es) are not sticking, continue to step 2
2. Check for other PTO fender switch error codes.
A. If other PTO fender switch error codes are present, continue to these tests.
B. If no other error codes are present, continue to step 3
3. Check the rear left hand PTO fender switch connector C257, the rear right hand PTO fender switch connector
C258 and the controller connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, test the system for normal operation. If the fault re­ocurrs, remove and replace
the fender PTO switch(es).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1302

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and
Indicators (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
26 7510­7800 MAIN LAMPS/
INDICATORS 1
7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7590 F22 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
RH
7590 H15 C131 LICENCE PLATE
LAMP
7600 F24 ­ 10A FUSE ­
ILLUMINATION
7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
REAR FLASHER
7620 F23 ­ 15A FUSE ­ SIDELAMPS
LH
7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
PTO SWITCH
7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
FENDER PTO
SWITCH
7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND FENDER
7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND FENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C127, C293, C294, C295, C296.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1303

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1304

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 26A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1305

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5098­Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not Enabled
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Rear PTO Fender switch option not enabled
Solution:
1. Enable the rear PTO fender switches.
A. Enter the options and configurations setup using H3 Channel 2 and set the rear PTO fender option to ’Yes’.
For additional information refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1306

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
5099­Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Rear PTO management option not enabled
Solution:
1. Enable the rear PTO management option.
A. Enter the options and configurations setup using H3 Channel 1 and set the rear PTO management option
to ’Yes’. For additional information refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1307

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7014­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH ERROR
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Open circuit on the manual / automatic differential lock switch circuit
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty differential switch
3. Faulty harness
Solution:
1. Check the manual / automatic differential switch connector C183, the controller connector C128 and the inline
harness connector C378.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins the pins are in the correct position and that
the fit is tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the manual differential switch in H5.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Depress the manual switch, d38 should be displayed, press the switch again and
d38 will extinguish. If the display is okay, continue to step 3
B. If the display is not okay, continue to step 5
3. Check the automatic differential switch in H5.
A. Depress the automatic switch, d39 should be displayed, press the switch again and d39 will extinguish. If
the display is okay, continue to step 4
B. If the display is not okay, continue to step 5
4. Check the harness connectors in H5.
A. While still in H5 with the manual/automatic switch released, wiggle the harness, the manual/automatic
switch connector C183and the controller connector C128 to check for a circuit fault.
If d38 or d39 is displayed a fault is present, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If d38 or d39 is not displayed, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the manual/automatic differential switch connector C183 and the controller connector C128.
Check between connector:
C183 pin 1 (Y) and C128 pin 30 (Y)
C183 pin 6 (W) and C128 pin 31 (W)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, replace the manual/automatic differential switch.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1308

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive
and Differential Lock
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1309

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1310

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 18A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1311

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7017­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty solenoid
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the differential lock solenoid connector C042.
A. Ensure the connector is connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connector is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the solenoid for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the differential lock solenoid connector C042. Check between the solenoid terminals. If an
open circuit is indicated, remove and replace the solenoid.
B. If the solenoid is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for an open circuit.
A. Check between connector C042 pin 2 (B) and ground. If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the
harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C128. Check between connector C128 pin 9 (LTG) and C042 pin 1
(LTG). If an open circuit is indicated, disconnect the inline harness connector C019 and check between
connector:
C019 pin 3 (LTG) and C128 pin 9 (LTG)
C019 pin 3 (LTG) and C042 pin 1 (LTG)
to determine which harness is at fault. Repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 5
5. Check connectors C128, C019 and C042.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1312

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive
and Differential Lock
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1313

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1314

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 18A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1315

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7024­STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Steering angle sensor not calibrated
2. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check if the steering angle sensor was calibrated.
A. If the steering angle sensor was not calibrated after a change of controller or after using H8, clear the
non­volatile memory (EEPROM). Perform the steering angle sensor calibration procedure.
B. If the steering angle sensor was calibrated, perform the steering angle sensor calibration procedure. If
the error code re­occurs, download the correct level of software and re­perform the steering angle sensor
calibration procedure. If the fault re­occurs again, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1316

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7032­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Signal Too High
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty steering angle sensor
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Perform the steering angle sensor calibration procedure.
A. If the error code is still displayed, continue to step 2
2. Check the steering angle sensor connector C014, the controller connectors C079,C081, and the inline harness
connector C269.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins the pins are in the correct position and that
the fit is tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are not okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the steering angle sensor.
A. Disconnect the steering sensor connector C014. Measure the resistance between the component side of
connector C014 pin 1 (N) and C014 pin 3 (G). If the resistance indicated is not 5 ­ 6K Ohms, repair or
replace the sensor as required.
B. If the sensor is okay, continue to step 4
4. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C014 pin 1 (N) and ground
C014 pin 2 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connectors C081 and C079. Check between connector:
C014 pin 2 (K) and C081 pin 22 (K)
C014 pin 3 (G) and C079 pin 22 (G).
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1317

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 ­ 15A FUSE ­ GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010­9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1318

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 31A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1319

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7033­No Differential Lock Pressure
Cause:
Open circuit detected on the differential lock pressure switch circuit or low system pressure.
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty differential lock pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Low system pressure
5. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the differential lock pressure switch connector C043, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for an open circuit.
A. Disconnect connectors C043 and C127. Check between connectors:
C043 pin 2 (B) and ground.
C043 pin 1 (LTG) and C127 pin 19 (LTG)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the low pressure system pressure.
A. Carry out the differential lock low pressure component test, refer to Priority valve ­ Pressure test (A.12.A).
If the pressure indicated is not okay, repair the low pressure system.
B. If the pressure indicated is okay, remove and replace the differential lock pressure switch. If the fault is still
present, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1320

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive
and Differential Lock
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1321

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1322

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 18A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1323

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
7034­Differential Lock Pressure Switch ­ Stuck On
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty differential lock pressure switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the differential lock pressure switch connector C043, the inline harness connector C019 and the controller
connector C127.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short to ground.
A. Disconnect connector C127. Check between connector C127 pin 19 (LTG) and ground. If a short to ground
is indicated, continue to step 4
B. If the harness is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check the low pressure system pressure.
A. Carry out the differential lock low pressure component test, refer to Priority valve ­ Pressure test (A.12.A).
If the pressure indicated is not okay, repair the low pressure system.
B. If the pressure indicated is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and
replace the controller.
4. Check the differential lock pressure switch.
A. Disconnect the differential pressure switch connector C043. Check between connector C127 pin 19 (LTG)
and ground. If a short to ground is still indicated , repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short to ground is not indicated, remove and replace the differential lock pressure switch.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1324

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive
and Differential Lock
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 ­ 20A FUSE ­ STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5300 K8 RELAY ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 ­ 15A FUSE ­ STOPLAMPS
18 5110­5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1325

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1326

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 18A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1327

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
8033­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN
CIRCUIT
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty connector
2. Faulty front PTO switch
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the front PTO cab switch connector C115 and the controller connector C325.
A. Ensure the connectors are connected, not damaged, the pins are in the correct position and that the fit is
tight. Repair or replace as required.
B. If the connectors are okay, continue to step 2
2. Check the front PTO cab switch.
A. Disconnect the front PTO cab switch connector C115. While operating the switch, check between the
component side of connector:
C115 pin 1 (G) and C115 pin 2 (K). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, approximately 115
Ohms when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C115 pin 1 (G) and C115 pin 3 (K). Should indicate approximately 115 Ohms when disengaged, an open
circuit when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C115 pin 2 (K) and C115 pin 3 (K). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, engaged or with the
yellow button only pressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the PTO switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 3
3. Check for a +12 Volts.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector C115 pin 1 (G) and ground. If +12 Volts is
not indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If +12 Volts is indicated, continue to step 4
4. Check for an open circuit.
A. Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the controller connector C325. Check between connector:
C115 pin 3 (K) and C325 pin 12 (K)
C115 pin 2 (K) and C325 pin 11 (K)
If an open circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If an open circuit is not indicated, continue to step 5
5. Check for a short to ground.
A. Check between connector:
C325 pin 12 (K) and ground
C325 pin 11 (K) and ground
If a short to ground is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1328

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1329

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1330

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1331

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
8037­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
NOTE: When the cause of the error code has been rectified, clear the error code and test the system for normal
operation.
Context:
PTO disabled.
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Faulty front PTO switch
2. Faulty harness
3. Faulty controller
Solution:
1. Check the front PTO cab switch.
A. Disconnect the front PTO cab switch connector C115. while operating the switch, check between the
component side of connector:
C115 pin 1 (G) and C115 pin 2 (K). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, approximately 115
Ohms when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C115 pin 1 (G) and C115 pin 3 (K). Should indicate approximately 115 Ohms when disengaged, an open
circuit when engaged and an open circuit with the yellow button only pressed.
C115 pin 2 (K) and C115 pin 3 (K). Should indicate an open circuit when disengaged, engaged or with the
yellow button only pressed.
If the switch operation is not as indicated, remove and replace the PTO switch.
B. If the switch is okay, continue to step 2
2. Check for a short circuit.
A. Disconnect the controller connector C325. Check between connector C115 pin 2 (K) and C115 pin 3 (K).
If a short circuit is indicated, repair or replace the harness as required.
B. If a short circuit is not indicated, continue to step 3
3. Check for a short to a +Ve voltage.
A. Turn the keystart ON. Measure the voltage between connector:
C115 pin 2 (K) and ground
C115 pin 3 (K) and ground
If a voltage is indicated, repair or replace the harness as reqiuired.
B. If the harness is okay, download the correct level of software. If the fault re­occurs, remove and replace
the controller.
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1332

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
Wiring harness ­ Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off
Systems (1)
Frame
line
Range
Frame Title
Line
Number
Component
Connector
Description
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410­5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C020, C101, C127, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325.
WIRE COLOUR CODES
B Black R Red LG Light K
Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN
Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1333

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1334

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
FRAME 19A 1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1335

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ FAULT CODES
8099­Front PTO option not activated
Cause:
Possible failure modes:
1. Front PTO management option not enabled
Solution:
1. Enable the front PTO management option.
A. Enter the options and configurations setup using H3 Channel 4 and set the front PTO management option
to ’Yes’. For additional information refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1336

Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ­ A
FAULT CODES ­ 50.A
­­CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING SYMBOL / LIGHT 17
1002­POOR OR NO SIGNAL FROM TRACTOR PERFORMANCE MONITOR RADAR 18
1003­Radar signal higher than groundspeed signal 22
1004­HITCH Electronic draft control Sensing system , High signal , Wheel Speed Sensor ­
23
signal too high
1006­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 24
1007­SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE
28
VOLTAGE)
1008­RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAILURE 32
1009­BOTH EXTERNAL HPL FENDER SWITCHES ARE BEING OPERATED
36
SIMULTANEOUSLY
1010­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 40
1011­HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT
44
TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1012­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 48
1013­DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT
52
TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1014­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW 56
1015­RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH 60
1016­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO LOW 64
1017­LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN SIGNAL TOO HIGH 68
1018­BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS DISCONNECTED 72
1019­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE LESS THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 76
1020­LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT TO +12 VOLTS) 80
1021­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 84
1022­DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
88
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1023­CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECTED 92
1024­PERFORM THE HYDRAULIC LIFT AUTCALIBRATION 93
1025­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
94
CIRCUIT)
1026­POSITION CONTROL POTENTIOMETER CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
98
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1027­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 102
1028­LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
106
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1029­HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE DISCONNECTED 110
1030­SIGNAL GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT 111
1031­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED 114
1032­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER
115
OR SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1033­DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT) 118
1049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT 122
1053­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORTED TO +VE VOLTAGE 126
1054­CONTROLLER 5 VOLT REFERENCE SHORT TO GROUND 130
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1337

1059­WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic draft control Electronic control , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
134
Connection/Electrical Open circuit , 8 Volt reference error (Draft Load Pins)
1063­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 138
1064­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 142
1065­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT 146
1066­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT 150
1067­EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW 154
1068­HEIGHT LIMIT CALIBRATION ERROR 158
14013­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC 162
14014­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground or Open Circuit 166
14021­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to +12V 170
14022­Cranking Line ­ Shorted to Ground 174
14051­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO HIGH VOLTAGE 178
14052­FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER SHORT TO GROUND 182
14061­Air Brake Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to VCC or Option Set But Sensor Not Connected 186
14100­Airbrake system not configured 190
14102­SWCD Present but not configured 191
14900­Transmission Controller Missing (RD) 192
14901­Engine Controller Missing (EDC16) 196
14902­Auxiliary Controller Missing (RC) 200
14905­Keypad Missing (JA) 204
14906­Steering Controller Missing (KA) 208
14908­TECU Missing (OA) 212
14909­SWCD Missing (VA) 216
14910­Climate Controller Missing 220
14911­Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad 224
14912­Basic Cluster With Keypad 225
14920­Configuration Error 226
15002­STEERING Hydraulic Electronic steering system , Open circuit , Steering wheel control
227
proximity sensor open circuit.
15003­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
230
Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Steering wheel control proximity sensor
15006­STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor ­ Spit Valve LVDT _ Open circuit 234
15007­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
238
Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Split valve LVDT
15008­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
242
Connection/Electrical Open circuit , Change valve solenoid
15009­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
246
Connection/Electrical Short circuit , Change valve solenoid ­ short circuit across itself
15024­TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer system Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
250
Calibration Not calibrated , System not calibrated
16111­Cab Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 251
16112­Cab Sensor Shorted to Ground 254
16113­Outlet Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 258
16114­Outlet Sensor Shorted to Ground 262
16115­Evaporator Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 266
16116­Evaporator Sensor Shorted to Ground 270
16117­Outside Air Sensor Open or Shorted to Power 274
16118­Outside Air Sensor Shorted to Ground 278
16120­Blower Speed Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 282
16121­Temperature Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 286
16122­Mode Select Potentiometer Open or Shorted to Power 290
16125­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 294
16126­High Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Ground 298
16127­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Power 302
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1338

16128­High Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground 306
16129­High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1 Minute) 310
16130­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 311
16131­Low Pressure Switch (+) Input Shorted to Power 314
16132­Low Pressure Switch (­) Shorted to Power 318
16133­Low Pressure Switch (­) Input Shorted to Ground 322
16134­Low Pressure Switch Open For Greater Than 1 Minute 326
2001­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Shuttle Too Fast (N) 159
2002­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Disabled , Flash "N" Error 160
2003­CP ­ clutch pedal required 161
2004 (P)­HANDBRAKE ERROR 330
2005­Creeper selection error 331
2009­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Undervoltage , Seat Switch Input ­ Voltage too Low 334
2010­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Overvoltage , Seat Switch Input ­ Voltage too high 338
2011­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL LOW 342
2012­CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL HIGH 346
2016­Creeper solenoid solenoid error 350
2021­CHASSIS HARNESS DISCONNECTED 354
2024­ALL CLUTCHES AND SYNCHRONISERS REQUIRE CALIBRATION 355
2037­CLUTCH PEDAL DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 356
2046­FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT 360
2047­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO HIGH 364
2048­CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH SET TOO LOW 365
2049­WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH VOLTAGE 366
2050­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Short circuit 370
2051­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT 374
2052­OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH VOLTAGE 378
2053­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH 382
2054­+5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE TOO LOW 386
2055­Output speed sensor ­ no signal 390
2058­Seat switch closed 394
2059­SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH DISAGREEMENT 398
2070­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH 402
2071­SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW 406
2072­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH 410
2073­SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW 414
2075­No signal or faulty signal from flywheel torque sensor 418
2076­FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT 422
2077­Flywheel speed sensor ­ short circuit 426
2124­Calibrate flywheel torque sensor 430
2300­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , 19th gear solenoid 431
2302­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , 19th Gear Dump
434
Solenoid
2303­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Under limit value , Damper Calibration 438
2304­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Damper Calibration 439
2305­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid 440
2306­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th Gear Dump Solenoid 444
2308­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Not engaging , Reverse 448
2310­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Undervoltage , Upshift Switch 449
2311­TRANSMISSION Powershift Command , Overvoltage , Upshift Switch 452
2312­Downshift switch voltage too low 456
2313­Downshift switch voltage too high 460
2314­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure transducer , Open or short circuit ,
464
Forward Clutch
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1339

2315­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Pressure transducer , Open or short circuit ,
468
Reverse Clutch
2323­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Open circuit , Mid Speed
472
Sensor
2324­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Short circuit to ground , Mid
476
Speed Sensor
2325­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Bad connection , Mid and
480
output speed sensors swapped
2326­TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing system Speed sensor , Bad connection , Engine
481
torque /RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors
2330­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over limit value , Transmission output RPM too high for
482
selected gear
2331­Clutch Slipping fault 483
2334­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure indicated on the forward clutch
486
pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335­TRANSMISSION Powershift , Incorrect value , Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch
490
pressure switch when the clutch solenoids are off
2336­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not engaging 494
2337­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Not disengaging 498
2338­Creeper potentiometer ­ short circuit to +8V or +12V 502
2339­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper Sensing system Position potentiometer , Open or
506
short circuit
2342­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and
510
gear , Open or short circuit , Clutch A
2343­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch B Solenoid 514
2344­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch C Solenoid 518
2345­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch D solenoid 522
2346­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Clutch E solenoid 526
2347­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Low range Clutch
530
Solenoid
2348­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Medium Range
534
Clutch Solenoid
2349­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , High Range Clutch
538
Solenoid
2350­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Open or short circuit , Reverse Clutch
542
Solenoid
2351­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Open or short circuit , Creeper Solenoid 546
2352­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch A Solenoid 550
2353­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch B Solenoid 554
2354­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch C Solenoid 558
2355­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch D Solenoid 562
2356­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Clutch E Solenoid 566
2357­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Low Range Clutch Solenoid 570
2358­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Medium Range Clutch
574
Solenoid
2359­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , High Range Clutch Solenoid 578
2360­TRANSMISSION Powershift Electrical control , Overvoltage , Reverse Clutch Solenoid 582
2361­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper , Overvoltage , Creeper Solenoid 586
2362­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch A 590
2363­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch B 591
2364­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch C 592
2365­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch D 593
2366­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch E 594
2367­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Low Range Clutch 595
2368­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Medium Range Clutch 596
2369­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , High Range Clutch 597
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1340

2370­TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch and gear , Not calibrated , Reverse Clutch 598
2371­Creeper Position Out of Range 599
2372­Creeper Not Calibrated 600
2373­Clutch 19 Not Calibrated 601
2374­Creeper Calibration Error 602
2375­Creeper ­ Cold Oil 603
2376­Fault on 19th Gear Valve 604
2377­Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve 608
3006­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 612
3007­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range 613
3008­Coolant Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 616
3010­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 620
3011­Air Intake Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 624
3015­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Maximum 628
3016­Fuel Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 632
3019­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 636
3022­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 640
3023­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible 644
3024­Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 645
3025­Atmosperic Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 646
3028­Oil Pressure too low 647
3029­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Battery 650
3030­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Short Circuit to Ground 654
3031­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Hardware Error 658
3032­Oil Pressure Sensor ­ Value too High 659
3033­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal not Plausible (Compared with Coolant Temperature) 660
3034­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 661
3035­Oil Temperature Sensor ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 664
3037­Boost Pressure Sensor ­ Signal Low 668
3047­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Battery 672
3048­Main Relay Failure ­ Short Circuit to Ground 676
3051­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too High 680
3052­Battery Voltage to Engine Controller ­ Voltage too Low 681
3060­Cylinder 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 684
3061­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 688
3063­Cylinder 1 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 692
3064­Cylinder 5 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 696
3065­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 700
3067­Cylinder 5 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 704
3068­Cylinder 3 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 708
3069­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 712
3071­Cylinder 3 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 716
3072­Cylinder 6 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 720
3073­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 724
3075­Cylinder 6 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 728
3076­Cylinder 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 732
3077­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (low side to Battery) 736
3079­Cylinder 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 740
3080­Cylinder 4 ­ Unclassifiable Error in Injector 744
3081­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (Low Side to Battery) 748
3083­Cylinder 4 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit (High Side to Ground) 752
3088­Crankshaft Sensor ­ No Signal 756
3089­Crankshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal 760
3090­Camshaft Sensor ­ No Signal 764
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1341

3091­Camshaft Sensor ­ Invalid Signal 768
3093­Offset Between Camshaft and Crankshaft ­ Outside Boundaries 772
3095­Operating with Camshaft Sensor Only ­ Backup Mode 776
3096­CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL 780
3102­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Below Range minimum 784
3104­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Open 788
3105­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Pressure Shock Requested 789
3106­Rail Pressure Relief Valve ­ Did Not Open After Pressure Shock 790
3107­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO VCC 791
3108­FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO GROUND 794
3110­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Above Range Maximum 798
3111­Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring ­ Signal Below Range Minimum 802
3112­Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 ­ Signal Above Maximum Range 806
3131­Grid Heater Always Switched On 810
3137­Metering Unit ­ Open Load 814
3138­Metering Unit ­ Temperature too High 818
3141­Fuel Flow Setpoint too Low 822
3142­High Pressure Test ­ Test Active 823
3145­Terminal 15 ­ No Signal 824
3147­Oil Temperature too High 828
3148­Coolant Temperature Sensor Dynamic Test ­ Failure 829
3154­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Battery 830
3155­Grid Heater Relay ­ Short Circuit to Ground 834
3156­Grid Heater Relay ­ No Load 838
3160­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Battery 842
3161­Fan Actuator ­ Short Circuit to Ground 846
3162­Fan Actuator ­ Open Load 850
3163­Fan Actuator ­ No Load 854
3176­Setpoint of Metering Unit Not Plausible in Overrun 855
3177­Engine Overspeed Detected 856
3179­Timeout of CAN Message BC2EDC2 857
3180­Timeout of CAN Message VM2EDC 858
3182­Timeout of CAN Message RxCCVS 859
3185­Timeout of CAN Message TF 860
3188­Cylinder 1 Warning ­ Open Load 861
3192­Cylinder 2 warning ­ Open Load 864
3196­Cylinder 3 Warning ­ Open Load 868
3200­Cylinder 4 Warning ­ Open Load 872
3204­Cylinder 5 Warning ­ Open Load 876
3208­Cylinder 6 Warning ­ Open Load 880
3210­Bank 1 ­ General Short Circuit to Injector Cable 884
3211­Bank 1 ­ Injector cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground 888
3213­Bank 1 ­ Unclassifiable Error 892
3218­Bank 2 ­ General Short Circuit on Injector Cable 893
3219­Bank 2 ­ Injector Cable Short Circuit Low Side to Ground 896
3221­Bank 2 ­ Unclassifiable Error 900
3227­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage too Low 901
3228­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Error 904
3229­Injection Processor Error ­ Injections Limited by Software 905
3230­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure 906
3231­Injection Processor Error ­ Internal Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage too Low 907
3232­Injection Processor Error ­ Unlocked/Initialisation Failure 908
3233­Injection Processor Error ­ Test Mode 909
3234­Injection Processor Error ­ SPI Communication Failure 910
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1342

3238­Engine Controller Internal SPI Communication Error 911
3239­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Read Operation Error 912
3240­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Write Operation Failure 913
3241­Engine Controller EEPROM ­ Default Value Used 914
3242­Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery Ocurred 915
3243­Engine Controller Recovery (Suppressed) ­ Recovery Occured 916
3244­Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) ­ Recovery Occurred 917
3245­Engine Controller ­ Watchdog not Plausible 918
3246­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Watchdog 919
3247­Shutoff Paths Failed during Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too High 920
3248­Shutoff Paths During Initialisation ­ Supply Voltage too Low 921
3249­TPU Monitoring ­ Time Deviation Between TPU and System Not Plausible 922
3250­Dataset ­ Variant Defect 923
3251­Dataset ­ Requested Variant Could Not be Set 924
3252­Controller Watchdog ­ SPI Comunication Failure 925
3253­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too Low 926
3254­ADC Monitoring ­ Reference Voltage too High 927
3265­Overrun Monitoring 928
3266­Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun Monitoring 929
3278­Engine Controller Supply Voltage too High 930
3279­Engine Controller Internal Supply Voltage too Low 931
3280­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ High 934
3281­Sensor Supply Voltage 1 ­ Low 935
3283­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ High 936
3284­Sensor Supply Voltage 2 ­ Low 937
3285­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ High 938
3286­Sensor Supply Voltage 3 ­ Low 939
3297­Rail Pressure Poistive Deviation High and High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value 940
3301­Rail Pressure Negative Deviation too High on Minimum Metering 941
3305­Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit in Controller Mode 946
3309­Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit in Controlled Mode 947
3313­Rail Pressure Drop Rate too High 950
3316­Minimum Number of Injections Not Reached ­ Stop Engine 951
3334­Timeout of CAN Message TCS1­PE Torque ­ When Active 952
3335­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­PE Torque ­ When Inactive 953
3338­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Inactive 954
3339­Timeout of CAN Message TSC1­VE Speed ­ When Active 955
3367­Coolant Temperature Test Failure 956
3368­Torque Limitation Due to OBD Performance Limiter by Legislation 957
3369­Torque Reduction Due to Smoke Reduction 958
3370­Torque Limitation Due to Engine Protection (Against Excessive Torque, Engine Overspeed
959
and Overheat)
3371­Torque Limitation Due to Fuel Quantity Limitation Because of Injector System Errors 960
4100­REMOTE NO.1 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 961
4101­REMOTE NO.1 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 964
4102­REMOTE NO.1 EEPROM ERROR 968
4103­REMOTE NO.1 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 969
4104­REMOTE NO.1 UNDER VOLTAGE 970
4105­REMOTE NO.1 OVER VOLTAGE 974
4106­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 975
4107­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 976
4108­REMOTE NO.1 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 977
4109­Remote No. 1 Manually operated 978
4110­REMOTE NO.1 DRIVER FAULTY 979
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1343

4111­REMOTE NO.1 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 980
4112­REMOTE NO.1 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 981
4113­REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 982
4114­REMOTE NO.2 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 983
4115­REMOTE NO.2 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 986
4116­REMOTE NO.2 EEPROM ERROR 990
4117­REMOTE NO.2 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 991
4118­Remote No. 2 Undervoltage 992
4119­REMOTE NO.2 OVER VOLTAGE 996
4120­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 997
4121­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 998
4122­REMOTE NO.2 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 999
4123­REMOTE NO.2 MANUALLY OPERATED 1000
4124­REMOTE NO.2 DRIVER FAULTY 1001
4125­REMOTE NO.2 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1002
4126­REMOTE NO.2 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1003
4127­REMOTE NO.2 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1004
4128­REMOTE NO.3 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1005
4129­REMOTE NO.3 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 1008
4130­REMOTE NO.3 EEPROM ERROR 1012
4131­REMOTE NO.3 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 1013
4132­REMOTE NO.3 UNDER VOLTAGE 1014
4133­REMOTE NO.3 OVER VOLTAGE 1018
4134­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 1019
4135­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 1020
4136­REMOTE NO.3 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 1021
4137­REMOTE NO.3 MANUALLY OPERATED 1022
4138­REMOTE NO.3 DRIVER FAULTY 1023
4139­REMOTE NO.3 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1024
4140­REMOTE NO.3 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1025
4141­REMOTE NO.3 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1026
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1027
4142­REMOTE NO.4 NO CONTROL MESSAGE RECEIVED 1030
4143­REMOTE NO.4 CONTROL MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE 1034
4144­REMOTE NO.4 EEPROM ERROR 1038
4145­REMOTE NO.4 SWITCHED TO FAILSAFE 1039
4146­REMOTE NO.4 UNDER VOLTAGE 1040
4147­REMOTE NO.4 OVER VOLTAGE 1044
4148­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO LOW 1045
4149­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL MOVEMENT TOO HIGH 1046
4150­REMOTE NO.4 FLOAT POSITION NOT REACHED 1047
4151­REMOTE NO.4 MANUALLY OPERATED 1048
4152­REMOTE NO.4 DRIVER FAULTY 1049
4153­REMOTE NO.4 POTENTIOMETER FAULTY 1050
4154­REMOTE NO.4 UNABLE TO REACH NEUTRAL 1051
4155­REMOTE NO.4 SPOOL NOT IN NEUTRAL AT KEY ON 1052
4156­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1053
valve Remote valve 5 , No signal , No control message received
4157­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1056
valve Remote valve 5 , Control Message not plausible
4158­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1060
valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , EEPROM error
4159­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1061
valve Remote valve 5 , Switched to "Failsafe mode"
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1344

4160­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1062
valve Remote valve 5 , Undervoltage
4161­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1066
valve Remote valve 5 , Overvoltage
4162­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1067
valve Remote valve 5 , Under limit value , Spool movement too low
4163­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1068
valve Remote valve 5 , Over limit value , Spool movement too high
4164­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1069
valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Float position not reached
4165­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1070
valve Remote valve 5 , Self­engage , Manually operated
4166­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1071
valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , Driver faulty
4167­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1072
valve Remote valve 5 , Malfunction , Potentiometer faulty
4168­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1073
valve Remote valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Unable to reach neutral
4169­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1074
valve Remote valve 5 , Incorrect value , Spool not in neutral at key on
4170­EHR CONTROL NO.1 NOT CALIBRATED 1075
4171­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 OPEN CIRCUIT 1076
4172­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 SHORT CIRCUIT 1080
4173­EHR CONTROL NO.2 NOT CALIBRATED 1084
4174­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 OPEN CIRCUIT 1085
4175­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.2 SHORT CIRCUIT 1090
4176­TIMER SWITCH NO.1 / NO.2 DISCONNECTED 1094
4177­EHR CONTROL NO.3 NOT CALIBRATED 1098
4178­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 OPEN CIRCUIT 1099
4179­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.3 SHORT CIRCUIT 1104
4180­EHR CONTROL NO.4 NOT CALIBRATED 1108
4181­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 OPEN CIRCUIT 1109
4182­EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.4 SHORT CIRCUIT 1114
4183­TIMER SWITCH NO.3 / NO.4 DISCONNECTED 1118
4190­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.1 1122
4191­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.2 1126
4192­NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR NO.3 1130
4193­NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR NO.4 1134
4194­MOTOR MODE NO.1 SWITCH FAULTY 1138
4195­MOTOR MODE NO.2 SWITCH FAULTY 1142
4196­MOTOR MODE NO.3 SWITCH FAULTY 1146
4197­MOTOR MODE NO.4 SWITCH FAULTY 1150
4198­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Remote control
1154
valve Remote valve 5 , No signal
4300­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Top link switch not fitted 1158
4301­HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Side link switch not fitted 1162
4500­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1166
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no.1 ­no control message received
4501­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1170
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.1 ­ control message not plausible
4502­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1174
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ EEPROM error
4503­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1175
remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no.1
4504­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1176
remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no.1
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1345

4505­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no.1
4506­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement too low
4507­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool movement too high
4508­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.1 ­ float position not reached
4509­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no.1 ­ manually operated
4510­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ driver faulty
4511­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.1 ­ potentiometer faulty
4512­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.1 ­ unable to reach neutral
4513­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.1 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
4514­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no.2 ­ no control message received
4515­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve , Incorrect value
, Front remote no.2 ­ control message not plausible
4516­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.2 ­ EEPROM error
4517­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 2
4518­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no.2
4519­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no.2
4520­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement too low
4521­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool movement too high
4522­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.2 ­ float position not reached
4523­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no.2 ­ manually operated
4524­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no.2 ­ driver faulty
4525­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 2 ­ potentiometer faulty
4526­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no.2 ­ unable to reach neutral
4527­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no.2 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
4528­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 3 ­ no control message received
4529­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 3 ­ control message not plausible
4530­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ EEPROM error
4531­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 3
4532­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no. 3
4533­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no. 3
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1192
1196
1197
1198
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1214
1218
1219
1220
1224
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1346

4534­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1225
remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement too low
4535­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1226
remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool movement too high
4536­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1227
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 3 ­ float position not reached
4537­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1228
remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no. 3 ­ manually operated
4538­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1229
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ driver faulty
4539­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1230
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 3 ­ potentiometer faulty
4540­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1231
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 3 ­ unable to reach neutral
4541­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1232
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 3 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
4542­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1233
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 4 ­ no control message received
4543­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1236
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 4 ­ control message not plausible
4544­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1240
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ EEPROM error
4545­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1241
remote control valve , Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front remote no. 4
4546­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1242
remote control valve , Undervoltage , Front remote no. 4
4547­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1246
remote control valve , Overvoltage , Front remote no. 4
4548­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1247
remote control valve , Under limit value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement too low
4549­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1248
remote control valve , Over limit value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool movement too high
4550­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1249
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 4 ­ float position not reached
4551­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1250
remote control valve , Self­engage , Front remote no. 4 ­ manually operated
4552­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1251
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ driver faulty
4553­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1252
remote control valve , Malfunction , Front remote no. 4 ­ potentiometer faulty
4554­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1253
remote control valve , Inadequate travel , Front remote no. 4 ­ unable to reach neutral
4555­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1254
remote control valve , Incorrect value , Front remote no. 4 ­ spool not in neutral at key on
4560­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1255
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 1 ­ no communications
4561­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1258
remote control valve , No signal , front remote no. 2 ­ no communications
4562­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1262
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 3 ­ no communications
4563­PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve Mid­mount
1266
remote control valve , No signal , Front remote no. 4 ­ no communications
5003­REAR PTO BRAKE OUTPUT OPEN CIRCUIT 1270
5005­REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1274
5007­REAR PTO SOLENOID STUCK OFF 1278
5033­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1282
5034­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND 1286
5035­FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO SWITCH SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE 1290
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1347

5037­REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED 1294
5042­PTO Management Switch ­ Stuck Closed 1298
5043­Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On 1302
5098­Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not Enabled 1306
5099­Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled 1307
7014­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH ERROR 1308
7017­DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 1312
7024­STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED 1316
7032­Steering Angle Sensor ­ Signal Too High 1317
7033­No Differential Lock Pressure 1320
7034­Differential Lock Pressure Switch ­ Stuck On 1324
8033­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT 1328
8037­FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED 1332
8099­Front PTO option not activated 1336
2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1348

2 3/5/2007
A.50.A / 1349

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

REPAIR MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
EXHAUST SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
STARTING SYSTEM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
B.10.A
B.20.A
B.30.A
B.40.A
B.50.A
B.60.A
B.80.A
2 3/5/2007
B

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE ­ 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE ­ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE
General specification 4
Torque 6
Special tools 9
Dimension ­ Stretch Bolt Check for reuse. 9
Valve drive
Camshaft ­ Dimension 11
Camshaft Tappet ­ Dimension 11
Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension 11
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Dimension 12
Valve assembly Valve ­ Dimension 12
Valve guide ­ Dimension 13
Valve assembly Spring ­ Dimension 14
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque 15
Camshaft ­ Torque Thrust Plate Bolts 15
Valve assembly Spring ­ General specification 15
Camshaft Tappet ­ General specification Clearance. 15
General specification Valve Timing 16
Crankshaft
Dimension 17
Main bearing ­ Torque 18
Torque ­ Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft bolts. 18
Timing gear
Torque 19
Connecting rod and piston
Torque 20
Piston ­ Dimension 20
Connecting rod ­ Dimension 20
Piston Pin ­ Dimension 21
Flywheel
Torque 22
Cylinder block
Dimension 23
Cylinder head
Dimension 25
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 2

Valve seat ­ Dimension 25
Torque 26
Valve cover
Torque 28
Rear cover
Torque 29
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Valve drive
Camshaft ­ Static description 30
Rocker assembly ­ Component identification 31
Connecting rod and piston
Exploded view 32
Connecting rod ­ Component identification 33
SERVICE
ENGINE
Disconnect 34
Remove 43
Install 50
Valve drive
Valve guide ­ Measure 58
Camshaft ­ Measure 59
Camshaft Lobe ­ Check 60
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Check 61
Rocker assembly ­ Disassemble 62
Camshaft ­ Remove 63
Camshaft Tappet ­ Remove 64
Camshaft Tappet ­ Install 65
Camshaft ­ Install 66
Camshaft Gear ­ Remove 67
Camshaft Push rod ­ Visual inspection 68
Rocker assembly ­ Install 69
Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance 4 Valve Engines 70
Valve assembly ­ Check Decarbonising and Checking. 71
Crankshaft
Measure 72
Connecting rod and piston
Measure 73
Cylinder block
Measure 75
Overhaul 76
Valve cover
Install 78
Rear cover
Install 79
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
ENGINE ­ General specification
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS T7030 T7040 T7050 T7060
Engine, type Un­Boosted: F4DE9684H*J F4DE9684E*J F4DE9684D*J F4DE9684C*J
Engine, type Boosted: F4DE9684N*J F4DE9684S*J F4DE9684L*J F4DE9684B*J
Engine Emission Level (Tier) Tier 3
Number of cylinders 6
Number of valves per cylinder 4
Boremm (in.) 104 (4.095)
Strokemm (in.) 132 (5.1968)
Total displacementcm3 (in.3) 6728 (411)
Compression ratio 16.5 : 1
Dynamic Timing (°BDTC) 3.4 5.5 6.3 6.3
Boosted Data
158 kW (214.8
Hp)
172 kW (233.9
Hp)
177 kW (240.7
Hp)
178 kW (242.0
Hp)
Maximum power (Boost Curve) at 2000 RPM
Maximum torque @ 1600 RPM 874 Nm (645
lb ft)
938 Nm (691.8
lbft)
965 Nm (711.7
lbft)
984 Nm (725.8
lbft)
Unboosted Data
132 kW (179.5
Hp)
147 kW (199.9
Hp)
156 kW (212.1
Hp)
164 kW (223.0
Hp)
Maximum power (Boost Curve) at 2000 RPM
Maximum torque @ 1400 RPM 774 Nm (570.9
lbft)
844 Nm (622.5
lbft)
860 Nm (634.3
lbft)
866 Nm (638.7
lbft)
Rated Speed
2200 RPM
Slow idling speed of engine without load
650 RPM
Fast idling speed of engine without load
2375 RPM
Aspiration
Turbocharged and Air to Air Intercooled
Turbocharger type
HOLSET
Lubrication
Forced via lobe pump, pressure relief valve, oil filter
Oil pressure with engine hot
– at slow idling ­ 0.7 bar (10.1500 psi)
– at fast idling ­ 4.0 bar (58.0000 psi)
Cooling system
Fluid–based
Coolant pump drive:
Via Poly V Belt
Thermostat:
Thermostat starts to open at 81 °C (178 °F) and is fully open at
96 °C (205 °F)
Filling
– engine sump
– engine sump + filter 15 l (4.0 US gal)
Cycle
Diesel, 4–stroke
Fuel system
Turbocharged with Air to Air intercooler
Fuel injection
Direct
Valve Timing
Refer to Valve drive ­ General specification (B.10.A)
Fuel system
Refer to FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ General
specification (B.20.A)
ASSEMBLY CLEARANCES – DATA
Engine F4DE0684A F4DE0684B
Type
6 cylinders
CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
DATA
Cylinder liners Ø1 104,0 to 104,024 (4.0945 to 4.1039)
Cylinder liners:
outside diameter Ø2 –
length L –
Cylinder liners – crankcase seats (interference) –
Outside diameter Ø2 –
Cylinder liners:
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
inside diameter . Ø2 –
Pistons supplied as spare parts: –
measurement X 55,9 (2.2008)
outside diameter Ø1 103,730 to 103,748 (4.0839 to 4.0846)
seat for pin Ø2 38,010 to 38,016 (1.4965 to 1.4967)
Piston – cylinder liners 0,252 to 0,294 (0.0099 to 0.0116)
Piston diameter Ø1 0,5 (0.0197)
Piston location from crankcase X 0,28 to 0,42 (0.0110 to 0.0165)
Piston pin Ø3 37,999 to 38,000 (1.4960 to 1.4961)
Piston pin – pin seat 0,011 to 0,016 (0.0004 to 0.0006)
X1* 2,705 to 2,735 (0.1065 to 0.1077)
Piston ring grooves X2 2,44 to 2,46 (0.0961 to 0.0969)
X3 4,03 to 4,05 (0.1587 to 0.1594)
S1* 2,560 to 2,605 (0.1008 to 0.1026)
Piston rings S2 2,350 to 2,380 (0.0925 to 0.0937)
S3 3,970 to 3,990 (0.1563 to 0.1571)
* measured on Ø of 58 mm (2.2835 in.) 4 cylinders
1 0,100 to 0,175 (0.0039 to 0.0069)
Piston rings – grooves 2 0,040 to 0,900 (0.0016 to 0.0354)
3 0,020 to 0,065 (0.0008 to 0.0026)
Piston rings 0,5 (0.0197)
Piston ring end opening in cylinder liner:
X1 0,3 to 0,4 (0.0118 to 0.0157)
X2 0,6 to 0,8 (0.0236 to 0.0315)
X3 0,30 to 0,55 (0.0118 to 0.0217)
Small end bushing seat Ø1 40,987 to 41,013 (1.6137 to 1.6147)
Connecting rod bearing seat Ø2 72,987 to 73,013 (2.8735 to 2.8745)
Small end bushing diameter:
outside Ø3 43,279 to 43,553 (1.7039 to 1.7147)
inside Ø4 38,019 to 38,033 (1.4968 to 1.4974)
Connecting rod half–bearings supplied as spares S 1,955 to 1,968 (0.0770 to 0.0775)
Connecting rod bushing – seat 0,266 to 0,566 (0.0105 to 0.0223)
Piston pin – bushing 0,019 to 0,033 (0.0007 to 0.0013)
Connecting rod half bearings 0,019 to 0,033 (0.0007 to 0.0013)
Measurement X –
Maximum error on alignment of connecting rod = –
axes
Main journals Ø1 82,990 to 83,001 (3.2673 to 3.2677)
Crankpins Ø2 68,987 to 69,013 (2.7160 to 2.7170)
Main journal half bearings S1 2,456 to 2,464 (0.0967 to 0.0970)
Connecting rod half bearings S2 1,955 to 1,968 (0.0770 to 0.0775)
Main bearings
no. 1 – 5 Ø3 87,982 to 88,008 (3.4639 to 3.4649)
no. 2 – 3 – 4 Ø4 87,977 to 88,013 (3.4637 to 3.4651)
Half bearings – main journals
no. 1 – 7 0,041 to 0,119 (0.0016 to 0.0047)
no. 2 – 3 – 4 – 5– 6 0,041 to 0,103 (0.0016 to 0.0041)
Half bearings – crankpins 0,033 to 0,041 (0.0013 to 0.0016)
Main journal half bearings + 0,250 (+0.0098); + 0,500
Connecting rod half bearings (+0.0197)
Main journal for thrust X1 37,475 to 37,550 (1.4754 to 1.4783)
Main bearing for thrust X2 25,98 to 26,48 (1.0228 to 1.0425)
Semi–circular thrust washers X3 37,28 to 37,38 (1.4677 to 1.4717)
Crankshaft thrust 0,068 to 0,410 ( 0.0027 to 0.0161)
CYLINDER HEAD
Valve guide bores in the cylinder head Ø1 7,051 to 7,053 (0.2776 to 0.2777)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Ø2 –
Valve guide
Ø3 –
Valve guide and bores in head –
Valve guide –
Valves:
Ø4 6,970 to 6,999 (0.2744 to 0.2756)
å 60 ° +/­ 0,25
Ø4 6,970 to 6,999 (0.2744 to 0.2756)
å 45 ° +/­ 0,25
Valve stem and relative guide 0,052 to 0,092 (0.0020 to 0.0036)
Bore in head for valve seat:
Intake Ø1 34,837 to 34,863 (1.3725 to 1.3726)
Exhaust Ø1 34,837 to 34,863 (1.3725 to 1.3726)
Valve seat outside diameter; angle of valve
seats in cylinder head
Intake Ø2 34,917 to 34,931 (1.3747 to 1.3752)
å 60 °
Exhaust Ø2 34,917 to 34,931 (1.3747 to 1.3752)
å 45 °
Recessing
Intake X 0,59 to 1,11 (0.0232 to 0.0437)
Exhaust X 0,96 to 1,48 (0.0378 to 0.0452)
Between valve seat and head
Intake 0,054 to 0,094 (0.0021 to 0.0037)
Exhaust 0,054 to 0,094 (0.0021 to 0.0037)
Valve seats –
Valve spring height: –
free spring H 47,75 (1.8799)
under a load of:
329 N H1 35,33 (1.3909)
641 N H2 25,2 (0.9921)
Injector protrusion X –
Seats for camshaft bushings no. 1 – 5 59,222 to 59,248 (2.3316 to 2.3326)
Camshaft seats no. 2 – 3 – 4 54,089 ÷ 54,139 (2.1292 to 2.1315)
Camshaft support journals
1 5 53,995 to 54,045 (2.1258 to 2.1278)
Camshaft bushing outside diameter: Ø 59,222 to 59,248 (2.3316 to 2.3326)
Bushing inside diameter: Ø 54,083 to 54,147 (2.1292 to 2.1318)
Bushings and seats in crankcase –
Bushings and support journals 0,038 to 0,162 (0.0015 to 0.0064)
Useful cam lift: H 6,045 (0.2380)
H 7,582 (0.2985)
Tappet cap seat in crankcase Ø1 16,000 to 16,030 (0.6299 to 0.6311)
Tappet cap outside diameter:
Ø2 15,924 to 15,954 (0.6269 to 0.6281)
Ø3 15,960 to 15,975 (0.6283 to 0.6289)
Between tappets and seats 0,025 to 0,070 (0.0010 to 0.0028)
Tappets –
Rocker arm shaft Ø1 21,965 to 21,977 (0.8648 to 0.8652)
Rocker arms: Ø2 21,001 to 22,027 (0.8268 to 0.8672)
Between rocker arms and shafts 0,024 to 0,162 (0.0009 to 0.0064)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
ENGINE ­ Torque
PART
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing connecting rod
caps:
Refer to Connecting rod and piston ­ Torque
(B.10.A).
Bolts securing pulley and
Refer to Crankshaft ­ Torque (B.10.A).
damper:
Nut securing fuel injection pump drive. gear:
Refer to Fuel injection pump ­ Torque (B.20.A)
Nut securing compressor gear: 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Bolts securing timing gear:
Refer to Timing gear ­ Torque (B.10.A).
Unions securing piston lubrication nozzles: Refer to Piston lubrication Spray nozzle ­
Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts securing timing system
Refer to Rear cover ­ Torque (B.10.A)
casing
Bolts securing front cover
M10 1.5x30 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing main bearing
caps with angle closed
Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Torque
(B.10.A).
M12 1.50 12.9
Screw fixing Ladder Frame:
M10 1.5x25 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing lifting brackets:
M12 1.75x25 7 ± 12 (5.1629 ± 8.8507)
M10 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing cooler
Refer to Oil cooler ­ Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts securing valve cover
Refer to Valve cover ­ Torque (B.10.A).
Engine Vent Fastener (Ccv)
M8 1.25x45 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x35 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing oil sump ♦
Refer to Oil pan ­ Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts / Plugs On Head
1/2 in Nptf 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
3/4 in Nptf 36 ± 5 (26.5522 ± 3.6878)
1/4 in Nptf 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing cylinder head ♦
Refer to Cylinder head ­ Torque (B.10.A).
Bolts securing heater grille:
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing intake manifold:
M8 1.25x25 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M8 1.25x60 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing exhaust manifold on head
Refer to Exhaust manifold ­ Torque (B.40.A).
Bolts securing flywheel
Refer to Flywheel ­ Torque (B.10.A).
Bolts securing camshaft thrust plate:
Refer to Valve drive Camshaft ­ Torque
(B.10.A).
Bolts securing camshaft gear:
M8 1.25x20 9.8 Flg 36 ± 4 (26.5522 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arms:
Refer to Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque
(B.10.A).
Bolts securing rocker arm adjusters:
3/8 24 Unf Hex Nut 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arm casing: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing phonic wheel:
M12 1.25 10.9 Flg Hex 1st phase 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
2nd phase + 90 ° +/­ 5 °
Fuel manifold retaining nuts
Refer to Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Torque
(B.20.A).
Fuel connector fastener on Common Rail side 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
PART
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Common Rail fastener
M8 1.25x10 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x50 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x90 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Fastener for high­pressure pipes from Common Rail to cylinder
head
M14 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Fastener for fuel filter mounting on crankcase
M12 1.75x25 9.8 Fig Hex 77 ± 8 (56.7923 ± 5.9005)
Turbine / exhaust manifold fastener
Refer to Turbocharger ­ Torque (B.30.A).
Oil delivery/return pipe fastener
M12 1.5 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Oil dipstick pipe fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing oil pump:
Refer to Oil pump ­ Torque (B.60.A)
Main oil delivery bolts (plugs)
M10 — 1 6 ± 1 (4.4254 ± 0.7376)
M14 — 1.5 11 ± 2 (8.1132 ± 1.4751)
Oil cooler / oil filter assembly fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Coolant pump / crankcase fastener:
M8 1.25x25 8.8 Hex 1st phase 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
2nd phase 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
Tightener fastener
M10 1.5x60 9.8 Fig ­
Fan mounting fastener
M10 33 ± 5 (24.3395 ± 3.6878)
Fan pulley fastener ­
Fan spacer or accessory pulley fastener (when required)
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
M10 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
M12 77 ± 12 (56.7923 ± 8.8507)
Alternator fastener
M8 1.25x30 9.8 Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M12 1.75x120 10.9 Fig Hex 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
M12 Nut 1.75 G Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M10 1.5x25 9.8 Fig Hex ­
M10 1.5x40 9.8 Fig Hex ­
M10 Nut 1.5 9 Fig Hex ­
M16 1.5 Hex ­
Stud bolts for mounting fuel pump:
M8 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injection pump:
M8 1.5 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Tightening nut fixing injection pump gear
M18 1.5 105 ± 5 (77.4440 ± 3.6878)
Fastener for fittings from injection pump to Common Rail:
M12 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injectors: Electronic Engine
Refer to Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Torque
(B.20.A).
Bolts securing injector connectors:
Refer to Electrical control ­ Torque (B.20.A).
Oil pressure regulator sensor fastener: 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Camshaft speed sensor fastener in gearbox:
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Crankshaft speed sensor fastener on front cover
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Temperature sensor fastener on cylinder head:
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
PART
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Air temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M6 1x20 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Air pressure and temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M5 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Fuel pressure sensor fastener: 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Fuel temperature sensor fastener:
M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Gear fastener on air compressor:
5/8 in18 Unf 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Air compressor fastener on crankcase:
M12 Nut 81 ± 12 (59.7425 ± 8.8507)
♦ Lubricate with engine oil before assembly
ENGINE ­ Special tools
No. TOOL
NAME
380000979 Puller for engine injection pump union gear
380000665 Tool to extract crankshaft front seal
380000663 Tool to extract crankshaft rear seal
380001099 Injector extractor
380000666 Crankshaft front seal installer
380000664 Crankshaft rear seal installer
380000988 Flywheel locking adaptor plate (to be used with
380000732)
380000732 Engine turning tool (to be used with 380000988)
380000667 Drift for camshaft bushing disassembly and reassembly
380000158 Torque screwdriver for injector solenoid valve connector
nut setting
380001003 Connecting Rod Check Gauge
380000301 Engine stand (revolving)
380001298 Engine stand to Cylinder block brackets
380001073 Engine lifting brackets
ENGINE ­ Dimension ­ Stretch Bolt Check for reuse.
NOTE: This check is required to be carried out prior to reusing the following stretch bolts:
Cylinder Head (Refer to Cylinder head ­ Install (B.10.A)).
Rocker Post (Refer to Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque (B.10.A)).
Main Bearing (Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Torque (B.10.A)).
Connecting Rod (Refer to Connecting rod and piston ­ Torque (B.10.A)).
Before reusing the retaining stretch bolts, make two (2) measurements, using a micrometer, on the tread outer diameter
at points D1 and D2. The two points measured should be as close as reasonably possible to the two ends of the
bolts threaded section.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 9

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
bail06ccm024asa 1
If D1­D20,1 mm (0.0039 in), the bolt must be renewed.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 10

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Dimension
Camshaft Data
80643 1
The data given refers to the normal pin diameter. Refer to Cylinder block ­ Dimension (B.10.A) and Valve
drive Camshaft ­ Measure (B.10.A)).
Camshaft Tappet ­ Dimension
80386_208 1
Tappet data. (Refer to ENGINE ­ General specification (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 11

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension
80696_102 1
Rocker Arm and Spindle data.
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Dimension
NOTE: Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A)).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 12

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve assembly Valve ­ Dimension
80672 1
Intake and Exhaust Valve Data.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 13

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Valve guide ­ Dimension
80676_98 1
Valve Guide data. (Refer to Valve drive Valve guide ­ Measure (B.10.A)).
Valve assembly Spring ­ Dimension
Valve Springs
DATA FOR CHECKING THE INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE SPRINGS
Before assembly, check the valve spring flexibility. Compare the elastic deformation and load data with those of the
new springs.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 14

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
50676_197 1
For H/H1/H2 dimensions, refer to Valve assembly Spring ­ General specification (B.10.A) or ENGINE ­
General specification (B.10.A).
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque
Part
Bolts for securing rocker arms M8 x 1,25 x 53
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
35 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (26 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Torque Thrust Plate Bolts
Part
Bolts for securing Camshaft Thrust Plate M8 x 1,25 x 16
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Valve assembly Spring ­ General specification
Part Description
Dimensions
Valve spring height: –
free spring H 47,75 (1.8799)
under a load of:
329 N H1 35,33 (1.3909)
641 N H2 25,2 (0.9921)
Camshaft Tappet ­ General specification Clearance.
ATTENTION: With TIER 3 engines with internal EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) standard valve lash setting procedure
will lead to wrong valve clearances and serious engine damage.
Each cylinder must be checked by putting engine to TDC firing for that cylinder and setting both valve clearances on
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 15

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
that cylinder ONLY.
NO SHORT CUTS INVOLVING THE SETTING OF VALVES ON ONE CYLINDER WHILST ENGINES AT TDC OF
ANOTHER CYLINDER ARE ALLOWED!
Refer to Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance (B.10.A)
Tappet Clearance for 4v engines
Intake valves 0.25 mm +/­ 0.05
Exhaust valves 0.50 mm +/­ 0.05
Dimension
Valve drive ­ General specification Valve Timing
Description
Inlet Start before TDC 14 °
Inlet End after BDC 20 °
Exhaust Start before BDC 61 °
Exhaust End after TDC 20 °
Valve Clearance (Engine Cold)
Refer to Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance (B.10.A)
Inlet 0.25 mm +/­ 0.05
Exhaust 0.50 mm +/­ 0.05
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 16

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Crankshaft ­ Dimension
80745_211 1
MAIN CRANKSHAFT TOLERANCES
TOLERANCES
SHAPE
ORIENTATION
POSITION
OSCILLATION
CHARACTERIS­
TIC SUBJECT
OF TOLER­
ANCE
Circularity
Cylindricity
Parallelism
Perpendicularity
Straightness
Concentricity or
coaxiality
Circular
oscillation
Total oscillation
Taper
GRAPHIC SYMBOL
CLASS OF IM­
PORTANCE
ASSIGNED
TO PRODUCT
CHARACTERIS­
TICS
CRITICAL
IMPORTANT
SECONDARY
GRAPHIC SYMBOL
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 17

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
80746_212 2
Refer to Crankshaft ­ Measure (B.10.A).
Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Torque
Part
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Torque main bearing cap bolts as a pair incrementally Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Assemble (B.10.A)
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to initial torque setting. 50 Nm +/­ 6 Nm (37 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten both bolts to torque setting.
80 Nm +/­ 6 Nm (59 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Step 3. Torque/Angle bolts 90 ° +/­ 5 °
IMPORTANT: Rotate crankshaft after setting to ensure free rotation.
Crankshaft ­ Torque ­ Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft
bolts.
Part
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to initial torque setting. 50 Nm +/­ 6 Nm (37 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Step 2. Torque/Angle bolts 90 ° +/­ 5 °
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 18

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Timing gear ­ Torque
Part
Bolts securing timing gear
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
36 Nm +/­ 4 Nm (27 lb ft +/­ 3 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 19

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Connecting rod and piston ­ Torque
Part
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing connecting rod caps
Refer to Connecting rod and piston ­ Install (B.10.A)
M10 x 1,25 x 52
Step 1. Tighten bolts to initial torque settings.
30 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (22 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten bolts to the torque of
50 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (37 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Step 3. Torque/Angle bolts 60 ° +/­ 5 °
Connecting rod and piston Piston ­ Dimension
80587_218 1
Mondial Piston, Pin and Ring Data
* Measurement obtained on a diameter of 92 mm (3.6220 in)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 20

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Flywheel ­ Torque
PART
TORQUE
Bolts flywheel to crankshaft M12 x 1.25 x 32. 1st Stage.
30 Nm +/­ 4Nm (22 lb ft +/­ 3lb ft)
2nd Stage + 60°+/­5°
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 22

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Cylinder block ­ Dimension
Cylinder Block Bores Data.
80585_207 1
2 3/5/2007
Refer to Cylinder block ­ Measure (B.10.A).
B.10.A / 23

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Bushing and Relevant Seat Data.
80748 2
For Camshaft data, refer to Valve drive Camshaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 24

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Cylinder head ­ Dimension
70325_97 1
Cylinder Head mating surface check.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 25

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Cylinder head Valve seat ­ Dimension
Valve Seat Data
70331_100 1
Cylinder Head Seat Data
70332_101 2
Cylinder head ­ Torque
Part
Bolts securing cylinder head.
INSTALL LONGER BOLTS (150 mm), TO
THE MIDDLE TWO (2) ROWS OF BOLT HOLES.
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 26

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Part
Step 1.
Tighten all bolts to initial torque settings and in the
correct tightening sequence. (Refer to Cylinder head ­
Tighten (B.10.A).
Step 2. +90 ° +/­ 5 °
Step 3. +90 ° +/­ 5 °
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Bolt size M12 x 1,75 x 130
35 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (26 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
Bolt size M12 x 1,75 x 150
55 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (41 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 27

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve cover ­ Torque
Part
Nuts securing valve cover M8.
Refer to Valve cover ­ Tighten (B.10.A)
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
24 Nm +/­ 4 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 3 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 28

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Rear cover ­ Torque
PART
Bolts securing timing system casing
Refer to Rear cover ­ Install (B.10.A)
M8 1.25x40
M10 1.5x30
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
24 Nm± 4 Nm(17.7015 lbft ± 2.9502 lbft)
47 Nm± 5 Nm(34.6654 lbft ± 3.6878 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 29

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Static description
BAIL07CCM265AMA 1
(A) ­ Intake (B) ­ Exhaust
Internal exhaust gas recirculation is employed to return some exhaust gas back into the combustion chamber to reduce
exhaust emissions. An extra lobe on the cam shaft enables exhaust gas recirculation via the exhaust valve
during the intake cycle by keeping the exhaust valve open for a short while.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 30

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Component identification
Component Parts of Rocker Arm Assembly
80695 1
Item number Part Description
1. Bolts
2. Support
3. Spindles (Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A)).
4. Rocker arms (Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A)).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 31

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Connecting rod and piston ­ Exploded view
80647 1
1. Retaining rings 2. Pin
3. Piston 4. Piston rings
5. Bolts 6. Half bearings
7. Connecting rod 8. Bushing
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 32

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod ­ Component
identification
80339 1
Each connecting rod is marked: ­
On the body and cap with a number indicating their coupling and the cylinder in which it is mounted. In the event of
replacement, number the new rod with the same number as the replaced connecting rod. ­
On the body of the connecting rod with a letter indicating the weight class of the connecting rod mounted in production:
V, 1600 to 1640 g (3.5274 to 3.6156 lb) (marked in yellow)
W, 1641 to 1680 g (3.6178 to 3.7038 lb) (marked in green)
X, 1681 to 1720 g (3.7060 to 3.7920 lb) (marked in blue)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 33

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
ENGINE ­ Disconnect
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid
(B.50.A).
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead. For additional information, refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A).
All Tractors
1. Remove the engine side panels.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
2. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
WARNING
Suitcase weights are extremely heavy. To prevent injury,
always use an adequate lifting device to install or
remove front end or rear end weights. M417
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
3. Remove the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BSB0181A 2
BSD1950A 3
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 34

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
4. Loosen the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air
cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 4
5. Loosen the exhaust clamp and remove the exhaust
muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 5
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and remove
the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 6
7. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
Loosen the exhaust retaining bolts (2) and remove
the exhaust.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 35

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
8. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A 8
9. Disconnect the battery negative (earth) lead (1) and
the positive lead (2).
BAIS06CCM082AVA 9
10. Disconnect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 10
11. Disconnect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM064AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 36

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Tractors with Air Conditioning
12. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure (1) and
low pressure (2) hoses.
NOTE: There is no need to discharge the air conditioning
connectors as the unions are self sealing.
BAIS06CCM001AVA 12
All Tractors
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)
and (2).
NOTE: Make a note of the position of the hoses to aid installation.
BVE0218A 13
14. Disconnect the fuel supply and return lines .
BAIS06CCM137AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 37

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
15. Disconnect the power brake valve supply hose.
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge
pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumulator.
Remove the pressure in the accumulator
before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the
brakes with the pedal approximately 40 times when the
pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off.
Loosen the special fitting for removing air from the
brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does
not flow from the special fitting, the accumulator is not
charged. M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 15
16. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 16
Tractors with SuperSteer front axle
17. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 17
18. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 38

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
19. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Support the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 18
20. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 19
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 39

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Tractors with Standard Front Axle
21. Remove front wheel drive propshaft guard and propshaft
NOTE: The type of driveshaft fitted is dependant on type
of axle installed
BSD1959A 20
22. Remove driveshaft flange, where fitted.
BSD1917A 21
All Tractors
23. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and
(2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 22
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 40

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
24. Disconnect the power brake master cylinder supply
hose.
BAIS06CCM085AVA 23
25. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and remove the
spacer (2).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 24
26. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 25
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 41

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
27. Position the tractor splitting kit (4) 297471 underneath
the tractor.
28. Use the supports (3), in the splitting kit to support the
transmission on the splitting stand.
29. Remove the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
30. Remove two rear oil pan retaining bolts from the left
hand side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
BVE0283A 26
31. Install the adaptor plate (1) 380000844 and the engine
support brackets (2) 297617 between the engine
and the wheeled splitting trolley.
32. Check that all necessary hoses tubes and connectors
have been disconnected. It may be necessary
to disconnect additional items due to other optional
equipment that has been installed on the tractor.
Re check that engine and transmission are safely
supported on the splitting stand then remove engine
to transmission buckle up bolts.
Carefully wheel the front support and engine assembly
from the transmission.
BTB0155A 27
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 42

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
ENGINE ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Separate the front axle and front support from the engine (refer to Front ­ Remove (E.10.B).
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Disconnect the lighting harness electrical connector.
2. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a nylon
cable.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 1
3. Remove the hood retaining bolts (1).
Disconnect the strut (2)and repeat for the left­hand
side of the hood.
Remove the engine hood.
BAIS06CCM147AVA 2
BAIS06CCM148AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 43

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
4. Remove the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air
cleaner aspirator pipe bracket(2).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 4
5. Remove the exhaust muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 5
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1).
Remove the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 6
7. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
Loosen the exhaust retaining bolts (2) and remove
the exhaust.
BAIS06CCM081AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 44

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
8. Disconnect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 8
9. Detach the wiring harness from the air cleaner
mounting frame(1).
Detach the filter drier from the air cleaner mounting
frame(2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 9
10. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure (1) and
low pressure (2) hoses.
Remove the retaining bolt (3) and high pressure hose
clamp (4).
NOTE: There is no need to discharge the air conditioning
system as the unions are self sealing.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 10
11. Disconnect the power brake hose.
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge
pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumulator.
Remove the pressure in the accumulator
before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the
brakes with the pedal approximately 40 times when the
pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off.
Loosen the special fitting for removing air from the
brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does
not flow from the special fitting, the accumulator is not
charged. M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 45

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
12. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and
detach the bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 12
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1)
and (2).
NOTE: Note the position of the steering cylinder oil supply
hoses.
BVE0218A 13
14. Disconnect the power brake vent hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 14
15. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 15
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 46

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
16. Disconnect fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 16
17. Remove accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 17
18. Remove the air conditioning compressor, condenser
receiver dryer and pipe work from the engine as a
complete assembly without disconnecting the pipe
work.
IMPORTANT: If it is not possible to remove the air conditioning
components as a complete assembly, the air conditioning
system must be evacuated (refer to the climate
control section).
NOTE: It is an offence to vent the air conditioning system
into the atmosphere.
BAIS06CCM132AVA 18
19. Disconnect the expansion pipe (1), and the engine
breather pipe(2) .
BAIS06CCM133AVA 19
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 47

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
20. Disconnect the air cleaner outlet hose from the turbo.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 20
21. Remove the air cleaner mounting frame front retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 21
22. Remove the engine harness clamp retaining bolts
and reposition the engine harness on top of the engine.
BVE0304A 22
23. Remove the air cleaner mounting frame rear retaining
bolts.
BVE0305A 23
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 48

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
24. Using a suitable chain, connect the air cleaner
mounting frame to a hoist and remove the air
cleaner mounting frame.
BVE0307A 24
25. Remove the starter motor positive (1) and negative
(2)cables, and electrical connector. (3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 25
26. Install lifting brackets to the engine.
BVE0310A 26
27. Using a suitable chain, connect the engine to a hoist.
28. Remove the engine to transmission retaining bolts
and remove the engine.
BVE0311A 27
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 49

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
ENGINE ­ Install
Prior operation:
ENGINE ­ Remove (B.10.A).
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. B020
1. Install lifting brackets to the engine.
2. Using a suitable chain, connect the engine to a hoist.
3. Align the engine to the transmission and install the
engine to transmission retaining bolts.
BVE0310A 1
BVE0311A 2
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 50

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
4. Remove lifting brackets from the engine.
BVE0310A 3
5. Connect the starter motor positive (1) and negative
(2)cables, and electrical connector(3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 4
6. Using a suitable chain, connect the air cleaner
mounting frame to a hoist and install the air cleaner
mounting frame.
BVE0307A 5
7. Install the air cleaner mounting frame rear retaining
bolts.
BVE0305A 6
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 51

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
8. Reposition the engine harness, install the harness
clamp retaining bolts.
BVE0304A 7
9. Install the air cleaner mounting frame front retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 8
10. Connect the air cleaner outlet hose to the turbo.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 9
11. Connect the expansion pipe (1), and the engine
breather pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM133AVA 10
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 52

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
12. Install the air conditioning compressor, condenser receiver
dryer and pipe work to the engine as a complete
assembly without disconnecting the pipe work.
BAIS06CCM132AVA 11
13. Install accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 12
14. Connect fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 13
15. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 14
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 53

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
16. Connect the power brake vent hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 15
17. Connect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1) and
(2).
BVE0218A 16
18. Install the differential lock supply hose bracket (1)
and connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 17
19. Connect the power brake hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 18
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 54

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
20. Connect the air conditioning high pressure hose
clamp (1) install the retaining bolt (2).
Connect the high pressure (3) and low pressure (4)
air conditioning hoses.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 19
21. Attach the wiring harness to the air cleaner mounting
frame (1).
Attach the filter drier to the air cleaner mounting
frame (2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 20
22. Connect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 21
23. Install the exhaust manifold and tighten the retaining
bolts (1).
Connect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM081AVB 22
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 55

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
24. Install the radar (1).
Connect the radar electrical connector(2).
BAIS06CCM080AVC 23
25. Install the exhaust muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 24
26. Attach the exhaust clamp (1) and attach the air
cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 25
27. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a suitable
nylon cable.
Install the engine hood.
BAIS06CCM147AVB 26
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 56

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
28. Install the hood retaining bolts (1).
Connect the strut (2) and repeat for the left­hand side
of the hood.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 27
29. Connect the lighting harness electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 28
Next operation:
Install the front axle and front support to the engine refer to Front ­ Install (E.10.B).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 57

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Valve guide ­ Measure
VALVE GUIDES
1. Using a bore gauge, measure the inside diameter of
the valve guides; it must be as indicated in the figure
Valve drive Valve guide ­ Dimension (B.10.A)).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 58

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Measure
NOTE: The support journal surfaces on the shaft and cams must be finely honed; if there are any signs of seizing or
scoring, replace the camshaft and relevant bushings.
1. Check the diameter of the supporting pins of the
camshaft(2) with the micrometer (1) on two perpendicular
axis. (Refer to Valve drive Camshaft ­ Dimension
(B.10.A), and Cylinder block ­ Overhaul
(B.10.A).
80644_164 1
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 59

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Lobe ­ Check
Checking Cam Lift
1. Set the shaft on tailstocks and, using a dial gauge
with a 1/100 mm scale placed on the central support,
check that the alignment error is no greater than
0.04 mm (0.0016 in); change the shaft if it is. In addition,
check the cam lift: it must be 6.045 mm (0.2380
in) for the exhaust cams and 7.582 mm (0.2985 in)
for the intake ones; change the shaft if the measurements
are any different. (Refer to Valve drive
Camshaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A) and Valve drive
Camshaft ­ Measure (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 60

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Check
Component Parts of Rocker Arm Assembly
1. 1. Bolts securing rocker arms
2. Rocker support
3. Rocker spindles
4. Rocker arms
80695 1
2. Check the mating surfaces of the rocker spindle/rocker
arm to ensure that there are no signs of
damage or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension
(B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 61

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Valve cover ­ Remove (B.10.A)
1. Loosen the tappet adjuster fixing nuts (1) and unscrew
the adjusters.
Take out the screws (2), remove the rocker­arm assembly(3)
comprising the mounting (6), rocker arms
(4) and spindles (5) then remove the bridges (7) from
the valves.
Remove the rods (8).
80640 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Remove (B.20.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 62

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Camshaft Gear ­ Remove (B.10.A), Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Remove (B.10.A).
1. Take out the screws (1) and remove the plate (2)
retaining the camshaft (3).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the plate (2).
80333 1
2. Carefully extract the camshaft (1) from the
crankcase.
80334 2
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet ­ Remove (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 63

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Tappet ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Remove (B.10.A)
1. Extract the tappets (1) from the crankcase.
80603 1
2. Check tappets for wear, refer to Camshaft Tappet ­
Dimension (B.10.A)
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 64

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Tappet ­ Install
Prior operation:
Camshaft Tappet ­ Remove (B.10.A)
1. Lubricate the tappets and tappet bores with new engine
oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD
HSP ENGINE OIL SAE 15W­40 and insert into their
seats in the crankcase.
Lubricate follower cam face with new engine oil NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE
OIL SAE 15W­40
NOTE: Ensure that the tappets are fully seated, free to
rotate and be free to fall under their own weight into the
seat.
80603 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 65

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Install
Prior operation:
Camshaft Tappet ­ Install (B.10.A)
1. Lubricate the bushings, bearing journals and
camshaft lobes , with new engine oil, NEW HOL­
LAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE OIL
SAE 15W­40 and install the camshaft (1) taking
care that, during this process, the bushing or the
supporting seats do not get damaged.
80334_117 1
2. Position the plate (1) retaining the camshaft (3) with
the slot facing towards the top of the crankcase
and the punchmark facing the operator. Tighten the
screws (2) to the prescribed torque, refer to Valve
drive Camshaft ­ Torque (B.10.A).
80337 2
3. Using a Dial Test indicator and a suitable lever, check
the end float of the camshaft (1).
Locate the dial indicator to the end of the camshaft,
using the lever, apply light pressure to move the
camshaft one way. Set the dial indicator to "zero",
apply light pressure in the opposite direction with the
lever. The reading must be 0.23 mm +/­ 0.13 (0.0091
in +/­ 0.0051.).
80338 3
Next operation:
Crankshaft ­ Measure (B.10.A) Crankshaft ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 66

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Gear ­ Remove
1. Remove screws (1) and remove the gear (2) from the
camshaft (3).
BAIL06CCM067ASA 1
Next operation:
Timing gear ­ Timing adjust (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 67

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Push rod ­ Visual inspection
Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Disassemble (B.10.A)
1. Before assembly, check the rocker­arm control rods:
They must have no deformation.
There should be no signs of seizure or wear on the
contact surfaces on the ball seats, rocker arm adjuster
screw and tappets (as indicated), if there are,
then they require to be renewed.
The intake and exhaust valve control rods are identical
and can therefore be interchanged
32655 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 68

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install
Prior operation:
Camshaft Push rod ­ Visual inspection (B.10.A).
1. Insert pushrods (1) into engine and lubricate the
pushrod sockets/cups with new engine oil NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE
OIL SAE 15W­40.
BAIL06CCM093ASA 1
2. Position the bridges (2) on the valves with the reference
marks/dimples facing the exhaust manifold.
3. Position rocker arm supports (3).
4. Ensuring that the tappet adjusters on the rocker
arms are unscrewed, mount the rocker arm assemblies,
complete with spindles, into the rocker arm
supports, securing into position with the retaining
bolts (1) to the required torque. Refer to Rocker
assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque (B.10.A).
BAIL06CCM094ASA 2
5. Set tappet clearance, refer to Camshaft Tappet ­
Clearance (B.10.A).
6. Connect the electric cables (2) to the electro injectors
and using special tool 380000158 tighten the retaining
nuts to the required torque. Refer to Electrical
control ­ Torque (B.20.A).
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 69

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance 4 Valve Engines
ATTENTION: With TIER 3 engines with internal EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) standard valve lash setting procedure
will lead to wrong valve clearances and serious engine damage.
Each cylinder must be checked by putting engine to TDC firing for that cylinder and setting both valve clearances on
that cylinder ONLY.
NO SHORT CUTS INVOLVING THE SETTING OF VALVES ON ONE CYLINDER WHILST ENGINES AT TDC OF
ANOTHER CYLINDER ARE ALLOWED!
Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install (B.10.A).
1. Adjust clearance between the rockers and valves
with the using an Allen key wrench(1), box wrench(3)
and feeler gauge (2). Refer to Camshaft Tappet ­
General specification (B.10.A).
80715 1
Next operation:
Valve cover ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 70

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve drive Valve assembly ­ Check Decarbonising and Checking.
1. Decarbonizing, checking and grinding valves
Remove all carbon deposits from the valves using a
wire brush.
Check that the valves show no signs of seizure,
cracking or burning.
If necessary, re–grind the valve seats, removing as
little material as possible.
2. Using a micrometer (2), measure the valve stem (1):
it must be 6.970 ­ 6.999 mm (0.2744 ­ 0.2756 in). For
further dimensions, refer to Valve assembly Valve ­
Dimension (B.10.A).
80673 1
80674 2
Checking the clearance between the valve stem, guide and valve centring.
3. The checks are made with a dial gauge (1) with a
magnetic base, positioned as illustrated. The assembly
clearance is 0.052 ­ 0.092 mm (0.0020 ­ 0.0036
in.).
Making the valve (2) turn, check that the centring error
is no greater than 0.03 mm (0.0012 in).
80710 3
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 71

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Crankshaft ­ Measure
1. Main and connecting rod journal dimensions
If any sign of seizure, scoring or ovality is found
on the main journals or crankpins, they must be reground.
Before reconditioning the pins (2), use a micrometer
(1) to measure the pins of the shaft to define
the diameter to which the pins must be reduced.
NOTE: It is advisable to note the values on a chart shown
in the following figure.
80631_209 1
2. The undersize classes are: 0.250 ­ 0.500 mm
(0.0098 ­ 0.0197 in.)
NOTE: The main journals and crankpins must always be
reconditioned to the same undersize class. After undersizing,
mark the main journal and the crankpin with a stamp
on the side of the crank No. 1.
80744_210 2
NOTE THE CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL AND CRANKPIN MEASUREMENTS ON THE TABLE
* Nominal value
Refer to Crankshaft ­ Dimension (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 72

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Connecting rod and piston ­ Measure
NOTE: For dimensions of Piston and/or Connecting rod, refer to and Connecting rod and piston Piston ­ Dimension
(B.10.A) and Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod ­ Dimension (B.10.A)
NOTE: The pistons are supplied as spare parts oversized by 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.).
1. Connecting rod­piston component parts
1. Retaining rings ­ 2. Pin ­ 3. Piston ­ 4. Piston
rings ­ 5. Screws ­ 6. Half bearings ­ 7. Connecting
rod ­ 8. Bushing
80647_217 1
Connecting Rods
2. CONNECTING ROD, PISTON PIN BUSHING AND
HALF BEARING DATA
*Inside diameter to be measured after installing in the
small end and regrinding with a reamer.
** Cannot be measured free. Refer to Connecting
rod and piston Connecting rod ­ Dimension
(B.10.A)
NOTE: The connecting rod ­ connecting rod cap mating
surfaces are knurled for a better coupling. It is therefore
recommended not to remove the knurling. The rods are
manufactured using a fracture breaking technique making
each rod and cap unique and having only one way of installation.
3. Connecting rods are supplied as spare parts in class
W and marked in green*.
Removing material is not permissible.
NOTE: Each connecting rod is marked:
­ On the body and cap with a number indicating their coupling
and the cylinder in which it is mounted. In the event of
replacement, number the new rod with the same number
as the replaced connecting rod.
­ On the body of the connecting rod with a letter indicating
the weight class of the connecting rod mounted in production:
(Refer to Connecting rod and piston Connecting
rod ­ Component identification (B.10.A)
­­ V, 1600 to 1640 (3.5274 to 3.6156 lb) (marked in yellow);
­­V, 1641 to 1680 (3.6178 to 3.7038 lb) (marked in green);
­­ V, 1681 to 1720 (3.7060 to 3.7920 lb) (marked in blue);
Bushings
4. Check that the bushing in the small end has not come
loose and shows no sign of scoring or seizure. If this
is not so, change it.
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 73

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
5. Disassembly and assembly are performed with a
suitable drift.
When driving in, make sure that the oilways in the
bushing and small end coincide. Using a boring machine,
regrind the bushing to obtain the prescribed
diameter.
Pistons ­ Measuring the Piston Diameter
6. Measuring the piston (1) diameter using a micrometer
(2) to determine the assembly clearance.
NOTE: The diameter must be measured at a distance of
12 mm (0.4724 in.) from the base of the piston skirt.
80650 2
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 74

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Cylinder block ­ Measure
1. Measurements must be taken for each single cylinder
at three different heights on the liner and on two
orthogonal faces: one parallel to the longitudinal axis
of the engine and the other perpendicular; maximum
wear is generally found on this face in correspondence
with the first measurement.
If ovality, taper or general wear is noted, bore and recondition
the cylinder liners. The cylinder liners must
be reground in relation to the diameter of the pistons
supplied as spare parts oversized by 0.5 mm (0.0197
in) over the nominal value and to the prescribed assembly
clearance. (Refer to Cylinder block ­ Dimension
(B.10.A) and Cylinder block ­ Overhaul
(B.10.A)).
80732_206 1
Next operation:
Crankshaft ­ Measure (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 75

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Cylinder block ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
1. After disassembling the engine, thoroughly clean the
cylinder­crankcase assembly. Use the appropriate
rings for transporting the cylinder assembly.
Carefully check the crankcase is not cracked.
Check the condition of the plugs. If they are rusty or
if there is the slightest doubt about their seal, change
them.
Examine the surfaces of the cylinder liners; they
should show no sign of enlargement, scoring, ovality,
taper or excessive wear.
To check the internal diameter of the cylinder liners
for ovality, taper and wear, use a bore gauge (1),
fitted with a dial gauge zero­set on the ring gauge
(2) of the diameter of the cylinder liner. (Refer to
Cylinder block ­ Measure (B.10.A)).
NOTE: If regrinding, all the liners must have the same oversize
(0.5 mm (0.0197 in.)).
NOTE: If the ring gauge is not available, use a micrometer.
2. Check the main bearing seats, proceeding as follows:
– fit the main bearing caps on the supports without
bearings;
– tighten the retaining bolts to the prescribed torque;
(refer to ENGINE ­ Torque (B.10.A))
– using an appropriate dial gauge for interiors, check
that the diameter of the seats is as prescribed. (refer
to ENGINE ­ General specification (B.10.A))
If the measurement is any greater, change the
crankcase.
80744 1
Cylinder head mating surface check
After having located any deformed areas, level off
the mating surface using a grinding machine.
The flatness error must be no greater than 0.075
mm (0.0030 in). Check the condition of the cylinder
block plugs (1); if they are rusty or if there is the
slightest doubt about their seal, change them.
BUSHINGS
3. The camshaft bushings (2) must be forced into their
respective seats.
The internal surfaces must show no sign of seizure
or wear.
Using the bore meter (1), measure the diameter of
the front and rear bushings (2) and of the intermediate
seats for the camshaft. (refer to Cylinder block
­ Dimension (B.10.A)Valve drive Camshaft ­ Measure
(B.10.A) and ENGINE ­ General specification
(B.10.A))
Measurements must be made at two perpendicular
points.
80645 2
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 76

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
4. To change the front bushing (1), use 380000667 for
disassembly and assembly.
NOTE: Upon assembly, the bushing (1) must be directed
so that the lubrication holes coincide with the holes in the
seats in the crankcase.
80335 3
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 77

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Valve cover ­ Install
1. Install a new gasket (2) on the rocker cover (1).
80705 1
2. Locate the cover over the protruding studs . Screw
on the nuts and tighten to 25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18.44
lbft +/­ 3.70 lbft). Refer to Figure 2 for tightening
sequence.
80737 2
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 78

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE
Rear cover ­ Install
Prior operation:
Timing gear ­ Timing adjust (B.10.A)
DIAGRAM OF ZONE FOR APPLYING LOCTITE 5205 SEALANT ON THE GEAR COVER
1. Carefully clean the timing gear cover and the
crankcase.
NOTE: Cleaning the surface to seal is both necessary and
unavoidable in order to obtain an effective seal.
Apply LOCTITE 5205 sealant onto the casing to form a
bead (1) with a diameter of a few mm.
It must be uniform (no lumps), with no air bubbles, thin areas
or breaks.
Any flaws must be corrected in as short a time as possible.
Avoid using excess material to seal the joint. Too much
sealant would tend to come out on both sides of the joint
and clog the lubricant passageways.
After applying the sealant, the joints require immediate assembly
(10 — 20 minutes).
80343 1
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE FOR GEAR COVER BOLTS
2. Refit the cover (1) to the crankcase.
Screw down the retaining bolts (2) in the position
found during disassembly and tighten the bolts to
the specified torque wrench settings, refer to Rear
cover ­ Torque (B.10.A).
Refit the phase sensor (3) of the high­pressure
pump.
NOTE: Before each assembly, always check that the
threads of the holes and bolts show no signs of wear or
traces of dirt.
80383 2
Next operation:
Water pump ­ Install (B.50.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 79

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE ­ 10.A
Camshaft Gear ­ Remove 67
Camshaft Lobe ­ Check 60
Camshaft Push rod ­ Visual inspection 68
Camshaft Tappet ­ Clearance 4 Valve Engines 70
Camshaft Tappet ­ Dimension 11
Camshaft Tappet ­ General specification Clearance. 15
Camshaft Tappet ­ Install 65
Camshaft Tappet ­ Remove 64
Connecting rod and piston ­ Exploded view 32
Connecting rod and piston ­ Measure 73
Connecting rod and piston ­ Torque 20
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod ­ Component identification 33
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod ­ Dimension 20
Connecting rod and piston Piston ­ Dimension 20
Crankshaft ­ Dimension 17
Crankshaft ­ Measure 72
Crankshaft ­ Torque ­ Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft bolts. 18
Crankshaft Main bearing ­ Torque 18
Cylinder block ­ Dimension 23
Cylinder block ­ Measure 75
Cylinder block ­ Overhaul 76
Cylinder head ­ Dimension 25
Cylinder head ­ Torque 26
Cylinder head Valve seat ­ Dimension 25
ENGINE ­ Dimension ­ Stretch Bolt Check for reuse. 9
ENGINE ­ Disconnect 34
ENGINE ­ General specification 4
ENGINE ­ Install 50
ENGINE ­ Remove 43
ENGINE ­ Special tools 9
ENGINE ­ Torque 6
Flywheel ­ Torque 22
Piston Pin ­ Dimension 21
Rear cover ­ Install 79
Rear cover ­ Torque 29
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Check 61
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Dimension 12
Rocker assembly Rocker arm ­ Torque 15
Rocker assembly Shaft ­ Dimension 11
Timing gear ­ Torque 19
Valve assembly Spring ­ Dimension 14
Valve assembly Spring ­ General specification 15
Valve assembly Valve ­ Dimension 12
Valve cover ­ Install 78
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 80

Valve cover ­ Torque 28
Valve drive ­ General specification Valve Timing 16
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Dimension 11
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Install 66
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Measure 59
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Remove 63
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Static description 30
Valve drive Camshaft ­ Torque Thrust Plate Bolts 15
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Component identification 31
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Disassemble 62
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install 69
Valve drive Valve assembly ­ Check Decarbonising and Checking. 71
Valve drive Valve guide ­ Dimension 13
Valve drive Valve guide ­ Measure 58
2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 81

2 3/5/2007
B.10.A / 82

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ 20.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ 20.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
General specification 4
Fuel injection pump
Torque Drive gear retaining nut 5
Fuel injector
Electro injector ­ Torque 6
Fuel Manifold ­ Torque 6
Electrical control
Torque 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Relief valve
Sectional view 8
Fuel injection pump
Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. 9
Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 11
Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure 12
Fuel injector
Electro injector ­ Sectional view 17
Electro injector ­ Dynamic description 18
High pressure common rail
Common rail ­ Overview 19
Regulator valve
Injection return ­ Static description 20
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove 21
Install 25
Fuel injector
Electro injector ­ Remove 29
Electro injector ­ Overhaul 30
Electro injector ­ Install 31
Fuel Manifold ­ Install 32
Electro injector ­ Tighten 33
Fuel Manifold ­ Tighten 34
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 2

Fuel line
Disconnect 35
Electrical control
Check 36
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ General specification
Description
Fuel System
High Pressure, Common Rail
Injection
Bosch Control Unit EDC16C39
Nozzles
Electro­Injectors
Injection Firing order 1 ­ 5 ­ 3 ­ 6 ­ 2 ­ 4
Injection Pressure
300 ­ 1800 bar (4350.0 ­ 26100.0 psi)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injection pump ­ Torque Drive gear retaining nut
Description
Nut retaining fuel pump drive gear 100 Nm +/­ 5 (73.8 lbft +/­ 4)
Gear backlash
0.076 ­ 0.368 mm
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Torque
Part
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Torque electro­injector retaining bolts.
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to torque setting.
3.5 Nm (2.6 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten both bolts to angle setting. + 75 ° +/­ 5°.
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Torque
Part
Step 1. Tighten fuel manifold retaining nuts to torque
setting.
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
50 Nm +/­ 5Nm (37 lb ft +/­ 4 lb.ft.).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Electrical control ­ Torque
Part
Step 1. Tighten captive nuts to injector terminals.
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
1.5 Nm +/­ 0.25 Nm (1.1 lb ft +/­ 0.18 lb ft.)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Relief valve ­ Sectional view
Pressure Relief Valve on High Pressure Common Rail
The pressure relief valve (1750 bar (25381.3500 psi)) on the rail is used to protect the system components if there is
too great an increase in the pressure in the high­pressure system.
It may have a single stage (as the one shown in the figure) or two stages with a double operating threshold (1750 ­
800 bar (25381.3500 ­ 11602.9600 psi)).
In the second case, the high­pressure system pressure reaches 1750 bar (25381.3500 psi), the valve trips as the
single­stage one to make the fuel flow off and accordingly lower the pressure within safe limits. Then, mechanically
adjust the pressure in the rail to approximately 800 bar (11602.9600 psi).
In this way, the valve lets the engine operate for extended periods at limited performance, preventing the fuel from
overheating and protecting the outlet piping.
If this valve trips, the control unit turns off the control of the pressure regulator and saves fault 8.4. The valve will
supply the maximum delivery to the rail.
80725 1
(A) Normally, the tapered end of the plunger keeps the outlet to the tank closed.
1. Body 2. Plunger
3. Stop 4. Spring
5. Outlet to tank 6. Seat on rail
80726 2
(B) If the pressure of 1750 bar (25381.3500 psi) of the fuel in the rail is exceeded, the plunger is shifted and the
excess pressure is discharged into the tank.
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injection pump ­ Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump.
The gear pump, mounted on the rear of the high­pressure pump, has the function of feeding the pump. It is governed
by the shaft of the high­pressure pump.
Normal operating condition (Figure1)
(A) Fuel inlet from the tank, (B) fuel outlet to the filter, (1) and (2)­By­pass valves in closed position.
80716 1
Condition of overpressure at outlet Figure 2)
The by­pass valve (1) trips when overpressure is generated at the outlet (B). The pressure, overcoming the elastic
resistance of the spring of the valve(1), sets the outlet in communication with the inlet through the duct (2).
80717 2
Bleed conditions Figure 3)
The by­pass valve (2) trips when, with the engine switched off, you want to fill the feed system through the priming
pump. In this situation, the by­pass valve (1) stays shut and the by­pass valve (2) opens due to the effect of the inlet
pressure and the fuel flows out via outlet (B) .
NOTE: The mechanical fuel supply pump cannot be replaced on its own; therefore it must not be removed from the
high­pressure pump.
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 9

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injection pump ­ Overview High Pressure Pump CP3
For information on Fuel Supply Gear Pump, refer to Fuel injection pump ­ Dynamic description (B.20.A). This
pump with 3 radial pumping elements governed by the timing gear does not need timing. The mechanical fuel supply
pump governed by the shaft of the high­pressure pump is mounted on the back of the pump.
NOTE: The high­pressure / fuel supply pump assembly cannot be overhauled and therefore it must not be removed
and the retaining bolts must not be tampered with. The only permissible action is to change the drive gear.
80719 1
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 High­pressure pump
3 Pressure regulator 4 Drive gear
5 Fuel filter inlet fitting from filter 6 Fuel outlet fitting to filter mounting
7 Fuel inlet fitting from the cooler of the pack 8 Fuel outlet fitting from the mechanical pump to the filter
9 Mechanical supply pump.
NOTE: For sectional internal structure of High Pressure Pump, refer to Fuel injection pump ­ Sectional view
(B.20.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 11

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injection pump ­ Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal
Structure
80720 1
1 Cylinder 2 Three­lobe element
3 Inlet cap valve 4 Delivery ball valve
5 Piston 6 Pump shaft
7 Low pressure fuel inlet 8 Fuel channels to supply pumping elements
Each pumping assembly comprises:
• a piston (5) operated by a three­lobe element (2) floating on the pump shaft (6). Since the element (2) floats on
a misaligned portion of the shaft (6), when the shaft rotates it does not turn with it, but is only moved in a circular
fashion on a wider radius, with the result of operating the three pumping elements alternately;
• an inlet cap valve (3);
• a delivery ball valve (4).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 12

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Operating principle
80721 2
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 Delivery valve to rail
3 Pumping element 4 Pump shaft
5 Pumping element supply pipe 6 Pressure regulator supply pipe
7 Pressure regulator
The pumping element (3) is oriented on the cam on the pump shaft (4). In the inlet phase, the pumping element is
fed through the supply pipe (5). The amount of fuel to send to the pumping element is established by the pressure
regulator (7). The pressure regulator, on the base of the PWM control received from the control unit, chokes the flow
of fuel to the pumping element. During the compression phase of the pumping element, the fuel, on reaching such a
pressure as to open the delivery valve to the common rail (2), supplies it through the outlet (1).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 13

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
The pump is lubricated and cooled by the fuel itself.
The time for removing ­ installing the radial jet pump on the engine is considerably shorter than for conventional
injection pumps as it does not need timing.
If disassembling ­ reassembling the piping between the fuel filter and the high­pressure pump, make sure your hands
and the components are clean.
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 16

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Sectional view
The construction of the injector is similar to that of conventional ones, except that there are no needle return springs.
The electro­injector can be considered to comprise two parts:
• actuator ­ nozzle composed of a pressure rod, needle and nozzle;
• control solenoid valve composed of coil and pilot valve.
The solenoid valve controls the lift of the needle of the nozzle.
80729 1
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 17

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Dynamic description
Injection Start
When the coil is energized, it causes the shutter to move upwards. The fuel of the control volume flows out towards
the backflow pipe, causing a drop in pressure in the control volume. At the same time, the pressure of the fuel in the
pressure chamber causes the needle to rise, with fuel getting injected into the cylinder as a result.
80730 1
Injection End
When the coil is de­energized, the shutter goes back into its closed position to form such a balance of forces as to
make the needle go back into its closed position and end injection.
NOTE: The electro­injector cannot be overhauled and therefore must not be removed.
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 18

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
High pressure common rail Common rail ­ Overview
Rail (Pressure Accumulator)
The rail volume is smaller to permit fast pressurization when starting, at slow idling and when there are high flow rates.
However, its volume is sufficient to minimize the phenomena caused by the injectors opening and closing and the
pump working at high pressure. This function is helped further by a calibrated orifice downstream from the highpressure
pump.
Screwed onto the rail there is a fuel pressure sensor (3). The signal sent from this sensor to the electronic control
unit is feedback on the basis of which the level of pressure in the rail is checked and, if necessary, corrected.
BSF4470A 1
1. Rail 2. Fuel inlet from the high­pressure pump
3. Pressure sensor 3. Pressure sensor
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 19

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Regulator valve Injection return ­ Static description
Fuel Return Pressure Limiter
Housed on the back of the cylinder head, it governs the pressure of the fuel returning from the injectors at a pressure
of between 1.3 ­ 2 bar (18.8548 ­ 29.0074 psi). By ensuring this pressure for the return fuel, no fuel vapours form in
the electro­injectors, optimizing the spray of fuel and its combustion.
70507 1
A. To the tank
B. From the electro­injectors
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 20

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel tank ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the battery, for additional information refer to Battery ­ Remove (A.30.A).
1. Drain the fuel tank into a suitably sized fuel container.
NOTE: It is recommended that the fuel tank is drained prior
to removal from the tractor. Drainage points are provided.
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 1
3. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear righthand
wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right­hand
wheel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the rear left­hand wheel.
BTB0282A 2
Left­hand Side Fuel Tank
4. Remove the left­hand side steps upper retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 21

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
5. Remove the R­clips (1) and remove the left­hand
side steps (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVA 4
6. Disconnect the fuel tank return line (1), fuel tank supply
line (2) and the fuel tank sender unit electrical
connector (3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 5
7. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 6
8. Disconnect the fuel tank balance pipe
BAIS06CCM045AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 22

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
9. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap and with the aid
of an assistant or trolley jack remove the left­hand
side fuel tank.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 8
Right­hand Side Fuel Tank
10. Release the retaining clips and position the righthand
side steps to the lower position.
BAIS06CCM046AVA 9
11. Remove the R­clips (1) and remove the right­hand
side steps (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVA 10
12. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 23

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
13. Disconnect the fuel tank balance pipe.
BAIS06CCM048AVA 12
14. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap and with the aid
of an assistant or trolley jack remove the right­hand
side fuel tank.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 13
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 24

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel tank ­ Install
Right­hand Side Fuel Tank
1. Install the right­hand side fuel tank and install the fuel
tank retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 1
2. Connect the fuel tank balance pipe
BAIS06CCM048AVA 2
3. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 3
4. Install the right­hand side steps (1) and install the
R­clips (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVB 4
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 25

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
5. Position the right­hand side steps to the upper position
and secure the retaining clips.
BAIS06CCM046AVA 5
Left­hand Side Fuel Tank
6. Install the left­hand side fuel tank and install the fuel
tank retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 6
7. Connect the fuel tank balance pipe.
BAIS06CCM045AVA 7
8. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 26

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
9. Connect the fuel tank return line (1), fuel tank supply
line (2) and the fuel tank sender unit electrical connector
(3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 9
10. Install the left­hand side steps (1) and install the
R­clips (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVB 10
11. Install the left­hand side steps upper retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 11
12. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right­hand
wheel to a hoist and install the rear right­hand wheel.
For correct torque refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque
(D.50.C).
NOTE: Repeat this step for the rear left­hand wheel.
BTB0282A 12
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 27

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
13. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1).
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 13
Next operation:
Install the battery, for additional information refer to Battery ­ Install (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 28

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Disassemble (B.10.A)
1. Remove the screws securing the electro­injectors
and using tool 380001099 (1), extract the electro­injectors
(2) from the cylinder head.
80686 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Overhaul (B.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 29

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Install
1. Fit the electro­injectors (1) in the seats on the cylinder
head, directed so that the fuel inlet orifice (2) faces
the fuel manifold seat side (3).
80692 1
2. Insert electro­injector firmly into the seat of the cylinder
head.
Screw down the electro­injector retaining bolts without
tightening them.
BAIL06CCM068ASA 2
Next operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Install (B.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 31

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Install
Prior operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Install (B.20.A).
1. Mount a new seal (3), lubricated with petroleum jelly,
on the fuel manifold (2) and insert it into the cylinder
head seat so that the positioning ball (5) coincides
with the relevant housing (4).
Screw down the electro­injector retaining bolts without
locking them.
NOTE: Once removed, the fuel manifolds (2) must not be
reused; they MUST be replaced with new ones.
NOTE: During this operation, manoeuvre the electro­injector
(1) so that its fuel inlet orifice correctly receives the manifold
(2),
80693 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Tighten (B.20.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 32

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Tighten
Prior operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Install (B.20.A), Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Install (B.20.A).
1. Using a torque wrench, gradually and alternately
tighten the electro­injector retaining bolts (1) to a
torque of Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Torque
(B.20.A).
80694 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 33

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Tighten
Prior operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Install (B.20.A), Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Install (B.20.A).
1. Tighten the fuel manifold (3) retaining nuts (2) to
a torque of Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Torque
(B.20.A).
80694 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 34

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel line ­ Disconnect
NOTE: To disconnect the fuel pipes (3) — (4) — (5), Figure from the relevant fittings, you need to press the clip (1)
as shown in Figure (B).
After disconnecting the piping, put the clip (1) back in its locking position Figure (A) to prevent it getting buckled.
80628 1
1. Disconnect the fuel pipes (3) ­ (4) ­ (5) from the
mounting(1);
Remove the bracket supporting the mounting (1)
from the crankcase.
80372 2
2. Disconnect the high­pressure fuel pipe ((7), Figure )
from the rail choke tube and from the high­pressure
pump (8) and remove it from the crankcase by taking
out the bracket.
Disconnect the pipe (9) from the high­pressure pump
(8).
NOTE: Depending on the high pressure in the piping from
the high­pressure pump to the rail and from here to the
electro­injectors, never:
­ disconnect the pipes with the engine running,
­ reuse disconnected pipes.
WARNING
Do not open the high­pressure fuel system or loosen
any fittings with the engine running. Engine operation
causes high fuel pressure. High­pressure fuel spray
can cause serious injury or death. M1002
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 35

POWER PRODUCTION ­ FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Electrical control ­ Check
1. Check the condition of the electric cables (5) and
change them if they are damaged, cutting the clamps
fastening them to the support(2) and taking out the
screws (4) securing it with the connectors (3).
Fit a new gasket (1) onto the support (2).
NOTE: (4 Cylinder shown for illustration purposes)
80702 1
2. Mount the wiring support (2), screw down the bolts
(1) and tighten them to the prescribed torque.
NOTE: Before each assembly, always check that the
threads of the holes and bolts show no signs of wear or
traces of dirt.
80703 2
3. Connect the electric cables (1) to the electro­injectors
(3) and using the torque wrench 380000158
tighten the retaining nuts (2) to the prescribed torque.
80704 3
Next operation:
Valve cover ­ Install (B.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 36

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ 20.A
Electrical control ­ Check 36
Electrical control ­ Torque 7
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM ­ General specification 4
Fuel injection pump ­ Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. 9
Fuel injection pump ­ Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 11
Fuel injection pump ­ Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure 12
Fuel injection pump ­ Torque Drive gear retaining nut 5
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Dynamic description 18
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Install 31
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Overhaul 30
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Remove 29
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Sectional view 17
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Tighten 33
Fuel injector Electro injector ­ Torque 6
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Install 32
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Tighten 34
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold ­ Torque 6
Fuel line ­ Disconnect 35
Fuel tank ­ Install 25
Fuel tank ­ Remove 21
High pressure common rail Common rail ­ Overview 19
Regulator valve Injection return ­ Static description 20
Relief valve ­ Sectional view 8
2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 37

2 3/5/2007
B.20.A / 38

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ­ 30.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ­ 30.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque 3
SERVICE
Turbocharger
Tighten ­ Sequence. 4
Remove 5
Install 6
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 2

POWER PRODUCTION ­ AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger ­ Torque
Part
Turbocharger/exhaust manifold retaining nuts M8 x 1,25
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger ­ Tighten ­ Sequence.
1. Tightening sequence for turbocharger retaining nuts.
BAIL07CCM261ASA 1
For the required torque settings, refer to Turbocharger ­ Torque (B.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A) Air cleaner ­ Remove (B.30.A) Silencer ­ Remove (B.40.A)
Procedure to remove the turbocharger:
1. Unscrew and remove the flexible lubrication piping
(1) of the turbocharger (5) .
2. Unscrew and remove bolt (3) retaining lubrication return
pipe to crankcase.
3. Unscrew and remove turbocharger to exhaust manifold
retaining nuts (4) and lubrication pipe securing
bolts (2).
4. Supporting the turbocharger, lift from exhaust manifold
and remove gasket.
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Next operation:
Exhaust manifold ­ Remove (B.40.A), Turbocharger ­ Install (B.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger ­ Install
Prior operation:
Turbocharger ­ Remove (B.30.A), Exhaust manifold ­ Install (B.40.A)
1. Prior to installation of turbocharger (5) to exhaust
manifold, position new turbocharger to exhaust manifold
gasket.
2. Connect lubrication oil return pipe to underside of
turbocharger, securing into position with bolts (x 2)
(2).
3. Position turbocharger and retain with securing nuts
(4) (x 4) to the specified torque. Refer to Turbocharger
­ Torque (B.30.A) and Turbocharger ­
Tighten (B.30.A).
4. Connect lubrication oil return pipe into crankcase and
retain into position with clamp and bolt (3).
5. Connect the flexible lubrication oil pipe (1) from the
oil filter/cooler
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Next operation:
Silencer ­ Install (B.40.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 6

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ­ 30.A
Turbocharger ­ Install 6
Turbocharger ­ Remove 5
Turbocharger ­ Tighten ­ Sequence. 4
Turbocharger ­ Torque 3
2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 7

2 3/5/2007
B.30.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
EXHAUST SYSTEM ­ 40.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
EXHAUST SYSTEM ­ 40.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Exhaust manifold
Torque 3
SERVICE
Silencer
Remove 4
Install 5
Exhaust manifold
Tighten ­ Sequence. 6
Remove 7
Install 8
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 2

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust manifold ­ Torque
Part
Bolts securing exhaust manifold on head.
M10 x 1,50 x 65
TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
53 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (39.1 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Silencer ­ Remove
1. Remove the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air
cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 1
2. Remove exhaust shield. Remove the exhaust muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 2
3. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
Loosen the exhaust retaining bolts (2) and remove
the exhaust.
BAIS06CCM081AVA 3
Next operation:
Turbocharger ­ Remove (B.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Silencer ­ Install
1. Attach the exhaust pipe to the turbocharger. Tighten
the exhaust clamp (1) and attach the gas recirculation
pipe bracket (2) to the exhaust pipe.
BAIS06CCM149AVB 1
2. Reconnect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
Attach the exhaust to the exhaust pipe support and
tighten the exhaust retaining bolts (2) .
BAIS06CCM081AVA 2
3. Attach the exhaust muffler and tighten clamp.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 3
4. Install shield
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust manifold ­ Tighten ­ Sequence.
1. Tightening sequence for exhaust manifold bolts.
For the required torque settings, refer to Exhaust
manifold ­ Torque (B.40.A)
bail06ccm029asa 1
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust manifold ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Turbocharger ­ Remove (B.30.A)
1. Unscrew the retaining bolts (x 12) and remove the
exhaust manifold .
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Next operation:
Air intake manifold ­ Remove (B.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust manifold ­ Install
Prior operation:
Exhaust manifold ­ Remove (B.40.A)
1. Mount the exhaust manifold, complete with new
gasket, tightening the retaining bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to Exhaust manifold ­ Torque
(B.40.A).
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Next operation:
Turbocharger ­ Install (B.30.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 8

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
EXHAUST SYSTEM ­ 40.A
Exhaust manifold ­ Install 8
Exhaust manifold ­ Remove 7
Exhaust manifold ­ Tighten ­ Sequence. 6
Exhaust manifold ­ Torque 3
Silencer ­ Install 5
Silencer ­ Remove 4
2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 9

2 3/5/2007
B.40.A / 10

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ 50.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermostat
Torque 4
Water pump
Torque 5
Fan and drive
Belt tensioner ­ Torque 6
Idler pulley ­ Torque 6
Viscous drive ­ Torque 6
Sensing system
Coolant temperature ­ Torque ­ Sensor 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Static description 8
Overview 10
Dynamic description 11
Static description 12
Thermostat
Dynamic description 13
Radiator
Dynamic description 14
SERVICE
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Drain fluid 15
Filling 16
Thermostat
Remove 17
Install 18
Test 19
Water pump
Install 20
Remove 21
Radiator
Remove 22
Install 27
Fan and drive
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 2

Belt ­ Remove 32
Belt ­ Install 33
Belt tensioner ­ Install 34
Sensing system
Coolant temperature ­ Remove 35
Coolant temperature ­ Install 36
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat ­ Torque
Housing Retaining Bolts
Description
Thermostat housing retaining bolts M6 x 1.0 x 20
Torque
10 Nm +/­ 2 Nm (7.4 lbft +/­ 1.5 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Water pump ­ Torque
PART
Bolts securing coolant pump M8 x 1.25 x 25
TORQUE
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 4 lb.ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Torque
Description
Torque
Spring loaded automatic drive belt tensioner bolt M10 x 43 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (31.7 lbft +/­ 4 lbft)
1.5 x 80
Pulley mounting bolt M12 x 35
60 Nm +/­ 10 Nm (44.3 lbft +/­ 7 lbft)
Fan and drive Idler pulley ­ Torque
Description
Torque
Idler pulley retaining bolt M10 x 1.5 x 75
70 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (51.6 lbft +/­ 4 lbft)
Fan and drive Viscous drive ­ Torque
Description
Torque
Fan blade to viscous coupling M8 x 1.25 x 16
20 ­ 24 Nm (14.8 ­ 17.7 lbft)
Viscous coupling to mounting pulley
90 ­ 112 Nm (66.4 ­ 82.6 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Torque ­ Sensor
Description
Torque
Engine coolant temperature sensor
12 ­ 20 Nm (8.9 ­ 14.8 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Static description
The forced circulation, closed­circuit engine cooling system is composed of the following components:
• Expansion tank: .
• Radiator, dissipates the heat taken by the coolant from the engine. .
• Vistronic fan, increases the radiator’s dissipating capacity:
• A lubricating oil cooler: .
• A centrifugal coolant pump housed at the front of the crankcase.
• A thermostat governing coolant circulation.
• The circuit may also extend to the compressor if the version includes it.
A = TO THE RADIATOR
80604 1
COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAM
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
B = FROM THE RADIATOR
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 9

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Overview
A Coolant flow from the thermostat
B Coolant flow to the coolant pump
BAIL07CCM266AMA 1
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 10

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Dynamic description
BVE0373A 1
A Coolant flow from the thermostat
C Coolant flow to the coolant pump
B Coolant flow circulating in the engine
The engine cooling system is a closed circuit forced circulation type composed of the following components:
• Heat exchanger (1) to cool lubrication oil.
• Thermostat (2) controlling coolant circulation.
• Centrifugal coolant pump (3) to circulate the coolant.
The coolant is drawn from the bottom of the radiator by the coolant pump (3) which passes the coolant to the cylinder
block. The coolant then flows through cored galleries to cool the cylinder walls.
Galleries in the cylinder head gasket allow coolant to flow from the cylinder block into the cylinder head. Cored galleries
also direct the coolant to the fuel injector nozzle locations before entering the thermostat housing.
Dependent upon coolant temperature, coolant either re­enters the coolant pump or is circulated through the radiator
for cooling.
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 11

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Static description
BAIS06CCM131AVA 1
1. Air conditioning compressor 2. Fan mounting pulley
3. Alternator 4. Crankshaft pulley
5. Air conditioning belt tensioner 6. Coolant pump
The function of the coolant pump (6) mounted at the front of the engine is to maintain a continuous flow of coolant
around the coolant system (Refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Overview (B.50.A). This is essential to ensure
correct engine coolant temperature. The Coolant pump is driven by the poly­v belt from the crankshaft pulley (4) and
the tension is maintained by the spring loaded automatic fan belt tensioner (5).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 12

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat ­ Dynamic description
When the thermostat is closed, a recirculating bypass gallery allows the coolant to recirculate from the cylinder head
to the block, to allow faster engine coolant warm­up.
BVE0376A 1
When the coolant has reached normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow coolant to be drawn
through the radiator by the coolant pump. Cooled coolant then returns to the engine.
BVE0377A 2
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 13

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Radiator ­ Dynamic description
Cooling occurs as the coolant passes down through the radiator cores which are exposed to the cooling system. Air
is drawn through the radiator fins by a viscous fan (1) situated between the radiator and the engine block.
BVE0266A 1
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 14

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid
WARNING
The cooling system operates under pressure which is controlled by the radiator pressure cap. It is dangerous
to remove the pressure cap while the system is hot. When cool, use a thick cloth and turn the cap slowly to
the first stop and allow the pressure to escape before fully removing the cap. Coolant should be kept off the
skin. Adhere to the precautions outlined on the antifreeze and inhibitor containers, where used. B097
1. Open the engine hood and remove the left­hand side
engine side panel.
2. Clamp the cab heater hose.
WARNING
Do not allow antifreeze to contact skin. Adhere to instructions
detailed on antifreeze container. B024
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
3. Place a suitable container under the tractor.
Detach the cab coolant hose and drain the coolant.
BAIS06CCM022AVA 2
4. Remove the expansion tank cap.
5. Connect the coolant hose when the coolant system
has finished draining.
6. Remove the clamp from the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM023AVA 3
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 15

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling
Prior operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid (B.50.A).
1. Ensure the correct grade and quantity of antifreeze
is added to the water. Recommended coolant mixture
is 50% water to 50% anti freeze to specification
AMBRA AGRIFLU.
2. Refill the cooling system through the radiator cap until
completely full and replace radiator cap.
BAIS06CCM159AVB 1
3. Refill the expansion tank to the COLD FILL mark.
BAIS06CCM158AVA 2
4. Start the engine and run until normal operating temperature
is reached. Check for leaks, allow to cool
and re­check the coolant level.
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 16

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat ­ Remove
1. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the
coolant hose from the thermostat housing.
BVE0263A 1
2. Remove the thermostat housing from the cylinder
block.
BVE0264A 2
3. Remove the thermostat seal (1) and the thermostat
(2).
BVE0265A 3
Next operation:
Thermostat ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 17

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat ­ Install
Prior operation:
Thermostat ­ Remove (B.50.A),Thermostat ­ Test (B.50.A).
1. Make sure the mating surfaces are clean
Install the thermostat (2) and a new thermostat
seal(1).
BVE0265A 1
2. Install the thermostat housing to the cylinder block.
Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value. Refer to Thermostat ­ Torque (B.50.A).
BVE0264B 2
3. Connect the coolant hose to the thermostat housing
and tighten the hose clamp (1).
BVE0263A_69 3
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 18

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat ­ Test
Prior operation:
Thermostat ­ Remove (B.50.A).
1. Place the thermostat in a container of water, and
raise the temperature to 212 °F (100 °C). If the thermostat
fails to open when hot, or fails to close properly
when cooled, it must be replaced.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to operate
at a too hot or too cold operating temperature. If the
thermostat is not replaced, this could result in damage to
the engine or impaired engine performance.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate an engine without a thermostat.
RI­1­107 1
Next operation:
Thermostat ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 19

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Water pump ­ Install
Prior operation:
Water pump ­ Remove (B.50.A).
1. Make sure the mating surfaces are clean.
Replace the seal (1) and lubricate with clean engine
oil. NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP
ENGINE OIL SAE 15W­40.
BVE0374A 1
2.
Mount the coolant pump (1); screw down the bolts
(2) and tighten them to the prescribed torque, refer
to Water pump ­ Torque (B.50.A).
80346 2
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 20

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Water pump ­ Remove
Prior operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid (B.50.A).Fan and drive Belt ­ Remove (B.50.A)
1. Undo the coolant pump retaining bolts and remove
the coolant pump.
BVE0294A 1
Next operation:
Water pump ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 21

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Radiator ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid
(B.50.A)).
All Tractors
1. Remove the engine side panel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
2. Loosen the hose clamp and detach the retaining
bracket.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
3. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and remove the engine
air cooler outlet pipe (2).
NOTE: Remove and discard the cable ties.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 2
BAIS06CCM025AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 22

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
4. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and remove the engine
air cooler inlet pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 4
5. Detach the engine air cleaner intake duct and position
to one side.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 5
6. Remove the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
pipe retaining clamp.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 6
Tractors with Air Conditioning
7. Release the retaining clips (1). Detach the air conditioning
condenser (2) and position it to one side.
BAIS06CCM030AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 23

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
All Tractors
8. Remove the side guard support bracket.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM011AVA 8
9. Remove the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
retaining bolt.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 9
10. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler inlet (1) and
the outlet (2) pipes.
NOTE: Install suitable blanking plugs.
BAIS06CCM032AVA 10
11. Pull the lower part of the transmission oil cooler/engine
air cooler assembly forward (1), slide the assembly
upwards (2) and remove from the tractor.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM013AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 24

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
12. Remove the fan shroud retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM014BVA 12
13. Remove the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 13
14. Disconnect the radiator lower hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 25

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
15. Disconnect the radiator top hose (1), expansion hose
(2) and the radiator support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 15
16. Remove the radiator retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM144AVA 16
17. Detach the hood check strap (1) and remove the radiator
assembly (2).
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM021AVA 17
Next operation:
Radiator ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 26

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Radiator ­ Install
Prior operation:
Radiator ­ Remove (B.50.A).
All Tractors
1. Install the radiator assembly (2) and install the hood
check strap (1).
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM021AVA 1
2. Install the radiator retaining bolts.
Tighten to 32 Nm (24 lb ft).
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM144AVA 2
3. Connect the radiator top hose (1), expansion hose
(2) and the radiator support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 27

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
4. Connect the radiator lower hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 4
5. Install the fan shroud retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM014BVA 5
6. Install the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 28

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
7. Position the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
assembly to the tractor, slide the assembly downwards
into the upper retaining brackets (1) and push
the lower part of the assembly rearwards (2).
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM013AVB 7
8. Connect the transmission oil cooler inlet (1) and the
outlet (2) pipes.
BAIS06CCM032AVA 8
9. Install the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
retaining bolt.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 9
10. Install the side guard support bracket.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM011AVA 10
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 29

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Tractors with Air Conditioning
11. Install the air conditioning condenser to the tractor,
install the retaining bolts (1) and retaining clips (2).
BAIS06CCM030AVB 11
All Tractors
12. Install the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
pipe retaining clamp.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 12
13. Install the engine air cleaner intake duct.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 13
14. Install the engine air cooler inlet pipe (2) and tighten
the hose clamps (1).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 30

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
15. Install the engine air cooler outlet pipe (2) and tighten
the hose clamp (1).
BAIS06CCM025AVA 15
16. Install the retaining bracket and tighten the hose
clamp.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 16
17. Install the engine side panel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 17
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 31

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Fan and drive Belt ­ Remove
1. Attach a 15 mm. socket and bar (1) to the automatic
drive belt tensioner arm. Rotate clockwise and remove
the drive belt from the pulleys.
Carefully feed the drive belt between the cooling fan
and the radiator shroud.
BAIL06CCM247ASA 1
Next operation:
Fan and drive Belt ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 32

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Fan and drive Belt ­ Install
Prior operation:
Fan and drive Belt ­ Remove (B.50.A).
1. Carefully feed the drive belt between the cooling fan
and the radiator shroud.
Attach a 15 mm. socket and bar (1) to the automatic
drive belt tensioner arm. Rotate clockwise and refit
the drive belt onto the pulleys.
Once the belt is in position, rotate the socket and bar
anti clockwise until the tensioner takes up all of the
play in the belt and the socket and bar can safely
be removed. The belt should now be correctly tensioned.
BAIL06CCM247ASA 1
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 33

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Install
1. Install the drive belt tensioner assembly retaining bolt
(1) and tighten to the specified torque value. Refer
to Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Torque (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 34

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor electrical
connector and remove the coolant temperature sensor
(1).
BVE0287A 1
Next operation:
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 35

POWER PRODUCTION ­ ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Install
Prior operation:
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Remove (B.50.A).
1. Apply sealant to the threaded portion of the new
coolant temperature sensor body and tighten the
coolant temperature sensor to the specified torque
value. Refer to Sensing system Coolant temperature
­ Torque (B.50.A).
BVE0287B 1
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 36

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ 50.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Drain fluid 15
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Dynamic description 11
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling 16
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Overview 10
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Static description 8
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Static description 12
Fan and drive Belt ­ Install 33
Fan and drive Belt ­ Remove 32
Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Install 34
Fan and drive Belt tensioner ­ Torque 6
Fan and drive Idler pulley ­ Torque 6
Fan and drive Viscous drive ­ Torque 6
Radiator ­ Dynamic description 14
Radiator ­ Install 27
Radiator ­ Remove 22
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Install 36
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Remove 35
Sensing system Coolant temperature ­ Torque ­ Sensor 7
Thermostat ­ Dynamic description 13
Thermostat ­ Install 18
Thermostat ­ Remove 17
Thermostat ­ Test 19
Thermostat ­ Torque 4
Water pump ­ Install 20
Water pump ­ Remove 21
Water pump ­ Torque 5
2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 37

2 3/5/2007
B.50.A / 38

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ­ 60.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ­ 60.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Oil pump
Torque 3
Oil pan
Torque 4
Piston lubrication
Spray nozzle ­ Torque 5
Oil cooler
Torque 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Static description 7
SERVICE
Oil pump
Install 9
Remove 10
Oil pan
Tighten ­ Sequence. 11
Oil filter
Remove 12
Oil cooler
Tighten ­ Sequence. 13
Remove 14
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 2

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pump ­ Torque
PART
Bolts securing oil pump to engine block
M8 x 1.25 x 35 (x 13)
M8 x 1.25 x 50 (x 2)
TORQUE
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18.4 lbft +/­ 4 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pan ­ Torque
Part
Bolts securing oil pan.
M10 x 1,5 x 45 bolts
M10 x 1,5 x 90 bolts
M10 x 1,5 x 125 bolts
M10 x 1,5 x 190 bolts
TORQUE
Refer to Oil pan ­ Tighten (B.60.A)
50 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (37 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
70 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (52 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
70 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (52 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
70 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (52 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Piston lubrication Spray nozzle ­ Torque
Part
Bolts for securing "J" Jets into engine block M10 x 1,25
x 10
TORQUE
15 Nm +/­ 3 Nm (11 lb ft +/­ 2 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil cooler ­ Torque
Part
Bolts for securing oil cooler to engine block.
M8 x 1,25 x 35
M8 x 1,25 x 100
TORQUE Nm
Refer to Oil cooler ­ Tighten (B.60.A)
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
25 Nm +/­ 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/­ 4 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ­ Static description
Forced­circulation lubrication is accomplished by the oil pump, housed at the front of the crankcase.
The lubricating oil is sent from the oil sump to the crankshaft, camshaft and valve control.
Lubrication also includes the cooler, turbo­blower and compressor for the compressed air system if there is one.
All these components often change according to use and will therefore be covered under the specific heading.
80733 1
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Pressurized oil
Oil under gravity
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pump ­ Install
Prior operation:
Crankshaft Front seal ­ Remove (B.10.A), Oil pump ­ Remove (B.60.A), Water pump ­ Install (B.50.A).
1. If not already removed, remove the seal (2) from the
front cover (1).
Carefully clean the mating surface.
80347 1
2. Carefully clean the contact surface on the engine
block and position the gasket (1) on the crankcase.
80348 2
3. Mount the oil pump (2) on the engine block and screw
down the bolts, tightening them to the prescribed
torque, refer to Oil pump ­ Torque (B.60.A).
80349 3
Next operation:
Crankshaft Front seal ­ Install (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 9

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pump ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Crankshaft Front seal ­ Remove (B.10.A).
1. Take out the screws (1) and remove the oil pump (2).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the screws (1)
as they have different lengths.
80330 1
Next operation:
Oil pump ­ Install (B.60.A), Flywheel ­ Remove (B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 10

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pan ­ Tighten ­ Sequence.
1. Tightening sequence for oil pan bolts.
bail06ccm028gsa 1
For required torque settings, refer to Oil pan ­ Torque (B.60.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 11

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil filter ­ Remove
1. Remove the oil filter (1) by unscrewing the filter assembly
using a suitable tool.
BAIL07CCM263ASA 1
Next operation:
Oil cooler ­ Remove (B.60.A)
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 12

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil cooler ­ Tighten ­ Sequence.
1. Tightening sequence for oil cooler bolts.
80367_89 1
For the required torque settings, refer to Oil cooler ­ Torque (B.60.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 13

POWER PRODUCTION ­ LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil cooler ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Oil filter ­ Remove (B.60.A)
1. Disconnect the connector (1) from the oil pressure ­
temperature sensor.
Unscrew the bolts (2) and remove the oil pressure ­
temperature sensor (3).
Unscrew the bolts (4) and remove the oil filter mounting
(5) from the crankcase together with its seals.
Remove the cooler from its seat.
80400 1
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 14

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ­ 60.A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ­ Static description 7
Oil cooler ­ Remove 14
Oil cooler ­ Tighten ­ Sequence. 13
Oil cooler ­ Torque 6
Oil filter ­ Remove 12
Oil pan ­ Tighten ­ Sequence. 11
Oil pan ­ Torque 4
Oil pump ­ Install 9
Oil pump ­ Remove 10
Oil pump ­ Torque 3
Piston lubrication Spray nozzle ­ Torque 5
2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 15

2 3/5/2007
B.60.A / 16

POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
STARTING SYSTEM ­ 80.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 1

Contents
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
STARTING SYSTEM ­ 80.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine starter
General specification 3
Torque 3
SERVICE
Engine starter
Test 4
Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw 5
Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test. 7
Remove 8
Install 9
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 2

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ General specification
Rated Voltage
Rated Power
Direction of rotation
Maximum No Load Current Draw at 11.5 volts and 4000
rev/min.
Starter Type ­ Iskra Gear Starter
12 V
4.2 Kw
Clockwise
120 amps
Engine starter ­ Torque
Description
Torque
Starter Motor mounting bolts M10 x 1.50 x 35mm 43 Nm +/­ 5 (31.7 lbft +/­ 4)
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 3

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ Test
1. For easier and rapid diagnosis and for most conclusive
test results, it is recommended that a battery­starter
tester (high rate discharge tester) incorporating
a 0 ­ 20 V voltmeter and a 0 ­ 1000 A ammeter
be used to diagnose starting system problems.
When using test equipment follow the manufacturers
recommended test procedures. If test equipment
is not available the following test procedure, using a
standard 0 ­ 20 V voltmeter and 0 ­ 1000 A ammeter
can be used to determine the correct operation of the
starter without removing it from the engine.
Before testing :
Check that the battery is fully charged.
Check the complete starting system wiring circuit for
frayed or broken wires or loose terminal connections.
Check the engine is not seized.
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 4

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw
Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw
1. Attach a suitable clamp meter, (1), with a 0 ­ 1000 A
range, over the battery positive cable.
Connect the voltmeter (2) positive lead to the battery
positive terminal and the voltmeter negative lead to
the battery negative terminal.
To prevent engine start up during cranking remove
the engine processor fuse, Fuse 33, refer to, Fuse
and relay box ­ General specification (A.30.A).
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter
and ammeter readings. The voltage should remain
steady at around 10 ­ 12 V with between 250 ­ 400
A being drawn.
2. If the current draw is within specification the starting
motor (4) is functioning correctly. If the voltage drops
during the test proceed to ‘Starting System Circuit
Resistance’.
3. If the current draw is greater than specified, check
the circuit as outlined below. If the starting system
circuit tests are satisfactory the starting motor is defective
and must be replaced or renewed.
4. If the current draw is less than specified, the starting
motor is defective and must be replaced or renewed..
If there is an excessive current draw the circuit should
be checked by recording voltage drops across the
individual components in the circuit
IMPORTANT: Disconnect the fuel injection pump fuel shut
off solenoid wire.
Battery Positive Cable :
5. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the battery
positive terminal.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the starting
motor solenoid battery terminal.
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter reading.
If the voltage exceeds 0.2 V, check and tighten
the cable connections. Recheck the voltage, if still
excessive install a new cable.
1b0o2004061139 1
60­55­002 2
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 5

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Starting Motor Ground Connections :
6. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the starting
motor frame.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the engine
block.
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter reading.
If the voltmeter reading exceeds 0.2 V check
the ground connections between the starting motor
flange and the rear engine plate.
60­55­003 3
Battery Ground Cable :
7. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the engine
block.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the battery
negative terminal.
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter reading.
If the reading exceeds 0.2 V, check and tighten
the ground cable connections. Recheck the voltage,
if it is still excessive install a new ground cable.
60­55­004 4
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 6

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test.
Prior operation:
Engine starter ­ Remove (B.80.A).
Starting Motor No­Load Test:
1. Secure the starting motor in a vice equipped with soft
jaws.
Connect the battery negative cable (4) to the starting
motor mounting flange.
Connect a voltmeter (3) positive lead to the battery
positive terminal, the voltmeter negative lead to the
battery negative terminal.
Connect the battery positive cable to the starting motor
terminal and attach a suitable clamp meter (1),
over the cable.
Connect a short jumper lead (6) between the solenoid
battery and solenoid switch terminals.
Hold a hand tachometer (5) on the end of the armature
shaft. Set the starting motor by adjusting the
carbon pile (2) to give 11.7 V. When the armature rotates
above 4000 RPM. the maximum current draw
should not exceed 150 A.
If the starting motor does not perform to specification,
renew or replace starter motor.
NOTE: A fully charged battery and a battery starter tester
(high rate discharge tester) with a carbon pile (variable load
resistor) should be used to perform this test.
NOTE: Connecting the jumper lead will cause the starter
to operate.
1b0o2004061141 1
Drive Pinion Assembly
2. Check the operation of the roller clutch. The pinion
should rotate clockwise only. If the pinion is stuck or
rotates in both directions, or if the pinion teeth are
damaged, renew or replace starter motor assembly.
If damaged pinion teeth are evident, check the flywheel
ring gear teeth as described in Flywheel ­ Install
(B.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 7

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the battery ground (negative) cable from
the battery, refer to, Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A).
Undo the ’positive clamp’ brass stud, (1) located
within the red protective cover (2) and remove the
protective cover from the solenoid assembly. Disconnect
the positive cables to the solenoid and the
solenoid coil feed wire.
Remove the three starting motor mounting bolts and
remove the starting motor from the engine.
BAIS06CCM700AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 8

POWER PRODUCTION ­ STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter ­ Install
ATTENTION: Ensure that the mating faces of the starter motor and starter motor housing are clean and free from
debris.
1. Mount the starter motor into the starter motor housing
and secure into position with the starter motor mounting
bolts.
2. Torque starter motor mounting bolts to recommended
specification. Refer to Engine starter ­
Torque (B.80.A).
3. Reconnect the solenoid feed wire and solenoid positive
supply wire. Refit the protective cover (2) and
install the ’positve clamp’ brass stud (1).
4. Reconnect the battery, refer to Battery ­ Connect
(A.30.A).
BAIS06CCM700AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 9

Index
POWER PRODUCTION ­ B
STARTING SYSTEM ­ 80.A
Engine starter ­ Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw 5
Engine starter ­ Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test. 7
Engine starter ­ General specification 3
Engine starter ­ Install 9
Engine starter ­ Remove 8
Engine starter ­ Test 4
Engine starter ­ Torque 3
2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 10

2 3/5/2007
B.80.A / 11

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

REPAIR MANUAL
POWER TRAIN
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
TRANSMISSION Powershift
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR PTO Mechanical
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR PTO Hydraulic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
C.20.E
C.30.C
C.30.D
C.40.B
C.40.C
2 3/5/2007
C

POWER TRAIN ­ C
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ 20.E
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 1

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ 20.E
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Torque 3
Special tools 4
General specification 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Static description 11
Dynamic description 20
Sectional view 26
Logical diagram 29
SERVICE
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Pressure test 33
Calibration 36
Disassemble 41
Adjust 57
Assemble 60
Clutch and gear
Overhaul 69
Test 83
Housing
Remove 84
Assemble 89
Disassemble 90
Disconnect 91
Install 95
Connect 100
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 2

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Torque
Bolts, transmission housing
to rear axle housing
Bolts, transmission housing
to rear axle housing
Tightening Torques
lbf.ft
NM
M14 150 200 Nm
M16 220 295 Nm
BRI4151B 1
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 3

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI4101C 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 4

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section:
290090 Overhaul rotary stand.
291924* Quick release coupler
291927* Adaptor 1/8 npt
292176 Range input and output shaft end play test tool (use with tools
nos. 50013 and 50018).
292246* Hose
292651 Puller
292655 Puller legs
292870 Pressure test kit
292927 Slide hammer.
293242* 40 bar pressure gauge
293343 Output shaft spanner (65 mm).
295021 Clutch spring compressor.
x 295041
Diagnostic switch
297240 7/16 unf male quick release adaptor
297396 Range input and output shaft bearing adjustment tool
297404 Adaptor m10 x 1.0 7/16 unf female
297471 Tractor separation stand.
297602# Adaptor m10 banjo x 7/16unf female
297609# Adaptor m14 banjo x m14 x 1.5p female
297612 Transmission end casing lifting hook 3 off).
297613 Medium clutch shaft adaptor (for lifting and endfloat adjustment)
x 297614
Medium and ’c’ clutch hub bearing setting tool
297615 Manifold bush removal tool
297616 Transmission overhaul brackets (use with stand tool no.
290090).
380000403 Lifting brackets (set of two)
380000449 Clutch air test adaptor
380000450 Clutch air test adaptor
380000451 Clutch air test adaptor
* part of kit 292870
#part of kit 297611
Tool to be fabricated for range input and output shaft bearing adjustment (Mark tool with no. 50018 ­ Dimensions in
mm). Fabricate tool using Aq 42 material.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 5

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
24602_713 1
NOTE: Dealer made tool 50018 can also be purchased as Tool Number 297396
Tool to be fabricated for input and output shaft bearing assembly (Mark tool with no. 50108 ­ Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using UNI C40 material.
25291_714 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 6

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Alignment pins to be fabricated for engine and speed clutch/transmission housing removal/installation (Mark tool with
no. 50117 ­ Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using UNI C40 material.
25292_715 3
Adapter to be fabricated for reverse idler gear pin removal (Mark tool with no. 50143 ­ Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using UNI C40 material.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 7

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Transmission Locking Tool (Manufacture locally)
25280_716 4
BTB0144B_717 5
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ General specification
Transmission
40 Km/h 18 forward and 6 reverse gears, controlled by nine hydraulically
engaged clutches via processor driven PWM valves.
50 Km/h As per 40 Km/h with additional clutch located in rear axle centre
housing enabling a 19th gear direct drive from engine flywheel
via PTO input shaft.
Gear type
helical toothed, constant mesh
Rear to Front Axle ratio 1.343
Speed shift controls
by two buttons located on the control lever
Transmission lubrication
Supplied from steering priority valve, return side of steering
motor and supplementary valve on charge pressure circuit
Number of driven discs­Clutch A 5
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Clutch A mm 2.65 ­ 2.75
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 8

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Number of drive discs ­ Clutch A 5
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Clutch A mm 1.80 ­ 2.00
Multi­pack clutch A thickness under a mm 23.5 ­ 23.7
load of 163 kg (1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs ­ Clutch
7
A
­ Free spring length ­ Clutch A mm 32
­ Compressed spring length under a mm 23
load of 215 kg (2108 N)
Number of driven discs­Clutch B 5
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Clutch B mm 2.65 ­ 2.75
Number of drive discs ­ Clutch B 5
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Clutch B mm 1.80 ­ 2.00
Multi­pack clutch B thickness under a mm 23.5 ­ 23.7
load of 163 kg (1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs ­ Clutch
7
B
­ Free spring length ­ Clutch B mm 32
­ Compressed spring length under a
load of 215 kg (2108 N)
mm 23
SPECIFICATIONS
continued
Number of driven discs­Clutch C 8
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Clutch C mm 2.70 ­ 2.80
Number of drive discs ­ Clutch C 8
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Clutch C mm 1.5­1.7
Multi­pack clutch C thickness under a load of 163 kg (1600 N) mm 26.2 ­ 26.4
Number of Belleville springs ­ Clutch C 8
­ Free spring length ­ Clutch C mm 54.7
­ Compressed spring length under a load of 182 kg (1784 N) mm 46
Number of driven discs­Clutches D­E 6
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Clutches D­E mm 2.70 ­ 2.80
Number of drive discs ­ Clutches D­E 6
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Clutches D­E mm 1.5­1.7
Multi­pack clutches D­E thickness under a load of 163 kg (1600 N) mm 26.2 ­ 26.4
Number of Belleville springs ­ Clutches D­E 6
­ Free spring length ­ Clutches D­E mm 4.1
­ Compressed spring length under a load of 182 kg (1784 N) mm 3.22
Number of driven discs­Fast Clutch 10
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Fast Clutch mm 2.70 ­ 2.80
Number of drive discs ­ Fast Clutch 10
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Fast Clutch mm 1.5­1.7
Multi­pack Fast clutch thickness under a load of 163 kg (1600 N) mm 42.9­43.1
Number of Belleville springs ­ Fast Clutch 8
­ Free spring length ­ Fast Clutch mm 38.4
­ Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 N mm 24.4
Number of driven discs ­ Slow Clutch 14
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Slow Clutch mm 2.70 ­ 2.80
Number of drive discs ­ Slow Clutch 14
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Slow Clutch mm 1.5­1.7
Multi­pack Slow clutch thickness under a load of 163 kg (1600 N) mm 55.9­56.1
Number of Belleville springs ­ Slow Clutch 12
­ Free spring length ­ Slow Clutch mm 57.6
­ Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 N mm 36.6
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 9

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Number of driven discs ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse 12
­ Thickness of driven discs ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 2.70 ­ 2.80
Number of drive discs ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse 12
­ Thickness of drive discs ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 1.5­1.7
Multi­pack clutches Medium & Reverse thickness under a load of 163 mm 51.5­51.7
kg (1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse 12
­ Free spring length ­ Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 57.6
­ Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 mm 36.6
PTO drive shaft (7) diameter at the bushing mm 31.950 ­ 31.975
Press­fit bush inner diameter mm 31.990 ­ 32.085 ( ° )
PTO drive shaft to bushes clearance mm 0.015 ­ 0.135
Medium Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling resistance adjustment) mm 8.900 ­ 9.650 in
0.025 steps
‘C’ Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling resistance adjustment)
9.800 ­ 10.700 in
0.025 steps
Upper speed shaft assembly shims mm 3.80 ­ 4.80 in 0.05
steps
Output shaft and Medium clutch assembly endfloat shims mm 1.50 ­ 3.40 in 0.05
steps
Transmission output shaft thrust washer mm mm 3.95 ­ 4.00
SPECIFICATIONS ­ CREEPER GEARS (refer to ­ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ General specification
(C.30.C)
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 10

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Static description
The Power Command transmission installed is available in 30, 40 and 50 Km/h variants.
The 30 and 40 Km/h variants comprise of 9 multiplate clutches providing 18 forward and 6 reverse gears located in
the transmission housing. The 30 Km/h version is controlled electronically to prevent the engagement of the 18th
speed.
The 50 Km/h transmission has an additional 19th gear (50 Km/h) clutch located in the rear axle centre housing and
driven directly by the PTO input shaft from the engine flywheel.
The internal clutch arrangement is identical on all variants. An optional 10 forward and 6 reverse ratios are also
available using the creeper gear option.Refer to : TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Sectional view (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Logical diagram (C.20.E)
Each clutch within the transmission is controlled by a PWM (Pulse Width Modulated) solenoid valve located in
the hydraulic top cover. The identification of each solenoid valve is shown on Figure 7
BRI4152AA 1
Engagement of the PWM Valves is controlled by the RD module(1) located within the cab trim behind the operators
seat..
BSE3118B_516 2
Oil to energise the 19th gear 50 Km/h clutch is directed from the 50 Km/h PWM valve in the transmission top
cover through an On/Off solenoid operated control valve mounted on top of the rear axle to the clutch. As a
safety feature the 50 Km/h 19th gear clutch can not be engaged unless power is supplied to both the 19th clutch
PWM valve and the On/Off solenoid. When the On/Off solenoid is not energised all oil in the clutch piston is
open to reservoir thereby allowing the clutch to disengage drive.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 11

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSE2409A_119 3
Oil pressure to engage the clutches is supplied from the low pressure regulating valve (1) located in the valve
block above the main hydraulic pump, which maintains the pressure at 23 bar.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
The low pressure system also incorporates a hydraulic accumulator, located on the right hand side of the transmission.
The accumulator provides instant additional oil to fill possible voids when transmission shifts involving
multiple clutches are performed.
BSD2163A_121 5
Transmission lubrication oil is supplied from the lubrication circuit fed from the steering priority valve, return
side of steering motor and supplementary valve on the charge pressure circuit and is controlled to a maximum
pressure of 7 bar by the lubrication relief valve (2).
An oil cooler by­pass valve (1), located in the transmission top cover, ensures that excessive oil pressure, generated
at cold start up, or if the cooler becomes blocked, bypasses the cooler until the oil warms up and the
pressure drops.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 12

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSD21452A_122 6
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 13

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
1. From steering
pump flow divider
(lubrication oil)
2. Return from steering
BRI4152B 7
Transmission Top Cover
7. Low pressure feed for
transmission
8. Feed to 19th gear
dump solenoid
motor
3. To oil cooler 9. Low pressure supply
to brake booster
circuit
4. Return from oil cooler 10. Low pressure oil ­
low pressure warning
switch
5. Supplementary
lubrication oil from
charge circuit
6 To lubrication circuit
A. Transmission Clutch
A solenoid
B. Transmission Clutch
B solenoid
C. Transmission Clutch
C solenoid
M
Medium Range clutch
solenoid
F
High range clutch
solenoid
S
Low range clutch
solenoid
11. Transmission oil
temperature sensor
D. Transmission Clutch
D solenoid
E. Transmission Clutch
E solenoid
R
Reverse range clutch
solenoid
19 19th gear clutch
solenoid (50 Km/h)
The transmission clutches can be broken down into groups as follows:
A and B clutches ­ Located at the front of the transmission providing high ratio and low ratio output.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 14

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0349A_19 8
C, D and E clutches ­ Located in the central part of the transmission each provide a single speed. Using either
the A or B clutch with any of the C, D and E clutches provides six speeds:
F (fast), S (slow), M (medium) and R (reverse) clutches, located at the rear of the transmission provide a further
3 forward ranges and 1 reverse range, enabling the transmission to provide 18 forward and 6 reverse ratios.
BSB0350A_20 9
RANGE
S M F R
SPEED
AC 1 7 13 R1
BC 2 8 14 R2
AD 3 9 15 R3
BD 4 10 16 R4
AE 5 11 17 R5
BE 6 12 18 R6
The above chart identifies which groups of clutches are energised for each gear selected in speeds 1 to 18 and the
chart shown on TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Logical diagram (C.20.E), illustrates the powerflow for each gear.
The optional 50 Km/h 19th clutch in the rear axle housing is used solely to provide the 19th gear ratio.
When 19th gear is selected no other clutches are energised and drive is direct from the engine flywheel through
the PTO input shaft.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 15

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI4100B 13
The engagement of the clutches is controlled by inputs from various sensors and switches:­
INPUT SENSORS
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION LOCATION
Engine Torque/RPM Sensor Measures engine speed and torque
by means of flywheel damper spring
deflection. Depending on the torque
being transmitted will assist in
determining when a gear shift will
occur
Transmission Output speed and
Mid­speed sensors
Measures transmission output speed
and speed of the transmission at
the input to the range section. The
speeds are compared to assist in
determining clutch engagement times
Transmission oil temperature sensor
Measures temperature of the oil to
provide compensation for hot/cold oil
conditions.
Foot throttle assembly potentiometer
and idle speed switch
Submits inputs to the Engine Control
Module on throttle position and fault
codes.
Clutch pedal disconnect switch
Disengages power to range clutches
(fast/slow/med/rev and 19 gear
50 Km/h) PWM valves, thereby
disengaging drive.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 17

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch pedal potentiometer
Provides operator controlled
engagement of the feathering (range)
clutches.
Shuttle lever
Provides information to the
processor,via switches, for forward,
reverse and neutral transmission
drive selection.
Gear shift switches
Allows the operator to shift ratios
via push buttons switches sending a
signal to the processor.
Footbrake switches
Informs the processor of when the
brakes are being applied to assist
in ratio shifts during auto function
operation.
Handbrake switch
To be applied during calibration, error
code if not applied. Tractor will drive if
handbrake applied but audible alarm
sounds.
Pressure switches for
fast/slow/med/rev clutches
These monitor for possible stuck
valves. If pressure is indicated in
more than one circuit drive will be
shut down and an associated error
code will be displayed.
Creeper engaged potentiometer
Informs the processor when creeper
has been engaged, preventing
selection of certain higher ratios.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 18

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Seat switch
Auto Function Select Switch
Seat switch must be operated, ie,
operator seated, before the processor
allows engagement of forward or
reverse drive. (Note, a faulty switch
can be over ridden by the clutch
pedal). Also prohibits start­up
and transmission calibration if not
engaged.
Sends a signal to the processor to
select the auto shift functions
OUTPUT DEVICES
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION LOCATION
Clutch PWM valves, A,B,C,D,E and
fast/slow/med/rev/19 ­ 50 Km/h
Controls oil to the clutches to
engage/disengage the clutches via a
signal from the processor.
19th clutch On/Off Dump Solenoid
Returns 19th clutch oil to reservoir
disengaging drive through the clutch
when the 19 ­ 50 Km/h PWM valve
is not energised.
Gear Display Unit
Provides operator information as
to which ratios are selected and
pre­selected, whether auto mode is
selected and error code information.
CONTROL DEVICE ­
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION LOCATION
MICRO PROCESSOR
The transmission is controlled by
the RD module, located within the
cab trim behind the operators seat.
The processor has 6, connectors
and in addition to controlling the
transmission also controls the
electronic hydraulic lift system, the
rear PTO, 4WD, differential locks and
some engine control. The processor
has an inbuilt diagnostic facility which
can interpret a number of system
faults and display an error code on the
gear display unit. A full description of
error codes and fault finding can be
found later in this Chapter.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 19

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Dynamic description
Power Command is an electronically controlled full powershift transmission of an advanced design.
Subject to legal requirements in your country, the following transmissions are available
50 km/h 19 forward and 6 reverse ratios transmission plus
optional 10 x 6 creeper range.
40 km/h 18 forward and 6 reverse ratios transmission plus
optional 10 x 6 creeper range.
30 km/h 17 forward and 6 reverse ratios transmission plus
optional 10 x 6 creeper range.
IMPORTANT: If it is necessary to tow the tractor ensure that the creeper gear selector, where fitted, is in the off
position. If possible, run the engine at idle speed when towing to provide lubrication for the transmission components.
IMPORTANT: A tractor fitted with Power Command transmission cannot be tow­started and must not be towed other
than to remove it from a field or onto a trailer or truck. When towing the tractor, the speed should not exceed 5 Km/h
(3.1 MPH ) with the engine switched off, or 10 Km/h (6.2 MPH) with the engine running.
Powershift Control
Power Command transmission is operated by means of a powershift control incorporating two push buttons. The
buttons are used to make upward or downward gear changes on the move, even when performing operations such
as ploughing, etc.
Each one of the gear ratios may be sequentially selected using the upshift button (2) or downshift button (1). A digital
display (3) next to the powershift control indicate the gear ratio selected. It is not necessary to depress the clutch
pedal when using the upshift or downshift buttons.
BRI4087G 1
The powershift control may be repositioned to suit the operator. Loosen the clamp knob (2), move the control to the
most comfortable position then tighten the knob to clamp it in the new position. To adjust the height of the armrest,
loosen the knob (1). Grasp the armrest at the front and rear then lift or lower the complete assembly. Retighten the
clamp knob securely.
BRI4086B 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 20

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Shuttle Lever
Selection of forward or reverse travel is by means of the shuttle lever, located to the left of the steering wheel, is used
to select forward or reverse travel. The lever is spring­loaded to prevent inadvertent movement. It is not necessary
to depress the clutch pedal when actuating the shuttle lever.
BSE2671C 3
NOTE: If the shuttle lever is moved to the forward or reverse position with the handbrake engaged, an audible alarm
will be heard. Additionally, forward or reverse drive cannot be engaged unless the operator is in the tractor seat and
either:­
The clutch pedal is depressed and released with the F­N­R lever in the neutral position.
OR
The handbrake is released with the F­N­R lever in the neutral position.
NOTE: When stopping the tractor it is advisable to place the shuttle lever in neutral before switching off the engine.
NOTE: To prevent inadvertent tractor movement, place the shuttle lever in neutral, stop the engine and firmly apply
the parking brake before leaving the tractor. The transmission will not prevent the tractor from rolling when the engine
is shut off.
NOTE: When operating in low temperatures, upshifting may be restricted to the lower gears until the transmission
oil temperature reaches 10 ° C (50 ° F). Restricted upshifting will be accompanied by the warning ’CL’ in the digital
transmission display.
NOTE: When operating in temperatures below ­18 ° C (0 ° F) with cold transmission oil, avoid shuttle operations, as
far as practicable, until the oil has warmed up.
Clutch Pedal
A clutch pedal (1) is provided but is not required for gear changes or forward/reverse shuttle operations.
The clutch pedal is required only for positioning the tractor to attach equipment or if operating in confined spaces
when the low ratios do not provide a slow enough speed, at moderate/low engine speeds, to give precise control.
TA34 4
NOTE: If the tractor remains stationary for more than 30 seconds with the controls in neutral and the engine running,
the clutch pedal must be cycled before drive can be re­engaged.
IMPORTANT: To avoid premature wear, do not use the clutch pedal as a footrest.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 21

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Driving the Tractor
Start the engine with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal depressed. The LCD on the instrument panel
will display ’N’. This will be repeated in transmission gear display by a frame surrounding the ‘N’ (for neutral) symbol.
The figure ’7’ will also appear in the upper gear display. (When the tractor is initially started, the transmission will
automatically select 7th. gear).
BRI4011A 5
NOTE: Neutral start switches prevent operation of the starting motor unless the shuttle lever is in neutral and the
clutch pedal depressed.
For forward travel, with the engine idling, pull the shuttle lever toward the steering wheel, against light spring­pressure,
and move it up. The frame around the ’N’ will move up to enclose the forward direction symbol. Each time the shuttle
lever is operated, the ’frame’ will move to highlight the forward, neutral or reverse symbol.
BSE2671B 6
Once moving, select the required ratio with the upshift button (2) or downshift button (1), as previously described. An
example of the display that you will see is shown at (3), where the upper tractor symbol indicates forward and ’10’
indicates that 10th. gear is selected. The LCD segment for 10th. gear will also be displayed.
BRI4087F 7
NOTE: An alternative lower or higher ratio may be preselected before pulling away. However, if a ratio higher than 12
is selected then the electronic control will select 12, this being the highest ratio permissible when pulling away from a
standstill. If, for example, 15th. gear is selected before pulling away, the 15th. gear segment will flash and the 12th.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 22

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
gear segment will be steady. The tractor will pull away in 12th. gear and change up, sequentially, to the selected gear
as engine load, engine speed and road speed are optimised. The segments for 13th. and 14th. gears will appear,
as these ratios are automatically selected, then the 15th. gear segment will stop flashing and become steady as that
gear is reached.
To reverse the direction of travel, reduce engine speed, pull the shuttle lever (1) toward the steering wheel, then move
it down.
BSE2671A 8
NOTE: When changing from forward to reverse travel, the nearest available ratio will be selected. As there are six
ratios available in reverse, the ground speed in reverse gear may be different to the speed in the selected forward
gear.
When performing shuttle operations in a high gear, for example forward F15 selected, when the shuttle lever is moved
to the reverse position, the transmission will select the highest available ratio in reverse R6.
When the shuttle lever is moved forward again, ratio (F12) will be selected and the F12 segment will appear in the
display.
BRI4012A 9
In the unlikely event of a fault occurring in the electronic transmission circuit, the malfunction symbol (1) or warning
light and a four­digit error code (2), will appear in the Dot Matrix display on the instrument panel Error codes for the
transmission will start with the figure ’2’.
The code indicates the faulty circuit or sensor and the type of fault, e.g., open circuit, short circuit, etc. Refer to the
error code listing, ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description (A.50.A).
.
There are a number of ’action required’ error codes which can also appear in the Dot Matrix display:­
Error Code
P
CP
N
CREEPER GEARS
(where fitted)
Action Required
Park brake on, release lever.
Depress clutch pedal to enable transmission (restore drive)
Place the shuttle lever in neutral.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 23

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
For operations requiring extra low ground speeds, a reduction gear set (creeper gears) is available. The reduction
gear set is installed within the main transmission housing and has a reduction ratio of 6:1.
With the reduction gears, an additional 10 forward and 6 reverse creeper gear ratios are provided. The reduction gear
set has the effect of reducing the ratios within the main transmission to provide very low operating speeds.
Creeper gear selection
All Models
With the engine running, clutch depressed and the shuttle lever in neutral, apply and hold down the tractor footbrakes.
Momentarily depress the upper part of the selector switch (1), Figure,10 to engage the creeper gears. A creep speed
symbol (1) Figure, 11 will appear flashing in the transmission display. When the creep gears are fully engaged the
symbol will cease to flash and become steady.
BRI3995B 10
To disengage creeper gears, repeat the above procedure and depress the selector switch again.
BRI4092B 11
IMPORTANT: Creeper gears offer very low ground speeds. The lower gearing advantage should not be used to apply
excessive draft loads to the tractor.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 24

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 25

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Sectional view
1. Flywheel A A Clutch
2. Input Shaft Seal B B Clutch
3. Top Shaft Adjustment
C
C Clutch
Shim
4. Transmission Top
D
D Clutch
Cover and PWM
Valves
5. Reverse Clutch
E
E Clutch
Driven Gear (meshes
with medium clutch
driven gear)
6. Slow Speed Idler
F
Fast Range Clutch
Gear
7. Pump Drive Gear S Slow Range Clutch
8. Transmission/PTO
M
Medium Range Clutch
Input Shaft
9. 50 Kph Clutch Control
R
Reverse (R) Clutch
Valve
10. Rear Axle Pinion 50 Km/h 50 Kph 19th Gear
Clutch
11. Front Wheel Drive
Clutch
12. Creeper Gear
13. Transmission
extension housing
14. Medium Clutch Driven
Gear (meshes with
reverse clutch driven
gear)
15. Front Wheel Drive
Shaft
16. Lube Oil Transfer
Tube
17. Clutch Housing Cover
18. Flywheel to
Transmission Damper
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 26

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI3766B 1
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 27

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 28

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Logical diagram
BSB0247A 1
Power Command Transmission Power Flows
Transmission Output Drive
Clutch pack engaged
Drive out of C,D or E clutch,
depending on ratio selected
Drive after A or B clutch
Drive from B clutch when B
engaged
Drive in from Engine
A = Clutch A
B = Clutch B
C = Clutch C
D = Clutch D
E = Clutch E
F = Fast Range Clutch
S = Slow Range Clutch
M = Medium Range Clutch
R = Reverse Range Clutch
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 29

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 30

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI3767A 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 31

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 32

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Pressure test
1. Transmission Clutches, A,B,C,D,E, F1, F2, F3, F4
and R
Where
F1 = Slow Range
F2 = Medium Range
F3 = Fast Range
F4 = 19th Gear (50 Km/h models only)
VFIS06CCM301AVA 1
2. Prepare the tractor for pressure testing:
(iii) Start and drive the tractor to warm the transmission
oil to a minimum operating temperature of 65
°C (145 °F).
(i) Ensure the handbrake is fully applied.
(ii) Install the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 (1) in the tractor diagnostic panel connector
Figure 1.
BSB0624A_743 2
3. Install suitable pressure gauges (0 ­ 40 bar, 0 ­ 600
lbf.in2) with the appropriate quick release couplers,
ten if available, into each of the clutch pressure test
points.
1. Pressure gauge293242
2. Quick release adaptor, .291924
3. Hose, 292246
4. Adaptor, 291927
TA6021002_744 3
4. The test ports for the A, B, C, D and E clutches are
located in the transmission top cover.
If quick release fittings are not installed, remove the
test port plugs and install adaptor, 297608 and quick
release fitting 297240 into ports A, C, D and E. Into
Clutch B port, due to its limited access, install Banjo
fitting 297609 , adapter 297608 and quick release
fitting 297240 .
BAIS06CCM187AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 33

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
5. Mounted on the left­hand side of the transmission is
the Medium Range Test Port.
On some tractors it will be necessary to remove the
existing quick release fitting and install the adaptor,
297609 for easier access. Refit quick release fitting
into adaptor. Fit gauge, 293242 0 ­ 40 bar (0 ­ 600
lbf.in2) with hose, 292246 and quick release coupler
291924 .
BAIS06CCM188AVA 5
6. Mounted on right­hand side of the transmission is the
Reverse Range Test Port.
BAIS06CCM194AVA 6
7. Mounted on the top of the transmission is the Slow
Range Test Port (1) and the Fast Range Test Port (2).
BAIS06CCM195AVA 7
8. On the 50 Km/h tractor model, the clutch test point
is located on the 19th gear dump solenoid manifold.
Install the hose and gauge directly to the factory fitted
quick release fitting.
BAIS06CCM196AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 34

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
9. Start the engine and enter H7 Channel 4, refer to
Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A). Press the
clutch pedal and move the shuttle lever into forward.
Release the clutch. The instrument cluster display
will show ‘A24’, indicating that clutch ‘A’ solenoid will
be energised.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 9
10. To energise the solenoid press and hold the downshift
button and observe the pressure reading on the
gauge which should be 22±1 bar (319±15 lbf/in2).
NOTE: The 19th gear solenoid is not a PWM valves and
should indicate a slightly greater pressure of 23±1 bar
(334±15 lbf/in2).
NOTE: The clutch pedal should be depressed before energising
the solenoid. Once energised the pedal should be
released slowly to avoid harsh clutch engagement.
BAIS06CCM304AVA 10
11. The pressure can be controlled with the clutch
pedal. When the pedal is depressed the two digits
will change to a number 0­20 indicating the approximate
pressure in bars, as long as the clutch pedal
is correctly calibrated. With the pedal fully released
‘24’ will be displayed indicating Full Pressure. With
the pedal raised less than 30% the pressure applied
will be zero.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 11
12. To select other clutches, repeatedly press the upshift
button and then depress the downshift button
to energise the solenoid.
If all gauges read low, suspect a fault in the low
pressure hydraulic system, refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM ­ Pressure test
(A.10.A).
BAIL06CCM476AVA 12
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 35

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil must be at the correct temperature,
this can be checked using the H9 menu.
Full powershift transmission should be calibrated when the transmission oil temperature is between 60 ­ 105 °C
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four­digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
1. There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry ­ Depress and hold both the upshift
and downshift switches while starting the
engine.
• HH menu entry ­ Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH
menu’s.
Quick Entry
2. Depress and hold the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.
3. The system being calibrated will be shown on the
cluster and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central
display for a few seconds, then the transmission oil
temperature will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 1
4. Continue from step 7.
BAIL06CCM609AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 36

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
HH Menu Entry
5. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3
6. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the transmission symbol on the RD controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL" for a few
seconds, then the transmission oil temperature will
be displayed.
7. The engine speed will be set to 1200 RPM.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 4
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 37

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
8. Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and
release the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 5
9. The lower central display will be displaying the transmission
oil temperature, depressing the upshift or
downshift buttons will change the display to show the
flywheel torque calibration value.
BAIL06CCM611AVA 6
10. Depressing the upshift or downshift buttons again will
change the display back to the transmission oil temperature.
NOTE: If the code "U19" is displayed, calibration will not be
possible as the transmission oil temperature is not warm
enough.
NOTE: If the start up procedure was incorrect a "U" code
will be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYS­
TEM ­ Calibration (A.50.A).
11. If "CL" (10 ­ 60 °C) or "CH" (105 °C) is displayed, after
4 seconds the display will return to the transmission
oil temperature. The tractor may be operated to obtain
the correct oil temperature.
NOTE: If it is not practical to wait for the oil temperature
to change, depress either the upshift or downshift switches
while "CL" or "CH" is shown, the display will then show "A"
and calibration can proceed.
BAIL06CCM612AVA 7
12. There are two methods of calibrating the transmission:
• Individual clutch calibration.
• Automatic clutch calibration.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 38

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Individual Clutch Calibration
13. Set the engine speed to 1200 RPM.
14. Depress and hold the downshift switch to calibrate
clutch A. During the calibration process the calibration
value will be shown on the lower central display.
When clutch A calibration is completed the lower
central display will alternate between "A" and the calibration
value.
BAIL06CCM615AVA 8
15. Release the downshift switch, the display will change
to "B" indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.
BAIL06CCM616AVA 9
16. Repeat the above steps for clutches "B", "C", "D",
"E", "F1", "F2", "F3" "F4" and "R". After clutch R has
been calibrated, release the downshift switch and the
display will change to "A".
17. Repeatedly depressing the upshift switch will cycle
through each clutch mode, enabling an individual
clutch to be calibrated several times if required.
BAIL06CCM476AVB 10
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 39

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Automatic Clutch Calibration
18. Depress the Auto Function switch, this will start the
automatic calibration sequence.
BAIL06CCM617AVA 11
19. Both the Field and Transport indicator lamps will flash
during calibration. The clutches will be calibrated one
by one without the need to keep the downshift switch
depressed.
BTB0398 12
20. The lower central display will show "End" when the
procedure is complete and all clutches have been
calibrated.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 13
21. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 40

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Disassemble
1. Fix the transmission housing on the rotary stand tool
no. 290090 using front (1) and rear (2) brackets,
tools no 297616 and the locating pin supplied with
brackets, which locates in transmission drain plug.
BTB0046B 1
2. Transmission Top Cover­Overhaul
Remove the transmission top cover
NOTE: Where it is only necessary to overhaul the transmission
top cover, access to the cover can be obtained through
the cab floor panel.
BRI4152AA 2
3. Remove oil cooler by­pass valve (1) and lubrication
relief valve (2).
BSD21452A_765 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 41

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
4. To remove pulse width modulating valves remove retaining
plate and withdraw valves from casting.
1. Pressure Switches
2. Retaining Plate
3. Pulse Width Modulating Valves
4. Pressure Switch
5. Temperature Switch
BSD21451A 4
5. Transmission Components
Disassembly­Reassembly
Where fitted, remove creeper gear assembly.
NOTE: On 50 kph transmissions the 19th clutch is located
in the rear axle assembly. To remove and overhaul this
clutch refer toADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­
Overhaul (C.30.D).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or
fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
BSD2149A_766 5
bsg6982a 6
Creeper Gear
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 42

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
1. Housing 4. Splined Disc
2. Splined Disc 5. Plate
3. Epicyclic Gear 6. Circlip
6. Remove A/B clutch housing securing bolts and using
jacking holes provided pull housing from transmission
casing.
BSD2142A 7
7. Removing housing from transmission.
BSD2159A 8
8. Remove the circlip retaining the B clutch, clutch
plates and remove the plates from the housing.
BTB0036A_767 9
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 43

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
9. Using special tool 295021 compress the belleville
washers. Remove circlip and washers from the
clutch housing.
BTB0037A 10
10. Using either compressed air blown through the ‘B’
clutch port on top of the transmission.
BSD2144A 11
11. or
116 Using two M5 screws placed in piston, withdraw
piston assembly.
BSD2143A 12
12. Remove circlip and clutch housing.
NOTE: Before removing the ’B’ clutch housing check for
excessive movement and wear at the rear of the housing.
BSD2160A 13
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 44

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
13. Remove the oil manifold.
BSE2465A 14
14. Remove section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A_768 15
15. Remove the circlip from the front end of the upper
speed shaft.
NOTE: Check the circlip for wear. Excessive wear may
cause the upper shaft endfloat to be higher than specified.
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Adjust (C.20.E)
1b0o2004105150 16
16. Remove the gear, shim and spacer from the upper
speed shaft.
BRB0271A 17
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 45

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
17. Remove pump drive gear.
BSD2148A 18
18. Remove PTO shaft retaining ring.
NOTE: It is not possible to remove PTO shaft until after
the transmission rear housing has been separated from the
transmission.
BSD2147A 19
19. Remove transmission output speed sensor and install
dealer made transmission locking tool, refer to
special tools on TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Special
tools (C.20.E), to lock the fast slow clutch assembly.
BSD2146A 20
20. Remove the shim pack, retaining plate and bolts if
not previously removed with the creeper assembly.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 46

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
21. Unlock tabs on output shaft nut and using 65 mm
socket Tool number 293343 remove nut.
NOTE: The nut has a left hand thread.
BSD2145A 21
22. Remove reverse clutch circlip from end cap and
remove the cap using an M10x1.5 mm coarse
threaded bolt screwed into the end of it.
BRB0250A_769 22
23. Remove transmission medium speed sensor and install
dealer made transmission locking tool (1), to
lock the reverse clutch housing.
Use 55 mm socket to unscrew the shaft retaining nut.
BSI7705AA 23
24. Ensure the transmission is still locked and using a 60
mm socket unscrew nut on front end of lower speed
shaft.
NOTE: It is not necessary to loosen this nut if this section
of the transmission does not require disassembly.
BRB0289A_771 24
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 47

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
29. Remove PTO input shaft.
NOTE: This does not need to be removed if only the main
transmission is being worked on.
BSD2155A 29
30. Transmission Clutch Assemblies Removal
Removal of transmission clutches A thru M as follows.
BSB0350A_772 30
31. Remove four wheel drive shaft cassette seal (1)
located in front of transmission.
Remove the outer retaining circlip (2). The four
wheel drive shaft can then be removed from the
front.
BSD2194A 31
32. Install the gear locking tool through the reverse
speed sensor hole. Unlock the tabs on the nut at the
rear end of the Medium range shaft and loosen the
nut using a 70 mm socket.
BRB0256A_773 32
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 49

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
33. Install the lifting adaptor tool, 297613 , into the
medium clutch assembly.
BTB0043B 33
34. Fit the special lifting hooks 297612 to the end of the
3 range shafts, using M14x1.5 bolts to secure.
BRB0258B_774 34
35. Remove Fast / Slow shaft assembly.
BTB0044A_775 35
36. Remove the circlip from the fast clutch hub and remove
the hub.
BRB0260A_776 36
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 50

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
37. Remove the reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A_777 37
38. Remove the Medium range shaft assembly.
BTB0040A_778 38
39. Remove the oil supply pipes for Fast and Slow
clutches and the lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A_779 39
40. Remove transmission upper speed shaft bearing retainer.
BSD2191A 40
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 51

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
41. Knock the upper speed shaft out from the front of
the transmission and remove from the rear. Lift the
cluster gear out from the top of the transmission.
BRB0273A_780 41
42. Remover the large nut and withdraw the lower shaft
from the rear of the transmission.
BRB0277A_781 42
43. Rotate the transmission to position the rear uppermost
and remove the washer from the lower shaft
support.
BRB0278A_782 43
44. Remove the “E" clutch pack
BRB0279A 44
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 52

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
45. Remove the “C/D" clutch assembly and remove the
clutch bearing shim and spacer.
BRB0281A 45
46. Remove the “D” clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A_783 46
47. Remove the lubrication pipes and T piece.
BRB0283A_784 47
48. Remove the lower oil baffle plate.
BRB0284A_785 48
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 53

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
49. Remove the fuel tank cross–over tube retaining bolt
on the right hand side of the transmission and remove
the tube.
BRB0285A_786 49
TRANSMISSION REAR HOUSING
50. Disassembly
1. Pump Idler Gear
2. Driving Gear
3. Slow Range Driven Gear
4. Reverse Clutch Support Bearing
BSD2156A 50
51. Slow Range Driven Gear
Using M12x1.25 bolt remove shaft (1) and withdraw
gear(2).
Replace bearings where necessary.
BSD2189A 51
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 54

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
52. Pump Idler Gear
Remove locking plate.
BSD2158A 52
53. Remove bearing adjuster.
BSD2192A 53
54. Remove shaft using slide hammer (1) and M12 x 1.25
extractor.
BSD2193A 54
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 55

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSD2197A 55
Pump Drive Gear Assembly
1 Pump Drive Gear 2 Bearing Cup
3 Bearing 4 Shaft
5 Bearing Adjuster 6 Locking Plate
7 Spacer 8 Spacer (Shim)
9 Bearing Cup 10 Bearing
Pump Drive Gear Installation
55. Reassemble components, including original shim
and tighten adjuster to 30 Nm.
Check gear turns freely with a torque of 0.1­0.2 Nm.
Change shim thickness if necessary.
Lock adjuster in position with locking plate.
BSD2195A 56
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 56

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Adjust
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. B020
Transmission Upper Speed Shaft End Float Adjustment
1. Proceed as follows:
Place the transmission input shaft (1) on a bench,
slide on the gear (6), spacer (5), a 3.5 mm test shim
(4), gear (3). Lock the assembly with a circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7), measure
the end play between the circlip (2) and gear (3).
Shim to be installed is given by the measured dimension
plus the test shim minus the specified end play.
Example:
Gauge reading:= 0.90 mm
Test shim:= 3.50 mm
Specified end play= 0 ­ 0.15 mm
Shim (8) to be installed: = 0.90 + 3.50 ­ 0.10 = 4.30
mm.
NOTE: Available adjust shims are detailed on TRANSMIS­
SION Powershift ­ General specification (C.20.E).
2. Remove circlip (2), withdraw the gear (3) and test
shim (4). Add shim (8) as previously found, gear (3)
and lock the assembly with the circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7) check
that end play is to specification.
23500_95 1
23501_96 2
Output Shaft (fast/slow) End Float Adjustment
3. Insert test shims until they are flush with the machined
face of the casing. Measure the test shim
pack (Sp). Install end plate and tighten bolts to the
specified torque, ensuring that the belleville washers
have their outer edge against the end plate.
BTB0065A 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 57

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
4. Rotate the transmission several times using the special
tool in the end of the Medium range shaft. Between
turns tap the end of the output shaft with a
rubber faced hammer to ensure the shaft is fully settled
in the transmission.
BTB0064A 4
5. Install the special tool, 297396 (3), over the output
shaft, with the double ended threaded bar (2),
screwed into the output shaft. Attach the lever
assembly, tool 292176 (1), to the threaded bar.
Position a suitable DTI gauge onto the end housing
with the stylus on the face of the output shaft nut.
Ensure the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as
possible and zero the gauge.
Lift the output shaft using special tool 292176 . The
DTI reading should be between 0.04 ­ 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
BTB0061B 5
6. Calculate the shim required:­
S1 = H + Sp ­ (0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
7. Recheck endfloat until within specification. Torque
end plate bolts to 35 Nm (26 lbf.ft).
Medium Range Shaft End Float Adjustment
8. Install test shims and circlip on rear end of the
Medium range shaft. Measure the test shim pack
(Sp).
Rotate the transmission several times using the
special tool in the end of the Medium range shaft.
Between turns tap the end of the special tool in the
medium range shaft with a rubber faced hammer to
ensure the shaft is fully settled in the transmission.
BRB0254A 6
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 58

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
9. Install the special tool, 297396 over the special tool
installed in the medium range shaft, with the double
ended threaded bar screwed into the medium shaft
tool. Attach the lever assembly, tool 292176 , to the
threaded bar. Position a suitable DTI gauge onto the
end housing with the stylus on the lower face of the
tool installed into the medium range shaft. Ensure
the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as possible
and zero the gauge.
BTB0062A 7
10. Lift the medium range shaft using special tool292176
. The DTI reading should be between 0.04 ­ 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
Calculate the shim required:­
S1 = H + Sp ­ (0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
Recheck endfloat until within specification.
BTB0063A 8
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 59

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Assemble
1. Apply petroleum jelly to the contact surfaces between
the fuel cross pipe and the transmission
casing and install the pipe from the right side of the
transmission. Secure with the retaining bolt.
BRB0285A_801 1
2. Install the lower splash plate with the 4 Allen key
bolts and spacers using New Holland Thread lock
and Seal adhesive, (Part No.82995773) on the bolts.
BRB0284A_802 2
3. Replace the lubrication pipes.
BRB0283A_784 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 60

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
4. Rotate the transmission so that rear is uppermost.
With the front bearing shim and spacer removed, install
the C/D clutch assembly ( including “C" clutch
gear cluster) into the transmission ensuring that the
oilway alignment marking on the clutch is visible.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the C/D clutch assembly it is
necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling resistance
is within specification, as described in Clutch and gear ­
Disassemble (C.20.E).
BRB0281A_803 4
5. Install the “D" clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A_783 5
6. Install the “E" clutch pack ensuring that the oilway
marking is in line with those on the C/D clutch assembly.
BRB0287A_804 6
7. Carefully push the lower speed shaft down through
the clutch packs ensuring that the marking hole is in
line with the markings on the clutch packs.
BRB0288A_805 7
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 61

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
8. Rotate the transmission to the horizontal position
and install the upper speed shaft from the rear of
the transmission, pushing it through the gear cluster
which is inserted through the top of the transmission.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the upper shaft it is necessary
to check that the upper shaft end float is within specification,
as described on TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Adjust
(C.20.E).
BRB0273A_806 8
9. Install the spacer, shims and gear and retain with the
circlip, through the front of the transmission.
BRB0271A_807 9
10. Install the upper speed shaft bearing retaining plate,
at the rear of the transmission., instal the 4 retaining
bolts and tighten to 23 Nm (17.0 lbft).
NOTE: Use New Holland thread lock and seal adhesive,
Part No.82995773, on the bolts.
BRB0272A_808 10
11. Rotate the transmission to the vertical position and
install the oil supply pipes for Fast & Slow clutches
and lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A_809 11
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 62

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
12. Install Medium range shaft assembly
NOTE: Prior to installation of the medium clutch assembly
it is necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling resistance
is within specification, as described in Clutch and
gear ­ Disassemble (C.20.E).
BTB0040A_810 12
13. Install Reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A_811 13
14. Install Fast clutch hub and refit circlip.
BRB0260A_812 14
15. Install Fast / Slow shaft assembly and remove the
lifting eyes from the three shafts.
BTB0044A 15
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 63

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
20. Lock the transmission with the special locking tool
located in the reverse speed sensor hole.
BSI7705AA 20
21. Install spacer, shims and bearing in C clutch gear
cluster and fit shaft support bearing ensuring inner
race is fitted first followed by outer race. Fit the
washer with the chamfer facing towards the manifold.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the brown plastic bearing
ring when refitting.
BRB0289A_817 21
22. Replace the 2 O­rings on the end of the lower speed
shaft and apply petroleum jelly to the shaft.
Push the manifold back onto the shaft, gently tapping
with a rubber faced hammer if necessary. Replace
the belleville washer ensuring the outer edge is in
contact with the manifold and inner edge in contact
with the nut.
BRB0276A_818 22
23. Replace the nut and tighten to 467 ­ 515 Nm using a
60 mm socket. Form tabs on nut to prevent loosening.
Remove special locking tool.
BRB0289A_819 23
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 65

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
24. Install speed section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A_820 24
25. Install 4 x oil supply “O" rings.
BSE2464A 25
26. Install manifold and tighten the manifold bolts to 24
Nm (17.7 lbft).
BSE2465A_821 26
27. Install B clutch housing ensuring that the slip ring
joints are in line with each other and that petroleum
jelly is applied to help hold them in position. Install
the friction and drive plates.
NOTE: To avoid damaging the slip rings, the joints should
be lined up with the area of the manifold where there is no
oil gallery before the clutch is pushed into position.
BTB0045A 27
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 66

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
28. Clean the mating faces of the A/B clutch housing and
apply sealant 82995771 . Install the oil transfer tubes
into the A anb B clutch housing.
BSD2159A_822 28
29. Install the A/B clutch housing and tighten the bolts to
24 Nm (17.7 lbft).
BTB0035A 29
30. At this stage it is recommended to perform a leakage
test on the clutch packs, refer to Clutch and gear ­
Leakage test (C.20.E).
31. Perform the output shaft and medium range shaft
end float adjustments, refer to TRANSMISSION
Powershift ­ Adjust (C.20.E)
32. After the end float adjustments have been completed,
rotate the transmission into the horizontal
position. Insert a suitable tool through the speed
sensor orifice to lock the Reverse shaft. Tighten
Reverse shaft end nut to 467 ­ 515 Nm using a 55
mm socket. Lock tabs on the nut. Install Reverse
clutch assembly end cap and fit circlip.
BSI7705AA 30
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 67

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
33. Install engine torque sensor.
BSB0271A_827 31
34. Install 2 x speed sensors
BRB0246A 32
35. Apply flexible gasket sealant 82995771 to mounting
face of top cover. Install cover and torque bolts 50
Nm (36.9 lbft)50 Nm
FR_001A 33
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 68

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Disassemble (C.20.E).
CLUTCH ’A’
1. Remove the retaining ring (1), the bearing inner lock
ring and retrieve the hubs of the clutches A and B
along with the bearing and clutch A discs and centering
springs.
23387_794 1
2. Remove seal (3).
23388_98 2
3. Remove the inner(5) circlip from the outside of clutch
A, withdraw clutch A from the cover. Remove the
outer circlip (4)to retrieve the bearing.
23389_99 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 69

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
4. Position tool no. 295021 (2) and puller tool no.
292651 (1) having a length of 300 mm and complete
with extraction brackets no. 292655 having a
length of 300 mm on clutch A (5), turn the tool bolt
to compress the clutch release Belleville springs
and remove the retaining ring. Disassemble tool
no. 295021 (2) and puller (1) and retrieve Belleville
springs.
23390_795 4
5. Place the clutch A housing on the cover (2), blow
compressed air into the control oil inlet hole and remove
the piston (1).
The piston seals should be carefully removed using a
small screwdriver. Install new seals onto the piston,
using fingers only. To install the piston, apply a generous
coating of petroleum jelly to the piston seals
and housing bore and using a suitable adaptor over
the piston, press the piston into the housing. Ensure
that the piston remains square to the housing bore
during installation.
NOTE: It is recommended that the outer piston seals are
compressed after installation onto the piston using suitable
shim steel and a jubilee clip and then placed in a freezer
overnight prior to installing into the clutch housing.
23391_101 5
Belleville spring installation
6. Stack the Belleville springs on a flat surface.
7. Slide over a suitable piston ring compression tool and
tighten the tool to align the springs, (1).
BSI7707A 6
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 70

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
8. Where fitted, the Belleville washer mounting rings
must be seated on all four mounting lands, (1). When
fitted, the mounting ring should just be able to rotate
relative to the piston. This is to ensure the force from
the springs act concentrically on the clutch piston.
NOTE: The reverse clutch has a specific mounting ring.
The ring must be fitted with the lubrication grooves facing
the Belleville springs.
BSI7708A 7
9. Place belleville spring stack complete with compression
tool over the shaft (2).
10. Using special tool 295021 (1) , compress the springs
and fit the retaining ring and snap ring.
NOTE: An extension is required when performing this procedure
on the slow clutch.
11. Release the piston ring compression tool.
12. Carefully release the compression on the Belleville
springs.
BSI7709A 8
13. Using a suitable straight edge check the alignment
of the Belleville springs on three sides.
BSI7710A 9
14. If it is necessary to reinstall the D/E clutch shaft bearings
Reference (5 and 7)18. Ensure that the bearings
are fitted with the recess groove located on the
outer edge against the snap ring, (6)18.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 71

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
15. When measuring the end float on the Fast/Slow and
medium output shafts, using special tool 292176, a
suitable tube may be added to the handle to aid leverage.
Whilst doing this tap the output shaft with a soft
faced mallet to ensure that the full end float is measured.
16. Ensure that when reassembling the medium clutch
the lubrication shield (1), is orientated with the lip
facing away from the clutch pack.
BSI7711A 10
17. When reassembling Clutch A into the cover ensure
that the outer circlip does not interfere with the lubrication
oil drain hole, (1).
BSI7712A 11
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 72

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0308A 12
Clutch ’A’ Assembly
1 Seal 2 Bearing Outer Circlip
3 Housing Shaft Circlip 4 Bearing
5 Bearing Inner Circlip 6 Sealing Rings
7 Clutch Housing 8 Piston
9 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
13 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 14 Friction Plate, 5 off
15 Plate separator spring, 5 off 16 Hub
17 Washer 18 Bearing
19 Circlip 20 Circlip
21 Hub 22 Circlip
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 73

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0309A 13
Clutch ’B’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Drive Plate
3 Friction Plate, 5 off 4 Plate Separator Spring, 5 off
5 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 6 Sealing Rings
7 Housing 8 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
9 Piston 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
18. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 74

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0310A 14
Clutch ’C’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 Circlip Cup
3 Dished Washers, 8 off 4 Flat Washer
5 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 6 Piston
7 Housing 8 Clutch Plates, 8 off each
9 End Plate 10 Circlip
11 Hub 12 Bearing
13 Spacer 14 Bearing pre­load Shim
15 Bearing
19. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
Clutch ’C’ Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment
20. Assemble the ’C’ clutch hub to the special tool,
297614, complete with bearings, spacer and original
shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to 140 Nm.
BSB0320A_796 15
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 75

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0312A_799 18
Clutch ’E’ Assembly
1 Clutch Plates, 6 off each 2 End Plate
3 Circlip 4 Hub
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Bearing 8 Circlip
9 Circlip Cup 10 Dished Washers, 6 off
11 Flat Washer 12 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
13 Piston 14 Housing
23. The bearing, item (7), can only be installed one way
as there is a groove to locate the circlip, item (6).
NOTE: Piston seal replacement and the procedure for disassembling
and reassembling the multi plate clutches is the
same for each clutch. Refer to the clutch ’A’ disassembly
and the exploded view of the relevant clutch.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 77

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BSB0316A_800 19
Fast (F3) Clutch Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Plate
3 Clutch Plates 4 Hub (retained to top shaft)
5 Housing 6 Piston
7 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 8 Flat Washer
9 Dished Washers, 8 off 10 Circlip Cup
11 Circlip 12 Bearing
24. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
End Bearing (item 12) Removal
25. In order to remove the dished washers and piston it
is necessary to remove the end bearing.
BTB0133A 20
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 78

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI3761B 21
26. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
End Bearing (item 10) Removal
27. In order to remove the dished washers and piston it
is necessary to remove the end bearing.
BRI3764B 22
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 79

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
BRI3762B 23
28. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
End Bearing (item 13) Removal
29. In order to remove the dished washers and piston it
is necessary to remove the end bearing.
BTB0137A 24
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 80

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Medium Clutch Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment
30.
Assemble the Medium clutch hub to the special tool,
No.297614 , complete with bearings, spacer and
original shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to
140 Nm.
BSB0319A 25
31. Wrap a length of string around the gear and attach to
a suitable spring balance. Measure the rolling resistance
of the bearings during rotation, not at the point
where rotation begins.
The rolling resistance should equate to 0.7 ­ 1.2 Kg
on the spring balance. If outside the specification install
a thinner shim to increase the resistance or install
a thicker shim to reduce the resistance.
BSB0318A 26
BSB0314A 27
Reverse Clutch Assembly
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 81

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
1 Sealing Rings 2 Housing
3 Piston 4 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
5 Flat Washer 6 Dished Washers, 12 off
7 Circlip 8 Circlip Cup
9 End Plate Circlips 10 End Plate
11 Shaft 12 Bearing
13 Chamfered Washer (Chamfer towards hub) 14 Spacer
15 Oil Baffle Washer 16 Bearing
17 Spacer 18 Hub
19 Seal 20 Bearing
21 Washer 22 Clutch Plates, 12 off each
32. During the disassembly of the reverse clutch it is necessary
to remove the circlip from the end of the shaft.
(1).
NOTE: Piston seal replacement and the procedure for disassembling
and reassembling the multi plate clutches is the
same for each clutch. Refer to the clutch ’A’ disassembly
and the exploded view of the relevant clutch.
BSI7706A 28
Next operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Assemble (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 82

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Clutch and gear ­ Test
Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Assemble (C.20.E).
1. At this stage it is advisable to test the clutch packs
using compressed air.
Install “O" rings in galleries, Figure 1
Use appropriate pressure test adaptor connected to
an air line with On/Off tap and pressure gauge to test
each clutch.
(1) 380000449 to test clutches A, B, F and S
(2) 380000450 to test clutches C, D and E
(3) 380000451 to test clutches M and R
To test the clutches ensure the tap is closed. Firmly
locate the adaptor on the gallery of the clutch to be
tested.
Quickly open and close the valve and observe the
drop off in pressure on the gauge and listen to the
escaping air.
A good clutch will see a smooth and continuous drop
off of pressure on the gauge. A clutch with poor sealing
will show an immediate drop in pressure when the
air is turned off and the sound of escaping air will also
be heard.
NOTE: It is important when performing this test that an airtight
seal is maintained between the test port and the pressure
test adaptor. If the rubber seal on the end of the adaptor
is worn it should be replaced before performing the test.
BSE2614A 1
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 83

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission housing from the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing ­ Disconnect (C.20.E)
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
All Tractors
1. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
2. Remove the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
3. Loosen the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air
cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
BSD1950A 1
4. Loosen the exhaust clamp and remove the exhaust
muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM149AVB 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 84
BAIS06CCM150AVD 3

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
5. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and remove
the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 4
6. Disconnect air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
Loosen the exhaust retaining bolts (2) and remove
the exhaust.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 5
7. Disconnect the power brake valve supply hose.
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge
pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumulator.
Remove the pressure in the accumulator
before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the
brakes with the pedal approximately 40 times when the
pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off.
Loosen the special fitting for removing air from the
brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does
not flow from the special fitting, the accumulator is not
charged. M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 6
8. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 7
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 85

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Tractors with SuperSteer front axle
9. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 8
10. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
11. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining
nuts.
NOTE: Support the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 9
12. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 10
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 86

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
All Tractors
13. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and
(2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 11
14. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and remove the
spacer (2).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 12
15. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 13
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 87

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
16. Position the tractor splitting kit (4) 297471 underneath
the tractor.
17. Use the supports (3), in the splitting kit to support the
transmission on the splitting stand.
18. Remove the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
19. Remove two rear oil pan retaining bolts from the left
hand side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
BVE0283A 14
20. Install the adaptor plate (1) 380000844 and the engine
support brackets (2) 297617 between the engine
and the wheeled splitting trolley.
21. Check that all necessary hoses tubes and connectors
have been disconnected. It may be necessary
to disconnect additional items due to other optional
equipment that has been installed on the tractor.
Re check that engine and transmission are safely
supported on the splitting stand then remove engine
to transmission buckle up bolts.
Carefully wheel the front support and engine assembly
from the transmission.
BTB0155A 15
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 88

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Assemble
NOTE: Due to the tightness of the bushes it is recommended that the bush is cooled for approximately one hour in a
suitable cooling device, (a domestic fridge/freezer will suffice). If the special tool is installed onto the bush and placed
into the fridge with the bush this will also aid installation.
Oil Manifold Bush
1. Position the bush and tool correctly in the housing.
Gently tap the tool to ensure the bush is square in
the housing.
2. Locate the bolt through the front of the tool, with the
flat bar across the casing at the rear. Tighten the nut
to pull the bush into the housing, Figure 2. The bush
is correctly installed when it contacts the raised lip in
the housing.
BTB0104_790 1
BTB0106_791 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 89

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Disassemble (C.20.E).
Oil Manifold Bush
1. The procedure for removal and installation of the
medium clutch, reverse clutch or fast/slow clutch oil
manifold bushes is very similar and should be performed
as follows.
NOTE: The bushes are extremely tight, only use the special
tool to attempt removal/installation. Attempting to drift
the bushes out or in will result in damage to either bush or
casing.
BTB0103_787 1
2. Install Special tool, number, 297615 , into the bush to
be removed and locate the four bolts into the oilway
holes.
Fabricate a suitable flat metal bar, approximately 13
mm thick x 375 mm long with a 17 mm hole through
the centre and obtain a 16 mm, 8.8 graded bolt approximately
225 mm long with two suitable flat washers.
BTB0100_788 2
3. Install the bolt through the rear of the tool and position
the flat bar over the bolt and across the casing
as shown in Figure 2.
Install and tighten the nut gradually to withdraw the
bush from the casing.
BTB0105_789 3
Next operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Assemble (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 90

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Disconnect
Prior operation:
Remove the cab (refer to USER PLATFORM ­ Remove (E.34.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tanks (refer to Fuel tank ­ Remove (B.20.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the hydraulic pump (refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Remove (A.10.A).
1. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
WARNING
Suitcase weights are extremely heavy. To prevent injury,
always use an adequate lifting device to install or
remove front end or rear end weights. M417
BSB0181A 1
2. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil
into a suitable container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 68 ­ 82 Nm (50
­ 60 lbft).
BAIS06CCM140AVA 2
3. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 91

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
4. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Support the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
5. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
6. Disconnect the differential lock supply pipe
BVE0282A_42 6
7. Remove the differential lock supply pipe
BAIS06CCM064AVA­2 7
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 92

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
8. Remove the lift ram return pipe (1), main supply pipe
(2)and the 19th gear supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM065AVA 8
9. Disconnect the flywheel speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM576AVA 9
10. Disconnect the five clutch solenoid electrical connectors.
Feed the loom back over the top of the transmission.
BAIS06CCM578AVA 10
11. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle
and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the front axle.
BVE0410A_25 11
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 93

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
12. Support the tractor on the splitting gear.
BAIS06CCM066AVA 12
13. Support the rear of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM089AVA 13
14. Remove the transmission to rear axle retaining bolts.
15. Remove the transmission and engine from the rear
axle.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 94

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Install
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Carefully wheel the front support and engine assembly
to the transmission.
Install the engine to transmission upper retaining
bolts.
Tighten to 285­315 Nm (210­232 lbft).
2. Remove the adaptor plate and the engine support
brackets from between the engine and the wheeled
splitting trolley.
3. Install two rear oil pan retaining bolts to the left hand
side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
4. Install the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
Tighten to 285­315 Nm(210­232 lbft).
5. Remove the splitting gear from the transmission.
6. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BTB0155A 1
BAIS06CCM087AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 95

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
7. Install the spacer (2) install the retaining bolts (1).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 3
8. Connect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 4
Tractors with SuperSteer front axle
9. Install the four­wheel drive shaft.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
10. Install the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM034AVA 6
11. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 96

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
12. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 7
All Tractors
13. Connect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 8
14. Connect the power brake valve supply hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 9
15. Locate the exhaust and tighten the retaining bolts (2).
Connect air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 10
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 97

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
16. Install the radar (2).
Connect the radar electrical connector (1).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 11
17. Install the exhaust muffler and tighten the exhaust
clamp.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 12
18. Attach the air cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
Tighten the exhaust clamp (1).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 13
19. Install the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BSD1950A 14
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 98

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
20. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A_10 15
Next operation:
Connect the transmission housing to the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing ­ Connect (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 99

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
Housing ­ Connect
1. Align the transmission and engine to the rear axle.
2. Install the transmission to rear axle retaining bolts.
Tighten to 200 Nm (147.5 lbft).
3. Remove support from the rear of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM089AVA 1
4. Remove the splitting gear.
BAIS06CCM066AVA 2
5. Remove the wooden wedges (1) from between the
front axle and the front support.
BVE0410A_25 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 100

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
6. Install the lift ram return pipe (1), main supply pipe
(2)and the 19th gear supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM065AVA 4
7. Install the differential lock supply pipe
BAIS06CCM064AVA­2 5
8. Connect the differential lock supply pipe
BVE0282A_42 6
9. Reposition the wiring harness across the top of the
transmission.
Connect the five clutch solenoid electrical connectors.
BAIS06CCM578AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 101

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
10. Connect the flywheel speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM576AVA 8
11. Install the four­wheel drive shaft.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVB 9
12. Install the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM034AVA 10
13. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 11
14. Refill the transmission with oil.
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 102

POWER TRAIN ­ TRANSMISSION Powershift
15. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
WARNING
Suitcase weights are extremely heavy. To prevent injury,
always use an adequate lifting device to install or
remove front end or rear end weights. M417
BSB0181A 12
Next operation:
Install the hydraulic pump (refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump ­ Install (A.10.A)
Next operation:
Install the fuel tanks (refer to Fuel tank ­ Install (B.20.A)
Next operation:
Install the cab (refer to USER PLATFORM ­ Install (E.34.A)
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 103

Index
POWER TRAIN ­ C
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ 20.E
Clutch and gear ­ Overhaul 69
Clutch and gear ­ Test 83
Housing ­ Assemble 89
Housing ­ Connect 100
Housing ­ Disassemble 90
Housing ­ Disconnect 91
Housing ­ Install 95
Housing ­ Remove 84
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Adjust 57
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Assemble 60
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Calibration 36
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Disassemble 41
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Dynamic description 20
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ General specification 8
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Logical diagram 29
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Pressure test 33
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Sectional view 26
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Special tools 4
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Static description 11
TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Torque 3
2 3/5/2007
C.20.E / 104

POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ 30.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 1

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ 30.C
TECHNICAL DATA
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
General specification 3
SERVICE
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
Remove 4
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 2

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ General specification
Type
epicyclic spur gear set
Reduction ratio 20: (20+100)= 1:6
Control Type
Electronically using switch
Creeper housing and driven gear thrust washer thickness................ mm 1.45 to 1.535
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 3

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ Remove
Prior operation:
To overhaul the creeper gear assembly it is necessary to disconnect the transmission housing (refer to Housing ­
Disconnect (C.20.E)).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Fix the transmission housing on the rotary stand tool
no. 290090 using front and rear brackets, tools nos.
293971 (1) and 293972 (2), respectively.
.
2. Remove the circlip (1)
24519 1
3. Retrieve the driven gear assembly (1).
24520 2
24521 3
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 4

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
4. Loosen retaining screws and remove the creeper
gear housing (1).
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
24522 4
Next operation:
Reassemble the creeper gear assembly observing the following:
Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in reverse, from step 4back to step 1.
Next operation:
Refer to figures on TRANSMISSION Powershift ­ Sectional view (C.20.E) for correct orientation of different components.
Next operation:
Tighten the creeper housing bolts to 49 Nm (36.1 lbft) For the remaining transmission torques refer to TRANSMIS­
SION Powershift ­ Torque (C.20.E).
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 5

Index
POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ 30.C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ General specification 3
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ­ Remove 4
2 3/5/2007
C.30.C / 6

POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ 30.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 1

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ 30.D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
Static description 50 Kph Cluch 3
SERVICE
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch 5
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 2

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ Static description 50 Kph
Cluch
BSD2312A 1
50Kph Clutch Components
1 Ring Nut 2 Retaining Ring
3 Bearing 4 Retaining Ring
5 Manifold 6 Clutch Shaft and Manifold
7 End Plate 8 Retaining Ring
9 Gear 10 Retaining Ring
11 Bearing 12 Clutch Plates
13 Retaining Ring 14 Bearing
15 Half Ring 16 Bearing
17 Seal 18 Ring
19 Belleville washers 20 Inner Seal
21 Piston 22 Clutch Housing
Description and Operation
The 50 Kph clutch is operated by the 19th gear solenoid on the transmission housing top cover (Refer to TRANS­
MISSION Powershift ­ Static description (C.20.E) for details). Low pressure oil is fed via the relief valve block to
the manifold.
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 3

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
BSE2409A 2
1 Pressure Port 2 Lubriication Pipe
3 Low Pressure Inlet Pipe 4 Relief Valve
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 4

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch
1. Removal and Installation
Undo and remove nut from clutch shaft.
NOTE: Illustrations are shown outside of rear axle housing
for clarity.
BSE2476A 1
2. Remove circlip and then loosen the two manifold retaining
bolts.
BSE2475A 2
3. From the rear of the axle housing remove retaining
ring (1) from the end of the clutch shaft.
BSE2483A 3
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 5

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
4. Remove the two half rings (1) from behind the bearing.
BSE2484A 4
5. Push Clutch Shaft towards front of housing. This will
allow the components of the clutch to be removed via
the handbrake or 4WD aperture.
BSE2478A 5
6. The clutch components removed will be as follows:
1. Clutch Shaft ,Manifold, and Bearing
2. Manifold
3. Clutch and Gear Assembly
4. Bearing
BSE2472A 6
7. Dissassemble clutch and gear assembly and check
components for damage and excessive wear. If required
replace worn or damaged parts and seals
prior to re­assembly.
8. Coat inner and outer piston seals with oil or grease
and assemble into their respective grooves on piston.
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 6

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
9. Install the clutch piston into the clutch housing by
hand until it is completely home. Place washer in
counterbore of the housing and place the 6 belleville
washers concave side down onto the clutch housing
sleeve. Using a suitable press compress the
belleville washers and retain with the appropriate
snapring which fits into the groove on the housing
sleeve.
10. Assemble the clutch plates into the clutch housing
using steelplates and friction plate alternately until six
of each have been installed. Place a thrust plate on
top and secure with a snapring.
11. Assemble a snapring into the inner bore of the clutch
gear and on either side of this install a bearing. Install
this gear assembly to the splines of the clutch plates
in the main housing.
12. Install a snapring into the rear groove of the front bore
of the axle housing. Bring the manifold into the axle
housing through the hand brake or 4WD aperture
and fasten with the two screws and washers.
BSE2485A 7
13. Insert the clutch and gear assembly into the axle
housing. Assemble the manifold through the bore
of the already assembled clutch manifold taking care
not to damage the 3 sealing rings.Assemble the shaft
to the housing picking up the clutch manifold and the
splines of the clutch housing.
NOTE: Align the timing notch of the shaft with the timing
notch of the already assembled clutch housing to fit both
splines.
BSE2470A 8
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 7

POWER TRAIN ­ ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
14. Push the shaft down until the bearing seats against
the snapring in the bore of the housing. Assemble
the second snapring in the first groove of the housing
to lock the bearing. Install the half rings in the groove
of the shaft using grease to keep them in position.
Push the shaft back until the half rings catch in the
inner bearing diameter of the gear. Assemble the
bearing on the shaft and lock with snapring.
BSE2479A 9
15. Replace nut onto end of shaft and torque to approximately
500 Nm.
BSE2471A 10
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 8

Index
POWER TRAIN ­ C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ 30.D
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch 5
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ Static description 50 Kph Cluch 3
2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 9

2 3/5/2007
C.30.D / 10

POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Mechanical ­ 40.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 1

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Mechanical ­ 40.B
SERVICE
REAR PTO Mechanical
Adjust 3
PTO brake
Adjust 6
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 2

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Mechanical
REAR PTO Mechanical ­ Adjust
BCG0007A 1
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO ­ Initial PTO Shaft Set Up ­ 1000 RPM Position
NOTE: The following set up procedure is required to be carried out to 2 speed PTO units for both 540 RPM and 1000
RPM shafts after an overhaul or strip down of the PTO assembly and prior to installing into the tractor
1. Position the PTO shaft (1) into the assembly with the
21 teeth splines to the outside of the assembly.
2. Secure the shaft into place using the PTO shaft retaining
ring (2)
3. Loosen the locknut (5) and tighten screw (4) until it
touches the rod
4. Tighten the screw (4) half to one more turn (180 °/360
°).
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 3

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Mechanical
5. Tighten locknut to secure. This should provide a
clearance of 0.2 ­ 0.6 mm (0.008 ­ 0.024 in) between
the sliding sleeve and 1000 RPM gear (3).
NOTE: After installing the PTO output shaft retaining ring into the seat , rotate the ring to ensure that it is positioned
opposite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft. (Refer to Figure 2)
BCG0010A 2
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 4

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Mechanical
BCG0006A 3
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO ­ Initial PTO Shaft Set Up ­ 540 RPM Position
6. Position the PTO shaft (1) into the assembly with the
6 teeth splines to the outside of the assembly.
7. Secure the shaft into place using the PTO shaft retaining
ring (2)
8. Pull lever (4) in the direction of the arrow and check
for the clearance between the lever and actuating pin
(3) which should be 0.2 ­ 1.2 mm (0.008 ­ 0.047 in).
NOTE: After installing the PTO output shaft retaining ring into the seat , rotate the ring to ensure that it is positioned
opposite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft. (Refer to Figure 2)
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 5

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Mechanical
PTO brake ­ Adjust
PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen locknut (1). Torque screw (2) to 3 Nm (2.21
lbft), in order to close brake band.
2. Loosen screw (2) and check brake band alignment.
Adjust if required.
3. Torque screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen screw (2) by two turns and tighten locknut (1)
.
5. Check brake band alignment and repeat procedure
if required.
BCG0005A 1
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 6

Index
POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Mechanical ­ 40.B
PTO brake ­ Adjust 6
REAR PTO Mechanical ­ Adjust 3
2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 7

2 3/5/2007
C.40.B / 8

POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ 40.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 1

Contents
POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ 40.C
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Torque 3
Special tools 4
General specification 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Static description 7
Fault code index 14
Dynamic description 15
SERVICE
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Overhaul 21
Calibration 28
Remove 30
Install 32
PTO clutch
Pressure test 34
PTO brake
Adjust 35
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Troubleshooting 36
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 2

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Torque
PTO Sectional Views and Torques
a. Two­speed PTO sectional view (540­1000 rpm) b. Two­speed PTO sectional view (540­1000 rpm) with
speed selection by replacement of the splined output
shaft
PTO Housing Retaining Bolts 211 Nm
Support Plate Bolts 88 Nm
PTO Output Shaft Nut 294 Nm
1. Clutch Plates and Separator Discs
2. Piston
3. 1000 rpm Drive Gear
4. Shaft Seals
5. 540 rpm Drive Gear
6. Clutch Housing Shaft
7. Retaining Ring
8. PTO Output Shaft
9. Oil Seal
10. 540 rpm Driven Gear
11. Coupler
12. 1000 rpm Driven Gear
13. Driven Shaft
14. Washer
15. Belleville Springs
16. Hub
17. Brake Band
18. Brake Piston
19. PTO Output Shaft
20. Coupler
21. Speed Selector Pin
22. Coupler Lever
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket on mounting surface.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 3

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
BSE2360A 1
PTO Sectional Views and Torques
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 4

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
293997 Clutch drive shaft roller bearing installer (with tool no.
293800)
293993 Clutch drive shaft seal installer (with tool no. 293800)
X 290785
Seal Protector
294000 Cup and shaft bush removal pliers
293800 Attachment (for tools nos. 293993 and 293997)
293998 Clutch shaft cup installer
292927 Slide Hammer
24525 1
PTO hydraulic clutch spring cup tool (Mark tool with no. 50063. Dimensions in mm.)
Fabricate tool using Fe42C material.
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ General specification
540/1000 rpm PTO:
Type
Engagement and Control
Two speed, independent of tractor ground speed
Fully automatic softstart electro­hydraulic clutch pack
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 5

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
Rotation (looking from
tractor rear end)
Speed Selection
Clockwise
By hand lever located at the operator’s
RH side or replaceable output shaft
6 Spline
1950 RPM
1550 RPM
2178 RPM
609 RPM
766 RPM
1010 RPM
Engine Speed at 540 rpm PTO Speed
Engine Speed at (economy) 540 rpm PTO Speed
Engine Speed at 1000 rpm PTO Speed
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 540 rpm
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 540 rpm(economy)
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 1000 rpm
Splined Output Shaft Diameter:
­ 540 rpm 1.3/8 in (6 splines) or Optional 1 3/4 in (6 splines)
­ 1000 rpm 1 3/8 " (21 splines)
Driven Gear Bush OD
mm 54.910 to 54.940
((9), Refer to REAR
PTO Hydraulic ­ Torque
(C.40.C))
PTO Engagement Clutch
Type
hydraulically actuated clutch pack in oil bath
Number of Clutch Discs:
Clutch Plates 8
Clutch Plate Thickness mm 1.7 to 1.8
Clutch Plate Separator
8
Discs
Clutch Plate Separator Disc
mm 2.15 to 2.25
Thickness
Number of Belleville
12
Springs
Brake
hydraulically controlled brake band acting on the clutch
bell housing
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 6

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Static description
BAIL07CCM290FSA 1
540­1000 rpm
PTO Drive
1. Bevel Pinion Shaft 2. Tapered roller bearing
3. Bevel pinion bearing adjustment shim 4. 50 Kph Clutch
5. Bearing 6. PTO drive shaft
7. PTO Control Clutch 8. PTO output shaft
9. Crown wheel 10. Differential gear hub
11. Differential gear 12. Four wheel drive clutch
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The power take­off (PTO) transfers engine power directly to mounted, semi­mounted or trailed equipment via a splined
shaft at the rear of the tractor.
Drive to the PTO is achieved via a splined shaft which runs from the engine flywheel through the transmission upper
shafts to the main shaft of the 50 kph clutch (4) located at the rear of the transmission. A second shaft (6), splined into
the output side of the 50 kph clutch main shaft continues the drive to the PTO control clutch (7). It should be noted
that the main shaft of the 50 kph clutch is used solely as a means of continuing the drive from the engine flywheel to
PTO and is not affected in any way by operation of the 50 kph clutch.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 7

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
The PTO is engaged and disengaged by means of a knob (2) on the right­hand console. The adjacent warning light
(1) will illuminate when the PTO is engaged.
Two types of rear PTO system are available, dependent upon tractor model and country.
a)Two­speed PTO (North America only) with inter­changeable output shafts.
b)Two­speed, shiftable PTO (except North America) with inter­changeable output shafts and the option of fendermounted
switches for stationary PTO work.
BAIL07CCM272ASA 2
On models installed with shiftable P.T.O a range lever is provided. The lever (1) is used to select one of two PTO
speed ranges and is located at the rear of the right­hand console.
NOTE: In markets where the PTO speed selection is provided using an interchangeable PTO output shaft and there
are no levers in the cab.
BAIL07CCM273ASA 3
IMPORTANT: An automatic PTO brake is installed to stop shaft rotation quickly when the PTO is disengaged. To
avoid overstressing the PTO brake, slow down the implement by reducing engine speed before disengaging the PTO
This is particularly important with implements having a high inertia. Such implements should, ideally, be fitted with an
overrun clutch. To avoid damage to the brake when operating high inertia implements, hold down the switch (1), to
disengage the brake and allow the implement to come to rest naturally.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 8

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
DANGER
To avoid inadvertent movement of the implement, disengage the PTO after each use. B014
BAIL07CCM271ASA 4
EXTERNAL PTO CONTROLS
(Where Fitted)
An optional, fender­mounted PTO switch (1), may be installed on the outer surface of both rear fenders to aid alignment
of the P.T.O shaft splines with equipment and facilitate stationary PTO operations.
With the engine running, touch the switch momentarily to cause the PTO shaft to index round to align the shaft splines.
If the switch is pressed for less than 5 seconds, the shaft will stop turning when the switch is released.
Press and hold in the switch for more than 5 seconds and the PTO will operate continuously. Press the switch again
to stop the PTO Alternatively, the PTO may be stopped by means of the in­cab controls, as previously described.
NOTE: The warning light, on the PTO control panel, will illuminate when the PTO is engaged, momentarily or permanently.
NOTE: The PTO may be engaged or disengaged from the fender switch, whether the in­cab control is in the on or off
position.
NOTE: Simultaneous operation, within two seconds, of in cab and external PTO controls will result in error code P38
showing. A 10 second delay will also occur before PTO control operation will recommence.
BAIL07CCM279ASA 5
(Where Fitted)
CAUTION
Before leaving the tractor to operate the external Power Take Off switches:­ Move the gearshift levers to neutral.­
Disengage the PTO­ Apply the parking brake.With the engine running, move the hand throttle lever to
the low idle position (fully rearwards). B001
The operator must only activate the external Power Take Off switches (1) while standing to the side of the tractor
(outboard of the rear tyres). To avoid damage to implement or tractor, operation of the in cab and external PTO
switches should not be carried out simultaneously.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 9

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
NOTE: Before using the external Power Take Off switches, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the
implement, 3­point linkage or PTO shaft.
Never operate the external switches while standing:
­ Directly behind the tractor or tyres.
­ Between the lower links.
­ On or near the implement.
­ Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or any object into the area near the 3­point linkage, PTO shaft or
implement while operating the external switch.
­ Never have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.
­ When moving to the opposite set of controls, move around the tractor or implement.
­ Do not cross between the implement and tractor.
BRE1727B 6
(Where Fitted)
The rear PTO is controlled by the Central Controller­(XCM) located behind the seat.
BSE3118B_516 7
The processor receives input from the PTO ON/OFF switches, (in cab and fender), PTO speed sensor, brake, soft
start and engine controller. These signals are then used to provide the output signals to the PTO clutch engagement
solenoid, P.T.O brake solenoid and the PTO ON/Off overspeed warning lamp.
If the correct conditions are met, i.e., speed parameters and switch engagements then the PTO is allowed to start.
The PTO speed sensor is located above the PTO output shaft
BSD2296B 8
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 10

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
The ‘soft start’ facility provides easy start up of heavy, high inertia, PTO driven equipment. Soft start is a fully automatic
system controlled by electronic sensors on the engine and within the PTO driveline.
Soft start ‘feathers’ the PTO clutch engagement to provide a slower, gradual take up of the drive over the first 5 seconds.
The engines are equipped with a Power Management system that monitors and boosts engine power when using the
PTO under certain load conditions or using the vehicle in high road gears providing certain criteria are met. As load on
the engine increases the engine power management will provide up to 35 additional horsepower to maintain tractor
performance by electronically changing the characteristics of the engine power curve which is programmed into the
vehicle and engine control modules.
The indicator light on the instrument panel will illuminate when power management is activated during PTO Operations.
BAIL07CCM274ASA 9
Auto PTO
This facility provides an automatic starting and stopping of the PTO in relation to the raising or lowering of the lift arms.
The height at which this occurs is pre­programmed by the operator.
To activate the Auto function, engage the P.T.O. as previously described and then depress and hold the switch (1), for
more than one second. The Auto P.T.O. lamp on the switch will illuminate to confirm activation. With the 3 point hitch
in the lowered position and the P.T.O. engaged, the Auto lamp will remain on. Raising the implement will disconnect
P.T.O. drive and cause both P.T.O. and Auto lamps to flash. Lowering the implement will re­engage P.T.O. drive, both
lamps will cease to flash and will remain illuminated. Depressing the Auto P.T.O. switch again will de­activate the
function and the Auto lamp will extinguish.
IMPORTANT: If the P.T.O. is operating when the Auto function is de­activated, the P.T.O. will continue to rotate until
switched off using the main P.T.O. control.
NOTE: The Auto P.T.O. function is de­activated every time the key start is switched off but the current programmed
on/off values will be stored in the memory.
BAIL07CCM271ASA 10
To configure the Auto PTO refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Calibration (C.40.C)
Hydraulic Operation of PTO ­ PTO Disengaged (Reference to Figure REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description
(C.40.C) Figure BSD2310A 1)
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 11

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
The PTO brake (1) and engagement solenoid (2), Figure 11 are housed in the low pressure distribution block on top
of the rear axle.
When the PTO is not in use the PTO brake solenoid is energised and the PTO engagement solenoid is de­energised.
BSE2357A 11
Oil behind the PTO clutch piston is open to reservoir through the lubrication control valve and de­energised PTO
engagement solenoid.
The lubrication valve is housed in the PTO housing support plate and comprises of the following components
1. Circlip
2. Seat
3. Spring
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Plug
7. Circlip
BSE2352A 12
The bellville springs force the piston into the piston housing and disengages drive through the clutch plates to the
output shaft .
When the piston is seated in the housing their is a small gap between the rear of the washer and the clutch piston
housing.
Lubrication oil flows from the lubrication circuit, through the lubrication valve into the centre of the clutch housing shaft
and through drillings in the shaft to the washer.
The small gap behind the washer allows lubricating oil at a restricted rate of 2 ­ 3 l/min (0.53 ­ 0.79 US gpm) to flow
past the rear of washer then through the channels machined on the front of the piston to lubricate the clutch plates.
It should be noted that when the PTO clutch is disengaged the volume of oil required to lubricate the clutch plates is
less than during engagement as described in REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description (C.40.C). Consequently
this method of restricting lubricating oil to the clutch plates allows additional lubrication to be available for other hydraulic
circuits operating on the tractor.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 12

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
BSE2355A 13
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 13

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Fault code index
Rear PTO error codes are shown in the display as "5***" codes. Refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Fault code index
(A.50.A)
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 14

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description
BSD2310A 1
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH­DISENGAGED
Lubrication Circuit Oil
Return to Reservoir
Lubrication Oil
@ Reduced Flow
1 Clutch Plates 2 Washer
3 Piston 4 Lubrication Valve
5 PTO Output Shaft 6 Bellville Springs
PTO Engaged (initial engagement)
Engagement of the PTO is considered as a two phase operation.
When the PTO is operated the engagement solenoid is energised and the brake solenoid disengaged.
Low pressure hydraulic circuit oil flows from the solenoid and past the end of the lubrication valve to the rear of the
clutch piston. As pressure increases the PTO clutch piston moves forward against the washer (2) and bellville springs
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 15

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
(6) to compress the clutch plates (1). The action of the piston moving forward increases the gap between the rear
of the washer and the clutch piston housing allowing an increased flow of lubricating oil to the clutch plates. This
increased flow of up to 15 l/min (3.96 US gpm) ensures the clutch plates are adequately lubricated during the initial
stages of engagement.
PTO Soft Start
The automatic PTO clutch softstart system ensures the load applied to the PTO is controlled in a predictable manner
without putting undue stresses on the tractor engine, the PTO shaft and the connecting implement. The soft start
feedback system senses engine deceleration and PTO shaft acceleration. Limits for these two parameters are set
in the XCM central controller and if the system detects that either parameter is going above the set threshold limits,
the rise in PTO clutch pressure is held until they return within the preset limit at which time the clutch pressure again
increases to continue engaging the PTO. If the soft start parameters are again exceeded the pressure held process
is repeated until full engagement is achieved. If engagement is not achieved after 5 seconds the clutch pressure is
released and the PTO system is turned off.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 16

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
BSD2310B 2
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH­INITIAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch
Engagement Oil

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
BSD2310C 3
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH­FINAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch
Engagement Oil >14 bar
(203.00 psi)
Lubrication Circuit Oil
Lubrication Oil at Low Flow
1 Clutch Plates 2 Washer
3 Piston 4 Lubrication Valve
5 PTO Output Shaft 6 Bellville Springs
PTO Engaged (final engagement)
When the pressure applied to the piston approaches 14 bar (203.00 psi) the pressure applied to the end face of the
lubrication valve moves the valve against the spring and reduces the flow of lubricating oil across the valve to the
clutch plates to 2 ­ 3 l/min (0.53 ­ 0.79 US gpm).
Less lubrication of the clutch plates is necessary after the initial stage of engagement and this process limits the
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 18

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
demand of the PTO on the lubrication circuit oil which is also used for other circuits on the tractor. The pressure
applied to the rear of the piston will now continue to increases towards 26 bar (377.00 psi) in order to maintain
adequate clutch plate clamping pressure and drive through the clutch to the PTO output shaft.
BSE2359A 4
Low Pressure Circuit Oil
PTO CLUTCH BRAKE
The band type clutch brake operates automatically. It applies when the PTO clutch is being disengaged (braking start)
and stops braking when the clutch is completely engaged.
When working with high inertia implements it is possible to keep the brake disengaged by pressing the switch located
on the right hand console near the PTO control handle. When the PTO clutch is engaged, the brake control oil is
returned to reservoir as the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (de­energised) and consequently there is no
operation of the actuation piston(5) onto the band operating lever (2), the piston (5) being returned by the spring (4).
When the PTO control clutch is being disengaged, the solenoid valve is energised and opens, diverting oil from the
low pressure circuit onto the piston (5). The piston contacts the lever (3) and band (2) is tightened against the housing
(1) to brake the assembly.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 19

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
BVE0547A 5
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
1 PTO under load 2 PTO without load
3 Engine flywheel torque sensor 4 PTO torque sensor
5 PTO clutch 6 PTO torque sensor tone wheel
7 PTO input shaft 8 Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 20

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Remove (C.40.C)
1. POWER TAKE OFF
Place the PTO assembly on a suitable clean working
surface or stand if available.
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or
fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
BSD2297A 1
2. Remove brake band and brake piston housing.
BSE2356A 2
3. Remove retaining ring and clutch plates.
BSD2328A 3
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 21

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
4. If clutch piston is to be serviced and it is not deemed
necessary that further repairs to the clutch hub are
required compress and remove the clutch belleville
springs as follows
Reinstall the snap ring (2) using a puller (1) and special
tool 50063 (Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic ­
Special tools (C.40.C)). Screw in the puller until releasing
and removing the belleville spring retaining
ring (3). Remove components referring to Figure 15.
BSE2354A 4
5. Use compressed air in inlet port to remove piston
from hub. Refer to Figure 15 for component layout.
BSE2358A 5
6. Examine piston seals and replace if damaged
BSE2355A 6
7. If the PTO assembly output shaft gears are to be
disassembled loosen the output shaft gear retaining
nut using a suitable peg (2) to block the gear.
Remove support plate (1)
BSD2329A 7
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 22

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
12. Remove circlip (1), washer (4), gear (2) and bearing(3).
NOTE: When re­assembling gear the raised edge of the
gear faces towards the bearing.
BSD2330A 12
13. Position clutch hub in a press and using a suitable
piece of tube (3) compress belleville washers and
remove retaining ring (1) and retainer (2).
Slowly and carefully release pressure applied by the
press and remove belleville springs. Refer to Figure
15.
NOTE: Alternatively the belleville springs may be compressed
as described in step 4
1b0o2004106219 13
14. Remove retaining ring (1) and oil seal (2) from clutch
hub. The roller bearing (3) may be removed using a
standard slide hammer and adjustable puller.
BSE2349A 14
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 24

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
BSD2302A 15
PTO Clutch Assembly
1 End Plate 2 Spring Separator
3 Clutch Plate 4 Clutch Plate Separator
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Spacer 8 Drive Gear 540 rpm
9 Circlip 10 Spacer
11 Drive Gear 1000 rpm 12 Retainer
13 Bearing 14 Sealing Rings (3 off)
15 Clutch Housing 16 Piston
17 Washer 18 Belleville Springs
19 Spacer 20 Retaining Ring
21 Hub 22 Retaining Ring
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 25

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
15. Remove output shaft drive gear retaining nut (1) (previously
loosened in step 7).
Withdraw bearing (2), Spacer (3) and 1000 rpm output
driven gear (4).
BSE2350A 16
16. Remove sleeve (1), fork (3) and coupler assembly
(2)
BSE2348A 17
17. Remove lower gear. Where obstruction in removing
gear is experienced release shaft retaining circlip
and push shaft forward.
BSE2304A 18
18. Remove shaft.
BSE2351A 19
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 26

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Calibration
NOTE: This calibration procedure is required when the central controller (RD Module) has had its memory erased after
H8 has been used, the PTO clutch solenoid (C041) has been replaced or the PTO clutch unit has been overhauled.
NOTE: If a new module is installed or after H8 has been completed, the controller will default the vehicle to "Yes"
rear PTO fender switches enabled. Set the option to "No" in the H3 menu mode if the vehicle does not have fender
switches.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843, into the
diagnostic socket (1).
Disconnect all implements from the rear PTO and
ensure the tractor is stationary with the handbrake
applied.
2. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the engine symbol on the RD controller.
The lower central display will display "CAL"
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 28

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
3. Depress the CRPM switch 3 times within 4 seconds.
The lower central display will display "TCP".
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1200
RPM.
BAIL06CCM632AVA 3
4. After a second, the lower central display will show "2"
then "1" as the PTO torque value is calibrated.
The display will show "END" when the procedure is
completed.
Turn the key start off to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
BAIL06CCM633AVB 4
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 29

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Remove the PTO and hydraulic clutch as follows:
2. Unscrew plug and drain oil from transmission and
rear axle housings. Collect oil in a suitable container.
3. Remove top link (1), PTO guard, and parts of drawbar
or hitch as required. (Refer to Top link ­ Remove
(H.10.C)
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
4. Disconnect speed sensor. Remove the sensor for
safe keeping during PTO removal.
BAIL07CCM298ASA 2
BSD2296A_159 3
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 30

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
5. Loosen the PTO assembly retaining bolts and using
a suitable hoist and hook detach the PTO assembly
(1) from the rear axle housing.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BSD2300A 4
Next operation:
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Overhaul (C.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 31

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Install
1. Reinstall the PTO case to the rear axle housing taking
the following into consideration:
Before reinstalling the PTO case, thoroughly clean
and degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of
liquid gasket of approximately. 2 mm of diameter following
pattern shown in figure 1.
Pattern for application of liquid gasket between the
PTO case and rear axle housing.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
BAIL07CCM292AMA 1
2. Using a suitable hoist locate the PTO assembly in
position on the rear axle housing . Tighten bolts to
the required torque.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BSD2300B 2
3. Reconnect the speed sensor.
BSD2296A_159 3
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 32

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
4. Install top link , PTO guard and drawbar or hitch as
required.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIL07CCM298ASA 4
ATTENTION: Remember to refill tractor with the correct specification hydraulic fluid
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 33

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
PTO clutch ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
1. The lubrication oil to the PTO clutch can be tested at
the low pressure manifold through the test port. Remove
the test port plug and install adaptor, 297404
and quick release fitting 297240 .
NOTE: On tractors with cab suspension the panhard rod
may obstruct the installation of the pressure test equipment
in the PTO lubrication test port. The use of additional
adapter 297602 may be required.
2. Attach a 27 bar (300 lbf.in2) gauge, 297167 , using
quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. Operate
the PTO and observe the gauge, the pressure may
fluctuate slightly but should remain between 1 ­ 2 bar
(15 ­ 30 lbf.in2) with the PTO ON and approximately
2 bar (30 lbf.in2) with the PTO OFF.
BAIS06CCM165AVB 1
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 34

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
PTO brake ­ Adjust
PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen locknut (1). Torque screw (2) to 3 Nm (2.21
lbft), in order to close brake band.
2. Loosen screw (2) and check brake band alignment.
Adjust if required.
3. Torque screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen screw (2) by two turns and tighten locknut (1)
.
5. Check brake band alignment and repeat procedure
if required.
BCG0005A 1
6. See Figure 2 for North American version.
BAIL07CCM307ASA 2
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 35

POWER TRAIN ­ REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting
NOTE: The table below details some possible mechanical/hydraulic faults. The controller will also generate error
codes related to the PTO system. The error codes are prefixed with the number (5) and displayed on the instrument
cluster. (Refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Fault code index (A.50.A)
Problem Possible Cause Correction
The PTO does not operate Low transmission oil level.
Reset correct level.
Blocked oil filter.
The PTO remains
engaged.
The PTO control clutch
drags.
Replace filter. ­ Refer to Filter ­ Replace
(A.10.A)
Faulty hydraulic pump. Repair or replace pump. ­ Refer to Hydraulic
pump Variable displacement
pump ­ Overhaul (A.10.A)
Faulty PTO engagement switch
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve:
detached or damaged connectors, faulty
remote switch.
PTO control solenoid valve stuck open.
Oil leakage through the seals with consequent
pressure drop: manifold or control
plunger seals
Faulty PTO engagement switch.
Replace switch.
Reset electrical connections and replace
faulty parts.
Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Replace damaged seals.
Replace switch.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control valve stuck open
Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Faulty brake engagement switch Replace switch.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Brake control valve stuck closed.
Worn PTO brake
Repair or replace solenoid valve..
Replace brake.(Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic
­ Overhaul (C.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 36

Index
POWER TRAIN ­ C
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ 40.C
PTO brake ­ Adjust 35
PTO clutch ­ Pressure test 34
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Calibration 28
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description 15
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Fault code index 14
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ General specification 5
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Install 32
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Overhaul 21
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Remove 30
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Special tools 4
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Static description 7
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Torque 3
REAR PTO Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting 36
2 3/5/2007
C.40.C / 37

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

REPAIR MANUAL
TRAVELLING
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
FRONT AXLE
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR AXLE
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
STEERING Hydraulic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
D.10.A
D.12.A
D.20.C
D.30.B
D.30.C
D.30.E
D.32.B
D.34.C
D.40.C
D.50.C
2 3/5/2007
D

TRAVELLING ­ D
FRONT AXLE ­ 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
FRONT AXLE ­ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
General specification 4
Torque 5
Special tools 5
Axle
General specification Two Wheel Drive 9
Special tools 9
Torque Two Wheel drive 9
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Sectional view 10
Static description 12
Axle
Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle 13
Static description Two Wheel Drive 16
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description 17
SERVICE
FRONT AXLE
Remove 18
Install 22
Calibration 26
Axle
Remove Two Wheel Drive 29
Width adjust Two Wheel Drive 31
Check Two Wheel Drive 33
Axle shaft
Remove 34
Differential
Remove 35
Bevel gear
Disassemble 36
Install 40
Backlash 48
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 2

Preload 50
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch ­ Disassemble 51
Hub
Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle 53
Swivel pin and bearing ­ Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle 57
Sensing system
Replace 59
DIAGNOSTIC
Axle
Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive 61
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 3

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ General specification
Type
steering, stress­supporting, centrally
pivoted
Pinion and Crown Wheel ­ Differential
Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.18 ­ 0.23
Cone point adjustment shims (8)(FRONT AXLE
­ Sectional view (D.10.A))
mm 2.3 ­ 2.4 ­ 2.5 ­ 2.6 ­ 2.7 ­ 2.8 ­ 2.9 ­ 3.0
­ 3.1 ­ 3.2 ­ 3.3 ­ 3.4 ­ 3.5
Pinion bearing adjustment shims (12) mm 2.2­2.25­2.3­2.35­2.4­2.45­
2.5­2.55­2.6­2.65­2.7­2.75­
2.8­2.85­2.9­2.95­3.00­3.05­
3.10­3.15­3.20­3.25­3.3­ 3.35­3.4­3.45
Crown wheel point adjustment shims (2) mm 1 ­ 1.1 ­ 1.2 ­ 1.3 ­ 1.4 ­ 1.5­ 1.6 ­ 1.7 ­
1.8 ­ 1.9 ­ 2
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.18
Differential gear thrust washer (5) thickness mm 1.470 ­ 1.530
Side gear thrust washer (3) thickness mm 1.4­1.5­1.6­1.7­1.8
Differential gear pin (6) diameter mm 24.939 ­ 24.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears (7) mm 25.040 ­ 25.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 ­ 0.122
Side gear hub (4) diameter mm 50.954 ­ 51.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 51.100 ­ 51.146
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.100 ­ 0.192
Differential Lock Assembly (Dog Clutch)
Free spring length (1)(FRONT AXLE ­ Sectional mm approx. 87
view (D.10.A))
Compressed spring length, under a load of 1888 mm approx. 48
­ 2035 N (192.5 ­ 207.5 kg)
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi Wet Plate
Clutch)
Drive discs (9) mm 1.75 ­ 1.855
Drive discs (9) quantity 5
Driven discs (10) mm 2.35 ­ 2.45
Driven discs (10) quantity 6
Axle­Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
Outer axle­shaft (7)(FRONT AXLE ­ Sectional mm 44.975 ­ 45.000
view (D.10.A)) dia. at the bushings (8)
Press­fit bushing (8) inner diameter mm 45.100 ­ 45.175 (1)
Axle­shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 ­ 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 ­ 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims (10) mm 0.10­0.15­0.20­0.25­0.30
Planetary Reduction Hubs
Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer (9) thickness mm 0.77 ­ 0.83
Front Axle Support Pillars
Axle housing to support pillars end play mm 0.3 ­ 1.1
Max. wear end play mm 2
Front support pillar (1) diameter mm 62.720 ­ 62.740
Press­fit front bush (2) inner diameter mm 62.80 ­ 62.884 (1)
Pillar (1) to bush (2) mounting clearance mm 0.060 ­ 0.164
Rear bush (4) outer diameter (press­fit into pinion mm 115.527 ­ 115.585
support)
Rear bush (5) inner diameter (press­fit into mm 115.636 ­115.711 (1)
support pillar)
Bush to bush mounting clearance mm 0.051 ­ 0.184
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 4

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle front and rear thrust washer (3 and 6)
thickness
Supersteer Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly
shimmed
Supersteer swivel bearing shims
4.90 ­ 5.00
40 ­ 45 kgm
1.05 ­ 1.90 in 0.05 mm increments
FRONT AXLE ­ Torque
BRJ4788B 1
FRONT AXLE ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
293460 Front axle overhaul stand
291517 Front differential casing removal­installation hook
293743 Front axle differential casing overhaul fixture
X 293879
Front axle drive pinion nut spanner (Class IV)
X 293391/
Drive pinion bearing adjustment tool
X 293438
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 5

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
X 293510
Drive pinion bearing adjustment gauge.
X 292903
Pulling pliers
X 293877
Front axle drive pinion retaining tool (Class IV)
293400 Front axle drive pinion cone point adjustment gauge
X 293798
Front axle differential casing bearing adjustment ring nut
spanner (Class IV)
X 293881
Front wheel hub bearing ring nut spanner (Class IV).
X 293882
Front axle hub bearing pulling aids (two)
292888 Front axle planetary reduction hub alignment pins
(M12x1.25)
293812 Front wheel removal/installation pins (M16x1.25)
X 293857
Front axle swivel pin puller
X 292161
Front axle swivel pin bearing outer race puller
X 380002489
Threaded adaptor, spreader rod and studs to use with
292161 and 293857
X 292220
Front axle bearing rolling torque test tool
293888 Front axle­shaft to swivel housing mounting guide (Class
IV)
292870 Front axle differential engagement oil pressure test kit
380002719 Seal installer (Class IV) Standard Axle With Brakes
294095 Seal installer (Class IV) Standard Axle Less Brakes
LOCALLY FABRICATED TOOLS
Front pinion shaft holding tool ­ fabricate from 4WD shaft coupling.
• Supersteer/suspended axle differential unit guides 2 x M16 x 1.5 bolts
• Supersteer/suspended axle pinion flange holding tool
• Supersteer differential vice holding plate
• Supersteer/suspended axle differential pinion adjustment tool spacer (use with 293391 ).
• Supersteer pivot bearing turning tool
40­25­27 SHG 1
Pinion Shaft Tool (Standard Axle)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 6

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
BSB0213A 2
Differential Vice Holding Plate (Supersteer Axle)
BSB0214A 3
Differential Casting Guide Bolts (Supersteer and Suspended Axles).
BSB0215A 4
Differential Pinion Bearing Setting Spacer (Supersteer and Suspended Axles)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 7

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
BSB0216A 5
Pinion Shaft Holding Tool (Supersteer and Suspended Axles)
BTB0163B 6
Supersteer Pivot Bearing Turning Tool
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 8

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ General specification Two Wheel Drive
AXLE SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Centrally pivoted square tube centre beam
with telescopic outer sections
Track settings (6 off) mm 1549­1651­1752­1854­1955­ 2057
Wheel camber
2 °, corresponding to approximately.
15 mm with 16 in rims
Wheel toe­in mm 3 to 9
Swivel Pin Assembly
Swivel pin diameter at the bushes mm 49.961 to 50.000
Press­fit bush (4) inner diameter mm 50.050 to 0.140 (1)
Swivel pin to bush clearance mm 0.050 to 0.179
Axle Pivot Pin Assembly
Pivot pin diameter mm 49.95 to 50.000
Press­fit bush (2) and (28) inner mm 38.050 to 38.140 (1)
diameter (Refer to Axle ­ Exploded
view (D.10.A) )
Pivot pin to bush clearance mm 0.050 to 0.179
(1) final dimension without reaming
Axle ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations on the two wheel drive axle.
X 293521
Swivel pin ring nut spanner.
X 290793 Axle pivot pin adapter (M 12x1.25) (use with 292927).
292927 Slide hammer.
292400 Wheel lifting hook.
Axle ­ Torque Two Wheel drive
DESCRIPTION Thread size Torque
Bolts or nuts, front axle carrier to housing 3/4 in ­ 10UNC 333 ­ 373 Nm (245.6 ­ 275.1 lbft)
Nut, track control rod clamp M 20 136 Nm (100.3 lbft)
Locknut, steering rod 1­1/8 271 ­ 305 Nm (199.9 ­ 225.0 lbft)
Bolt, RH and LH levers to swivel pins retaining
M 20 x 55 470 ­ 530 Nm (346.7 ­ 390.9 lbft)
screw
Bolt, axle outer section M 24 x 200 530 ­ 950 Nm (390.9 ­ 700.7 lbft)
Bolt, front wheel to hub M 18 x 1.5 314 Nm (231.6 lbft)
Bolt, axle pivot pin M 10 x 1.25 49 Nm (36.1 lbft)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 9

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ Sectional view
BRJ4789B 1
Front Axle Section view
1 Multi wet plate clutch assembly 2 Crown wheel bearing adjustment shims
3 Side gear thrust washer shims 4 Side gears
5 Pinion cone point adjustment shims 6 Pinion bearing adjustment shims
7 Seal 8 Clutch drive discs
9 Clutch driven discs 10 Differential gears
11 Differential gear pin 12 Differential gear thrust washer shims
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 10

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
25814 2
Support Pillars and Planetary Reduction Hub Cross­Sections
1 Front support pillar 2 Front support pillar bush
3 Front thrust washer 4 Rear bush (press­fit into support pillar)
5 Rear bush (press­fit into pinion support) 6 Rear thrust washer
7 Outer axle­shafts 8 Bushings
9 Driven gear thrust washers 10 Swivel pin adjustment shims
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 11

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ Static description
The tractors are fitted with a centrally pivoted front axle with support pillars and propshaft parallel to the tractor centreline.
The differential assembly includes two planet gears. Drive is transferred to the epicyclic reduction gear hubs by means
of maintenance­free universal joints.
The four wheel drive is actuated by a rocker switch on the right hand console(2). The drive for the axle is provided
via a clutch unit from the rear axle which is activated by oil from the low pressure circuit. When the four wheel drive
is engaged, a solenoid is activated to prevent oil flow to the clutch unit which is then free to engage under spring
pressure. When the four wheel drive is disengaged, low pressure circuit oil is used to release the clutch pack. Refer
to 2WD­4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic ­ Static description (D.14.C) for more detail.
BRI3994B 1
The axle is equipped with a wet multi­plate clutch differential lock controlled by a rocker switch (1) on the right hand
console When the switch is activated low pressure oil is diverted, via a solenoid valve, to the front and rear axles and
locks all four wheels together for conditions where wheel slip may occur. Refer to Differential lock Multi plate clutch
­ Dynamic description (D.10.A) for more detail.
BRI3994B 2
The four wheel drive and differential lock engagement can be operated in manual mode or auto mode. The auto mode
will automatically engage and disengage the systems depending on operating conditions, such as, wheel speed,
steering angles and hydraulic lift operations (differential lock). The auto mode parameters are set up in the H3 H­Menu
of the RD module, refer to Control module ­ Configure (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 12

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle
BSD2243A 1
Heavy Duty Front Axle Components
1 Axle Assembly 2 Bushing
3 Washer 4 Bolt
5 Bolt 6 Special Washer
7 Arm 8 Bushing
9 Axle Assembly 10 Grease Fitting
11 Bushing 12 Grease Fitting
13 Nut 14 Cap
15 Cotter Pin 16 Washer
17 Bearing Cone 18 Bearing Cup
19 Hub assembly 20 Bearing Cup
21 Bearing Cone 22 Retainer
23 Seal 24 Protective Shield
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 13

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
25 Spindle Assembly 26 Thrust Bearing
27 Square Nut 28 Bushing
BSD2244A 2
Heavy Duty Axle Tie Rod and Steering Cylinder Components
1 Nut 2 Seal
3 Cotter Pin 4 Nut
5 Washer 6 Bolt
7 O­Ring 8 Bushing
9 Arm assembly 10 Washer
11 Washer 12 Roll Pin
13 Pin 14 Grease Fitting
15 Nut 16 Seal
17 Socket Assembly 18 Grease Fitting
19 Cylinder 20 Bolt
21 Washer 22 Trunnion
23 Slotted Nut 24 Seal
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 14

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
25 Cotter Pin 26 Socket Assembly
27 Socket Assembly 28 Grease Fitting
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 15

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ Static description Two Wheel Drive
The two wheel drive front axle is composed of a square tube centre beam with telescopic outer sections. The centre
beam is attached to the front axle carrier by means of a single pivot which allows oscillation on both sides. The centre
beam and telescopic outer sections are drilled to obtain six possible track settings. Refer to Axle ­ Width adjust
(D.10.A)
The axle is controlled by the power steering system through a cylinder attached to the axle housing and the swivel
pin control lever. Refer to Axle ­ Exploded view (D.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 16

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description
BRJ4790BV2 1
A.Front differential lock Disengaged B.Front differential lock engaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and the oil (2)
is free to return to the sump.
Under these conditions, the clutch piston (1) and the drive and driven discs remain separated and the differential lock
is disengaged.
When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit
into the clutch piston (4) locking the differential plates (3).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 17

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead, for additional information refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. If front ballast is fitted, thread a nylon cable (1)
through the first row of ballast, unscrew support
plate (2) retaining screws and remove ballast using
a hoist.
Unscrew retaining screws of the second row of
ballast and slide them out, one at a time.
2. Remove the front fenders (if equipped)
23616 1
3. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
NOTE: SuperSteer axle shown.
BAIS06CCM151AVA 2
4. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 18

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
5. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining
nuts.
NOTE: Support the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
6. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
7. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and return pipes
(2).
Detach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 6
8. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 19

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
9. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 8
Tractors with SuperSteer axle
10. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and
the front support. These prevent articulation of the
axle.
BAIS06CCM704AVA 9
11. Slightly raise the front of the tractor and place a stationary
stand under the sump.
12. Attach the front weight carrier to suitable lifting equipment.
Remove the front weight carrier.
BAIS06CCM722AVA 10
13. Remove the front wheels.
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 20

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
14. Attach the front axle to a suitable hoist using nylon
cables.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 11
15. Remove the front axle forward retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 12
16. Remove the front axle rear retaining bolts.
Remove the front axle assembly.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 13
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 21

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ Install
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. B020
Tractors with SuperSteer axle
1. Locate the front axle to the front support.
Install front axle rear retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 1
2. Install the front axle forward retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 2
3. Install the front wheels.
Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Front wheel ­ Torque (D.50.C)
4. Attach the front weight carrier to suitable lifting equipment.
Install the front weight carrier.
BAIS06CCM722AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 22

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
5. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 4
6. Connect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 5
7. Connect the steering supply (1) and return pipes (2).
Attach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 6
8. Install the four­wheel drive shaft rear retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 63 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 23

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
9. Install the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 63 lbft).
BAIS06CCM034AVA 8
10. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
11. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 9
12. Install the front fenders (if equipped)
BAIS06CCM151AVA 10
13. Install the front ballast (if fitted)
23616 11
Next operation:
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 24

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Connect the battery ground (earth) lead. For further information refer toBattery ­ Connect (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 25

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE ­ Calibration
Steering Angle Sensor
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
2. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the Difflock symbol on the RD controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 26

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
3. Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 3
4. The lower central display will display "ScP" followed
by the current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "­1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 4
5. Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are
in line with the drive line.
6. Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 5
7. The lower central display will display the calibrated
steering sensor reading and then "End" to indicate
the calibration procedure has been completed.
BAIL06CCM626AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 27

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
8. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 28

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ Remove Two Wheel Drive
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and
insulate. Refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
Safely block rear wheels.
Remove front weights and weight support, where fitted.
2. Jack up front of tractor and place a stationary
stand(1) under the sump.
3. Loosen retaining bolts and remove front wheels.
24315 1
4. Connect axle to a hoist using two nylon cables (2)
(one on each side). Disconnect steering cylinder
control lines (1).
24316 2
24317 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 29

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
5. Using a slide puller (1) on the pivot pin (2) withdraw
the pivot pin.
24319 4
6. Remove front axle using a hoist.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
24320 5
Next operation:
Spindle drive ­ Remove (D.10.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 30

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ Width adjust Two Wheel Drive
1. To alter the track setting, apply the handbrake and
block the rear wheels. Jack up the front axle and
place on axle stands. Remove the nuts, bolts and
washers securing the right­hand telescopic section
(1) to the centre beam (2). Repeat on the left­hand
side of the axle.
BRD1010B 1
2. The two adjustable track control rods consist of a hollow
tube that is attached to the central steering pivot,
and a solid, extendible rod that attaches to the steering
arm on the kingpin. Each control rod has a number
of adjustment holes at 50 mm(2 in.) intervals.
3. The two locating bolts (1), pass through the hollow
tube and the holes in the extendible rod, locking the
track rod assembly at the desired length. Additionally,
the inner ends of each track rod have a threaded
section (2), and locknut (3), to provide fine adjustment.
Remove the locating bolts (1) from the both track
rods. This will permit the track rods to extend or retract
freely.
BRD1007B 2
4. Reset the left and right­hand axle telescopic sections,
passing the securing bolts through the centre
beam and telescopic sections, as indicated in Figure
3 and table below:
Tighten the nuts on the axle extension securing bolts
to 530 ­ 950 Nm (391 ­ 701 lbf.ft.).
NOTE: If the outer locating bolt on the axle is in the fourth
hole from the kingpin, then the outer bolt on the track control
rod must also be in the fourth hole from the outer end
of the control rod.
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 31

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
BRD1010C 3
Track Settings (11.0 x 16 tyres)
Track Setting
Securing Bolt Locations
mm (in.) Refer to Figure 3
1549 (61.0) A C
1651 (65.0) B D
1752 (69.0) C E
1854 (73.0) D F
1955 (77.0) E G
2057 (81.0) F H
Track Settings (14L x 16.1 tyres)
Track Setting
Securing Bolt Locations
mm (in.) Refer to Figure 3
1574 (62.0) A C
1676 (66.0) B D
1778 (70.0) C E
1879 (74.0) D F
1981 (78.0) E G
2082 (82.0) F H
5. With both front wheels parallel, reinstall the locating
bolts (1) in the nearest aligning holes in the track
control rod. Tighten the nuts on the locating bolts
to 50 ­ 68 Nm (40 ­ 50 lbf. ft.).
IMPORTANT: The front wheel discs are offset relative to
the centre line of the rim. The track settings in the table
above are with the deeply dished side of the wheel nearest
the axle hub. If the front wheels are reversed on the hubs
each track setting will be increased by approximately 203
mm (8.0 in.).
BRD1007B 4
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 32

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle shaft ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Hub ­ Remove (D.10.A).
1. Release the locking nut and loosen the retaining
bolt(2) holding the axle shaft (1).
1b0o2004061017 1
2. Remove the axle shaft from the casing.
To disassemble the right­hand final drive unit, follow
the same procedure as the left hand final drive unit.
1b0o2004061018 2
Next operation:
Differential ­ Remove (D.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 34

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Differential ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Axle shaft ­ Remove (D.10.A)
1. Unscrew two of the bolts fixing the bevel drive­differential
support to the axle casing. Screw in the two
dowels 292888 (1). Supersteer Axles require larger
diameter dowels. These can be manufactured from
two M16 x 1.5 mm bolts. Remove the remaining
bolts and separate the differential support from the
axle casing. Attach a hoist (2) to the support and remove
the differential support (3) from the axle casing.
25606 1
2. Install tool 293743 (1) in the vice on the work bench.
Bolt the differential support on to the tool detach the
lifting hoist.
The Supersteer Axle requires a new plate to be manufactured
to secure the unit in the vice .
Unscrew bolt (2) and remove the ring nut lock tab (3).
Remove the internal diff. lock control pipe.
25607 2
3. The Supersteer Axle requires a new plate to be manufactured
to secure the unit in the vice, see FRONT
AXLE ­ Special tools (D.10.A).
BSB0222A 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 35

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Bevel gear ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Differential ­ Remove (D.10.A)
1. Remove the crown wheel­differential assembly (2)
from the housing (1).
25613 1
2. DIFFERENTIAL BEARING COMPONENTS
1. Differential assembly
2. Bearing Cup
3. Adjuster Ring
4. Support Cup
TAG25017 2
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR SET UP
3. In case of differential assembly overhaul it is necessary
to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the
planet pinions and side gears.
Proceed as follows:
Thoroughly clean the components of the differential
to remove any traces of oil which would otherwise
prevent accurate backlash measurement.
Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
Fit the planet gears complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few
turns to hold the pins in place.
Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
Move the left­hand the side gear to bring it into full
contact with the planet pinion and then push it up
against the differential housing, reading the endfloat
(Gs) on the dial gauge.
1b0o2004105929 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 36

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
4. Repeat the above operations to measure the endfloat
on the right­hand side gear (Gd).
The endfloat should be 0.25 mm.
Therefore the shims to be inserted in the differential
housing are given by:
S L.H. = Gs ­ 0.25 mm for the left­hand side gear;
S L.H. = Gd ­ 0.25 mm for the right­hand side gear.
Install shims as near as possible to the calculated
value, and, using a dial gauge and following the procedure
described above, check that the endfloat of
the left and right­hand side gears is approximately
0.25 mm.
1b0o2004105930 4
PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENTS
5. See Bevel gear ­ Install (D.10.A).
PINION SHAFT REMOVAL
6. Straighten the locking tab on the splined shaft lock
nut (1).
1b0o2004105931 5
7. To loosen the pinion nut it is necessary to manufacture
a tool to hold the pinion shaft. This can be manufactured
by welding a suitable 20 mm nut to the end
of a drive shaft coupling 81873108.
Locally Manufactured Pinion Shaft Tool
1. Coupler Part No 81873108
2. 20 mm Nut
40­25­27 SHG_122 6
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 37

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
8. Supersteer and Suspended Axle Pinion nut removal.
Prevent rotation with suitable lever (protect threads).
BSB0224A 7
9. Unscrew the nut using wrench 293879 , (1) while
holding the bevel drive pinion shaft against rotation
with the locally fabricated tool.
1b0o2004105934 8
10. Remove the locking ball from the sleeve.
NOTE: Not applicable for Supersteer or Suspended Axle
Assemblies.
TAG25015 9
11. Withdraw the pinion shaft (1) from the rear of the
casing and remove the spacer, the adjustment shims
and the bearing.
1b0o2004105936 10
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 38

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
12. Remove the dust seal, the oil seal (1) and the rear
bearing.
1b0o2004105937 11
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 39

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Bevel gear ­ Install
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming
1. Proceed as follows.
Remove bearing from pinion.
Clamp tool 293438, (1) in the vice, fit the inner races
of the bearings (2 and 4) and the bearing spacer (3)
and secure the nut on the tool.
2.
NOTE: The pinion of the supersteer/suspended assembly
is shorter and tool 293438 requires a spacer to be inserted
under the lower bearing (4). The spacer can be manufactured
locally using the dimensions shown in FRONT AXLE
­ Special tools (D.10.A).
1b0o2004105938 1
3. Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H1)
between the upper surface of the tool and the central
threaded pin of tool 293438 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re­assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing. Hold the
differential housing in the vice using tool 293743 , not
applicable to Supersteer/Suspended axles.
BSB0223A 2
40­25­26 SHG 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 40

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
4. Tighten a nut of tool 293438 (1), while turning the tool
to ensure that the bearings are seated correctly.
Install spacer for supersteer suspended axle.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is calculated
by:
Shim S1 = H2 ­ H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value thus obtained up to the
nearest 0.05 mm.
Leave tool in differential housing for pinion depth
measurement.
40­25­34 SHG 4
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure
5. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure calculates
the thickness of shims S2, positioned beneath
the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions
H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 122.5 mm +/­ C Manufacturers Pinion Dimension"C
(Correction Factor).
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 necessary in the calculation of the
shim thickness can be determined using either New
Holland pinion adjustment tool 293400 or 297132.
Both procedures are explained as follows. 40­25­42 SHG 5
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Tool 293400380000249
6. Install pinion bearings in differential support housing
and clamp in position using tool No 293438 as
used when determining thickness of shims for bearing
preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge Tool No 293400
2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use Tool No 293438 or alternative
clamp 50048 as shown
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of Tool No 293400 )
17212 6
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 41

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
7. Install Pinion Setting Tool No 293400 complete with
bearing cup and adjusting rings. Tighten bearing
caps to 113 Nm (83 lbf).
If Tool No 293438 as described in pinion bearing
shimming procedure is not available the Bearing
Clamp Tool No 50048 may be used to clamp the
bearings.
Adjust the cones of the tool so that the depth micrometer
tip touches the inner race of the bearing
and measure the dimension (H4).
40­25­39 SHG 7
8. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed beneath
the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4­H3
Where:­
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 122.5 mm +/­ C
122.5 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of pinion.
(Supplied by Manufacturer)
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4 = 125.77
C = +0.1 mm
H3= 122.5 + 0.1 = 122.6 mm
S2 = H4­H3 = 125.77 ­ 122.6
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm
1b0o2004105945 8
Pinion Shimming using 297132
9. Install bearing caps (less bearing cup) and tighten to
a torque of 113 Nm (83 lbf).
Measure internal dimension of bearing bore and call
this dimension ‘A’.
1b0o2004105946 9
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 42

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
14. Install bearing onto pinion
1b0o2004105951 12
15.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA­50 13
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque
16. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim
adjustment procedure previously described ensures
that the correct preload is achieved when the pinion
nut is tightened to a torque of 294 Nm (217 lbf ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the thickness
of preload shim is not available install the same shim
as removed during disassembly.
19094 14
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 44

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
17. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
19095 15
40­25­17 SHG 16
Drive Pinion Components (Standard Steer Axle)
1 Shim 2 Bearing
3 Bearing Cup 4 Housing
5 Nut 6 Dust Cap
7 Seal 8 Ball (N/A Supersteer)
9 Sleeve 10 Bearing
11 Bearing Cup 12 Shim
13 Shim 14 Spacer
15 ‘O’ Ring 16 Pinion
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 45

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
BSB0236A 17
Suspended and Supersteer Pinion Components
1 Pinion 2 Pinion depth shim
3 Bearing 4 Spacer
5 Shim 6 Nut
7 Coupling 8 Dust shield
9 Seal 10 O­ring
11 O­ring carrier 12 Bearing
18. Install the sleeve. ball and pinion nut. Do not install
the ‘O’ ring, oil seal and dust shield at this stage.
Tighten the pinion nut to a torque of 294 Nm (217
lbf.ft).
19097 18
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 46

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
19. Screw an M12 bolt into end of the pinion shaft or
use the locally fabricated pinion holding tool. Using a
suitable low value torque meter measure the rolling
torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 ­ 1.0 Nm (4.5 ­ 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment procedure
are outside the specification adjust the thickness
of shim and recheck bearing preload.
40­25­31 SHG 19
20. When the correct shim thickness has been established
remove the pinion nut, sleeve and ball and install
the ‘O’ ring and pinion oil seal.
21. Carefully reinstall the sleeve, ball and pinion nut.
NOTE: Attempting to fit the oil seal with the sleeve installed
may damage the oil seal lip.
22. Tighten the pinion nut to a torque of 294 Nm (217
lbf.ft) and deform the locking tab.
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling resistance
A1.
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 47

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Bevel gear ­ Backlash
1. Install the differential assembly complete with crown
wheel and inner crown wheel bearing rings in the
differential housing.
24112 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings in the differential housing,
fit the differential support caps, ensuring correct
orientation of the threaded adjustment ring (3),
smooth edge facing outwards. Tighten the bolts to
a torque of 59 Nm (43.5 lbft), then slacken them off
and re­tighten to a torque of 20 Nm (14.8 lbft).
TAG25017_123 2
3. Measure the thickness SP the adjustment shim (2)
which was previously removed during the axle overhaul
procedure. Refit the shim and circlip.
BRJ4749B 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 48

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Bevel gear ­ Preload
1. The differential bearing preload is checked by measuring
the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value.
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and measure
the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2 described
in instruction 1, the pinion only rolling torque A1, refer
to Bevel gear ­ Install (D.10.A).
The difference between the two values should be 1 ­
1.5 Nm, (9 ­ 13 lbf in).
If the rolling torque of the pinion and differential assembly
is not to specification adjust the ring ‘opposite’
the crown wheel to increase or reduce differential
bearing preload. Recheck the rolling torque as
detailed above.
Refit the lock tabs to secure the adjusting ring(s).
1b0o2004105965 2
3. EXAMPLE
Rolling torque of Pinion and Differential
A2 = 2.1 Nm (19 lbf in)
Rolling torque of Pinion
A1 = 0.7 Nm (6 lbf in)
Calculated Rolling Torque of Differential
= 2.1 ­ 0.7 Nm (19 ­ 6 lbf in)
= 1.4 Nm (13 lbf in)
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 50

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Disassemble
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. With the pinion and crown wheel carrier placed on
the fixture tool no. 293743 .
Proceed as follows:
Remove the retaining ring (3), bell housing (2), clutch
disc (4) hub retaining ring (1).
2. Remove the circlip (1), disassemble the reaction ring
(2) along with the clutch discs (3) and clutch disc hub
(4).
25819 1
3. Remove the thrust washer (1), washer (2) and release
bearing (3).
25820 2
1b0o2004105924 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 51

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
4. Blow compressed air into the oil inlet fitting and drive
out the differential. clutch lock piston (1).
25822 4
5. Remove the attaching bolts (1) and differential. lock
support plate (2). Retrieve oil seal.
Check all hydraulic cylinder sliding surfaces are free
from scuffs and in perfectly good condition.
Check clutch discs for abnormal wear or imperfections.
Replace if damaged.
Reinstall the differential lock assembly observing the
following:
­ Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse, from 5 back to 1.
­ Refer to figures on FRONT AXLE ­ Sectional view
(D.10.A) for correct orientation of the different parts.
­ Check seals and replace if damaged.
­ Tighten to correct torques as detailed on FRONT
AXLE ­ Torque (D.10.A). 25823 5
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 52

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Hub ­ Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle
1. Unscrew the two track rod retaining bolts (1).
25591 1
2. Prior to removal of the track rod ensure that the hubs
will not rotate on their swivels, causing the axle to fall
from its stand.
Using a removal tool, withdraw the pins from their
bores in the stub axle housing, and remove the track
rod.
1b0o2004105903 2
3. Remove the circlips (2) from the cylinder rod pivot
pins, unscrew the pin retaining bolts of the cylinder
(1), withdraw the pins and detach the two cylinders.
Recover the four pins, washers, spacers and cylinders
complete with hoses.
25593 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 53

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
4. Unscrew the retaining bolts of the left­hand final drive
casing cover (1). Screw in the two studs 292888 (2)
and, using a slide hammer screwed into the oil drain
plug, detach the cover(1) from the casing.
25594 4
5. Remove the outer circlip (1) securing the driving
gear(2) and remove the gear.
25595 5
6. Remove the inner circlip (1).
25596 6
7. Remove the staking (1) on the wheel hub bearing
lock nut (2).
NOTE: If desired it is possible to remove the hub and swivel
housing together, without the need to remove the wheel
hub bearing lock nut.
25597 7
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 54

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
8. Remove the wheel hub bearing lock nut using special
tool 293881 .
25598 8
9. Remove the wheel hub (1) with the ring gear (2).
25599 9
10. Remove seal using suitable extracting tool.
BSB0233A 10
11. Unscrew the three retaining bolts (1) of the lower pin
of the stub axle housing. Recover the lower pivot pin
and the adjustment shims.
1b0o2004105906 11
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 55

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
12. Unscrew the four retaining bolts (1) of the mudguard
bracket (2) and remove the bracket.
TAG25011 12
13. If fitted, remove the steering angle potentiometer.
Remove the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and
withdraw the potentiometer (2) from the axle hub.
BRH3254B 13
14. Unscrew the three retaining bolts of the upper pivot
pin.
Withdraw the upper pivot pin (1) and detach the stub
axle housing (2).
.
NOTE: Refer to Sensing system ­ Replace (D.10.A) for
replacement of steering angle potentiometers.
1b0o2004105909 14
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 56

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Hub Swivel pin and bearing ­ Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle
STEERING SWIVEL PINS AND BEARINGS ­ Less Steering Angle Potentiometer
Replacement
Prior operation:
Hub ­ Remove (D.10.A).
1. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove difficult
to remove, proceed as follows.
Remove the grease nipples and the steering swivel
pin retaining bolts.
Fit the bolts (1) of the special tool 293857 .
Fit the plate (2) of the tool and fix it to the three bolts
with nuts (5).
Fit the central tie bolt (4) screwing it fully into the
grease nipple bore on the pin (6).
Screw in the nut (3) to drive the pin out of its bore.
24596 1
2. Using the extractor special tool 292161 (1) remove
the steering swivel bearings.
Re­install the steering swivel bearings using a suitable
drift.
1b0o2004061038 2
Steering Swivel Pins and Bearings ­ With steering angle potentiometer
3. Remove the steering angle potentiometer, refer to
Sensing system ­ Replace (D.10.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 57

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
4. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove difficult
to remove, remove the 3 steering swivel retaining
bolts. Using suitable pry bars located in the swivel
housing casting slots, carefully lever the swivel pin
from the housing.
BRH3250A 3
5. Remove the swivel housing, refer to Hub ­ Remove
(D.10.A).
6. Remove the steering angle potentiometer shaft from
the axle housing. Refer to Sensing system ­ Replace
(D.10.A).
7. Using the bearing puller attachment of extractor, special
tool No. 292161 (3) with adaptor tool, 380002489
(2) couple these to special tool 293857 (1) and remove
the steering swivel bearings.
BRH3404BB 4
8. Install the new steering swivel bearings using a suitable
drift.
NOTE: Take care when installing the bearings not to damage
the special bearing coating.
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 58

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Sensing system ­ Replace
1. To replace the potentiometer sensor unit only, remove
the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and withdraw
the potentiometer (2) from the axle swivel housing.
BRH3254B 1
2. Refit the potentiometer ensuring that the ’D’ drive of
the shaft and potentiometer are correctly aligned.
3. Check the sealing ring of the retaining plate is in good
condition and refit the retaining plate
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then be carried out. Refer to FRONT AXLE ­ Calibration
(D.10.A).
Potentiometer shaft and wiring replacement
4. With the swivel housing and axle shaft removed, refer
to Hub ­ Remove (D.10.A), carefully remove the
electrical connector from the potentiometer wiring.
Remove the wire retaining plate (1) and pull the potentiometer
shaft and wiring up through the top of the
axle housing.
5. Install the new potentiometer shaft (1) and wiring
through the axle hole and locate as shown in Figure
3. Refit the wire retaining plate and ensure the rubber
grommet for the wiring is correctly installed into
the housing. Reconnect the wiring to the connector.
BRH3253B 2
BRH3252B 3
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 59

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
6. Fit the swivel housing, the adjustment shims, the upper
and lower pivot pins, ensuring that the upper pin
flange is correctly positioned as shown in Figure 4,
refer to Hub ­ Remove (D.10.A).
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then
be carried out. Refer to FRONT AXLE ­ Calibration
(D.10.A).
BRH3251B 4
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 60

TRAVELLING ­ FRONT AXLE
Axle ­ Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Premature tyre wear Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure, refer to values
suggested in the Operator’s Manual.
Always comply with values specified by the
tyre manufacturer.
Wrong front wheel toe­in.
Adjust toe­in (see Axle ­ Check (D.10.A)).
Poor tractor stability Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 61

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
FRONT AXLE ­ 10.A
Axle ­ Check Two Wheel Drive 33
Axle ­ Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle 13
Axle ­ General specification Two Wheel Drive 9
Axle ­ Remove Two Wheel Drive 29
Axle ­ Special tools 9
Axle ­ Static description Two Wheel Drive 16
Axle ­ Torque Two Wheel drive 9
Axle ­ Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive 61
Axle ­ Width adjust Two Wheel Drive 31
Axle shaft ­ Remove 34
Bevel gear ­ Backlash 48
Bevel gear ­ Disassemble 36
Bevel gear ­ Install 40
Bevel gear ­ Preload 50
Differential ­ Remove 35
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Disassemble 51
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description 17
FRONT AXLE ­ Calibration 26
FRONT AXLE ­ General specification 4
FRONT AXLE ­ Install 22
FRONT AXLE ­ Remove 18
FRONT AXLE ­ Sectional view 10
FRONT AXLE ­ Special tools 5
FRONT AXLE ­ Static description 12
FRONT AXLE ­ Torque 5
Hub ­ Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle 53
Hub Swivel pin and bearing ­ Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle 57
Sensing system ­ Replace 59
2 3/5/2007
D.10.A / 62

TRAVELLING ­ D
REAR AXLE ­ 12.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
REAR AXLE ­ 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR AXLE
General specification 3
Special tools 4
Torque 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Sectional view 10
Static description 12
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description 13
Fault code index 14
SERVICE
REAR AXLE
Remove 15
Install 20
Disassemble 26
Adjust 31
Final drive
Housing ­ Remove 38
Shaft ­ Remove 42
Reducer, spur gear ­ Overhaul 45
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch ­ Overhaul 46
DIAGNOSTIC
Final drive
Troubleshooting 50
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 2

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ General specification
Pinion and crown wheel ratio: 9/42 = 1:4.66
Pinion to crown wheel backlash
0.25 ­ 0.33 mm (0.010 ­ 0.013 in)
Differential
4­pinion
Differential lock control:
­ Multi­plate clutch Acting through a hydraulically controlled
multi­pack clutch in oil bath
Number of clutch discs:
­ Driven discs. n. 4
­ Drive discs. n. 4
­ Driven disc thickness (each) 3.45 ­ 3.55 mm (0.136 ­ 0.140 in)
­ Drive disc thickness (each) 1.95 ­ 2.05 mm (0.077 ­ 0.081 in)
Differential pinion bore dia. (Refer to
30.04 ­ 30.061 mm (1.183 ­ 1.184 in)
REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A))
Differential pinion journal dia. (6)
29.939 ­ 29.96 mm (1.1787 ­ 1.1795 in)
Differential pinion running clearance
0.080 ­ 0.122 mm (0.003 ­ 0.005 in)
Side gear hub seat in differential
Casing dia. (Refer toREAR AXLE ­
70 mm (2.756 in)
Sectional view (D.12.A) )
Side gear hub dia. (3)
68 mm (2.677 in)
Pinion shaft position adjustment (Refer to
Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)
REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A))
­ shims available 3 mm (0.12 in)
3.1 mm (0.122 in)
3.2 mm (0.126 in)
3.3 mm (0.130 in)
3.4 mm (0.134 in)
3.5 mm (0.138 in)
3.6 mm (0.142 in)
3.7 mm (0.146 in)
3.8 mm (0.150 in)
3.9 mm (0.154 in)
4 mm (0.157 in)
Pinion bearing adjustment
Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 3

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Pinion bearing shimming (Refer to REAR
AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A))
Crown wheel bearing and backlash
shims available (Refer to REAR AXLE ­
Adjust (D.12.A) )
Differential gear and pinion backlash
Differential gear thrust washer thickness
(Refer toREAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)
and REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view
(D.12.A))
Differential gear end play (each)
Differential gear end play adjustment
4.40 mm (0.173 in)
4.50 mm (0.177 in)
4.60 mm (0.181 in)
4.70 mm (0.185 in)
4.80 mm (0.189 in)
4.85 mm (0.191 in)
4.90 mm (0.193 in)
4.95 mm (0.195 in)
5.0 mm (0.197 in)
5.05 mm (0.199 in)
5.10 mm (0.201 in)
5.15 mm (0.203 in)
5.20 mm (0.205 in)
5.25 mm (0.207 in)
5.30 mm (0.209 in)
5.35 mm (0.211 in)
5.40 mm (0.213 in)
5.45 mm (0.215 in)
5.50 mm (0.217 in)
5.55 mm (0.219 in)
5.60 mm (0.220 in)
5.65 mm (0.222 in)
5.70 mm (0.224 in)
5.75 mm (0.226 in)
5.80 mm (0.228 in)
5.85 mm (0.230 in)
5.90 mm (0.232 in)
5.95 mm (0.234 in)
6.0 mm (0.236 in)
6.05 mm (0.238 in)
6.10 mm (0.240 in)
6.15 mm (0.242 in)
6.20 mm (0.244 in)
6.30 mm (0.248 in)
6.40 mm (0.252 in)
6.50 mm (0.256 in)
6.60 mm (0.260 in)
Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)
0.15 mm (0.006 in)
0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.50 mm (0.020 in)
0.20 mm (0.008 in)
2.70 mm (0.106 in)
2.75 mm (0.108 in)
2.80 mm (0.110 in)
2.85 mm (0.112 in)
2.90 mm (0.114 in)
2.95 mm (0.116 in)
3.00 mm (0.118 in)
3.05 mm (0.120 in)
3.10 mm (0.122 in)
3.15 mm (0.124 in)
3.20 mm (0.126 in)
3.25 mm (0.128 in)
3.30 mm (0.130 in)
0.226 mm (0.0089 in)±0.302 mm
(0.0119 in)
Refer to Differential lock Multi plate
clutch ­ Overhaul (D.12.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 4

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
290090 Rotary stand
292320 Tractor separation stand
291517 Rear axle housing lifting hook
293972 Front bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
293973 Rear bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
X 293343
Nut wrench for checking pinion rolling torque
293996 Transfer box shaft puller
294168 Pinion ring nut tool
X 293975
Pinion bearing adjustment tool
X 293977 Spacer (to be used with 293975)
293400 Universal pinion installer
X 293994
Crown wheel­differential lifting hook
292870 Universal differential lock pressure test kit
X 293986
Differential planetary gear adjustment tool
292400 Rear wheel lifting hook.
291221 Differential overhaul stand.
292927 Slide hammer.
X 295026 Spacer and bushing (to be used with 293975 ).
297471 Tractor splitting kit
380000403 Rear axle support
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 5

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
24663­2 1
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble­assemble the final drives (Mark tool with no. 50091 ­
­ Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using Aq 42 D.material
1. Make 2 legs in C 40 H&T material
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble­assemble the Bevel Pinion Shaft
• Make from 60 mm socket (remove square drive end).
• Weld suitable rectangular piece of metal to socket (See Fig. 2).
• Use in conjunction with pinion drive coupler and 3/4 in drive socket.(Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble
(D.12.A)).
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 6

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
DESCRIPTION Thread size Torque
Capscrew, wheel hub on dual wheel
M16x1.5
294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
axle shaft
Capscrew, RAIL disc on dual wheel
M16x1.5
294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
axle shaft
Capscrew, drive wheel shaft M18x1.5 88 Nm (64.91 lbft)(*)
Capscrew, crown wheel and
M10x1.25
120 Nm (88.51 lbft)
differential caps
Capscrew, crown wheel M14x1.5 195 Nm (143.82 lbft)
Nut, RAIL disc block M20x2.5 245 Nm (180.70 lbft)
Nut, RAIL disc to wheel hub M18x1.5 314 Nm (231.59 lbft)
Nut, weight screw to steel wheel disc M16x1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
Attaching screws, wheel weights M16x1.5 211 Nm (155.63 lbft)
Allen screw, wheel weights to cast
iron disc
M16x1.5
186 Nm (137.19 lbft)
(*) see adjustment procedure on Refer to Final drive Shaft ­ Install (D.12.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 8

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
BSE2389A 1
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 9

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view
BSE2387A 1
Rear Axle Longitudinal Sectional View
1 Bevel pinion shaft 2 Tapered roller bearing
3 Bevel pinion bearing adjusting shim 4 50 Kph Clutch (Where Fitted)
5 Bearing 6 PTO Drive Shaft
7 PTO Clutch 8 Crown Wheel
9 Differential gear hub 10 Differential gear
11 Pinion shaft position shim 12 Four Wheel Drive Clutch
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 10

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
BSE2468A 2
Rear Axle Cross­Section (with multi­plate clutch differential lock)
1 Differential output half­shaft 2 Differential Support
3 Side gears 4 Differential casing
5 Differential gear Hub 6 Differential Pinion
7 Crown wheel bearing cap 8 Thrust washer
9 Planetary gear(11) bearing spacer 10 Thrust washer
11 Planetary final reduction gears 12 Wheel axle shaft
13 Seal. 14 Seal.
15 Planetary carrier 16 Differential output half­shaft
17 Drive discs 18 Driven discs
19 Differential lock control piston 20 Crown Wheel Guard
21 Seal 22 Side Gear End Play Adjuster Rings
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 11

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Static description
The rear axle assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the epicyclic final drives through a bevel pinion and
crown wheel coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type and are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with four planetary gears and hydraulic differential lock. The differential lock being of a multiplate
type.
Refer to Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description (D.12.A)
The epicyclic final reduction gear sets are controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel output half­shafts, which
also control the brakes. On Models with 19Fx6R 50 KphTransmissions the 50 Kph clutch is housed in the rear axle.
Refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­ Static description (C.30.D)
BSD2313A 1
Crown Wheel and Pinion Components
1 Ring Nut 2 Bearing
3 Four Wheel Drive Gear 4 Parking Brake Disc Hub
5 50 Kph Drive Gear (Where Fitted) 6 Crown Wheel
7 Piston 8 Cover
9 Bolt 10 Driven Disc
11 Lock Plate 12 Differential Casing
13 Shaft and Bevel Pinion 14 Bearing
15 Spacer 16 Brake Discs
17 Shim
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 12

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description
BAIL06CCM044GSA 1
REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ASSEMBLY (Multi­plate clutch)
Return to dump
Low pressure oil (22 ­ 24 bar (319.00 ­ 348.00 psi))
When the switch on the instrument panel is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the pump into the
control piston (1) annular groove in left hand bearing carrier.
The pressure applied over the piston (1) surface compresses the multi­pack clutch drive and driven discs and locks
the differential.
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 13

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Differential lock ­ Fault code index
If an error code is displayed in the instrument panel identified with the numbers ’7­­­­’ refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
­ Fault code index (A.50.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 14

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
Prior operation:
Disconnect the rear axle from the transmission housing, for further information, refer to Housing ­ Disconnect
(C.20.E)
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Ensure the rear axle is adequately supported.
2. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and remove the rear wheel.
NOTE: Repeat for left hand wheel.
3. Remove the ’R’ clip (1) slide out the hinge pin (2) and
remove the top lift link.
BTB0282A 1
4. Disconnect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM572AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 15
BAIS06CCM571AVA 3

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
5. Remove the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 4
6. Remove the lift arm assembly.
NOTE: Repeat this operation for the left hand side.
BAIS06CCM573AVA 5
7. Remove the PTO speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 6
8. Using suitable lifting equipment support the tow hitch
support.
Remove the retaining bolts and remove the tow hitch
support.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 16

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
9. Using suitable lifting equipment support the PTO assembly.
Remove the retaining bolts and remove the PTO assembly
and shaft.
BSD2300B 8
10. Disconnect the lift arm cylinder hydraulic hoses.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 9
11. Remove the pivot pins (1) and remove the lift arm
cylinder.
NOTE: Repeat for right hand side.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the rams for most
operations.
BSD2256A 10
Tractors with Cab Suspension
12. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 17

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
13. Disconnect the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach
the cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 12
Tractors with Standard Cab
14. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 13
All Tractors
15. Remove the lift arm stabilizer bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 14
16. Install special tools. 50091 and 38020004 and attach
to suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 15
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 18

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
17. Remove the final drive housing retaining nuts.
Remove the final drive assembly together with the
half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 16
Next operation:
REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble (D.12.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 19

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Install
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. B020
1. To assist reinstallation of the final drive housing, position
the half­shaft (4) into its seat on the differential
and brake disc.
23682 1
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 20

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
BSE2518A 2
Patterns for application of liquid gasket during reinstallation of: rear PTO housing ; final drive housings ;
four wheel drive clutch housing ; and park brake housing to rear axle housing .
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 21

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
2. Install the final drive assembly.
Install the final drive housing retaining nuts.
Tighten to 200 Nm147 lbft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 3
3. Remove special tools. 50091 and 38020004.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 4
4. Install the lift arm stabilizer bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 5
Tractors with Standard Cab
5. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 22

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Tractors with Cab Suspension
6. Connect the cab to chassis strap (1) and attach the
cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 7
7. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 8
8. If removed, install the lift arm cylinders.
BSD2256A 9
9. Connect the lift arm cylinder hoses.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 10
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 23

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
10. Using suitable lifting equipment install the PTO assembly
and shaft. Install the compressor.
Tighten to 211 Nm (156 lb ft)
BSD2300B 11
11. Using suitable lifting equipment install the tow hitch
support.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 12
12. Install the PTO speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 13
13. Install the lift arm assembly.
NOTE: Repeat this operation for the left hand side.
BAIS06CCM573AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 24

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
14. Install the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 15
15. Connect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM571AVA 16
16. Locate the top lift link, slide in the hinge pin (1). and
install the ’R’ clip (2).
BAIS06CCM572AVB 17
17. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and install the rear wheel.
For correct torques, refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque
(D.50.C)
NOTE: Repeat for left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 18
Next operation:
Connect the rear axle to the transmission housing, for further information refer to Housing ­ Connect (C.20.E)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 25

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
REAR AXLE ­ Remove (D.12.A)
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Support the rear axle housing using the tractor splitting
tool 297471 and support tool 380000403 (1).
2. Loosen the attaching bolts and remove the parking
brake control assembly.
BSE2487B_134 1
3. Remove the inner transfer box guard.
BSE2517A 2
BSD2248A_135 3
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 26

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
4. Remove clutch driveshaft retaining ring (1) and shims
(2).
BSD2307A_136 4
5. Use slide hammer (1) 292927 and M8 x 1.25 adaptor
(2) 293996 partially withdraw transfer clutch driveshaft
(3).
BSD2249A_137 5
6. Retrieve bearing cap (1) and using an assistant, support
the clutch housing, Figure 7. Completely remove
clutch driveshaft (2) taking care to ensure that
the clutch housing does not drop to the ground.
BSD2250A_138 6
7. Remove clutch assembly from beneath transmission.
Separate and inspect all components. Refer to
Clutch ­ Overhaul (D.14.C).
BSD2252A_139 7
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 27

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
8. Loosen the attaching bolts (1) on the crown wheel
support caps. Support the crown wheel as shown in
figure 10. Remove the crown wheel support caps
and shims on both sides. Also remove piston pin
assembly (2) .
BSE2515A 8
9. Remove the brake drive piston using a pry bar.
BSD2270A 9
BSD2308A 10
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 28

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
10. Remove Crown wheel using locally fabricated tool.
Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Special tools (D.12.A)
11. Unstake the crushed nut, hold the pinion steady and
loosen the nut using the locally fabricated wrench
tool (1), pinion coupler and 3/4 in drive socket.
BSE2460A 11
12. Using a universal puller , partially withdraw the bevel
pinion.
Disassemble the universal puller and remove front
bearing (1).
24384 12
13. Slide out the pinion and recover the inner parts
through the parking brake compartment.
BSE2461A 13
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 29

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
14. Slide out the bearing (1) from pinion using a drive
puller and a hydraulic press.
24386 14
15. Remove the pinion rear bearing cup (1) from front
end using a driver tool, and recover adjustment shim
(S) .
NOTE: Sectional view shown for illustration purposes
24387 15
16. Reinstall all components into the rear axle housing
observing the following:
­ Thoroughly clean the housing, especially the inner
compartments.
­ Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
Next operation:
­ Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A) and REAR AXLE ­ Static description (D.12.A) for correct positioning
and orientation of the different parts.
­ Tighten to correct torques as detailed (Refer to Final drive ­ Torque (D.12.A)).
­ Before reassembling housings, supports and covers, thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces and apply a
bead of liquid gasket of approx. 2 mm. of diameter following the patterns shown in the figures (Refer to REAR AXLE
­ Install (D.12.A)).
­ During bevel pinion installation, carry out the adjustments as detailed (Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)).
­ During crown wheel installation, carry out operations described (Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Adjust (D.12.A)) to adjust
tapered roller bearings and for pinion to crown wheel correct mating.
­ Install and adjust transfer box bearings as detailed in Clutch ­ Install (D.14.C).
­ Refer toCommand ­ Adjust (C.30.C) to adjust the creeper control lever.
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 30

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE ­ Adjust
Prior operation:
REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble (D.12.A)
BSE2389A_140 1
(A) ­ Pinion shaft pre­load shim. Adjusts the pre­load on the pinion shaft bearings and components.
(B) ­ Pinion shaft position shim. Adjusts the position of the pinion relative to the crown wheel.
((C) and (F)) ­ Left and right hand crown wheel backlash and differential support bearing pre­load shims. Adjusts the horizontal
position of the crown wheel relative to the pinion gear. This affects the backlash depending on which side the shims
are fitted. Also affects the pre­load on the differential support bearings, affected by the total shims, (C+F.)
((D) and (E)) ­ Left and right differential side gear shims. Adjusts pre­load on differential gear assembly.
NOTE: The pinion and differential should be set up in the following order:
1. (D and E) Refer to:Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Overhaul (D.12.A)
2. (B)
3. (A)
4. (C and F)
1. PINION AND CROWN WHEEL ADJUSTMENTS
Determining pinion shaft position shim thickness
(Shim (B) figure 1) using special tool no. 293975 .
Proceed as follows:
Place pinion rear bearing outer cup (2) on the rear
axle housing less shim
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 31

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
2. Assemble special tool no. 293975 (1) complete with
the bearings on the rear axle housing. Lock the nut
while turning the bearings.
24395 2
3.
BSG6046A 3
4. Assemble universal tool no. 293400 (2) on crown
wheel caps (1) complete with the bearing outer cups.
Bring the rod of tool no. 293400 (H) to contact bearing
inner cup and measure dimension (H1).
Determine correct nominal dimension, H2 (2) between
the crown wheel centreline and pinion larger
base:
H2 = H3 ± C
where:
H3 = 212 mm. Nominal dimension between the
crown wheel centreline and pinion larger base for
tractors fitted with power command transmissions.
C = Correction factor stamped on the pinion, expressed
in mm and prefixed by + or ­ if other than
0, to be added to or subtracted from the nominal dimension
(H3), depending on the sign.
BSE2619A 4
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 32

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
5. Adjuster ring thickness (S1) is given by:
S1 = H1 ­ H2
where:
H1 = Depth gauge reading
H2 = Correct nominal dimension between crown
wheel centreline and pinion larger base.
If necessary, round off the value (S1) to the next
0.05 mm.
Examples:
­ Depth gauge reading:: H1 = 215.4 mm
­ Nominal dimension between crown wheel centreline
and pinion larger base: H3 = 212 mm
Example 1:
­ Correction factor: C = +0.1 mm
­ Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 + 0.1 = 212.1
mm
­ Adjuster ring thickness
­ S1 = 215.4 ­ 212.1 = 3.3 mm
Example 2:
­ Correction factor: C = ­ 0.1 mm
­ Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 ­ 0.1 = 211.9
mm
­ Adjuster ring thickness:
­ S1 = 215.4 ­ 211.9 = 3.5 mm
Example 3:
­ Correction factor C = 0 mm
­ Correct nominal dimension: H2 = H3 = 212 mm
­ S1 Adjuster ring thickness:
­ S1 = 215.4 ­ 212 = 3.4 mm
6. Remove universal tool no. 293400 .
7. PINION AND CROWN WHEEL ADJUSTMENTS
Determining pinion shaft pre­load shim thickness
(Shim(A) figure 1) of the pinion shaft tapered roller
bearings using special tool no. 293975 .
Proceed as follows:
1. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (H6)
between the end of tool no. 293975 (1) and the end
of the inner screw.
2. Remove tool no. 293975 from rear axle housing.
24397 5
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 33

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
8. Fix tool no. 293975 into a vice, assemble all parts on
it including a test shim (P) .
Screw in tool nut to lock the tool and using a depth
gauge measure dimension (H7) between tool end
and end of the inner screw.
Adjuster ring thickness (S2) is given by:
S2 = H6 + P + S1 ­ H7 +0.2
where:
P = Test shim
S1 = Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, as found
in the previous paragraph.
0.2 mm = Increase necessary to compensate for
bearing increased preload deriving from tightening of
the pinion shaft locknut
If necessary, round off the value (S2) to the next 0.05
mm
24398 6
Example
­ Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, found in the
previous paragraph: S1 = 1.8 mm
­ Depth gauge reading: H6 = 13.60 mm
Test shim:P=2 mm
Depth gauge reading:H7=12.10 mm
Adjuster ring thickness.
S2=13.60+2+1.8­12.1+0.2=5.5 mm
9. PINION AND CROWN WHEEL ADJUSTMENTS
Adjustment of crown wheel bearing pre­load and
crown wheel to pinion backlash, shims (C and F),
Figure 1
Proceed as follows:
1. Assemble rear bearing outer cup (1) and shim
(S1) as in previous adjustments. .
NOTE: Sectional view shown for illustration purposes
24387_141 7
10. Assemble pinion (1) complete with all components
and respective bearing adjuster rings (Refer to
REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A)) as found
during previous adjustments. If necessary, hold the
pinion in place using a suitable tool.
NOTE: Pinion shaft position and pinion bearing shims (Refer
to REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A)) are listed on
Refer to REAR AXLE ­ General specification (D.12.A).
NOTE: Sectional view shown for illustration purposes
24399 8
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 34

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
11. Using the fabricated tool (1) tighten the pinion nut to
500 Nm (368.78 lbft) ) and while turning the pinion
shaft to settle the bearings. Remove pinion tool.
Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the
pinion shaft is 1.0 ­ 2.0 Nm (0.74 ­ 1.48 lbft) ) by
measuring it at the end of the shaft using the fabricated
wrench tool no. (1) and torque wrench tool
no. 292865 (2). Crush the nut (See REAR AXLE ­
Static description (D.12.A)).
NOTE: Decrease the bearing adjustment shim pack (Refer
to REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A)) if the rolling
torque is lower than specified, or increase it if higher.
BSE2460A_142 9
12. Assemble the crown wheel ­ differential assembly
to the rear axle housing, insert the right hand cap
complete with a test shim and fix with three screws.
Tighten the screws to 54 Nm (39.83 lbft) .
BSE2621A 10
13. Measure left hand cap thickness (D1).
BSE2620A 11
14. Assemble the left hand cap without adjuster rings
using three lubricated screws (1) arranged at 120 °.
Tighten alternatively and gradually the three screws
(1) until 6 ­ 9 Nm (4.425 ­ 6.638 lbft) while turning
the crown wheel to settle the bearings
BSE2515A_143 12
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 35

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
15. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (D) at the
two recesses in the left hand cap. Calculate the average
of the two readings.
The total shim pack (S) to be inserted beneath the
right hand and left hand caps is given by:
S = D2­D1+A+0.3
where:
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
D1 = left hand cap thickness, in mm.
D2 = Dimension measured at 18, in mm.
0.3 mm = Increase necessary to diminish the bearing
preload deriving from the screws (1).
If necessary, round off the value (S) to the next 0.05
mm.
16. Using a dial gauge, measure the backlash (G) between
the crown wheel and pinion teeth (take three
measures at 120 ° and take the average of the readings).
Normal crown wheel to pinion backlash is 0.20 ­ 0.28
mm, with an average of 0.24 mm
To compensate for possible backlash values higher
or lower than specified, consider the 1:1.34 ratio existing
between normal backlash and corresponding
crown wheel end displacement.
Therefore, the end displacement (Z) necessary to restore
specified backlash is:
Z = (G ­ 0.24) x 1.34
Adjustment shim packs (Sd and Ss) to be inserted on
the right hand and left hand caps are given by:
Sd = A Z
Ss = S ­ Sd
where:
S = Total shim pack value
Z = Crown wheel end displacement, found above.
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
17. Assemble the shim packs determined above on the
caps and tighten the screws (1) at the specified
torque.
24404 13
24405 14
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 36

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
18. Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the
crown wheel and pinion assembly is:
24400 15
19. Rp + (1.25 ­ 2.0 Nm)
opp. Rp + (0.125 ­ 0.2 kgm)
by measuring it at the end of the pinion shaft using
the wrench tool no. 293343 (1) and torque wrench
tool no 292865 (2).
where:
Rp = Rolling torque measured for the pinion only (Refer
to Final drive Reducer, spur gear ­ Overhaul
(D.12.A))
Example:
­ Measure of left hand cap thickness (D1)= 14.00 mm
­ Test shim A = 1.5 mm
­ Measure of clearance of D2 between left hand cap
and its seat on the rear axle housing
14.15 mm; 14.25 mm.
D2 = Mean value (14.15 + 14.25):2 = 14.20 mm
­ Total adjuster ring thickness
S = 14.20­14.00 + 1.5 + 0.3 = 2.00 mm
­ Measured backlash: 0.13 mm; 0.12 mm; 0.14 mm
G = Mean value= (0.13 + 0.12 + 0.14): 3 = 0.13 mm
­ End displacement (Z) necessary to restore specified
backlash.
Z = (0.13 ­ 0.24) x 1.34= ­ 0.11 x 1.34 = ­ 0.15
­ Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on the right
hand cap is:
Sd = 1.5 ­ 0.15 = 1.35 mm
­ Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on left hand
cap is: Ss = 2.00 ­135 = 0.65 mm
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 37

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Final drive Housing ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead, for additional information refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
All Tractors
1. Remove the drain plug and drain oil into a suitable
container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 68 ­ 82 Nm (50
­ 60 lbft)
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place a suitable axle
stand under the rear axle housing.
Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to
a hoist and remove the rear wheel.
WARNING
Tractor wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and
ensure, when stored, that they cannot fall and cause
injury. Never operate the tractor with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
and at the recommended intervals. B105
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
3. Raise and support the cab, for additional information
refer to USER PLATFORM ­ Remove (E.34.A).
BTB0282A_370 2
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 38

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Tractors with Cab Suspension
4. Detach the panhard rod (1) and the strap retaining
pin (2).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 3
5. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 4
6. Remove the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach the
cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 5
Tractors with Standard Cab
7. Remove the cab retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM125AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 39

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
8. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 7
All Tractors
9. Remove the lift arm stabiliser bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 8
10. Detach the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 9
11. Install special tools, lifting bracket,. 380001113
(50091) with adaptor studs, 38020004 and attach to
suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 10
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 40

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
12. Remove the final drive housing retaining nuts.
Remove the final drive assembly together with the
half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 11
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 41

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Final drive Shaft ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Remove final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing ­ Remove (D.12.A).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. With the final drive case removed from the rear axle
housing, proceed as follows:
Position the final drive case on a rotary stand.
2. If necessary, remove the locking plate (1) by slightly
turning it
24608_544 1
3. Loosen the screw attaching the planetary carrier (1)
to the drive shaft.
24609_545 2
24610_546 3
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 42

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
4. Slide out the planetary carrier (1).
24611_547 4
5. Recover the thrust washer (1).
24612_548 5
6. Using a suitable puller, remove the drive shaft.
1b0o2004108874 6
7. Using an expansion puller and a slide hammer, remove
the bearing outer cup (1) from the final drive
side.
24616_549 7
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 43

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
8. Remove the seal (1).
24617_550 8
9. Remove the seal (1) and recover the bearing inner
cup from the wheel side.
Use an expansion puller and a slide hammer to remove
the bearing outer cup from the wheel side.
24614_551 9
10. Inspect and disassemble planetary gear set.
Remove retaining ring.
1b0o2004108878 10
11. Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears complete
with the needle bearings. Remove the thrust
washer (1).
When reassembling planetary gear set Insert the
thrust washer (1) into carrier before installing each
planetary gears.
24621_552 11
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 44

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Final drive Reducer, spur gear ­ Overhaul
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. With the assembly removed from the case, proceed
as follows:
Remove retaining ring (1).
2. Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears complete
with the needle bearings. Remove the thrust
washer (1).
Reinstall all components of the planetary gear set observing
the following:
­ Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse, from step 2 back to step 1.
­ Insert the thrust washer (1) first on the driven gear
holder.
1b0o2004106106 1
24621 2
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 45

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Overhaul
Prior operation:
REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble (D.12.A)
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. With the crown wheel/pinion and differential assembly
on the bench, proceed as follows:
Loosen the bolts retaining the differential lock and
differential casings .
Detach the differential lock case and recover the
multi­plate clutch .
2. Using a depth gauge, check if the clearance (3)
between the differential casing and the multi­pack
clutch (2) is 1.35 ­ 3.1 mm. If this is not the case,
replace clutch discs.
Reinstall all the components of the differential lock
control unit observing the following:
­ Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse, from step 3 back to step 1.
­ Refer toREAR AXLE ­ Sectional view (D.12.A) for
correct orientation of the different parts.
­ Lubricate all components with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134 oil.
BSE2458A 1
3. Error Codes and Diagnostics
If there is a fault with the differential lock an error
code will be displayed on the instrument panel. Refer
to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­ Static description
(A.50.A) for more detail.
BSE2480A 2
BSE2493A 3
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 46

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
4. Crown Wheel Components
Remove clutch plates as previously shown
Remove piston from crown wheel assembly.
BSE2482A 4
5. Remove side gear (1) and shim (2) from crown wheel
assembly(3).
BSE2514A 5
6. Undo the Allen key screws to enable access to the
locking pins holding the journal pinion carrier.
BSE2459A 6
7. Remove the ring gear using a suitable soft faced
hammer.
BSE2481A 7
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 47

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
11. Place a dial test indicator gauge with the stylus on
the tool screw (1), press the tool and set gauge to
zero.
24417 12
12. Pull the tool (1) upwards and read the travel (H) on
the gauge.
13. Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on RH side
gear is given by:
Rd = (B + H) ­ 0,05 ­ 0.30
where:
Rd = Adjustment shim to be inserted on right hand
side gear.
B = Test shim = 3.00 mm
H = Travel measured using the gauge
0.05 mm = Half end play of differential gears in relation
to their pivot pins
0.30 mm = Specified side gear end play
Example
­ Travel measured using the gauge H = 0.50 mm
­ Test shim B = 3.00 mm
­ Thickness of the ring to be inserted on the right hand
side gear is
Rd = (3.00 + 0.50) ­ 0.05 ­ 0.30 = 3.15 mm
14. Once determined the shim packs for left hand and
right hand side gears, reassemble the whole unit and
tighten the crown wheel to differential casing attaching
bolt nuts at 137 Nm (101.05 lbft) )
15. Refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­
Static description (C.30.D)
Refer_to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive ­
Overhaul (C.30.D)
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 49

TRAVELLING ­ REAR AXLE
Final drive ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Noisy final drives when Wheel axle shaft bearing incorrectly adjusted
Remove final drive case and adjust
the tractor is moving and
bearings. Refer to REAR AXLE ­ Re­
also with transmission in
neutral
move (D.12.A)and REAR AXLE ­ Adjust
(D.12.A)
Faulty or defective internal component. Remove final drive case and replace damaged
parts.
Excess wheel axle shaft to final drive spline Remove final drive case and replace damaged
backlash
parts.
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 50

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
REAR AXLE ­ 12.A
Differential lock ­ Fault code index 14
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Dynamic description 13
Differential lock Multi plate clutch ­ Overhaul 46
Final drive ­ Troubleshooting 50
Final drive Housing ­ Remove 38
Final drive Reducer, spur gear ­ Overhaul 45
Final drive Shaft ­ Remove 42
REAR AXLE ­ Adjust 31
REAR AXLE ­ Disassemble 26
REAR AXLE ­ General specification 3
REAR AXLE ­ Install 20
REAR AXLE ­ Remove 15
REAR AXLE ­ Sectional view 10
REAR AXLE ­ Special tools 4
REAR AXLE ­ Static description 12
REAR AXLE ­ Torque 7
2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 51

2 3/5/2007
D.12.A / 52

TRAVELLING ­ D
STEERING Hydraulic ­ 20.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
STEERING Hydraulic ­ 20.C
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING Hydraulic
Torque 4
Special tools 4
General specification 4
Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Torque 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
STEERING Hydraulic
Static description 6
Hydraulic schema 8
Steering cylinder
Exploded view 10
Fast steer system
Static description 11
Control valve ­ Exploded view 14
Hydraulic schema 16
Dynamic description 19
SERVICE
STEERING Hydraulic
Pressure test 20
Control valve
Remove 21
Disassemble 22
Assemble 25
Visual inspection 29
Steering cylinder
Remove 30
Overhaul Two Wheel Drive 31
Steering column
Remove 32
Install 34
Visual inspection 35
Tie rod
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 2

Toe in adjust 36
Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Remove 37
Control valve ­ Disassemble 38
Control valve ­ Overhaul 39
Control valve ­ Assemble 40
Control valve ­ Install 41
Calibration 42
DIAGNOSTIC
STEERING Hydraulic
Troubleshooting 46
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 3

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Torque
Steering General
Nm
lbf.ft
Steering cylinder tube connections 34 25
Steering Motor to cab frame bolts 73 54
Steering motor hose connections 73 54
Steering pump tube connections 50 37
Steering Wheel Retaining Nut 23.0 17.0
Front Wheel Nut 210.0 155.0
Motor End Cover 23.0 17.0
Cylinder, Rod End Nut (2WD) 280.0 207.0
Cylinder, Tube End Pin Retaining Bolt 24.0 17.0
(4WD)
Column to Frame Bolt 23.0 17.0
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Special tools
DESCRIPTION
Tool Number
Pressure Gauge (0 ­ 250 bar (0.0 ­ 3625.0 psi)) 293244
Roto­glyd Seal Installer 294056
Test Hose 292246
Quick release coupler 291924
Hydraulic hose Tee adaptor 297600
Quick release fitting (7/16 UNF male fitting) 297240
STEERING Hydraulic ­ General specification
Steering Pump
Maximum pump flow @ rated engine speed
Maximum pump pressure @ rated engine speed
Steering type
Steering rams
Maximum steering angle (standard and suspended /
Supersteer)
66.5 l/min
190 bar
Dual gereotor ­ reactive
Balanced
55 / 65 °
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 4

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM069FSA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 5

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Static description
All models have fitted as standard, hydrostatic steering systems that are powered when the engine is running, by a
hydraulic pump mounted on the rear axle.
The hydraulic system incorporates a steering pump as part of the hydraulic pump assembly and shares the main
intake filter of the system.
The pump, driven by a gear straight from the P.T.O. shaft, pressurise the steering column operated steering motor.
The pressurised oil from the steering motor drives the axle mounted double acting steering cylinder (2WD), or twin
cylinders (4WD).
The steering motor is a reactive type and is similar across the vehicle range. It is bolted to a bracket within the steering
console and connected to the steering column by a splined shaft.
The steering column is adjustable for varying angles of tilt on all models.
On two wheel drive units the steering cylinder is fixed at one end to the front axle beam and at the other to an eye on
the spindle steering arm.
On four wheel drive units two steering cylinders are used, one for each wheel. The cylinders are fixed at one end to
the axle casing and the piston end to steering arms from the swivel housings.
The pressure relief valve for the system is contained within the steering motor itself.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 6

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 7

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Hydraulic schema
1. Steering motor 2. Lubrication relief valve
3. Oil cooler 4. Oil cooler bypass valve
5. Transmission lubrication return to tank 6. Transmission housing (oil tank)
7. Steering motor with flow divider 8. Charge pressure bypass valve
9. Supplementary lubrication valve 10. Variable displacement pump assembly
11. Low charge pressure warning switch 12. Blocked filter warning switch
13. Oil temperature switch 14. Pump high pressure output
15. Steering cylinders
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 8

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
BRJ4802B_V2 1
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 9

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Steering cylinder ­ Exploded view
1b0o2004109457 1
Steering Cylinder Assembly ­ Two Wheel Drive
1 Cylinder 2 Lockring
3 Bearing 4 Gland
5 ‘O’ Ring 6 Seal
7 Wiper Seal 8 Gland Lockring
9 Cylinder Rod 10 Retaining Ring
11 Piston 12 Seal
13 Seal
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 10

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system ­ Static description
The optional Fast Steer system is designed to provide fast steering response when required i.e. when operating with
a front loader.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer will provide full right or left hand steering lock with plus or minus 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
To activate Fast Steer , depress the isolator switch (1) Figure .1
The green warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate (3) Figure 3 indicating that the system is active.
BAIL06CCM070ASA 1
NOTE: For Fast Steer function the tractor speed must not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
To operate Fast Steer, depress and hold the centre ring (1) Figure 2 on the steering wheel, to disengage, release the
ring. .
BAIL06CCM072ASA 2
With the Fast Steer centre ring depressed, the yellow warning light (2), Figure 3 will illuminate on the instrument panel.
It will extinguish when the centre ring is released.
BAIL06CCM073ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 11

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast Steer will only function if all the following conditions are met:
• The isolator switch is in the ON position
• The speed of the tractor does not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
• The Centre ring (1) Figure 2 is held down.
• The warning light on the instrument panel is illuminated (3) Figure 3 .
Fast Steer will automatically disengage if a fault occurs or one of the above conditions are not applied. Should Fast
Steer automatically disengage, an audible warning will sound and an error code will be appear in the Dot Matrix
Display.
To re­activate the Fast Steer function, turn off the isolator switch (1) Figure .1, ensure the tractor speed is below 10
km/h 6.2 mph, and turn the switch on again.
IMPORTANT: To promote safe operation of Fast Steer , it is advised that the operator become familiar with the system
before operating in the field.
NOTE: In cold oil temperature conditions it is advisable to turn steering from lock to lock before engaging the Fast
Steer System.
The Fast Steer controller is located on the right hand side underneath the instrument console. The module (2) is
connected to the Fast Steer valve via a harness (1) See Figure 4.
BAIL06CCM123ASA 4
A proximity sensor (1) is located on the steering column. This senses the magnetic field strength change as the metal
in the plate of the inner steering wheel ring moves away or closer to the sensor.
BAIL06CCM075ASA 5
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 12

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
The Fast Steer valve is connected electronically to the controller by a harness . When the system is enabled the
controller powers a pilot valve solenoid (1) . The position of the split valve spool is checked by the sensor (LVDT)
(2) to verify that the spool is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast steer to be active or operate in an
unsafe condition.
The construction of the LVDT consists of three coils which make up the static transformer and a movable inner iron
core. One of the coils is the primary coil and the other two are secondary coils. When the iron core slides through
the transformer, a certain number of coils are affected by the proximity of the sliding core and thus generate a unique
output to the controller.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 6
After the operator has enabled Fast Steer operation and the diagnostic program has not encountered any faults , the
Fast Steer controller powers a pilot valve solenoid attached to a change valve on the Fast Steer valve. this directs
the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. When the steering wheel is turned
the trapped oil in the steering motor now acts as pilot pressure to move the distributor valve, connecting the pump
directly to the steering cylinders. The increased flow of oil to the steering cylinders provides an accelerated steering
action. When the steering ring is released the Fast Steer controller disengages the solenoid and the oil flow reverts
to the conventional steering motor operation.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 13

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Exploded view
BAIL06CCM079FSA 1
Fast Steer Valve Components
1. LVDT Valve (Linear variable differential transformer) 2. Plug M18 X 1.5
(Linear Position Transducer)
3. LSD Valve (40­180 Bar) 4. Solenoid
5. Plug 6. Bushing
7. Bushing 8. Change Valve Spool
9. Change Valve Spring 10. ’O’ Ring
11. ’O’Ring 12. Split Valve Spring
13. Distributor Spool 14. Distributor Spool
15. Plug M12 X 1.5 16. Valve Body
17. SDS Valve 18. SDS Valve
19. Screw 20. Plug
21. Plug M12 X 1.5 22. Plug M18 X 1.5
23. Compensator Spring 24. Compensator Spool
25. Bushing 26. Spring
27. Bushing 28. Distributor Pin
29. ’O’Ring
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 14

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 15

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system ­ Hydraulic schema
Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation ­ For operation description refer to :Fast steer system ­ Dynamic description
(D.20.C)
1. Steering Cylinders 2. Steering Motor
3. Steering Motor Relief Valve 4. Split Valve/LVDT Valve (Linear Variable Differential
Transformer)
5. Shock Valve (SDS)(225­245) 6. Shock Valve (SDS)(225­245)
7. Distributor Spool 8. Compensator Valve
9. LSD Valve (40­180 Bar) 10. Change Valve (Pilot Valve)
11. Solenoid 12. Steering pump
13. Steering Low Pressure Warning Switch 14. Main Hydraulic Pump
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 16

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
BAIL06CCM241JSA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 17

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 18

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system ­ Dynamic description
Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation
Refer to: Fast steer system ­ Hydraulic schema (D.20.C)
Hydraulic oil is fed from the steering pump (12) to the change or pilot valve (10) . When the system is enabled by
activating the Fast Steer switch, the solenoid (11) moves against the spring pressure to allow oil to activate the change
or pilot valve (10). The change valve spool overcomes the spring pressure and allows the oil to reach the distributor
spool (7) this directs the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. If the steering
wheel is rotated left for example, the pilot pressure is exerted on the distributor spool thus enabling oil to flow to the
Split valve (4) which in turn allows the increased oil flow to activate the steering cylinder (1).
Operating and Monitoring System
The electrical and hydraulic systems allow safe operation and monitoring of system in the following manner: When
the system is enabled by using the Fast Steer switch, the electronics perform a functional and status check. The split
valve spool is checked to ensure that it is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast Steer system to be
active or operate in a dangerous way which may cause loss of control of the tractor. Should such a state exist the
system activates the critical stop audible and visual alarms to the operator. If there is an invalid state that does not
endanger the operator, only the visual alarm is activated. If the split valve is stuck at the midpoint of travel, then the
system is in between these two modes and will be unable to determine exactly which mode the tractor is in and the
critical stop alarms are activated. If the distributor spool becomes stuck it will be forced back into place by hydraulic
pressure and the system will revert to normal steering mode.
When the system has determined that the hydraulic components are functioning correctly the system then checks the
operator inputs and verifies that the operator controls are working correctly. The solenoids, sensors, and switches are
checked for correct operational voltage and current levels and any failure will cause the system to go into a fail­safe
mode. If there is any problems with any of these components the system deactivates itself and prevents any electrical
engagement of the system. If there are no problems with the components then the system goes into standby mode
awaiting operator inputs. The system constantly monitors itself checking for failures and illegal logic combinations
during fast steer operation and notifies the operator via the visual and audible alarms in the event of a system error
or component failure.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 19

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
Steering Circuit Pressure Test
1. Install Tee adaptor (1) 297603 and quick release
fitting (2) 297240 , into hose to steering cylinder.
Connect 0 ­ 250 bar (0 ­ 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge (3) 293244 , with hose 292246 , using quick
release coupler 291924 .
Set engine speed to 1500 rev/min.
Turn steering wheel to full lock and hold in position.
Pressure reading of 185 ­ 195 bar (2683 ­ 2828
lbf/in2) should be recorded.
NOTE: If this test is carried out with cold hydraulic oil the
pressure reading may be as high as 197 ­ 207 bar (2857 ­
3002 lbf/in2) due to back pressure.
IMPORTANT: There is no relief valve in the steering/low
pressure pump and the following pressure test must only
be performed as specified below. Failure to observe this
precaution may result in severe damage to the hydraulic
pump.
Steering Relief Valve Pressure Test
2. Turn steering onto full left hand lock.
Disconnect the left hand turn feed hose.
Install Tee adaptor (4) 297600 and quick release
fitting (2) 297240 , into the solid tube. Cap the bottom
of the Tee­piece with blanking cap, 297671 or
a standard No 6 cap (11/16 in ORFS female thread
cap purchased locally (3).
Connect 0 ­ 250 bar (0 ­ 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge, 293244 (1), with hose 292246 , using quick
release coupler 291924 .
Start tractor and set engine speed to 1450 rev/min.
Turn steering wheel to the left with a pull of approximately
22 N (2.25 kgf , 5 lbf) and observe the
pressure reading.
The pressure reading should be:–
185 ­ 195 bar (2683 ­ 2828 lbf/in2).
If the system pressure is not to specification adjust
the relief valve located on the steering motor.
BAIS06CCM178AVA 1
BSC1226A 2
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is
necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering
bracket, refer to Control valve ­ Remove (D.20.C), to gain
access to the 8mm hexagon headed adjustment screw.
Half a turn on the adjuster equates to approximately 13.8
bar (200.1 psi).
NOTE: The use of a greater force applied at the rim of the
steering wheel will give a higher reading.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 20

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Remove
1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.To gain access to the steering
motor :­
Raise the engine hood
Remove left hand engine side cover
Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and ‘O’ ring
seals from the steering motor and cap the ends of the
tubes.
Remove the roll pin from the drive collar to separate
the steering shaft, Figure 1.
Remove the four bolts at the base of the steering column
and slide the steering motor from the upper section
of the steering column, Figure 1.
Remove the steering motor from the front of the cab
through the engine compartment. 60­41­018 1
Next operation:
Control valve ­ Disassemble (D.20.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 21

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Control valve ­ Remove (D.20.C)
NOTE: This disassembly procedure is a general procedure for this type of motor, there may be slight differences with
the actual motor fitted to your vehicle.
1. With the steering motor connectors removed note
position of the non return valve.
Hold the steering motor securely in a vice using a
tube connector as shown in, Figure 1.
Remove the end plate bolts, end plate and ‘O’ ring,
Figure 1.
NOTE: The position of the pin bolt must remain the same
on re­assembly.
2. Remove metering unit, valve plate and ‘O’ ring seals,
note mating surfaces for correct re­assembly, Figure
2.
60­41­002 1
3. Lift out rotor drive­shaft, Figure 3.
60­41­003 2
60­41­004 3
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 22

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
4. Unscrew the check valve retainer, Figure 4 and
shake out the check and suction valves.
60­41­005 4
5. Remove the relief valve assembly, Figure 5.
IMPORTANT: The relief valve must be set to the correct
pressure setting on re–assembly. Follow the correct procedure
as detailed under the heading ‘Pressure relief valve
setting’, of this Chapter.
60­41­006 5
6. Remove the inner and outer valve sleeves, bearings
and thrust washer, Figure 6.
NOTE: When removing spool and sleeve ensure drive pin
is in a horizontal position so that it cannot fall into an internal
gallery and make removal difficult.
60­41­007 6
7. Once spool is disassembled from the body ensure oil
seal is removed, Figure 7.
60­41­008 7
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 23

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
8. Remove the control valve spool and sleeve, Figure
8.
IMPORTANT: Upon re–assembly ensure washer, item (1),
Figure 8 is installed with chamfer towards the valve sleeve.
60­41­009 8
9. Remove centering springs, Figure 9.
Remove drive pin, Figure 9.
Push inner sleeve from outer sleeve.
Remove ‘O’ ring and back­up ring.
NOTE: Arrangement of the leaves must remain the same
upon re­assembly.
60­41­010 9
Next operation:
Control valve ­ Visual inspection (D.20.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 24

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Assemble
Prior operation:
Control valve ­ Visual inspection (D.20.C)
NOTE: This assembly procedure is a general procedure for this type of motor, there may be slight differences with
the actual motor fitted to your vehicle.
1. Assemble inner and outer sleeves so that the leaf
spring slots align.
Install the drive pin, Figure 1.
2. Install the leaf springs and push fully into position,
Figure 2.
60­41­010_666 1
3. Install leaf spring retainer, and bearing, Figure 3.
NOTE: The inner bearing race must be positioned with the
chamfer side facing the spool, 3.
60­41­012 2
60­41­009_667 3
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 25

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
4. Apply a light coating of hydraulic oil onto the sleeve
item (2) and insert into the steering motor body, item
(3), Figure 4.
Coat the ‘O’ ring and back­up ring, item (4), Figure 4,
with hydraulic fluid and position them onto the seal
installer guide.
Use tool No. 293388 to install oil seal type kin­ring.
Use tool No. 294056 to install oil seal type roto­glyd.
60­41­013 4
5. Position the seal guide tool into the sleeve and push
down with a twisting action, Figure 5.
Remove tools once the seal has seated.
60­41­014 5
6. With the seal installed in the motor body refit control
valve, Figure 6.
NOTE: Ensure that the Drive is in a horizontal position to
aid re­assembly.
60­41­015 6
7. Once the control valve is seated correctly refit the
check and suction valves, Figure 7.
Screw the check valve down to just below the surface
of the housing.
60­41­005_668 7
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 26

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
8. Refit the ‘O’ Ring and place the end plate in position.
60­41­016 8
9. Metering Unit Reassembly
To aid reassembly install the control valve into the
housing so that the drive pin is perpendicular to the
front face of the housing.
Install drive link into the steering motor body, Figure
9, ensuring that the link engages correctly over the
drive pin.
60­41­004_669 9
10. Assemble the metering unit rotor and stator and install
new lightly greased ‘O’ rings to either side of the
stator, Figure 10.
Assemble the rotor and stator onto the drive link.
60­41­003_670 10
11. Install the end plate and bolts, ensure the pin bolt(1)
is fitted in position ‘7’. Tighten the bolts in two steps,
first to 8 lbf.ft (10.8 Nm) and then to 21 lbf.ft (28.4
Nm) in sequence as shown, Figure 11.
1b0o2004109426 11
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 27

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
12. Install the relief valve assembly, items (1), (2) and (3)
Figure 12., leaving the plug, item (4) out until after the
relief valve has been adjusted.
Check to ensure the motor turns freely without binding.
After the relief valve has been correctly set re­install
the steering motor onto the mounting bracket and
tighten the securing bolts to a torque value of 10 ­
15 lbf.ft(12 ­ 20 Nm).
Reconnect the steering hoses, tighten to a torque
value of 10 ­ 15 lbf.ft (12 ­ 20 Nm).
Purge the air from the system by operating the steering
system from lock to lock until the system functions
correctly.
IMPORTANT: The relief valve must be set to the correct
pressure setting after the motor has been re­assembled.
Follow the correct procedure as detailed under ‘Pressure
relief valve setting’, of this Chapter.
60­41­006_671 12
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 28

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Visual inspection
1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any
foreign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or
compressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Minor
burrs or scratches can be removed with a fine abrasive.
Ensure all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to
re­assembly.
3. Check leaf springs for damage. Replace if necessary.
4. Discard all ‘O’ ring seals and replace with new seals
on re­assembly.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 29

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Steering cylinder ­ Remove
40­25­38 SHG 1
Steering Cylinder Installation – Four Wheel Drive
1 Pivot Pin 2 Pivot Pin
3 D Shaped Washer 4 Spacer
5 Spacer 6 Circlip
7 Spacer
1. Stand the unit on a hard level surface and position
the front wheel in the straight ahead position.
Disconnect flexible pipes, cap the open pipe ends
and remove hose clamps.
Remove the snap ring retaining the steering arm to
the cylinder piston pivot pin, item (6), Figure 1 and
remove the pivot pin.
Remove the steering cylinder fixed end pivot pin
retaining bolt and withdraw the pivot pin, item (1),
Figure 1 . Remove the cylinder from the vehicle.
Installation is the reversal of the removal procedure.
Refer to Torque settings STEERING Hydraulic ­
Torque (D.20.C)
NOTE: Position of flexible pipes and orientation of connectors
must be the same upon re­assembly.
2. Steering Stop Adjustment
Turn the wheels to full lock and adjust steering stop
to ensure tyres or mudguards do not touch the side
of the tractor and that the steering cylinders have not
reached the end of their travel.
40­25­37 SHG 2
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 30

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Steering cylinder ­ Overhaul Two Wheel Drive
Prior operation:
Steering cylinder ­ Remove (D.20.C)
1. Refer to Steering cylinder ­ Exploded view
(D.20.C)
2. Using appropriate circlip pliers, remove the gland
lockring.
Using a punch, push the steering cylinder gland into
the cylinder and remove the wire locking ring.
Pull the rod and gland assembly from the cylinder.
Remove the nut from the cylinder rod and disassemble
to replace seals.
60­41­030 1
3. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.
Reassemble the cylinder in the reverse to disassembly,
lubricating all components as assembled. Replace
all seals supplied in the service seal kit.
NOTE: The seal located in the centre of the gland is replaceable.
40­25­25 SHG_673 2
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 31

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Steering column ­ Remove
1. Removal
Remove the steering wheel, if required.
Remove the instrument panel. Undo the two mounting
screws and remove the lower steering column
cover.
NOTE: The component parts of the steering column as
listed are serviced separately.
BSE3550A 1
2. Disconnect the multi­function switch wiring and shuttle
lever switch wiring connectors.
Remove the four securing bolts securing the column
to the frame, Figure 2.
BSE3554A 2
3. Lift the column clear of the steering shaft and clear
of the instrument console, Figure 3.
BSE3553A 3
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 32

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
4. Ease the coupling from the steering motor shaft and
remove the steering shaft, Figure 4.
BSE3551A 4
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 33

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Steering column ­ Visual inspection
1. Inspect the steering shaft universal joint and lower
rubber coupling. Replace if any free play is evident.
2. Inspect the column assembly, if damaged or the
bushes are worn a new assembly will be required.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 35

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Tie rod ­ Toe in adjust
When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels of four­wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe­in of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of 3 mm as measured
at the edges of the wheel rims.
To check the exact value of the toe­in setting of four­wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tyres to the specified pressure.
2. Position the steering at half­lock with a straight­edge
along the longitudinal axis of the tractor.
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Measure the distance (1) between the front inside
edges of the wheel rims, at the height of the wheel
hub centers.
5. Turn both front wheels through 180 ° then measure,
again at the height of the wheel hub centers, the distance
(2) between the rear inside edges of the wheel
rims, checking that this new measurement is equal to
or greater than the distance (1) by a maximum of ±3
mm. The rotation of the wheels through 180 ° is necessary
to eliminate the effect on the measurement of
any wear of the rims.
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment,
remove nut (2) and pull the track rod end (1) out of
its housing. Slacken off locknut(3) and screw the
track rod end (1) in or out to increase or decrease
the distance (2, fig. 1).
Install the track rod end (1) in its housing and
re­check alignment as described in points 4 and 5.
After having adjusted the alignment to within the
prescribed limits, tighten locknut (3) to the specified
torque value of 180 Nm (183 kgm) and nut (2) to
100 Nm (10.2 kgm).
NOTE: Self­locking nut (2) must be renewed each time it
is removed or partially unscrewed.
1b0o2004061043 1
24667 2
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 36

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Remove
1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. To gain access to the fast steer valve
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and
insulate. Refer to:Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
Raise the engine hood
Remove the steering column console
Remove left hand engine side cover
3. Move the processor harness out of the way
4. Undo the brake reservoir and move to one side. (Do
not disconnect hose)
5. Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and ‘O’ ring
seals from the control valve and cap the ends of the
tubes.
6. Disconnect the wiring to the solenoid and the LVDT
sensor.
7. Remove the two allen headed bolts on the control
valve with an 8mm Allen key
BAIL06CCM081ASA 1
8. Remove the control valve assembly from the front of
the cab through the engine compartment.
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 37

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Disassemble
1. Remove the screws holding the solenoid in place and
remove the solenoid. Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Exploded view (D.20.C)
2. Carefully remove the four allen headed screws which
hold the change valve flange in place. Remove the
flange ,’O’ ring, spring and spool (8) .
3. Remove the five allen headed screws and remove
the flange which gives access to the split valve spool
and the distributor spool. Remove the spools (13) &
(14) , spring and ‘O’ rings.
4. On the opposite side of the valve remove the screws
and flange which hold the distributor pin in position.
Remove the pin (28), bush, spring and ‘O’ rings.
5. Remove the plug, spring and compensator spool (24)
..
6. Remove the two SDS valves (17) and (18),.
7. Remove the LVDT sensor (1) .
8. Remove the LSD valve (3)
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 38

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Overhaul
1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any
foreign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or
compressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Ensure
all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to re­assembly.
3. Discard all ’O’ ring seals and replace with new seals
on re­assembly.
4. If any of the spools (items 8,13, 14) , and SDS valves
(items 17 & 18) are damaged a complete valve assembly
will be required. (Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Exploded view (D.20.C))
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 39

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Assemble
1. Re­ install all removed items as per Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Exploded view (D.20.C)).
2. Ensure all screws and plugs are tightened to the correct
torque settings. (Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve ­ Torque (D.20.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 40

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Install
1. Make sure surfaces of steering motor and control
valve are clean.
2. Ensure ’O’ rings are seated correctly on the valve.
3. Position control valve on the steering motor and fix
with the two allen headed screws.
4. Tighten the screws to 45 Nm(33.19 Foot pounds)
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 41

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
2. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the fast steer symbol on the KA controller.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
3. Scroll through the available options using the "h" and
"m" keys.
The three options are:
• "Pro" ­ proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" ­ LVDT sensor
• "deF" ­ adopt the default values
4. Set the engine speed to 1300 RPM.
BAIL06CCM601FVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 42

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Proximity Sensor Calibration
5. Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM638AVA 3
6. The lower central display will display "O _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM639AVA 4
7. Depress and hold the "m" key. When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible beep will be
heard and the display will change to "O xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when
the steering wheel is in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM640AVA 5
8. The lower central display will display "C _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM641AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 43

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
9. Depress and hold the "m" key while the steering
wheel is in the engage position. When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible beep will be
heard and the display will change to "C xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when
the steering wheel is in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM642AVA 7
10. After a short delay the display will return to the "H1"
menu display.
Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration
11. Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM643AVA 8
12. The system will then automatically pilot the solenoid
and measure the LVDT values in both positions and
overwrite the default values.
13. The lower central display will show a countdown
from "5" as the calibration is being performed. When
the calibration is complete the display will change to
"donE".
BAIL06CCM652AVA 9
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 44

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
Adopting the Default Values
14. Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM644AVA 10
15. Depress and hold the "m" key. After a short delay
an audible beep will be heard to indicate that the
calibration values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".
BAIL06CCM651AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 45

TRAVELLING ­ STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting
IMPORTANT: When effecting a repair the cause must be corrected to avoid a repeat failure.
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Low steering pressure
warning light illuminates
Faulty pump
Pressure test system, repair/replace pump
as required.
Fault in return to tank (back pressure) side Check low pressure system (fixed displacement
main hydraulic pump) or check lubrication
system (variable displacement main
hydraulic pump systems).
Leak in system
Inspect feed and return lines to the pump.
No steering or excessive
effort to steer
Air in system
Replace damaged hoses as required.
Check for loose connections or damaged
tubing. Purge system of air.
Steering system relief valve sticking/faulty Check system pressure.
Worn pump
Inspect and repair.
Leaking steering cylinder
Inspect and repair.
Broken or damaged steering column coupling
Inspect and replace as required.
Damaged or worn metering unit
Inspect and replace as required.
Steering wanders Excessive play in steering linkage joints Inspect and replace as required.
Leaking steering cylinder
Inspect and repair.
Damaged or worn metering unit
Inspect and replace as required.
Drift to Left, Two Wheel Bias valve faulty
Replace or repair
Drive only
Front wheels surge when
steering
Leaking steering cylinder
Inspect and repair.
Damaged or worn metering unit
Inspect and replace as required
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 46

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
STEERING Hydraulic ­ 20.C
Control valve ­ Assemble 25
Control valve ­ Disassemble 22
Control valve ­ Remove 21
Control valve ­ Visual inspection 29
Fast steer system ­ Calibration 42
Fast steer system ­ Dynamic description 19
Fast steer system ­ Hydraulic schema 16
Fast steer system ­ Static description 11
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Assemble 40
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Disassemble 38
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Exploded view 14
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Install 41
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Overhaul 39
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Remove 37
Fast steer system Control valve ­ Torque 5
Steering column ­ Install 34
Steering column ­ Remove 32
Steering column ­ Visual inspection 35
Steering cylinder ­ Exploded view 10
Steering cylinder ­ Overhaul Two Wheel Drive 31
Steering cylinder ­ Remove 30
STEERING Hydraulic ­ General specification 4
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Hydraulic schema 8
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Pressure test 20
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Special tools 4
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Static description 6
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Torque 4
STEERING Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting 46
Tie rod ­ Toe in adjust 36
2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 47

2 3/5/2007
D.20.C / 48

TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical ­ 30.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical ­ 30.B
SERVICE
Brake
Disassemble 3
Assemble Front Axle 7
Visual inspection Front Axle 10
Overhaul Rear Service Brake 11
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 2

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Brake ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove Battery, refer to, Battery ­ Remove (A.30.A).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. For removal of front brakes carry out the operations
as follows:
Before carrying out any work on the braking system
carry out the following operations.
­ Park the tractor on a level surface. Block the rear
wheels to prevent the tractor moving.
­ Open and raise the hood.
2. Raise the front of the tractor, support the axle on
suitable stands and remove the front wheels.
3. Drain oil from planetary hub.
Remove the planetary carrier attaching bolts by
screwing in two alignment pins tool no. 292888
4. Insert a slide puller into the drain plug hole and detach
the planetary carrier.
24063 1
24064 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 3

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
5. Remove the planetary carrier and gears.
24065 3
6. Remove the sun gear retaining ring.
BRB0155A 4
7. Remove sun gear.
BRB0156A 5
8. Remove the rear sun gear retaining ring.
BRB0157A 6
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 4

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
9. Remove the snap ring retaining the outer brake disc.
BRB0158A 7
10. Remove the brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0159A 8
11. Remove the friction disc.
BRB0160A 9
12. Slide the friction disc to driveshaft plate off of the
driveshaft spline.
BRB0161A 10
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 5

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
13. Remove the inner brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0162A 11
14. Remove the piston from the backplate. Apply the
footbrakes if necessary to aid removal.
NOTE: There are 3.6 mm threaded bolt holes in the piston.
Bolts may be inserted and levered on to aid piston removal.
BRB0163A 12
Next operation:
Brake ­ Visual inspection (D.30.B)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 6

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Brake ­ Assemble Front Axle
1. Support the hub using a suitable hoist and strap. Remove
the six bolts securing the hub to the swivel
housing and withdraw the ring gear.
NOTE: It is advisable to replace the transfer tube O­rings
located at the rear of the piston carrier plate, while the unit
is at this stage of disassembly.
BRB0164A 1
2. Lift and remove the piston carrier plate from the rear
of the ring gear by compressing the snap ring into the
carrier with suitable screwdrivers.
BRB0165A 2
3. Remove the inner and outer piston seals from the
carrier. Ensure the carrier is free from any debris and
carefully install the new seals, allow the seals to relax
for a few minutes prior to installing the piston.
BRB0166A 3
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 7

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
4. Remove the transfer tube from the rear of the carrier
and replace the O­rings.
BRB0167A 4
5. Lubricate the piston with the specified brake oil and
install the piston into the carrier.
BRB0168A 5
6. Reassemble the piston carrier to the ring gear.
BRB0169A 6
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 8

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
7. Installation
1. Install the ring gear and piston carrier plate assembly,
inner brake disc, friction disc to driveshaft plate,
friction disc, outer brake disc and retaining ring.
2. Install the sun gear inner retaining ring, sun gear
and outer retaining ring.
3. Before installing the planetary carrier, thoroughly
clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of sealant as shown in Figure 7. Install
the planetary carrier and tighten the retaining bolts
to the correct torque. Refer toSERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
­ Torque (D.30.C)
4. Refill the planetary hubs with oil of the correct
specification and quantity.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
24595 7
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 9

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Brake ­ Visual inspection Front Axle
Prior operation:
Brake ­ Disassemble (D.30.B)
1. Inspect the friction plate for wear and damage, replace
as necessary.
2. Inspect the inner and outer brake discs, if badly
scored, worn or cracked replace.
3. If the piston has been removed always install new
seals before re­assembly.
Next operation:
Brake ­ Assemble (D.30.B)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 10

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Brake ­ Overhaul Rear Service Brake
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead, for additional information refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
All Tractors
1. Remove the drain plug and drain oil into a suitable
container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 68 ­ 82 Nm (50
­ 60 lbft).
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place a suitable axle
stand under the rear axle housing.
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
3. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to
a hoist and remove the rear wheel.
WARNING
Tractor wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and
ensure, when stored, that they cannot fall and cause
injury. Never operate the tractor with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
and at the recommended intervals. B105
BTB0281A 2
4. Raise and support the cab, for additional information
refer to USER PLATFORM ­ Remove (E.34.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 11
BTB0282A_370 3

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Tractors with Cab Suspension
5. Detach the panhard rod (1) and the strap retaining
pin (2).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 4
6. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 5
7. Remove the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach the
cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 6
Tractors with Standard Cab
8. Remove the cab retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM125AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 12

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
9. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 8
All Tractors
10. Remove the lift arm stabiliser bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 9
11. Detach the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 10
12. Install special tools, 380001113 (50091) Lifting
bracket with 38020004, longer bracket bolts, and
attach to suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 11
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 13

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
13. Remove the final drive housing retaining nuts.
Remove the final drive assembly together with the
half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 12
14. Remove the outer ring gear.
BSD2272A 13
15. Remove the outer steel plate (1), friction disc (2),
intermediate steel disc (3), friction disc (4) and draw
out the brake piston (5).
BSD2273A 14
16. If required, remove the piston using suitable pry bars.
BSD2270A_150 15
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 14

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
17. Install the final drive case to the rear axle housing
taking the following into consideration:
­ Thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces.
­ Check seals for wear or damages and replace if
damaged.
­ Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse.
­ Refer to previous figures to orient the different
parts.
­ Apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately.
2 mm of diameter following patterns shown in the
figure below.
­ Tighten to correct torques as detailed on SER­
VICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ General specification
(D.30.C).
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
BSE2386A 16
Pattern for application of liquid gasket between the final drive case and rear axle housing.
18. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
Bleed the brakes, for further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 15

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical ­ 30.B
Brake ­ Assemble Front Axle 7
Brake ­ Disassemble 3
Brake ­ Overhaul Rear Service Brake 11
Brake ­ Visual inspection Front Axle 10
2 3/5/2007
D.30.B / 16

TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ 30.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ 30.C
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Torque 3
Special tools 3
General specification 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Overview 5
Static description 6
Master cylinder
Sectional view 7
Dynamic description 8
Brake
Sectional view 12
SERVICE
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Pressure test 14
Bleed 15
Command
Adjust 19
Control valve
Remove 20
Install 23
Master cylinder
Remove 25
Install 27
Hydraulic line
Remove 29
DIAGNOSTIC
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Troubleshooting 30
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 2

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Torque
BAIS06CCM710AVA 1
PARKING AND SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1. Seal
2. Brake Control Piston
3. Parking Brake Discs
4. Friction Pad Assembly
5. Pads
6. Parking Brake Control Lever
7. Service Brake Discs
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket (part number 82995771) on surfaces marked with an X.
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
380200002 Parking brake alignment tool. (6 disc)
X 295027
Cab Lifting Tool
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 3

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
292888 Alignment Pins
50091 / 380001113 Final Drive Housing Removal Tool
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ General specification
Type:
­ Service Brakes Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
­ Parking Brake Wet discs acting on pinion gear shaft
Controls:
­ Service Brakes Hydraulic, independent pedals (or latched for joint operation) Front brakes
power assisted
­ Parking Brake Mechanical through a hand lever
Brake Oil Specification:
Oil From Transmission
Service Brake Disc Material
resin/graphite
Static service Brake Disc Material
steel
Parking Brake Disc Material
steel
Parking Brake Lining Material
sintered or organic conglomerate
Disc Thickness:
­ Service Brakes 10 mm, min 8.6 mm
Permissible Wear
0.7 mm per face
­ Parking Brake 5 mm
Parking Brake Lining Thickness:
­ Side 3.1 ­ 3.4 mm
­ Intermediate 4.2 ­ 4.5 mm
Hydraulic Actuation System
Font Brake Booster Valve
& Power Service Brakes
Operating Pressure:
Control Pedal Adjustment
20 ­ 24 bar
see Command ­ Adjust (D.30.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 4

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Overview
BTB0411A 1
Brake System Components
1 Accumulator / Top­up Reservoir 2 Master Cylinders
3 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Valve 4 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Control Valve
5 Logic Valve 6 Rear Service Brake Right Hand
7 Rear Service Brake Left Hand 8 Parking Brake
9 Front Service Brake Left Hand 10 Front Service Brake Right Hand
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 5

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Static description
CONTROL CIRCUIT
The two master cylinders, one for each pedal, are located at the front of the cab and are connected to the respective
pedals by means of tie­rods. The cylinders can be operated individually or together when the pedals are latched by
the pin. The cylinders are connected by a bridge pipe and provides balanced braking even if the brake discs on each
side of the tractor are worn unevenly. Oil is supplied to both rear and front brakes from master cylinders when the
pedals are depressed.
The master cylinders are fed from the tractor low pressure circuit via an accumulator top up reservoir located under
the engine hood.
NOTE: The accumulator top up reservoir holds a reserve of oil for use in the event of engine failure.
The front brakes are supplied with oil either from the trailer brake logic head or from a separate logic valve. Either
option requires two pedal operation to provide oil output.
NOTE: The brake oil used is from the tractor low pressure circuit, and under no circumstances should a universal oil,
i.e., DOT 4 type, be used.
FRONT SERVICE BRAKES
The front service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located in the final drive cases of the front
axle and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
REAR SERVICE BRAKES
The rear service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located between the rear axle housing
and final drive cases and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
PARKING BRAKE
The parking brake is controlled mechanically. It acts on the rear pinion gear shaft and is controlled through a hand
lever located at the left of the driver’s seat.
When the parking brake control lever is raised, the tensioning cable acts on the actuator forcing the pads against the
six brake discs splined to the tractor rear pinion gear.
Refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Overview (D.30.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 6

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Master cylinder ­ Sectional view
BSE2382A 1
REAR SERVICE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER SECTIONAL VIEW
1 Outlet to Slave Cylinders 2 Low Pressure Oil Return to Sump
3 Low Pressure Oil Supply 4 Actuator Piston
5 Booster Piston 6 Bleed Top­up Valve
7 Master Cylinder 8 Balancing Valve
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 7

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Master cylinder ­ Dynamic description
BSE2382B 1
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Off
Low Pressure Oil 20 ­ 24
bar
Reservoir/Sump Oil
Low pressure oil enters the valve at port A and is prevented from flowing through port ‘B’ by the actuator piston (1).
Oil behind the actuator piston(1), booster piston (2) and in the master cylinder area (3) are open to the reservoir at
port ‘E’.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 8

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
POWER BRAKE OPERATION
BSE2382C 2
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applying
Master Cylinder Pressure
Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 ­ 24
bar
Reservoir/Sump Oil
The actuator piston (1) moves inside the boost piston (2) and uncovers port ‘B’. Low pressure oil enters the valve at
port ‘A’ and flows through port ‘B’ but is prevented from flowing to sump by port ‘C’ which is closed by the actuator
piston. The pressure begins to act on the back of the booster piston (2), assisting pedal pressure to the master
cylinder. Port ‘D’ also closes and the master cylinder pressure (3) begins to increase and oil flows to the brakes at
port ‘F’.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 9

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
POWER BRAKE OPERATION
BSE2382D 3
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applied
Master Cylinder Pressure
Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 ­ 24
bar
Reservoir/Sump Oil
The actuator piston (1) stops moving inside the boost piston (2) but the booster piston continues to move until ports
‘B’ and ‘C’ are balanced. Port ‘D’ is also closed and the master cylinder (3) maintains braking pressure to the brakes
at port ‘F’.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 10

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
POWER BRAKE OPERATION
BSE2382E 4
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Manually Applied ( ENGINE OFF)
Master Cylinder Pressure
Oil
Reservoir/Sump Oil
Because the engine is not running there is no low pressure oil entering the valve at port ‘A’. As the pedal is depressed
the actuator piston (1) moves inside the booster piston (2) until it makes mechanical contact. Mechanical pressure is
transferred to the booster piston (2) and therefore the master cylinder (3) and the brake pressure at port ‘F’ increases
with no boosting pressure because the engine is not running.
Bleeding / System Top Up
NOTE: refer to Master cylinder ­ Sectional view (D.30.C).
Depressing the pedal exhausts oil through the various bleed nipples. As the pedal pressure is released a partial
vacuum is created in the master cylinder area, causing the top up valve in the centre of the booster valve to open.
This allows reservoir/sump oil to top up the master cylinder area in preparation for the next downward stroke of the
pedal.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 11

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Brake ­ Sectional view
BAIS06CCM710AVA 1
PARKING AND SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1. Seal
2. Brake Control Piston
3. Parking Brake Discs
4. Friction Pad Assembly
5. Pads
6. Parking Brake Control Lever
7. Service Brake Discs
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket (part number 82995771) on surfaces marked with an X.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 12

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
BTB0012B 2
FRONT SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1 Outer Plate Retaining Ring 2 Outer Brake Plate
3 Inner Brake Plate 4 Brake Bleed Screw
5 Brake Piston 6 Piston Seal
7 Friction Disc
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket (part number 82995771) on surfaces marked with an X.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 13

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
Power Brake Supply and Accumulator Test
1.
The supply to the power brake system, the accumulator
and system check valve can be checked for correct
operation using the following procedure.
Remove the low brake pressure warning switch from
the manifold and install adaptor 297607 with quick
release fitting 297240 .
Attach a 40 bar (600 lbf.in2) gauge (1) 293242 using
quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. Operate
the brake pedal and observe the gauge, the pressure
may fluctuate slightly but should remain at approximately
23±1 bar (334±15 lbf.in2).
Turn the engine OFF and observe the gauge. If
the manifold check valve is operating correctly the
pressure should remain at approximately 23±1 bar
(334±15 lbf.in2)
With the engine OFF, operate the brake pedals, if the
accumulator is working correctly the system will lose
approximately 1 bar (15 lbf.in2) with every application
of the brake pedals.
NOTE: If a gradual drop in pressure is indicated the master
cylinder may have an internal leak or a sticking piston
assembly. To confirm if a fault is within the master cylinder,
cap the supply to the master cylinder from the accumulator/manifold
assembly and repeat the test. If the pressure
remains constant with the feed tube capped then this indicates
that the master cylinder has a fault.
NOTE: The low brake pressure warning switch is set at 15
bar (218 lbf.in2), therefore after approximately 7­9 applications
the instrument cluster warning lamp will illuminate
when the engine is not running.
BAIS06CCM164AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 14

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed
WARNING
Air bleeding must be carried out any time the brake hydraulic system has been opened. B016
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumulator.
Remove the pressure in the accumulator before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the brakes
with the pedal approximately 40 times when the pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off. Loosen
the special fitting for removing air from the brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does not flow from
the special fitting, the accumulator is not charged. M670
All tractors
1. If fitted, remove and discard the Schrader valve assembly
from the logic head.
The valve is only used for initial filling, removal reduces
possible air ingression points.
Replace the copper washers with bonded seals (part
no. 5183780).
NOTE: Tractors without pneumatic trailer brakes shown.
2. Disconnect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM712AVA 1
3. Disconnect the master cylinder supply hose and fill
with LHM brake oil.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 2
BAIS06CCM291AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 15

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
4. Fabricate a temporary reservoir and connect it to the
master cylinder return port.
Fill the reservoir with LHM brake oil.
NOTE: Ensure that the connection is air tight.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that the reservoir is kept topped up
with oil throughout bleeding.
BAIS06CCM291AVB 4
5. Uncouple the brake pedals and slowly depress the
left hand brake pedal to pressurize the oil.
Attach a suitable bleed tube with a one­way valve
action to the left hand bleed screw. With the brake
pedal held down, unscrew the bleed screw by half a
turn. Let the oil drain with any air bubbles.
Repeat this step until the brakes are completely filled
with LHM oil and free of air.
Repeat for right hand side.
BAIS06CCM711AVA 5
6. Couple the brake pedals together.
Bleed the logic head.
BAIS06CCM713AVA 6
Tractors with front Brakes
7. If the tractor is fitted with front axle brakes, perform
bleeding as for the standard tractor. Couple the
brake pedals then bleed air from bleed screw (1)
at the booster unit, top up the oil reservoir after
completion of bleeding.
BTB0053B 7
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 16

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
8. Rotate the hubs to position the plug (1) in the vertical
position. Remove the plug and ensure the bleed
screw is aligned with the hole.
NOTE: With some wheel options it may be necessary to
bleed the brakes with the wheels removed.
26457 8
9. Loosen the screw and attach a suitable bleeding tube
with a one­way valve action. Pump the latched brake
pedals until the fluid expelled is free from bubbles.
Hold the brake pedals down and remove the tube and
tighten the bleed screw. Repeat for the other wheel.
On completion of the procedure refit the axle plug
and ensure the oil level in the reservoir is at the correct
level.
NOTE: If the brake oil has escaped into the hub the hub
should be drained and refilled with the correctly specified
front axle oil, NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134 .
26583 9
Tractors with pneumatic trailer brakes.
10. Bleed the dual line airbrake control valve.
BAIS06CCM647AVB 10
11. Disconnect and remove the temporary reservoir.
Connect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 17

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Next operation:
Start the engine, press and hold the brake pedals, check there are is no pedal creep down.
Next operation:
Visually check all fittings, components and pipes for leaks.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 18

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Command ­ Adjust
1. With the brake pedals connected to the master
cylinder pushrods and the latching pin disconnected,
check the distance (H) from pedal centre to the floor
mat. It should be approximately 185 mm.
1b0o2004106423 1
2. If this is not the case, release the locknuts (2) and
screw in or out the adjust screw (1) to obtain the
specified distance. Tighten the locknuts.
BTB0055B 2
3. Brake Pedal Switches Adjustment
After installing new master cylinders or adjusting
the pedal height check that the brake switches are
correctly adjusted:­
1. Locate a 2.5 mm (0.10 inch) thick gauge bar
between the switch and brake pedal. Loosen the
switch retaining screws.
2. Push the switch towards the brake pedal to
the limit of the plunger travel whilst ensuring that
the pedal remains stationary. Tighten the retaining
screws and remove the gauge. Repeat for the other
switch.
After adjustment ensure that both switches can be
heard operating and operating simultaneously.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 19

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
3. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
4. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and remove the rear wheel.
BTB0281A 1
BTB0282A 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 20

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
5. Cut the cable ties and detach the wiring harness.
BAIS06CCM602AVA 3
6. Disconnect the coupler pipe retaining nut.
BAIS06CCM603AVA 4
7. Remove the banjo bolt (1). Remove and discard
the schrader valve and adaptor (2). Disconnect the
brake pipe union from the control valve (3).
BAIS06CCM604AVA 5
8. Disconnect the brake pipes.
NOTE: Make a note of the postion of the brake pipes to aid
installation.
BAIS06CCM605AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 21

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
9. Remove the control valve.
BAIS06CCM606AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 22

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Install
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Install the control valve.
2. Install the brake pipes to their noted removal positions.
BAIS06CCM606AVA 1
3. Install the brake pipe union (1) and the banjo bolt (2).
NOTE: Replace the copper washers with bonded seals
(part no 5183780).
BAIS06CCM605AVA 2
BAIS06CCM693AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 23

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
4. Install the coupler pipe retaining nut.
BAIS06CCM603AVA 4
5. Cable tie the wiring harness to the control valve.
BAIS06CCM602AVA 5
6. Bleed the brakes as described in SERVICE BRAKE
Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C).
7. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a
hoist and install the rear wheel.
For correct torques, refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque
(D.50.C)
BTB0282A 6
8. Remove the axle stands (1).
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 7
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 24

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Master cylinder ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Before carrying out any work on the braking system carry out the following operations.
­ Park the tractor on a level surface. Block the wheels to prevent the tractor moving.
­ Detach the negative cable from the battery and insulate.
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
WARNING
The master cylinder is not a serviceable item. If it is showing signs of leakage, damage or suspected of
malfunctioning, the complete unit must be replaced. DO NOT attempt to disassemble and reassemble as
seal damage will occur, rendering the unit inoperative with a resultant loss of brake performance. B034
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumulator.
Remove the pressure in the accumulator before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the brakes
with the pedal approximately 40 times when the pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off. Loosen
the special fitting for removing air from the brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does not flow from
the special fitting, the accumulator is not charged. M670
1. Remove the right hand engine side panel.
2. Disconnect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 1
BAIS06CCM290AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 25

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
3. Disconnect the master cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 3
4. Disconnect the master cylinder outlet pipes.
NOTE: Place a suitable container under the master cylinder
to collect drained out fluid.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 4
5. Unlock and slide out the cotter pins connecting the
clevis on the master cylinder push rod to the pedals.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 5
6. Remove the four master cylinder retaining bolts.
Remove the master cylinder from the tractor from the
engine side.
NOTE: Lubricate the grommets to assist removal.
BAIS06CCM294AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 26

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Master cylinder ­ Install
1. From the engine side, locate the master cylinder.
Install the four master cylinder retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM294AVA 1
2. Install the cotter pins connecting the clevis on the
master cylinder push rod to the pedals.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 2
3. Connect the master cylinder outlet pipes.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 3
4. Connect the master cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 27

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
5. Connect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 5
6. Install the right hand engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 6
Next operation:
Adjust pedal height if required.
Bleed the hydraulic brake system, for further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 28

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Hydraulic line ­ Remove
WARNING
Before removing any air system component ensure that there is no air pressure in the system. This can be
achieved by depressing and releasing the brake pedal several times with the engine off and draining the air
reservoirs. Also ensure that the wheels of the tractor/trailer are chocked. B022
Pilot Head Valve Assembly
1. Disconnect the two tubes from the braking system.
Cap the ends of the tubes to prevent dirt ingress.
2. Remove the pilot head valve.
BAIS06CCM646AVA 1
3. Reassembly is the reversal of removal procedure.
BAIS06CCM647AVA 2
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system. For further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C).
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 29

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Brake pedals are difficult Seized hydraulic master cylinder. Replace the master cylinder.
to operate
Blocked or flattened brake control lines. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Brakes remain applied Seized master cylinder pistons.
Replace the master cylinder.
when the brake pedals are
released
Seized master cylinder operating linkage. Clean and lubricate the linkage. Make sure
water and dirt ingress is not possible.
Brake noise Worn brake discs. Replace brake discs.
Excessive brake pedal Air in the brake system.
Bleed the air form the brake system.
travel
Worn brake master cylinders
Replace the brake master cylinders.
Oil leakage from the brake system. Repair the leakage.
Rear service brake self adjusters loose in Replace the brake self adjusters.
the brake piston.
Unbalanced braking Wrong tyre pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure.
Worn brake master cylinder.
Replace brake master cylinder.
Blocked or flattened master cylinder balance
Clean or replace the balance tube.
tube.
Blocked or flattened brake control lines. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Worn or broken master cylinder oil seals. Replace the master cylinder.
Poor braking action
­ No/low front brake
assistance
Parking brake does not
operate correctly
Parking brake will not
release
Worn brake discs on one side.
Worn brake discs.
Worn brake master cylinder.
Air in the brake system.
Oil leakage from the brake system.
Front brake valve faulty.
Logic head faulty.
Air in the front brake circuit.
Faulty low pressure circuit.
Parking brake cable incorrectly adjusted.
Worn brake pads.
Restricted parking brake lever travel.
Seized brake pads on the brake discs.
Replace brake discs.
Replace brake discs.
Replace brake master cylinder.
Bleed the air form the brake system.
Repair the leakage.
Repair or replace the front brake valve.
Repair or replace the logic head.
Bleed the air form the front brake circuit.
Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
Adjust the parking brake cable.
Replace brake pads.
Repair as necessary.
Replace damaged parts.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 30

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ 30.C
Brake ­ Sectional view 12
Command ­ Adjust 19
Control valve ­ Install 23
Control valve ­ Remove 20
Hydraulic line ­ Remove 29
Master cylinder ­ Dynamic description 8
Master cylinder ­ Install 27
Master cylinder ­ Remove 25
Master cylinder ­ Sectional view 7
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed 15
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ General specification 4
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Overview 5
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Pressure test 14
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Special tools 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Static description 6
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Torque 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Troubleshooting 30
2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 31

2 3/5/2007
D.30.C / 32

TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ 30.E
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ 30.E
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Torque 3
General specification 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Electrical schema 5
Dynamic description 6
Static description 10
SERVICE
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Pressure test 11
Air valve
Dual line ­ Remove 17
Single line ­ Remove 19
Pneumatic connector
Overhaul 20
Remove 21
DIAGNOSTIC
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Troubleshooting 22
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 2

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Torque
BAIS06CCM719AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 3

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ General specification
Air Compressor:
Location
Left hand side of engine, above the alternator
Drive
Belt driven via crankshaft/water pump
Type
Single cylinder air cooled
Speed
3,000 rev/min
Lubrication
Pressure fed from engine
Bore / Stroke
75 mm x 36 mm
Displacement
159 cm3
Operating Pressure
18 bar (261 lbf.in2) Maximum
System Operating Pressure
Unload (relief) Valve Setting
Low Pressure Warning Switch Operates at,
7.8 ­ 8.3 bar (113 ­ 120 lbf.in2)
12 bar174 lbf.in2)
4.5 ­ 5.0 bar (65 ­ 73 lbf.in2)
Pressure Sender Pressure (bars) 0 2 6 10
Ohms 10 52 124 184
Maintenance
Drain Reservoir Tanks
Compressor Drive Belt Tension
Daily
Every 300 hours
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 4

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Electrical schema
AIR BRAKE WIRIN 1
Air Brake Electrical System
K8 Stoplamp relay
K11 Park brake solenoid relay
K12 Stoplamp switch and air brake relay
S40 Stoplamp switch ­ RH
S41 Stoplamp switch ­ LH
S59 Handbrake Switch
S62 Air brake pressure switch
H13 Brake light ­ RH
H16 Brake light ­ LH
Y50 Air brake solenoid
Y51 Air brake drier unit ­ De icer (heater)
Y52 Park brake solenoid
X16 Trailer socket (electrical)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 5

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Dynamic description
BAIS06CCM759AVA 1
Air Brake Schematic Diagram
1 Compressor 2 Unload Valve (8 bar)
3 Filter Drier 4 Air Tank (2 x 10 litres)
5 Drain Valve 6 Air Supply Manifold
7 Dual Line Control Valve 8 Solenoid Valve
9 Pressure Regulator 10 Two Way Valve
11 Park Brake Solenoid 12 Coupler Dual Line (Supply) Red
13 Coupler Dual Line (Control) Yellow 14 Low Pressure Warning Lamp
15 Pressure Sender Unit 16 Pressure Guage
17 Handbrake Switch 18 Brake Master Cylinder
19 Brake Logic Valve 20 Filter Drier ­ Heater Unit
21 Quick Release Valve
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 6

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
BAIS06CCM714AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 7

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Description Diagram
Function
Ref.
Couplers A Red and yellow couplers for dual line systems. Red is the supply coupler with
full pressure available all the time.The yellow coupler is the control line. Air
pressure at the coupler is increased as the brake pedal is depressed.The
black coupler is for single line systems. Pressure is available at the coupler
with the brake pedal released, pressure decreases as the pedal is depressed.
Dual Line Control
Valve Solenoid
Parking brake solenoid
B
Operated via the brake pedal switch, supplies air pressure to the dual
line control valve to establish the trailer brake pressure before the tractor
brakes become effective, thereby preventing any delay in operation.
The parking brake solenoid is activated by the parking brake switch,
providing full trailer braking when the parking brake is applied.
Dual Line Control Valve C Provides control of the two line braking system in conjunction with
the hydraulic pressure supplied from the brake master cylinder.
Air Supply Manifold D Controls the single line trailer brake system in conjunction with
the dual line control valve and brake master cylinder pressure.
Regulating Valve E Provides a means for the operator to “Fine Tune" the pressure
supplied from the solenoid to the control valve
dependant upon the characteristics of the trailers brakes.
Air Tanks F & K Provides storage for the compressed air generated by the compressor.
Unload (relief) Valve G Controls the operating pressure within the system to prevent
system damage from excess pressure. Also removes
any contamination from the system during unloading.
Compressor H Belt driven via the crankshaft. Takes filtered air and compresses
it to supply the air tankwith pressurized air. The
compressor is lubricated from the engine lube system.
Brake Pedal Switch I When both brake pedal switches are operated, (both brake
pedals depressed), relay ‘A’ becomes de­energised, this
cuts the voltage to the dual line control valve solenoid.
Brake Logic Valve J Ensures that trailer braking only occurs when both brake pedals
are depressed simultaneously. Hydraulic pressure from both
brake master cylinders act on a ball and plunger arrangement
which then allows pressure oil out to act on the control valve.
Pressure Switch/
sender Assembly
K
Connected directly to the right hand air tank, when the pressure drops
to 4.5­5.0 bar (65 ­ 73 lbf.in2) or lower the switch closes and completes
the circuit to illuminate the warning lamp on the instrument cluster.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 8

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
BAIS06CCM709AVA 3
Universal Air Brake ­ Tube Connections
1 Control valve to left hand reservoir tube 2 Left hand air tank to dual line control valve
3 Yellow coupler tube 4 Compressor to unload valve
5 Red coupler tube 6 Air tank balance pipe
Universal Air Brake Option
Brakes Disengaged
Air from the Compressor is supplied to the Unload Valve which regulates system pressure stored in the Reservoir .
This pressure is supplied to the trailer via the Red Supply Line Coupler to disengage the brakes.
The air in the system also acts on the Pressure Sender Unit which supplies a variable electrical signal to the Pressure
Gauge to indicate the pressure in the system.
If the pressure drops below specified limits, the sender incorporates a switch to illuminate the Warning Lamp .
Brakes Engaged
Operating the brake pedal closes the Brake Switches which sends a signal to the Solenoid Valve . When energised
this supplies air via the Pressure Regulator to the Control Valve as pilot pressure to initiate operation of the trailer’s
brakes via the Yellow Control Line Coupler .
As the tractor’s brakes are applied, Hydraulic Pressure from the Master Cylinders is transferred via the Brake Logic
Valve to the Control Valve to progressively increase pressure in the Yellow Control Line to the trailer’s brake control
valve to engage the brakes in line with the tractor brakes.
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 9

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Static description
There are three versions of the air trailer brake available.
These can be easily identified by the coupler configuration at the rear of the cab.
Universal
A generally accepted air brake providing a dual line system. The universal system is available with side mounting
type couplers.
Universal with Side mounting couplers.
BAIS06CCM675AVA 1
“German"
An air brake system designed in accordance with German TUV specifications providing both single and dual line
operation.
SM­32 2
“Italian"
An air brake system designed to meet Italian legislation and providing dual line operation.
BRD1023B 3
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 10

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
60­33­029 6
Gauges
Pressure
Dual Line Control (Yellow) (A) 7.5 ­ 8.5 bar
(6.5 ­ 7.5 bar)
Single Line Supply (Black) (B) 0
Dual Line Supply (Red) (C) 7.5 ­ 8.5 bar
(6.5 ­ 7.5 bar)
Cab (D) 8.0 (7.0)
8. Handbrake Control Cable Adjustment
Handbrake off, system (red), (C), at full pressure 8
(7) bar (ignition on ­ engine off). Check yellow gauge
(A) is on zero.
Handbrake up four clicks ­ slacken dual valve operating
cable top nut.
60­33­033 7
9. Adjust cable (by tightening the bottom nut first on the
cable assembly) until needle on yellow gauge (A) just
starts to move, lock up top nut.
Check operation of handbrake.
Handbrake On = 8 (7) bar yellow
Handbrake Off = 0 bar yellow
60­33­034 8
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 13

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
10. Leak Test
Engine off ­ tractor parking brake applied.
No deterioration of the red line pressure (8 (7) bar)
must occur over a 10 minute period. Indication of
any leakage must be investigated, the defect rectified
and the test repeated.
60­33­035 9
11. Brake Pedal Test Procedure
Start the tractor. Engine revs not to exceed 1000
rev/min.
Do NOT apply tractor parking brake.
60­33­030 10
12. Release brake pedal link pin so that pedals will work
individually.
Apply left hand and right hand brake pedals individually.
No change in pressure readings on test gauges
must occur.
60­33­036 11
13. Reconnect brake pedal link pin, apply brake pedals
fully several operations until red system pressure
below 7 (6) bar ­ vehicle compressor will come
back on load ­ allow system to reach full pressure
8 (7) bar (loud ’pop’ will be heard as unload valve
opens). Gently apply pressure to linked pedals until
both brake light switches have just clicked on, brake
lights on and 4WD indicator on dash is illuminated.
The gauges will now record the following values:
60­33­037 12
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 14

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
60­33­031 13
* slight drop in pressure must occur
Gauges
Pressure
Dual Line Control (Yellow) (A) 0.5 ­ 1.0 bar
Single Line Supply (Black) (B) 4.5 ­ 5.0* bar
Dual Line Supply (Red) (C) 7.5 ­ 8.5 bar
(6.5 ­ 7.5 bar)
Cab (D) 8.0 (7.0)
14. Single Line System
Fully apply brake pedal effort with graduated effort.
Yellow line (A), pressure must increase evenly to a
maximum of 7­8 bar. Black line (B), pressure must
decrease evenly to zero bar.
NOTE: If the brake lights operate late into the braking
process, i.e. pedals are depressed more than 20 mm
before the brake switches are switched on, no advance
braking on the air brake system will occur. The brake
switches must be reset and the brake test performed
again.
60­33­038 14
15. Pressure Regulator ON/OFF Test Procedure
Set engine at idle revs.
Do NOT apply tractor parking brake.
With the system fully pressurised 8 (7) bar, depress
the brake pedals several times until the pressure
drops below 7 (6) bar on Red system gauge (C) and
gauge in cab.
60­33­039 15
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 15

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
16. The unload valve, located on the left hand side of the
rear axle must recharge the system to 8 (7) bar.
In cases where an unload valve is found to be faulty,
a new unload valve must be fitted and the test repeated.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 16
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 16

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Air valve Dual line ­ Remove
WARNING
Before removing any air system component ensure that there is no air pressure in the system. This can be
achieved by depressing and releasing the brake pedal several times with the engine off and draining the air
reservoirs. Also ensure that the wheels of the tractor/trailer are chocked. B022
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
2. Disconnect the hydraulic brake connection, cap the
end of the tube to prevent contamination and excessive
loss of brake oil.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
3. Disconnect the air lines.
BAIS06CCM636AVA 2
BAIS06CCM637AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 17

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
4. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the dual line
control valve.
BAIS06CCM645AVA 4
5. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system. For further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C).
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 18

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Air valve Single line ­ Remove
WARNING
Before removing any air system component ensure that there is no air pressure in the system. This can be
achieved by depressing and releasing the brake pedal several times with the engine off and draining the air
reservoirs. Also ensure that the wheels of the tractor/trailer are chocked. B022
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
2. Disconnect the air lines to the single line control valve
and to the solenoids (1). Remove the retaining bolts
(2) and remove the single line control valve.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
3. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
BAIS06CCM717AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 19

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Pneumatic connector ­ Overhaul
SM60­33­008 1
Couplers
Key to Components ­ Figure 1.
A. Single Line Coupler B. Supply and Control Line Couplers
1. Cover 1. Screw
2. Circlip 2. Guide Piece
3. Bush 3. Spring
4. ‘O’ Ring 4. Tube
5. Valve Ring 5. Cover
6. Valve Body 6. Housing
7. ‘O’ Ring 7. Spring
8. Spring 8. Cap
9. Housing 9. Valve
10. Washer 10. ‘O’ Ring
11. Guide Piece 11. Cap
12. Washer 12. ‘O’ Ring
13. Screw 13. Thrust Piece
14. Guide
15. Screw
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 20

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Pneumatic connector ­ Remove
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the
trailer brake air tanks.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the pneumatic connector supply pipe.
Remove the retaining nut and remove the trailer
brake pneumatic connector.
BAIS06CCM666AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 21

TRAVELLING ­ SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Troubleshooting
Trailer brakes not
functioning (system
air pressure okay)
Delay in trailer brake
operation
System pressure too high
(exceeds 12 bar +/­ 2)
Air in braking system
Faulty pilot valve
Control valve faulty
Dual line solenoid failed closed or permanently
energised.
Faulty Relief valve
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Instrument cluster light
illuminates when system
is running.
System pressure below 4.5/3.5 bar. Compressor drive belt broken
Check system for leaks
Relief valve failed, stuck open
Compressor fault
Reservoir drain tap faulty
Faulty switch or switch wiring
Disconnect wiring to switch. If light extinguishes
replace switch. If light remains illuminated
check wiring for short to earth.
Bleed brakes
Disconnect supply line to control valve from
pilot valve assembly. Operate the brakes,
if oil is expelled, pilot valve is okay. If no oil
expelled remove and inspect pilot valve.
Repair/replace as required
Disconnect wiring to solenoid. If brakes
operate normally inspect wiring for short to
+12 v. If still a delay in operation after wire
disconnection replace solenoid assembly.
Faulty brake switch
Remove valve clean/replace. refer to Relief
valve ­ Remove (A.20.A)
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 22

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ 30.E
Air valve Dual line ­ Remove 17
Air valve Single line ­ Remove 19
Pneumatic connector ­ Overhaul 20
Pneumatic connector ­ Remove 21
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Dynamic description 6
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Electrical schema 5
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ General specification 4
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Pressure test 11
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Static description 10
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Torque 3
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic ­ Troubleshooting 22
2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 23

2 3/5/2007
D.30.E / 24

TRAVELLING ­ D
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical ­ 32.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical ­ 32.B
SERVICE
Mechanical linkage
Travel adjust 3
Brake
Overhaul Park Brake 4
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 2

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
Mechanical linkage ­ Travel adjust
1. Adjustment of the parking brake control lever travel
should be performed each time the parking brake is
serviced or repaired and when the idle travel of the
lever is excessive.
Proceed as follows:
1. Block front wheels using suitable means.
2. Jack up the tractor rear end using a suitable
means until the wheels are slightly off the ground.
3. Raise the parking brake control lever to the third
notch on the quadrant.
4. Release the locknut (2) and screw in the adjust
screw (1) until the wheels lock.
5. Lower the parking brake control lever and ensure
that the wheels can rotate freely.
6. Apply the parking brake several times to check
that the assembly does not get blocked or operate
abnormally.
7. Tighten the locknut (2) and lower the tractor.
1b0o2004106451 1
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 3

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
Brake ­ Overhaul Park Brake
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.
2. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil
into a suitable container. Install the drain plug once
the oil has drained.
Tighten to 68­82 Nm (50­60 lb ft).
3. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
4. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
BTB0281A 2
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 4

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
5. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the left rear wheel
to a hoist and remove the wheel.
BTB0282A 3
6. Remove the split pin and the cotter pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable
(2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 4
7. Remove the parking brake control assembly.
BAIS06CCM580AVA 5
8. Disassemble parking brake assembly and remove
friction pads.
BSE2385A 6
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 5

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
9. Disassemble lever assembly to replace seal.
­ Check lever and shaft are marked.
­ Loosen lever clamp bolt.
­ Remove lever, spring.
­ Remove shaft.
­ Remove washer and seal.
BSE2383A 7
10. On re­assembly
­ Install shaft.
­ Install new seal with washer.
­ Install spring and shaft ensuring alignment of assembly
marks.
BSE2384A 8
11. Before installing the parking brake control assembly
unit to the rear axle housing, thoroughly clean and
degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of liquid
gasket of approximately 2 mm of diameter following
pattern shown.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020
bvf0952Apng 9
12. Using special tool 380200002, align the brake discs
on the pinion shaft.
BAIS06CCM662AVA 10
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 6

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
13. Install the special tool 380200002, between the
brake pads.
BAIS06CCM663AVA 11
14. Position the parking brake assembly complete with
the special tool 380200002, between the brake discs
on the pinion shaft. Remove the special tool while
installing the parking brake assembly.
BAIS06CCM664AVA 12
15. Tighten the retaining bolts to 49 Nm (36 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM580AVA 13
16. Attach the parking brake cable.(2). Install the cotter
pin and split pin (1)
BAIS06CCM004AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 7

TRAVELLING ­ PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
17. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the left rear wheel
to a hoist and install the wheel.
For correct torques, refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque
(D.50.C)
BTB0282A 15
18. Remove the axle stands (1).
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 16
19. Fill the transmission with oil
Next operation:
Adjust the parking brake, for further information refer to Mechanical linkage ­ Travel adjust (D.32.B)
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 8

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical ­ 32.B
Brake ­ Overhaul Park Brake 4
Mechanical linkage ­ Travel adjust 3
2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 9

2 3/5/2007
D.32.B / 10

TRAVELLING ­ D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic ­ 34.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic ­ 34.C
TECHNICAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Torque 3
Special tools 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Exploded view 4
Static description 6
Dynamic description 7
Hydraulic schema 14
External view 15
SERVICE
Trailer brake valve
Pressure test 16
DIAGNOSTIC
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Testing 18
Trailer brake valve
Troubleshooting 19
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 2

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM045GSA 1
Trailer brake valve ­ Special tools
Trailer Brake Fitting 293190
Pressure Gauge
250 bar (3600 lbf/in2)
Pressure Gauge
40 bar (600 lbf/in2)
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 3

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Exploded view
BAIL06CCM046GSA 1
Trailer Brake Valve Components
1.Valve Manifold
3.’O’ Ring
5.Pilot Head Bolts
7.Dust Cap
9.End Cap
11.Spool
13.’O’ Ring
15.’O’ Ring
17.Screw
19.Load Sensing Port ’O’ Ring
21.Plug
23.’O’ Ring
2.Piston
4.Pilot Head
6.Bleed Valve
8.’O’ Ring
10.Pin
12.Sleeve
14.’O’ Ring
16.Plug
18.’O’ Ring
20.’O’ Ring
22.’O’ Ring
24.Plug
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 4

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
25.Plug
27.Spring
26.Seal
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 5

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Static description
Tractors may be fitted with a hydraulically operated trailer brake valve which operates the trailer brakes whenever the
brake system is activated by depressing the footbrake.
Oil flows from the hydraulic pump through the priority valve manifold and into the trailer brake valve and then returns
to the priority valve manifold. The position of the trailer brake valve in the circuit ensures that the trailer brake circuit
has priority flow over the remote valves and other hydraulic high pressure circuits. Trailer braking is proportional to
the effort on the tractor brake pedal. Feedback is provided by the trailer brake valve to give a sense of feel to the
operator which aids precise braking.
BAIL06CCM066ASA 1
1. Pilot Head
2. Pipe to coupler
3. Pressure Switch (Italian Trailer Brake only)
4. Trailer Brake Valve
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 6

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Dynamic description
Italian Trailer Brake Valve ­ Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
To release the trailer braking mechanism a pressure of 11 ­ 12 bar (160 ­ 174 ­lbf/in2) is required at the trailer brake
coupling whenever the handbrake is released while the engine is running and the footbrake is not being applied.
This pressure is controlled by the oil discharge valve (6) which is attached to the trailer brake return to reservoir port
(R).
Oil from the implement pump flows to the trailer brake valve (7) port ‘P’. When the brakes are not applied a small flow
of oil returns to reservoir through port (R) with the remaining flow passing from port (P) to the implement valves and
hydraulic lift through port N.
The 11 ­ 12 bar pressure created by the oil discharge valve flows from the trailer brake line (B), through the solenoid
valves (4 and 5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
This pressure is sufficient to overcome spring (13) of the Italian brake actuating mechanism. As the spring is compressed,
spring (14) retracts the actuating pin to disengage the braking mechanism on the trailer.
NOTE: At engine start­up the trailer brake indicator light (6) will remain illuminated until the 11 bar pressure necessary
to disengage the braking mechanism has been created. To reduce the time necessary to reach trailer brake release
pressure depress the brake pedal with the parking brake lever in the off position.
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 7

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
BTB0232A 1
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic­ Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
Pump Pressure
Trailer Brake Release Pressure (11
bar)
Brake Pedal Pressure
Return to Reservoir
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch
3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 8

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Italian Trailer Brake Valve ­ Engine Running Brakes Applied
When the tractor brake pedal is depressed the control of oil flow through the trailer brake valve (7) is the same as
described for tractors with the standard trailer brake system, refer to Trailer brake valve ­ Dynamic description
(D.34.C) and the outlet pressure through port ‘B’ will be 12 ­ 150 bar(174 ­ 2180 lbf/in 2) depending on the pressure
applied to the brake pedal.
The delivery solenoid (5) is open and the discharge solenoid (4) is closed. Oil exiting port ‘B’ flows through the ‘Open’
delivery solenoid valve(5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
When a trailer is connected to the coupler the pressure passing through the coupling to the trailer braking mechanism
overcomes the spring force ((13) and (14)) and moves the actuating pin forward to apply the brakes on the trailer.
BTB0233A 2
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic­ Engine Running Brakes Applied
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 9

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Pump Pressure
Trailer Braking Pressure 11 bar)
Brake Pedal Pressure
Return to Reservoir
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch
3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
Italian Trailer Brake Valve ­ Engine Stopped or Running but with Low Hydraulic Pump Flow.
When the engine has stopped or the output from the hydraulic implement pump is very low the pressure switch (8)
closes. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3). The relay closes and current reaches and energizes
the solenoid valves (4) and (5). The delivery solenoid (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid (4) is open. In this
condition the oil in the trailer brake line discharges to reservoir through solenoid (4). Their is now insufficient pressure
to overcome the spring (13) and therefore the actuating pin moves forward to apply the brakes. Low pressure in the
trailer brake line causes the switch (15) to close and illuminate the warning lamp (16).
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 10

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
BTB0230A 3
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic­ Engine Stopped or Running With Low Hydraulic Pump Flow
Pump Pressure (Less than 10 bar)
Return to Reservoir
Brake Pedal Pressure
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch
3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 11

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Italian Trailer Brake Valve ­ Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
When the parking brake is applied the switch (2) is closed. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3).
The relay closes and current reaches and energizes the solenoid valves (4) and (5).
The delivery solenoid valve (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid valve (4) is open. The 11 bar pressure oil at port
‘B’ is blocked by delivery solenoid valve (5) and the pressure in the trailer brake coupler line is discharged to reservoir
through discharge solenoid valve (4).
Because there is insufficient pressure to overcome spring (13) the actuating pin is pushed forward to apply the brakes.
The low pressure in the trailer brake coupler line causes the trailer brake warning lamp switch (15) to close and the
in cab warning lamp will illuminate.
NOTE: After applying the parking brake, wait approximately 10 seconds before stopping the engine. This will allow
complete discharge of the oil pressure in the trailer brake line to obtain full application of the trailer brakes.
BTB0231A 4
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic­ Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 12

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Pump Pressure
Release Pressure 11 bar)
Zero Brake Pedal Pressure
Return to Reservoir
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch
3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 13

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Hydraulic schema
BSE2533A 1
Trailer Brake Circuit
1 Trailer Brake Valve 2 Braking Pressure
3 Load Sense Line 4 Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump
5 Remote Valves 6 Trailer Brakes
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 14

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ External view
BAIS06CCM718AVA 1
1. Trailer Brake Control Valve Logic Head
2. Pipe To Coupler
3. Pressure Switch (Italian Trailer Brakes Only)
4. Trailer Brake Valve
5. Trailer Brake Valve Supply line
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 15

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Pressure test
1. Notice – After parking brake engagement, wait approximately.
10 seconds before stopping the engine
to permit complete oil discharge from trailer brake
cylinder and obtain optimal braking action.
2. TEST CONDITIONS.
Oil temperature 40 ­ 50 °C
Engine speed 1000 rpm.
Electrical system powered.
Parking brake disengaged.
3. TRAILER BRAKE DISENGAGEMENT PRESSURE
TEST (ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) into the trailer brake
coupler and connect it to a 0 ­ 40 bar pressure gauge
293242 .
With engine and oil as detailed above, pressure
should be 11 ­ 12 bar (160 ­ 174 lbf/in2).
Make sure the trailer brake engaged light indicator
is off.
Engage parking brake and the pressure should be
0 bar (0 lbf/in2), disconnect pressure gauge and
fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 1
4. TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
(ALL MODELS)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake coupler
and connect it to a 0 ­ 250 bar pressure gauge
293244 .
Couple both brake pedals together and with engine
and oil in the conditions described in 2, apply the foot
brake. The pressure gauge reading should increase
depending on pedal effort up to 120 ­ 140 bar (1740
­ 2031 lbf/in2).
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 2
5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LEAK TEST
(ALL MODELS)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake coupler
and connect it to a 0 ­ 250 bar pressure gauge
293244 .
Couple both brake pedals together and with engine
and oil in the conditions described in 2 apply the foot
brakes for a minimum of 10 seconds. The pressure
gauge reading should increase up to 120 ­ 140 bar
(1740 ­ 2031 lbf/in2) and remain constant.
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 3
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 16

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
6. PARKING BRAKE ENGAGEMENT TEST
(ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake coupler
and connect it to a 0 ­ 40 bar pressure gauge293242
.
With engine and oil in the conditions described in 2,
fully raise parking brake control lever .
Check if pressure is 0 bar and the trailer brake
engaged light indicator is on.
With parking brake engaged disconnect pressure
gauge and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 4
7. TRAILER BRAKE CIRCUIT SAFETY SWITCH
TEST
(ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 in trailer brake coupler and
connect it to a 0 ­ 40 bar pressure gauge 293242 .
With parking brake ‘Off’ and tractor brakes not applied,
operate and hold the remote control valve
lever and allow the system pressure relief valve to
operate. Keep this position for a few seconds and
quickly release the control lever.
Check if parking brake disengagement pressure
remains at the specified value: 11 ­ 12 bar (160 ­
174 lbf/in2).
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 5
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 17

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic ­ Testing
NOTE: Trailer Brakes Not Working
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Condition
Has all air been bled from trailer
brakes
2 Condition
Pressure test trailer brakes.
Fault confirmed?
3 Condition
Is hydraulic lift working satisfactorily?
Test maximum system pressure
at remote valve coupler.
Pressure 2900 ­ 3000 lbf/in2 (200 ­
207 bar)?
4 Condition
Operate and hold remote valve to
generate maximum system pressure
and at the same time operate tractor
brakes
Trailer brake valve functions correctly?
5 Condition
Adjust flow/pressure compensating
valve
Fault cleared?
6 Condition
Examine shuttle valve in load sensing
line between trailer brake and
pressure/flow compensating valve
Valve sticking?
7 Condition
Examine flow/pressure compensating
valve for sticking
Fault cleared?
Result
YES
Action
Go to test 2
Result
YES
Action
Go to test 3
Result
YES
Action
Go to test 4
Result
YES
Action
Go to test 6
Result
Result
YES
Action
Clean/replace shuttle valve to trailer
brake valve
Result
Action
NO
Bleed trailer brakes refer to SER­
VICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed
(D.30.C)
Action
Action
NO
Go to test 5
Action
NO
Replace trailer brake valve
Action
NO
Go to test 7
Action
Action
NO
Disassemble variable flow pump and
check swash plate piston for sticking
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 18

TRAVELLING ­ BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve ­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Pressure higher or lower
than specified.
Faulty trailer braking auxiliary valve pressure
regulating valve.
Replace trailer braking auxiliary valve.
Faulty hydraulic pump.
Replace pump.
Excess pressure peaks Oil leaks from hydraulic system.
Locate leaks and repair.
are observed when
applying the brake pedals
for 10 seconds.
Solenoid valve leak.
Replace solenoid valve.
Trailer brake auxiliary valve leaks. Replace trailer brake auxiliary valve.
Trailer brake
Trailer brake disengagement pressure Test/Replace valve.
disengagement pressure valve incorrectly adjusted.
= 0 ­ 11 bar (0 ­ 160 lbf/in2)
Trailer brake
disengagement pressure
= 0 ­ 11 bar (0 ­ 160 lbf/in2)
Correct trailer brake
disengagement pressure
but light indicator item
(22), is on.
Trailer brake
disengagement pressure
not correct but light
indicator is off.
Trailer brake
disengagement pressure
does not zero when
parking brake is applied.
Trailer brake
disengagement pressure
is permanently zeroed
when operating the levers
described in Trailer brake
valve ­ Pressure test
(D.34.C).
Trailer brake disengagement pressure
valve incorrectly adjusted (Trailer brake
valve ­ Functional diagram ()).
Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator
switch.
Faulty indicator lamp.
Replace valve.
Test/Replace switch.
Test/Replace lamp.
Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Test/Replace switch.
switch.
Faulty parking brake engaged switch. Test/Replace switch.
Faulty parking brake indicator circuit relay. Test/Replace relay.
Discharge solenoid valve faulty or stuck Test/Repair or replace solenoid valve.
closed.
Trailer brake circuit safety switch (Wiring Replace switch.
harness ­ Component diagram 40
(A.30.A)) adjustment exceeding rated
value 2.5 ­ 3.5 bar (36 ­ 51 lbf/in2).
Switches (Trailer brake valve ­ Pressure Move switches to correct positions or reverse
power supply cables.
test (D.34.C)) reversed in the specified positions
or with exchanged power supply cables.
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 19

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic ­ 34.C
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic ­ Testing 18
Trailer brake valve ­ Dynamic description 7
Trailer brake valve ­ Exploded view 4
Trailer brake valve ­ External view 15
Trailer brake valve ­ Hydraulic schema 14
Trailer brake valve ­ Pressure test 16
Trailer brake valve ­ Special tools 3
Trailer brake valve ­ Static description 6
Trailer brake valve ­ Torque 3
Trailer brake valve ­ Troubleshooting 19
2 3/5/2007
D.34.C / 20

TRAVELLING ­ D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ 40.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ 40.C
TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
General specification 3
Cylinder
Torque 4
Accumulator
Torque 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Static description 6
Dynamic description 11
Exploded view Suspension Arm 13
Sectional view Suspension Arm 14
Cylinder
Sectional view 15
SERVICE
Control valve
Calibration 16
Remove Load Levelling Valve 19
Disassemble Load Levelling Valve 20
Cylinder
Remove 21
Sensing system
Position sensor ­ Remove 23
Position sensor ­ Install 24
Position sensor ­ Adjust 25
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 2

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ General specification
System Relief Valve
210 bar.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 3

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Cylinder ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM047BSA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 4

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Accumulator ­ Torque
BAIL06CCM255ASA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 5

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Static description
BAIL06CCM043GSA 1
Front Suspension System
1 Feed to Accumulator 2 Accumulator
3 Load Levelling Valve 4 Microprocessor
5 Lockout/Suspension Activation Switch 6 Control Valve Assembly
7 Suspension Arm 8 Suspension/Damping Cylinder
9 Feed to Control Valve
INTRODUCTION
The Front axle suspension system is an optional electronically controlled hydraulic suspension feature fitted to the
front axle which allows the axle to raise and lower to absorb shock loads and maintain the tractor in a level plane
when variations in weight are applied to the front wheels.
The suspension system reduces pitching, keeps the front wheels in contact with the ground and improves stability
during fast road speeds when ground conditions could make the tractor unstable. This is especially important where
the tractor is operating with minimal front axle loads while transporting heavy 3 point hitch implements.
The system is automatically engaged each time the tractor is started however when the tractor is stationary or travelling
at less than 1 kmh for more than 1.5 seconds the system is automatically "Locked Out ” for safe mounting of
implements or ballast.
At speeds between 1 ­ 12 kmh the operator can turn the suspension off using the switch (1) on the cab pillar. This
is ideal for instances where accurate depth control is required with implements mounted on the front linkage or for
grading with a front loader.
At speeds above 12 kmh the system is automatically engaged.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 6

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
BAIL06CCM122ASA 2
Oil is supplied to the suspension system from the pump by way of the load levelling control valve This controls the
raising and lowering of the cylinder by operation of the raise solenoid (1) and lower solenoid (2). The oil flow is directed
to the suspension control valve by a supply pipe(3)
BAILO6CCM036ASA 3
The suspension valve is located directly on top of suspension cylinder. Oil flows through the valve from the load
levelling control valve pipe (2) and out to the accumulator feed pipe (1).
BAIL06CCM037ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 7

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
The accumulator (2) which acts like a spring is situated on the left hand side of the engine and is fed by a pipe (1)
from the suspension control valve.
BAIL06CCM035ASA 5
The suspension control valve is activated by the solenoids (1) which react to signals from the microprocessor.
BAIL06CCM039ASA 6
The suspension cylinder assembly is located within the front support.
BAIL06CCM038BSA 7
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 8

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
The microprocessor which electronically controls the hydraulic control valve is located behind the operators seat.
To assist in diagnosing faults and achieving optimum performance the microprocessor has an inbuilt self diagnostic
facility and electronic calibration procedure.
All information regarding error codes and calibration data is displayed on the electronic instrument cluster.
Full details on calibration procedures are described in and Control valve ­ Calibration (D.40.C).
BSE3118A 8
The front axle position is sensed by a potentiometer mounted on the axle
BAIL06CCM174ASA 9
Situated in the front support is an accelerometer. This measures the chassis velocity, and along with the information
from the front axle position potentiometer, the microprocessor then determines the amount the suspension needs to
be adjusted for optimum performance.
BAIL07CCM268ASA 10
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 9

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
BAIL07CCM267ASA 11
Front Axle Suspension Installation
1 Suspension Control Valve 2 Accelerometer
3 Front Support 4 Fulcrum Point
5 Axle 6 Potentiometer
7 Axle Pivot Point 8 Pivot Arm (Panhard Rod)
9 Hydraulic Cylinder
The suspension system connects the axle (5) to the tractor front support (3) through a pivot arm (8) referred to as a
“Panhard Rod" and the single hydraulic cylinder (9).
Whenever the front axle is subjected to shock loads, vibration or front end weight changes the Panhard rod pivots
about the fulcrum point (4) while at the same time the axle oscillates about the pivot point (7). This movement causes
the front axle to move up or down in relation to the tractor front support.
The vertical movement of the axle in relation to the velocity of the front support is measured by the potentiometer (5)
and the accelerometer (2)which transmit signals to the controlling microprocessor.
Dependant on the shock loading subjected to the system and the amount of vertical axle movement detected by the
microprocessor the hydraulic system responds to absorb the shock loads and adjust the vertical position of the axle
so that the tractor continues to operate on a level plane.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 10

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description
The hydraulic control system incorporates several modes of operation.
Front axle suspension mode
Anti bang function
Brake function
Accelerator pedal function
Gear change function
EDC function
Front axle suspension mode
Front axle suspension mode is the default mode when the tractor is started . In this mode the lamp on the suspension
switch and the warning lamp on the instrument cluster will not be illuminated. The damping of the suspension is
controlled by the software. The system calculates the optimal damping force for the suspension using the velocity of
the chassis and the relative velocity of the suspension. The chassis velocity is calculated by integrating the chassis
acceleration as measured by the vertical chassis accelerometer and the relative suspension velocity as calculated
from the front axle position sensor. (Refer to SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Static description (D.40.C).
The calculated damping force and the relative suspension velocity are then used to determine the current to be applied
to the two damping control valves.
If the suspension cylinder is in an extended position (rebound) the damping will be controlled by valve (5). Valve (3)
(Refer to Figure 1) does not influence the damping is maintained at the optimal passive current.
If the suspension is in compression the damping will be controlled by valve (3) and valve (5) does not influence the
damping but is maintained at the optimal passive current.
Anti Bang Function
When the tractor is off­road and the suspension position reaches its maximum or minimum calibrated positions then
the operator comfort is affected. In order to reduce this problem once the suspension reaches the extremes of its
operating range the system will command the damping control valves (3) and (5) to close. If the suspension is approaching
the maximum position the system will command valve (5) to close. The current applied to the valve will
depend on the current position of the suspension in relation to the maximum position. The same situation will occur
when the suspension is within the limit of its minimum position . The current to valve (3) will be reduced as the suspension
reaches the minimum position
Brake Function
When the operator brakes, the tractor will pitch forward causing the suspension to be shortened. To reduce this effect
the brake function will command valves (3) and (5) to close. The status of the left and right brake pedal switches are
sent to the control module which will then reduce the current supplied to valve (3). Once either brake pedal is released
the current is returned to its passive value. At the same time the function will apply the same logic to valve (5).
Accelerator Pedal function
When the operator accelerates or decelerates the tractor will pitch. Under acceleration the suspension will be lengthened
and under deceleration the suspension will shorten. To reduce this effect the accelerator pedal will cause the
damping valves (3) and (5) to close
Gear change function
When the operator changes gear the tractor will pitch. During a gear change this function will cause the damping
valves (3) and (5) to close in order to improve operator comfort. The gear change function is triggered when a shift in
progress is detected.
Electronic Draft control function
When the electronic draft control system is controlling the position of the rear hitch the front suspension will extend as
the hitch is lifted with an implement fitted. The EDC function of the suspension system monitors the demand signal
to the rear hitch and will lock the suspension when the EDC raises the hitch. The status of the dynamic ride control
feature of the EDC is also monitored, and if the dynamic ride control is active then the EDC function will not affect the
operation of the suspension. The EDC function will not affect valve (3).
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 11

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
NOTE: Ride control and the levelling system only operate when the suspension is switched on and the tractor is being
driven at speeds above 1 kph.
The location of those specific components referenced in the circuit diagrams which are externally visible on the control
valve are identified in Control valve ­ External view (D.40.C).
.
Suspension Control System Switched OFF
When the suspension system is ‘OFF’ (Speed under 1 Khm ), the raise valve (1) and lower valve (2) are de­energised
as are the lockout valves ((3) and (5)). Oil is then trapped in the circuit by and the accumulator (8) acts like a spring.
If excessive pressure above 210 bar occurs in the system in this state the system relief valve (9) will open.
BAIL06CCM096FSA 1
Semi Active Front Axle With Remote Levelling
A Load Levelling Valve
B Suspension Control Valve
1. Raise Valve 2. Lower Valve
3. Oil Flow control Valve 4. Inlet Port
5. Rebound control Valve 6. Rod End
7. Cylinder End 8. Accumulator
9. Relief Valve
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 12

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Exploded view Suspension Arm
BAIL06CCM243FSA 1
Suspension Arm Assembly
1. Suspension Arm 2. Disc
3. Retaining Ring 4. Intermediate Shaft
5. Retaining Ring 6. Bearing
7. Retaining ring 8. Stake Nut
9. Bearing Housing 10. Mounting Block
11. Bearing 12. Disc
13. Retaining Ring 14. Bolt (Torque = 60 Nm (44.3 lbft) )
15. Plate 16. Bearing
Refer to : SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Sectional view (D.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 13

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Sectional view Suspension Arm
BAIL06CCM244FSA 1
Suspension Arm Intermediate Shaft and Bearing Assembly
1. Retaining Ring 2. Bearing housing
3. Bearing 4. Stake Nut
5. Spherical Bearing 6. Bearing
7. Retaining Ring 8. Disc
9. Intermediate Shaft 10. Mounting Block
11. Bolt 12. Plate
13. Suspension Arm 14. Retaining Ring
15. Retaining Ring
NOTE: The two halves of the spherical bearing (5) must be assembled with the split line horizontal.
Tighten stake nut (4) until it clamps bearing housing (2) and spherical bearing (5) to mounting block (10) and all end
float is removed.
Then torque nut to 325 Nm (239.7 lbft) .
Stake nut in four places
NOTE: There must be a minimum of two stakes at all times.
Refer to : SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Exploded view (D.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 14

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Cylinder ­ Sectional view
BAIL06CCM251FSA 1
Suspension Cylinder Assembly
1. Ball Joint 2. Ball Joint
3. Retaining Ring 4. Rod Connection (Torque 280 ­ 320 Nm (206.5 ­ 236.0
lbft) )
5. Retaining Ring 6. Rod
7. Cylinder Head 8. Piston
9. Piston Retaining Nut (Torque280 ­ 320 Nm (206.5 ­
236.0 lbft) )
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 15

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
2. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the suspension symbol on the RC controller.
NOTE: If a new module is installed or after H8 has been
completed, the controller will default the vehicle to "NO"
suspension. Set the option to "YES" in the H3 menu mode.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
3. Start the engine and set the engine speed to 1200
rev/min.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 16

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
4. The lower central display will display "CAL".
Toggle the suspension switch ON/OFF three times
within four seconds to enter the suspension calibration
mode.
BAIL06CCM634AVA 3
5. The lower central display will display "ACP" indicating
that the Automatic Calibration Procedure has
been activated.
The indicator lamp in the suspension switch will also
flash.
NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped at
any time, depress the suspension switch once.
BAIL06CCM635AVA 4
6. The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10
seconds, at the same time the axle height position
will be displayed by a three figure number on the
instrument cluster (0­999).
7. The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload
levelling valve until the front axle reaches the maximum
height for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will
then be stored.
8. The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until
the front axle reaches the minimum height for a period
of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will
then be stored.
BAIL06CCM142ASA 5
9. The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling
valves until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
10. The lower central display will display "END" when the
ACP has finished.
11. All components of the suspension system are now
calibrated.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 17

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
12. Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 18

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Remove Load Levelling Valve
1. Disconnect the wiring harness from the solenoids (1)
and (2) . Remove cylinder supply pipe (3) .
BAIL06CCM250ASA 1
2. Undo the three allen headed screws (1) holding the
load levelling valve onto the priority valve. Separate
the two valves.
BAIL06CCM149ASA 2
Next operation:
Control valve ­ Disassemble (D.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 19

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Control valve ­ Disassemble Load Levelling Valve
Prior operation:
Control valve ­ Remove (D.40.C)
1. Undo retaining nut (1)and remove solenoid body
BAIL06CCM202ASA­3 1
2. Using an allen key loosen plug (1)
BAIL06CCM203ASA 2
3. Remove the retaining plug (1) and spring (2) .
BAIL06CCM204ASA 3
4. Remove valve (1)using long nosed pliers
BAIL06CCM205ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 20

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Cylinder ­ Remove
DANGER
Exercise extreme caution when performing tasks on the front suspension system. ALWAYS ensure that the
system is depressurised and that the axle is at rest on the support stops. B011
1. Disconnect the battery(1) to prevent accidental tractor
start up. Refer to Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
2. Depressurise the suspension system. by unscrewing
knurled knob on the lower solenoid (2) , allow the
tractor to lower completely onto the stops then rotate
the screw clockwise to return to normal operation.
3. Remove left hand engine side panel. Undo retaining
bolts and remove guard . Remove engine side rails
(where fitted).
BAIL06CCM250ASA 1
4. Place a suitable oil collecting container under the
pipe connections and disconnect the pipes(1) and (2)
from the cylinder.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 2
BAIL06CCM251ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 21

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
5. Disconnect wiring harness connectors from the
solenoids and pressure switch (1). Undo retaining
bolts (2) and remove control valve assembly.
BAIL06CCM256ASA 4
6. Undo and remove retaining plate bolts (2)­ Remove
the retaining plate.
BAIL06CCM048ASA 5
7. If necessary use a suitable hoist and cable around
the front support and raise the tractor until access is
gained to the lower pin. Remove the retaining plate
and drift the pin out from the front of the tractor.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BSB0189A_709 6
8. Remove the bolt from the top pin and using a suitable
slide hammer with an M10 thread, remove the top
pin and lower the cylinder assembly away from the
tractor using a suitable support..
9. Ensure the O­rings are installed on the O­Ring Face
Seal connectors of the cylinder.
­ Lubricate the rod end bearings with the specified
grease after installation.
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 22

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Remove
1. Unscrew and remove the potentiometer guard retaining
screws (2) and remove the guard (1).
BAIL06CCM144ASA 1
2. Disconnect the harness plug (1) from the potentiometer
and remove retaining clip from rod (2) .
BAIL06CCM145ASA 2
3. Remove the circlip (2) from the arm. Undo the potentiometer
retaining nut (1) and slide the potentiometer
off the bracket .
BAIL06CCM146ASA 3
Next operation:
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Install (D.40.C)
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 23

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Install
Prior operation:
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Remove (D.40.C)
1. Slide the potentiometer onto the bracket. Tighten the
retaining nut (1)and locate the circlip (2) into groove
on the pin.
BAIL06CCM146ASA 1
2. Fix the linkage rod (2) to the eyelet using the retaining
clip . Refer to Sensing system Position sensor ­
Adjust (D.40.C) for correct adjustment. Reconnect
the harness (1).
BAIL06CCM145ASA 2
3. Locate the potentiometer guard (1) and secure with
the retaining screws (2) .
BAIL06CCM144ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 24

TRAVELLING ­ SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Adjust
Prior operation:
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Install (D.40.C)
1. To ensure the front axle suspension is operating correctly,
the front axle position potentiometer linkage
must be set up correctly. Refer to Figure 1 for the
adjustment dimensions.
BAIL06CCM174ASA 1
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 25

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ 40.C
Accumulator ­ Torque 5
Control valve ­ Calibration 16
Control valve ­ Disassemble Load Levelling Valve 20
Control valve ­ Remove Load Levelling Valve 19
Cylinder ­ Remove 21
Cylinder ­ Sectional view 15
Cylinder ­ Torque 4
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Adjust 25
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Install 24
Sensing system Position sensor ­ Remove 23
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Dynamic description 11
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Exploded view Suspension Arm 13
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ General specification 3
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Sectional view Suspension Arm 14
SUSPENSION Hydraulic ­ Static description 6
2 3/5/2007
D.40.C / 26

TRAVELLING ­ D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels ­ 50.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
D.50.C / 1

Contents
TRAVELLING ­ D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels ­ 50.C
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheel
Torque 3
Rear wheel
Torque 4
2 3/5/2007
D.50.C / 2

TRAVELLING ­ WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Front wheel ­ Torque
Front 2WD
Front 4WD
Description Bolt/Nut Torque ­ Nm Bolt/Nut Torque ­ lb.ft
Fixed Wheel Assembly
314 232
Steel disc to Hub
Manual Adjust Wheel assembly
211 155
Steel Disc To Hub
Power Adjust Wheel Assembly
211 155
Cast Disc To Hub
245 180
Cast Disc To Rim
2 3/5/2007
D.50.C / 3

TRAVELLING ­ WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Rear wheel ­ Torque
Description Bolt/Nut Torque ­ Nm Bolt/Nut Torque ­ lb ft
Manual Adjust Wheel Assembly
255 188
Steel disc to Flange
Power Adjust Wheel assembly
245 180
Cast Disc To Flange
Power Adjust Wheel Assembly
245 180
Cast Disc To Rim
Power Adjust Wheel on Bar Axle
294 217
Cone fixing to Cast Disc
Manual Adjust Wheel Assembly on Bar Axle
Cone fixing to Steel Hub Adaptor
294 217
2 3/5/2007
D.50.C / 4

Index
TRAVELLING ­ D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels ­ 50.C
Front wheel ­ Torque 3
Rear wheel ­ Torque 4
2 3/5/2007
D.50.C / 5

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

REPAIR MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
E

Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
FRAME Primary frame
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
USER PLATFORM
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
E.10.B
E.34.A
E.40.D
2 3/5/2007
E

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
FRAME Primary frame ­ 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 1

Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
FRAME Primary frame ­ 10.B
TECHNICAL DATA
Front
Special tools 3
SERVICE
Front
Remove 4
Install 9
Clearance 14
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 2

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
Front ­ Special tools
Description Tool Number Prior Tool Number
Engine Lifting Brackets 82932534
­
and
82852825
Engine revolving stand 290090 or 293296 ­
Engine overhaul brackets kit
293860 ­
­Use with 290090
Tractor splitting kit 297471 MS.2700 C
Engine support brackets (for use
with tractor splitting kit)
297617
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 3

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
Front ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the radiator. For additional information, refer to Radiator ­ Remove (B.50.A).
1. Remove the front fenders (if equipped)
BAIS06CCM151AVA 1
2. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
NOTE: SuperSteer axle shown.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 2
3. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
4. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining
nuts.
NOTE: Support the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 4

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
5. Remove the four­wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 4
6. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and return pipes
(2).
Detach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 5
7. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and
detach the hose retaining bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 6
8. Remove the right­hand side accessory drive belt
guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 5

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
9. Remove the left­hand side accessory drive belt
guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 8
10. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 9
11. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle
and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the of the axle.
BVE0410A 10
12. Position the tractor splitting kit (1) 297471 beneath
the tractor.
Use the support (2) in the splitting kit to support the
engine on the splitting stand.
BVE0314A 11
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 6

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
13. Using suitable slings or chains attach the front and
rear of the support assembly to a moveable overhead
hoist.
WARNING
Always ensure the support is adequately supported
and will remain stable when seperated from the engine.
Failure to provide adequate support may cause the assembly
to be unstable with possible personal injury if
the support tips forwards or backwards. B017
BAIS06CCM154AVA 12
14. Remove the front support to engine upper retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 13
15. Remove the front support to engine lower retaining
nuts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM040AVA 14
16. Separate the front support from the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVA 15
17. Support the assembly on axle stands at front and rear
of the support.
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 7

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
18. Identify for use during installation the two shims positioned
between the engine sump and front support.
BSD2230A 16
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 8

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
Front ­ Install
Prior operation:
Front ­ Remove (E.10.B).
1. Ensure the shims removed during disassembly are
re­positioned in the same location as when disassembled.
NOTE: If a new front end or engine sump have been renewed
during overhaul it is necessary to recalculate the
new shim thickness to be installed. For further information
refer to Front ­ Clearance (E.10.B).
BSD2230A 1
2. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle
and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the of the axle.
BVE0410A 2
3. Using suitable slings or chains attach the front and
rear of the support assembly to a moveable overhead
hoist.
BAIS06CCM156AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 9

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
4. Align the front support to the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVB 4
5. Install the front support to engine lower retaining
nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM040AVA 5
6. Install the front support to engine upper retaining
bolts.
Tighten to 650 ­ 700 Nm (480 ­ 516 lbft).
BAIS06CCM152AVA 6
7. Remove the slings or chains from the front support.
BAIS06CCM154AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 10

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
8. Remove the support (2) and the splitting kit (1).
BVE0314A_358 8
9. Remove the wooden wedges (1) from between the
front axle and front support.
BVE0410A_25 9
10. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 10
11. Install the left­hand side accessory drive belt guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 11

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
12. Install the right­hand side accessory drive belt guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 12
13. Attach the differential lock supply hose bracket (1)
and connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 13
14. Attach the steering pipe support bracket (1).
Connect the steering return (2) and supply pipes (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVC 14
15. Install the four­wheel drive shaft rear retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVA 15
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 12

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
16. Install the four­wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 ­ 86 Nm (48 ­ 65 lbft).
BAIS06CCM034AVA 16
17. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard.
18. Install the four­wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 17
19. Install the front fenders (if equipped).
BAIS06CCM151AVA 18
Next operation:
Install the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator ­ Install (B.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 13

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
Front ­ Clearance
1. Install a 4.5 mm yellow shim, part number 82026240,
onto each of the engine sump mounting studs.
BSD2230A 1
2. Align the front support to the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVB 2
3. Install the front support to engine upper retaining
bolts.
Tighten to the specified torque value.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 3
4. Using feeler gauges measure the gap between each
shim and the front support.
BAIS06CCM157AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 14

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ FRAME Primary frame
5. Add the feeler gauge measurement to the 4.5 mm
shim thickness already installed and select the appropriate
shim(s) from the following list.
Colour Code Shim Thickness Part Number
Yellow 4.5 mm 82026240
Green 4.8 mm 82026241
Red 5.1 mm 82026242
Blue 5.4 mm 82026243
White 5.7 mm 82026244
Black 6.0 mm 82026245
Pink 6.3 mm 82026246
Light Blue 6.6 mm 82026247
Gold 6.9 mm 82026248
Lime 7.2 mm 82026249
Orange 7.5 mm 82026250
Blue/Grey 7.8 mm 82026251
6. Separate the front support from the engine, remove
the 4.5 mm shims and replace with new ones of the
appropriate thickness.
7. Reinstall the front support.
Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value.
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 15

Index
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
FRAME Primary frame ­ 10.B
Front ­ Clearance 14
Front ­ Install 9
Front ­ Remove 4
Front ­ Special tools 3
2 3/5/2007
E.10.B / 16

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
USER PLATFORM ­ 34.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 1

Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
USER PLATFORM ­ 34.A
TECHNICAL DATA
USER PLATFORM
Torque 3
SERVICE
USER PLATFORM
Remove 4
Install 13
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 2

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM ­ Torque
BRE1189C 1
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 3

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the battery. For additional information, refer to Battery ­ Remove (A.30.A).
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
All Tractors
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheel stops.
3. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
4. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear righthand
wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right­hand
wheel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the rear left­hand wheel.
BTB0281A 1
5. Remove the engine side panels.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BTB0282A 2
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 4
BAIS06CCM145AVA 3

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
6. Loosen the exhaust clamp and remove the exhaust
muffler.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 4
7. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle
and front support. These prevent articulation of the
axle.
NOTE: Repeat this operation on both sides of the tractor.
BVE0410A 5
8. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a suitable
nylon cable.
BAIS06CCM147AVA 6
9. Disconnect the lighting harness electrical connector
(1).
BAIS06CCM288AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 5

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
10. Remove the engine hood retaining bolts (1). Disconnect
the strut (2) and repeat for the left­hand side of
the hood.
Remove the engine hood.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 8
11. Disconnect the coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 9
Tractors with Air Conditioning
12. Discharge and reclaim refrigerant gas using certified
recovery systems. For additional information, refer
to ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL, Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D ­
F.35.A.31).
13. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure hose
(1) and low pressure hose (2).
BAIS06CCM001AVA 10
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 6

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
All Tractors
14. Disconnect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)
and (2).
NOTE: Make a note of the position of the hoses to aid installation.
BVE0218A 11
15. Install suitable clamps to the cab heater hoses. Detach
the hose retaining bracket (1) and disconnect
the cab heater hoses (2).
BAIS06CCM003AVA 12
16. Remove the split pin and the cotter pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable
(2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 13
17. Detach the rear axle housing vent pipe
BAIS06CCM005AVA 14
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 7

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
18. Disconnect the cab to chassis earth strap.
BAIS06CCM006AVA 15
Tractors with Automatic Pick­up Hitch
19. Loosen the retaining nut (1), remove the "R" clip (2)
and the clevis pin (3).
Detach the pick­up hitch release cable.
BTB0268A 16
All Tractors
20. Remove the retaining bolt (1), retaining clip (2) and
the cotter pin (3).
Detach the Power Take Off (PTO) cable.
BVE0213A 17
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 8

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
21. Disconnect the right­hand (1) and left­hand (2) power
brake lines.
BAIS06CCM007AVA 18
22. Disconnect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 19
23. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses.
NOTE: Tractor with FastSteer shown.
BAIS06CCM142AVA 20
24. Disconnect the master cylinder vent hose (1) and the
master cylinder supply hose (2).
BAIS06CCM008AVA 21
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 9

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
25. Slide the operator seat fully rearward.
Remove the rubber mat from the cab floor.
Remove the cab floor panel from the cab.
BVE0227A 22
26. Remove the two retaining screws from either side of
the roof lights.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides front and rear.
BAIS06CCM392AVA 23
27. Remove the 12 retaining screws.
Remove the cab roof panel.
BAIS06CCM351AVA 24
28. Install the cab lifting bracket (1) 295027 .
Using a suitable chain, attach the cab to a hoist.
BAIS06CCM138AVB 25
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 10

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
Tractors with Cab Suspension
29. Remove the circlip (1) and the cab strap retaining pin
(3).
Remove the damper/spring assembly upper retaining
nut (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper/spring
assembly upper bolt until the cab is being raised.
BVE0229A 26
30. Remove the retaining nut (1) and the bolt from the
panhard rod.
Remove the damper/spring assembly upper retaining
nut (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper/spring
assembly upper bolt (2) until the cab is being raised.
BVE0230A 27
31. Remove the right­hand side front cab mounting bolts.
Repeat this step for the left­hand side of the cab.
Raise the cab and remove the cab front mounting
bolts and the rear damper/spring assembly bolts.
Raise the cab slowly.
Remove the cab and place on a secure stand.
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the cab mounting
bolts until the cab is being raised.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
BAIS06CCM010AVA 28
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 11

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
Tractors with Standard Cab
32. Remove the left­hand side cab rear mounting nut (1)
while holding the bolt in the cab frame. Repeat this
step for the right­hand side of the cab.
BVE0232A 29
33. Loosen the cab front mounting bolt while holding the
nut (1) under the cab floor. Remove the bolt and
washers. Repeat this step for the left­hand side of
the cab.
BVE0233A_59 30
34. Raise the cab slowly. Remove the cab and place on
a secure stand.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
BAIS06CCM138AVA 31
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 12

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM ­ Install
Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM ­ Remove (E.34.A).
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load to be lifted.
B012
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. B020
All Tractors
1. Install the cab using the cab lifting bracket (1)
295027.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
not trapped.
BAIS06CCM138AVB 1
Tractors with Standard Cab
2. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the cab front mounting bolt, washers and nut.
Tighten (1) to 380 Nm (280 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BVE0233A 2
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 13

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
3. Install the left­hand side cab rear mounting nut while
holding the bolt in the cab frame.
Tighten (1) to 380 Nm (280 lb ft).
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BVE0232A 3
Tractors with Cab Suspension
4. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the front cab mounting bolts.
Tighten to 390 ­ 430 Nm (288 ­ 317 lbft).
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM010AVA 4
5. Install the left­hand side damper/spring assembly upper
retaining bolt and nut. Tighten to the specified
torque value.
Install the panhard rod retaining bolt and nut.
Tighten (1) to 294 Nm (217 lb ft).
Tighten (2) to 81 Nm (60 lb ft).
BVE0230A 5
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 14

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
6. Install the right­hand side damper/spring assembly
upper retaining bolt and nut (2). Install the cab strap,
cab strap retaining pin (3) and the circlip (1).
Tighten (2) to 81 Nm (60 lb ft).
BVE0229A 6
7. Remove the cab lifting bracket (1) 295027.
BAIS06CCM138AVB 7
8. Install the cab roof panel.
Install the 12 retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM351AVA 8
9. Install the two retaining screws either side of the roof
lights.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides front and rear.
BAIS06CCM392AVA 9
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 15

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
10. Install the cab floor panel to the cab.
Install the cab floor rubber mat.
BVE0227A 10
11. Connect the master cylinder vent hose (1) and the
master cylinder supply hose (2).
BAIS06CCM008AVA 11
12. Connect the steering supply (2) and return (1) hoses.
NOTE: Tractor with FastSteer shown.
BAIS06CCM142AVA 12
13. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 13
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 16

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
14. Connect the right­hand (1) and left­hand (2) power
brake lines.
BAIS06CCM007AVA 14
15. Install the Power Take Off (PTO) cable.
Install the cotter pin (3), retaining clip (2) and tighten
the retaining bolt (1).
BVE0213A 15
Tractors with Automatic Pick­up Hitch
16. Install the pick up hitch release cable.
Install the cotter pin (3), R­clip (2) and tighten the
retaining nut (1).
BTB0268A 16
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 17

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
All Tractors
17. Connect the cab to chassis earth strap.
BAIS06CCM006AVA 17
18. Install the rear axle housing vent pipe.
BAIS06CCM005AVA 18
19. Install the parking brake cable (2) and install the parking
brake cable cotter pin (1) and split pin.
Adjust the parking brake cable (2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 19
20. Connect the cab heater hoses (1) and install the hose
retaining bracket (2).
Remove the hose clamps.
BAIS06CCM003AVA 20
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 18

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
21. Connect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)
and (2).
BVE0218A 21
Tractors with Air Conditioning
22. Connect the air conditioning high pressure hose (1)
and low pressure hose (2).
BAIS06CCM001AVA 22
23. Evacuate and recharge the refrigerant gas using certified
recovery systems. For additional information,
refer to ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL, Heating,
ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate (E.40.D ­
F.35.A.35) and ­ Charging (E.40.D ­ F.60.A.30).
All Tractors
24. Connect the coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 23
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 19

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
25. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a suitable
nylon cable.
BAIS06CCM147AVB 24
26. Install the engine hood retaining bolts (1). Connect
the strut (2).
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 25
27. Connect the lighting harness electrical connector (1).
BAIS06CCM288AVA 26
28. Remove the wooden wedge (1) from between the
front axle and front support.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BVE0410A 27
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 20

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
29. Install the exhaust muffler and tighten the exhaust
clamp.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure can cause
injury. M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 28
30. Install the engine side panels.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 29
31. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right
hand wheel to a hoist and install the rear right­hand
wheel. For correct torque refer to Rear wheel ­
Torque (D.50.C).
NOTE: Repeat this step for the rear left­hand wheel.
BTB0282A 30
32. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1).
NOTE: If detached during removal, reattach the lift rods to
the lower links.
BTB0281A 31
33. Install the battery. For additional information, refer to
Battery ­ Install (A.30.A).
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 21

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ USER PLATFORM
34. Fill the engine coolant system. For additional information,
refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM ­ Filling
(B.50.A).
35. Bleed the brake system. For additional information,
refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed SER­
VICE BRAKE Hydraulic ­ Bleed (D.30.C).
36. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil.
37. Remove the wheel stops from the front wheels.
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 22

Index
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
USER PLATFORM ­ 34.A
USER PLATFORM ­ Install 13
USER PLATFORM ­ Remove 4
USER PLATFORM ­ Torque 3
2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 23

2 3/5/2007
E.34.A / 24

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ 40.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 1

Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Torque 4
Special tools 4
General specification 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Overview 6
External view 8
Dynamic description 10
Static description 23
SERVICE
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Service instruction 34
Service instruction 35
Overhaul 40
Decontaminating 41
Discharging 42
Evacuate 44
Leakage test 46
Charging 47
Air filter
Cleaning 50
Compressor
Magnetic clutch ­ Disassemble 51
Cylinder head ­ Disassemble 54
Magnetic clutch ­ Assemble 55
Cylinder head ­ Assemble 58
Remove 59
Install 61
Shaft seal ­ Replace 63
Visual inspection 66
Filling 67
Condenser
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 2

Remove 68
Install 69
Evaporator
Remove 70
Install 76
Expansion valve
Remove 82
Install 83
Receiver/drier
Remove 84
Ventilation system
Motor ­ Remove 85
Electronic HVAC control
Remove 87
Install 89
Sensing system
Low pressure switch ­ Remove 91
Low pressure switch ­ Remove 93
DIAGNOSTIC
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Troubleshooting 94
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 3

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Torque
Compressor Cylinder
24.5­26.5 Nm (18­19.5 lbf.ft)
Head Bolts
Compressor Clutch
11.0­14.0 Nm (8­10 lbf.ft)
Front Plate retaining
Bolt
Self­sealing Couplings small 40­54 Nm (29­40 lbf.ft)
large
54­68 Nm (40­50 lbf.ft)
Compressor Mounting
Bolts
20.5­25.5 Nm (15­19 lbf.ft)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Special tools
Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system
New Holland Tool No.294030
Recovery/recharge Portable system 294161
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 293831
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 294036
Manifold Gauge Set (Where required) 292744
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 297422
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ General specification
Refrigerant Specification
Refrigerant Charge
Compressor Oil Specifications
Refrigerant Oil Capacity
(Compressor and system)
New Holland Specification 82000810 (R134a)
1.16 kg (2.6 lbs)
New Holland Specification 82008750 (PAG Type)
(ISO 46 Viscosity)
Sanden SP10
186 cc­228 cc
Cooling capacity @ 22 ° C ­ 49 ° C (75 ° F ­ 120 °F) ambient. 4.5 kW Typical
(Actual capacity dependent on system control operator settings)
Combined High/Low/Fan Pressure Switch (Mounted Adjacent to Compressor)
Low Pressure Switch
On
Off
High pressure Switch
On
Off
2.06 bar (29.9 lbf/in2)
1.96 bar (28.4 lbf/in2)
22 bar (319 lbf/in2)
28 bar (406 lbf/in2)
Low Pressure Cut Out Switch (Mounted in Evaporator Housing)
On
Off
2.3 bar (34 lbf/in2)
0.7 bar (10 lbf/in2)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 4

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
COMPRESSOR
Manufacturer and Type Sanden SD7H15 (Part number 87300121)
Compressor Clutch and Pulley Air 0.4 ­ 0.8 mm (0.016 ­ 0.031 in)
Gap
Drive Belt Tension
Automatic Belt Tensioner
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 5

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Overview
BAIS06CCM656AVA 1
SYSTEM LAYOUT
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 6

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
1 Condenser 2 Compressor
3 Receiver Dryer 4 Evaporator
5 Electronic Climate Control Module 6 Quick Release Self Sealing Couplings
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 7

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ External view
BAIS06CCM579AVA 1
Air Conditioning Component Layout
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 8

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
A. Receiver Dryer B. Low Pressure Switch
C. Blower Motor and Fan Assembly D. Electronic Climate Control Module
E. Quick Release Self Sealing Couplings F. Compressor
G. Condensor
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 9

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Dynamic description
The following examples show typical low and high pressure gauge readings obtained when performance testing the
air conditioning system with an ambient temperature of 35 ° C (95 ° F).
The recommended corrective action is based on a similar fault as identified in the performance test diagnosis charts.
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 1
60­50­019 1
Performance Test Example 1
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Little or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant slightly low.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (194 ­ 215 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cold.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 10

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Leak test the system.
2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 2
60­50­020 2
Performance Test Example 2
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected t Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant excessively low.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 11

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure very low.
Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2)
High side pressure too low.
Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air warm.
Low pressure switch cutting out
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Leak test the system.
2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
5. Evacuate the system.
6. Charge the system.
7. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 3
60­50­021 3
Performance Test Example 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 12

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
1 High Side Normal 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off".
High side pressure slightly high or slightly low. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the receiver/dryer.
5. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
6. Evacuate the system.
7. Charge the system.
8. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Air or moisture in system. System not fully charged.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 13

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
60­50­022 4
Performance Test Example 4
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Compressor malfunction.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Replace the compressor.
DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders .
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 14

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 5
60­50­023 5
Performance Test Example 5
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
CAUSE:
Condenser not functioning properly.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2 ).
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Liquid line hot.
Evaporator air warm.
High pressure switch cutting out.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Check belt. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce condenser
airflow.
3. If engine is overheating replace engine thermostat and radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:­
1. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 15

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
2. Remove the condenser and clean and flush it to ensure a free flow of refrigerant. Or, if the condenser appears
to be unduly dirty or plugged, replace it.
3. Replace the receiver/dryer.
4. Evacuate the system, and recharge it with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
5. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation
of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive).
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 6
60­50­024 6
Performance Test Example 6
1 High Side Normal 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Normal
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Large amount of air in system.
CONDITIONS*
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 16

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cool.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
2. Replace the receiver/dryer.
3. Evacuate the system.
4. Charge the system.
5. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to
operate improperly.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 7
60­50­025 7
Performance Test Example 7
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Hide
PROBLEM:
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 17

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air warm.
Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Check for sticking expansion valve as follows:­
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils.
Valve may be stuck open.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 8
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 18

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
60­50­026 8
Performance Test Example 8
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM: Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE: Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure low. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
Evaporator inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
Low pressure switch cutting out.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Place finger on expansion valve to evaporator tube. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge system
Replace expansion valve
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 19

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in restricted
or closed position.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 9
60­50­027 9
Performance Test Example 9
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Restriction in high side of system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 ­ 2 bar (15 ­ 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 20

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser or receiver/dryer is too small.
Evaporator only slightly cool.
Liquid line and receiver/dryer are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/dryer, or other obstructed components.
3. Evacuate the system.
4. Charge the system.
5. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/dryer resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor moving
refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 10
60­50­028 10
Performance Test Example 10
1 High Side Normal 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Gauge Compressor Cycles on at 34 lbf/in2
(2.3 bar) Compressor Cycles off at 28 lbf/in2 (1.9 bar)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 21

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
PROBLEM:
Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.
CAUSE:
Thermostatic switch defective.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles. Readings
should be:
0.8 ­ 1.0 bar (12 ­ 15 lbf/in2) ­ cycle "off"
2.5 ­ 2.7 bar (36 ­ 39 lbf/in2) ­ cycle "on"
1.7 ­ 1.9 bar (24 ­ 27 lbf/in2) ­ between cycles
High side pressure normal. Gauge should read 16 ­ 18 bar (230 ­ 260 lbf/in2).
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Stop the engine and shut off A/C system.
2. Replace thermostatic switch with switch of same type.
3. Make sure the switch’s temperature sensor is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous.
4. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 22

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Static description
The function of the air conditioning system is to improve the operator’s comfort by cooling the air temperature inside
the cab and reducing the humidity level.
This temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing the heat
absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air
In order to achieve this heat transfer the following principals of heat generation and transfer are applied within the air
conditioning system.
1. When two bodies of different temperature come together heat is transferred from one to another. On air conditioning
systems an evaporator is used to hold the low temperature refrigerant which absorbs the heat from the
air within the cab.
60­50­001 1
2. When a gas is pressurised the temperature of the gas will rise. In air conditioning systems the increase in
pressure is achieved using a compressor.
60­50­002 2
3. When a gas is cooled it will condense into a liquid. In the air conditioning system a condenser is used to cool
the gas and the resulting liquid is stored in a receiver dryer.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 23

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
60­50­003 3
4. When a liquid is atomized through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapour will drop. The low temperature
of the atomized liquid will then absorb heat from its surroundings. On air conditioning systems the
refrigerant is atomized using an expansion valve.
60­50­004 4
It can now be seen that the principal components of an air conditioning system are:­
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Receiver Dryer
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5, uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 24

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BTB0448 5
Air Conditioning Principal of Operation
1 Expansion Valve ­ Atomizes Liquid Refrigerant Before
Passing to Evaporator
3 Compressor ­ Compresses and Raises Temperature
Of Refrigerant Gas
2 Evaporator­ Absorbs Heat From Air In Cab
4 Condenser, Evaporator and Dryer ­ Converts
Refrigerant from Gas to a Liquid
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 25

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
1b0o2004061086 6
Air Conditioning Flow Diagram
Figure 6, shows in schematic form the flow of refrigerant through the five major components of an air conditioning
system. Refer to, Figure 6, for the location of these components on the tractor.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then pumped out
as a hot, high pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the condenser core it gives off heat to the cooler outside air, being
drawn past the fins by the engine cooling fan.
By giving off heat to the outside air, the vapor is condensed to a liquid which moves under high pressure to the receiver
dryer where it is stored until released to the evaporator by the temperature sensing expansion valve.
As liquid refrigerant passes through the metered orifice in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to a low pressure atomized liquid with a lower temperature.
This low pressure, low temperature, atomized liquid enters the evaporator coils and absorbs heat from the cab warm
air blown across the coils and fins by the cab blower motor. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low pressure
atomized liquid to a warm low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the suction (low pressure)
side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As this heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the cab air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab.
Refrigerant
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable “refrigerant" ­ a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain
desirable safety and stability features.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 26

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is refrigerant R­134a.
NOTE: To help protect the environment legislation has been introduced in most territories banning the release into
the atmosphere of refrigerants, including R134a. All service procedures contained in this manual can be carried out
without the need to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
In order to prevent the incorrect type of refrigerant being charged to the system the service valves fitted to the tractor
and necessary to connect up refrigerant recovery, evacuation and recycling/recharging equipment will be of two
different sizes as recognised and specified by the air conditioning industry.
WARNING
R­134a refrigerant is not compatible with R­12 refrigerant. Do not attempt to replace R134a refrigerant with
R­12 refrigerant or test the system using gauges or equipment previously used with R12 as damage to the
system will result. B031
R­134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures and able to absorb great quantities of heat.
The boiling point of R­134a is ­22 ° C (­15 ° F) at atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure is increased, R­134a will readily vaporize to absorb heat at temperatures between ­11.7 ° C (11 ° F) at
1.9 bar (27.5 lbf/in2) and 0 °C (32 ° F) at 42 lbf/in2 (2.9 bar) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R­134a will condense and give off heat at temperatures between 48 ° C (118 ° F) at 12.4 bar
(180 lbf/in2) and 58 ° C (136 ° F) at 15.85 bar (230 lbf/in2 ) in the condenser.
TA6050007 7
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Compressor
1. Electro­magnetic Clutch
2. Clutch Bearing
3. Cam Rotor
4. Wobble Plate
5. Piston
6. Suction Chamber
7. Discharge Chamber
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 27

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
8. Cylinder Head
9. Static Gear
Compressor
The tractor air conditioning unit compressor is mounted on the right hand side of the engine and is belt driven by the
crankshaft pulley.
The compressor separates the low and high pressure sides of the system and is basically a pump which has two
functions:
(1) To raise the refrigerant temperature by compression to a higher degree of temperature than the ambient (outside
air) temperature.
(2) To circulate the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a seven cylinder wobble plate unit housed in a die cast aluminium housing.
Drive to the wobble plate is from the pulley, through the electro magnetic clutch to the main driveshaft. Attached to
the driveshaft is a cam rotor which oscillates the wobble plate. The wobble plate is prevented from rotating by a static
gear engaging with teeth formed in the face of the plate. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble plate by rods
located in ball sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the downward stroke of a piston through the reed valves located either end of the cylinder
assembly. Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder assembly.
The upwards stroke of the piston compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an inner
gallery in the cylinder assembly and out into the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with a Polyalklene Glycol (PAG) oil. This oil is totally miscible with the refrigerant and is
carried around the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electro­magnetic clutch which functions to engage or disengage the compressor
as required in the operation of the air conditioning system.
The clutch is primarily activated by the:­
• Temperature cycling control switch
• Combined high/low pressure cut­out switch
• Low pressure cut­out switch
Low Pressure Cut­out Switch
The low pressure switch (1) Figure 8 is in the evaporator outlet line and is located under a lid in the evaporator housing
under the rear floor.
The purpose of the switch is to shut off the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure may occur due to a faulty expansion valve, icing up of the expansion valve orifice or refrigerant
loss. Low refrigerant pressure may result in damage to the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is factory set and cannot be adjusted.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 28

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BTB0437A_509 8
Combined High/Low Pressure Cut­out Switch
The combined high/low pressure switch, (1) is located in the condenser inlet line from the compressor. The switch
shuts off the compressor pump in the event of a restriction in the high pressure line or excessively low pressure due
to lack of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient cooling and lubrication and continuous operation will cause
damage to the compressor pump.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 9
System Pressure Relief Valve
A relief valve is located at the discharge port on the compressor, (1) Figure 10. This allows the system refrigerant
to be discharged into the engine bay (atmosphere) instead of in the cab, if the system pressure became such that a
hose might fail in the cab and cause injury to the operator. This secondary safety feature will only operate in extreme
conditions, for example, if the high pressure cut out switch were to fail, or in the event of an engine fire.
BAIS06CCM132AVD 10
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 29

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Condenser And Receiver Dryer
The condenser, located at the front of the tractor, Figure 11, consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted
in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high pressure refrigerant vapour from the compressor. The hot vapour passes
through the condenser coils and outside air is pulled through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
BAIS06CCM030AVC 11
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapour into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapour reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state, a large quantity
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a high pressure warm liquid.
The warm liquid refrigerant continues onto the receiver/drier where it is filtered and desiccated, to remove any moisture,
before passing through an outlet line to the thermostatic expansion valve.
The receiver/dryer stores the liquid refrigerant to be sure a steady flow to the thermostatic expansion valve is maintained
under widely different operating conditions.
The drier section contains a desiccant (Molecular sieve) to absorb any moisture within the system and a filter prevents
the entry of foreign particles.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the dehydrator
will circulate with the refrigerant and droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. This
action will block the refrigerant flow and stop the cooling action. Moisture will also react with refrigerant R­134a and
the lubricant to form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
any system component replacement or repairs requiring entry into the system, the receiver/dryer should be replaced.
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1) Figure 12, is located next to the evaporator, in the pressure line leading from the receiver/
dryer and performs the following functions:
BTB0438A 12
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 30

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
1 METERING ACTION ­ A metered orifice changes the
liquid refrigerant from a high pressure low temperature
liquid to a low pressure, lower temperature atomized
liquid.
3 CONTROLLING ACTION ­ The valve responds to
changes in the cooling requirements. When increased
cooling is required, the valve opens to increase the
refrigerant flow and when less cooling is required the
valve closes and decreases the refrigerant flow.
2 MODULATING ACTION ­ A thermostatically controlled
valve within the expansion valve body controls the
volume of liquid refrigerant passing through the orifice
and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within
the evaporator. Liquid refrigerant would damage the
compressor reed valves or freeze the pistons.
Expansion Valve ­ Operation
All of the needed temperature sensing and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this basic unit and no
external tubes are required for these purposes.
The refrigerant from the condenser and receiver dryer enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a high pressure
warm liquid. Upon passing through the ball and spring controlled metering orifice, the pressure and temperature
of the refrigerant is reduced and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low pressure, lower
temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid now passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning via the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm Low pressure vapour.
There are two refrigerant passages in the valve. One passage is in the refrigerant line from the condenser to the
evaporator and contains the ball and spring type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant line from the
evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve’s temperature sensing element.
Liquid refrigerant flow from the condenser and receiver dryer is controlled by a push­rod forcing the orifice valve ball
off its seat and the spring exerting pressure on the ball to keep it on its seat.
During stabilized (vehicle shutdown) conditions, the pressure on the bottom of the expansion valve diaphragm rises
above the pressure on the top of the diaphragm allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
When the system is started, the pressure on the bottom of the diaphragm drops rapidly, allowing the orifice to open
and meter atomized liquid refrigerant to the evaporator where it begins to vaporize.
Suction from the compressor draws the vaporized refrigerant out of the evaporator and back through a gallery in the
top of the valve which passes the temperature sensor.
60­50­014 13
The temperature sensor reacts to variations in refrigerant gas pressure returning from the evaporator. When heat from
the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant the pressure of the gas increases causing a differential
pressure above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential
and a push rod forces the ball in the expansion valve orifice further off its seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant to flow through the valve, to the evaporator, so that more heat can be absorbed by the air
conditioning system.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 31

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Similarly when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator decreases the pressure of the gas decreases.
This causes the diaphragm to react accordingly and allow the ball in the orifice to move closer towards its seat thus
reducing the flow of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 14
Evaporator
The evaporator, (2) Figure 14, is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of turns of continuous
coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the operator’s compartment, thereby
cooling the air.
BTB0449_512 15
Blower Fan
The blower fan, (1) Figure 14, draws warm air from outside the cab through the intake filters, Figure 15 and forces it
across the evaporator before entering the cab through louvered vents.
The blower motor is controlled by a four­speed switch (1), Figure 16. The switch uses a variable resistor to change
the fan speed.
The coldest air will be obtained at the slowest fan speed but the greatest cooling capacity is obtained at the highest
fan speed.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 32

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BTB0422A_513 16
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 33

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Service instruction
WARNING
Before overhauling an air conditioning system read and observe the following Safety PrecautionsIf a repair
or replacement becomes necessary, ensure that only certified Air Conditioning technicians are employed,
using approved equipment to effect repairs. Do not attempt to disassemble the air conditioning system, It is
possible to be severely frostbitten or injured by escaping refrigerant. B042
IMPORTANT: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.
1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can produce
freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning
system away from flame or heat sources, the resulting
pressure increase can cause the container or
system to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and produce
products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications
and simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified refrigerant
recovery unit operated by a certified technician
must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well­ventilated premises
with good air circulation and far away from open
flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to protect
the face in general and the eyes in particular,
from accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air conditioning
system is pressurized. Consequently, never
loosen fittings or tamper with lines unless the system
has been properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:­
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them
immediately with copious amounts of sterilised water
or mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital
for immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 34

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Service instruction
General
Overhaul of the air conditioning system should only be undertaken by a certified specialist refrigeration engineer using
a comprehensive air conditioning test kit, including a gas leak detector, suitable for R134a refrigerant gas.
WARNING
Before dismantling an air conditioning system for repair the gas within the system must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery unit designed for the type of refrigerant gas used in the system.NEVER
release refrigerant gas into the atmosphere.ALWAYS wear safety goggles and gloves when servicing any part
of the air conditioning system. B043
1. To prevent the entry of any foreign material, observe
the following points:
Ensure all tools, gauges, hoses and replacement
parts are kept clean and dry and are suitable for the
type of refrigerant gas used in the system.
Clean all hoses and fittings before disconnecting.
Cap or plug all openings when disconnected.
When adding lubricating oil to the system always uncap
and re­cap the oil container immediately before
and after use. Always ensure the oil remains free of
moisture.
2. Preliminary Fault Finding
Always conduct the preliminary fault finding checks
before performance testing the system.
Run the engine at 1000 ­ 1200 rev/min for 10 minutes
with the air conditioner set at maximum cooling
and the blower on high speed.
3. Check that the heater temperature control is
switched OFF.
4. Close the heater shut­off valve on the rear of the inlet
manifold.
5. Check that the blower fan is operating at all speeds.
6. Check that the compressor clutch engages when the
air conditioning switch is pressed in. A clicking sound
indicates the clutch is engaging. If the clutch fails to
operate it may indicate an electrical problem in the
high or low pressure cut out switches or malfunction
of the electric drive clutch on the compressor.
7. Check the engine cooling fan is drawing cool air
through the condenser
8. Check the compressor drive belt tension.
9. Check the condenser core and grid is clean and free
of obstruction.
10. Check the cab air filters are clean and free of obstruction.
11. Check the evaporator fins are not plugged or excessively
dirty.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 35

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BAIS06CCM703AVA 1
Attaching Manifold Gauge Set to the Tractor
1. Low Side Gauge 2. High Side Gauge
3. Shut­off Valve 4. Test Hose to High Side Service Connector
5. Center Hose (Not Used) 6. Test Hose to Low Side Service Connector
7. Shut­off Valve 8. High Pressure Side Service Valve
9. Low Pressure Side Service Valve
APPROXIMATE HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READINGS
Ambient Air Temperature
High Pressure Gauge Reading
Degrees F Degrees C bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
59 15 9.5 9.7 140
68 20 13 13.3 191
77 25 15 15.3 221
86 30 18 18.4 265
95 35 20 20.5 294
104 40 22 22.5 323
113 45 23 23.5 338
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 36

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BAIS06CCM702AVA 2
Attaching Manifold Gauge Set to the Tractor
1. Low Side Gauge 2. High Side Gauge
3. Shut­off Valve 4. Test Hose to High Side Service Connector
5. Center Hose (Not Used) 6. Test Hose to Low Side Service Connector
7. Shut­off Valve 8. Low Pressure Side Service Valve
9. High Pressure Side
Service Valve
APPROXIMATE HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READINGS
Ambient Air Temperature
High Pressure Gauge Reading
Degrees F Degrees C bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
59 15 9.5 9.7 140
68 20 13 13.3 191
77 25 15 15.3 221
86 30 18 18.4 265
95 35 20 20.5 294
104 40 22 22.5 323
113 45 23 23.5 338
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 37

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
12. Performance Testing The Air Conditioning System
The manifold gauge set is the most important tool
used in testing and servicing the air conditioning system.
It should be noted however that for those dealers who
posses the latest design level of refrigerant recovery,
recycling and recharging station these gauges are an
integral part of the machine.
The following instructions for performance testing the
air conditioning system is based on the use of the
gauge set shown in Figure 1. The principal of operation
is however similar when testing the system
using a recovery and recharging station with integral
gauges.
When using this type of equipment always consult
the manufacturers operating instructions.
13. Operating Precautions
In the closed position, refrigerant circulates around
the valve stems to the gauges. Therefore, when the
manifold gauge set is connected into a system, pressure
is registered on both gauges.
NEVER open the HIGH SIDE shut off valve when the
system is operating.
ALWAYS open the LOW SIDE shutoff valve when
adding refrigerant.
IMPORTANT: Always ensure the shut­off valves are closed
(turn clockwise until seated) during all test operations.
14. Attaching The Gauge Set To The Tractor
Check that the gauge set shut off valves are closed
(turned fully clockwise).
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, stop the tractor engine during
connection of the manifold gauge set. B044
15. Connect the high side gauge hose (normally red) to
the high pressure side service valve and the low side
gauge hose (normally blue) to the low pressure side
service valve on the tractor, Figure 1. Ensure the
hose connections are fully tightened.
IMPORTANT: Prior to connection of the manifold gauge
set, identify the suction (low pressure) and discharge (high
pressure) service gauge ports. The high pressure service
valve is always in the line from the compressor to the condenser.
16. The high and low pressure service valves on the tractor
are spring loaded valve and will be automatically
opened when the test hose is connected.
The service valves have a protective cap. This cap
must be removed for test gauge connections and replaced
when service operations are completed.
NOTE: The test hose must incorporate a valve depressor
to actuate this type of valve.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 38

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
17. Test Procedure
After the manifold gauge set has been connected
and before pressure tests can be made, the system
must be stabilized as follows:
Re­check that both the high and low side shut off
valves on the manifold gauge set are fully closed.
18. Apply the parking brake, check the gear shift levers
are in neutral and close the cab windows and doors.
19. Run the engine at 1000 ­ 1200 rev/min.
20. Turn the heater temperature control ‘off’
21. Operate the system at maximum cooling, with the
blower fan at high speed for 10 minutes to stabilize
all components.
22. Check the manifold low pressure gauge reading is
within the specified range of approximately 4 ­ 36
lbf/in2 (0.28 ­ 2.48 bar) (0.28 ­ 2.53 kgf/cm2).
23. Check the manifold high pressure gauge reading and
compare the reading to the pressure indicated on the
pressure temperature chart above.
24. Measure and compare the temperature of conditioned
air entering the cab through the louvered air
vents with the ambient air at the air intake filters on
the outside of the cab.
If the system is operating correctly the conditioned
air entering the cab should be 6 ­ 9 ° C(10 ­ 15 ° F)
cooler than the ambient temperature of the outside
air.
25. If it is confirmed that the system is not operating
correctly refer to the fault diagnostic charts and
performance test gauge reading examples in EN­
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Troubleshooting (E.40.D) for
possible corrective action.
WARNING
A significant amount of refrigerant vapour may have
condensed to a liquid at the service fitting at the high
side of the compressor. Use a cloth or other protective
material when disconnecting the manifold hose
from this fitting to prevent personal injury to hands and
face. B045
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 39

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Overhaul
NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and airconditioning
­ Discharging (E.40.D). Do Not discharge the gas into the atmosphere
1. If an air conditioning component is to be replaced
during a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any
refrigerant oil that has collected in the component
being replaced into a clean calibrated container.
A volume of clean refrigerant oil equivalent to that
removed from the replaced component must then be
added to the new item before being installed onto the
tractor.
Upon completion of the repair evacuate, recharge,
leak test and performance test the system to ensure
correct operation.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 40

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Decontaminating
Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a special
flushing solvent to remove the unwanted material.
Prior to flushing, the system must be discharged
as described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Discharging
(E.40.D).
Each individual component must be flushed after disconnecting
every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disassembled
and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
Manifold Gauge Set (Fig. 1 )
1. High Side Gauge
2. High Side Shut off Valve
3. High Side hose
4. Centre Service hose
5. Low Side hose
6. Low Side Shut off Valve
7. Low Side Gauge
2. Re­assemble and evacuate the system to remove air
and moisture as described in ENVIRONMENT CON­
TROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­
Evacuate (E.40.D).
NOTE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air conditioning
system other than a special flush solvent made specifically
for air conditioning systems. Always follow the manufacturer’s
recommendations and directions for using the
flushing equipment and solvent.
60­50­032 1
60­50­033 2
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 41

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Discharging
WARNING
Never discharge refrigerant gas into the atmosphere. Always where safety goggles and gloves when working
with refrigerant. Only use authorised refrigerant tanks. B030
1. Legislation has been introduced banning the release
of refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Whenever overhauling the air conditioning system
or performing other tasks which require the air conditioning
system to be dismantled it is necessary to
discharge the refrigerant gas before commencing
repair.
Before you can dismantle an air conditioning system
for repairs, you must discharge and recover the
refrigerant using a certified recovery unit in accordance
with the manufacturers instructions.
Figure 1 shows a combined refrigerant recovery,
evacuation and recycling/charging station. This
equipment removes R­134a refrigerant from the air
conditioning system, recycles and recharges all in
one hook up. The unit is designed to be used with
the manifold gauge set built into the control panel.
2. Other recovery systems are available where the
manifold gauges are not an integral part of the
machine. When this type of equipment is used a
separate manifold gauge set must be used.
The following is a summary of the steps for discharging
the system using a recovery/recycling unit
IMPORTANT: Always follow the manufactures instructions
when operating recovery equipment.
3. Run the vehicle’s air conditioning system for a few
minutes.
60­50­030 1
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 42

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Set up the recovery unit following manufacturer’s instructions.
Ensure that the units red (high side) hose
is connected to the high side fitting (1) and the blue
(low side) hose to the low side fitting (2).
NOTE: If a unit requiring the manifold gauge set is being
used, the low and high sides of the manifold set are connected
to the low and high sides of the tractor air conditioning
system. The hose from the recovery unit is then
connected to the manifold centre port. Refer to ENVI­
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Decontaminating (E.40.D).
5. To recover refrigerant, open both high and low side
valves on the control panel or the valves on the manifold
gauge set if being used, refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Decontaminating (E.40.D).
6. Open the valves labeled “gas" and “liquid" on the recovery
unit refrigerant tank, ENVIRONMENT CON­
TROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­
Decontaminating (E.40.D).
7. Plug in the units power cord
8. Operate the recovery system in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions.
The compressor will shut off automatically when the
recovery is complete.
BAIS06CCM655AVB 2
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 43

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Evacuate
IMPORTANT: A system in which the refrigerant has been recovered to facilitate repairs, must be evacuated before
new refrigerant is installed.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed by evacuating the system using a vacuum pump.
The automatic recycling, recharge and evacuation stations or evacuating and charging stations available throughout
the air conditioning industry incorporate a vacuum pump within the assembly. If this type of equipment is not available
a separate vacuum pump and manifold gauge set must be used.
As the system is evacuated the boiling point of any moisture within the system is similarly lowered. As the vacuum
increases the boiling reduces to below that of the ambient temperate and the moisture is subsequently boiled away.
The relationship of system vacuum to the boiling temperature at which the water vapor is removed from the system
is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet (305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 (2.54
cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the system is completely discharged as refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60­50­030 1
System Vacuum
Temperature
In
Cm. of
°F °C
Mercury
Mercury
28.0 71.0 100 37
28.9 73.4 80 27
29.4 74.6 60 16
29.7 75.4 40 5
29.8 75.7 20 ­7
29.9 75.9 0 ­18
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 44

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
1. If the manifold gauge set is being used connect
the low and high sides of the manifold to the low
and high sides of the tractor air conditioning system
as described for discharging the system in ENVI­
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D).
Connect the manifold centre hose to the vacuum
pump suction port as per the manufacturers instructions.
Fully open both the low and high side gauge shutoff
valves.
2. If a combined recovery/evacuation unit is to be used
attach the unit to the air conditioning system in accordance
with the manufacturers instructions. Be
sure to read all installation and operating instructions
carefully before starting the unit.
3. After starting the evacuation cycle, note the low side
gauge to be sure the system pulls down into a vacuum.
4. Time the evacuation for a minimum of 20 minutes
from the point when lowest vacuum is attained.
5. When the low side gauge attains the lowest steady
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump achieves ultimate vacuum with
the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge shut­off
valves, turning the vacuum pump off and noting the
low side gauge reading. A loss of more than 2 in (5
cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates either a leak
or moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains stationary and the vacuum
is maintained for 3 ­ 5 minutes, close both the
high and low side manifold hand valves, turn off and
disconnect the center hose from the pump. The system
is now ready for charging.
8. If a leak is detected, charge the system with approximately
14 oz (400 g) of refrigerant, see charging
the system inENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Charging
(E.40.D) and identify leak using a leak detector.
9. Once the leak is located discharge and recover the
refrigerant in the system, repair the leak, then repeat
the evacuation procedure.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 45

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Leakage test
To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 following manufacturer’s
instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.
1. Discharge the system using a certified freon recovery
system.
Repair the leak.
Evacuate the system.
Partially charge system with 400 grammes (14 ozs
) of refrigerant.
Check system for leaks.
Fully charge the system.
Always check the system for leaks as a final test
after evacuating and before recharging. Refer
toENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate (E.40.D)
60­50­029 1
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 46

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Charging
IMPORTANT: Be sure there are no leaks in the system and the system has been fully evacuated. Observe all safety
recommendations when handling refrigerant R­134a, see “Precautions when Handling Refrigerant R­134a" in ENVI­
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Overview (E.40.D).
1. Ensure the charging unit is correctly connected to the
tractor air conditioning system in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions.
2. If a charging unit, in conjunction with the manifold
gauge set is used, open the high and low side hand
valves on the manifold.
3. Charge the system with 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs) of refrigerant
as per the manufacturers instructions.
4. If the charging rate becomes very slow close the high
side valve, start the tractor and set engine speed
to idle. Turn ‘ON’ the air conditioning so that the
compressor can pull the remainder of the refrigerant
into the system.
5. If the refrigerant charge will not completely transfer
to the air conditioning system, recover and recharge
the system.
6. Close the high and low side valves on the units control
panel, or manifold gauge set if being used and
test the air conditioning as detailed in Performance
Testing The Air Conditioning System on ENVI­
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Service instruction (E.40.D).
NOTE: After charging a system use the following start up
procedure to ensure the lubricating oil is properly dispersed
around the system:
7. Ensure air conditioning is switched OFF.
8. Start the engine and bring speed down to idle.
9. Turn the air conditioning ON and allow system to operate
for at least one minute before increasing engine
speed.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 47

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BAIS06CCM720AVA 1
Connecting Recovery Evacuation and Recycling/Charging Station to the Tractor
1 High Side Service Valve (Red Hose) 2 Low Side Service Valve (Blue Hose)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 48

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
BAIS06CCM721AVA 2
Connecting Recovery Evacuation and Recycling/Charging Station to the Tractor
1 High Side Service Valve (Red Hose) 2 Low Side Service Valve (Blue Hose)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 49

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Air filter ­ Cleaning
1. Before servicing the filters, switch off the blower and
close the roof hatch, all windows and one door. Slam
the final door closed and the resulting back pressure
will dislodge most of the loose dirt from the underside
of the filters.
Remove filter elements. The fresh air filters, Figure
1, have a prefilter element fitted that is designed to
catch most of the dust/chaff. This prefilter is part of
the filter and should be pulled out from the underside
and cleaned first, then pushed back in.
The recirculation filter, Figure 1 is fitted with a pull
tab. This should be used to remove the filter. The
filter pleats should never be used to remove the filter
as damage will result.
Blow the dust from the upper surface through the element
to the underside. Clean by blowing with compressed
air not exceeding 2 bar 30 (lbf/in2). Hold the
nozzle at least 12 in (300 mm) from the element to
prevent damage to the pleats.
Care should be taken when using compressed air as
this may damage to the filter.
2. Clean all filter chambers with a damp, lint free cloth.
Replace the filter elements with the rubber seal uppermost
and re­install the covers.
BTB0449 1
BTB0426_505 2
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 50

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor Magnetic clutch ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Compressor ­ Remove (E.40.D).
1. All clutch servicing should be done with the compressor
removed from the vehicle:
Support the compressor. If using a vice, do not hold
on to the housing.
Remove the cover on the front of the clutch plate.
Using the front plate tool hold the clutch plate stationary
and remove the retaining nut from the end of the
shaft. Figure 1.
2. Place a thread protector over the end of the driveshaft
and using a puller remove the clutch front plate,
Figure 2.
6050092TAG 1
3. Carefully remove the bearing dust cover, if fitted.
6050093TAG 2
TA605088 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 51

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Remove the clutch shims
TA605062 4
5. Remove the shaft key
TA605063 5
6. Remove the pulley bearing external snap ring
TA605064 6
7. With a shaft protector over the exposed shaft, use a
suitable puller to remove the clutch pulley.
6050094TAG 7
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 52

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
8. Inspect the pulley bearing for wear and replace
where necessary.
TA605066 8
9. Remove the field coil wire retaining clip.
TA605067 9
10. Remove the field coil retaining snap ring and lift the
coil from the housing.
TA605068 10
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 53

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor Cylinder head ­ Disassemble
1. Drain the refrigerant oil from the compressor into a
clean calibrated container. Measure and record the
quantity of oil obtained. This information is required
during installation of the new or overhauled unit.
TA605084 1
2. Remove the six cylinder head bolts and using a
hide mallet, gently tap the cylinder head free. The
use of a gasket scraper may also be required to
free cylinder the cylinder head from the compressor
body.
If the valve plate and/or cylinder head are to be
reused, carefully remove the gasket using a suitable
scraper.
TA605085 2
3. Gently pry the valve plate free from the cylinder block
and remove the gasket.
Inspect the valve plate for damage.
TA605086 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 54

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor Magnetic clutch ­ Assemble
1. Install the field coil, ensuring that the lug on the compressor
housing locates in the cut out on the back of
the coil housing, secure with the snap ring.
TA605071 1
2. Position the pulley on the housing hub.
TA605069 2
3. Using a suitable adaptor that rests firmly on the inner
race of the pulley bearing, tap the pulley onto the
front hub of the compressor.
TA605070 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 55

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Install the bearing snap ring.
Replace the original shims, key and a new bearing
dust cover.
TA605064 4
5. Install the clutch front plate and using a suitable
adaptor, tap into position.
TA605073 5
6. Replace the retaining nut and tighten to a torque of
18 Nm (13 lbf.ft).
6050092TAG_507 6
7. Check the clearance between the clutch front plate
and pulley. This should be consistent around the
circumference and be between 0.4 ­ 0.8 mm (0.0164
­ 0.031 in.)
If the air gap is not consistent, lightly pry up on the
counter weighted front plate at the low spots or lightly
tap down at the high spots.
TA605074 7
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 56

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
8. If the clearance is not within specification the shims
under the front plate, Figure 8, should be added to
or subtracted from until the correct clearance is obtained.
NOTE: New shims are available in sizes 1.00, 0.50 ­ 0.13
mm, (0.040, 0.020 ­ 0.005 in.).
TA605062_508 8
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 57

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor Cylinder head ­ Assemble
1. Coat the top of the valve plate with clean refrigerant
oil and reassemble the cylinder head using the reverse
of the disassembly procedure.
When installing the gaskets and valve plate ensure
they are correctly positioned over the locating pins in
the cylinder block.
Install the cylinder head bolts and tighten using the
sequence shown in Figure 1. Torque initially to 20
Nm (14 lbf.ft) then finally to 32 Nm (24 lbf.ft).
When the overhaul is complete add to the compressor
a volume of oil equivalent to that drained prior to
disassembly.
TA605087 1
Next operation:
Compressor ­ Install (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 58

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Disconnect the compressor electrical connector.
2. Release the accessory drive belt tensioner and remove
the drive belt from the compressor pulley.
NOTE: Radiator shown removed for clarity.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 1
3. Disconnect the compressor supply and return pipes.
NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
BAIS06CCM131AVB 2
BAIS06CCM132AVB 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 59

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Remove the air conditioning compressor.
5. Drain the refrigerant oil from the old compressor into
a clean calibrated container. Measure and record
the quantity of oil as (Y). This information is required
during installation.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the compressor drive shaft
several times to completely expel all the oil.
BAIS06CCM132AVC 4
SM60­50­090 5
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 60

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor ­ Install
Prior operation:
Refill the compressor with new oil, for further information refer to Compressor ­ Filling (E.40.D)
1. Install the compressor.
Tighten to 40 ­ 51 Nm (29 ­ 38 lbf.ft).
2. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIS06CCM132AVC 1
3. Install the accessory drive belt on the compressor
pulley.
NOTE: Radiator shown removed for clarity.
BAIS06CCM132AVB 2
BAIS06CCM131AVB 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 61

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Connect the compressor electrical connector.
5. Evacuate and recharge the system, for further information
refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate
(E.40.D)ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Charging (E.40.D)
6. After charging a system use the following start up
procedure to ensure the lubricating oil is properly dispersed
around the system:
Ensure air conditioning is switched OFF.
Start the engine and bring speed down to idle.
Turn the air conditioning ON and allow system to operate
for at least five minutes before increasing engine
speed.
NOTE: It is recommended that a new receiver / drier assembly
is installed after any system component replacement
or any repair that requires entry into the system.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 4
Next operation:
Re­check the level of oil in the system, for further information refer to Compressor ­ Filling (E.40.D)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 62

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor Shaft seal ­ Replace
Prior operation:
Compressor ­ Remove (E.40.D).
1. The refrigerant must be discharged from the system
and the compressor removed from the vehicle prior
to replacing the shaft seal.
Removal
Remove the clutch front plate, as detailed in steps
1 to 7 of clutch disassembly.Compressor Magnetic
clutch ­ Disassemble (E.40.D).
Using a suitable lever or pair of snap ring pliers, remove
the felt ring.
TA605076 1
2. Remove the shaft seal retaining snap ring.
TA605075 2
3. Insert the seal remover/installer tool. Twist the tool
to engage the slots in the seal. Pull up to remove.
Discard the seal.
NOTE: If seal remover tool is not available, insert a suitable
piece of hooked wire into the seal slot and pull out seal.
6050095TAG 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 63

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
4. Installation
Thoroughly clean the seal cavity in the hub. Use ‘lint
free’ cloth only.
Position the seal protector over the driveshaft.
TA605077 4
5. Ensure the shaft seal ‘O’ ring is installed onto the seal
assembly.
TA605079 5
6. Dip the new seal assembly in clean refrigerant oil and
attach to the seal remover/installer tool.
Insert the new seal fully into the hub.
NOTE: If remover/installer tool is not available, position the
seal squarely in the hub and tap gently until fully seated.
TA605080 6
7. Install the seal snap ring. If the snap ring has a
beveled edge this should face outwards.
TA605082 7
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 64

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
8. Install a new felt seal and gently tap into position.
Remove the shaft protector and position the shims
over the shaft.
TA605083 8
Next operation:
Reinstall the clutch front plate as described in Compressor Magnetic clutch ­ Assemble (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 65

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Compressor ­ Visual inspection
1. Rotate the compressor shaft. Use a suitable socket
on the hub centre bolt or by hand using the rubber
dampers.
Using a 12 volt battery check current drawn by the
field coil which should be between 3.6 ­ 4.2 Amps.
TA605057 1
2. Very high current readings indicate a short circuit in
the field coil and no current reading indicate an open
circuit. Replace coil with either fault. Resistance of
the coil using an ohmmeter should be approximately
3.0 ohms at 20 °C.
A poor earth (ground) connection of the field coil will
result in a low voltage.
Ensure clutch is disengaged and rotate pulley by
hand. If roughness in the bearing is felt, it will be
necessary to replace the pulley and bearing as an
assembly.
TA605058 2
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 66

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Condenser ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Disconnect the condenser supply and return hoses.
NOTE: Note the position of the hoses to aid installation.
NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
2. Remove the condenser retaining bolts and remove
the condenser.
BAIS06CCM688AVA 1
3. Inspect the condenser assembly fins for damage and
be sure they are not plugged.
Check the condenser for signs of leakage. If the
condenser is damaged or leaking, install a new condenser
assembly.
4. If the condenser is to be replaced, drain the refrigerant
oil from the condenser into a clean calibrated
container. Measure the quantity of oil obtained and
add the same quantity of new refrigerant oil directly
into the new condenser.
BAIS06CCM689AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 68

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Condenser ­ Install
1. Install the condenser.
Install the condenser retaining bolts.
2. Connect the condenser supply and return hoses to
noted removal locations.
BAIS06CCM689AVA 1
BAIS06CCM688AVA 2
Next operation:
Evacuate and recharge the system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate (E.40.D) ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Charging (E.40.D)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 69

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Evaporator ­ Remove
1. Close the heater shut­off valve on the rear of the inlet
manifold.
Turn the cab heater temperature control to maximum
heat.
BTB0423 1
2. Apply a clamp to the heater return hose at the left
side of the engine. Disconnect the hose and drain
the heater system of coolant.
BAIS06CCM022AVA 2
3. Using a suitable sling connect the left­hand rear
wheel to a hoist and remove the wheel.
4. Discharge and reclaim refrigerant gas using certified
recovery systems. For further information refer
to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D)
5. Disconnect the cab heater hoses (1), and the air conditioning
pipes (2).
BAIS06CCM381AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 70

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
6. Disconnect the operators seat electrical connectors.
7. Loosen the operators seat retaining bolts.
Remove the operators seat.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 4
8. Remove cab floor mats to gain access to front and
rear floor plates.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 5
9. Remove the recirculation grill.
BTB0434 6
BAIS06CCM376AVA 7
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 71

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
10. Remove the recirculation filter element.
11. Remove rear module cover beside blower housing.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 8
12. Remove the blower housing retaining screws.
BTB0427 9
13. Disconnect the blower motor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 10
BAIS06CCM379AVA 11
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 72

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
14. Remove the rear floor plate.
15. Remove the front floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 12
16. Lift out the front ducts.
BTB0445 13
17. Remove the lower side ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 14
BAIS06CCM373AVA 15
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 73

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
18. Remove outlet duct from the front of the HVAC unit.
19. Remove the cover plate from the top of the HVAC
unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 16
20. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
Disconnect the heater adjuster cable (2).
BAIS06CCM383AVA 17
21. Remove the HVAC unit complete with the rear ducting.
NOTE: When the HVAC is out of the tractor, the rear
ducting securing screws can be accessed, the ducting
removed, and the unit serviced.
BAIS06CCM384AVA 18
BAIS06CCM375AVA 19
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 74

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
22. Access to the evaporator/heater is obtained by removing
the four spring clips on the housing and lifting
out the evaporator/heater assembly.
BTB0456 20
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 75

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Evaporator ­ Install
1. Install the evaporator/heater into its housing and install
the four spring clips
BTB0456 1
2. Install the HVAC rear ducting.
3. Install the HVAC unit complete and rear ducting assembly.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 2
4. Connect the electrical connectors (1).
Connect the heater adjuster cable (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 3
5. Install the cover plate to the top of the HVAC unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 76

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
6. Install outlet duct to the front of the HVAC unit.
7. Install the lower side ducts.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 5
8. Install the front ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 6
9. Install the front floor plate.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 7
BTB0445 8
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 77

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
10. Install the rear floor plate.
11. Connect the blower motor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 9
12. Install the blower housing retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 10
13. Install rear module cover.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
BTB0427 12
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 78

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
14. Install the recirculation filter element.
15. Install the recirculation grill.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 13
16. Install the front and rear floor mats.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 14
17. Install the operators seat.
BTB0434 15
BAIS06CCM370AVA 16
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 79

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
18. Connect the operators seat electrical connectors.
19. Connect the cab heater hoses (1), and the air conditioning
pipes (2).
BAIS06CCM369AVA 17
20. Connect the heater return hose and remove the
clamp.
BAIS06CCM381AVA 18
21. Open the heater shut­off valve on the rear of the inlet
manifold.
Turn the cab heater temperature control to maximum
heat.
BAIS06CCM022AVA 19
BTB0423 20
Next operation:
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 80

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Evacuate the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate (E.40.D).
Next operation:
Recharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Charging (E.40.D).
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 81

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Expansion valve ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
Remove the evaporator unit from the tractor, for further information refer to Evaporator ­ Remove (E.40.D)
1. Access to the evaporator is obtained by removing
the 4 spring clips on the housing and lifting out the
evaporator/heater assembly, to access the expansion
valve.
2. Remove Allen screw securing the inlet and outlet
connection to the valve, and remove inlet/outlet assembly.
BTB0456 1
3. Remove expansion valve.
BTB0452 2
BTB0453 3
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 82

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Expansion valve ­ Install
1. Replace the ‘O’ ring seals, (1) and lubricate with refrigerant
oil.
Install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 1
2. Install Allen screw securing the inlet and outlet connection
to the valve.
BTB0452 2
3. Install the evaporator into the housing and secure
with the four spring clips.
BTB0456 3
Next operation:
Install the evaporator into the tractor, for further information refer to Evaporator ­ Install (E.40.D)
Next operation:
Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate (E.40.D) ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Charging (E.40.D)
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 83

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Receiver/drier ­ Remove
The receiver/dryer, is not a serviceable item and must be replaced as an assembly. The receiver/dryer assembly
should be replaced if it is suspected that moisture is in the system.
The receiver dryer must also be replaced if the system has been discharged and the air conditioning joints disconnected.
1. Discharge and reclaim refrigerant gas using certified
recovery system, for further information refer to EN­
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air­conditioning ­ Discharging (E.40.D)
Disconnect the hose fittings from the dryer and then
release the clamp around the body of the drier and
remove the drier from the tractor.
BAIS06CCM569AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 84

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Ventilation system Motor ­ Remove
1. Remove the recirculation grill.
2. Remove the recirculation filter element.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
3. Remove rear module cover beside blower housing.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
4. Remove the blower housing retaining screws.
BTB0427 3
BAIS06CCM378AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 85

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Electronic HVAC control ­ Remove
1. Remove the left­hand utility console.
2. Remove the instructor’s seat base cushion.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 1
3. Remove the instructor’s seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 2
4. Remove the instructor’s seat mounting spacers.
NOTE: Make a note of the position of the spacers as they
vary in thickness.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 3
BAIS06CCM346AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 87

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
5. Remove the left hand air vent.
6. Remove the left hand side trim.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 5
7. Remove the electrical connector locking tang (1) and
disconnect the electrical connector(2).
BAIS06CCM348AVA 6
8. Remove the HVAC climate control unit.
BAIS06CCM349AVA 7
BAIS06CCM350AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 88

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Electronic HVAC control ­ Install
1. Install the HVAC climate control unit.
2. Connect the electrical connector(2) and install the
locking tang(1).
BAIS06CCM350AVA 1
3. Install the left hand side trim.
BAIS06CCM349AVA 2
4. Install the left hand air vent.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 3
BAIS06CCM347AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 89

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
5. Insert the instructor’s seat mounting spacers.
6. Install the instructor’s seat.
BAIS06CCM346AVA 5
7. Install the instructor’s seat base cushion.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 6
8. Install the left­hand utility console.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 7
BAIS06CCM336AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 90

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Sensing system Low pressure switch ­ Remove
1. Disconnect the operators seat electrical connectors.
2. Loosen the operators seat retaining bolts.
Remove the operators seat.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 1
3. Remove the cab floor mat to gain access to the rear
floor plate.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 2
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BTB0434 3
BAIS06CCM371AVA 4
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 91

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
5. Remove the cover plate from the top of the HVAC
unit.
6. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the
low pressure switch.
NOTE: There is no need to discharge the system as the
connection is a self sealing Schraeder valve.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
BAIS06CCM385AVA 6
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 92

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Sensing system Low pressure switch ­ Remove
1. With the engine ‘Off’ check continuity across the
switch contacts. If the switch shows ‘Open Circuit’
replace as detailed below.
Remove switch by unscrewing from self sealing
Schrader valve.
Replace with new switch and connect the harness.
NOTE: The switch can be replaced without discharging the
system.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 1
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 93

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
­ Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Low refrigerant charge.
Perform leak tests and repair
Evacuate system
Charge system, re­test system
Evaporator air not cold
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ High
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ High
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Expansion valve allowing too much refrigerant
to flow through the evaporator
Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves,
gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylinder)
Extremely low refrigerant charge.
Improper operation of condenser
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 94
Check expansion valve as follows:
Set for Maximum cooling.
Low pressure gauge should drop slowly
If expansion valve is defective:
Discharge System
Replace Expansion Valve
Evacuate System
Charge System
Re­test
Discharge the system
Replace the compressor
Evacuate the system
Charge the system
Re­test
Perform leak tests and repair
Evacuate system
Charge system, re­test system
Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
flow and cooling.
Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Repair or replace as needed.
Check for overcharge as follows:
Stop the engine.
Recover and recycle the charge using correct
recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quantity
of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubricant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Expansion valve not permitting sufficient
flow.
Evaporator air cool but
not sufficiently cold.
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Insufficient cooling
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ High
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Insufficient cooling
Low pressure reading
does not fluctuate with
changes in temperature
control switch (pressure
should drop until
compressor cycles)
Evaporator air not cold.
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Normal
High Pressure ­ Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Low pressure
switch cutting out
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Restriction in liquid line
System low on charge Air or moisture
present in system
Stuck valve
(1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
should drop slowly.
(2). If expansion valve is defective:­
Discharge system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Re­test.
Discharge the system
Replace the receiver/drier
Inspect all lines and tubing from compressor
outlet to expansion valve.
Replace if needed.
Evacuate the system
Charge the system
Re­test
Perform leak test
Discharge system
Repair leaks
Replace receiver/drier
Check oil level
Evacuate system
Charge the system
Re­test
(1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
should drop slowly.
(2). If expansion valve is defective:­
Discharge system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Re­test.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 95

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Expansion valve
to evaporator tube
shows considerable
condensation or frost.
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Too cold to touch
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ Low
High Pressure ­ Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Liquid line hot
(condenser outlet to
expansion valve tube)
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ High
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Overcharged with refrigerant
(1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
should drop slowly.
(2). If expansion valve is defective:­
Discharge system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Re­test.
(1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
should drop slowly.
(2). If expansion valve is defective:­
Discharge system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Re­test.
Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
flow and cooling.
Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Repair or replace as needed.
Check for overcharge as follows:
Stop the engine.
Recover and recycle the charge using correct
recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quantity
of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubricant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 96

BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Air in system
High pressure
switch cutting out
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ High
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Compressor cycles “on"
and “off" too frequently
Gauge reading :­
Low Pressure ­ High
High Pressure ­ Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air­conditioning ­
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Defective temperature control (thermostatic)
switch
Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
flow and cooling.
Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Repair or replace as needed.
Check for overcharge as follows:
Stop the engine.
Recover and recycle the charge using correct
recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quantity
of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubricant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Stop engine and shut off A/C
Replace temperature control switch
Re­test system and check compressor cycling
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 97

Index
BODY AND STRUCTURE ­ E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ 40.D
Air filter ­ Cleaning 50
Compressor ­ Filling 67
Compressor ­ Install 61
Compressor ­ Remove 59
Compressor ­ Visual inspection 66
Compressor Cylinder head ­ Assemble 58
Compressor Cylinder head ­ Disassemble 54
Compressor Magnetic clutch ­ Assemble 55
Compressor Magnetic clutch ­ Disassemble 51
Compressor Shaft seal ­ Replace 63
Condenser ­ Install 69
Condenser ­ Remove 68
Electronic HVAC control ­ Install 89
Electronic HVAC control ­ Remove 87
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Charging 47
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Decontaminating 41
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Discharging 42
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Dynamic description 10
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Evacuate 44
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ External view 8
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ General specification 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Leakage test 46
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Overhaul 40
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Overview 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Service instruction 34
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Service instruction 35
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Special tools 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Static description 23
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Torque 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air­conditioning ­ Troubleshooting 94
Evaporator ­ Install 76
Evaporator ­ Remove 70
Expansion valve ­ Install 83
Expansion valve ­ Remove 82
Receiver/drier ­ Remove 84
Sensing system Low pressure switch ­ Remove 91
Sensing system Low pressure switch ­ Remove 93
Ventilation system Motor ­ Remove 85
2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 98

2 3/5/2007
E.40.D / 99

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

REPAIR MANUAL
WORKING ARM
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
H

Contents
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Front hitch
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HITCH Rear hitch
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HITCH Electronic draft control
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
H.10.B
H.10.C
H.10.D
2 3/5/2007
H

WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Front hitch ­ 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 1

Contents
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Front hitch ­ 10.B
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch
Static description 3
Exploded view 8
SERVICE
HITCH Front hitch
Calibration 16
Remove 18
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 2

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch ­ Static description
BAIL07CCM309FSA 1
The Front hitch linkage is integral to the front support casting. Two large diameter double acting cylinders provide lift
through the full range.
The front lift is operated using one of the remote valve circuits (EHR control shown) or Mid Mount Valves.
BRE1710B_488 2
A control knob situated on the right hand console can be used to set the height limit to which the linkage can be raised
on tractors with mechanical remotes. On electronic remote models a position sensor is employed.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 3

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM293ASA 3
NOTE: The height limit setting may be affected by the oil flow through the system . If the height limit is initially set at
a low engine/hydraulic pump speed, it may change if the engine speed is increased to a higher setting.
Two auxiliary front couplers with 1/2 in female couplings can be utilised at the front of the hitch. These provide a
double acting hydraulic service for equipment mounted on the front 3­ point hitch.
BAIL07CCM294ASA 4
Located on the front of the hitch assembly are two selector levers (1) . These allow the front hitch to be operated in
single, double acting mode , or to be set at a fixed height.
BAIL07CCM295ASA 5
Lever operation:
Upper lever horizontal, lower lever vertical :
Front Hitch operates in single ­ acting mode being hydraulically raised but lowered using weight of implement.
Both levers horizontal (As shown in figure 5 ):
Hitch operates in double acting mode , being hydraulically raised and lowered.
Both levers vertical :
With the levers in this position both lift cylinders are hydraulically locked preventing movement of the lower lift arms.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 4

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM296ASA 6
Also available is the option to have external front 3­point hitch controls .These are located on the left hand side of the
front hitch assembly.
BAIL07CCM297ASA 7
WARNING
Extreme care must be exercised when adjusting and checking hitch and control linkage when the engine is
running and when linkage is under hydraulic or mechanical load. Study the linkage and hitch travel­keep the
hands, arms, legs and feet out of the travel arc of the hitch and linkage. M148B
There are three possible ways of connecting the front linkage to the hydraulics depending on the options fitted to the
tractor.
Rear Mechanical Remote Valves:
Hoses connected at the rear mechanical remotes are routed through to the mid mount valve bracket by the right hand
step. Then two steel tubes run down the right hand side of the engine to the front support. The tubes continue under
the radiator to connect to the front linkage fittings.
Electronic Remote Valves:
This option has the No.1 valve coupler removed and hoses fitted directly to the valve ports. The hoses are routed
to the mid mount valve bracket and two steel tubes run to the front linkage as in the first option.With this option it is
possible to have the remote control buttons on the left hand side of the linkage to control the raise and lower of the
lift arms. See Figure 7.
Mid Mount Valves :
One of the valves is connected to the linkage via a set of front auxiliary couplers on the right hand side of the front
linkage. The linkage is controlled by using the joystick (Figure 8) situated on the right hand armrest and also by using
remote control buttons on the left hand side of the linkage. In this version the mid mount valve has a 3rd and 4th slice
which can be used to power other external services.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 5

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL06CCM052ASA 8
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 6

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 7

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch ­ Exploded view
Front Lift Linkage For Supersteer Axles
1.Mounting Support
3.Towing Hook
5.Pin
7.Hose 600 mm
9.Seal
11.Hose
13.Pipe
15.Banjo Bolt
17.Hose
19.Pin
21.Pin
23.Washer
2.Plate
4.Lift Frame
6.Accumulator Assembly
8.Multivalve Levers
10.Bracket
12.Pipe
14.Elbow
16.Pipe
18.Bolt
20.Bushing
22.Lift Cylinder
24.Bolt
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 8

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM312HSA 1
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 9

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM316GSA 2
Supersteer Front Linkage
1.Mounting Block Assembly
3.Crankpin
5.Lift Arm Left Hand
7.Lift Arm Right Hand
9.Pivot Pin
11.Bolt ­ Torque 1068 Nm (787.72 lb ft)
2.Socket Screws ­ Torque 1000 Nm (737.56 lb ft)
4.Levers
6.Locking Clip
8.Bushing
10Nut ­ Torque 400 Nm (295.02 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 10

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 11

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
1.Mounting Support
3.Lift Frame
5.Hose
7.Bushing
9.Accumulator Bracket
11Clamp
13.Pivot Pin
15.Hose
17.Lift Cylinder
19.Pin
21.Socket Screws ­ Torque 210 Nm (154.89 lb ft)
23.Sensor
2.Side Cover Right Hand
4.Mounting Bracket
6.Accumulator Pipe
8.Pipe
10.Accumulator
12.Locking Socket Screw ­ Torque 87 Nm (64.17 lb ft)
14.Side Cover Left Hand
16.Multi Valve Lever Assembly
18.Sensor Cover
20.Tow Hook
22.Hose
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 12

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM314HSA 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 13

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM315GSA 4
Standard Axle Front Linkage
1.Intermediate Shaft (Where fitted)
3.Lift Arm Left Hand
5.Lift Arm Right Hand
7.Pivot Pin
9Cooler Support Left Hand
11.Cooler Support Right Hand
13.Cooler Assembly
15.Bolts ­ Torque147 Nm (108.42 lb ft)
2.Plate With Hood Catch
4.PTO Cover
6.Locking Pin
8.Levers
10.Top Link Pin
12.Intermediate Shaft
14.Bolts ­ Torque85 Nm (62.69 lb ft)
16.Nut ­ Torque400 Nm (295.02 lb ft)
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 14

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
BAIL07CCM310GSA 5
Standard Axle Front Lift Assembly Mounting
1.Front Lift Assembly
3.Threaded Rod
5.Nut
7.Connector
9.Connector
2.Spacer Casting (Where Fitted)
4.Threaded Rod
6.Pipe
8.Pipe
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 15

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
2. Turn the height set control to the OFF position.
3. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the front hitch symbol on the RC controller.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
4. Turn the height set control to the ON position and
then back to the OFF position.
The current potentiometer position will show on the
lower central display.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 16

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
5. Lower the front hitch to it’s lowest position.
When the end stop is reached, turn the height set
control to the ON position and then back to the OFF
position.
BAIL06CCM742AVA 3
6. The bottom value position is recorded and displayed
in the lower central display for 2 seconds.
7. Raise the front hitch to it’s highest position.
When the end stop is reached, turn the height set
control to the ON position and then back to the OFF
position.
BAIL06CCM742AVA 4
8. The top value position is recorded and displayed in
the lower central display for 2 seconds.
9. The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed successfully.
10. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 17

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
1. Remove top link by removing linch pin (1) and sliding
out link retaining pin (2).
BAIL07CCM301ASA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical harness (1) . Remove Oil
cooler radiator.(2). and unscrew bolts (3) securing
top plate.
BAIL07CCM306ASA 2
3. Undo the hydraulic pipe connectors (1) ensuring that
any oil is collected in a suitable container.
BAIL07CCM304ASA 3
4. Support the front lift assembly using a suitable hoist.
Undo and remove the PTO driveshaft from the engine
plate
BAIL07CCM302ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 18

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Front hitch
5. Undo the front lift assembly retaining nuts (1) from
underneath the tractor
BAIL07CCM303ASA 5
6. Undo and remove the remaining retaining nuts from
the assembly.
BAIL07CCM305ASA 6
7. Using the hoist remove the lift assembly clear of the
tractor and place on a suitable stand or support.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 19

Index
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Front hitch ­ 10.B
HITCH Front hitch ­ Calibration 16
HITCH Front hitch ­ Exploded view 8
HITCH Front hitch ­ Remove 18
HITCH Front hitch ­ Static description 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.B / 20

WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Rear hitch ­ 10.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 1

Contents
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Rear hitch ­ 10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
Cylinder
General specification 3
Top link
General specification 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Top link
Static description 5
SERVICE
HITCH Rear hitch
Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch 7
Cylinder
Pressure test 11
Remove 14
Install 15
Top link
Remove 16
Configure 17
Sensing system
Draft pin sensor ­ Remove 18
Draft pin sensor ­ Install 20
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 2

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Cylinder ­ General specification
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 3

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Top link ­ General specification
TOP LINK SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Double­acting
Quantity 1
Pin diameter mm 28
Stroke mm 228
End Cap Locking Torque Nm 400
RIGHT HAND LIFT LINK SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Double­acting
Quantity 1
Pin diameter mm 28
Stroke mm 120
Extension Range mm Min 870 ­ Max 990
End Cap Locking Torque Nm 105
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 4

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Top link ­ Static description
All models can be fitted with a hydraulically adjustable top link(1) and right hand lift link(2).
BAIL07CCM298ASA 1
The cylinders are connected to a solenoid valve block by hydraulic hoses and tubes. The solenoid valve block is
situated to rear of the centre housing and is fed high pressure oil via a hose connected by a tee piece which also
feeds the suspension valve
1. Connector to Hydraulically Adjustable Top Link
2. Connector to Hydraulically Adjustable Top Link
3. Connector to Hydraulically adjustable Lift Link
4. Connector to Hydraulically adjustable Lift Link
A load sensing line is connected to the manifold
BSD2332A 2
BAIL06CCM257ASA 3
Control of these cylinders is handled by two switches located on the ’C’ pillar on the right hand side of the cab.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 5

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Switch (1) controls the extend and retract of the top link. Switch (2) controls the extend and retract of the right hand
lift link.
BAIL06CCM126ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 6

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
HITCH Rear hitch ­ Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch
1. Position the tractor on a clean hard level surface.
Chock the left hand front and rear wheels. Jack up
the right hand rear axle casing and place a suitable
axle stand under the axle casing so that the right
hand rear wheel is just clear of the ground. Support
the wheel with a removal tool, remove the wheel nuts
and withdraw the wheel.
2. Install right hand lift arm pin (1) and secure with bolt
(2). Repeat for left hand side. Tighten pin retaining
bolts (2)to 50 ­ 65 Nm (36.88 ­ 47.94 lbft).
BAIL06CCM226ASA 1
3. Using a trolley jack and suitable lifting equipment position
the pick up hitch assembly (1) under the rear
axle and align the hitch and axle mounting bolt holes
BAIL06CCM227ASA 2
4. Install the four rear bolts and washers (1). Tighten
the bolts to 310 ­ 400 Nm (228.64 ­ 295.02 lbft).
BAIL06CCM228ASA 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 7

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
5. From underneath the tractor install the four bolts (1).
Tighten the bolts to 340 ­ 460 Nm (250.77 ­ 339.28
lbft).
BAIL06CCM229ASA 4
6. Route the pick up hitch hoses (1) over the top of the
right hand axle housing and connect into a remote
valve.
BAIL06CCM230ASA 5
7. Ensure the green hose (1) is fitted to the top port and
the red hose (2) to the lower port.
BAIL06CCM231ASA 6
8. Connect upper end of the pick up hitch lift rods (1) to
the idler arms using clevis pin (2) and split pin (3).
BAIL06CCM232ASA 7
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 8

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
9. Slide the carrier assembly (1) into the hitch assembly
(2) .
BAIL06CCM233ASA 8
10. Secure rear hitch release cable to the carrier assembly
by attaching the latch with clevis pin (1)and ’R’
clip (2). Adjust cable with locknuts (3) as required.
BAIL06CCM234ASA 9
11. Locate the hook assembly (2) into the carrier and lock
in position with pin (1).
BAIL06CCM235ASA 10
12. Start the engine and fully extend the hitch cylinder.
Check that the piston rod eye is vertical. Push the
carrier assembly forwards until the locking pin (1) can
be inserted through the cylinder rod eye (2) .
BAIL06CCM236ASA 11
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 9

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
13. Alternatively the drawbar (1) and tow pin (2)assembly
can be installed into the carrier.
BAIL06CCM237ASA 12
14. Attach the lower end of the pick up hitch lift rods (4)to
the hitch assembly with clevis pins(1), washer (3),
and split pins (2).
BAIL06CCM238ASA 13
15. Check operation of pick up hitch and hook
1. Fully raise three point hitch and check that the
latch can be released with the lever in the cab.
2. Lower the lift arms until the hook is just above
the ground and check operation of the ’pushback’
using the remote valve.
3. Fully raise the lift arms and check the latch
engages to lock the pick up hitch in the raised
position.
4. Lower the lift arms 15 cm (5.91 in) and check
that the pick up lift rods are not under load.
adjust lift rods (1) Figure 13 to equal length if
required.
16. Using suitable equipment replace the right hand rear
wheel. Tighten wheel nuts to the specified torque.
Refer to Rear wheel ­ Torque (D.50.C)
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 10

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Cylinder ­ Pressure test
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature. 65 °C (145 °F).
1. The following tests checks the operation of the EDC
valve / lift cover control valve and lift rams.
2. Fully lower the lift arms.
3. Disconnect the flexible hose from the lift cylinder elbow.
4. Disconnect the lift cylinder pipe from the Tee­piece
on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM310AVA 1
5. Disconnect the bracket and remove the lift cylinder
pipe/hose assembly.
BAIS06CCM311AVA 2
BAIS06CCM312AVA 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 11

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
6. Install Tee­piece 380000517.
BAIS06CCM313AVA 4
7. Install special tool 380200003, (or fabricate a 1 metre
length of suitable hose with 1 inch female connectors
at either end) between the lift arm elbow and the teepiece
on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM314AVA 5
8. Install quick release fitting 297240 to the tee­piece
and install 0 ­ 250 bar gauge 293244 with quick release
coupler, 291924 and hose 292246 .
BAIS06CCM314AVB 6
9. With the key ON, disconnect the lift arm potentiometer.
Error code 1027 will be displayed or stored in the
memory.
Key OFF and reconnect the potentiometer.
Start the engine, Error code 1024 (EDC requires calibration)
will be displayed or stored in the memory.
Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min.
BAIS06CCM312AVC 7
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 12

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
10. Move the position control lever fully down and then
fully up. Maximum pump pressure will be applied
for approximately 2 seconds as the pressure relief
valve operates.
The gauge should reach 210±5 bar (3046±73 lbf/
in2).
If the pressure is low this may indicate either a faulty
EDC valve / lift cover control valve or a fault in one
of the lift rams.
BAIS06CCM386AVA 8
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 13

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Cylinder ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Battery ­ Disconnect (A.30.A)
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Fully lower lift arms and support with blocks.
Disconnect the oil supply lines taking care to drain
the oil into a suitable container.
2. Undo bolts which secure pins (1) and (2) .
BAIS06CCM310AVB 1
3. Remove pins (1) and remove lift cylinder.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BSD2222A 2
BSD2256A_203 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 14

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Cylinder ­ Install
Prior operation:
Cylinder ­ Remove (H.10.C)
1. Support the lift cylinder and locate the pin into the lift
arm
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or
hooks. Ensure that no­one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. B012
BSD2256A_203 1
2. Secure the pins with the bolts and tighten to specified
torque.
BSD2222A 2
3. Connect oil supply pipes
BAIS06CCM310AVB 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 15

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Top link ­ Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing ­
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026
1. Remove the top link ram as follows:
Open and raise engine hood.
Detach negative cable (1) from battery and insulate.
Disconnect the oil lines taking care to drain the oil
into a suitable container, remove split pin. Remove
the cotter pin and carefully lift out the cylinder.
2. Remove the Right Hand Adjustable cylinder in a similar
fashion.
Overhaul
Unscrew the cylinder end cap using the appropriate
tool.
Withdraw piston and rod from tube assembly.
Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored,
Check and replace seals if required Top link ­ Static
description (H.10.C)
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
3. Re­assemble cylinder and torque end cap to 105
Nm (77.44 lbft) (Right Hand Lift Link) and 400 Nm
(295.02 lbft) (Top Link).
40­25­25 SHG 2
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 16

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Top link ­ Configure
1. Enter the mode by navigating the H menus using
the "H" ,"M" and Dimming switcheson the instrument
cluster. Navigate to the RC module, menu H3 and
select the REAR EHRs, pressing the dimming key to
accept the menu selection.
BRE1434B 1
2. The lower LCD section of the display will show “ch _
_” .:
3. Use the “h” or the “m” button on the instrument cluster
to select the channel 5
4. The “h” and “m” buttons are used to toggle between
“Yes” and “No”, indicating whether top/side link control
is enabled (“Yes”) or disabled (“No”)
5. When the desired option is displayed, press and hold
down either the “h” or “m” button for 1 second until the
instrument cluster bleeps indicating that the selection
has been stored.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 17

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Sensing system Draft pin sensor ­ Remove
1. Lower hydraulic lift arms.
Disconnect load sensing pin connectors. The connectors
are located on top of the hydraulic lift cover
and can be accessed from the rear of the tractor.
TIA35093 1
2. Remove wiring protection guard at pin.
TIA35185 2
3. Remove spacers (2) and clamp (1)and withdraw pin.
TIA35095 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 18

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Installation
4. Install pin using removal procedure in reverse and
torque clamp bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
:HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Torque (H.10.D)
TIA35096 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 19

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
Sensing system Draft pin sensor ­ Install
1. Install pin
TIA35096 1
2. Install spacers (2) and clamp (1).
TIA35095 2
3. Install wiring protection guard at pin.
Torque clamp bolts to the specified torque.
TIA35185 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 20

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Rear hitch
4. Reconnect load sensing pin connectors.
TIA35093 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 21

Index
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Rear hitch ­ 10.C
Cylinder ­ General specification 3
Cylinder ­ Install 15
Cylinder ­ Pressure test 11
Cylinder ­ Remove 14
HITCH Rear hitch ­ Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch 7
Sensing system Draft pin sensor ­ Install 20
Sensing system Draft pin sensor ­ Remove 18
Top link ­ Configure 17
Top link ­ General specification 4
Top link ­ Remove 16
Top link ­ Static description 5
2 3/5/2007
H.10.C / 22

WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ 10.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 1

Contents
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ 10.D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Electronic draft control
Static description 3
Functional diagram 7
Control valve
Dynamic description 8
Static description 15
Electronic control
Exploded view 17
Dynamic description 19
SERVICE
HITCH Electronic draft control
Calibration 23
Control valve
Remove 27
Disassemble 28
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 2

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Static description
NOTE: Observe the following precautions when arc welding on tractors installed with electronic draft control
• Where possible, disconnect the part or implement to be arc welded from the tractor.
• Disconnect both battery cables from the battery. Isolate the cable ends to avoid contact with each other
and the tractor.
• Position the welder earth (ground) clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding is to be carried out in close proximity of the tractor microprocessors then they should be removed
from the tractor.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while
welding is in progress.
One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional mechanical
systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be maintained
at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
(Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Functional diagram (H.10.D))
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor.
BAIL06CCM057ASA 1
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 3

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to either the Raise solenoid (1) or the
Lower solenoid (2). The valve then directs pump pressure oil to and from the hydraulic lift cylinders via connection
(3) in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BAIL06CCM049ASA 2
Hydraulic Pump
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump (1)
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 3, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
BAIL06CCM104ASA 3
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi­pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1b0o2004061064 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 4

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
The processor (1) is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
BSE3118A_464 5
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 6
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 5

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 7
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 6

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Functional diagram
BAIL06CCM252FSA 1
1. Performance Monitor Radar 2. Control Panel
3. Instrument Panel 4. Electronic Draft Control Valve
5. Hydraulic Lift 6. Load Sensing Pins
7. Lift Arm Position Sensing Potentiometer 8. Implement Depth/Draft Controls
9. Microprocessor
Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Static description (H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 7

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Control valve ­ Dynamic description
When the hydraulic lift is in ’Neutral’ the control valve solenoids are not energised.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ flows past the flow compensator spool into gallery ‘B’ where it is blocked by the
lands of the raising spool.
Oil under pressure in the hydraulic lift circuit is prevented from entering gallery ’E’ by the load check valve (4).
The trapped pressurised oil in the lift circuit is applied to the right hand end of the metering valve through the small
drilling ’X’. The applied pressure holds the metering valve in the closed position preventing oil flow from gallery ’E’ to
the return to reservoir gallery (F).
When the valve is in neutral, gallery ’C’ and load sensing galleries ’D’ are open to reservoir, through the centre of the
raising spool and gallery ’F’.
Gallery ’G’ is a common return to reservoir gallery running through the centre of the valve stack.
BAIL06CCM098FSA 1
Electronic Draft Control ­ Neutral
Pump Pressure
Return To Reservoir
Trapped Oil
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool
3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve (230 Bar) 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
Raising
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 8

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
When the hydraulic lift is raised using the operator controls or the electronic draft control system makes adjustments
to reduce implement depth the pulse width modulated raise solenoid is energised by the microprocessor.
Controlled energising of the solenoid by the microprocessor enables the solenoid to move the spool to the right in
proportion to the rate of lift required by the system.
When system pressure is sufficient to lift the check valve (4) off it’s seat, oil from gallery ’C’ flows into gallery ’E’ and
operates the lift cylinder
Pressure oil in the lift circuit is applied through the small drilling ’X’ to the right hand end of the metering valve ’H’ and
holds the valve in a closed position preventing oil in gallery ’E’ returning to reservoir through gallery (F).
The operating pressure of the hydraulic lift cylinder is sensed in gallery ’C’ and load sensing gallery ’D’ which controls
hydraulic pump output. Refer to Closed Centre Remote Valves for further details on operation of the load sensing
circuit.
The pressure in gallery ’C’ is applied to the right hand spring loaded end of the flow control spool while at the same
time system pressure in gallery ’B’ is applied to the left hand end of the flow control spool
.
The differential pressures applied to each end of the flow control spool causes the spool to move to a state of equilibrium
and automatically adjusts the flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ across the metering lands ’Y’ and through galleries
’C’ and ’E’ to the lift cylinder.
The flow control spool is essential to ensure that flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ to the hydraulic lift is accurately controlled
irrespective of the operating pressure of any remote control valve circuits which are operating simultaneously
with the hydraulic lift.
When the lift arms reach the required height the microprocessor switches off the signal to the solenoid and the raise
spool is moved to the left by the spring to re­establish the neutral condition.
If the lift arms are subjected to shock loading and pressure in the hydraulic lift circuit exceeds 230 bar the pressure is
vented to reservoir through the lift cylinder safety valve.
Figure 2 illustrates flow through the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift is the highest pressure operating circuit
in the system.
Figure 3 illustrates operation of the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift is operating at a lower pressure but simultaneously
with a remote control valve which is operating at a higher pressure. In this situation the system pressure in
parallel gallery ’A’ is higher than the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 9

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BAIL06CCM099FSA 2
Electronic Draft Control ­ Raising (High Pressure Lift)
Pump Pressure Oil
Return To Reservoir
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool
3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve (230 Bar) 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 10

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BAIL06CCM100FSA 3
Electronic Draft Control ­ Raising
Low Pressure Lift while Remote Valves Operating at High Pressure
Pump Pressure Oil
Return To Reservoir
Hydraulic Lift Pressure
(lower than pump pressure)
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool
3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve (230 Bar) 6 Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
Lowering
Lowering of the hydraulic lift arms is achieved by venting the oil trapped in the hydraulic lift cylinder back to reservoir
through the lowering metering valve in a controlled manner.
Lowering Metering Valve
1. Sleeve
2. Metering Spool
3. Pilot Spool
4. Plug
5. Circlip
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 11

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BSB0424A_467 4
The lowering cycle should be considered as a 2 stage operation.
Stage 1: The pulse width modulating solenoid is energised and the plunger(1) moves the pilot spool (6) to the right.
The oil trapped on the right hand end of the lowering valve ‘H’ is now control vented over the lands of the pilot spool
(2) to reservoir through gallery ‘F’.
The pressure of oil trapped oil in the lift cylinder Gallery ‘E’ is applied to the chamfer face (4) of the metering spool
(3), causing the spool to move to the right.
BSB0489A 5
Oil from the lift cylinder flows across the valve metering lands (5) and returns to reservoir allowing the lift arms to lower
under the weight of the implement.
The rate of lowering is electronically controlled by the processor and pulse width modulated lowering solenoid which
adjusts the clearance over the metering lands (5).
BSB0490B 6
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 12

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BAIL06CCM101FSA 7
Electronic Draft Control ­ Lowering (1)
Pump Pressure Oil
Return To Reservoir
Trapped Oil
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool
3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 13

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BRI06CCM102FSA 8
Electronic Draft Control ­ lowering (2)
Pump Pressure Oil
Return To Reservoir
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool
3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 14

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Control valve ­ Static description
BAIL06CCM107GSA 1
EDC Control Valve Components ­ (Exploded View)
1. Washers 2. Spring
3. Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 4. Lower Solenoid
5. Raise Solenoid 6. Load Sense Valve
7. O­Ring 8. Support Ring
9. Valve Housing 10. Load Check Valve
The components within the Electronic draft control are as shown and function as follows:­
Flow Control Spool
The flow control spool regulates flow from the parallel gallery, running through the centre of the remote valve and
electronic draft control valve sections to the hydraulic lift. The valve compares the pressure in the parallel gallery with
the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift and regulates flow to the hydraulic lift circuit according to lift circuit demand.
Raise Spool
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 15

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
The raise spool directs flow to the lift circuit and is directly controlled by the pulse width modulating raise solenoid.
Raise Solenoid
The raise solenoid is a pulse width modulated solenoid controlled by the electronic draft control processor. Activation
of the solenoid is controlled by the electronic draft control processor and is proportional to the speed of lift required.
Load Check Valve
The load check valve prevents oil trapped in the lift cylinder escaping to reservoir. The valve will only open when the
pressure flowing across the raise spool is greater than the pressure of the trapped oil in the lift cylinder.
Lift Cylinder Relief Valve
The lift cylinder relief valve protects the lift cylinder from excessive shock loads and operates at 230 bar.
Lower Solenoid
The lower solenoid is identical in design to the pulse width modulated raise solenoid. The solenoid is activated by the
processor and controls operation of the lowering metering valve in order to maintain the desired rate of implement
drop.
Lowering Metering Valve
The lowering metering valve controls the rate of flow from the lift cylinder to reservoir when lowering the hydraulic lift.
The valve is operated by the pulse width modulated lowering solenoid.
BAIL06CCM103FSA 2
Electronic Draft Control Valve Components ­ Section View
1 Load Check Valve 2 Lift Cylinder Relief Valve (230 Bar)
3 Lowering Metering Valve 4 Lowering Solenoid
5 Raise Solenoid 6 Raise Spool
7 Flow Compensating Valve
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 16

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Electronic control ­ Exploded view
BAIL06CCM213GSA 1
1. Rear Fender External Lift/Lower Switch 2. Draft Sensitivity and Drop Rate Controls
3. Instrument Cluster 4. Implement Depth/Draft Controls
5. EDC Microprocessor
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 17

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BAILCCM225GSA 2
Electronic Draft Control Component Layout
1. Electronic Draft Control Valve 2. Lift Arm Position Sensing Potentiometer
3. Performance Monitor Radar 4. Variable Displacement Pump
5. Load Sensing Pin
Refer to Electronic control ­ Dynamic description (H.10.D) for a more detailed description of the individual components.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 18

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Electronic control ­ Dynamic description
Control Pod (Figure 1)
The lift arm position control lever (Figure1) (2) is used to raise and lower the hydraulic lift arms. The is used to set the
lower limit working depth of an implement.
The draft loading control (3) has a scale of zero to 10 and is used to select the implement draft forces which directly
effects the working depth of the implement when lowered into the ground using the lift arm position lever.
Draft control is in operation when the scale of 0 to 9 is selected. Zero is the minimum draft setting and 9 the maximum.
When Position 10 is selected the hydraulic lift is in ‘Position Control’ and draft forces applied to the implement have
no effect on the working depth. in this condition the implement depth and position of the lift arms is controlled only by
the lift arm position control lever.
The raise lower switch (4) is a three position switch that enables the implement to be raised and lowered without
moving the lift control lever.
Pressing and releasing the bottom of the switch causes the implement to lower to the preset working depth. The
switch will spring into the mid position when released.
Pressing and holding the bottom of the switch causes the implement to fully lower and overrides the lowering limit set
by the lift arm position control lever. The lift arms will raise back to the preset depth when the button is released.
BAIL06CCM152ASA 1
EDC Panel (Figure 2)
The drop rate control (2), adjusts the speed at which the lift arms drop during a lowering cycle.
The height limit control (3) restricts the maximum height the lift arms can be raised and is used to prevent large
implements from striking the rear of the cab or platform. This control restricts the lift height when either the lift control
lever or external lift/lower switches are used.
When transporting equipment on the 3 point linkage turning the drop rate control fully anti­clockwise to the transport
lock (padlock symbol) will prevent the implement from accidentally lowering and damaging the road surface.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 19

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BSE2884A 2
When transporting equipment implement bounce can lead to lack of steering control at speeds. By turning the drop
rate control fully anti­clockwise and using the raise lower switch to raise the implement, ‘Dynamic Ride Control is
selected and functions whenever the tractor is operating at speeds above 8 kph (5 MPH).
Dynamic Ride Control is an automatic system to counter implement bounce.
Whenever the front wheels hit a bump causing the front of the tractor to rise, the hydraulic system will immediately
react to counter the movement and minimise implement bounce to provide a smoother ride.
The slip limit control (4), available only with the optional radar sensor unit, enables the operator to select a wheel
slip threshold. When the wheel starts to slip beyond the set limit the working depth of the implement is automatically
reduced until wheel slip returns to the set level.
The slip limit ‘on’ indicator (3) , (Figure 3) will illuminate when slip control is activated and the implement is raised to
restore the selected slip rate.
The warning light (4) Figure 3 has two functions.
BAIL06CCM186ASA 3
A ‘Flashing Light’ warns that there is a malfunction in the Electronic Draft control system. A warning of this malfunction
in the system is repeated on the instrument panel as a hitch error symbol (2)..(Figure 4)
A ‘Steady Light’ is a hitch disabled warning and indicates that the hydraulic lift is disabled and cannot be operated
using the in cab controls. This condition is also repeated on the instrument panel as a hitch disabled symbol (1)
(Figure 4 The Hitch disabled warning will display if:
• The position control lever has been moved while the engine is stopped.
• One of the external power lift switches has been operated to raise or lower the lift arms.
To put the controls back into phase with the linkage move the raise/lower switch to the central position, start the engine
and move the lift arm control lever slowly forward or rearward until the warning light goes out.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 20

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BRE1505B 4
Because soil conditions in a field can vary it is necessary to select the sensitivity rate (draft loading operating band)
at which the system responds to changes in draft loading.
This is achieved using the draft sensitivity control (1) (Figure 2) which has a scale of 0 to 10.
Position 10 on the control is the most sensitive where minor variations in soil density will cause the hydraulic system
to respond with repeated movements of the linkage in ordure to maintain the draft loading within required operating
band.
Turning the control towards position 1 (fully clockwise) will progressively decrease the rate of sensitivity. This allows
the draft loading on the pins to vary within a larger operating band before the system responds and makes automatic
corrections to implement depth.
The movement indicator lights (2) and (3) will illuminate every time the system reacts to adjust the draft loading.
BAIL06CCM186ASA 5
When operating in ‘Position Control’ the digital display on the instrument panel will indicate the position of the lift arms
over a scale of ‘0’ to ‘99’(1). A display of ‘0’ indicates that the links are fully lowered and ‘99’ that they are fully raised.
BAIL06CCM189ASA 6
Rear Fender Lift Lower Switches
These externally operated switches (1) Figure 7 allow the hydraulic linkage to be raised and lowered by the operator
while standing beside the tractor, so aiding attachment and detachment of implements.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 21

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
BAIL06CCM182ASA 7
NOTE: Before leaving the tractor to operate the external switches:
• Move the gearshift levers to neutral.
• Disengage the P.T.O.
• Apply the parking brake.
With the engine running, move the hand throttle lever to the low idle position (fully rearwards).
The operator must only activate the external switches (1) while standing to the side of the tractor (outboard of the rear
tyres). To avoid damage to implement or tractor, operation of the in cab and external hydraulic controls should not be
carried out simultaneously.
NOTE: Before using the external hydraulic power lift switches, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the
implement or 3­point linkage.
Never operate the external switches while standing:
• Directly behind the tractor or tyres.
• Between the lower links.
• On or near the implement.
• Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or any object into the area near the 3­point linkage or implement while
operating the external switch.
• Never have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.
• When moving to the opposite set of controls, move around the tractor or implement.
• Do not cross between the implement and tractor.
1b0o2004109230 8
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 22

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Calibration
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent movement
of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Disconnect all implements from the rear PTO.
2. Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
connect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 ­ 1542 kg (2450 ­ 3400
lbs) is recommended.
3. Key OFF.
4. Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
5. There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:
1. Quick entry ­ Depress and hold the EDC fast
lower switch whilst starting the engine.
2. HH menu entry ­ Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH
menu’s.
Quick Entry
6. Depress and hold the EDC fast lower switch whilst
starting the engine.
BSE3148A 1
BAIL06CCM622AVA 2
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 23

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
7. The system being calibrated will shown on the cluster
and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM623AVA 3
8. Continue from step 11.
HH Menu Entry
9. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 4
10. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the EDC symbol on the RD controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 24

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
11. Set the engine speed until it is stable with no signs
of hunting or surging.
12. Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 5
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL" to
"0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the
linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small amount
3 times, within 2­3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from ’0’ to ’2’.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 6
13. When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration
is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 7
14. Lower the linkage using the position control lever.
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 25

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
15. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ­
Calibration (A.50.A).
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 26

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Control valve ­ Remove
Prior operation:
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro­hydraulic remote valve ­ Remove (A.10.C) for EDC
valve removal
1. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors (2) from
the solenoids. Disconnect the lift cylinder supply pipe
(3) and remove valve (1) from tie rods.
BAIL06CCM215ASA 1
Next operation:
Control valve ­ Disassemble (H.10.D)
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 27

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
Control valve ­ Disassemble
Prior operation:
Control valve ­ Remove (H.10.D)
1. Remove ’O’ ring (1) load sense check valve (2) and
support ring.
BAIL06CCM105ASA 1
2. Remove load hold valve
1. Valve
2. Washer
3. Guide
4. Circlip
5. Plug
6. Washer
7. Spring
8. Rubber Seal
BAIL06CCM108ASA 2
3. Unscrew knob (1) and remove ‘O’ ring (2) and coil (3)
from each solenoid (4).
BAIL06CCM109ASA 3
4. Remove retainer (1), solenoid core (2) and ‘O’
ring(3).
Repeat procedure for opposite solenoid.
BAIL06CCM110ASA 4
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 28

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
5. Remove Lift Cylinder Safety Valve.
1. Seat
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper Washer
5. Shims
6. End Cap
BAIL06CCM111ASA 5
6. Manufacture box spanner (1) from 18 mm internal
diameter steel tube and remove lift cylinder safety
valve seat (2).
BAIL06CCM112ASA 6
7. Remove flow compensating spool (1).
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take extreme
care when removing plugs. B041
BSB0417A 7
8. Remove solenoid assembly (4), ’O’ ring (3), raise
spool(2) and spring (1).
BSB0418A 8
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 29

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
9. To remove the lowering metering valve it is necessary
to disassemble the valve in stages as follows:­
Remove retaining screws.
BAIL06CCM113ASA 9
10. Use piece of 14 mm hexagonal bar with an 11 mm
hole drilled through centre to screw the nozzle (1) further
into valve housing. This will reduce the pressure
of the metering valve spring on circlip (2).
Remove circlip (2), seat (3) and spring (4).
Remove Nozzle.
BAIL06CCM114ASA 10
11. Remove locking ring (1) use a 17 mm piece of hexagonal
bar (1) with 11 mm hole drilled down centre.
BAIL06CCM115ASA 11
12. Pull metering element (1) from housing.
BAIL06CCM116ASA 12
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 30

WORKING ARM ­ HITCH Electronic draft control
13. Disassemble metering element components.
1. Seat
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper Washer
5. Shims
6. End Cap
BSB0424A 13
BAIL06CCM117FSA 14
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve
3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 31

Index
WORKING ARM ­ H
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ 10.D
Control valve ­ Disassemble 28
Control valve ­ Dynamic description 8
Control valve ­ Remove 27
Control valve ­ Static description 15
Electronic control ­ Dynamic description 19
Electronic control ­ Exploded view 17
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Calibration 23
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Functional diagram 7
HITCH Electronic draft control ­ Static description 3
2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 32

2 3/5/2007
H.10.D / 33

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007

2 3/5/2007

NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B­8210 ZEDELGEM ­ Belgium
SERVICE ­ Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BELGIUM
COPYRIGHT BY NEW HOLLAND BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipement
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
2 3/5/2007